Loading...
Plans (3) BUP2014 - 00160 RETAIL STORE B09 - WASHINGTON SQUARE PERMIT SET- 07 . 16 .2014 ABBREVIATIONS GENERAL NOTES CODE INFORMATION RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX DRAWING INDEX AC ASPHALTIC CONCRETE HOW HARDWARE 1. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION: CITY PORTLAND D ACC ACCESSIBLE HDWD HARDWOOD FURNISHEBY INSTALLED BY ACP ACOUSTICAL CEILING HM HOLLOW METAL 2. VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF EACH PORTION OF THE WORK. PANEL HO HOLD OPEN BUILDING CODE: 2010 OREGON STRUCTURAL SPECIALTY CODE (2009 IBC) ACST ACOUSTICAL HORIZ HORIZONTAL 3. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE COMPLIMENTARY, AND WHAT IS REQUIRED BY ONE SHALL BE AS ACCESSIBILITY CODE: CHAPTER 11, 2010 OREGON STRUCTURAL SPECIALTY CODE AD AREA DRAIN HR HOUR BINDING AS IF REQUIRED BY ALL. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL PORTIONS OF THE WORK 0 0 0 o N ^ � ^ N� w � ADDM ADDENDUM HT HEIGHT AS DESCRIBED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION OF ALL ENERGY CODE: 2010 OREGON STRUCTURAL SPECIALTY CODE (2009 IECC) W o W o o N r N N ADJ ADJUSTABLE HVAC HEATING VENTILATING AND DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 4a AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOORAIR CONDITIONING MECHANICAL CODE: 2010 OREGON MECHANICAL CODE 3 0 3 0 SHEET N SHEET AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE 4. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL CRITERIA AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS. SCOPE o U o REMARKS N0. SHEET NAME o a o NO. SHEET NAME o a o AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT ID INSIDE DIAMETER PLUMBING CODE: 2010 OREGON PLUMBING CODE DEMOLITION • • ARCHITECTURAL STRUCTURAL ALT ALTERNATE IN INCH 5. DIMENSIONS SHOWN AS 'VIF' SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN THE FIELD BY LAYING OUT ALUM ALUMINUM INCL INCLUDE, INCLUDING THE PARTITIONS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING ELECTRICAL CODE: 2010 OREGON ELECTRICAL CODE CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE • • A-001 GENERAL INFORMATION • • S-131 SALES AREA - CEILING AND FRAMING PLAN • • ANOD ANODIZED INFO INFORMATION WITH WORK. FIRE CODE: 2010 OREGON FIRE CODE APPROX APPROXIMATE INSUL INSULATE, INSULATION TEMPORARY UTILITIES/LIGHTING A-002 SITE LEASING PLAN 5-141 SALES AREA - UNISTRUT SUBFRAME PLAN APT APARTMENT INT INTERIOR 6. DIMENSIONS SHOWN AS 'CLEAR' OR 'HOLD' SHALL BE MAINTAINED AND ALLOW FOR THICKNESS OF • • • • • • ARCH ARCHITECT, IWO INDIRECT WASTE DRAIN FINISHES; INCLUDING FLOOR FINISHES. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS DEMISING WALL FRAMING A-011 EGRESS & KEY PLAN 5-142 SALES AREA - UNISTRUT SUBFRAME PLAN ARCHITECTURAL PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH WORK. • • • • • AUTO AUTOMATIC JAN JANITOR AV AUDIO VISUAL JT JOINT 7. DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE STRUCTURAL GRID OR TO FINISH SURFACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. DEMISING WALL FINISHES • • APPLE SIDE ONLY A-031 BARRICADE PLAN, ELEVATION & DETAILS • • S-171 SALES AREA - RTU SUPPORT PLAN • • AWP ACOUSTICAL WALL PANEL(S) KIT KITCHEN B. ELEVATIONS REFERENCED ARE ABOVE APPLE FINISH FLOOR FOR EACH ROOM THROUGHOUT TENANT STOREFRONT GLAZING • • AD-111 DEMOLITION PLAN • • S-201 STOREFRONT ELEVATION & FRAMING PLAN • • SPACE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. FINISH FLOOR ELEVATIONS MAY VARY FROM ROOM TO ROOM BB BULLETIN BOARD L LONG, LANDLORD DEPENDING UPON FLOOR FINISHES. STAINLESS STEEL DOORS A-111 SALES AREA - FLOOR PLAN S-301 STOREFRONT SECTION & DETAILS BD BOARD LAM LAMINATE, LAMINATED • • • • BLDG BUILDING LAU LAUNDRY 9. DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS INDICATED ADJACENT TO WALL INTERSECTIONS SHALL BE LOCATED SO STAINLESS STEEL DOOR HARDWARE • • A-121 SALES AREA - FIFE & SIGNAGE PLAN • • • •S-601 INTERIOR DETAILS - SALES AREA BAYS & CEILING BLKG BLOCKING LAV LAVATORY THAT THE EDGE OF THE FINISH OPENING IS SIX INCHES FROM THE FACE OF THE ADJACENT WALL BO BOTTOM OF LT LIGHT UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. STAINLESS STEEL WALL PANELS A-131 SALES AREA - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN STRUCTURAL - FRAMING BOH BACK OF HOUSE LTG LIGHTING BOT BOTTOM 10. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, DIAGONAL WALLS ARE AT A 45-DEGREE ANGLE TO THE PROJECT MTL STUD FRAMING FOR STAINLESS CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH A-141 BACK OF HOUSE - FLOOR PLAN BRG BEARING MAS MASONRY COLUMN GRIDS. SF-111 SALES AREA - FRAMING PLAN & GENERAL NOTES BRZ BRONZE MATL " MATERIAL STEEL WALL PANELS • • WALL PANELS • • • BSMT BASEMENT MAX MAXIMUM 11. THROUGHOUT THIS SET OF DRAWINGS, THE TERM "OWNER" REFERS TO THE CLIENT/TENANT. THE PROJECT INFORMATION • • • •STAINLESS STEEL CEILING PANELS A-151 BACK OF HOUSE - FIFE & SIGNAGE PLAN SF-301 STOREFRONT DETAILS NEUTRAL PIER FRAMING BUR BUILT UP ROOFING MECH MECHANICAL " • MED MEDIUM TERM LANDLORD" REFERS TO THE PROPERTY OWNER. THE TERM "APPLE DM" REFERS TO THE SALES AREA FIXTURES A-161 BACK OF HOUSE - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE DURING CONSTRUCTIONSF-401 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS . • C CONTRACTOR MEMB MEMBRANE • • • • CAB CABINET MEZZ MEZZANINE OCCUPIED SQUARE FOOTAGE: 6,980 SF LIGHTING CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE POWER A-201 STOREFRONT ELEVATION & ENLARGED PLANS CB CATCH BASIN MGT MANAGEMENT • • • • SF-501 SALES AREA - ENTRY WALLS 1 & 2 • CEM CEMENT, CEMENTITIOUS MFR MANUFACTURE, OCCUPANCY GROUP: M LIGHTBOXES CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE POWER A-221 STOREFRONT SECTIONS CER CERAMIC MANUFACTURE CONSTRUCTION TYPE: TYPE IIB • • • • SF-502 INTERIOR STOREFRONT ELEVATION • CG CORNER GUARD MH MANHOLE SCOPE 0 F WORK MALL TILE INFILL • • A-301 STOREFRONT DETAILS • • CH COAT HOOK MIN MINIMUM, MINUTE OCCUPANT LOAD: 131 OCC SF-511 SALES AREA - 45'-0" A-BAY • CI CAST IRON MISC MISCELLANEOUS CJ CONTROL JOINT MGO MASTER GRID ORIGIN SPRINKLERED (YES/NO): YES TERRAllO CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE A-302 STOREFRONT DETAILS SF-521 SALES AREA - 45'-0" B-BAY TENANT IMPROVMENT OF EXISTING LEASED SPACE FOR A NEW RETAIL STORE. WORK INCLUDES, • CIP CAST-IN-PLACE MO MASONRY OPENING • • • • CL CENTERLINE MS MOP SINK NON-STRUCTURAL PARTITIONS, CEILINGS, FINISHES, FURNITURE, AND RELATED HVAC, ELECTRICAL, FIRE ALARM (YES/NO): YES INTERIOR GRAPHICS A-311 STOREFRONT DETAILS SF-531 SALES AREA - 35'-0" C-BAY CLG CEILING MT MOUNT/MOUNTING AND PLUMBING WORK. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY: D • • • • • CLO CLOSET MTD MOUNTED INTERIOR ROOM SIGNAGE A-401 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS CLR CLEAR MTL METAL • • • • SF-551 SALES AREA - TRANSITION WALLS 1 & 4 CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT MVBL MOVABLE • SECURITY DEVICE ROUGH IN A-501 SALES AREA - ENTRY WALLS 1 & 2 SF-552 SALES AREA - TRANSITION WALLS 2 & 3 CO CLEAN OUT, REFERENCE SYMBOLS - • • • • CASED OPENING N NORTH SECURITY DEVICES CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE A-511 SALES AREA - 45'-0" A-BAY COL COLUMN NIC NOT IN CONTACT • • • SF-601 SALES AREA - FRAMING DETAILS • COMM COMMUNICATION NO NUMBER CONC CONCRETE NOM NOMINALCARD READER SYSTEM • • ONLY WHEN REQUIRED A-521 SALES AREA - 45'-0" B-BAY • MECHANICAL CONN CONNECTION, CONNECT NTS NOT TO SCALE CONSTR CONSTRUCTION XX XX XX SHOPPERTRAK CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE A-531 SALES AREA - 35'-0" C-BAY CONT CONTINUOUS, CONTINUE 0OWNER A-XXX A-YYY A-XXX • • • M-001 MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES, SCHEDULES & CORR CORRIDOR OC ON CENTER WORK UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT STRETCH CEILING SYSTEM A-551 SALES AREA - TRANSITION WALLS 1 & 4 SYMBOLS • • CPT CARPET OH OVERHEAD BUILDING SECTION INDICATOR WALL SECTION INDICATOR • • • CSWK CASEWORK OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER M-111 SALES AREA - MECHANICAL PLAN • • CTR CENTER OPNG OPENING THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE TO BE ENGINEERED BY THE CONTRACTOR. ANY PERMIT REQUIRED IN SUSPENDED SUBSTRUCTURE • • UNIVERSAL CEILING SYSTEM (UCS) A-552 SALES AREA - TRANISITION WALLS 2 & 3 • CU CUBIC OPP OPPOSITEASSOCIATON FOR THIS WORK SHALL BE OBTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR. ALL WORK IS TO CONFORM M-141 BACK OF HOUSE - MECHANICAL PLAN ORD OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN XX XX WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. PENDANT LOGO REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION A-601 INTERIOR DETAILS - FLOOR • • • • D DEEP, DEPTH OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE A-XXX A-XXX • • 101400 M-171 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN DBL DOUBLE ABOVE ( 1 FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TENNESSEE MARBLE • • A-611 INTERIOR DETAILS - SALES AREA BAYS • • • • DEMO DEMOLISH, DEMOLITION M-601 MECHANICAL DETAILS DET DETAIL PBD PARTICLEBOARD ENLARGED DETAIL INDICATOR \ SECTION DETAIL INDICATOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM A-621 INTERIOR DETAILS - SALES AREA FIN TRANSITIONS • • • • DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN PRCST PRECAST M-701 MECHANICAL CONTROLS DIAGRAM DIA DIAMETER PD PLANTER DRAIN A SIGNAGE A-622 INTERIOR DETAILS - SALES AREA FIN TRANSITIONS • • Architect: DIAG DIAGONAL, DIAGRAM PERP PERPENDICULAR XX XX XX1 • • PLUMBING Woods Bagot DIM DIMENSION PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE p g STORAGE RACKS A-631 INTERIOR DETAILS - STAINLESS STEEL DIV DIVIDE, DIVISION PLAS PLASTER A-XXX A-XXX A-XXX • • - www.woodsbagot.com DMPF DAMPPROOF, PLYWD PLYWOOD C -- -- P-001 PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES, SCHEDULES & SYMBOLS DAMPPROOFING PNL PANEL A-642 INTERIOR DETAILS - STAINLESS STEEL DOOR • • • • DN DOWN PL PROPERTY LINE EXTERIOR ELEVATION INDICATOR INTERIOR ELEVATION INDICATOR P-141 BACK OF HOUSE - PLUMBING PLAN Consultant: DR DOOR, DRESSING ROOM PR PAIR A-651 INTERIOR DETAILS - SALES AREA CEILING • • • • DS DOWNSPOUT PRKG PARKING DW DISHWASHER PROP PROPERTY SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIRED P-171 PLUMBING ROOF PLAN Thorson Baker & Associates DWG DRAWING PT PAINT, POINT, - Q PROJECT DIRECTORY State of Oregon Structural Specialty Code CC!'Y OF TIGAItD A-701 BACK OF HOUSE - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS • • • • www.thorsonbaker.com A-XXX MATCH LINE D FOR CODE,CO � P-501 PLUMBING DETAILS DWR DRAWER PRESSURE TREATED A-702 BACK OF HOUSE - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS • • ❑ Conc and Reinforcing Steel • • PTN PARTITION ARCHITECT: PROPERTY OWNER: (LANDLORD) Approredt [ FIRE PROTECTION Consultant: E EAST WOODS BAGOT MACERICH ob Installed in Concrete OTC A-703 BACK OF HOUSE - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS • • Thorson Baker & Associates EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION R RADIUS, RISER MATCH LINE INDICATOR DRAWING REVISION INDICATOR 228 GRANT AVE, 5TH FLOOR 11411 N. TATUM BOULEVARD FP-111 SALES AREA - FIRE PROTECTION PLAN AND FINISH SYSTEM RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94108 PHOENIX, AZ 85028 17-11SpecialMoment-Resisting Concrete Frame Pcrmit lki ' 2L� - A-711 BACK OF HOUSE - DETAILS • • www.thorsonbaker.com EJ EXPANSION JOINT RD ROOF DRAIN, ROAD PHONE: 415-277-3000 PHONE: 602-953-6200 • • EL ELEVATION REF REFER TO, REFERENCE, FAX: 415-956-9378 CONTACT: ERIC FONG ❑ Re forcing Steel&Prestressing Steel Tendons Address. FP-141 BACK OF HOUSE - FIRE PROTECTION PLAN ELEC ELECTRIC, ELECTRICAL REFRIGERATOR XX XX XX XX CONTACT: CARSTEN VOECKER Suite A-712 BACK OF HOUSE - DETAILS • • EMAIL: ERIC.FONG®MACERICH.COM "Ste Welding • • $LOA ELEV ELEVATOR REINF REINFORCED, REINFORCING EMAIL: CARSTEN.VOECKER®WOODSBAGOT-COM �y: Data ELECTRICAL Consultant: ENCL ENCLOSE, ENCLOSURE READ REQUIRED ❑ High-Strenght Bolting / �J� A-721 BACK OF HOUSE - TOILET ROOMS EP ELECTRIC PANEL REV REVISED, REVISION ry G /! �� /�- • • ISP Design, Inc. EQ EQUAL RFG ROOFING MECHANICAL/PLUMBING/ELECTRICAL: STRUCTURAL: ❑ Structural Mason ` l �` E-001 GENERAL NOTES AND BILL OF MATERIALS THORSON BAKER & ASSOCIATES, INC THORSON BAKER & ASSOCIATES, INC A-722 BACK OF HOUSE - TOILET ROOMS • • • • www.ispdesign.com EQUIP EQUIPMENT RM ROOM ❑ Reinforced Gypsum Concrete ESCAL ESCALATOR RO ROUGH OPENING STRUCTURAL/EXISTING COLUMN GRIDLINE INDICATOR MASTER GRIDLINE INDICATOR 3030 WEST STREETSBORO ROAD 3030 WEST STREETSBORO ROAD E-111 SALES AREA - LIGHTING PLAN EXH EXHAUST RS REMOTE STOCK RICHFIELD, OHIO 44286 RICHFIELD, OHIO 44286 ❑ insulating Concrete Fill DEFERRED A-801 PARTITION TYPES At DETAILS • • • • EXP EXPANSION, EXPOSED RT RIGHT PHONE: 330-659-6688 PHONE: 330-659-6688 Fire Sprinkler "i� S lied Fire-Resistive Materials Fire Alarm E-141 BACK OF HOUSE - LIGHTING PLAN • • EXIST/ EXISTING FAX: 330-659-6675 FAX: 330-659-6675 E3 Spray A P Y PP .�� A-811 FINISH & SIGNAGE LEGENDS & DETAILS • • $ SOUTH CONTACT: ANN MARIE ROTUNDA CONTACT: PATRICIA FELLENSTEIN Mechanical —{� (E) MGO ❑ PiFngs, Drilled Piers and Caissons A-812 DOOR LEGEND & DETAILS E-151 SALES AREA - WIRING/CABLE TRAY PLAN • • - SCWD SOLID CORE WOOD EMAIL: AROTUNDA®THORSONBAKER.COM EMAIL: PFELLENSTEIN®THORSONBAKER.COM Plumbing �� FA FIRE ALARM SCHED SCHEDULE ❑ Shoterete Electrical �� • • FCIO FURNISHED BY SO STORM DRAINTruss Engineering E-171 SALES AREA - ZONING PLAN • • SECT SECTION DATUM INDICATOR OR WORK POINT MASTER GRID ORIGIN GENERAL CONTRACTOR: LIGHTING: ❑ Special Grading, Excavation and Filling Shop Drawings CONTRACTOR/INSTALLED SAJO ISP DESIGN, INC. Other E-181 BACK OF HOUSE - ZONING PLAN BY OWNER SGL SINGLE 1320 GRAHAM 9245 SW 158TH LANE SUITE 202 ❑ Smoke Control Systems .� • • FD FLOOR DRAIN SHT SHEET VILLE MT-ROYAL, QC H3P 3C8 MIAMI, FL, 33157 SHTHG SHEATHING ❑ Otherinspectons E-211 SALES AREA - POWER PLAN FDC FIRE DEPARTMENT SIM SIMILAR NEW CONSTRUCTION PHONE: 514-781-0223 PHONE: 305-278-1565 APPROVED PLANS • • CONNECTION EXISTING TO REMAIN FAX: 514-383-1108 FAX: 305-255-7541 INCLUDE UN-ATTACHED: FDTN FOUNDATION SPEC SPECIFICATION E-241 BACK OF HOUSE - POWER PLAN SPKLR SPRINKLER 1 HR FIRE RATED CONTACT: DIEGO DI SABATINO CONTACT: SYLVIA BISTROLI —SPECIFICATION • • C� FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER 2 HR FIRE RATED EMAIL: DDSABATINO®SAJO.COM EMAIL: ISPDESIGN®EARTHLINK.NET JCTURALCALCS A ST _GEOTECH REPORT E-242 BACK OF HOUSE - HVAC POWER PLAN SPKR SPEAKER • • OEC R r) FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER ._MISCgOCUMENT3 CABINET so SQUARE — ■ s. ■ s• 3 HR FIRE RATED E-311 SALES AREA - DATA PLAN • • 6367 FF FINISH FLOOR SS STAINLESS STEEL, s. ssss• s_ s_ s. s_ 4 HR FIRE RATED SERVICE SINK FH FIRE HYDRANT - - - - STRUCTURAL GRID FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET STC SOUND TRANSMISSION LEASE LINE Address shall be posted and visible from street. E-341 BACK OF HOUSE - DATA PLAN �-y FIG FIGURE STD STANDARD : : OF DRQ FLEX FLEXIBLE FIN FINISH, FINISHED STL STEEL E-411 SALES AREA - SECURITY & A PLAN FLR FLOOR, FLOORING STOR STORAGE Signed: FLUOR FLUORESCENT STRUCT STRUCTURAL Approved plans E-441 BACK OF HOUSE - SECURITY & A/V PLAN • • FO FACE OF, SUSP SUSPENDED shall be on job site. FINISHED OPENING T TREAD E-501 ELECTRICAL POWER RISER DIAGRAM • • Retail Store #B09 FOH FRONT OF HOUSE T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE Washington Square Mall FOIC FURNISHED BY E-503 ELECTRICAL POWER PANEL SCHEDULES g q OWNER/INSTALLED TEL TELEPHONE VICINITY MAP PROJECT SITE SITE MAP RETAIL STORE - SPACEB09 OFFICE COPY • • 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. TEMP TEMPERATURE, E-511 LUTRON LOAD SCHEDULES BY CONTRACTOR TEMPORARY ,, • • Tigard, Oregon FOTO FURNISHED BY TER TERRAllO _ --- -- E-512 LUTRON LINE DRAWING OWNER/INSTALLED • • THK THICK, THICKNESS BY OWNER TMPD TEMPERED "°` E-513 EMERGENCY LIGHTS BALLAST WIRING DETAILS FP FIRE PROTECTION, R FRAME, FIRE RATED TV TELEVISION • • FIREPROOF TO TOP OF e° wes67 FTSTAT THERMOSTAT Jvv FIR FRAMING FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED TYP TYPICAL a E-514 LED GRAPHIC PANELS WIRING DETAILS • • Issued/Revised Date w , V/1xuI J H 5uIA ,111 -� r FT FOOT, FEETy E-515 LED DRIVERS BOX ENCLOSURE & WIRING DETAILS 5Q%,CD Set 06/27/2014 FTG FOOTING UGND UNDERGROUND r • • Permit _ 07y16/2014 FUT FUTURE UNFIN UNFINISHED FVC FIRE HOSE VALVE CABINET UON UNLESS OTHERWISE E-516 POWER COMPLIANCE FORMS • • — FWC FABRIC WALL COVERING NOTED ;, PANEL(S) VEST VESTIBULE �������� �°° } E-601 ELECTRICAL DETAILS a - n3 .. • • FWP FABRIC WRAPPED a SPECIFICATIONS N VERT VERTICALCmD GA GAGE VNR VENEER °L: l M1o, C� m " L SPEC-01 SPECIFICATIONS VR VAPOR RETARDER _ GALV GALVANIZED " � ,. esastsw w,,,,,,xp" � GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR VWC VINYL WALLCOVERING sqa °as 5 • • GEN GENERAL, GENERATOR ,, h °M^a sIT, SPEC-02 SPECIFICATIONS yy WEST, WIDE, WATT GFRC GLASS-FIBER — • • O REINFORCED CONCRETE W/ WITH Md ., o r SPEC-03 SPECIFICATIONS • • GFRG GLASS-FIBER W/O WITHOUT 4 °^° °^ ^'^°r°' e� . CD SPEC-04 SPECIFICATIONS ,, � +<{>,] •� ., , � • • REINFORCED GYPSUM WC WATER CLOSET, GFRP GLASS-FIBER WALLCOVERINGWD sxp° m SPEC-05 SPECIFICATIONS • • REINFORCED PLASTIC WP WEATHERPROOF, �° nt :rw B1te w„ „ SPEC-06 SPECIFICATIONS • • L1J va i,�, qrh z GL GLASS GYP GYPSUM WH wnQDLL FnrowwT ? , :y, -- c� GENERAL INFORMATION GYP BD GYRSUM.BOARD WATERPROOF, a N � ' L6 0 SPEC-07 SPECIFICATIONS • • WATERPROOFING, H HIGH WORK POINT �. r V SPEC-08 SPECIFICATIONS • • ~ HB HOSE BIBS WR WATER RESISTANT s w .,,^ s: ' tea. WT WEIGHT SPEC-09 SPECIFICATIONS HDWD HOLLOW CORE WOOD WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC SPEC-10 SPECIFICATIONS • • W HD HAND DRYER �� • • F 8 A-001 HDBD HARDBOARD : "' " • • XFMR TRANSFORMER SPEC-11 SPECIFICATIONS 7/16/14 12:18 PMP:\510141\A15-cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-001.dwg JCPenney ' FflJf FL[6 FCb: GMILpREN3 FCS.* PLAY AREA h:1 FrJli 1cm AVAti'i&;Cr 415t'_tf%PJOA S GnF1.F'r d RW,4,1. a • FCtiS K9c: T'ENAPIT MAS 403-EldENT tr�l' FrA9 K%W4¢r+rHE kzi Av4L" ST17R'AGP 0FRGE'a nrrt.�r.Rn a t Kao Aba rr,}iI F 7h -KxtRNE'&. Zi AVE7 M 7F- GOODti -iOTT:LY%GIw5 1°��f•.EIui L''-A-W-Aq M02 Pr1'TVERYD l �� as c.,2dr, V� Hr�de F '{r(\ ?PEheEA EdFTS ;PORTI n.Iv GilYtl fl LOADING ' :i;cvy ava u C C All .{ AAVS lk.I+M:�7 1- AI-tll 2 AMC 6. SNkFT t.� em IF . GENERAL ILIL R1714!c Ala CENTEq FCI}TLOr}{Ety •O* Ic;tx 'LLr7 K9' ■ •0 Ftpwv .0%.A.INAIW CLOTFaEfir: B4BBAA7E o Alv MNCYS Kin TNItKa3 flEt£liF1ED x } O O 57CSRACsE i:fl4:'Y k S Xco ILI i.Ails Ir Am LJ LL r:t: 4JU45 ,5 " O a a a L£v4 JEOJL L V r tl... s Ilvltirt'. �;' QT:11DE RRE xiu FiXiEVEr ;:7sh I Pc iTLAxfj SEAFWr j,::wAPA%r D.1 BfL'A N:TrE�'f BAFN can A,te,-�xF ue RETAIL-STORE SPACE BO9.80 E` - n %.Pl09E E U r F.1 k:i M1'NY-t .311)1¢Ni., h F7 •T`. Yr w Lr _ !i .+• L:.ikG 111 -t as ',c, w yr 'z m. F r� m Li VI 2 GRED{AEYEA 4RhIL a _ w y n c' _ * ..v '.V _E'A' LM4 1'- J Ci •.�', it '� `-' • � !J � gym`1 � ' `r � 3 � _ I 11 J obi L ME 00101111111101 ME SJ , r g MACY' r a r - µ t z r1' HONrr u EELS G. S. ._ ill u V'!�j • :..F..rh.'i i i:+ �- a. J � ¢ " r•. . C C. r r.L C'AHpF..bn_ W a HE1..7E£A;: x L' G t! K i-1 t �' •'� .r. S +r. tQu. Y' t HE GAF ural r H.f DVIWOSEr's Y :a _ " nP5d 44 +� ■ '3 '_. r Frt7 ti:f Ha M YCrPDP 3 �,� BE{{ Brt D4E EMME BALER 2 u Z LENSCFVFTE(1 EXISTING �wELEf�s STORE Ill E { LL E BX Hr„ IV A.CCEv'i�a9tE51 p a5 YY n 1L`r ea V !S I -+p. c li :IEL'I '4gLCN H1z N_.i Architect: Got A BEk�7544N Woods Bagot LtXrATE L.J vnhl*Z? 0 R. D T A 7 0 M ' P.EfIVICE CORIIICIOF C]WFr+t4Ct'!Y SE'li.'c ICE rnRRIDCfii www.woodsbagot.com _ y 1'13 U Consultant: 4'rli /4- www.thorsonbaker.corn TI1050Bake & Associates S`7iJ .' rIGS fi a ¢wra ~ ¢ •* � t' I4 tl. ._ y - = u o '' _ M1 Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates Y{% www.thorsonbaker.com r s.14 Consultant: T:6 T77 r Tr MI Sit o F' w a E SE:firiORi _•rTER'i AR4.r;65 VIS SIAwn- ABEpGFG{.t@F_B FrrGt1 �.. 'M.t :d';N.i ISP Design, Inc. } www.ispdesign.com Tip t TAE Ol-LF_ESEGAKE FACTORY .*. i+ °1 i REMOTE BREAK TELECOM ROOM SPACE ✓f OS12 REMOTE STORAGE PUBLIC TOILET �� D C�� SITE LEASING PLAN VOEC R 1 NOT TO SCALE SA FRA 1 CO tlj 63 `S AREA CALCULATIONS 9 �`� dOF o 1; ( FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY) TRAVEL DISTANCES SHEET NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. DESCRIBE CIRCULATION FOR: TENANT LEASED SPACE Washington Square Mall AREA SALES BACK OF HOUSE WALL/VOID TOTAL TENANT STORE LOADING g q LOADING 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. LOADING 175 FT 53.3 M STORE TO REMOTE SPACES g g 4164 ft' 2816 ft' 0 ftp 6980 FtZ � ■ ■ ■ � ■ ■ ■ � PATH TO LOADING Tigard, Oregon FIRST LEVEL PUBLIC TOILETS 221 FT 67.4 M --- --- ACCESSING PUBLIC MALL FACILITIES 386.8 mZ 261.6 m' 0.0 mZ 648.5 m' t. ttttttEN ttttttEN ttttttEN t. PATH TO REMOTE MENOMINEE = ]NONUNION! PATH TO PUBLIC TOILETS Issued/Revised Date 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 Permit 07/16/2014 TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH SITE LEASING PLAN A-002 7/16/14 12:18 PMP:\510141\A15-cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-002.dwg 137'-9 5/8" [42002] LEASE 137'-4 3/8" [41869] CLEAR 55'-8 3/8" [16977] BACK OF HOUSE 81'-8" [24892] SALES FIRE EXTINGUISHER 13116" 125345 d 134 -4 96 40959 'a FIRE EXTINGUISHER SALES EXIT SEPgRgT10N CABINET OVERALL EXIT SEPARATION CABINET 0 i ADJACENT TENANT ^ J lT CONNECTION TO . . � . . - � - - - . . � - - . � -I�- � • -' — — — — — i — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — O EXISTING MALL ACCESSIBLE TOR R E$/ TO FRONT _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _EXIT -M EGRESS ROUTE , F_ O O 00 . . - - - - _ — _ - - - - _ _ — _ _ _ � - - - - - - - - - - � ; I L 00 2 I � ; O O O O A-721 r n I 10 0 F 0 ACCESSIBLE CONNECTION TO EXISTING MALL O O O ' O ACCESSIBLE EGRESS ROUTE ; TOILET ROOMS O I I I I I O O O • Z ~ w :. I I I B@I ; I I I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 I i i 01-10 143-2 1j a D i t B O I D D I I I I O O O I O O O O�RALC 014 43654 L • - - ; N e M o I I I ' 0 — O L ' - — - - - — - - - - - - - - - O O O 0 0 94 4" TO REAR EXIT O N I I O O Q i OHO O L F_ —1 1 IW W 0 0 0 00 O w 0 0 0 00 00 I0 O O OO ❑ 0 O ❑ 0 ' Ln N 0 � O O O O IL_ ~ - 00 00 V1 C 17 — T :0 o a SALES STOCK OFFICE ACCESSIBLE CUSTOMER 3,653 SF 562 SF 614 SF a SERVICE COUNTER ADJACENT TENANT 122 OCC 2 OCC 7 OCC Architect: Woods Bagot SHEET A-141 SHEET A-111 www.woodsbagot.com SHEET A-151 SHEET A-121 SHEET A-161 SHEET A-131 Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: EGRESS 8c KEY PLAN ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com CARS OEC R n S F O,C L .6 OF PLUMBING CALCULATIONS OCCUPANT CALCULATIONS SHEET NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 CALCULATIONS DETERMINED FROM 2010 OREGON STRUCTURAL OCCUPANT LOAD FACTORS (PER 2010 OREGON STRUCTURAL 1. ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAVEL SLOPES NOT TO EXCEED PATH OF TRAVEL Washington Square Mall SPECIALTY CODE, CHAPTER 29 OCCUPANT SPECIALTY CODE, TABLE 1004.1.1) RUNNING SLOPE OF 1:20 (5.0%), MAX CROSS SLOPE OF DIMENSION POINT g q LOAD SQUARE 1:50 (2.0%) MAX. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. REQUIRED PROVIDED OCCUPIED TENANT AREA: 4,829 SF AREA FACTOR FOOTAGE OCCUPANTS REQUIRES 2 EXITS WHEN OCCUPANT LOAD EXCEEDS 49 OR WHEN DISCREPANCIES. �.. STOCK AREA Tigard, Ore COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL EXCEEDS 75'-0" On Wi g , g DIVIDED BY OCCUPANT LOAD FACTOR SALES 30 3,653 122 (PER 2010 OREGON STRUCTURAL SPECIALTY CODE, SECTION 1015.1) 2. LANDLORD TO PROVIDE COMPLIANT CONTINUATION OF FIXTURE WOMEN MEN WOMEN MEN TOTAL (PER 2010 OREGON STRUCTURAL SPECIALTY CODE, CHAPTER ACCESSIBLE EGRESS ROUTE OF TRAVEL BEYOND LEASE 29, TABLE 29—A) OFFICE 100 614 7 EXIT WIDTH CALCULATION REQUIREMENTS (PER 2010 OREGON LINE, REFER TO SHEET A-002 MALL MAP FOR MALL EXIT — — — — COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL LAVATORY 1 1 1 1 2 STRUCTURAL SPECIALTY CODE, SECTION 1005.1) CONFIGURATION. YIELDS 131 OCCUPANTS STOCK 300 562 2 WATER CLOSET 1 1 2 1 3 TOTAL OCCUPANTS: 131 OCC 3. REFER TO SHEET NOTE #6 ON SHEET A-141 FOR — - - - — - - - — ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF EGRESS NON—PUBLIC AREA FIRE EXTINGUISHER LOCATIONS. Issued/Revised Date TOTAL --- 4829 131 EXIT WIDTH FACTOR: 0.2 50%CID Set 06/27/2014 4. PORTABLE ELECTRONIC PAYMENT SYSTEM ALLOWS — — — — — — — LEASE LINE Permit 07/16/2014 URINAL --- 1 --- 1 1 YIELDS MINIMUM EXIT WIDTH REQUIRED: 26.2 IN TRANSACTIONS TO OCCUR THROUGHOUT THE STORE VIA HAND HELD DEVICES UTILIZED BY EMPLOYEES. THIS 32 IN MINIMUM EXIT WIDTH (PER 2010 OREGON STRUCTURAL ALLOWS TRANSACTIONS TO OCCUR AT LOCATIONS MOP SINK --- --- --- --- 1 SPECIALTY CODE, SECTION 1008.1.1) CONVENIENT TO EACH CUSTOMER'S NEEDS. 218 IN EXIT WIDTH PROVIDED 2 EXITS PROVIDED EXIT SEPARATION IS 1/2 LENGTH OF MAXIMUM OVERALL DIAGONAL DISTANCE OR 1/3 LENGTH OF MAXIMUM OVERALL DIAGONAL BETWEEN EXITS ALLOWED WITH SPRINKLER SYSTEM (PER 2010 OREGON STRUCTURAL SPECIALTY CODE, SECTION 1015.2.1) 47'-9' MINIMUM EXIT SEPARATION REQUIRED 134'-5" EXIT SEPARATION PROVIDED 250 FT MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE ALLOWED WITH SPRINKLER TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH EGRESS & KEY PLAN SYSTEM (PER 2010 OREGON STRUCTURAL SPECIALTY CODE, TABLE 1016.1) 154 FT MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE PROVIDED 75 FT MAXIMUM COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL ALLOWED (PER 2010 OREGON STRUCTURAL SPECIALTY CODE, SECTION 1014.3) 59'-10" MAXIMUM COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL PROVIDED A-011 7/16/14 12:18 PM PA510141\A1 5-cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-01 1.dwg X16'-0" [4877] EXIST MALL FINISHES (WHERE OCCURS) TO BARRICADE AFFL ' i VISQUEEN DUST BARRIER OVER METAL J416'-0' [4877] STUDS ® 24" OC. SECURE TO EXIST VTO BARRICADE AFFL BULKHEAD. AFTER REMOVAL OF SUPPORTS, i PATCH AND PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING i 1 ' ! I i I I I I I I ' I I 4'-6" [1372] I I - I I i I i 1 I I ' i I LEASE LINE ! I i 5/8" GYP BD MUD & TAPE JOINTS G= (SEE FINISH LEGEND FOR EXTERIOR BARRICADES) 1 4" WOOD BASE C=1 \ / I METAL STUD BARRICADE PARTITION SYSTEM DESIGN \ / BUILD BY GC TO MALL FINISH FLOOR \ / WOODEN BASE TO MALL FINISH FLOOR ' 5/8" GYP BD - MUD & TAPE 72"W x 84"H x 1 3/4"T HOLLOW-METAL EXIST NEUTRAL PIER REVEAL JOINTS DOORS W SECURE LOCKABLE HARDWARE F P-4 (SEE FINISH LEGEND FOR EXTERIOR BARRICADE DOORS) BARRICADE SECTION D- BARRICADE ELEVATION , _0" ( / - ,-O" 16'-D" [4877] TO BARRICADE AFFL r I IDEMISING WALL DEMISING WALL i i r i LEASE LINE LEASE LINE ' Architect: Woods Bagot - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ - - ' - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - www.woodsbagot.com J � LINE OF APPLE LINE OF APPLE o \ STOREFRONT ^ STOREFRONT Consultant: o \ = Thorson Baker & Associates �g \\ EXISTING NEUTRAL HINGED PANEL www.thorsonbaker.com PIER REVEAL 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com / � \ Consultant: \ CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE7 ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com WOODEN BASE 52'-0" 1[15850] F P-11 CL OF BARRICADE/DOORS dTO MALL FINISH FLOOR 3 c,G BARRICADE GRAPHICS P CARS N N v VOEC R BARRICADE D E L A ARRI A � F CO. NOT TO SCALE 3/8'=1'-O' 63 O' 9 OF ORtiv SHEET NOTES GRAPHIC NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. REFER TO SHEET A-001 FOR RESPONSIBILITY 10. CLEAR INSIDE BARRICADE DIMENSION SHOULD NOT BE 1. THE SIZE & VERTICAL PLACEMENT OF THE APPLE LOGO — - - — - - — LEASE LINE Washington Square Mall REQUIREMENTS. LESS THAN 5'-0". & INTERNET ADDRESS (URL) SHOULD BE DETERMINED g q AS PERCENTAGES OF THE OVERALL HEIGHT OF THE 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. 2. PROTECT EXISTING MALL FINISHES TO REMAIN. PATCH 11. ARTWORK TO BE APPLIED 6 WEEKS PRIOR TO STORE BARRICADE. THE ARTWORK PROVIDED IS BASED ON A (=1 FINISH INDICATOR Tigard,rd, Ore O n AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO MATCH MALL STANDARD OPENING. OBTAIN APPLE DEVELOPMENT MANAGER 10—FOOT—HIGH BARRICADE AND IS TO BE SCALED g g FINISHES. AUTHORIZATION PRIOR TO APPLICATION. PROPORTIONALLY TO CORRESPOND TO THE HEIGHT OF THE ACTUAL BARRICADE. 3. TEMPORARY BARRICADE(S) SHALL NOT BE REMOVED AND 12. MAINTAIN A CLEAN PAINTED CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE TENANT SHALL NOT OPEN FOR BUSINESS UNTIL ALL FOR DURATION OF PROJECT. 2. ARTWORK IS SUPPLIED AS ADOBE ILLUSTRATOR AND TRADES INSPECTORS, FIRE INSPECTOR, AND THE ADOBE ACROBAT PDF FILES, COORDINATE WITH APPLE BUILDING INSPECTOR APPROVES FINAL INSPECTIONS AND 13. WHEN MALL PROVIDED CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE IS DEVELOPMENT MANAGER TO OBTAIN ARTWORK. THE MALL MANAGEMENT GIVES APPROVAL TO OPEN FOR REQUIRED, CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT MALL MANAGEMENT Issued/Revised Date BUSINESS. AND COORDINATE INSTALLATION. 3. ALL ARTWORK TO BE PRODUCED ON ADHESIVE VINYL, 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 3M SCOTCHAL MATTE WHITE. PAINT BARRICADE SEVEN Permit 07/16/2014 4. AVOID PHYSICAL ATTACHMENT TO MALL DAYS PRIOR TO ARTWORK APPLICATION. FLOOR/STRUCTURE UNLESS REQUIRED. IF REQUIRED, COORDINATE W/MALL MANAGEMENT. 4. APPLE LOGO AND TEXT IS TO ALWAYS APPEAR AS OPAQUE WHITE ON A BLACK BACKGROUND. 5. ALL PLYWOOD SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED AND AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION UPON REQUEST. 5. APPLE LOGO AND TEXT IS TO BE CENTERED IN HORIZONTAL SPACE. 6. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF BARRICADE CONDITIONS DIFFER FROM DRAWINGS. 6. WHEN BARRICADE HAS DOORS IN CENTER LOCATION, LOCATE ARTWORK ON BARRICADE SURFACE W/ BEST 7. PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONTINUOUS INDOOR/OUTDOOR EXPOSURE AS DETERMINED BY APPLE DEVELOPMENT CARPET WHERE METAL TRACK AND STRUTS BEAR ON MANAGER AND APPROVED BY MALL MANAGEMENT. MALL TILE FLOOR. ANY DAMAGED MALL TILE SHALL BE REPLACED BY CONTRACTOR AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 7. CONTACT APPLE DEVELOPMENT MANAGER IF THE MALL HAS OTHER REQUIREMENTS. 8. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL DESIGN AND B. PROVIDE DIGITAL PHOTOS OF COMPLETED BARRICADE CONSTRUCTION OF BARRICADE TO MEET ALL APPLICABLE AND ARTWORK INSTALLATION IMMEDITATELY UPON TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH A CODE REQUIREMENTS AND TO PROVIDE SAFE BARRICADE PLAN, CONDITIONS FOR ALL PASSING COMPLETION TO APPLE DEVELOPMENT MANAGER. PEDESTRIANS/SHOPPERS/WORKERS. ELEVATION & DETAILS 9. INSTALL ORACAL 631 BLACK VINYL 0% ON INTERIOR SIDE OF STOREFRONT GLAZING PRIOR TO BARRICADE REMOVAL, AND IT SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL STORE OPENING. A-031 7/16/14 12:18 PMP:\510141\Al5_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-031.dwg NG UTRAL ( Q ) Y O ( T J l U 1 ( V J l W ) ANDTIBULKHEEA TO PIERS REMAIN. PATCH AND LEASE LINE REPAIR AS REQUIRED o � 8" WIDE TRENCH. TYP. LINE OF SUNKEN FLOOR o TO BE FILLED WITH DEPTH AS REQ'D CONCRETE BY LANDLORD TO LEVEL WITH (E) SLAB o Z 8" SQ CUTOUT AT w CD \ i FLOOR 80X. TYP. x io CL:< DEPTH AS REQ'D M i 2'-6 3 8" N 771 CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE, 10'-0" [ 048] 10'-0' [3048] 13'-f" [4064] 13'-4" [4064] 13'-4" [4064] 12'-6t [3810] SEE SHEET A-031 0 4 EXISTING COLUMNS TO BE REMOVED u 37 - - - - - - - ® - - - ® - - - f9 (E) EMBEDDED ' Go o ELECTRICAL CONDUIT. 8" SO 2" DEEP a DEPTH TBC , REMOVE EXISTIN x 1 1 FLOOR FINISH TO SLAB / T AT THROUGHOUT, U N. SEE SHEET NOTE 7 CU FLOOR BOX. TYP. 8" WIDE x 3/4" DEEP CD TRENCH. TYP. ox to ox i SLAB CUTOUT FOR THE GLAZING SHOE. GC TO COORDINATE CUTOUT WIDTH AND DEPTH UPON RECEIPT OF GLAZING SHOP. 24" WIDE SAFETY ZONE, 12' AT EACH SIDE OF THE RED LINE (ON SITE) 34'-0' [10363] DEMISING WALL TO BE BUILT BY LANDLORD AFTER NEW COLUMNS ARE INSTALLED BY G.C. Architect: (NEW COLUMNS UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT) Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com NOTES: Consultant: 1. ALL DEMOLITION WORK IN THIS SHEET IS BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. Thorson Baker & Associates 2. FLOOR BOX LOCATIONS ARE REFERENCED FROM THE MASTER GRID "MGA". www.thorsonbaker.com FINAL LOCATION OF MGA TO BE DETERMINED BASED ON EXISTING SITE CONDITION. Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: DEMOLITION PLAN ISP Design, Inc. 1/8"=1'-0" www.ispdesign.com 2 m c VO KER C EN F Isco ' �j 6T �. a 9/�'aF IDV- SHEET NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: 1. SEE SHEET A-001 FOR RESPONSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. 9. REMOVE AND CAP ALL EXISTING FLOOR POWER AND — — — — EXISTING TO BE DEMOLISHED Retail Store #1309 COMMUNICATION OUTLETS THROUGHOUT PER ELECTRICAL Washington Square Mall 2. VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CODE REQUIREMENTS. 9585 SW Washington $ Rd. COMMENCEMENT OF WORK AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF EXISTING TO REMAIN g q' ANY DISCREPANCIES. 10.000RDINATE REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT WITH Tigard, Oregon NEW WORK AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 3. DO NOT DEMOLISH ANY LOAD BEARING WALLS OR CONSTRUCTION THAT WILL COMPROMISE THE STRUCTURAL 11.REMOVE ALL EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES AND CAP INTEGRITY OF THE STRUCTURE. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY EXISTING PLUMBING LINES THROUGHOUT PER PLUMBING STRUCTURAL ISSUES ARISING FROM DEMOLITION. CODE REQUIREMENTS. 4. MAINTAIN EXISTING ADJACENT FIRE RATING FOR ALL 12.REMOVE AND CAP ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUIT Issued/Revised Date PENETRATIONS THROUGH EXISTING FIRE RATED THROUGHOUT PER ELECTRICAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. ASSEMBLIES. 5096 CD Set 06/27/2014 13.COORDINATE DEMOLITION OF ALL FIRE ALARM AND Permit 07/16/2014 5. WHERE DEMOLITION OCCURS ADJACENT TO EXISTING TO SPRINKLER EQUIPMENT WITH LANDLORD. REMAIN, PATCH AND REPAIR ADJACENT CONDITIONS TO A UNIFORM APPEARANCE. 14.DO NOT DISTURB AND/OR DISRUPT EXISITNG BUILDING SERVICES THAT PASS THROUGH TENANT SPACE UNLESS 6. PROTECT EXISTING MALL FINISHES THAT WILL REMAIN. COORDINATED WITH LANDLORD. PATCH AND REPAIR TO A UNIFORM APPEARANCE AS REQUIRED TO MATCH TYPICAL MALL STANDARD FINISHES. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD. 7. REMOVE GLUE AND/OR SETTING MATERIALS FROM EXISTING FLOOR SURFACE. CREATE A SMOOTH AND LEVEL SURFACE IN ALIGNMENT WITH EXISTING ADJACENT FLOORING SUBSURFACE FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF NEW FLOOR FINISHES UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED. 8. DEMOLITION INCLUDES TRENCHING, SAW CUTTING, AND CORING OF SLAB FOR PLUMBING do ELECTRICAL WORK. COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING k ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH DEMOLITION PLAN X-RAY SLAB PRIOR TO TRENCHING, SAW CUTTING OR CORING OF SLAB TO VERIFY STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF SLAB IS MAINTAINED. X-RAYING IS NOT REQUIRED IF WORK IS COORDINATED WITH LANDLORD'S STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OR EXISTING STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE OBTAINED FROM LANDLORD. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD AND TENANTS BELOW WHERE NECASSARY. AD-1 11 7/16/14 12:18 PMP:\510141\At5-cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-ad-111.dwg MG6 MG5 T U MG4 V W MG3 1 .3 MG2 1 .2 MG 1 80'-10' [246381 a < 2'-6" 33'-4" [10160] 40'L O" [12192] 5'-0" 1524] 762 RANSITION 11" [279] E RY W LL 2 WALL 4 2'-4" [711] 2J-6- 2'-6" 1 [T62] [762J 2" [51] 2 p A-601 A-601 OPP A-601 36 -�- - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - � I � - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I 1 - - - A. 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - - ' — - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I u oM _I z / 2 -p' FINISH FLOOR EXTENTS TYP WALL AT N a Y SALES AREA ( I •i 5 I II 10 A-401 A-601 1 N� I I I I I I I I I I - -� – I i I i 1 i •-- F TZ-1 i I I I I I I I i SLOP N N -- — — — — —4)- - - — — — — — — — — — 4 — — — — — — — - - — — — -4)- - — — — — — — — — — � I -p" (1:48N IN) I0' 1 1/ . rn I I I I io A-601 I C> I I O I I I I I DIVIDER STRIP A-601 rn o MG_ G U 'ol �+ ^ o v 3 o a s 'o I i a , i I I A-201 N u Of � I I I I I J SEE DETAIL 5, SHEET A-601 — — — FOR TERRAllO FLOORING SYSTEM i NC, I I I I I p A-401 I I I I - - - - - - - _ - _ _ � 4) - - - - _ _ _ - - - - -- I I I Architect: I I I I I I I I I Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com I 4'-5 5/16" [1355] EO EO 4'-5 5/16" [1355] 6'-8" [2032] EO EO EO EO 6'-8" [2032] QN N I I Consultant: www.th - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - — - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - " orsonomF- — — — — — — — — — — — - - - - - - - - - Thorson Bak & Associates - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - — — 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - — — — — — — — - -- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — - -4, W - - —I I I A.9 // I — _ — — I o Consultant Thorson Baker & Associates - - - . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - — - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - — - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1' - — - www.thorsonbaker.com i Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. 1 www.ispdesign.com xl a A-201 11'-1 5/16" [3387] 11'-1 5/16" [3387] 11'-1 5/16" [3387] 13'-4" [4064] 13'-4" [4064] 13'-1" [3988] a i a RANSITION B-BAY A-BAY ENTRY WALL 1 WALL 1 SALES AREA - FLOOR PLAN D 1 1/4"=1'-0" � ARST �•� OECh n SA FRAN 0, .6367 SOF ORtiC> SHEET NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. THIS FLOOR PLAN DESCRIBES CONDITIONS AT FLOOR O. ELECTRICAL FLOOR LEVEL. FOR INFORMATION ON WALL CONSTRUCTION, RECEPTACLE Washington Square Mall REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. 2. THE ORIGIN OF THE MASTER LAYOUT GRID IS THE MGO MASTER GRID ORIGIN Tigard, Oregon INTERSECTION OF THE CENTERLINE OF THE SALES AREA (LABELED MGA) AND THE OUTSIDE FACE OF XX XX XX WALL TYPE INDICATOR STOREFRONT GLAZING (LABELED MG1). 3. SCHEDULE MEETING ON SITE WITH BOTH THE APPLE DM X DOOR INDICATOR AND THE ARCHITECT. CONTRACTOR WILL LAYOUT THE MASTER GRID FOR THE ARCHITECT AND APPLE DM TO Issued/Revised Date REVIEW. FINISH INDICATOR 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 F XXXX permit 07/16/2014 4. PROVIDE SURVEY OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND COMPARE TO CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS FOR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO LAYOUT AND APPROVAL OF SS SHOP DRAWINGS AND METAL FRAMING SHOP DRAWINGS. 5. CONFIRM NEUTRAL PIER CONDITION AT LAYOUT OF STORE. NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND APPLE DM OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 6. VERIFY SIZE OF EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMNS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 7. REVIEW STAINLESS STEEL FABRICATION DRAWINGS PRIOR TO LAYOUT AND INSTALLATION OF METAL FRAMING. 8. LOCATIONS FOR TRENCHING, SAW CUTTING AND CORING OF SLAB TO INSTALL UNDERSLAB CONDUIT do PIPING TO BE APPROVED BY LANDLORD PRIOR TO CUTTING. TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH SALES AREA - X-RAY SLAB PRIOR TO TRENCHING, SAW CUTTING OR CORING OF SLAB TO VERIFY STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF FLOOR PLAN SLAB IS MAINTAINED. X—RAYING IS NOT REQUIRED IF WORK IS COORDINATED WITH LANDLORD'S STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OR EXISTING STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE OBTAINED FROM LANDLORD. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD AND TENANTS BELOW WHERE NECESSARY. A- 111 7/16/14 12:18 PMP:\510141\A15_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-111.dwg T MG5 T U MG4 V W MG3 1 .3 MG2 1 .2 MG1 80'-10' [246381 a '-6" [762 33'-4" [10160] I 40'10" [12192] 5'-0" 1524] w RANSITION 11" [279] NTRY L 2 x I WALL 4 I I I 1 �I [?62] [762] LY41 _- -- - - _�.�..- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 6 n - r i (2) TYP F 01.20 F 02.10 F -1 O O O O I 5-33 6) TYP I ( I I I I l I O O O O O ID O O 0 O O O O CO O 0 00 00 ISI 0 0 O O oI 0 0 0 0 0 Op C-BAY O O O O F 6.08 F 16.081 5-32 0 0 O O F 05.010 O E 02.06 - - - - B/ O (6 F 07.01 — 6 TYP 5-Ol G E 02 06 O (2) TYP O 0 E 02.06 '7 O O O O E 02 05 I I � O O O O I O O O O O 1_ 0� 0 0 OO OO Cp O O11 H 11 11 11 0 O O O O' 0 O 0 — O Architect: I � Woods Bagot I I I 00 00 1 www.woodsbagot.com sN J Consultant: 3 I 1 Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com / - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - A.9 Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - L - www.thorsonbakeccom 1 1 1 1 I Consultant: W ISP Design, Inc. z www.ispdesign.com xI i RANSITION B-BAY A-BAY ENTRY WALL 1 WALL 1 SALES AREA - FURNITURE, FIXTURE, EQUIPMENT & SIGNAGE PLAN � CA STS U V0 S FRAN O,C LI 36 OF oR�vo FURNITURE, FIXTURE, AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE SHEET NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION OF SIGNAGE INDICATOR S-XX FURNISH INSTALL CASEWORK. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE THAT FINISH Washington Square Mall CODE DESCRIPTION SIZE MANUFACTURER PRODUCT TOTAL QTY 0 C 0 C CARPENTRY WILL NOT BE DAMAGED BY OTHER 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. CONSTRUCTION WORK. F XXX FIXTURE INDICATOR E02.05 KIDS SEAT 17" HIGH LINEA TATINO 8 • • 2. ALL MOVEABLE WOOD FIXTURES WILL BE CENTERED OVER Tigard, Oregon E02.06 BAR STOOL 26" HIGH ARTEK AALTO #640000 86 • • THE FLOOR BOX, LON. E XXX EQUIPMENT INDICATOR F01.16 DISPLAY COUNTER 40'-0" Bay OWNER FIXTURE VENDOR 2 • • F02.09 DISPLAY TABLE 4'-1 1/2" X 8'-9" OWNER FIXTURE VENDOR 6 • • F02.10 DISPLAY TABLE W/ DRAWER 4'-1 1/2" X 8'-9" OWNER FIXTURE VENDOR 6 • • Issued/Revised Date 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 F05.04 PERSONAL TRAINING TABLE 4'-6" X 4'-6" OWNER FIXTURE VENDOR 6 • • Permit 07/16/2014 F06.08 PERSONAL TRAINING COUNTER 35'-0" BAY OWNER FIXTURE VENDOR 1 • • F07.01 KIDS TABLE 4'-1 1/2" X 4'-1 1/2" OWNER FIXTURE VENDOR 2 • • F16.08 IDOUBLE SIDED GENIUS BAR 4'-1 1/2" X 30'-0" OWNER FIXTURE VENDOR 1 1 • 1 1 • TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH SALES AREA - HE & SIGNAGE PLAN A- 121 7/16/14 12:18 PMP:\510141\A15-tad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-121.dwg MG6 MG5 T U MG4 V O MG3?5'-O' (lr524] MG2 1 .2 MGI 80'-10" [24638] r Q -• '-6" [762 33'-4" [10160] 401LO" [12192] W RANSITION NTRY LL 2 3'-4" [1016] TYP CEILING PANELS 0 5'-0" [1524] 6'-8" [2032] 03'-4" [10116] �, 2 -6" 2'-6" TYP. LIGHT ' TYP UON 621 [762] SPACING I I I I I I I I I I I I - w: -.-- - -=- -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 36 1 O O - - A. 1 33 M ' a 0 0 0 0 1 O I I O a O 0 z �• I 0 '," `�,J O O O 77 , 6 M I ,O J 0 0 l 0 3 I 1 0 �'� A-651 x 17 10 0 1 o 1 - 1 A-651 1 C OO C� 0 � A-651 C� —AB 0 0 OFSS 0 0 0 3696 � � I BO OF SOFFIT 1 �7 O � o N I o I A-651 I I I I io � I I I I 10 C _ O0 00 0 10 � � �� �• � [ (\`,✓/t \ '� I Architect: CIr) i Woods Bagot � 00 I I www.woodsbagot.com sN / 0 Z3I I Consultant: It I Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com o 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 I — I I ILL Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com 20 16 2 A-651 A-651 I 1 A-201 Consultant: F MP-1 TYP PERIMETER ISP Design, Inc. AT SIDE WALLS F SS F P-11 www.ispdesign.com 3048 3696 4007 TYP AT SOFFITS TYP AT BO TYP AT GASKET io LINEAR LIGHT CEILING ENTRY WALL 1 R ON B-BAY A-BAY—ALL WALL 1 SALES AREA — REFLECTED CEILING PLAN D �, CARS IN VOEC R n F c co, 1�OF 00 SHEET NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: 1. VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS AND LOCATIONS OF ALL Retail Store #1309 STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, MECHANICAL DUCTWORK, LINEAR LIGHT SEGMENT IS SHOPPER TRACK Washington Square Mall PLUMBING PIPING, ELECTRICAL CONDUITS AND OTHER 9585 SW Washington S Rd. APPLICABLE ITEMS. MAINTAIN DESIGN HEIGHTS AND g q' CLEARANCES. NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND APPLE DM IF ANY SECURITY CAMERA - SALES GLASS BREAK SENSOR Tigard, Oregon DISCREPANCIES OR OTHER CONFLICTS IN CEILING LAYOUT o� AREA PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. PROVIDE ADEQUATE CLEARANCES FOR FIXTURES, DUCTS, 0 RECESSED DOWNLIGHT o TRACK LIGHT CEILINGS, AND RELATED TENANT ITEMS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN SPECIFIED CEILING HEIGHTS. M MOTION SENSOR X SALES AREA SPRINKLER HEAD Issued/Revised Date 3. LOCATE FIXTURES AND CEILING DEVICES DIMENSIONED AND IDENTIFIED ON THIS PLAN. DIMENSIONS FOR ELEMENTS 5096 CD Set 06/27/2014 SHOWN ON THIS PLAN SHALL GOVERN OVER, AND IF IN I=` CEILING HEIGHT INDICATOR I ® WALL MOUNTED EXIT SIGN Permit 07/16/2014 CONFLICT, SHALL SUPERSEDE THOSE SHOWN ON ALL OTHER DRAWINGS. F XXXX FINISH INDICATOR 4. REFER TO MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, AND FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR DESIGN OF THESE SYSTEMS (DUCT SIZES, CIRCUITING, ETC). 5. REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SYSTEM SPECIFICATION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR ATTACHMENT AND INSTALLATION DETAILS. 6. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DEVICES NOT SHOWN AND FIXTURE NUMBERS AND QUANTITIES. 7. THROUGHOUT SALES AREA PROCURE AND INSTALL SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS. - SALES AREA - 8. PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS ABOVE STRETCH TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH REFLECTED CEILING CEILING SYSTEM. REFER TO SHEET A-651. PLAN 9. REFER TO DETAIL 10/A-651 FOR INSTALLATION OF SPEAKERS/SUBWOOFERS ABOVE STRETCHED FABRIC CEILING. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH APPLE VENDOR. A- 131 7/16/14 12:18 PMP:\510141\Al5_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-131.dwg Q R 56'-1 5/8" 17110 S MG6 - MG TOL ASE LINE I JANITOR'S CLOSET MENTOILET ROOM BUSINESS OFFICE WOMEN'S TOILET ROOM FLEX MANAGER'S OFFICE HALLWAY GENIUS ROOM F T-1 FLOOR F -1 FLOOR F VCT-1 FLOOR F T-1 FLOOR F VCT-1 FLO R ---<= FLOOR FLOOR F VCT-1 FLOOR F VCT-1 FLOOR i F T-2 BASE F -2 BASE F B-2 BASE F T-2 BASE F 8-2 BAS F 13-2 BASE I(= BASE F B-2 BASE _ F FRP-1 WALL F P-3 WALL F P-1 F P-3 WALL F P-1 I F P-1 F P-1 F P-1 i� (LLL 1 WALL F W-1 WiWALL l F W-1 WALL F W-1 WALL F W 1 i I I I I i 5'-5" [1651 _0— 10 _ r E 2 ° r \ IFP o 0 1 / \\ F- I A-721 / / \ I c / \\ \ B / I - - - J I I A 15 G / \I A-701 1'-6" 457 MIN CLR / / O I /� / 7'-5" [2261] I o – I I I I I � < of \ — � / g I I I - - — — i ;I D I I I of I �, N B B 10 4 A A-702 C I A A-702 C o I o 9'-1" [2769] I C 2 ° � o o � -L-tEI 9'-10" [2997] 9'-10" [2997] o U 4'-8" [1422] 1 E 2 I I I o u - - - - - - - - -! - - _ - — I I F E 2 - - - � - -T -i i - - - - i I i i I i I I o FLOOR I F VCT-2 o J I I I Architect: B 2 I I Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com of a Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com UP TO C-BAY FRAMING D 1 a � I Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates — www.thorsonbaker.com i 33'-5 1/2" [10198] / Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. I I ' www.ispdesign.com STOCKROOM/BREAK FLOOR F VCT-1 z BASE x WALL i BACK OF HOUSE - FLOOR PLAN � V E� ` lwcoy SHEET NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. PROVIDE SURVEY OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND COMPARE METAL CORNER GUARD TO CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS FOR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR Washington Square Mall TO LAYOUT AND APPROVAL OF SS SHOP DRAWINGS AND 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. METAL FRAMING SHOP DRAWINGS. XX XX XX WALL TYPE INDICATOR Tigard, Oregon 2. VERIFY SIZE OF EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMNS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. O DOOR INDICATOR 3. LOCATIONS FOR TRENCHING, SAW CUTTING AND CORING OF SLAB TO INSTALL UNDERSLAB CONDUIT & PIPING TO F XXXX FINISH INDICATOR BE APPROVED BY LANDLORD PRIOR TO CUTTING. X-RAY SLAB PRIOR TO TRENCHING, SAW CUTTING OR CORING OF Issued/Revised Date SLAB TO VERIFY STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF SLAB IS 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 MAINTAINED. X-RAYING IS NOT REQUIRED IF WORK IS WAINSCOT COORDINATED WITH LANDLORD'S STRUCTURAL ENGINEER Permit 07/16/2014 OR EXISTING STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE OBTAINED FROM LANDLORD. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD AND TENANTS BELOW WHERE NECESSARY. 4. NEW GYPSUM BOARD CONSTRUCTION ADJOINING EXISTING CONSTRUCTION IN THE SAME PLANE SHALL BE FLUSH WITH NO VISIBLE JOINTS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 5. ENSURE THAT SURFACES TO RECEIVE FINISHES ARE CLEAN, TRUE, AND FREE OF IRREGULARITIES. DO NOT PROCEED WITH WORK UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. COMMENCEMENT OF WORK SHALL INDICATE INSTALLER'S ACCEPTANCE OF SUBSTRATE. 6. PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PER SPECIFICATIONS. EXACT QUANTITY AND LOCATION TO BE COORDINATED WITH THE FIRE MARSHAL AND APPLE OM ON SITE. VERIFY WITH TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH BACK OF HOUSE - LOCAL JURISDICTION AND PROVIDE LOCATION MARKERS AS REQUIRED. FLOOR PLAN 7. A 1:2 RATIO OF ACOUSTICAL INSULATION TO BOH SQUARE FOOTAGE SHALL BE TARGETED FOR SOUND ATTENUATION. PROCURE AND INSTALL INSULATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS. A- 141 7/16/14 12:18 PMP:\510141\A7S_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-141.dwg Q R S MG6 N BUSINESS STATION OPERATOR STATION FLEX STATION M NAGER'S STATION MANAGER'S OFFICE a E 02.03 BUSINESS E 02.03 E 02.03 02.03 E 05.01 E 04.05 OFFICE E 04.05 E 04.05 E 04.01 E 05.03 E 05.06 z (3) TYP (1) TYP (4) TYP (�) TYP E 05.05 E 05.07 x is i - - - - - __. I \ i 5-73 5-72 5-52 / -5 F- - / \ I L - J 1 / 5-53 WALL MOUNTED J / / ACCESSIBLE GENIUS STATION � � - _ �� �\ FIRE EXTINGUISHER \� J./ i E 02.03 / i / ! E 04.05 SECURITY (1] TYP BOARD, SEE ELEC GENIUS ROOM MOB LIGHTING & \ / \ / I ELEC PANELS, I SEE ELEC h o RECEIVING STATION LIGHT MANAGEMENT HUB E U - - I ' E 02.03 U I 04.05 1 - I I 7 I (2) TYP DATARACKS, ' SEE ELEC I I I I o EENIUS 04.05STATION E 02.04 I (5) TYP DRIVER ENCLOSURES 15 P 13A TELCO - - i - - L m A-711 TYP A-711 r _ BOARD, T o 37 SEE ELEC - L_ r - - J � I I 0 INVERTER / Architect: Woods Bagot A-712 A-711 www.woodsbagot.corn 7 77 77 i I o Consultant: } I I I I Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com 1 Consultant: \ Thorson Baker & Associates r7 r7 r7 7 www.thorsonbaker.com i i / Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com i - i STOCKROOM BREAK AREA I Z EN03.01 E 06.02 03.03 E 06.03 E 03.04 E 06.05 E 05.01 E 06.06 E 05.08 ¢ D C'� � r E ER BACK OF HOUSE - FURNITURE , FIXTURE, EQUIPMENT & SIGNAGE PLAN ANLIICNySCC 1 �, ��' 1/4" = 1'-0" orti FURNITURE, FIXTURE , AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE SHEET NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION OF TOTAL FURNISH INSTALL TOTAL FURNISH INSTALL CASEWORK. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE THAT FINISH S-XX SIGNAGE INDICATOR Washington Square Mall CODE DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER PRODUCT GEN MGR FLEX BUS OPR REC BRK STK QTY 0 C 0 C CODE DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER PRODUCT GEN MGR FLEX BUS OPR REC BRK STK OTY 0 C 0 C CARPENTRY WILL NOT BE DAMAGED BY OTHER 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. E02.01 BREAK TABLE ERG PF3060, PIONITE SW-811 TOP, WHITE 2B EDGE, 4 4 • • E05.08 SHRINK WRAP W/HEAT GUN ULINE H-140 1 1 • • CONSTRUCTION WORK. E XXX EQUIPMENT INDICATOR Tigard, Oregon ROUND BLACK GLOSS LEGS 2. DRAWING TUBE FOR RECORD SET TO BE LOCATED IN E02.02 BREAK CHAIR ALLSTEEL NIMBL-1FC.2.TWHT 16 16 • • E06.01 MOBILE TOOL CART LYON 1471 2 2 • • MANAGER'S OFFICE. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH E02.03 TASK CHAIR OFFICE STAR 5500 1 3 4 3 1 2 14 • • E06.02 STEP STOOL CRAMER CRA-1001-01 1 1 • • APPLE DM. E02.04 DRAFTING CHAIR BIOFIT EEC2328-STR-K-ATF-MBLK 6 5 • • E06.03 STEP LADDER SUMIP FM 1008 1 1 • • E03.01 BOX LOCKERS - MULTI-TIER PENCO 6331V 18 18 • • E06.05 SERVICE CART RUBBERMAID FG 3422-88 PLAT 1 1 • • Issued/Revised Date E03.02 GENIUS SHELVING UNIT PENCO CLIPPER SHELVING W/DMDERS 6 6 • • E06.06 HAND TRUCK - 3-POSITION WESCO SPARTAN III - 270391 2 2 • • 50%CDSet 06/27/2014 E07.01 REFRIGERATOR AMANA ABB1924BRW2 2 • • Permit 07/16/2014 E03.03 SHELVING UNIT - SECURED TEILHABER OMD4824120-S 8 8 • • E03.04 SHELVING UNIT - OPEN TEILHABER QMD4824120 8 8 • • E07.02 MICROWAVE OVEN WHIRLPOOL WMC30516AW 2 2 • • E03.05 SHELVING UNIT - ROLLING SYSTEM DENSTOR SERIES 500 32 32 • • E03.07 GENIUS SAFETY CABINET EAGLE 1900 1 1 • • E04.01 IMAC 27' W/PEDESTAL 3 3 • • E04.04 UNIVERSAL TILT MOUNT PEERLESS ST632 1 1 • • E04.05 IMAC 21.5' W/VESA MOUNT ADAPTER 1 1 • • E04.05 IMAC 21.5" W/PEDESTAL 6 4 3 1 2 16 • • E05.01 PEDESTAL FILE CABINET GREAT OPENINGS TRACE PEDESTAL - EL-F-6109-951 2 1 1 4 • • E05.02 WHITE BOARD - 4' X 3' ACCO BRANDS QUARTET 5534 1 1 • • E05.03 WHITE BOARD - 5' X 3' ACCO BRANDS QUARTET 5535 1 1 • • TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH BACK OF HOUSE - E05.05 FLOOR SAFE CSS B40201C-SR2 1 1 • • F F E & SIGNAGE E05.06 KEY CABINET MMF 201803003 1 1 • • PLAN E05.07 COAT HOOKS REJUVINATION CLASSIC C6147 6 6 • • A- 151 7/16/14 12:18 PMPA510141\A15_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-151.dwg QS MG6 R MEN'S WOMEN'S M TOILET ROOM TOILET ROOM MANAGER'S OFFICE HALLWAY F P-3 F ACP-1 F ACP-1 i 9 -O 9 -0 2743 2743 3048 3353 v I� I I I I I I - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - EO Wv EQ r r O - O X ® O O G =0O O O ® O ' i I O I 660 . 660 : a oW JANITOR'S CLOSET — — — — F[FX I o EQ EQ I I a I 0 Q I 1. T I T 7 I O p I GENIUS ROOM � v NE I 13353 1 1 EQ EQ 1 a _111 L EQ EQ EO EQ "' E0 EQ EQ EQ o EQ EO lj - - - - - - i - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I o LE [U] I I I ELECTRICAL AREA O Ell LEI.4 5029 - H_x 1 1 ° O O O O O O j 08 O O }9} O g a o 0 Architect: HE 11 Ifl] U IE1 I Woods Bagot I 1 I www.woodsbagot.com O O © O 0 Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates _x1 I I www.thorsonbaker.com I I I 1 Consultant: I Thorson Baker & Associates www.t ho rso n ba ker.corn O O I I I I I I I Consultant: 1 ISP Design, Inc. - www.ispdesign.com 1 � I STOCKROOM I= 12 -6 'J 3810 � a M_ I 6 BACK OF HOUSE - REFLECTED CEILING PLAN CA S R .63 9 OF Q SHEET NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS AND LOCATIONS OF ALL i o FLUORESCENT LIGHT - TEST BUTTON (RESTROOMS) Washington Square Mall STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, MECHANICAL DUCTWORK, 9. SECURITY DEVICES IN OPEN TO STRUCTURE CEILING SUSPENDED 9 q PLUMBING PIPING, ELECTRICAL CONDUITS AND OTHER AREAS TO BE MOUNTED 12" BELOW BOTTOM OF LIGHT SECURITY CAMERA - BOH 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. APPLICABLE ITEMS. MAINTAIN DESIGN HEIGHTS AND FIXUTRE BY APPLE SECURITY VENDOR. COORDINATE LED LIGHT - RECESSED on,Tigard, Ore CLEARANCES. NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND APPLE DM IF ANY ROUGH IN WITH PULL WIRES TO SECURITY BOARD WITH g 9 DISCREPANCIES OR OTHER CONFLICTS IN CEILING LAYOUT APPLE SECURITY VENDOR. NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND APPLE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. DM OF ANY OBSTRUCTIONS. 0 SPRINKLER HEAD LED RECESSED DOWNLIGHT 2. LOCATE FIXTURES AND CEILING DEVICES DIMENSIONED AND IDENTIFIED ON THIS PLAN. DIMENSIONS FOR ELEMENTS ® OCCUPANCY SENSOR WALL-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN SHOWN ON THIS PLAN SHALL GOVERN OVER, AND IF IN CONFLICT, SHALL SUPERSEDE THOSE SHOWN ON ALL Issued/Revised Date OTHER DRAWINGS. MECH SUPPLY DIFFUSER ® CEILING-MOUNTED EXIT SIGN 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 3. REFER TO MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND ELECTRICAL Permit 07/16/2014 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR DESIGN OF THESE SYSTEMS (DUCT SIZES, CIRCUITING, ETC.). MECH RETURN DIFFUSER 4. REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SYSTEM SPECIFICATION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR ATTACHMENT AND INSTALLATION DETAILS. ® EXHAUST GRILLE 5. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LIGHT FIXTURE NUMBERS AND QUANTITIES. X -xx CEILING HEIGHT INDICATOR 6. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS AT MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, PROVIDE MINIMUM OF ONE ACCESS TILE PER F xXxx FINISH INDICATOR AREA WITHIN FULL HEIGHT PARTITIONS. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF ACCESS PANELS IN DRYWALL CEILINGS WITH ARCHITECT. — — — — — FIXED ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELS, LF 7. LIGHT FIXTURES AND OTHER CEILING DEVICES SHOWN IN TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH BACK OF HOUSE - ACOUSTIC BE CENTERED IN PANELS ESSOTHERWISE NOTED. —.—. —"— SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL REFLECTED CEILING CEILING PANELS, LF 8. MOUNT FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHTS IN OPEN TO PLAN STRUCTURE CEILING AREAS 12'-O" AFF TO BOTTOM OF FIXTURE. FIXTURES TO BE MOUNTED WITH 1/2" DIAMETER THREADED ROD U.O.N. NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND APPLE DM OF ANY OBSTRUCTIONS. A— ] 6 _ 16 1 7/16/14 12:18 PMP:\510141\A75-cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-161.dwg A.9 A. 1 50'-0 1/2* [152531 1 LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE ILLUMINATED ACRYLIC 12 3 [ j PENDANT LOGO A-221 A-221 A-221 i J414"-5 1/4" [4401] _ _ EXIST NEUTRAL PIER BO EXIST MALL BULKHEAD REVEAL JN 12'-3 1/2" [3747] 4 TO STOREFRONT SS r . X12'-1 1/2" [3696] —. BO SS STOREFRONT 13 I I A-301 SOFFIT I LEASE LINE, TYP 2M THK. TENNESSEE VENEER STONE CLADDING I I I I 1 I I SS STOREFRONT I I I 1/4" [6] 1 C JOINT BETWEEN 1 SLIDING GLASS PANELS 1 IN CLOSED POSITION I STOREFRONT GLAZING 1 I I SLIDING GLASS IN CLOSED POSITION 1 a 7'-3 7/8" [2232] SLIDING GLASS DOOR IN OPEN POSITION 1 j:;�2'-11 3/4" [908] CL OF DECALS I 11I I I I I CONTINUOUS CHANNEL ON SLIDING GLASS PANELS, 0'-0" [0] 10" [254] TYP 5• [127] 5" [127] I 5" [127] L112' [13] TYP 13 1 5".[127] BEYOND/BEHIND TO FINISH FLOOR II I A-302 _\ II -0'-3/4• [19] I I VIEWED FROM P 11A 1 0 AGUE WINDOW / BO SS i OPPOSITE SIDE \ I II MARKING DECAL, TYP II 1 - -0'-1 1/4" [32] A-301 TO MALL FINISH FLOOR i 1" [25] I 1• [25] I EO EQ 4 EQ EQ EQ EQ 2" [51] EDGE OF GLASS, OUTER PANEL CL OF OVERLAP CL OF OVERLAP EDGE OF GLASS, OUTER PANEL 2" [51] 14'-7• [4445] 14'-4" 4369 14'-7• [4445] DISPLAY CLEAR OPENING DISPLAY FIELD CUT FOR 1/2" REVEAL EQ 43'-6" [13259] EO AT BOTTOM OF SS PANEL STOREFRONT ELEVATION ' Io 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 o i o 0 Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com i ' 17 8 18 8 3 13 11 i A-311 A-651 A-311 A-311 A-311 A-311 Consultant: � EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ [ ] _ _ _ _ _ _ G3 Thorson Baker & Associates I 5'-0" 1524 www.thorsonbaker.com — I- — — � — - -I- - — I- — — a - - — — — — — — — - - — — ( — — — — - - 1 .3 Consultant: l Thorson Baker & Associates DISPLAY TRACK www.thorsonbaker.com TRACK POWER � G2 SUPPLIED THROUGH - - - - - `` _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ CL OF DEVICE _ _ _ 'M _ _ G� Consultant: END OF TRACK, SEE — — — — — — — — ' — — — — o ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS a — — r — — — �_ — CL OF PENDANT 11 M,—, — —CL OF TRACK Sc — —� — -� LOGO STEM o M --L —� A-311 ISP Design, Inc. I _ — DEVICE o ` I www.ispdesign.com E9 E9 I EI)TRACKLIGHT HEADS TO BE LOCATED ON SITE 2 BY APPLE ILLUMINATED ACRYLIC 2 A-302 A. 1 A.9 LEASE LINE MGA PENDANT LOGO A-311 CUT-OUT FOR PENDANT LOGO SUPPORT REFER TO SHEET A-131 FOR SYMBOLS LEGEND STOREFRONT REFLECTED CEILING PLAN c 02 — / -l'-O" CAS Nl V C R FRAM u LI 36 rS OF OT10 II I I I Signed: Retail Store #609 1 I I I I I Washington Square Mall DIVIDER STRIP I 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. 0'-0" I I , DISPLAY TRACKS IN SOFFIT ABOVE 11I J } TO ALIGN WITH DISPLAY TRACKS Tigard, Oregon Y IN FLOOR – —1 – – – L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – I— - - - - - - – G3 EO EQ EQ EQ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 .3 Issued/Revised Date 1 10 I 5096 CD Set 06/27/2014 I 1 TERRAllO FLOORING S[PANE - A-601 5 I EXTENSION BEHIND SS [PANEL 1 I A-311 2 Permit 07/16/2014 A-301 - - — — - - L cy OPP. 13 STEEL COLUMN, TYP II SEE STRUCTURAL L - � - -0'-1 1/4• - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -', l - - - - - LEASE LINE AND MG1 TERRAllO FLOORING SYSTEM ILLUMINATED ACRYLIC EXTENT OF TENANT A5.9 EXTENSION BEHIND SS PANEL MASTER GRID ORIGIN MGA PENDANT LOGO ABOVE FINISHESA 1 5 A-302 A-301 STOREFRONT ELEVATION REFER TO SHEET A-111 & ENLARGED PLANS STOREFRONT FLOOR PLAN FOR SYMBOLS LEGEND A-201 7/16/14 12:18 PMPA510141\A15_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-201-55'0-frame-sliding.dwg MG1 1 .2 M 1 .2 MG2 1 .3 MG3 M 1 .2 M 1 .3 M I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I li I I I }i 1 li, I �1l I EXISTING MALL II SLANTED FACADE 1 ` � I EXISTING MALL Y _ - - _ ;_________=__ _ _ _______ _________=___? SLANTED FACADE --------- FIF,=_=3 EXISTING MALL i - _*_ ._1 =_________ .l_ _=====L_____________ 1 I �_ -- 1======= I _====L_______------ SLANTED FACADE -y 'a u GASKET CEILING PANEL ON I I GASKET CEILING PANEL ON 14'-5 1/4" [4401] �_ METAL STUDS CONTINUOUS _ METAL STUDS CONTINUOUS ALONG LENGTH OF ALONG LENGTH OF BO EXIST MALL BULKHEAD STOREFRONT I I STOREFRONT n jlt I II 12'-3 1/2" [3747] I I TO STOREFRONT SS I it I I 1 X12'-1 1/2" [3696] I 1 BO STOREFRONT SOFFIT/FINISH CEILING 10 3 B A-311 i A-301 111 A-631 A-301 1 gl I I I I ILLUMINATED ACRYLIC Architect: PENDANT LOGO 11 WOOfIS Bagot I-- www.woodsbagot.com �—- --- -- I I II 11 Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates II www.thorsonbaker.com I FE CABINET, HORN-STROBE, ' I I I FE CABINET, HORN-STROBE, AND KEY SWITCH AND KEY SWITCH II LOCATED ON THE OPPOSITE WALL LOCATED ON THE OPPOSITE WALL Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates I 'I1 www.thorsonbaker.com III I I Consultant: I SS STOREFRONT BLADE, II BEYOND ! SS STOREFRONT BLADE, SS STOREFRONT BLADE, I I ISP Design, Inc. BEYOND BEYOND I www.ispdesign.com 20MM WA CLADDING. TENNESSEE EONA3/4E I BL L I FIXED STOREFRONT li I L FIXED STOREFRONT PLYWOOD, ON 6" METAL STUDS GLAZING GLAZING 1 1 1 I I II I I I I III SLIDING GLASS PANEL, I I SLIDING GLASS PANEL IN OPEN POSITION IN CLOSED POSITION P SS WALL PANEL BEYOND I I SS WALL PANEL BEYOND I I I II I I Is C IAC SENh VO ER � _ - L 1 1 - _ L I III I; I I I II I / I Signed: KEY SWITCH LOCATED I KEY SWITCH LOCATED I Retail Store #1309 ON THE OPPOSITE WALL I 1 �� I I ON THE OPPOSITE WALL II I I �� I I Washington Square Mall I I I I I I 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. l I L - - Ir�� I 1I I L - - \� I Tigard, Oregon 32 II A-311 5 A-301 I I 1 I I I I A-301 1 , I I tt6 I I A-3o1 I I I s I I -0'-O" [0] FINISH FLOOR I FINISH FLOOR ` I X MALL FLOORING MALL FLOORING \ ,� / MALL FLOORING l I Permit /Revised Date TO FIINISH FLOOR er it Set 06/27/2014 Permit 07/16/2014 a II I I TO MALL FINISH FLOOR TO SLAB [VIF] REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DESIGN CAPACITY AT DISPLAY TRACKS, TYP STOREFRONT SECTIONS QWALL SECTION DISPLAY WINDOW SECTION ENTRY DOOR SECTION _ a A-221 7/16/14 12:18 PMP:\510141\Al5_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-221-55'0-frame-sliding.dwg STOREFRONT PLASTER — 4 REVEAL PAINTED BLACK JNSEE ELEVATION TO STOREFRONT SS SEE ELEVATION BO STOREFRONT SOFFIT STOREFRONT SS SS BLAD BUTT JOINT TO ALIGN WITH EDGE OF INTERIOR SS SOFFIT PANEL JOINT BUTT JOINT MITER INTERSECTION OF PAINTED REVEAL STOREFRONT GLAZING SS BLADE JOINTS MG1 1 .2 MARBLE WALL CLADDING r I I 20MM THK. TENNESSEE I 20MM THK. TENNESSEE MARBLE WALL CLADDING EXIST MALL SLANTED FACADE - --- - - I / PLYWOOD BACKER 1 2" I I I FACE OF SS STOREFRONT IN I SS STOREFRONT _ _ -------------. I I FOREGROUND _..__ ... W.____ -------------- I' I BEYOND I C REVEAL MOLDING --�_ I I TERRAllO FLOOR MALL FINISH ` I L L REVEAL I METAL FRAMING OUT OF ' MOULDING LEASE LINE AT I \ I CLADDING F P-11 I C REVEAL MOULDING ..3 .. ..r FACE OF PLASTER OUTLINE OF ABOVE C REVEAL MO L IN REVEAL ABOVE F P-11 IDIVIDER STRIP FINISH FLOOR I MALL FINISH FLOOR OUTLINE OF SS I I � HSS OUTRIGGER STOREFRONT ABOVESS M STOREFRONT SUPPORT - SEE 20MM THK. TENNESSEE ' STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS UNDER ISS STOREFRONT DER STRIP CONTINUES N B N MARBLE WALL CLADDING I I — — — — — — — — OA PLAN O SECTION OA ELEVATION \ O SECTION \ 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKER SCREWED TO HSS I II � II 1 —' EDGE TRIM CHANNEL NEUTRAL PIER REVEAL MECHANICAL STONE CLIP Architect: Woods Bagot 20MM THK. TENNESSEE MG 1 / I — VENEER STONE CLADDING / I I www.woodsbagot.com II 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKER I I I Consultant: II PENDANT LOGO SUPPORT - SEE � � � I I I I Thorson Baker & Associates STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS - www.thorsonbaker.com L REVEAL MOULDING I I II I I 1 2 F P-11 I 1 I I I I I I LEASELINE PER LOD Consultant: z" [s1] 0--- I I 1 I I I I Thorson Baker & Associates I 1` I I www.thorsonbaker.com SS STOREFRONT I I I I I I � I I I I I I I II 11 " [51] I I - - - - - - - - I I I Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. I HSS COLUMN PER ALIGN I� I I L REVEAL MOULDING I I I STRUCTURAL ENGINEER P 9 I I F P-11 www.is desi n.com F-11 A� I SS STOREFRONT BLADE I I I NEUTRAL LL ILLUMINATED ACRYLIC 10" [254] 1/8" [3] I L2 PENDANT LOGO ^ I I ' PIER REVEAL I I 1/8" [3] FACE OF SLIDING I I I I GLASS I 1 1/4" f321/77N I FIXED STOREFRONT VERIFY WITH MFR BENT BRAKE METAL TO GLAZING BLOCK VIEWS ALONG I BOTH SIDES OF SLIDING — GLASS OPENING 6 11/32" I LEASELINE PER LOD FIXED STOREFRONT [ 6 CL OF I I PENDANT LOGO STEM GLAZING TRACK I , / 5� CARS CUTOUT DIAMETER: 1 1/2" [38] I I I VOEC R C�1 10 SLIDING GLASS HEAD AND PENDANT LOGO ATTACHMENT CONTINUOUS REVEAL: 1/8" [3, 8 FIXED GLASS HEAD 1 I 1 I F .s367 . 3 -1'-0" SCALE: 3"=1' 0" FINISH FLOOR I -p N OF O�ti� 3/4" PLYWOOD OVER METAL STUDS M G 1 SLIDING GLASS PANEL, 4 M G 1 I Signed: SLIDING GLASS PANEL IN OPEN POSITION A-3„ BEYOND - - - - - - - - - - — ; - - - - - MG1 Retail Store #B09 Washington Square Mall I CUT OUT FOR KEY SWITCH FIXED STOREFRONT ON THE OPPOSITE WALL r7 u ALIGN I 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. GLAZING i FIXED STOREFRONT ( FIXED STOREFRONT _ Tigard, Oregon GLAZING ! I I GLAZING .-- 7 � 1 I 1 .2 Lj - SS STOREFRONT I I SS STOREFRONT \ / FINISH FLOOR I I BLADE BEYOND I I BLADE BEYOND FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR / /, / Issued/Revised Date FINISH FLOOR CONT I FINISH FLOOR CONT N 5096 CD Set 06/27/2014 ANGLE BELOW SS FRAME I I ANGLE BELOW SS FRAME "^ DIVIDER STRIP Permit 07/16/2014 Lj FIELD CUT BOTTOM OF I I FIELD CUT BOTTOM OF o S "L- REVEAL SS BLADE SS BLADE 20MM TENNESSEE MARBLE MECHANICAL CLIP, 717 1 I " [51] MOULDING WALL CLADDING BY TYPICAL DIVIDER STRIP I DIVIDER STRIP F P-11 CONTRACTOR I I N SS STOREFRONT 1/2" [13] MALL FLOORING MALL FLOORING BLADE V-1" [330] \ it- Li [686] 1'-0" [305] 3'-3" [990] &Op—p // MALL FLOOR STOREFRONT DETAILS SLIDING GLASS CHANNEL FIXED GLASS CHANNEL NEUTRAL PIER A-301 7/16/14 12:18 PMPA510141\A15_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-301.dwg CL OF CL OF CL OF CL OF SLIDING FIXED M G 1 SLIDING FIXED MG1 GLASS GLASS GLASS GLASS EXTENT OF TERRAllO 1 5/16" [33] 3/8" 10 FIXED GLAZING 1 5/16" 33 3/8" 10 FLOORING SYSTEM CHANNEL BEDDED CONTAINMENT ANGLE IN BLACK SEALANT AT STOREFRONT TO GLAZING F P-10 EXTENT OF TERRAllO FLOORING SYSTEM CONTAINMENT ANGLE FIXED GLAZING _ CHANNEL BEDDED WITH BLACK SEALANT TO GLAZING I F P-10 I . I mill STOREFRONT SS " STOREFRONT SS 1 1 \1/8 3 3 /8. 3 FRAME BLADE ' I 1/8" 3 f I ! I I � I CONTINUOUS CHANNEL W/ NO VISIBLE JOINTS ALONG BOTTOM OF SLIDING GLASS PANEL EDGE OF SLIDING GLASS WHEN I DOOR IS IN CLOSED POSITION I ' I I I EDGE OF FIXED GLAZING SALES AREA I STOREFRONT 2' 51 L SS STOREFRONT SOFFIT CONT FIXED GLAZING [ ] CHANNEL WITH NO OVERLAP ` CONT CHANNEL ALONG LENGTH BEDDED VISIBLE JOINTS BLACK OF SLIDING GLASS PANELS SEALANT WOHGLAZ NG FINISH FLOOR l` 3/16", [5] 3y16' S OPEN JOINT 7/8'I' 22 ALIGN SLIDING GLASS PANEL I I II I I SLIDING GLASS PANEL GUIDE ALIGN - o0 I SLIDING GLASS PANEL I I BOTTOM OF SLIDING GLASS GUIDE TRACK I I INSIDE EDGE OF SLIDING GLASS BOTTOM i SLIDING GLASS TRACK BELOW (DASHED) RAIL SHOWN IN CLOSED POSITION �I I I , II I Architect: — Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com 9 SLIDING GLASS TRACK Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates TERRAllO, TYP www.thorsonbaker.com FIXED STOREFRONT III I I / GLAZING I I Consultant: / i I I T JOINT Thorson Baker & Associates GLAZING SEALAN JO N www.thorsonbakeccom / CONTINUOUS CHANNEL Consultant: W/ NO VISIBLE JOINTS ALONG BorroM of ISP Design, Inc. SLIDING GLASS PANEL www,ispdesign.com JOINT BETWEEN GLAZING CHANNEL & SLIDING I GLASS TRACK FIXED GLAZING WELD & GRIND SMOOTH is I III I CHANNEL FLUSH I I WITH PAVERS I I I I CHANNEL CAP WELD & GRIND SMOOTH I I I I c I I FIXED STOREFRONT A S � GLAZING OE C R I , I (� F AXON 0 GLAZ NG CHANN S EL 8 F ro,c NOT TO SCALE da S+U FIXED STOREFRONT I I ��Ori GLAZING I Signed: I I I , i I I NO SILICONE JOINT Retail Store #1309 I " I M G 1 HOLD CHANNELS 1 5/16* 33 EXT. FACE OF / [ I I Washington Square Mall TIGHT TO GLAZING g G SLIDING GLASS CLIOF CLIOF FIXED STOREFRONT 9585 SW Washington S Rd. PANEL GLAZING g G• GLASS GLASS I ! I DIVIDER STRIP STAINLESS STEEL SS FRAME Tigard, Oregon SLIDING GLASS STOREFRONT, I I I CHANNEL BEYOND RAKEFLAT T lA SEALANT ITL M I JON N ALIGN LG 1 AIALIGN . 1 16' DOWN FROM AL GN LGN , / T R FR T SSS 0 E ON r TOP OF CHANNEL, TYP ALIGN SOFFIT TO ALIGN WITH 3/4' 19 3/4' 19 3/4' 19 3/4" 19 INTERIOR SS PANEL Issued/Revised Date o FINISH FLOOR JOINT % 1/8-. 3 1/8" 3 4 8' 3 5096 CD Set 06/27/2014 7/16" 11 1/8" 3 3/16" 5 Permit 07/16/2014 Z ALIGN 1/8'.[3 1/8"'.[3] 3/16" [5] S2 1/8• 3 1/8'. 3 I I I .._ 8 77 wi I SLIDING GLASS GUIDE OPENING IN SS FOR SLIDING GLASS PANEL FILL MORTAR/MATRIX — � BLOCKING AS REQUIRED EXIST CONCRETE STAINLESS STEEL SLAB GLAZING CHANNELS MG 1 MG 1 EXIST CONC SLAB STOREFRONT DETAILS SECTION AT GLAZING CHANNELS RCP - STOREFRONT GLAZING PLAN - STOREFRONT GLAZING 3 FULL SCALE TERRAllO � FULL SCALE 1 FULL SCALE TERRAllO A-302 7/16/14 12:18 PMP:\510141\A15_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-302-55'0-frame-sliding-terrazzo.dwg SHOPPER TRAK - SEE ELECTRICAL MOTION SENSOR AS SPECIFIED F P-11 BLACK DUCT LINER MOUNTING SLEEVE PROVIDED BY MFR TO PREVENT LIGHT LEAKS 77 77 77 77 77-77-77 77 7 SS STOREFRONT jE STUD PROVIDED BY ^ ALIGN SOFFIT DOR. GC TO / \ ALIGN AND SECURE WITH / \ SPACER PLACED ENT NUT. / \ BETWEEN SS AND SS STOREFRONT SOFFIT O // \\ SHOPPER TRAK 4 1/8" [105] WALL CAVITY // \\ OUTLINE OF 5/8" [16] 5/8" [16] DEVICE ABOVE FACTORY DRILLED rl FIELD CUT LIGHT TRACK TO ALIGN \ H - r F_ -I - CUT OUT IN SS FOR I I I I WITH REAR FACE OF SS PANEL MOTION SENSORi �—DEVICE LENSES N a I 'L� �/ FIELD FABRICATED SUPPORT \ / CENTERED SE w PLATE ATTACHED TO BACK OPENING L — r J — — — —ORIENT J J SIDE OF SS WALL PANEL ELEVATION TOWARDSWITH ENTRY \ , //// O �\b` CENTER DEVICE SS WALL PANEL OVER OPENING \/ LIGHT TRACK SHOPPER TRAK CUTOUT DIAMETER: 15/16" [24] MOTION DETECTOR CONTINUOUS REVEAL: 1/8" [3] CUTOUT DIAMETER: 1" [25] S HOPPER TRAK CENTER TO CENTER: 4-11/16" [119] MOTION DETECTOR CONTINUOUS REVEAL: 1 8" 3 11 1 11 GC TO DETERMINE MOUNTING SOLUTIONS FOR FINISH ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE 9 CONDITIONS SET FLUSH WITH SS CEILING PANEL COVER PLATE ATTACHMENTS PROVIDED — — — — — —BY SS VENDOR VERIFY - - - - - - - - - - - - - - WITH MF SS SOFFIT SUPPORT ELECTRICAL BOX BY SS VENDOR r IF REQUIRED SS STOREFRONT SOFFIT SURFACE MOUNTED I SS COVER PLATES WITH LIGHT TRACK END CAP o FIRE STROBE EQ EQ BACKING TABS BY I SS VENDOR FIRE I I REMOVABLE SS COVER ALIGN PLATE. VERIFY SIZE WITH SS STOREFRONT o MFR OF SUPPLIED SOFFIT PRODUCT CUT OUT IN SS LIGHT TRACK PANEL, BEHIND I AS SPECIFIED SS WALL PANEL CENTER DEVICE ON OPENING— — i ENTRY SOFFIT NOTE: SIMILAR CONDITION AT DISPLAY TRACKS OUTLET MOUNTED IN SS SOFFIT PANELS. DISPLAY TRACKS EXTEND BEYOND SS COVER CUTOUT WIDTH: 3" [76] PANEL AS SHOWN IN 1 OA ELEVATION O SECTION COVER CUTOUT LENGTH: 5" [127] /4-303 COVER CONTINUOUS REVEAL: 1/16" [1.5] WALE MOUNTED FIRE CUTOUTROBE WIDTH: 2 1/2" [64] OUTLET AT OUTLET CUTOUT OUTLET CUTOUT LENGTH: 2 7/8IDTH: 1 6"[73]] LIGHT TRACK CONTINUOUS OPENING WIDTH: 1 1/4" [31] FIRE STROBE CUTOUT HEIGHT: 4 1/2" [„4' S T O R E F R O N T SOFFIT OUTLET CONTINUOUS REVEAL:1/16” [,.5] CEILING LIGHT T R ACK CONTINUOUS REVEAL: 1/8" [3] CEILING LIGHT TRACK 14 1 .0" 13 6"=1'-O" 12 6"=1'-O" 11 FULL SCALE Architect: Woods Bagot PREFABRICATED FIRE www.woodsbagot.com EXTINGUISHER CABINET AS SPECIFIED GLASS BREAK ACOUSTICAL WALL CAVITY F P-7 SENSOR AS SPECIFIED Consultant: F P-11 CL OF Thorson Baker & Associates SEE STRUCTURAL FOR MG DISPLAY www.thorsonbaker.com ONE-TOUCH DOOR CATCH MOUNTING SLEEVE BY DISPLAY TRACK TRACK ALUM DISPLAY TRACK END CAP SUPPLIED BY SS VENDOR MANUFACTURER ATTACHED ON SITE ATTACHMENT III Consultant: IN FIELD ATTACHMENT POINT WOOD BLOCKING SS WALL I TRACK MOUNTING SCREW SPACED Thorson Baker & Associates FOR FIRE CABINET PANEL AT 6" OC, TYP I I I I www.thorsonbakeccom - - - - - SS STOREFRONT SOFFIT III 4 1/8" [105] EXTENT OF FINISH FLOOR SYSTEM Consultant: - - - 5/8" [16] 5/8" [16] L44al ISP Design, Inc. FACTORY DRILLED SEE ELEVATION www.ispdesign.com F - r - - - - T- -1 - CUT OUT IN SS FOR BO SS STOREFRONT I SLOT PASSES UNDER SS PANELS I I SS WALL PANEL GLASS BREAK SENSOR o I I SOFFIT M M I I II II CUSTOM SS DOOR FOR II Ir/— FIRE CABINET BY SS N Q I / I \� I FIELD FABRICATED SUPPORT SS SOFFIT PANEL VENDOR TO BE CENTERED w I I I I PLATE ATTACHED TO BACK \ (I II SIDE OF SS WALL PANEL 19/32" [15] I ON OPENING. CONFIRM L — ' J — \ II II SWING ORIENTATION WITH \ SS WALL PANEL APPLE DM. CENTER DEVICE j \ OVER OPENING CL OF CL OF � \ \ _ - DISPLAY SS JOINT - - TRACK n I SS WALL PANEL FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET I I I 5/8" HOLE DRILLED TO ACCEPT D C ENLARGED CUTOUT WIDTH: 9 7/16" [240] S S JOINT ADJACENT DISPLAY TRACK I I I DISPLAY CABLE C R EN CUTOUT HEIGHT: 24 1/4' [616] GLASS BREAK SENSOR CONTINUOUS OPENING WIDTH:7/8" [22J I I C7 V E KER PLAN AT EEC CONTINUOUS REVEAL: 1/8" [3] GLASS BREAK SENSOR CUTOUT DIAMETER: 1" [25] T 0 DISPLAY TRACK CONTINUOUS REVEAL: 1/16" [2] I I CUSTOM ONE PIECE CONT ALUM g 3"=,'-0" 08 6"=1'-0" 7 FULL SCALE TERRAllO i DISPLAY TRACK IS SPECIFIED SET (� F CI FLUSH WITH FINISH FLOOR I 9rni CJ-U Signed: I I TRACK MOUNTING SCREW SPACED Retail Store #1309 B SS WALL PANEL STOREFRONT MG SALES AREA j I AT 6" OC, TYP Washington Square Mall - UNISTRUT FRAMING g q AS REQUIRED - SEE CL OF CL OF j 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. 1/16" THICK METAL PLATE STRUCTURAL CEILING DISPLAY SS DINT FIELD DRILLED TO RECEIVE DRAWINGS CONT ALUM COVER PLATE TRACK I FINISH FLOOR Tigard, Oregon PANEL STUD BOLTS OVER SCREWS 19/32" 15 I SS PANEL BEYOND CENTER DEVICE RETAINING CLIP F _ _ i ON OPENING 5/8" HOLE DRILLED TO ACCEPT FINISH FLOOR DISPLAY CABLE I I SECURE WITH L - - J HOSE CLAMP I COUNTER SUNK M _ T T DOOR MANUFACTURER TO SCREWS INTO WOOD �, I Issued/Revised Date I I PROVIDE CYLINDER, I SS ESCUTCHEON = I OWNER TO PROVIDE CORE Wo �1/2" [13] BLOCK AT 6" OC \ I I 5090 CD Set 06/27/2014 BO SS PANEL ALIGN -I - Permit 07/16/2014 3 j FACTORY DRILLED r' O� CUT OUT FOR o a� 0'-0" [0] I CYLINDER , TO FINISH FLOOR FIELD CUT-OUT IN MORTAR/MATRIX FILL SS SOFFIT PANEL I DIVIDER STRIP BLOCKING AS I I CENTER DEVICE REQUIRED I ENTRY L EO T EQ J ELECTRICAL BOX FOR IN OPENING L. KEYSWITCH DEVICE PARALLEL o — . — . _ TO MGA 2 1/2" [64] SS ESCUTCHEON EXIST CONC SLAB -� OA ELEVATION O SECTION L321 STOREFRONT DETAILS KEY SWITCH SPRINKLER AT CUTOUT DIAMETER: 1 3/16" [30] SS JOINT ADJACENT INKLER CUTOUT DIAMETER: 1 1/2" [38] KEY HOLE SWITCH CONTINUOUS REVEAL: 1/16" [2] STOREFRONT SOFFIT ESCUTCHEON OD: 1 ,7/32" [39] TO DISPLAY TRACK EEOOR DISPLAY TRACK 6"=1'-0" 2 FULL SCALE TERRAllO 0__FULL SCALE TERRAllO A-311 7/16/14 12:18 PMP:\510141\Ai5_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-311-terrazzo.dwg X29'-7 1/4" [9023] V U/S OF ROOF DECK [VIF] MGA A. 1 MGA A.9 I I 5 2 4 iA-552 A-531 A-552 JOINTS TO ALIGN WITH JOINTS IN STOREFRONT SOFFIT AND STOREFRONT ELEVATION i X12'-1 1/2" [3696] —I— } - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I- -I- - - I I 12 — T - - - — - - - - - - — — — — — — — — — — — — — t2 r A-631 80 FINISH CEILING � � A-631 STOREFRONT SOFFIT I I I EM I I I � I I I I I FINISH FLOOR _ I I I I TRANSITION WALL 2 C-BAY TRANSITION WALL 3 INTERIOR ELEVATION 3 INTERIOR ELEVATION 4 1/4„=1' J429'-7 1/4" [9023] U/S OF ROOF DECK [VIF] MG6 MG5 MG4 MG3 MG2 MG1 2 2 A-521 A-511 14'-5 1/4" [4401] BO MALL BULKHEAD I 7- I ` / I ` 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - t Ll X12'-1 1/2" [3696] — — — CEILINGVBO FINISH STOREFRONT SOFFIT Architect: jjk 10'-0" [3048] Woods Bagot BO SALES AREA SOFFIT A-551 _ _ _ _ _ _ I www.woodsbagot.com 4 I 0 I - - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ I 0 A-501 Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com NJ Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com VANISH FLOOR Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. RANSITION B-BAY A-BAY ENTRY WALL 2 www.ispdesign.com WALL 4 INTERIOR ELEVATION X29'-7 1/4" [9023] U/S OF ROOF DECK IMF] C R R uc.L MG1 MG2 MG3 MG4 MG5 MG6 orV� 2 2 ON A-511 A-521 Signed: Retail Store #1309 Washington Square Mall 14'-5 1/4" [4401] 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. 7 Tigard, Oregon ED MALL BULKHEAD �1- dIIIII12'-1 1/2" [3696] I —n - - - - - - - - - - -I— —I- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � -7 n F11 ri 11-11 BO FINISH CEILING STOREFRONT SOFFIT jk 10'-0" [3048] — — — _ _ _ I I — _ — — _ _ — I Issued/Revised Date BO SALES AREA SOFFIT — — — — — _ _ I 5 Permit D Set 07/16/2014 A-551 I I I I I I I FINISH FLOOR l I FOR RELATED METAL STUD FRAMING INFORMATION, SEE STRUCTURAL ENTRY WALL 1 A-BAY B-BAY SITtON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FRAMING SHEET SF-401. WALL 1 INTERIOR ELEVATION 1 t/4„-t'-0„ A-401 7/16/14 12:18 PMP:\510141\A15-cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-401.dwg 19'-0" [5791] BO UNISTRUT [VIF] I M 3 MG2 MG3 MG3 e MG2 MG1 2'-6 [762] 2'-6" [762] 2'-6" [7621 2'-6" [762] I I II I I I I I I 13'-1 3/4" [4007] = BO GASKET CEILING o l X13 -0 1/2- 3975 - - - - - - - - - - - - TO SS WALL PANEL " I I I I F � L - - - - � J12'-1 1/2" [3696] L — — — — — GASKET CEILING GASKET CEILING — BO FINISH CEILING 15 FINISH CEILING FINISH CEILING A-631 A-651 SEES STRUCTURAL SIM SS WALL PANEL, SS WALL PANEL, TYP TYP SS STOREFRONT SOFFIT I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CL OF DEVICES I FACE OF DEMISING WALL EO EO OR NEAREST OBSTRUCTION HORN-STROBE ORANEAREST O OBSTRUCTION 1,t I 14 I I A-311 — — — — — — — — — SS WALL PANEL TEMPERATURE \ I� SENSOR 1 I I I SS WALL PANEL 18 A-611 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET WITH Architect: CUSTOM CUSTOM SS DOOR Woods Bagot o www.woodsbagot.com 2 1 \ I Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates FIRE EXTINGUISHER \\ www.thorsonbaker.com CABINET WITH CUSTOM SS DOOR - - t - - - - - - - - I 9 A-311 Consultant: L Thorson Baker & Associates KEY HOLE SWITCH = www.thorsonbaker.com I 4 ? I Consultant: A-311 I O m ISP Design, Inc. A-601 �1 o a I A-601 www.ispdesign.com FINISH FLOOR \ FINISH FLOOR 0'-O" [0] rn TO FINISH FLOOR 1, 7 7 17 7 7 10 1 ] 1 10" 0" [254] MIN[254CLW MIN CL 6. �D CA N VO CK MC- n SECTION AT FEC �j ENTRY WALL 1 ELEVATION ENTRY WALL 2 ELEVATION ENTRY WALL SECTION LII6367S 6 O" 10'-0" SOFFIT v 1"=1'-O" 10'-0" SOFFIT 4 1"=1'-O" 10'-0" SOFFIT v 1"=1'-O" 10'-0" SOFFIT of Cllr, Signed: Retail Store #609 Washington Square Mall 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. Tigard, Oregon MG1 1 .2 MG2 1 .3 MG3 MG3 1 .3 MG2 1 .2 MG1 STEEL COLUMN, TYP SEE STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMN, TYP Issued Revised Date / SEE STRUCTURAL Permit 07/16/2014 FACE OF DEMISING WALL OR NEAREST OBSTRUCTION rr M I I I I I M "1 - - - - - - - - "1 - - - _ - - - - - - - 1- - - - - - - - '±Lftfla It ST T POINT START POINT V SS WALL PANEL OF YOUT OF LAYOUT II FIRE EXTINGUISHER \ Ltl CABINET WITH STOREFRONT CUSTOM SS DOOR I STOREFRONT - FOR RELATED METAL STUD FRAMING INFORMATION, SEE STRUCTURAL SALES AREA - FRAMING SHEET SF-501. ENTRY WALLS 1 & 2 FOR RELATED UNISTRUT FRAMING INFORMATION, SEE STRUCTURAL ENTRY ALL 1 PLAN ENTRY WALL L DRAWINGS. 20 111.1'-0„ 1 A-501 7/16/14 12:15 PMP:\510141\A15_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-501.dwg - METAL STUD FRAMING - SEE STRUCTURAL FRAMING SEE STRUCTURAL FOR CONNECTION DETAILS 19'-0" [5791] BO UNISTRUT [VIF] �- 3 MG4 MG3 40'-0" [12192] CL OF 13'-1 3/4" 20'-0" (6096] JOINT 20'-0" [6096] JN BO GASKET CEILING j13'-0 1/2" [3975] 20 TO SS WALL PANEL A-651 GASKET CEILING 12'-1 1/2" [3696] BO FINISH CEILING I — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — METAL STUD FRAMING — FINISH CEILING SEE STRUCTURAL FRAMING DRAWINGS L dh2 1B SS WALL PANEL 2B A-611 A-631 TYP A-631 10'-0" [3048] SS WALL PANEL BO SS SOFFIT — — — — — — — SS SOFFIT FACE OF DEMISING WALL LIGHT BOX FOR GRAPHIC PANELOR NEAREST OBSTRUCTION HORN—STROBE A-311 — — — — — — — — — — — BACKLIT GRAPHIC PANEL A-621 BACKLIT GRAPHIC PANEL — — — — — ri SS WALL PANEL 5'-4" [1626]TO SS LEDGE I SS WALL PANEL _ COUNTER JOINT TO ALIGN SLIDE OUT WOOD COUNTER � WITH SS WALL j JOINT JIN3'-2" [965] _ = SLIDE OUT WOOD COUNTER COUNTERVTO - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - A-611 2'-9" [838] — TO SS PANEL SS WALL PANEL 8 2 SS WALL PANEL 6 A-631 A-621 A-601 Ay FINISH FLOOR IL 0'-0" [0]TO FINISH FLOOR MIN CL ROM 2'-6" 762 FFACE 7 SS T FACE OF EQ EQ DEMISING WALL OR NEAREST OBSTRUCTION A- BAY SECTION A- BAY ELEVATION 3 SCALE: 1/2"-1'-0" SCALE: 1/2"-1'-0" Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com MG4 MG3 40'-0" [12192] EQ EO 1'-9" [533] 4'-6" [1372] 4'-6" (1372] 4'-6" (1372] 4'-9" (1448] 4'-9" [1448] 4'-6" [1372] 4'-6" [1372] 4'-6" (1372] 1'-9" [533] METAL STUD FRAMING - SEE FACE OF DEMISING WALL I STRUCTURAL FRAMING DRAWINGS OR NEAREST OBSTRUCTION ' C I I Gq ENj'c� — — — Z — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — VQE KER 77 w � OF J ' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ' — — — L I J - - - - L J - - - - �±� - - - - - L J - - - - - L±J - - - - L J - - - - L I J - - L+ J Signed: r 1 r 1 r 1 L L J L J Retail Store #609 B Washington Square Mall FACE OF STAINLESS STEEL PANEL BELOW A_B11 STEEL SUPPORT PLATE BELOW WALL COUNTER LIGHT BOX FOR GRAPHIC PANEL 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. RECESSED OUTLET BY FIXT MFR — SLIDE OUT WOOD COUNTER FACE OF GRAPHIC PANEL Tigard, Oregon SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS START POINT OF BAY LAYOUT STAINLESS STEEL LEDGE PANEL COUNTER JOINT TO ALIGN WITH SS WALL JOINT Issued/Revised Date ( A BAY PLAN Permit 07/16/2014 D- _�SCkALE: 1/2"=1'-0" FOR RELATED METAL STUD FRAMING INFORMATION, SEE STRUCTURAL SALES AREA - FRAMING SHEET SF-511. 40'_0" A-BAY FOR RELATED UNISTRUT FRAMING INFORMATION, SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. A-511 7/16/14 12:18 PM PA510141\A15_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-511.dwg METAL STUD FRAMING - SEE STRUCTURAL FRAMING SEE STRUCTURAL FOR CONNECTION DETAILS 19'-0" [5791] BO UNISTRUT [VIF] � MG5 3 MG4 33'-4" [10160] 13'-1 3/4" [4007] 16'-8" [5080] CL OF JOINT 16'-8" [5080] BO GASKET CEILING I 15 A-651 J413'-0 1/2" [3975] TO SS WALL PANEL I GASKET CEILING 12'-1 1/2" [3696] BO FINISH CEILING — � FINISH CEILING —1111 db i ISS WALL PANEL SS WALL PANEL 15 26 1B 10'-0" [3048] A-611 A-631 A-631 BO SS SOFFIT OPP - - _ _ - - - - - - - - - - --- - - - - - - - - - - - _ _ _ _ _ - - - - - _ _ _ _ _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - II STAINLESS STEEL SHELF A-621 1 = � BY OWNER VENDOR, TYP = _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ II II — ' — SS WALL PANEL AND STANDARDS = _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = = _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ z FACE OF DEMISING WALL I OR NEAREST OBSTRUCTION � SSWALLPANEL _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ � I II � [I14 1 z 9 A-621 FINISH FLOOR J0,-O" [0] — ---- ---- TO FINISH FLOOR -_ 2'-f0 1/2" [876JALIGN BO SS PANELS OWNDER, TYED IP.® BOTTOM TIC RS ELF BLOCK BY MIN CLR FROM FACE OF SS TO FACE OF DEMISING WALL OR NEAREST OBSTRUCTION F P-11 B - BAY SECTION B - BAY ELEVATION 3 SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com MG5 MG4 33'-4' [10160] � EO EO � METAL STUD FRAMING - SEE STRUCTURAL FRAMING DRAWINGS FACE OF DEMISING WALL OR NEAREST OBSTRUCTION -- ��� A T333 Cj - - - - - - - - - - - — - - - - - — - - - - - - - - - - - - — — - - - - - - - - — - - - - - - - - — — — — — - - FO SCO Aa I I I�I z'-o�" [s[610]��11 o IOIIOIIOIIOIf011 II � I101101L -=J' 101 L - - _ — JL — JL - - - - JL - - JL - - - - JL - - - — JL — — JL - - - - - JL - - - - - JL — - - - JL - - - JL - - J OF OR i N SS WALL PANEL � Signed: MOLDED PLASTIC SUPPORT BLOCK Retail Store #1309 UNDER LOWEST SHELF, TYP Washington Square Mall B TO WALL TRANSITION F P-11 5 B TO A FIN 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. EDGE OF SOFFIT ABOVE A-611 Tigard, Oregon START POINT FOR BAY LAYOUT Issued/Revised Date B - BAY PLAN Permit 07/16/2014 - 1 SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" FOR RELATED METAL STUD FRAMING INFORMATION, SEE STRUCTURAL SALES AREA - FRAMING SHEET SF-521. 33'-4" B-BAY FOR RELATED UNISTRUT FRAMING INFORMATION, SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. A-521 7/16/14 12:18 PM P:\510141\A75_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-521.dwg METAL STUD FRAMING - SEE STRUCTURAL FRAMING DRAWINGS 19'-0' [5791] SEE STRUCTURAL FOR BO UNISTRUT [VIF] CONNECTION DETAILS 3 jJ4 13'-1 3/4" [4007] I CL OF JOINT 17'-2 15/16" [5256] 17'-2 15/16" [5256] CL OF JOINT BO GASKET CEILING X13'-01/2" [3975] _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ TO SS WALL PANEL GASKET CEILING X12'-1 1/2" [3696] l I — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — I NCNGBO FINISH CEILING 2p FI —r A-651 12 SS WALL PANEL110 . 2R A-611 SIM Ck 10'-0' [2692] A-6 t 80 SS SOFFIT SS WALL PANEL - - - SS SOFFIT FACE OF DEMISING WALL I _ - - - - - OR NEAREST OBSTRUCTION LIGHT BOX FOR _ _ - - - t BACKLIT GRAPHIC PANEL 1 GRAPHIC PANEL _ _ - - - I A-621 BACKLIT GRAPHIC PANEL - - - - - - - - SS WALL PANEL 5'-4" [1626] _ - - - - - - - i TO SS LEDGE I I SLIDE OUT WOOD COUNTER � SS WALL PANEL 3'-2' [965] A i- A-631SLIDE OUT WOOD COUNTER iJN - - - - - - TO COUNTER - - - - - - - - - I _ej 2'-9" [838] l J SS WALL PANEL TO SS PANEL — 6 �� SS WALL PANEL A-601 �0'-0" [0] FINISH FLOOR TO FINISH FLOOR 2'-6" [762] MIN CL R FROM FACE OF SS TO FACE OF DEMISE WALL OR NEAREST OBSTRUCTION 3 EE4/ 2C- BAY ELEVATION =1'-0" SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com MGA L OF JOINT 17'-2 15/16" [5256] 17'-2 15/16" [5256] CL OF JOINT 8 15/16" [227] 14EQ EQ EQ E EO EQ EQ 8 15/16" [227] I I I � dCA FACE OF DEMISING WALL S I I I I II I I OR NEAREST OBSTRUCTION I METAL STUD FRAMING - SEESTRUCTURAL FRAMING DRAWINGS — — — — — - - — — — — - - — — — — — OF U t0 Z I I I I I I I I I Signed: LtJ L- _j LtJ LJ J L J L- -J L- -i LtJ — - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Retail Store #1309 - Washington Square Mall L J J L J L L J L J 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. RECESSED POWER/DATA 8 STEEL SUPPORT PLATE BELOW WALL COUNTER Tigard, Oregon C TO WALL TRANSITION OUTLET BY FIXT MFR - C TO WALL TRANSITION SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS, TYP FACE OF GRAPHIC PANEL A-611 FACE OF STAINLESS STEEL PANEL BELOW LIGHT BOX FOR GRAPHIC PANEL SLIDE OUT WOOD COUNTER STAINLESS STEEL LEDGE PANEL START POINT OF BAY LAYOUT FOR RELATED METAL STUD FRAMING Issued/Revised Date INFORMATION, SEE STRUCTURAL C - BAY PLAN FRAMING SHEET SF-531. Permit 07/16/2014 FOR RELATED UNISTRUT FRAMING SCALE: 1/2"=,'-0" INFORMATION, SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. SALES AREA - 35'-0" C-BAY A-531 7/16/14 12:18 PMP:\510141\A15_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-531.dwg J419'-O- [57911 BO UNISTRUT [VIF] SEE STRUCTURAL FOR I SEE STRUCTURAL FOR CONNECTION DETAILS CONNECTION DETAILS NI I METAL STUD FRAMING – 6 3 SEE STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING – _ – FRAMING SEE STRUCTURAL FRAMING M G 6 MG5 5 MG5 MG6 A-651 5 JIIIS–1 3/4" [4007] SIM 2'-6" [7621 2'-6" [762] A-651SIM BO GASKET CEILING I X13'-0 1/2" [3975] I TO SS WALL PANEL L GASKET CEILING J GASKET CEILING F_ 12'-1 1/2" [3696] I — _ _ J L 80 FINISH CEILING STRETCHED FABRIC FINISH CEILING STRETCHED FABRIC FINISH CEILING ILI CEILING SYSTEM CEILING SYSTEM I I SS WALL PANEL, TYP SS WALL PANEL, TYP I � METAL STUD FRAMING – METAL STUD FRAMING – SEE S G SEE STRUCTURAL SEE STRUCTURAL FRAMING FRAI I I I I I I I CL OF DEVICES I I EQ I EQ HORN-STROBE I I I � 14 I SS WALL PANEL \ — — — — — - - - SS WALL PANEL 2 TEMPERATURE – SENSOR I I ,8 FACE OF DEMISING WALL FACE OF DEMISING WALL OR NEAREST OBSTRUCTION A-611 OR NEAREST OBSTRUCTION I L FIRE EXTINGUISHER �I CABINET WITH CUSTOM SS DOOR I I i Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com 0 \ Consultant: \\ o — — — — — FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET Thorson Baker & Associates WITH CUSTON SS DOOR www.thorsonbaker.com 9 A-311 c' Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates rz <W www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: o I z 6 6 ISP Design, Inc. A-601 o a I A-601 www.ispdesign.com I FINISH FLOOR I FINISH FLOOR I �0'-0" [0] TO FINISH FLOOR 2'-9 3/16" [842] 2'-9 1/8" [842] _k ] 10" ] 10" 254 254 MIN CLR EDGE OF EDGE OF EDGE OF EDGE OF MIN CUR PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL c JVO-E � Cn WALL SECTION TRANSITION WALL 1 ELEVATION TRANSITION WALL 4 ELEVATION WALL SECTION AT FEC4 Signed: Retail Store #609 MG5 MG6 MG6 MG5 Washington Square Mall 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. Tigard, Oregon I I I I FACE OF EMISING WALL OR NEAR ST OBSTRUCTION FACE DEMISING WALL Issued/Revised Date OR N EST OBSTRUCTION OR 07/16/2014 I I LL I I N U N U Z �Z O g I — — — — — — — � IB SS WALL PANEL \ FIRE EXTINGUISHER SS WALL PANEL CABINET WITH CUSTOM START POINT SS DOOR OF LAYOUT START POINT SALES AREA OF LAYOUT TRANSITION FOR RELATED METAL STUD FRAMING WALLS 1 & 4 TRANSITION WALL 1 PLAN 1 TRANSITION WALL 4 PLAN INFORMATION, SEE STRUCTURAL FRAMING SHEET SF-551. A-551 7/16/14 12:18 PMP:\510141\A15-cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-551.dwg 19'-0" [5791] 'qVBO UNISTRUT [MF] SEE STRUCTURAL FOR SEE STRUCTURAL FOR CONNECTION DETAILS CONNECTIONAIL I I METAL STUD FRAMING - METAL STUD FRAMING - SEE STRUCTURAL SEE STRUCTURAL FRAMING FRAMING 6 3 5 CL OF CL OF JOINT CL OF JOINT CL OF CL OF 5 A-651 JOINT SEE 2/A-531 SEE 2/A-531 JOINT JOINT A-651 13'-1 3/4" [4007] I SIM 4'-6" [1372] 1'-2 1/8' [359) 3'-3 7/8" [1013] SIM BO GASKET CEILING jjh 13'-0 1/2' [3975] I — — — — — — — — — — I— — — — — TO SS WALL PANEL I � J GASKET CEILING GASKET CEILING L A'642 F " . 12'-1 1/2' [3696] L- _ _ BO FINISH CEILING STRETCHED FABRIC FINISH CEILING FINISH CEILING I CEILING SYSTEM \�J r SS WALL PANEL SS WALL PANEL SS WALL PANEL i METAL STUD FRAMING - SEE STRUCTURAL FRAMING METAL STUD FRAMING - 10'-0" [3048] I SEE STRUCTURAL I _ TO BACK OF SS WALL TO SS JOINT I FRAMING / PIGN MOUNTED PANXIT EL 8 A-642 SS WALL PANEL SS CLAD DOOR I / I / I / I / SS WALL PANEL I / I / / ^ SS CLAD DOOR FACE OF DEMISING WALL OR NEAREST OBSTRUCTION I 2 \ Architect: \\ Woods Bagot \ www.woodsbagot.com Consultant: \ Thorson Baker & Associates \\ www.thorsonbaker.com I \\ \ Consultant: \ Thorson Baker & Associates \ www.thorsonbaker.com \ Consultant: I 6 \ 3 ISP Design, Inc. A-601 \ A-642 www.ispdesign.com FINISH FLOOR \ FINISH FLOOR I \ TO FINISH FLOOR 1 10. [254] MIN CUR WALL SECTION C TRANSITION WALL 2 ELEVATION TRANSITION WALL 3 ELEVATION DOOR SECTION JCAEN�n 6 1"=1'-0" 10'-0" SOFFIT 1"=1' 10'-0" SOFFIT 4 1"=1'-0" 10'-0" SOFFIT 3 1"=1' 10'-0" SOFFIT •_ CA t/ LIC.6367 '41 OF Signed: Retail Store #1309 Washington Square Mall 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. Tigard, Oregon CL OF CL OF JOINT CL OF JOINT CL OFCLI \ JOINT SEE 1/A-531 SEE 1/A-5 1 JOINT i I \�\ JOINT Issued/Revised Date I I I I 1 Permit 07/16/2014 FACE OF DEMISINQ WALL OR I I i NEAREST OBSTRUCTION METAL STUD FRAMING I I \ I I METAL STUD FRAMING "Z o � — — — — — — — - - - - - - - - - - I I I SS WALL PANEL I START POINT OF LAYOUT START POINT OF LAYOUT _ 4'-6" [1372] L SS CLAD DOOR 3'-3 7/8" [1013] SALES AREA - TRANSITION TRANSITION WALL 2 PLAN TRANSITION WALL 3 PLAN WALLS 2 & 3 FOR RELATED METAL STUD FRAMING 2 -0" INFORMATION, SEE STRUCTURAL FRAMING SHEET SF-552. A-552 7/16/14 12:18 PMP:\510141\115-cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-552-10'0-door.dwg ACRYLIC KNOCK-OUT WITH WAX FORM RELEASE, REMOVE AFTER TERRAllO FINISHING SALES CUSTOM ACRYLIC OUTLET BLACK ACRYLIC COVER PLATE, SEE ELECTRICAL COVER PLATE CL OF COVER POWER PLAN NOTES SS TRIM INCLUDED WITH FLOOR BOX ASSEMBLY — 5/8" X 3/4" CUT OUT FOR ALIGN TERRAllOI DATA PORTS (NOT AT DISPLAY WINDOW OUTLETS) TO FINISH FLOOR +." FILL MORTAR/MATRIX I F11 _ — — — — — 1 1 5/8- DIA CUT OUT FOR — — SEAL ALL CONDUIT OPENINGS 1 POWER OUTLET PRIOR TO FLOORING SYSTEM6jIll / -0'-1 1/4" [VIF] INSTALLATION TO SLAB p CONDUIT, SEE \ / m ELECTRICAL , - ° - GC TO VERIFY DIMENSIONS o ° EXISTING SLAB, REMOVE AS OF CUT OUTS REQUIRED REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE ° 0 1" [25] D a o ' ° 1" [25] FLOOR BOX DEPTH FOR FLOOR BOX SUPPLIED p , - ° STOREFRONT FLOOR OUTLET SECTION 8 OUTLET COVER PLATE PLAN 2 0 6^=1'_p^ TERRAllO ACRYLIC KNOCK-OUT WITH WAX FIXTURE SUPPORT POST, 12 FORM RELEASE, REMOVE AFTER BY FIXTURE VENDOR TERRAllO FINISHING (2) PIECE BLACK ACRYLIC BLACK ACRYLIC COVER COVER PLATE. GC TO PLATE CL OF COORDINATE W/ APPLE DM. SS COVER FIXTURE SUPPORT POST, BY FLOOR I BOX CASSEMBLY LUDED TH FIXTURE VENDOR i TERRAllO 1 1/8" DIA CUT OUT FOR ALIGN F TZ-1 1 FIXTURE SUPPORT POST I SS TRIM INCLUDED WITH — — — — — — — FLOOR BOX ASSEMBLY 77, 77777 I TERRAllO DATA NOT REQUIRED EXISTING CONCRETE AT WINDOW DISPLAY ° �> SLAB v = SALES SQUARE STEEL SCREED GC TO PROVIDE BLACK ° = BOX D PLASTIC COVER WITH TIGHT LONG SIDE OF FIXTURE 5" [127] FITTING OPENINGS FOR '• REFER TO PROJECT POWER PLUG; SEE 18/- DRAWINGS FIXTURE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR CONDUIT, SEE QUANTITY AND LOCATION ® ELECTRICAL OF SUPPORT POSTS ® - 20 SUPPORT POST COVER PLATE PLAN 2 SUPPORT POST COVER PLATE SECTION 3 6"-1'-0" TERRAllO - REQUIRED FOR GENIUS BAR 30' AND LONGER 6 =1' 0" TERRAllO REQUIRED FOR GENIUS BAR 30' 0" AND LONGER Architect: Woods Bagot ® ® I I I www.woodsbagot.com II I II CONTINUOUS METAL SS SHELF MOLDED PLASTIC SUPPORT CONTAINMENT ANGLE ® Consultant: . . . -. • . . - . I I BOTTOM SHELF Associates Thorson Baker & ssocia es I I www.thorsonbaker.com � STOREFRONT _ II I II SS PANEL I I Consultant: I I q -E=— Thorson Baker & Associates I IW www.thorsonbaker.com I TERRAllO ANGLE TO SS WALL PANEL II F TZ-1 MATCH SHELF M + 6 TERRAllO - I I oo Consultant: . _ _ _ _ M F Tz-1 ISP Design, Inc. 9 SS STOREFRONT FRAME www.ispdesign.com DIVIDER STRIP z FILL MORTAR/MATRIX ^o // // // // // // / / / // / // // / TERRAllO r 1/2" [ ] M EXIST CONC SLAB F TZ-1 1/8' [3] 1/16' [2] 40 N MALL FINISH CONTINUOUS METAL CONTAINMENT ANGLE ,' i �� , ,f�J i CONTINUOUS METAL :. . - CONTAINMENT ANGL _ C E o N T. �10n EXIST. SLAB ti� ARc CAR ENS VOE KER n H FLOOR OUTLET PLAN C� TYPICAL BASE AND BLOCKING AT B - BAY SHELF BASE UNDER SS STOREFRONT �j TYPICAL BASE AT STAINLESS STEEL rJs�FC.6367 O` 1 0 6"=1'-0" TERRAllO FULL SCALE TERRAllO 6"=1'-0" TERRAllO `� 6"=1'-0" TERRAllO 9 OF 00 Signed: DIVIDER STRIP PER Retail Store #1309 PLAN LAYOUT MG4 MG MG Washington Square Mall 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. CONTINUOUS METAL Z \ CONTAINMENT ANGLE I Tigard, Oregon Ci [ ] 3" 76 TERRAllO • TERRAllO a i Z r � Z ^� i _ T PRIMER A E BOND CO I , .'. :' . . :' . . :' .-. : . . :' . . r . . DIVIDER STRIP SS PANEL ABOVE SS PANEL ABOVE CRACK ISOLATION LAYOUT PER Issued/Revised Date i EXTENT CONSTRUCTION x N F :• CONS UC ON E E 0 EXTENT OF i MEMBRANE i i 5 06/27/2014 ,-- 15096 CD et i PLAN CONTINUOUS METAL o CONTINUOUS METAL i Permit 07/16/2014 RESIN SEALER CONTAINMENT ANGLE CONTAINMENT ANGLE - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - FILL MORTAR MATRIX / :]' SS WALL PANEL, TYP. SS WALL PANEL. TYP MGA o D SALES r . : PRIMER BOND COAT p EXISTING SLAB 'i: ' i. .. ° D D D ° D CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE p - 5 ST.ST. . .. T IR WOVEN POLY-FABRIC REINFORCEMENT MAY BE S ' USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH CRACK ISOLATION 1 8" 3 3" 76 3' 76 [ ] [ ] TERRAllO TERRAllO MEMBRANE IN ACCORDANCE WITH TERRAllO CL OF F TZ-1 F TZ-1 INSTALLER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS DIVIDERTRIP 1/8" [3] INTERIOR DETAILS - FLOOR 0TERRAllO FLOORING SYSTEM TERRAllO DIVIDER STRIPS TERRAllO EDGE TRANSITION DETAIL TERRAllO EDGE TRANSITION DETAIL 5 -6"=V-0" TERRAllO 3"=1' TERRAllO 3"=1'-O" TERRAllO 3"=1'-0" TERRAllO A-601 7/16/14 12:18 PMP:\510141\A15-cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-601-terraao.dwg 4 5/8" [117] 5/8' [16] 5/8' [16] FACTORY DRILLED —I— T- — — CUT OUT IN SS FOR W I I TEMPERATURE SENSOR —I `&V` i FIELD FABRICATED SUPPORT L —I— — — — — — —I— J PLATE ATTACHED TO BACK SIDE OF SS WALL PANEL OB ELEVATION CENTER DEVICE IN OPENING REAR MOUNTED TEMPERATURE SENSOR DEVICE ALIGN SS WALL PANEL OA PLAN SECTION ZL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CUTOUT DIAMETER: 13/16" [21] TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONTINUOUS REVEAL: 1/16' [2] 18 6"=1'-0" l i II I I I III II METAL STUD FRAMING SEE STRUCTURAL II I I GRAPHIC LIGHT BOX II I II METAL STUD FRAMING SEE STRUCTURAL FRAMING FRAMING DRAWINGS ATTACHMENT ANGLE EO t'-o' [305] EO 1/2" HOLE TYP OF 3 - X I I THREADED ROD HANGER - SEE STRUCTURAL SEE STRUCTURAL FRAMING I X THREADED ROD HANGER - SEE STRUCTURAL X X X I CEILING DRAWINGS 5" [127] 5' [127] FOR CONNECTION DETAILS X X I X X X CEILING DRAWINGS I I I I �3 1/2" [89] ,3 1/2' [89] 3/8" STEEL PLATE RECESSED LIGHT - SEE ELECTRICAL 1 el I 1 RECESSED LIGHT - SEE ELECTRICAL I I I LI I I EDGE OF CASEWORK I I I INTEGRATED STEEL PLATE I I SS WALL PANEL I SS WALL PANEL ABOVE - SEE CASEWORK I I I I DRAWINGS I I I SEE SECTION I I I I SEE SECTION I I I I CASEWORK INTEGRATED BO SS SOFFIT BO SS SOFFIT I I I I I I I SLIDER HARDWARE - SEE I I I6 I I SS SOFFIT PANEL I i i I CASEWORK DRAWINGS I I I SS SOFFIT PANEL 1/B . [3] s' [152] I I 6" [152] r ' I ' I I I OF SLIDE WALL ABOVE 2'-1" [635] I I I 1'-4" [406] I I I FACE OF SS TO FACE OF SS 1 + I I FACE OF SS TO FACE OF GRAPHIC PANEL I of to I I I I 1018 SECTION AT B - BAY SOFFITy — T SECTION AT A- BAY SOFFIT 1 5 o I I I 1 1/2" COUNTERSUNK HOLE < I I TYP OF 3 - SEE 12 3"=1'-0" STRUCTURAL FRAMING FOR CONNECTION DETAILS Architect: — I — 3/8" DIA. SLOTTED HOLE, Woods Bagot o IT��o TYP OF 6 - SEE www.woodsbagot.com CASEWORK DRAWINGS FOR 9 CONNECTIONS TO SLIDE I I I OUT WOOD COUNTER LI -1 1/8 [3] 1/8" [3] Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates SEE SECTION OL TO SS LEDGE ww`.thorsonbaker.com 18181 � 1 Consultant: METAL STUD FRAMING - SEE STRUCTURAL FRAMING DRAWINGS 1 1 1 Thorson Baker & Associates SS LEDGE DOES NOT OCCUR AT STARTUP BAYS www.thorsonbaker.com � 1 1 Consultant: EDGE OF CASEWORK BACKLIT GRAPHIC PANEL & LIGHT BOX INTEGRATED STEEL PLATE X X X ISP Design, Inc. ABOVE - SEE CASEWORK X DRAWINGS www.ispdesign.com METAL STUD FRAMING - SEE STRUCTURAL FRAMING 1 AhL _ _ _ _ I „ I 1 - _ - — - - — - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ — — - - — — - -- EDGE OF SLIDE OUT I I I I I SS PANEL WALL COUNTER ABOVE I I SHEET METAL CLOSURE PLATE I ABOVE STEEL PLATE BEYOND II II II I I I I = = = = �41 1 = _ _ _ _ _ JWIDTH I I I FP-10 II 1 j[6] l I 11 SS WALL PANELI II 11 I _ II I II VARIES BASED ON BI I IZ[13] 80 SS WALL PANEL BEYOND U VA CT IN IN R � II 1/4" [6] 1 II I I PLAN AT STEEL PLATE .� II II II I Q I I 1 FRA II 2'-3 11/64" [690] II II I U 3"=1'-O" I I 1 ,p LI .636 TYPICAL WIDTH ALL BAY SIZES I STEEL PLATE ATTACHMENT - SEE STRUCTURAL FRAMING DRAWINGS CL OF CIL OFII COOT Cowr II II I 9 OF 0��� II I SLIDE OUT WOOD COUNTER - SEE CASEWORK SHOP DRAWINGS II II II 1 1/2Signed: II II II II II PATCH OPENING AS X 1 SEE SECTION Retail Store #609 II II NEEDED TO MAINTAIN I X X TO COUNTER Washington Square Mall II II II I I CONT CLOSURE �F g q — — — — — — — I 3551\ 1 0 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. � II NOTCH TROUGH AT STEEL PLATES, TYP as Tigard, Oregon � I X X II I , - - — � _ � I E_ = STAINLESS STEEL 1 41c II I I SHELF BY OWNER, TYP I u ELECTRICAL OUTLET AND WHIP BY Issued/Revised Date ii I I I FIXT MFR WHERE OCCURS, SEE 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 w I I I I ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR CONNECTION I I Permit 07/16/2014 r- I I I II I I I I SS WALL PANEL 4- I ii STEEL PLATE FOR WOOD I X STEEL PLATE, SEE 8/- 41COUNTER ATTACHMENT I X X ii X (ONLY ONE SHOWN FOR DRAWING CLARITY) I I I I I I I I I I I ELECTRICAL CHASE, SEE 3/- FOLDED SHEET METAL 11 1/2' [292] VIF CHASE - PAINT BLACK I I I O B-BAY TYP PANEL SPACING O B-BAY END CONDITION F P-t0 I I I I POWER & DATA SEE ELECTRICAL INTERIOR DETAILS - SALES AREA BAYS 5 B - BAY SS PANEL AND JOINT CONFIGURATION 3 ELECTRICAL CHASE 1 SECTION AT WOOD COUNTER A-611 7/16/14 12:18 PMP:\510141\A75-cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-611.dwg MG MG MG 1/8" [3] 12 i 622 i i SS WALL SS WALL PANEL, TYP i i III PANEL, TYP. III I I I I I 1/8- [3] REVEAL CUP ABOVE, SIDE PANEL OF PAINTED BLACK BY SS FIN I SS VENDOR IIIIc �- I N N BACKLIT GRAPHIC PANEL AND LIGHT BOX SS WALL PANEL II ABOVE I I SS LEDGE III I I I I II SIDE PANEL OF I 1 I II I I I I II SS FIN ABOVE - LINE OF SOFFIT LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE, TYP LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE SIDE PANEL OF SS u ABOVE, TYP u u u FIN — — — — — — — — — — — — — — SS WALL PANEL 3- [76] REVEAL CLIP PAINTED EO EQ SS WALL PANEL, TYP EQ EQ FACE OF SS FIN BUCK BY SS VENDOR 6" [152] FACE OF SS FIN 6- [152] SLIDE OUT WOOD COUNTER B TO WALL A TO B BELOW COUNTER 11 ATO B AT GRAPHIC LIGHT BOX Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com MG Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com i Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com 1/8" [3] BACKLIT GRAPHIC PANEL AND LIGHT BOX SS LEDGE I I C� C S N f� FACE OF I VOE ER GRAPHIC PANEL F 0 C.6 v I OF 00e III Signed: Retail Store #B09 Washington Square Mall LINE OF SOFFIT 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. ABOVE Tigard, Oregon 3" [76] SS WALL PANEL _ Issued/Revised Date 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 REVEAL CLIP PAINTED Permit 07/16/2014 BLACK BY SS VENDOR SLIDE OUT WOOD COUNTER INTERIOR DETAILS - A TO WALL/ SALES AREA C TO WALL AT GRAPHIC LIGHT BOX FIN TRANSITIONS A-621 7/16/14 12:18 PMP:\510141\A75–cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-621.dwg iv SEE STRUCTURAL FRAMING DRAWINGS FOR IN FIELD ----------------- ------ ------------------------------- ------- ------------------------------------------------- ------- ----------------- ---- ATTACHMENT X FIN SUPPORT ANGLES PROVIDED BY SS VENDOR SS WALL PANEL I L SEE SECTION TO SS JOINT __________ _____ ___ __ — I I I I I I I I I I I I I FACE OF SS FIN I qV I I I I I I I I I I I I FINISH FLOOR I SEE SECTION - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - TO FINISH FLOOR SEE SECTION NOTE: TO SLAB FINS ARE FABRICATED AS A ONE PIECE ASSEMBLY BY THE SS VENDOR AND ARRIVE ON SITE WITH SS PANELS ATTACHED TO SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. GC TO MAKE BOLTED CONNECTIONS TO METAL FRAMING AND SLAB. FIN SECTION 1 2 3"=1'-0" Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com IV iv Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates SEE STRUCTURAL FRAMING www.thorsonbaker.com DRAWINGS FOR IN FIELD - --- ---------------- --- --- — — — — — — — — — ATTACHMENT X Consultant: - - - - ---------------- - - --- — — — — — — Thorson Baker & Associates SEE STRUCTURAL FRAMING www.thorsonbaker.com FIN SUPPORT ANGLES DRAWINGS FOR FIELD ATTACHMENT 1A A-631 PROVIDED BY SS VENDOR Consultant: FIN SUPPORT ANGLES SS WALL PANEL PROVIDED BY SS VENDOR / \ ISP Design, Inc. j www.ispdesign.com 11 SEE SECTION _ _ _ SEE SECTION TO SS JOINT u4,u V BO SS SOFFIT I I SS SOFFIT PANEL, TYP I I � I I I CHRCS N I SLIDE OUT WOOD COUNTER I VOEC R I II �9� FACE OF SS FIN SIDE PANEL OF SS FIN I OF(v.� I I Signed: I I I Retail Store #11309 I Washington Square Mall I I 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. I I I Tigard, Oregon I I AV I I I I I I Issued/Revised Dateiv - 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 Permit 07/16/2014 I I I I I FINISH FLOOR I FINISH FLOOR I I SEE SECTION - - - — — — — — — — — — — - - - SEE SECTION TO FINISH FLOOR TO FINISH FLOOR SEE SECTION SEE SECTION TO SLAB TO SLAB INTERIOR DETAILS - SALES AREA FIN SECTION FIN SECTION ELEVATION FIN TRANSITIONS 1 3" -O" A-622 7/16/14 12:18 PMP:\510141\A75_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-622.dwg 1/8" [3] SLIDE OUT WOOD COUNTER BO SS WALL PANEL BEYOND M —Z/ 3/16" [5] \ 1/8" [3] SS WALL PANEL ABOVE DOOR M SS WALL PANEL WOOD COUNTER AT FIN 18 6"=1 -0^ C-BAY / TRANSITION WALLS ENTRY WALLS CL OF JOINT SS WALL PANEL, TYP I I LA1/8" [3] Eq Eq SS WALL PANEL — — SHADOW MOULD BY SS VENDOR 1/8" [3] F P-10 TYP SHADOW MOULDSS PANEL JOINTS AT SALES AREA CORNERS - REAR DOOR 13 6•=1'-0" 1 6"=1'-0" REAR DOOR Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com MG MConsultant: SE SEE SECTION Thorson Baker & Associates TO SS PANEL www.thorsonbaker.com SEE TO SS PANEL 13 _ Consultant: 13 SThorson Baker & Associates ZZ _ www.thorsonbakeccom BEE SECTION O SS STOREFRONT SOFFIT n Consultant: 1/8" 3] ,/a' [3 ISP Design, Inc. SS WALL PANEL www.ispdesign.com i SS STOREFRONT SOFFIT SS WALL PANEL SEE SECTION SHADOW MOULD BY BO SS SOFFIT M SS VENDOR SEE SECTION F P-10 BO SS SOFFIT1/8" [3] c� SS WALL PANEL Z � CKLIT SS FIN TRANSITION GARAPHIC PANEL 3" [76] CA C7 VOE �R ENTRY SOFFIT JOINT AT WALL O O O O 8 OB ELEVATION OB ELEVATION NFLl 3570,357 . MIS Signed: MG Retail Store #1309 Washington Square Mall 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. Tigard, Oregon SEE SECTION SS WALL PANEL BO SS SOFFIT n SSSEE SECTION1-7411 BO SOFFIT SS SOFFIT PANEL Issued/Revised Date 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 SHADOW MOULD Permit 07/16/2014 BY SS VENDOR SS SOFFIT PANEL SS WALL PANEL SHADOW MOULD BY 3" [76] SS VENDOR SEE SECTIONS BO SS SOFFIT SS WALL PANEL OA O O OD 1/8' [3] OA SECTION ELEVATION OA SECTION ELEVATION SS SOFFIT PANEL NOTE: PANEL JOINT CONFIGURATIONS CAN APPLY TO EITHER INSIDE OR OUTSIDE CORNERS. DEPENDING ON THE CONFIGURATION FRAMING MAY OCCUR ON EITHER SIDE OF THE PANELS SHOWN. INTERIOR DETAILS - SS PANEL JOINTS AT STAINLESS STEEL 5 SSOF LIG PANEL RELATIONSHIPS 3 SSq PANEL JOINT AT SOFFIT CORNER GRAPHIC HT BOX FULL SCALE 1 SSq PANEL JOINTS AT TOP OF FIN A-631 7/16/14 12:18 PMP:\510141\A,S-cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-631-rear-door.dwg i CLR OPENING BETWEEN FRAMING METAL FRAMING – SEE SEE STRUCTURAL FRAMING DRAWINGS STRUCTURAL FRAMING DRAWINGS r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I — — — — — — — - - - - - -- Z r — J N 1 I - - - - - - - - - - - - - I � I II 97II I rZ„Z 11 ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN w FACTORY CUT OUTS IN AS SPECIFIED – SEE I I SS FOR EXIT SIGN ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS LETTERS MOUNT EXIT SIGN TO I II II I aI II I BACK OF SS PANEL v W I I I Li I I NOTES: '^ ILLUMINATED LETTER I COLOR PER LOCAL CODE I L _ _ — — — — _ — — — — J REQUIREMENTS. APPLE I ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN I I PREFERENCE IS GREEN. I AS SPECIFIED - SEE I ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS _ ADD DIRECTIONAL ARROW I L — J MOUNT EXIT SIGN TO L — J CUT OUT ONLY WHERE REO'D BACK OF SS PANEL BY LOCAL CODE NOTE: MOUNT APPROX 10" ABOVE - PROVIDE REMOTE TEST CONFIRM LETTERING SS DOOR HEAD. COORDINATE BUTTON IN LINE OF SIGHT IN SIZE AND LOCATION O ELEVATION WITH SS VENDOR AND BOH HALLWAY O SECTION WITH SS MANUFACTURER STRUCTURAL FRAMING 19 EXIT SIGN SS CUT OUT SS WALL PANEL Architect: Woods Bagot STEEL DOOR _ _ www.woodsbagot.com GYP BD SOFFIT \_ FRAME HEAD 3 1/4" [83] — — — `• BY SS VENDOR II I Consultant: N j Thorson Baker & Associates CORNER TRIM 1 SS DOOR I 1 HEAD PAINTED II www.thorsonbaker.com SS DOOR HEAD PAINTED _II 1 _ DOOR STOP F (^ � � II Ir � 7^� 71 � -L �I 11 — _` / \ Consultant: OVERHEAD II Il Thorson Baker & Associates CONCEALED I li \ \ www.thorsonbaker.com CLOSER 1 Consultant: VARIES SEE RCP ISP Design, Inc. EDGE OF GYP BD Il I www.ispdesign.com JAMB, BEYOND II \ CUSTOM DOOR \\ BY SS VENDOR II II I \ II II \ II \ BACK OF SS I FACE OF PARTITION \ DOOR PAINTED °�—° II Il WHERE OCCURS F P-2 BACK OF HOUSE SALES I `� M I II II III ` II �\ DL Vo ER 6367 � SS DOOR HEAD 11 � 8 II 1 • OF 010� II II \ Signed: II Ij DOOR IN OPENED \I POSITION Retail Store #1309 I I Il I 1/2- [13] II I� I 1/2- [13] Washington Square Mall 11 I GYP BD JAMB GYP BD JAMB I f P_1 1 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. // L — — — — _ — — EDGE OF GYP BD BACK OF HOUSE SALES AREA I II I 1 Tigard, Oregon N / — — — II JAMB, BEYOND I I / CUSTOM DOOR 11 I I EDGE OF TRIM II 1 I REVEAL, BEYOND BY SS VENDOR 11 II I BACK Of HOUSE CONCEALED HINGE FINISH FLOOR II I _ DIVIDER STRIP II II I i Issued /Revised Date VCT OR SCHEDULED FLOORING :2 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 Permit 07/16/2014 LD - _--67 V Fr T _ _ - _ _ _ - - _ _ _ _ - _ _ _VL J UV V V _ D V CUSTOM STEEL DOOR i FRAME BY SS VENDOR CUSTOM DOOR \ F P-11 F P-11 EXISTING BY SS VENDOR —I CONCRETE I 3'-3° [990] �, CUSTOM STEEL DOOR CUSTOM SS DOOR SLAB SS WALL PANEL, TYP SALES AREA CUSTOM STEEL DOOR OR LARGER FRAME BY SS VENDOR BY SS VENDOR FRAME BY SS VENDOR I I ' INTERIOR DETAILS - STAINLESS STEEL DOORS - STAINLESS STEEL HINGE DIAGRAM JAMB PAINT DIAGRAM SS DOOR THRESHOLD SS DOOR JAMBS DOOR A-642 7/16/14 12:19 PMP:\510141\Ai5_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-642.dwg GASKET CEILING PANEL, PERFORATED METAL SCREEN THREADED ROD HANGER BEYOND , i FLEXIBLE DUCT DASHED LINE INDICATES SIGHT LINE, CONTINUOUS SHEET METAL GASKET CEILING PANEL, CONTINUOUS SHEET THREADED ROD HANG GASKET CEILING PANEL, CONTINUOUS SHEET THREADED ROD HANGER - PAINTED BLACK ATTACHED TO DUCT COLLAR - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ENSURE ALL CEILING ELEMENTS ABOVEACDt�R�SWREU -SEE MECHANICAL PAINTED BLACK METAL CLOSURE - SEE STRUCTURAL PAINTED BLACK METAL CLOSURE SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS F MP-1 F P-11 " COVER PLATE ARE CONCEALED FROM VIEWAINGS FOR RETURN AIR F MP-1 F P-11 DRAWINGS OPENINGS. F p_11 F PP11 F P-11 F P-11 n CUSTOM SHEET GASKET CEILING PANEL, PAINTED BLACK F p-11 METAL TRANSITION F MP-1 X 5/8" [16] n 5/8" [16] METAL STUD FRAMING X _ - — i WRAPPED - SEE STRUCTURAL F - INSULATION - FRAMING DRAWINGS _ SEE MECHANICAL / / ALIGN DRAWINGS � I / ZE � Z CONTINUOUS 0.040" BRAKE I SUSPENDED METAL ANGLE, PAINT BLACK I SUBSTRUCTURE / o ON SALES AREA SIDE ONLY (UCS) 5 7/8" [149] // 1'-2 7/8" [378] VIF 5 7/8" [149] 4 3/4" [121] VIF ® 5 7/8" [149] 4 3/4" [121] VIF 0 0 F P-11 L _ / ® ® 0 0 / 3/4"x3/4" BLACK ° O ° // ® ® O ° ° O ° ADHESIVE GASKET FIXED PERIMETER / PERIMETER PERIMETER TO BRAKE METAL ANGLE COVER PLATE — COVER PLATE COVER PLATE Li CONTINUOUS SHEET METAL ACOUSTICAL CEILING / CLOSURE OVER DUCT PANEL / COLLAR FLANGE F ACP-1 / / F P-11 / / / 1/8" [3] 1/8" [3] 1/8" [3] PERIMETER COVER PLATE STRETCHED FABRIC / STRETCHED FABRIC ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL STRETCHED FABRIC ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL CEILING SYSTEM SS SOFFIT PANEL CEILING SYSTEM F ACP-1 SS WALL PANEL CEILING SYSTEM F ACP-1 GASKETAT DIFFUSER �] GASKET AT STOREFRONT �j GASKET AT LINEAR LIGHT �j GASKET Al STRETCHED FABRIC 20 3"=1'-O• 1 / 3"=1'-0" 1 " 3"=1'-0' 1 `-' 3'=1'-0" SPRINKLER TUBE ATTACHED TO UNISTRUT WITH PIPE CLAMP i THREADED ROD HANGER BEYOND THREADED ROD HANGER BEYOND UNISTRUT WITH TO US HOLES ATTACHED TO USC - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS CFP SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS WITH SELF TAPPING SCREWS SUSPENDED SUBSTRUCTURE (UCS) SUSPENDED SUBSTRUCTURE (UCS) SUSPENDED SUBSTRUCTURE (UCS) i — — I 0 0 ❑ L -I ❑ ❑ a ACOUSTICAL CEILING � � ACOUSTICAL CEILING flF1 F ACP-1 i F ACP-1 i RUBBER SEAL � RUBBER SEAL ❑ SEE RCP SEE RCP BO FINISH CEILING BO FINISH CEILING ALIGN STRETCHED FABRIC CEILING SYSTEM STRETCH CEILING SYSTEM SPRINKLER HEAD NUT TOP OF SPRINKLER HEAD NUT TO LINEAR LIGHT ASSEMBLY ALIGN WITH STRETCH CEILING SYSTEM ORIENT SPRINKLER HEAD EDGE OF TROUGH EDGE OF TROUGH PARALLEL TO MGA Architect: Woods Bagot ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL SPEAKER/SUBWOOFER ATTACHED EDGE OF ACRYLIC LENS EDGE OF ACRYLIC LENS www.woodsbagot.com =` TO FRT PLYWOOD STRETCHED FABRIC CEILING SYSTEM INSTALL 2'X2' FRT PLYWOOD IN PLACE OF TRIM RING TRIM RING Consultant: ACP AT SPEAKER/SUBWOOFER LOCATIONS EQ EQ EO EQ Thorson Baker & Associates 1/8" [3] REVEAL 1/8" [3] REVEAL www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com SPEAKER SUBWOOFER AT STRETCHEDFABRIC LINEAR LIGHT AT CAMERA LINEAR LIGHT AT SPRINKLER a8 6"=l'-O" Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com 6" [152] MIN ABOVE UCS TO NEAREST OBSTRUCTION FOR INSTALLATION OF CEILING SYSTEM, TYP THREADED ROD HANGER BEYOND - THREADED ROD HANGER BEYOND SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS I SUSPENDED SUBSTRUCTURE (UCS) SUSPENDED SUBSTRUCTURE (UCS) I I CARST 1 �� VOEC R n SUPPLY DIFUSER WHERE OCCURS y V. - SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS • Lj El El ❑ I- 1 t ❑ m ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL r Signed: RUBBER SEAL RUBBER SEAL = Retail Store #609 TOP COVER PLATE, COORDINATE Washington Square Mall W/ CEILING VENDOR AT SUPPLY 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. DIFFUSER LOCATIONS m Tigard, Oregon SEE RCP SEE RCP BO FINISH CEILING VBO FINISH CEILING STRETCHED FABRIC CEILING SYSTEM STRETCHED FABRIC CEILING SYSTEM Issued/Revised Date 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 Permit 07/16/2014 LINEAR LIGHT ASSEMBLY LINEAR LIGHT ASSEMBLY EDGE OF TROUGH EDGE OF TROUGH i EDGE OF ACRYLIC LENS EDGE OF ACRYLIC LENS i LED DOWNLIGHT EO EO 3 3/4" [96] 1/8" [3] REVEAL 1 1/8" [28] 1 1/8" [28] 6" [152] TYP FOR ALL TROUGHS INTERIOR DETAILS - SALES AREA CEILING LINEAR LIGHT AT LED DOWNLIGHT 1 LINEAR LIGHT A-651 7/16/14 12:19 PMP:\510141\A15_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-651.dwg 1 A-711 j4SEE RCP BO FINISH CEILING CL OF WORKSTATION AND PEDESTAL MONITOR WHITE BOARD, LOCATED BY OWNER 14 A-711 MOTION SENSOR, SEE ELECTRICAL KEY BOX 3'-0" [914] 5' [127] \ I WAINSCOT6 [152] 2' [51] \ WAINSCOT PEDESTAL MONITOR F W-1 8' [203] ( 3 3/8' [87] \E UTF N WAINSCOT \ MD I MANAGER'S PRINTER POWER N \ PRE-WIRED RACEWAY — ROOM SAFE & DATA OUTLET u '- - SEE ELECTRICAL - - - - - - � \\ o I I F) n I I F-1 / 2'-5' [737] 00 0 IRT TO COUNTER 0I 00 00 DATA SWITCH, / COUNTER SEE ELECTRICALdh / 0'-0' l0 pryQ]BRACKETS TO FINISH FLOOR 4'-0' [1219] COAT HOOKS PEDESTAL CABINET TYP MECHANICAL MANAGER'S WORKSTATIONS CONTROL PANEL 5 BUTTON EXTENT OF PLYWOOD BLOCKING TEMPERATURE SENSOR OINTERIOR ELEVATION O INTERIOR ELEVATION OC INTERIOR ELEVATION OD INTERIOR ELEVATION MANAGER'S ROOM ELEVATIONS 15 1/2"=l'-O" 3 2 A-711 A-711 SEE RCP BO FINISH CEILING CL OF WORKSTATION AND PEDESTAL MONITOR ADJUSTABLE SHELVES WITH BRACKETS AND 3' [76] 1 3' [76] STANDARDS PRINTER III II ❑❑I PEDESTAL MONITOR WAINSCOT 1'-4" 406 MET 1 4" [102] PRE-WIRED RACEWAYI — I I 0 I UNDER COUNTER LIGHT, TYP Architect: - SEE ELECTRICAL - - - I n T I n I n n - SEE ELCTRICAL ®_ ,� ®_ oo, ® _ o =�_ ®_ I Woods Bagot — — - - — — — n I www.woodsbagot.com — � F r r - - - - --1� o fi — _-1 PEDESTAL FILE I C Consultant: CABINET I 1 — — — — i N I i Thorson Baker & Associates II _ _ _ _ _II II_ _ _ _II ;, I I I I I I I I I www.thorsonbaker.com LL —_—_— IIjk0'-0' [0] Consultant: TO FINISH FLOOR END PANEL MOBILE T OL CART SAFETY CABINET, COUNTER AND BRACKETS DATA SWITCH, TYP. Thorson Baker & Associates LOCATED BY OWNER 4 TYP. BAYS ® 4'-0' = 16'-0' [4877] SEE ELECTRICAL 4'-0' [1219] WALL MOUNTED WHITE BOARD, www.thorsonbaker.com GENIUS WORKSTATIONS TYP PHONE AT END LOCATED BY OWNER OF COUNTER EXTENT OF PLYWOOD BLOCKING Consultant: O INTERIOR ELEVATION O INTERIOR ELEVATION ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com SEE RCP C CARS EN BO FINISH CEILING E ER :w;✓ MOTION SENSOR, SEE ELECTRICAL Signed: Retail Store #1309 W / Washington Square Mall / 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. / M WAINSCOT / 4' [102] Tigard, Oregon 01 o F W-1 6"/(52] MIN 2' [51] 77 WAINSCOT c� u N / N /'00 LL Issued/Revised Date � \ I 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 \ — — — Permit 07/16/2014 0 2\8UTTON KEYPAD ao \ � o \ i i m m DATA SFER STATION METAL SHELVING 3'-0' [914] a < TEMPERATURE SENSOR TRAN � J � J W W 11 TYP EXTENT OF PLYWOOD BLOCKING UNITS OINTERIOR ELEVATION BACK OF HOUSE - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS GENIUS ROOM ELEVATIONS 5 ,/2" A-701 7/16/14 12:19 PMP:\510141\A15-cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-701.dwg SEE RCP 'qVBO FINISH CEILING 1 A- A- 11 -A-711 CL OF WORKSTATION AND CL OF WORKSTATION AND PEDESTAL MONITOR PEDESTAL MONITOR ADJUSTABLE SHELVES I ADJUSTABLE SHELVES I WITH BRACKETS AND WITH BRACKETS AND STANDARDS STANDARDS 3" [76] 1 3" [76] PRINTER PEDESTAL MONITOR PEDESTAL MONITOR I I PRE-WIRED RACEWAY PRE-WIRED RACEWAY j - SEE ELECTRICAL - SEE ELECTRICAL + - -1 r - - 7 Architect: j j I I I Woods Bagot 21 F I I www.woodsbagot.com o - - - - - o - - - - Mo — - - — =oo : o — j ap] Consultant: COUNTER DATA SWITCH, Thorson Baker & Associates AND BRACKETS SEE ELECTRICAL COUNTER AND BRACKETS www.thorsonbaker.com TO FINISH FLOOR Consultant: 4'-0" [1219] 4'-0" [1219] TYP DATA SWITCH, Thorson Baker & Associates TYP WAINSCOT SEE ELECTRICAL END PANEL END PANEL BUSINESS WORKSTATIONS F W-1 OPERATOR WORKSTATION BUSINESS WORKSTATION www.thorsonbaker.com EXTENT OF PLYWOOD BLOCKING Consultant: OINTERIOR ELEVATION O INTERIOR ELEVATION O INTERIOR ELEVATION ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com BUSINESS AND OPERATOR WORKSTATIONS SEE RCP BO FINISH CEILING CARS N � A-711 A-711 A-711 VOEC ER SIM SIM 630-7 CL OF WORKSTATION AND ADJUSTABLE SHELVES PEDESTAL MONITOR WITH BRACKETS AND Signe STANDARDS Retail Store #609 Washington Square Mall 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. CL OF WORKSTATION AND CL OF WORKSTATION AND Tigard, Oregon PEDESTAL MONITOR PEDESTAL MONITOR PEDESTAL MONITOR PEDESTAL MONITOR PEDESTAL MONITOR I I I I I PRE-WIRED RACEWAY PRE-WIRED RACEWAY PRE-WIRED RACEWAY - SEE ELECTRICAL - SEE ELECTRICAL - SEE ELECTRICAL Issued/Revised Date n n 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 — _ �[oa�� — — — — _ oo = o _o _ o — — — _ — ,00 : o Permit 07/16/2014 END PANEL END PANEL i — — — — — — I I I DATA SWITCH, COUNTER AND COUNTER AND SEE ELECTRICAL BRACKETS BRACKETS TO FINISH FLOOR COUNTER PEDESTAL FILE BRACKETS AND7A77'� [ ] SEE ELECTRDATA ICAL [ 219] TYP 4'-0• 1219 TYP DATA SWITCH, END PANEL 4'-0" 1219 TYP 4'-0" 1 WAINSCOT [ ] SEE ELECTRICAL CABINET F W-1 11 RECEIVING WORKSTATIONS FLEX WORKSTATIONS FLEX WORKSTATIONS EXTENT OF PLYWOOD BLOCKING EXTENT OF PLYWOOD BLOCKING EXTENT OF PLYWOOD BLOCKING OA INTERIOR ELEVATION O INTERIOR ELEVATION OC INTERIOR ELEVATION BACK OF HOUSE - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 05RECEIVING WORKSTATIONS 4 FLEX WORKSTATIONS -1/2"=1'-0" A-702 7/16/14 12:19 PMP:\510141\A15_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-702.dwg SEE RCPT BO FINISH CEILING SEE RCPOL BO FINISH CEILING DATA RACKS – SEE ELECTRICAL 4X PLYWOOD SECURITY BOARD – SEE ELECTRICAL 6X8 PLYWOOD 12 F P-1 TELCO BOARD A-712 –SEE ELECTRICAL REFRIGERATOR RECEPTACLE BEHIND REFRIGERATOR I LOGO REMOTE POWER SUPPLIES – SEE ELECTRICAL F P-1 O O • Architect: - - - - - - - - - - Woods Bagot 2'-7 5/8" [803] 1'-6• [457 EXTENT OF PLYWOOD BLOCKING www.woodsbagot.com Consultant: ELECTRICAL BREAK COUNTER Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com 10 ,/2'= a j/2,,_o- Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. 0 SEE RCP SBO FINISH CEILING www.ispdesign.com JSEE RCP 6 DRIVER ENCLOSURES BO FINISH CEILING – SEE ELECTRICAL LIGHT MANAGEMENT HUB C LIGHTING INVERTER – SEE ELECTRICAL C7 VOEC R VOECK R – SEE ELECTRICAL FRAU s ,CA a LIGHTING PANEL6367 – — — — — –SEE ELECTRICAL Sx0t ��CfyQ� I I ELECTRICAL LOAD PANEL Signed: – SEE ELECTRICAL Retail Store #1309 END OF STORAGE RACK I DISTRIBUTION PANEL Washington Square Mall – SEE ELECTRICAL 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. I I Tigard, Oregon I I Issued/Revised Date 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 Permit 07/16/2014 I I I I I I I 22'-2• [6756] ENERGI SAVR NODES O INTERIOR ELEVATION – SEE ELECTRICAL O INTERIOR ELEVATION BACK OF HOUSE - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ELECTRICAL 5 1/2"=V-0" A-703 7/16/14 12:19 PMP:\510141\A15–cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-703.dwg PLASTIC EDGE TRIM AT WAINSCOT VERTICAL TILT MOUNT MONITOR END, WHERE OCCURS _ I F- -1 _� 7'-0" AFF g'-10" GWB I L I CL 21 1/2" iMAC `- BUTT SEAMS, FINISH TO STANDARDS n _� F P-1 CLEAN WITH NO L-1- - - _J n JOINING TRIM PIECES 1 � 6 5/8" [169] 5'-7"AIK UST EXTEND WAINSCOT $'� ® ® w- - -o TO STAY-ARDS SHELVESBLE WITH BEHIND CORNER GUARD TO SHELF BRACKETS AND o - - - - - - 1001STANDARDS PLASTIC TOP EDGE ADJUSTABLE SHELVES PRE-WIRED RACEWAY, TRIM, COLOR TO MATCH WAINSCOT N ® ® ® ® WITH BRACKETS AND SEE ELECTRICAL N STANDARDS jk4'-4" [1321] N TO WAINSCOT ® nQl-U221_ ® o CORNER GUARD - - o WAINSCOT �_ oo—I� F W-1 0 EXTEND WAINSCOT BEHIND BASE I 0'-0"� X0_0" FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR o'-a" [102] I 4'-1' [1za51 1 1 z'-s' [792] 1 TO BASE 4'-6" [1372] 3'-0" [914] %0'-0" [0] RUBBER BASE -- 'qV FINISH FLOOR F B_2 1/16' [2] WAINSCOT DETAILTECHNOLOGY STATION ELEVATION DATA TRANSFER STATION ELEVATION 20 NOT TO SCALE 17 ,/2^ 16 1/2^=1�_D^ 4'-0" [1219] OC MAX METAL LOCKERSiv o W EQ EQ2X WOOD FRAME WITH COAT HOOKS ON PAINT MITERED CORNERS, NO 6-11" [2108] 1" [25] GRADE 1X PINE - PROVIDE VISIBLE CONNECTIONS V CL CLOTHES BAR BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. F P-1i CAULK ALL AROUND 3'-6" [1067] F B-2 1/4^ [6] 3' [76] 3" [76] FINISH WALL I - - - I COAT HOOKS AS PLAM END o I SCHEDULED nucrl PANEL I I _ WALL 1 [ ] [ ] [ ] O & BRACKETSRDS AS PREWIRED I v� 3" 76 6" 152 O.C. 3" 76 B ELEVATION RACEWAY, SEE I SPECIFIED ELECTRICAL I I DRAWINGS I FOR PLYWOOD LJ a COATKING RACK,TSEE GROMMET _ - - _ _ y - - - �y - - `� n PARTITION AS SCHEDULED ,/A-7„ METAL BRACKET e` Q` � WRAP WALL BASE AROUND BUILT UP LOCKER PLATFORM CLOTHES BAR & COUNTERTOP EQ 1 EQ SECURE TO PARTITION BOTTOM HOLDER AS SPECIFIED ALIGNTRACK WITH 2-1/2" SELF 3,_ TAPPING SCREWS 12" OC CL CLOTHES BAR 2X WOOD FRAME i — - - - - — 2" WOOD SCREW, (3) TYPICAL O PLAN B METAL LOCKERS ABOVE WORKSTATION COUNTERTOP PLAN COAT HOOK ELEVATION DETAIL LOCKER PLATFORM COAT RACK 1/2^=1'-0" Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com FINISH CEILING, FINISH CEILING, Consultant: WHERE OCCURS WHERE OCCURS Thorson Baker & Associates zl 0 MAX SHELF LENGTH = 8'-0' [2438] ~ ~ o YI www.t orson a er.com - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3" [76] m o DOUBLE STANDARDS W 3I 3" [76] J:ie FINISH CEILING, Consultant: MAX SPACING FOR STANDARDS = 4'-0" [1219] 3" [76] 3" [76] AT SHELF BUTT JOINTS VARIES WHERE OCCURS CL OF CL OF CL OF _jt_4-0" [1219] Thorson Baker & Associates o WORKK i TATION WORKSTATION WORKSTATION w ADD ADDITIONAL STANDARDS - - - - - www. orson a er.com I I I AS REQ'D SO THAT MAX SHELF CANTILEVER IS 3" GYP BD ON 3/4" GYP BD ON 3/4" o GYP BD ON 3/4' Consultant: I I I PLYWOOD BLOCKING PLYWOOD BLOCKING PLYWOOD BLOCKING ISP Design, Inc. I I MECHANICALLY FASTENED MECHANICALLY FASTENED MECHANICALLY FASTENED BETWEEN METAL STUDS BETWEEN METAL STUDS ` BETWEEN METAL STUDS www.ispdesign.com I I I I I I EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ WIDTH OF WORKSTAION WIDTH OF WORKSTAION WIDTH OF WORKSTAION SHELF INFILL TO WALL 1'-6' [457] 1'-6" [457] i'-6" [457] jjN7'-4" [2235] J47'-4" [2235] TO STANDARDS V TO STANDARDS jN7'-1" [2159] TO STANDARDS C' r ti CARST C� VOEC R n GUIDELINES F 0 R LAYOUT OF SHELVING AND WALL STANDARDS BRACKETS, STANDARDS, AND BRACKETS, STANDARDS, AND AN F O 1 O SHELVES AS SPECIFIED SHELVES AS SPECIFIED BRACKETS, STANDARDS, AND _ � •6 �p� 3/4"=1'-O" SHELVES AS SPECIFIED, UNDER COUNTER LIGHT, ELECTRICAL UNDER COUNTER LIGHT, EXCEPT AT BREAK STATION OF SEE ELECTRICAL SEE v z v z v z Signed: "oo m PEDESTAL MONITOR `o m PEDESTAL MONITOR c m PEDESTAL MONITOR oo co w Retail Store #1309 Washington Square Mall AX BRACKET SPACING = 4•-0" [1219] 4'-0" [1219] MAX MAX BRACKET SPACING = 4'-0" [1219] P-LAM QUARTER ROUND DESK / / 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. DATA SWITCH, ., PARTITION WHERE OCCURS - V co u Tigard, Oregon CL OF CL OF CL OF CL OF " SEE ELECTRICAL SEE ELEVATIONS g re g WORKSTATION WORKSTATION WORKSTATION WORKSTATION VARIES NOTCH PARTITION AT RACEWAY I I 1 4'-0" [12191- 1219 DATA SWITCH, COUNTER AND BRACKETS MAX SEE ELECTRICAL AS SPECIFIED DATA SWITCH, CONTINUOUS 1-1/2"x1-1/2" 965 SEE ELECTRICAL I I I I STEEL LEDGER ANGLE TO 1 I COUNTER AND BRACKETS 3-2" [ ] SUPPORT LOWER COUNTER, i o AS SPECIFIED TO COUNTER - - - - COUNTER AND BRACKETS SECURE ANGLE TO 1 z AS SPECIFIED I I I UNDERSIDE OF COUNTER 1 W a ADD ADDITIONAL Issue /Revise Date 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 ,V AND VERTICAL SURFACE OF CONTINUOUS 1-1/2"xt-1/2" Permit 07/16/2014 END PANEL, ATTACHMENT I R QBRAb 0 THAT ETS AS �2—5" [740] GROMMET 2'-5" 740 MUST NOT BE VISIBLE FROM STEEL LEDGER ANGLE AT ALL [ ] I I ABOVE I MAX COUNTER TO COUNTER — — -- — WALLS, SECURE ANGLE TO TO COUNTER _ — — UNDERSIDE OF COUNTER, 6" [152] EXTENSION IS ATTACHMENT MUST NOT BE I I 4'-0" 1219 CONTINUOUS 1-1/2"x1-1/2" CONTINUOUS 1-1/2"x1-1/2" [ ] VISIBLE FROM ABOVE I I I 1" THICK P-LAM END I STEEL LEDGER ANGLE AT ALL GROMMET 2'-5" [737] STEEL LEDGER ANGLE AT ALL GROMMET PANEL. LAMINATE EN WALLS, SECURE ANGLE TO F P-1 LION WALLS, SECURE ANGLE TO I I UNDERSIDE OF COUNTER, UNDERSIDE OF COUNTER, ALL EXPOSED SIDES ATTACHMENT MUST NOT BE 6" [152] ATTACHMENT MUST NOT BE 6" [152] I CONTINUOUS I I I VISIBLE FROM ABOVE VISIBLE FROM ABOVE 1-1/2"x '1/2" 2-5 [737] F P-1 2'-5" [737] EQ EQ EQ EO EQ EQ L EO L EO U STEEL LEDGER F P-1 UON ANGLE AT BACK UON EDGE OF COUNTER 2 CONCEALED P—LAM END IM_ 2 CONCEALED P-LAM END I n 2 CONCEALED P-LAM END' I ,M_, WIDTH OF WORKSTATION WIDTH OF WORKSTATION WIDTH OF WORKSTATION WIDTH OF WORKSTATION COUNTER AND WHEN PANEL ATTACHMENTS PANEL ATTACHMENTS PANEL ATTACHMENTS INFILL TO COUNTER IS WALL ADJACENT TO WALLjNO0'-0" [O] VTO FINISH FLOOR VTO FINISH FLOOR TO FINISH FLOOR BACK OF HOUSE - ACCESSIBLE GENIUS DETAILS GUIDELINES FOR WORKSTATION COUNTERTOP LAYOUTWORKSTATION COUNTER TYP GENIUS WORKSTATION COUNTER TYP WORKSTATION COUNTER 5 3/4„=,,-0^ 3 ,^=,'-Q” 2 1^ -Q^ 1 ,,, -Q" A-711 7/16/14 12:19 PMP:\510141\A75_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-711.dwg 8'-11 1/2" [2731] 11 3'-1 1/2' [953] 2'-1 1/2" [648] V-6 1/2" [470] 2'-1 1/2' [648] EQ 2'-4' [711] EQ EQ 1'-4' [406] EQ EQ L. 1'-4' [406] 6EO CL OF EQ SINK EQ MELAMINE BACK PANEL, TYP I II II II 1 2 3 SINK CUT-OUT \ _ _ - ABOVE (DASHED) I II II I M 3' [76] 3' [76] CABINET DOORS W/ I 3'-6' [1067] " [152] 3'-6" [1067] —_- - - - INTEGRATED KICK AND BASE PANELS I%) II II I u -= =J - - - 7 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ADJUSTABLE SHELVES EDGE OF WITH BRACKETS AND STANDARDS EQ EQ 2'-1 3/8" [645] V-6 3/8" [467] 2'-i 7/16" [646] COUNTERTOP ABOVE PAPER TOWEL 1/2" [13] 1/8 [3] 1/8' [3] 1/8' [3] I/8' [3] 1/2" [13] (DISPENSER PTD) kl1 3/8' [288] EQ nI EQ 1 g ENLARGED PLAN SECTION WATER FAUCET — —R . FILTERED I 1"=1'-0" 9'-0' WATER FAUCET o DOOR PULL, TYP. BACKSPLASH I � I N I N I SINK (DASHED) CUT-OUT IN BACK _ a OF CABINET — — — — — CUT-OUT IN BACK 9'-0' [2743] I OF CABINET 1/2" [13] 1/2' [13] I / DRAWER PULL, TYP. 8'-11' [2718] 1/2" THICK % I \ BACKSPLASH TYP ON ALL SIDES OF I I rn CABINET ADJACENT TO A WALL N L O I 19 L `- - - - - - - J O v I I j N WALL BASE OVER II L — _ _ _ _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J TOE KICK ATTACH ED EQ EQ EQ EQ � TO DOOR WALL BASE ON �ICK L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - — B 2 H SLIDE OUT TRASH BIN 12 SHELVES ABOVE ENLARGED PLAN ELEVATION Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: GYP BD ON 3/4" ISP Design, Inc. PLYWOOD BLOCKING www.ispdesign.com MECHANICALLY FASTENED BETWEEN METAL STUDS, TYP N 1'-6' [457] ADJUSTABLE N SHELVES WITH BRACKETS AND STANDARDS .n WT M I .N-,Y vY uY c M m I co CAR 0 VOE ER F SC CA 0 LIC.6 2'-1' [635] 9OF ORti� 0 1/2` [13] 4" BACKSPLASH 4' BACKSPLASH N c MELAMINE BACK PANEL 2-0 1/2' [622] r ui MELAMINE MELAMINE Signed: oe " BACK PANEL BACK PANEL SURFACE MOUNT SINK o PROVIDE SIDE BACKSPLASH N N IF COUNTER ABUTS WALL TRASH BIN IF Store #1309 (DASHED) Washington Square Mall MICROWAVE DOOR PULL DOOR PULL 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. (DASHED) Tigard, Oregon _ _ _ _ — INSULATED EXPOSED DRAIN LLI— -IF- 'v,' AND WATER SUPPLY PIPING I > I I I =, . 3• \ ALUM o I " - - - - �- - - - o / ANGLE N DRAWER PULL I— — — — T— — — — "� N \ Issued/Revised Date II I I 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 — ;i I II I _o ;i; _o I n Permit 07/16/2014 - - I- - — � I- - u u u / \ n N N� O n WALL BASE ON SIDE PANEL 3' [76] 3' [76] 3' [76] F B-2 DRAWER REMOVEABLE BOTTOM AND SLIDES SHELF, ON PINS BACK OF HOUSE - BREAK COUNTER ELEVATION AT END SECTION AT MICROWAVE SECTION AT TRASH BIN 0SECTION AT SINK DETAILS A-712 7/16/14 12:19 PMP:\510141W15-cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-712.dwg EQ C QF EQ 9'-O' [2743] WET WALL URINAL PARTITION jj4BO CEILING AFF CHANNEL TOP & EPDXY PAINT BOTTOM ONLY CLEAN WASHABLE SURFACE EPDXY PAINT 610 CF-FP---3 ) CLEAN WASHABLE TYP, LION TOILET PARTITION SURFACE WALL TILE AT COAT i:jk5'-10" [1778] / TYP,PLON WET WALLS HOOK (CH) PAPER TOWEL TO PARTITION AFF / / I F T-3 WASTENSER AND (GB-3) 1016 GRAB BAR 3 -4 MIRROR (MIR) �rn 6, — RECEPTACLE SANITARY NAPKIN / FAUCET - ON RIGHT X 152 6• I I (PTD/WR) RECEPTACLE (SNR) II/ SOAP DISPENSER (SD) — 15 AT WOMEN'S ONLY GRAB BARS 1'_0" 3'-6" - ON LEFT I GRAB BARS _ _ I I (GB-1, GB-2) 305 i 1067 \ LAVATORY (LAV) ® _ \ I I L� WATER CLOSET F - 0'-4" 102 TILE BASE TILE BASE TILE BASE [ ] F T-2 BO PARTITION A M L _ J FINISH FLOOR 014 IL EQ EQ I 1'-6' 3'-2 7/8" g• g" TOILET PARTITION 457 987 INSULATED SUPPLY & DRAIN PIPES 204 203 TOILET PAPER TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER (SCD) 1'_3• 3'-0' 5'-0" 6' 152 SYMMETRICAL TO LAV DRAIN 3• DISPENSER 381 MIN 914 1524 MAX 76 (TPD) AO INTERIOR ELEVATION O INTERIOR ELEVATION HOT & COLD WATER O INTERIOR ELEVATION O INTERIOR ELEVATION OE INTERIOR ELEVATION CONNECTIONS LOCATED ON FAUCET SIDE 412-=EN ' S TOILET ROOM ELEVATIONS2 0 1'-0" ED CL OF EO WET WALL 9'-0" [2743] I BO CEILING AFF EPDXY PAINT EPDXY PAINT CHANNEL TOP & CLEAN CLEAN BOTTOM ONLY WASHABLE WASHABLE EPDXY PAINT 2'-0 SURFACE SURFACE CLEAN 610 TYP, LION TYP, LION WASHABLE TOILET PARTITION SURFACE WALL TILE AT PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER AND TO PARTITION AFF F P-3 I WET WALLS COAT TYP, UON WASTE HOOK (CH) 3'-4' GRAB BAR BO CEILING AFF MIRROR (MIR) F T-3 RECEPTACLE 1016 N (GB-3) g' r � _ SANITARY NAPKIN EPTACLE FAUCET - ON RIGHT I 0 _ 152 I 15 — \ ATCWOMEN S (SNR) �v^, GRAB BARS SOAP DISPENSER I GRAB BARS (SD) - ON LEFT � (GB-1, GB-2) � ^� I 1067 (GB-1, GB-2) � I 1— o LAVATORY (LAV) e WATER CLOSET (WC) IF io m o rn 0'-4' [102] I TILE BASE I / TILE BASE BO PARTITION FINISH FLOOR EQ ED 1'-6' S-2 7/8' 8' TOILET PAPER 8" TOILET PARTITION INSULATED SUPPLY TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER (SCD) V-3' 3'-0' 5'-0" 457 & DRAIN PIPES 6" 152 987 204 DISPENSER 3" 203 381 MIN 914 1524 SYMMETRICAL TO MAX (TPD) 76 OA INTERIOR ELEVATION OB INTERIOR ELEVATION HOT & COLD WATER LAV DRAIN O INTERIOR ELEVATION O INTERIOR ELEVATION OD INTERIOR ELEVATION CONNECTIONS LOCATED ON FAUCET SIDE WOMEN 'S TOILET ROOM ELEVATIONS 55 1/2"=1' Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com Consultant: GWB Thorson Baker & Associates F P-3 GWB www.thorsonbaker.com F P-3 PROVIDE (4) SHELVES & Consultant: STANDARDS MOP HANGER / Thorson Baker & Associates (MH) / MOP SINK / www.thorsonbaker.com m' m F FRP-1 SHELVING [1321] / TYP ALL Consultant: o FAUCET, PROVIDE (4) WALLS TO WAINSCOT AFF �r 3'-0" HOSE ON / E 2 o E 2 o ISP Design, Inc. SPIGOT www.ispdesign.com S. r 914 I. MOP SINK �� � I � � - - - - � —I \ / TILE BASE TILE BASE F T-2 Nom. F T-2 \ E 2 - DI FINISH FLOOR ® I AO INTERIOR ELEVATION OB INTERIOR ELEVATION OC INTERIOR ELEVATION OD INTERIOR ELEVATION *Co D _ ' C — — — — J J _ _ — — — _ _ J 11 C" 20 � 15 / EN C JANEN ITOR CLOSET ELEVATIONS J Vo KERn � o - - - - 1/2'=1'-0" _ F IC.63670,CA / �� �$ 1 B•Co OF oil, 3 GROUT JOINT Signed: A 2 0 \\� E z - - z E j� Retail Store #1309 Washington Square Mall 4'-11 3/4' / / I 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. 1518 FLOOR DRAIN / I I I I I I Tigard, Oregon I I I I V-0 I / I / � \ IV / Issued/Revised Date 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 Permit 07/16/2014 B 2 a START FLOOR TILE LAYOUT AT B 2 a CENTER OF WET WALL, MAINTAIN ALIGNMENT WITH WALL TILE GROUT JOINTS 12" x 12' TILE AS SCHEDULED, TYP. 9'-9' 1'-10" 9'-9" 2972 559 2972 BACK OF HOUSE - TOILET ROOMS TOILET ROOM PLANS A-721 7/16/14 12:19 PMP:\510141\A15_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-721.dwg Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com MOUNTING HEIGHTS GIVEN HERE ARE PROVIDE WOOD 2X BLOCKING BETWEEN TYPICAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. STUDS AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. Consultant: ELEVATIONS GIVEN ARE ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com o Consultant: PAPER TOWEL MIRROR DISPENSER/ Thorson Baker & Associates a WASTE RECEPTACLE TOILET/URINAL (PTD/WR) N z PARTITION MOP www.thorsonbaker.com HANGER z Consultant: HIGHEST OPERABLE o PART OF ACCESSORY j o �; — — — ISP Design, Inc. GRAB BARS (GB) oo m MOP SINK www.ispdesign.com FAUCET SANITARY NAPKIN TOILET SEAT COVER w TOILET PAPERo < o DISPOSAL (SND) DISPENSER (SCD) WATER DISPENSER (TPD) o CLOSET D URINAL ¢ o m — — 9 o o " c IF �I o of co II mII F MOP SINK Q o "o VOEMOONTINGHEIGHTSFOR TOILET ACCESSORIES AND PLUMBING FIXTURES C R � 8 ,,2 FRA • L 6 Signed: Retail Store #609 Washington Square Mall TOILET ROOM HALLWAY 5/8' GYP. BID. 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. Tigard, Oregon MARBLE THRESHOLD AS APPROVED BY OWNER/ARCHITECT DOOR & FRAME AS F T-4 SCHEDULED Issued/Revised Date 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 THIN SET CERAMIC TILE ON r VCT AS SCHEDULEDPermit 07/16/2014 EXISTING CONC SLAB c COVE BASE IN THINSET. z ALIGN VERTICAL rn I GROUT JOINTS W/ HORIZ GROUT JOINTS o M I GROUT SEALANT AT GROUT JOINT L — — — — — — — — — — — — — 1 7/8' [481 PROVIDE APPROVED WATER PROOFING WIDTH OF THRESHOLD FLOOR MEMBRANE UP PARTITION TO ALIGN WITH TOP OF COVE BASE BACK OF HOUSE - TOILET ROOMS VCT TO TILE FLOOR TRANSITION TOILET ROOM TILE BASE DETAILS A-722 7/16/14 12:19 PMP:\510141\A15-cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-722.dwg FILL VOID WITH PACKING MATERIALS FLUTED METAL DECK (20 GAGE MINIMUM) WITH OR WITHOUT CONCRETE. HOURLY FIRE-RATING OF THE FLOOR ASSEMBLY MUST BE EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THE RATING OF THE PARTITION EXCEPT AT ROOFS. TYPICAL THROUGHOUT THIS DETAIL. FACE OF PARTITION j i r r r r - - - - - - — � - - APPLY OR PATCH W d N a — — — FIREPROOFING (WHERE SQUARE TILE — — — — — — SHADOW MOLDING W n < w it INDICATED) AFTER F P-10 z o m 3 FOR 1HR, 2HR AND INSTALLATION OF JOINT wo o m W N o 3HR FIRE RATINGS, SYSTEM o � J n " Lj CONSTRUCT PER UL Zo <N DESIGN HW-D-0060 z CUT GYPSUM BOARD SUSPENDED ACP CEILING CD o z o a N ^ z g CLOSE TO METAL DECK - 5 o w < } w FOR IHR AND o I SEAL GAP a o O W z o 2HR FIRE RATINGS, o a a CONSTRUCT PER 3 z UL DESIGNIV HW-D-0119 OR d < 3 � go � az> HW-D-0120 � a OPARTITIONS LOCATED WITHIN DECK SPAN (PARTITION INDICATED PARALLEL TO DECK FLUTES) O VIEW OF PARTITION PERPENDICULAR TO DECK FLUTES INTERSECTION OF FIRE- RATED PARTITIONS WITH FLUTED METAL DECK ABOVE �j 4FUEDGE TRIM 3"=1'-0" METAL FIRE RATED `� ALE 4.5 KG FOUR 12 GAGE MINIMUM WIRES SPLAYED 90 PROVIDE CEILING SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C: CLEAR AT ONE END IN EACH CLEAR AT ONE END IN EACH FASTEN TO STRUCTURE EXCEPT AS INDICATED IN DETAILS C AND F, LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING LESS THAN 10 LBS [ ] DIRECTION. DO NOT FASTEN FASTEN TO STRUCTURE FASTEN TO STRUCTURE LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING LESS THAN 10 LBS [4.5 KG] FOUR 12 GAGE MINIMUM WIRES SPLAYED 90 PROVIDE CEILING SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C: DIRECTION. DO NOT FASTEN THIS PER CISCA 3-4 (FIGURES COMPONENTS OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING SHALL BE CONNECTED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE BY (1) DEGREES (IN PLAN) FROM EACH OTHER AND EXPANSION JOINTS PROVIDE FLEXIBLE THIS END TO THE CLOSURE PER CISCA 3-4 (FIGURES PER CISCA 3-4 (FIGURES SHALL BE CONNECTED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE BY (1) DEGREES (IN PLAN) FROM EACH OTHER AND EXPANSION JOINTS PROVIDE FLEXIBLE END TO THE CLOSURE ANGEL. AT 2, 3, 4, AND 5) AS AND FIRE PROTECTION SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY 12 GAGE TAUT OR SLACK WIRE SECURED TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2" [51] OF AS NECESSARY, CONNECTION TO SPRINKLER ANGLE. AT OTHER END IN 2, 3, 4, AND 5) AS 2, 3, 4, AND 5) AS [ ] 12 GAGE TAUT OR SLACK WIRE SECURED TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2" 51 OF AS NECESSARY, CONNECTION TO SPRINKLER 3/4" [19] OTHER END IN EACH DIRECTION, MODIFIED BY ASCE 7-05. SUPPORTED AND BRACED FROM STRUCTURE INTERSECTION. EACH END OF EACH WIRE TO DIVIDING CEILING INTO HEAD THAT ALLOWS CEILING EACH DIRECTION, FASTEN MODIFIED BY ASCE 7-05. MODIFIED BY ASCE 7-05. INTERSECTION. EACH END OF EACH WIRE TO DIVIDING CEILING INTO HEAD THAT ALLOWS CEILING FASTEN TEES TO CLOSURE ANGLE SECTION 13.5.6.2.2 BE LOOPED AND WRAPPED AROUND ITSELF 3 AREAS NO GREATER TO MOVE 3/8" [10] IN ALL TEES TO CLOSURE ANGLE. SECTION 13.5.6.2.2 SECTION 13.5.6.2.2 BE LOOPED AND WRAPPED AROUND ITSELF 3 AREAS NO GREATER TO MOVE 3/8" [10] IN ALL [ ] TIMES MINIMUM WITHIN A 3" [76] MAX LENGTH THAN 2,500 SF HORIZ DIRECTIONS TIMES MINIMUM WITHIN A 3" 76 MAX LENGTH THAN 2,500 SF HORIZ DIRECTIONS 3/4" [19] HANGER WIRE AT LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING MORE THAN 10 HANGER WIRE AT LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING MORE THAN 10 EACH PERIMETER MAIN 12 GAGE MINIMUM LBS [4.5 KG] AND LESS THAN 56 LBS 12 GAGE MINIMUM LBS [4.5 KG] AND LESS THAN 56 LBS WHERE HANGER WIRES EACH PERIMETER MAIN WHERE HANGER WIRES TEE AND PERIMETER HANGER WIRES AT 4'-0" ARE MORE THAN 1:6 [25.4 KG], AND AIR TERMINALS/SERVICES TEE AND PERIMETER HANGER WIRES AT 4'-0" ARE MORE THAN 1:6 [25.4 KG], AND AIR TERMINALS/SERVICES CROSS TEE [1219] OC EACH OUT-OF-PLUMB, WEIGHING MORE THAN 20 LBS [9.1 KG] CROSS TEE [1219] OC EACH OUT-OF-PLUMB, WEIGHING MORE THAN 20 LBS [9.1 KG] DIRECTION - NO MORE PROVIDE COUNTERL AND LESS THAN 56 LBS [25.4 KG] DIRECTION - NO MORE PROVIDE COUNTER AND LESS THAN 56 LBS [25.4 KG] THAN 1:6 OUT-OF -SLOPING WIRE SHALL BE CONNECTED TO STRUCTURE 16 STABILIZER BAR TO THAN 1:6 OUT-OF -SLOPING WIRE SHALL BE CONNECTED TO STRUCTURE 2" [51] X 2" [51] -PLUMB, TYPICAL 00ABOVE BY (2) 12 GAGE TAUT OR SLACK - MAINTAIN PERIMETER -PLUMB, TYPICAL 00 ABOVE BY (2) 12 GAGE TAUT OR SLACK SHEET METAL ANGLE WIRES ATTACHED AT DIAGONAL CORNERS TEE SPACING WIRES ATTACHED AT DIAGONAL CORNERS WIRE LOOPED AND WIRE LOOPED AND AZ WRAPPED AROUND ITSELF TRAPEZE AS NECESSARY LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR TERMINALS/SERVICES WRAPPED AROUND ITSELF TRAPEZE AS NECESSARY LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR TERMINALS/SERVICES 3 TIMES MINIMUM AT TO AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS WEIGHING MORE THAN 56 LBS [25.4 KG] AND MAIN TEE OR CROSS 3 TIMES MINIMUM AT TO AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS WEIGHING MORE THAN 56 LBS [25.4 KG] AND GRID-TYPE EACH END OF HANGER ALL PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE TEE (SUSPENSION EACH END OF HANGER ALL PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE SUSPENSION SYSTEM WIRE WITHIN 3" [76] MAINTAIN HANGER WIRE SPACING SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM STRUCTURE SYSTEM) HEAVY DUTY WIRE WITHIN 3" [76] MAINTAIN HANGER WIRE SPACING SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM STRUCTURE MAXIMUM LENGTH AND CAPACITY BELOW OBSTRUCTION ABOVE USING APPROVED HANGERS MAXIMUM LENGTH AND CAPACITY BELOW OBSTRUCTION ABOVE USING APPROVED HANGERS _ FOR SPANS UP TO 6'-0" [1829], USE A O FOR SPANS UP TO 6'-0" [1829], USE A 5/8" [16 GYPSUM BOARD-- LIGHT FIXTURES, AIR TERMINALS, AND SINGLE 20 GAGE 1 5/8" [41] COMPRESSION SINGLE 20 GAGE 1 5/8" [41] COMPRESSION ] STRUT FASTENED TO MAIN TEE WITH (2) NO SEISMIC DESIGN ACOUSTICAL CEILING ANELS LIGHT FIXTURES, AIR TERMINALS, AND STRUT FASTENED TO MAIN TEE WITH (2) NO SEISMIC DESIGN SERVICES SHALL BE POSITIVELY [ ] 8 SCREWS AND TO STRUCTURE WITH 2 CATEGORY D, E, AND F: SERVICES SHALL BE POSITIVELY 8" [203] MAX ATTACHED TO THE CEILING SYSTEM LOCATE BRACING AT 12'-0" 3658 ( ) PROVIDE FLEXIBLE 8" 203 MAX 8 SCREWS AND TO STRUCTURE WITH (2) CATEGORY E B AND F: OC EACH DIRECTION AND WITHIN HILTI X-DNI .145 DIA X 3/4" [19] 2" [51] [ ] ATTACHED TO THE CEILING SYSTEM HILTI X-DNI ,145 DIA X 3/4" [19] 2" [5 11 PROVIDE FLEXIBLE 6'-0" [1829] OF PERIMETER WALLS, CONNECTION TO LOCATE BRACING AT 12'-0" [3658] CONNECTION TO GYPSUM BOARD CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS OF IBC SECTION 2508. PARTITIONS, OR EXPANSION JOINTS FOR SPANS UP TO 9'-0" [2743], USE 8" [203] MAX ALLOWS SPRINKLERHEAD TO AT COMM LC636HCADDIT13 NAL AND VIS OE 7 OS,NS OF A SECTION TM 513.5.6. 6C 0"C 18Y9 EOFOPER PERIMETER WITHIN FOR FOR SPANS UP TO 9'-0" [2743], USE 8" [203] MAX SPRINKLER HEAD THAT DOUBLE COMPRESSION STRUT EACH SIDE [ ] DOUBLE COMPRESSION STRUT EACH SIDE ALLOWS CEILING TO METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM SHALL CONFORM WITH ASCE 7, SECTION 13.5.6.2.1, ASTM C635, ASTM C636, ASTM C754, AND CISCA 3-4. MOVE 1" [25] IN ALL PARTITIONS, OR EXPANSION JOINTS MOVE 1" [25] IN ALL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS LATERAL BRACING REQUIRED IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING EXISTS: EXPANSION JOINT EXPANSION JOINT LIGHT FIXTURE AND -GYP BD CEILING THAT EXTENDS WALL-TO-WALL EXCEEDS 1,000 SF FOR CEILINGS SPRINKLER HEAD LIGHT FIXTURE AND FOR CEILINGS SPRINKLER HEAD O NOT REQUIRED PERIMETER EQUI EDSUPPORT N SEISMIC O GENERAL SUPPORT O MECHANICAL SERVICE SUPPORT O CONTRACTOREIOPTION FOR CATEGORYLING THAT DOES NOT EC:EPROVIDE ALTERNATIVEND WALL-TO-WALL XLATERALCEEDS 144 SF O NOTEXCERDOUIRED ING ON SF O CLEARANCE O NOT REQUIREDPERIMETER PPN SEISMIC ORT O GENERAL SUPPORT O MECHANICAL SERVICE SUPPORT O CONTRACTOR OLATERAL IPTION NG ROCEIL CATEGORY C:GS D PROVIDE ALTERNATIVE LATERAL ING 144 SF O NOTEXCEREDQUIRED ING ON SF O CLEARANCE DESIGN CATAGORY C FOR BRACING DESIGN BASED ON ASCE 7 SECTION 13.3.1 AND 13.5.6.1 SEISMIC DESIGN DESIGN CATAGORY C FOR BRACING DESIGN BASED ON ASCE 7 SECTION 13.3.1 AND 13.5.6.1 SEISMIC DESIGN CEILINGS LESS THAN 144 SF CATAGORY C CEILINGS LESS THAN 144 SF CATAGORY C �j INSTALLATION OF SUSPENDED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING IN 2006 IBC SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C, D , E, AND F INSTALLATION OF SUSP ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS IN 2006 IBC SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES C, D, E, AND F 1 " NOT TO SCALE SEISMIC NOT TO SCALE SEISMIC Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com FLUTED METAL DECK (20 GAGE MINIMUM) WITH OR WITHOUT B A CONCRETE. TYPICAL THROUGHOUT THIS DETAIL. AT SINGLE BRACE - FASTEN ANGLE \ I i TO BRACE WITH (4) NO 10 SCREWS Consultant: AT DOUBLE BRACE - FASTEN DOUBLE Thorson Baker & Associates 3" X 3° X 3" ANGLE x I BRACE TO BOTH ANGLES WITH (6) NO www.thorsonbaker.com < 10 SCREWS THROUGH BRACE AND - - - - - - - - - - - - - (20 GAGE MINIMUM), I FASTENED TO TRACK o BOTH ANGLES + + + + + AND BRACED PER Consultant: \ + 4g + DETAIL AT RIGHT J Thorson Baker & Associates L � �o � � cYi ao - - - _ — �6GAGE 11 UM-TRACK - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I — _ www.thorsonbakeccom zo = m c' S FOR WALLS TO 10'-0" - (PER ES REPORT ESR-1042) o N N c� o N Y o o Y w oW o z < o Y VO p Y w o U Y r ' Y \O/ N BRACE WITH 3625137-33 AT I J Q O a w Wp = ? z o w w, w w tR O r = "'I W w w w¢ O N w O w = G : Q�j 3 O O Consultant: W r N U W B'-O" MAXIMUM OC. O O O Vl N O {Ji J O N O W I Z 3 2 3 O N _ ° N O � D = 2 N E "fid- -, 7 z o J z o o V �¢ °O r N W O N z ALTERNATE DIRECTION OF METAL STUDS, CUT ISP Design, Inc. = a ¢ g o N J - ,- N Q o AT SINGLE BRACE - FASTEN 7 w v W ¢ W z 3 o W W 10 BRACES ALONG LENGTH OF 1/2" SHORT FOR > zo tR < o Y v O� o x w ANGLE TO TRACK WITH (8) NO 10 z z = W z �_ I N o m v _ ♦ w cQQ� WALL WHERE POSSIBLE. 1/2" DEFLECTION www.ispdesign.com w ,- K Y W Z \� w w 0 3 W a f¢7 W � '� w w 0 3 w w w p 2 0 3 3 iv d t` I z o U SCREWS Q W Q �-' U O O Z • O r O < w U O W V Y \ m w s 3r. a „�, a — z FOR WALLS TO 15'-0” - FINISH MATERIALS VARY o 0 J oo a N BRACE WITH DOUBLED I N ANGLAT ESTOTRACK WITHLE BRACE �SENN02) J U N D O Z Y (n O J ,- W W O J ¢ W U• J W W VJ O O Q CD J c� Y Z �- 3625137-33 AT 8'-0" MAXIMUM WEIGHT EQUAL o v a o v o o ¢ z o W = m o w m z W W m o - 3 TO 2 LAYERS GYPSUM Y N W o J J o z N = W W ¢ z N x w = N w m w MAXIMUM OC. ALTERNATE BOARD EACH SIDE PLUS a Y tR W ? o W a , v o o a DIRECTION OF BRACES ALONG SCREWS10 A HANGLE zo No = o W o ¢ = N a 3 W ^n z w o o LENGTH OF WALL. FASTEN J V p d Q N J = APPLIED FINISHES) o f N W o W Z o < 4a m = DOUBLED STUDS TOGETHER U m WITH NO 8 SCREWS AT 24" z o x MAXIMUM OC. OPARTITION PERPENDICULAR TO FLUTES O PARTITION BELOW AND PARALLEL TO FLUTES O PARTITION BETWEEN PARALLEL FLUTES O PARTITION LOCATED AT DECK EDGE/OPENING O PARTITION BRACE TO DECK O SECTION ACROSS PARTITION O SECTION ACROSS BRACING INTERSECTION OF NON - RATED PARTITIONS WITH FLUTED METAL DECK ABOVE - SEISMIC TOP OF PARTITION WHERE BRACED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE - SEISMIC ti� R ENC`�� VOE ER n 1 SCALE: 3"=1'-0" METAL SEISMIC � SCALE: 3"=1'-0" SEISMIC' ANF R rbc Y of OPTION FOR OPTION FOR C 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD 2 1/2" METAL STUDS PARTIAL-HT FRAMING, PARTIAL-HT FRAMING, Signe WITH BRACING WITH BRACING THE PARTITION-TYPE DESIGNATION OR METAL STUDS 10 10 10 10 7 10 t0E 20 Retail Store #1309 WALL-TYPE DESIGNATION IS A THREE- INSULATED IF NOTED 3 5/8" METAL STUDS - - - - - - - - METAL STUDS (PER ES REPORT 4943P), Washington Square Mall UNIT CODE THAT INDICATES THE C 1 o CONFIGURATION, CONSTRUCTION AND 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD IF MAXIMUM HEIGHT 20'-0" 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. INSULATION OF THE PARTITION AS FOLLOWS: 3 INDICATED 6" METAL STUDS o w < \ z a o o Tigard, Oregon A l a 1 0 FINISH MATERIALS VARY (MAXIMUM WEIGHT INSULATION (PER THIS DETAIL, BELOW) J o / / ^m o EQUAL TO 2 LAYERS GYPSUM BOARD 2HR FIRE - RATED 4" METAL SHAFT c a z m CONSTRUCTION OF PARTITION/WALL CONSTRUCTION PER 4 WALL STUDS " w a / / _o< a I EACH SIDE PLUS APPLIED FINISHES) VERTICAL CONFIGURATION OF PARTITION/WALL UL DESIGN NU. U415 'o > Y Y /// Y \ \ / / O 2 1/2- METAL SHAFT m J z Y o = g N o METAL SHAFT WALL STUDS / " ¢ O W — W — — — — — W — — — —U z a m 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM 5 WALL STUDS Z cv o 0 0 0 0 - w � FASTENERS: BOARD, DOUBLE LAYER n ¢ r - J < = Issued/Revised Date z a — o Wo m ac`s ¢ a AT PLYWOOD FLOOR (MINIMUM 3/4" CDX): PARTITION WALL SYMBOLOGY w V W n w W N v x r / SHAFT LINER 6" METAL SHAFT 4 = r o o ¢o wow 0 0 =N c� PROVIDE (2) NO 8 X 1" WOOD SCREWS AT 50°h CD Set 06/27/2014 INSULATION IF NOTED © WALL STUDS N o W W W w w W � > ¢ N Co o � o 24" MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED FOR 1 LAYER Permit 07/16/2014 ¢ " GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE, 16" MAXIMIM 1 HR FIRE - RATED Nv ¢ Z4CD" � NO INSULATION = z o N _ _ _ W W U z O a CONSTRUCTION PER 3 5/8" METAL STUDS tR o BOARDAEACHESIpOR 2 LAYERS GYPSUM W - z ono No No ¢ No <`-'� J a W tR UL DESIGN NO. U419 c� z m a w J z z z z o N z a O25 W O W O W O t°..,= = NWZ w=W DOJO O Z_ W OW- Ow- Owe ON w w O '-00 Q Ula- U � cWi z u5 o N o N o N z o O W _ AT CIP CONCRETE AND POST-TENSIONED 5/8" TYP "X° GYPSUM 3 5 5 5 z o z 8 6" METAL STUDS W m o s= W Q= W>O= W c` s g w CONCRETE FLOOR: BOARD EACH SIDE z O �� r ooN z¢� z�N zo = wzO Q BATT ACOUSTICAL o y z "� z a? o n ? o a? o z o z 3 Z o? PROVIDE HILTI X-U 0.157" DIAMETER INSULATION METAL STUD S < aE z o INSULATED IF NOTED = 8 x 0 Z zo 1 1 1 1 1 1 POWDER-ACTUATED FASTENERS, EMBED 3/4" N o3 ao I PER ESR-2269. 24" MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED 1 LAYER GYPSUM 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ¢ a 16R MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED D FOR C 2 SLAYERS t BATT THERMAL 2" ZEE FURRING < cwi� o� GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE INSULATION ZEE-FURRING J zd v o ✓ ✓ / / W Q WN a INSULATION DESIGNATION M = o a SHIM AS REQUIRED =O W o m FOR FLAT FINISH 7/8" HAT CHANNEL 3 - o W a ~ B FC ID E FFpT N M NOTE: MAXIMUM STUD SPACING IS 24" 610] OC. MINIMUM STUD GAGE WHERE SURFACE TO BE FURRED NON-FIRE RATED NON-FIRE RATED NON-FIRE RATED NON-FIRE RATED NON-FIRE RATED PARTITION FIRE PARTITION INDICATED. STUD SPACING AND GAGE ARE DESIGN/BUILD, REFER TO RIGID INSULATION IF NOTED 2 GYP BD ONLY ON EXISTING FULL-HEIGHT PARTITION FULL-HEIGHT PARTITION PARTITION WITH FULL-HEIGHT PARTITION WITH PARTIAL-HEIGHT FINISH CONSTRUCT PER IBC PARTITION TYPES SPECIFICATION FOR ADDITIONAL DESIGN CRITERIA MATERIALS EIGHT FINISH MATERIALS 2006 SECTION 708 PARTITION -TO - FLOOR & DETAILS TjITION -TYPELEGEND PARTITIONS 3PARTITION WALL DESIGNATIONS CONNECTION - SEISMIE NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE A-801 7/16/14 12:19 PMPA510141\A15_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-801-metal-seismic.dwg FINISH LEGEND MALL ENTRY DOORS FLAME SPREAD/ 7 CODE MATERIAL MANUFACTURER TYPE COLOR / SPEC SIZE FLAMMABILITY SMOKE DENSITY NOTES LL A-1 ACRYLIC --- 3/8' THICK ACRYLIC PANEL OPAQUE BLACK PER DRAWINGS CLASS C --- --- SEE SIGNAGE NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR Doors to remain unlocked during business hours ACP-1 CEILING TILE ARMSTRONG ACOUSTIC CEILING PANEL ULTIMA-1912 SILHOUETTE XL WHITE 2'-0" x 2'-0" CLASS A 0 9/16" WITH 1/8' REVEAL & SHADOWLINE WALL ANGLE AT ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OPTIONAL: DUNE-1775 EQUIVALENT BOH ONLY STREET ENTRY DOORS B-2 RUBBER COVE BASE BURKE MERCER RUBBER WALL BASE 603 ASH, TYPE TP SERIES 4" HIGH CLASS B 75 --- CP-1 CEILING PANEL RICHTER STRETCHED FABRIC PANEL TYPE 4 VARIES --- --- --- Doors to remain open during occupancy Space Number X-XXX CPT-1 CARPET BLOOMSBURG WOOL CARPET TIGRIS V26/155 C & R - MIDNIGHT --- CLASS 1 < 450 12'-0' MAX WIDTH 1. READILY VISIBLE AND DURABLE SIGN SHALL BE PLACED ON OR ADJACENT TO THE FP-1 FABRIC PANEL KNOLL POLYESTER FABRIC FOUNDATION - FOG W351/4 VARIES CLASS A 50 66' MAX WIDTH 1. SPACE NUMBER TO BE PROVIDED BY APPLE PROJECT MANAGER INSIDE SURFACE OF THE ENTRY DOOR, REFER TO ELEVATION FOR EXACT LOCATION. FRP-1 WALL PANEL MARLITE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC S-100 WHITE 96" HIGH CLASS A 135 --- OSPACE NUMBER O FRONT EXIT MP-1 METAL PANEL PACIFIC PANELS GENERAL PURPOSE PANEL GPP-1/4"-W3432 1/4" THICK --- --- --- TEXT TO BE P-1 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS LATEX ZURICH WHITE SW-7626, B20W2251 --- CLASS A 0 INTERIOR LATEX EGGSHELL 7/8' [22] CENTERED ON 7/8" [22] DOOR NEWER P-2 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS LATEX ZURICH WHITE SW-7626, B31W2251 --- CLASS A 0 INTERIOR LATEX SEMI-GLOSS P-3 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS EPDXY ZURICH WHITE SW-7626, B70 SERIES --- CLASS A 0 INTERIOR EPDXY SEMI-GLOSS t E RG E N CY N Y P-4 PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE LATEX BM JET BLACK 2120-10, W627 --- CLASS A 0 INTERIOR LATEX SEMI-GLOSS c EX I ONLY d ^ P-6 PAINT VALSPAR FLUROPON 789-GO06 --- CLASS A 0 ACCESSORIES, TRIM PIECES, EXPOSED SPRINKLER AND o LIGHTING a P-7 PAINT VALSPAR TGIC POLYESTER DURABLE: ALOREN --- --- CLASS A 0 INTERIOR FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET M WARNING • P-8 PAINT KELLY MOORE ACRYLIC CUSTOM COLOR (GREY) --- CLASS A 0 INTERIOR ACRYLIC EGGSHELL - IR DEVICE, SURFACE KM #1010 07-2478MVF MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR ALARM P-9 PAINT DURANAR ADS AEROSOL LKM-0131 --- CLASS A 0 COMPONENTS IN SALES AREA CEILING TROUGHS, AIR DRY DIRECTFLUORTOLY ETA TOUCH UP PAINT WILL SOUND P-10 PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE DTM ACRYLIC BM JET BLACK 2120-10, P29 --- CLASS A 0 DIRECT TO METAL SEMI-GLOSS ACRYLIC WITH RUST INHIBITORS; USED 0 EXTERIOR BARRICADES AND DOORS P-11 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS LATEX BLACK MAGIC SW-6991, B30BOO400 --- CLASS A 0 INTERIOR LATEX FLAT O FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET O REAR EXIT P-12 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS LATEX PORCH & FLOOR ENAMEL CHEERFUL SW-6903, A32-200 SERIES --- CLASS A 0 SATIN, YELLOW BOH CONCRETE FLOOR EXIT PATH STRIPING is io RT-1 RUBBER TREAD JOHNSONITE, INC HAMMERED TREAD/RISER (HTR) #28 MEDIUM GREY; CONTRASTING STRIP INSERT --- --- --- WHEN CONTRASTING STRIP REQUIRED, USE VIHTR OPTION '\ #40 BLACK " no access no storage of boxes SC-1 SEALED CONCRETE CHEMMASTERS POLYSEAL WB CLEAR --- --- --- FLOOR PREPARATION REQUIRED SS STAINLESS STEEL OWNER STAINLESS STEEL STAINLESS STEEL BEAD BLASTED FINISH VARIES i n this area VENDOR A ONE LINE B TWO LINES ST-1 STONE PAVERS OWNER STONE VENDOR SANDSTONE PIETRA SERENA 30" X 30" --- --- GROUT WIDTH: 1/16', COLOR PER SPECIFICATION T-1 FLOOR TILE VILLEROY & BOCH PRO ARCHITECTURA 2213 PN82 MEDIUM GREY 12" X 12' --- --- GROUT: LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK 2000 IG-42 PLATINUM INTERIORWITH IMPREGNATING SEALER VINYL SIGNAGE T-2 BASE TILE VILLEROY & BOCH UNIT ONE 3293 UT01 MATTE WHITE 4" X 4" --- --- GROUT: CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS-381 BRIGHT WHITE; NOT TO SCALE NO TILE ABOVE-100% EPDXY SOLIDS. FACTORY SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: FABRICATE FLAT TOP EDGE WITH A FULL OVERGLAZED EDGE T-3 WALL TILE VILLEROY & BOCH UNIT ONE 3215 UT01 MATTE WHITE 4' X 8" --- --- GROUT: CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS-381 BRIGHT WHITE; 100% EPDXY SOLIDS T-4 MARBLE THRESHOLD --- 3/4" THICK MARBLE THRESHOLD WHITE MARBLE W/NO VEINING 1-7/8" X 36' --- --- SINGLE PIECE CUT TO LENGTH, NOTCHED FOR DOOR W/ 1/16" CHAMFER ON BOTH SIDES HONED FINISH FRAME/STOP ? rn 77 TZ-1 TERRAllO --- --- --- --- --- --- SEE SPECIFICATIONS u u u ^� V4, W VCT-1 VINYL COMPOSITE TILE ARMSTRONG VINYL COMPOSITION EXCELON IMPERIAL TEXTURE STERLING-51904 12" X 12" CLASS A < 450 --- y j \ employee VCT-2 VINYL COMPOSITE TILE ARMSTRONG VINYL COMPOSITION EXCELON YELLOW 11-56823 12" X 12" CLASS A < 450 AT ELECTRICAL PANELS WHEN REQUIRED BY JURISDICTION w co NO n c VP-1 VENETIAN PLASTER ARMOURCOAT USA VENEER PLASTER 2-COAT PROCESS COLOR AS APPROVED BY OWNER 3/32" THICK CLASS A 0 EXTERIOR OVER APPROPRIATE SUBSTRATE ' v LEVEL 5 FINISH INTERIOR OVER GYP BDn co rn e>. W-1 WAINSCOT INPRO CORPORATION IPC RIGID VINYL SHEET COLOR: FEATHER 0.040" THICK CLASS A 350 FOR WALL PROTECTION ALONG PATH OF STOCK MOVEMENT ' TEXTURE: VELVET AND ADJACENT TO WORKSTATIONS OA ONE LINE OB TWO LINES ., 1 1/2' [38] 1/2" [13] ✓ 1/2 [13] SIGNAGE LEGEND SIGNAGE NOTES M OA UNISEX (ALTERNATE) O MEN (ALTERNATE) W 4 1. VINYL SIGNS TO BE CENTERED ON DOOR OR PARTITION OR LOCATED ON SITE r , ^ Architect: TAG TEXT QUANTITY DETAIL TYPE LINES OF TEXT MOUNTING REMARKS BY APPLE DEVELOPMENT MANAGER. s 66I Woods Bagot S-Ot 3'-0" APPLE LOGO 1 --- ILLUMINATED --- --- FDIC, UNLESS LARGER THAN 6'-0" = FCIC 2, UNISEX RESTROOM SIGN TO BE USED WHEN THERE IS ONE RESTROOM. « uwww.woodsbagot.com S-11 WINDOW MARKING DECALS AS REQ'D 3/A-201 VINYL --- 3/A-201 PROVIDED INSTALLED BY APPLE VISUAL + TEXT OPTIONS: COLOR: OPAQUE WHITE 3. WHEN (1) RESTROOM, CORRESPONDING ROOM SIGN ON WALL IS "RESTROOM". WOMEN I, MEN Consultant: 5-12 DOORS TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS --- 4E/A-811 VINYL 1 --- WHEN REQUIRED BY JURISDICTION 4. WHEN DOOR MOUNTED PLAQUE IS REQUIRED BY JURISDICTION, CENTER RESTROOM HORIZONTALLY ON DOOR. SEE DETAIL 1C/A-811 FOR ALTERNATE RESTROOM °�// ��. Thorson Baker & Associates 5-13 SPACE NUMBER B09 --- 4F/A-811 VINYL 1 --- ONLY WHEN REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR JURISDICTION SIGNAGE LOCATIONS. ¢ b• / le/g4 �eOMEN www.thorsonbakeccom 5-32 35'-0' x 4'-8" GRAPHIC LIGHT BOX 1 --- ILLUMINATED --- --- FDIC, C-BAYS 5. SIGNAGE TEXT DIMENSION POINT IS BOTTOM LEFT JUSTIFICATION FOR THE TOP a , SEE SIGNAGE NOTES AND 73] BOJ UNE OF TEXT. M SPECIFICATIONS FOR OC THREE LINES ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CO WOMEN (ALTERNATE) Op TYPICAL r Consultant: S-33 40'-0" x 4'-8" GRAPHIC LIGHT BOX 2 --- ILLUMINATED --- --- FDIC, A-BAYS 6. SEE 1/A-811 FOR RESTROOM SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS Thorson Baker & Associates S-50 MAXIMUM OCCUPANCY XXX --- 3C/A-811 PLASTIC 3 1A/A-811 ONLY WHEN REQUIRED BY JURISDICTION 7. SEE 3/A-811 FOR PLAQUE SIGNAGE TEXT REQUIREMENTS. www.thorsonbaker.com S-51 EMPLOYEES ONLY 3 3B/A-811 PLASTIC 2 1A/A-811 --- 8. SEE 4/A-811 FOR VINYL SIGNAGE TEXT REQUIREMENTS. INTERIOR PLASTIC PLAQUES RESTROOM SIG NAGE Consultant: 9. SEE 1 A-811 FOR LOCATIONS AND MOUTNING HEIGHTS. 3"=1'-0" 2 1 1/2"=1'-O" 5-52 STOCKROOM 1 3A/A-811 PLASTIC 1 1A/A-811 --- / ISP Design, Inc. 10. REFER TO SPECS FOR COLOR REFERENCES www.ispdesign.com S-53 JANITOR 1 3A/A-811 PLASTIC 1 1A/A-811 --- S-54 GENIUS ROOM 1 3B/A-811 PLASTIC 2 1A/A-811 TEXT SWILL APPEAR AS "Genius Room" ILLUMINATED 1'-0" [305] S-55 OFFICE 1 3A/A-811 PLASTIC 1 1A/A-811 --- 1'-0" [305] EQ EQ WHEREEXITI OCCURS 6" [152] 5-72 WOMEN 1 3A & 2D /A-811 PLASTIC 1 1C/A-811 ALTERNATE: 2A & 1C/A-811, MOUNT PER 7E/A-811 \ PLASTIC \ I \ PLASTIC \\ PLAQUE � \\ I I \\ PLAQUE, 5-73 MEN 1 3A & 2D /A-811 PLASTIC 1 1C/A-811 ALTERNATE: 2A & 1B/A-811, MOUNT PER 7E/A-811 \ VINYL SIGN TYP I \ \ I I I \ S-81 FIRE EXTINGUISHER --- 4C/A-811 VINYL 1 --- ONLY WHEN REQUIRED BY JURISDICTION \ KEY PAD, (ON dx — \ — — --- — \ WHERE OCCURS \ ON EY \\ S-82 EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY WARNING: ALARM WILL SOUND 1 4D/A-811 VINYL 5 1B/A-811 --- \ \ \ I \ \ I I \ c'� S-83 NO STORAGE OF BOXES IN THIS AREA --- 4B/A-811 VINYL 2 1D/A-811 LOCATED BY APPLE DEVELOPMENT MANAGER _ _ _ _ _ _\ _ \ \ � CARS o o / VINYL SIGN VOEC R S-84 EMERGENCY SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHUT-OFF VALVE --- 48/A-811 VINYL 2 1D/A-811 COORDINATE LOCATION WITH JURISDICITION "'n // // n `"n o / CENTERED ON n WALL AREA, TO • F • BE LOCATED BY o �� 6367 �$ APPLE PROJECT 41 MANAGER ` OF Ov Signed: Retail Store #B09 Washington Square Mall OWALL SIGNAGE AT DOOR OB DOOR SIGNAGE O RESTROOM SIGNAGE O WALL SIGNAGE 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. 1'-0" [305] Tigard, Oregon EQ EQ �PLASTIC EGRESS ALARM � PLAQUE, \ \\ TYP \\ 6" [152] \\ 8' [203] \ \ 9" [229] \ \ \ \ \ \ KEY PAD, \ Issued/Revised Date \ BURGLAR \\ WHERE \\ 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 OCCURS WITH I \ ALARM KEY I I \ Permit 07/16/2014 NO SIGNAGE \ PAD, SEE I \ I \ \ ELECTRICAL \ \ i ` \ DRAWINGS JURISIDICTION / / / u / OALTERNATE RESTROOM SIGNAGE O SALES DOOR DEVICE HALLWAY SIDE OG BOH DOOR DEVICE O EGRESS DEVICE FINISH & SIGNAGE LEGENDS & DETAILS INTERIOR SIGNAGE AND DEVICE MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS A-811 7/16/14 12:19 PMP:\510141\A15-cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-811.dwg DOOR LEGEND DOOR FRAME DETAILS HARDWARE DOOR NOTES DOOR HARDWARE DOOR FIRE ELECTRONIC ACCESSORI DESCRIPTION SIZE TYPE MATERIAL FINISH MATERIAL FINISH SILL JAMB HEAD HINGES LOCKSET CLOSERS GASKETS REMARKS I RATING S ES1. LOCKSETS SHALL BE SINGLE ACTION LEVER HANDLES CENTERED AT BUILDING STANDARD HEIGHT (MIN 30", MAX HINGES ELECTRONIC HARDWARE CLOSERS ACCESSORIES 1 SLIDING ENTRY SEE ELEVATION A LAM CLEAR --- --- 5/A-301 1/A-302 10/A-301 --- --- L5, L12 E13 --- --- --- --- 44" AFF) PER 2007 CBC 11338.2.5.2 H1 BEARING-MCKINNEY TA714 4.5x4.5-652 E1 PUSH BUTTON-SCHLAGE 701RD Cl SURFACE-DORMA 8916-689-630 Al FLOOR STOP-FSB 3881-630 W/STEEL ANCHOR GLASS H2 ELECTRIC-MCKINNEY TA714 4.5x4.5xCC4-652 E2 MOTION SENSOR-VISIONIC SPY RTE-A C2 CONCEALED-DORMA ITS96-EN3-6 W/G96-N20-K12 A2 CUSTOM FLOOR STOP-BY GLAZER 2 HALLWAY 40VxlO6"H D SS SS SS SS 3/A-642 1/A-642 8/A-642 --- H3 L4 --- C2 G1 Al DOOR TOP TO ALIGN W/WALL PANEL TOP, 2, PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION AND FINAL KEYING AS DEFINED IN SPECIFICATION SECTION 087100. COORDINATE IWTH H3 CONCEALED-SIMONSWERK TE645-3D-F1 E3 CARD READER-BY APPLE SECURITY VENDOR C3 FLOOR-DORMA BTS80-F W/SC-1 SEE DETAIL 15/A-303 3-5/32"T SEE NOTE 9 APPLE DM FOR PERMANENT CORE/KEYING MANUFACTURE & INSTALLATION. INCLUD IN BID. W/STEEL FRAME RECEIVER TE645-3D-SZ E5 POWER SUPPLY-SDC 631RF C4 SURFACE W/COORDINATOR-DORMA 8916-689-GSR-630 A3 COAT HOOK-FSB 364600-630 3 GENIUS 36"Wx84"Hxl-3/4"T F HM P-2 HM P-2 --- 2B/A-812 2A/A-812 --- H1, H2 L1, L8 E5, E6, C1 G2 Al, A6 --- H4 CUSTOM BRUSHED SS TOP PIVOT-BY GLAZER E6 KEY PAD-SDC 918-630 CS CONCEALED W/COORDINATOR-DORMA ITS96-EN3-6-GSR A4 KICK PLATE-TRIMCO KA050-1-630 30"xX" E9 3. WHERE KICK PLATE IS INDICATED, PROVIDE KICK PLATE ON BOTH SIDES OF DOOR. H5 CUSTOM BRUSHED SS PATCH FITTINGS-BY GLAZER E8 BRIEFING ROOM KEY PAD-IEI-SSW-FX HARSH ENVIRONMENT W/G96-N20-K12 KICK LESS THAN WIDTH OF DOOR) 4 REAR EXIT (SGL) 48"Wx84"Hxl-3 4 / / /"T H HM P-2 HM P-2 2C A-812 2B A-812 2A A-812 --- H1 L6 E9, C1 G1, G3 Al. A4, A6 INSTALL ALL SIGNAGE THAT ACCOMPANIED E9 DOOR CONTACT-BY APPLE SECURITY VENDOR / 4. DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECUIL KNOWLEDGE OR E10 BELL PUSH-FSB 3863-630 C6 FLOOR W/TOP PIVOT-DORMA BTS80-FxEHD8062 W/SC-1 A5 VISION LITE-ANEMO-SL LoPro E10, E11 EXIT DEVICE VIEWER-ASD DS236SLC7 BALL CATCH-TAKIGAN C-59ON A6 VR EFFORT PER 2007 CBC 1008.1.8 AND MAXIMUM OPENING FORCE SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 LBS PER 2007 CBC E11 EGRESS ALARM W/LIGHT & DOOR CONTACT PEMKO 355CS AL- 5 TOILET ROOM 36"Wx84"Hxl-3/4"T F HM P-2 HM P-2 2/A-722 2B/A-812 2A/A-812 --- H1 L16 --- C1 G2 Al, A3 UNDERCUT 1" 1133B.2.5. LOCKSETS DETEX EAX-2500FKxRWExIC7-GREY W/MS2049S-626 p7 AB ASTRAGASTRAGDUSTPRL- STRIKE-DCI 81-630 6 TOILET ROOM 36"Wx84"Hxl-3/4"T F HM P-2 HM P-2 2/A-722 2B/A-812 2A/A-812 --- H1 L16 --- Cl G2 Al. A3 UNDERCUT 1" 5. DOOR CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT THE SWEEP PERIOD FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES (FLUSH MOUNT W/TRANSFORMER) GASKETS A10 CUSTOM DOOR HOLD OPEN-BY GLAZER TAKES THE DOOR AT LEAST 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 3 INCHES FROM THE LATCH, MEASURED TO THE L1 ELECTRIC-SCHLAGE L9080EUL-BD-03B-630 E12 KEY PAD/CARD READER-BY APPLE SECURITY VENDOR SEE DETAIL 5/A-303 7 JANITOR 30"Wx84"Hx1-3/4"T F HM /P-2 HM P-2 --- 28 A-812 2A/A-812 --- H1 L3, L8 --- Ci G2 Al --- LANDING EDGE OF THE DOOR. FAIL SECURE, LESS CYLINDER E13 SLIDING DOOR MOTOR-BY DOOR MANUFACTURER All CUSTOM OVERHEAD DOOR STOP-BY GLAZER L2 PRIVACY W/INDICATOR-FSB 1080-RA-6204-SM-E E14 BURGLAR ALARM KEY PAD-BY APPLE SECURITY VENDOR G1 SMOKE-PEMKO S88W SEE DETAIL 20/A-303 L3 STOCKROOM-SCHLAGE L9080L-BD-03B-630 E15 ELECTRIC STRIKE-SDC 45-4S-U-SS G2 SILENCERS-NES SR-64-GREY 8 STOCK 48"Wx84"HxI-3/4"T F HM P-2 HM P-2 --- 2B/A-812 2A/A-812 --- H1, H2 L1, L8 E5, E6, C1 G2 Al. A4, A6 --- 6. PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION CORES IN ALL CYLINDERS UNTIL STORE TURN OVER. LESS CYLINDER G3 THRESHOLD (SGL)-PEMKO 158A ALUMINUM E9G4 THRESHOLD (DBL)-PEMKO 172A ALUMINUM 7. VISION LITE GLAZING TO BE TEMPERED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. L4 SS PULL-D-LINE PB381309 44" (3 5/32" THICK DOOR) 9 MANAGER'S OFFICE 36"Wx84"Hxl-3/4"T F HM P-2 HM P-2 --- 2B/A-812 2A/A-812 --- Ht, H2 Ll, L8 E5, E6, Cl G2 Al. A6 --- W/CIRCULAR END BRUSHING AND LOGO AT CENTER OF G5 CUSTOM SS THRESHOLD-BY SS VENDOR E9 8. STAINLESS STEEL DOORS AND CUSTOM FRAMES PROVIDED BY OWNER STAINLESS STEEL VENDOR. ASSOCIATED BOTTOM PULL HANDLE END G6 DOOR BOTTOM-PEMKO 420VL ALUMINUM 10 ACCESS DOOR 18"Wx48"H -- HM P-2 HM P-2 ---- ---- ---- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- BEADED FRAME ACCESS DOOR WITH DOOR HARDWARE PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. L5 MAGNETIC LOCK-BY DOOR MANUFACTURER THICKNESS BY CONCEALED CONTINUOUS HINGE. GC TO L6 MULTIPOINT-ACCESS CONTROL MANUFACTURER I I I I lCOORDINATE WITH APPLE DM. 1 9. FOR DOORS WITH KEY PADS, SEE IF/A-812 & 1G/A-812 FOR LOCATION. TRIDENT TEL-200 W/TEL-EPI, TEL-KLT-133-630, TEL-RC2 11 ACCESS DOOR 18"Wx48"H -- HM P-2 HM P-2 ---- ---- ---- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- BEADED FRAME ACCESS DOOR WITH L7 CONSTANT LATCHING FLUSHBOLT-GLYNN JOHNSON FB51P THICKNESS BY CONCEALED CONTINUOUS HINGE. GC TO 10. DOOR ASSEMBLY TO BE FIRE RATED APPROPRIATELY ACCORDING TO FIRE RATING OF ADJACENT PARTITION L8 MORTISE CYLINDER-BEST 1E74xC265-626 MANUFACTURER COORDINATE WITH APPLE DM. CONSTRUCTION. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF ADDITIONAL FIRE RATING IS REQUIRED. L9 RIM CYLINDER-BEST 1E72-626 L10 DROP BOLT W/THUMBTURN & SFIC CORE-BY GLAZER 11. LOCATE FLOOR MOUNTED DOOR STOPS 3/4 OF THE DOOR LEAF WIDTH FROM THE DOOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE L11 SFIC CONSTRUCTION CORE-SCHLAGE 80-110-626 NOTED. L12 KEY SWITCH-BY DOOR MANUFACTURER L13 GENIUS-SCHLAGE L901OL-03B-LLL-630 12. REPLACE CYLINDER INCLUDED IN LOCKSETS WITH SPECIFIED CYLINDERS. LESS STRIKE, CYLINDER AND OUTSIDE LEVER/TRIM L14 BOLT LOCK-SDC SPACESAVER 1091A, 630 FAIL SAFE 13. POWER SUPPLIES TO BE SHARED WITH MULTIPLE DEVICES PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS WHENEVER W/10TD IN-LINE TIMER SET W/10 SECOND DELAY POSSIBLE TO MINIMIZE TOTAL QUANTITY OF POWER SUPPLIES REQUIRED PER STORE. L15 SS PULL-D-LINE PB381310 44" (5/8" THICK GLASS DOOR) A-812. FOR CUSTOM STAINLESS W/CIRCULAR END BRUSHING AND LOGO AT CENTER OF 14. FOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR HINGE QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS, SEE DETAIL 3/A-812. BOTTOM PULL HANDLE END STEEL DOOR HINGE QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS, SEE DETAIL 5/A-642. L16 PASSAGE-SCHLAGE L9010-03B-630 L18 ACCESS CONTROL-ALARM LOCK 15. PREPARE DOOR AND DOOR FRAME WITH 1" HOLES FOR DOOR CONTACT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY APPLE TRILOGY T2 DL-2700-IC-US26D SECURITY VENDOR. BOH PERIMETER DOOR: (1) IN DOOR HEAD 6' FROM STRIKE SIDE OF DOOR AND (1) ON STRIKE SIDE OF DOOR 3" AFF. REMAINING BOH DOOR: (1) IN DOOR HEAD 6' FROM STRIKE SIDE OF DOOR. / PARTITION TYPE 2" [51] / AS SCHEDULED HOLLOW METAL 0 / HOLLOW METAL M 00 / DOOR FRAME DOOR FRAME, COMPRESSION BEYOND l2' 13 ANCHOR HOLLOW METAL TYP DOOR HOLLOWTHRESHOLD METAL DOOR 1" [25] VCT AS 1" [25] SCHEDULED / S2 x / \ i; HOLLOW METAL „, / u \ 1 DOOR FRAME 12 GAGE FORMED STEEL I Architect: J:2 \ \ CHANNEL WELDED IN PLACE, FLUSH WITH TOP OF FRAME, > = Woods Bagot REQUIRED WHEN DOOR LEAF P ° °> ° www.woodsbagot.com M \\ n \\ IS WIDER THAN 4'-0" [1219] D n o o p Q \ \ 14 GAGE HALF-SLEEVE \ \ REINFORCING WELDED IN PLACE, ALIGN 10 GAGE PLATE 5 1/2" [140] Consultant: \ \ 1'-8" 508 LONG CENTERED AT WIDTH OF THRESHOLD \ \ [ ] REINFORCEMENT 3X HINGE Thorson Baker & Associates SURFACE MOUNTED DOOR CLOSER ATTACHMENTS PARTITION TYPE, HEIGHT WELDED IN PLACE S-3" [990] 3'-3" [990 DOOR CLOSER AS HOLLOW AS SCHEDULED CENTERED ON EACH HINGE EXISTING CONCRETE ` ww.thorsonbaker.com MAXIMUM OR LARGER SPECIFIED METAL DOOR HINGE PER SLAB OA 3 HINGES REQUIRED O 4 HINGES REOUIRED OA SECTION AT HEAD O SECTION AT JAMB SPECIFICATIONS O SECTION AT THRESHOLD Consultant: \/ Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com HOLLOW MTL DOORS - HINGE DIAGRAM HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME 3 NTS 2 6'=1'-O" Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com ICAR0 CA OF G Signed: Retail Store #1309 Washington Square Mall 9" [229] 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. EQ EQ 1'-I1" [584] 5" [127] Tigard, Oregon LAMINATED / \ VIEWERS, \ \ GLASS // \ WHERE \ VIEWERS, / \ OCCURS \ WHERE OCCURS Issued/Revised Date / u \ 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 o // 7:: LEVER \\ \ Permit 07/16/2014 HANDLE, \ _ \\ J °O a TYP — o as -Illm— / F MULTIPOINT 0 4" 2] o / DEADBOLT \ ;n \ o / \ / / SEE PLAN L O SLIDING GLASS ENTRY O CUSTOM STAINLESS STEEL O TYPICAL HOLLOW METAL O GENIUS ROOM DOOR (AT BOH) O REMOTE SPACE/REAR EXIT (SGL) DOOR LEGEND & DETAILS DOOR TYPES A-812 7/16/14 12:19 PMP:\510141\A15_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-812.dwg OMG6 MG5 T U MG4 V W MG3 1 .3 MG2 1 .2 MG1 I I I I I I I 8 1 TYP 5-601 TYP 5-601 BY VENDOR I I I I I I 10'-0' MAX. - - - - - - - - - r - - - - - - - - - - - 36 - A. 1- - — i J_ I i i off'' 7- L) o Z - - �61 I I I II °Coo P1001 UNISTRUT SEE SHEET 5-142 FOR I I v M o I SUB-FRAMING TO 3 — I I 2 Q = BE INSTALLED PERP. I I I -I- 1- S-201 UNISTRUT SUBFRAME IN I 5-201 - — BACK OF HOUSE AREA l I TO LINEAR LIGHT — i i x li IF i 3/8.0 THREADED RODS -i. r - ATTACH TO UNISTRUT SUB-FRAMING ABOVE IT I I I SIM S-601 4-- - I ' I I I I Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com 1 � I I I Consultant: I L I Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com A.9 i Consultant: Thorson Baker &Associates www.thorsonbakeccom CEILING BRACING FOR SEISMIC I ZONES D, E, AND F. SEE DETAIL 15/S-601. NUMBER OF BAYS I 77P I I I 1 Consultant: AND BRACES PER BAY BY EOR. s-2o1 ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com B-BAY A-BAY Ir PROpFS. w�\y �rG1NF�5's/�� r.. 81364PE 9 SALES AREA - CEILING FRAMING PLAN O' 1 REGO 1/4" = 1'-0" 9 O /t4- o<ee NE"r DESIGN CRITERIA GENERAL NOTES SHEET NOTES Signed: Retail Store #B09 DESIGN CODES AND LOADING: POST INSTALLED ANCHORS: SPECIAL INSPECTIONS GENERAL REOUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR: 1. STRUCTURAL CEILING FRAMING SCOPE INCLUDES Washington Square Mall 2010 OREGON STRUCTURAL SPECIALTY CODE 1. HILTI HIT HY-150 MAX (ICC ESR-1967) OR APPROVED EQUAL FOR 1. ALL SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF 1. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST WORK UNDER THE SUPERVISION SUPPORT OF SUSPENDED SS CEILING TROUGHS, g q DEAD LOADS: MASONRY CONSTRUCTION AND HILTI HIT-RE 50OSD (ICC ALL APPLICABLE NATIONAL AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES. OF A LICENSED CML ENGINEER. SUSPENDED CEILING PERIMETER CHANNEL AND SS 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. STAINLESS STEEL PANEL ASSEMBLY: 16 PSF ESR-2322)OR APPROVED EQUAL FOR CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION CEILING PANELS AT FRONT ZONE AND SALES BAYS. G.W.B. WALL ASSEMBLY: 10 PSF SHALL BE USED WHERE EPDXY GROUT IS SPECIFIED. 2. ALL INSPECTIONS AS REQUIRED BY ALL APPLICABLE NATIONAL 2. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST PERSONALLY BE FAMILIAR WITH Tigard, Oregon GLASS DOOR CLOSING MECHANISM: 1000 LBS AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES ARE REQUIRED. INSPECTIONS THE DRAWINGS AND MUST PERSONALLY OBSERVE ALL OF THE 2. DIMENSIONS PROVIDED FOR SS SOFFIT PANEL CEILING OPERABLE GLASS DOORS: 1000 LBS (EACH) 2. MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND ICC REPORT SHALL BE SPECIFIED IN THESE NOTES ARE IN ADDITION TO THESE WORK REPORTED ON. SUPPORT TO BE COORDINATED ON SITE. NOTE THAT FOLLOWED DURING THE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION OF ALL INSPECTIONS. DIMENSIONS FOR THE HANGING ROD CONNECTION TO SS LIVE LOADS: GROUTED BOLTS, RODS AND REINFORCING BARS. 3. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL FURNISH INSPECTION REPORTS PANELS ARE NOT INDICATED ON THE SS SHOP ACCESS LOAD: 200 LB CONCENTRATED LOAD 3. CITY INSPECTION IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR SPECIAL TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND ENGINEER. ANY DRAWINGS. 3. HILTI KWIK BOLT 3 (ICC ESR-1385) OR APPROVED EQUAL FOR INSPECTION. DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY BROUGHT TO THE LATERAL LOADS: ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR CORRECTION; THEN, IF 3. BASIS OF CEILING SUPPORT SYSTEM DESIGN IS THE Issued/Revised Date MASONRY CONSTRUCTION AND HILTI KB-TZ (ICC ESR-1917) OR 4, ANY WORK WHICH HAS BEEN COVERED BUT NOT PROPERLY NOT CORRECTED, TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND ENGINEER. UNISTRUT PRODUCT SYSTEM. o SEISMIC: Ss=0.944, 51=0.340, Sds=0.706, $d1=0.390, Ie=1,0 APPROVED EQUAL FOR CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE USED 50/o CD Set 06/27/2014 SEISMIC OCCUPANCY CATEGORY II INSPECTED BY THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR AND/OR THE CITY Permit 07/16/2014 SEISMIC SITE SOIL PROFILE D (PRESUMED) WHERE EXPANSION BOLTS ARE SPECIFIED. INSPECTOR IS SUBJECT TO REMOVAL OR EXPOSURE. 4. THE FINAL REPORT SHALL BE SIGNED BY A LICENSED CML SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D 4. MASONRY INSTALLATION: INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN GROUTED CELLS ENGINEER AND SHALL STATE THAT THE WORK WAS IN ONLY. IF EMBEDMENT MUST BE PROVIDED IN E N GROUTED CELL, 5• WHERE SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED, CONTINUOUS INSPECTION IS CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED DRAWINGS AND LATERAL LOADS: NEW GROUT SHALL BE ADDED AT THAT CELL EXTENDING TO THE REQUIRED DURING THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. THIS MAY SPECIFICATIONS AND THE APPLICABLE WORKMANSHIP PROVISIONS PARTITION: 5 PSF BE A REQUIREMENT OF THE BUILDING CODE / LOCAL OF IBC. HORIZONTAL BOND BEAM BELOW. ONE EMBEDDED REM ONLY PER JURISDICTION OR THE MANUFACTURER. DISPLAY TRACKS: GROUTED CELL IS ALLOWED AND NO EMBEDDED ITEMS ARE ALLOWED SPECIFIC SPECIAL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED: WITHIN 8" OF A FREE EDGE. TYPE 'A' TRACKS 6. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST BE CERTIFIED TO PERFORM THE MAXIMUM SINGLE FIXTURE LOAD (1 SUPPORT CABLE): 200 LBS TYPES OF INSPECTION SPECIFIED AND SHALL DEMONSTRATE 1. POST INSTALLED ANCHORS MAXIMUM SINGLE FIXTURE LOAD (2 SUPPORT CABLES): 200 LBS 5. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF ALL POST COMPETENCE TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. INSTALLED ANCHORS. 2. ALL FIELD WELDING TYPE 'B' TRACKS MAXIMUM SINGLE FIXTURE LOAD (1 SUPPORT CABLE): 25 LBS 7. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTACTING AND Apple Approval Date MAXIMUM SINGLE FIXTURE LOAD (2 SUPPORT CABLES): 50 LBSPOWDER ACTUATED FASTENERS: INFORMING THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR OR CITY INSPECTOR AT LEAST ONE WORKING DAY BEFORE THE WORK IS TO BE 1. POWDER ACTUATED FASTENERS (PAF) SPECIFIED ON THE PLANS, PERFORMED UNLESS OTHER CONDITIONS ARE AGREED UPON. SHALL BE HILTI X-DNI 0.145" DIA. OR APPROVED EQUAL U.O.N. 2. MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND ICBO NO. ER-2678 SHALL BE FOLLOWED DURING THE PREPARATION AND TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH SALES AREA - INSTALLATION OF ALL PAF's. CEILING AND FRAMING 3. FULL PENETRATION OF THE SHAFT IS REQUIRED WHEN PLAN EMBEDDED INTO STEEL. A MIN. SPACING BETWEEN PAF OF 1-1/2' AND MIN. EDGE DISTANCE OF 1/2" U.N.O. ON PLANS. 4. WASHERS ARE REQUIRED WHEN PAF ARE USED WITH WOOD S1 3 1 MEMBERS. 7/16/14 5:00 PM \\Tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-s-131.dwg HANGER ROD TO ROOF STRUCTURE. HANGER ROD TO ROOF STRUCTURE. SEE SECTION 16 THIS SHEET FOR SEE SECTION 16 THIS SHEET FOR SEE SECTION 16 ON THIS CONNECTION TO ROOF STRUCTURE CONNECTION TO ROOF STRUCTURE 11026 EA SHEET FOR ATTACHMENT OF UNISTRUT 11001 W / HANGER TO (E) STRUCTURE SIDE W/ 1/2"0 THRU BOLT T&B (TYP.) 11000 x6"LG. UNISTRUT 11538 ANGLE FITTING ® 4'-0" O.C. ATTACH TO (E) WALL W/(2) #10 SCREWS. (E) METAL STUD WALL L B-B L A-A SPLAY WIRES: 10GA. (TIED BOTH IF (E) SHEATHING OCCURS, S-141 S-141 SCREWS SHALL PENETRATE ENDS W/MIN. 3 TURNS OF WIRE IN (E) WF BEAM THRU SHEATHING AND INTO 1" OF RUN) TYPICAL WIRES TO BE METAL STUD WITHIN 2" CROSS RUNNER T/(E) MEZZ. FLOOR SLAB = INTERSECTION. S y3 19'-0"± (FIELD VERIFY) UNISTRUT SUBFRAME UNISTRUT SUBFRAME MAIN RUNNER MAIN RUNNER UNISTRUT MAIN RUNNER — UNISTRUT SUBFRAME UNISTRUT SUBFRAME UNISTRUT SUBFRAME UNISTRUT P2824-6 INTERMEDIATE MEMBER INTERMEDIATE MEMBER INTERMEDIATE MEMBER BEAM CLAMP UNISTRUT 11538 ANGLE -Tj 0 °O FITTING ® 4'-O" O.C. OQo �Qo �o @ QoHOQo Oo oQ W/(2) 1/4"0 x1 3/4" — CONCRETE SCREWS JNN�R J/yy (E) W14 BEAM UNISTRUT P1726 UNISTRUT P1950 CSS RUNyFR FLAT PLATE FITTING FLAT PLATE FITTING HANGER ROD (E) METAL STUD WALL NOTE: MAINTAIN 6" CLEAR FROM SPLAY LINES TO MECHANICAL DUCTWORK. B=6 A=A SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION 20 1/2" _ 1^-0" 19 3/a" " (E) ROOF DECK � VERIFY IN FIELD S M G 6 M G 5 O OU M G 4 N W M G 3 1 .3 M G 2 1 .2 M G 1 G.C. TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS OF UNISTRUT SUBFRAME WITH CEILING LAYOUT (LATEST PLAN) IMMEDIATELY PRIOR j TO INSTALLATION OF UNISTRUT SYSTEM. N ' (E) JOIST 20'-0" [6096]± 20'-0" [6096]± 20'-0" [6096]± 20'-0" [6096]± (TYP-) z � RIGIDLY ATTACH UNISTRUT MAIN ,9 RUNNER TO MEZZ. LEVEL TYP. 1/4 i I Cp�J I Gp�J Gp�`� `OBJ Z(E) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --WF BEAM (E) WF BEAM (E) WF BEAM (E) WF BEAM BEAM36 L6x4x3/8 (LLV) g L4x4x5/16 3 SIDES A E . _ l 1/4 UNISTRUT MAINSEE PLAN NER 1 I� I L4x4x1/4 x0'-3"LG. 1 (4) X12 SCREWS (E) 24STEEL JOISTS 11 DETAIL Architect: Woods Bagot ' J4I 1Ap www.woodsbagot.com i I i ( [ c jj Consultant: UNISTRUT P1000 L 20 TYP. ® HANGER ROD FROM (E) JOIST UNISTRUT 11001 F Thorson Baker & Associates INTERMEDIATE MEMBER (TYP.) I 5-141 11000 VERTICAL TO UNISTRUT MAIN RUNNER MAIN MEMBER (TYP.) I — www.thorsonbaker.com s i i t I °D i °O z 16 °p I Consultant: 5-141 —M - —M Thorson Baker & Associates 3 E 3 ( 3 I 3 S G www.thorsonbaker.com Jl� Q1��c➢' E Gail Q1 �C p1 'oOJl` �.��r Op` � Consultant: GQp ISP Design, Inc. E WF BEAM `�� E Wf BEAM E WF BEAM I `�� E WF BEAM E WF BEAM- www.ispdesign.com A iILIAJI i � I 77 7r= 1 � i I I � EDPROFS IN� � 81 9 -141 5 i 36aPE r \�N O\�. ! 1�. ,ppm O vC R E G O e1pp�,���\cP. 8 �t\�y� > yy�O < E s i i I o Signed: I o — ---- — -- — -- -- — - -- --- -- -- - — - - -- ------ -- — - ---- _ .. --- — - -- --�; Retail Store #B09 18 s-141 I A.9 Washington Square Mall — -- € 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. I SHEET NOTES Tigard, Oregon i4 cp�G'i I ( p0,GY Cpy Cp BRACE UNISTRUT SUBFRAME y 1. BOTTOM OF UNISTRUT SUBFRAME EL. = T/(E) MEZZANINE SLAB EL. TO ROOF STRUCTURE. i SEE DETAIL 11 THIS SHEET I I t (E) 26" STEEL JOISTS L _ Issued/Revised ate 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 Permit 07/16/2014 i (E) WF BEAM (E) WF BEAM (E) WF BEAM (E) WF BEAM (E) WF BEAM 38 Cp [ I �O 00 ' �G�y �G4 i I Apple Approval Date w Z� J U TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH SALES AREA - N UNISTRUT SUBFRAME PLAN SALES AREA - UNISTRUT SUBFRAME PLAN 1 1/4" = 1'-O" S- 141 7/16/14 5:00 PM \\Tbs-projectsO2\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-s-141.dwg G.C. TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS OF UNISTRUT SUBFRAME Q R S WITH CEILING LAYOUT (LATEST PLAN) IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF UNISTRUT SYSTEM. v i 20'-0" [6096]± 20'-0' [6096]± w z J RIGIDLY ATTACH UNISTRUT MAIN 19 RUNNER TO MEZZ. LEVEL 5-141 �I 0 6 J O M x N i C,p\J i Gp\J I a (E) WF BEAM (E) WF BEAM (E) WF BEAM 36 CDLL I 1 t 0 o I I \ \ \ \ \� \pp J4Q J�Q i �Q J`�2 o � 1 [ t I 0 (E) 24' STEEL JOISTS I li O 7 o l 1 pp\ � �\ i �\ pp\ Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com rl , I c I E [ Consultant: UNISTRUT P100 I I HANGER ROD FROM (E) JOIST I I UNISTRUT P1001 L 20 nP. ® Thorson Baker & Associates I INTERMEDIATE MEMBER (TYP.) I 1 TO UNISTRUT MAIN RUNNER i MAIN MEMBER (TYP.) 5-141 1000 VERTICAL I I I l i j www.thorsonbakeccom Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates � i I i l www.thorsonbaker.com i; \p\ Consultant: Qo ISP Design, Inc. 3 3 (E) WF BEAM J`��\G JE��\G (E) WF BEAM 3 Q (E) WF BEAM JFQ�\ www.ispdesigncom 37 - 17 5-141 \a G N��� 81364PE OREGO lo�j��„ i cP cP op i o° ' o 43 r 8 i 0 I e j o I Signed: Retail Store #609 18 r S-141 Washington Square Mall 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. d ; r Tigard, Oregon SHEET NOTES BRACE UNISTRUT SUBFRAME-- 1. BOTTOM OF UNISTRUT SUBFRAME EL = T/(E) MEZZANINE SLAB EL. TO ROOF STRUCTURE. SEE DETAIL A/S-141 i Issued/Revised Date I (E) 26- STEEL JOISTS I 50% CD Set 06/27/2014 Permit 07/16/2014 r (E) WF B (E) WF BEAM (E) WF BEAM - n CD cp I EE 1p�y 1p�y I I I Apple Approval Date ivw JI U Q TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH BOH AREA - UNISTRUT SUBFRAME PLAN BOH AREA - UNISTRUT SUBFRAME PLAN 1/4' - a S- 142 7/16/14 4:59 PM \\Tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-s-142.dwg (E) WEB ANGLE rl k9 %a, 20 (E) WEB ROD � 5-171 5-171 L OF JOIST A-A B— B (E) METAL DECK SEE PLAN L1 1/2x1 1/2x3/16 I I U 1/2x1 1/2x3/16 - SEAT EA. SIDE OF (E) JOIST EA, SIDE OF (E) JOIST PROVIDE 8" CONT. REINFORCE E ( ) WEB, TYP. WEB, TYP. WELD 0 EA. END _ W PL1 4" N.S. & F.S. TYp, CUT PLATE TO FIT 1ST DIAGONAL EA, END 1 6 L__ ROD, SEE JOIST PROFILE \\ ISI i (BUILD-UP FOR 1YP. L 1/8 1 1/4 FULL THROAT) 3/16 1 1/2" \_ \ \ \ \ U u. (E) JOIST A-A B-B ANGLE REINFORCING ® � (E) JOIST SEAT r 5-171 r S-171 (E) JOIST DIAGONALS i1 0/ JOIST END SEAT REINFORCEMENT (E) WEB AS ROD (E) WEB AS ANGLE TOP & BOTTOM CHORD REINFORCING JOIST PROFILE DENOTED BY OO ON PLAN THIS SHEET SECTION Q SECTION R SECTION EXISTING JOIST REINFORCING DETAIL 2 0 3/4" = 1'-0" 1 J 3/4" = i'-0" 1 ` ' 3/4" = 1'-0" &3/4" = 1'-0" OQ R S MG6 tB **& rl k9 *11k r2k0 %, 5-171 5-171 5-171 20'-0" [6096]± I 20'-0" (6096]1 1, 5-1" [1549]± t L OF JOIST SEE PLAN I iI 10'-0" 10'-0" 11 REINF. TOP CHORD - W/(2) 7/8"0 RODS CONT. 36 - - ._...-""'w'(E) WF BEAM r t (E) WF BEAM ) (E) WF BEAM ` REINF. BOT. CHORD - -- ---- - (E) WF BEAM I I ANGLE REINFORCING ® &L I I W/(2) 7/8'0 RODS CONT. ® 0 (E) JOIST DIAGONALS FULL L i LENGTH OF JOIST 10'-0" 10'-0" I i € IJOIST PROFILE 1 i ( DENOTED BY O ON PLAN THIS SHEET I r (E) 26" STEEL JOISTS EXISTING JOIST REINFORCING DETAIL 3 3 12 t as € , RTU-2 .r 1369# I Architect: I It I [ t TYP. x I ® —, Woods Bagot dsm M l II I I Consultant: MECHANICAL UNIT. CLIP L2x2x16GA. x0'-4"LG. SEE MECH. DWGS. (4) 0 EA. CORNER, (16) TOTAL, Thorson Baker & Associates W 4 10-16 TEKS EA. LEG www.thorsonbakeccom E STEEL SHIMS AT 2'-0" O.C. /O # MECHANICAL UNIT CURB. I I (NOT REQUIRED IF TAPERED SEE MECH. DWGS. [ CURBS ARE PROVIDED, Consultant: I I COORD. WITH RTU SUPPLIER) CLIP L2x2x16GA. x0'-4"LG. Thorson Baker & Associates i PROVIDE ANGLE FRAMING AT (4) AT EA. CORNER, (16) TOTAL, CONCENTRATED LOAD DUCT OPENING. SEE TYPICAL W/(4) #10-16 TEKS TO CURB TO TOP CHORD www.thorsonbaker.com DETAIL ON THIS SHEET. TYPICAL _ i _ * TYP. ® 3/16" & (4) #12-24 TEKS TO MC6 CHANNEL i AT MECH. UNITS. GENERAL EA. JOIST 3 16" ANGLE REINFORCEMENT i € i CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE / L1gxlpx{� L1pxlpx Consultant: EXACT DIMENSIONS & zop (E) METAL DECK REO'D WHEN GREATER THAN 6" EA. SIDE EA. SIDE II ��O o�J LOCATIONS OF FRAMING WITH �J ISP Design, Inc. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. `1 - -- - - -- — -- -- www.ispdesign.00m (E) WF BEAM t (E) WF BEAM (E) WF BEAM t �\FF MOC6, EA. END F RTU CURB, 10353 I RTU-1 ( I SEE PLAN # 2360# I EXISTING ANGLE REINFORCEMENT a I TYP. JOIST REO'D WHEN GREATER THAN 6" i 3 t6" Eb PROr�r\ EXISTING SEE TYPICAL JOIST / e C,1�N� SSS JOIST REINFORCING DETAIL CION ENTATEDOM HLOADORD 4�\ �813 4PB9 * USE CAUTION WHEN WELDING AS NOT TO DAMAGE JOIST. OREGO ' / l j 1 MC6x12 ON TOP OF DECK. I I 9 vG�1 f I TYPICAL AT MECH. UNITS. I TYP. ROOFTOP MECH. UNIT TIE-DOWN SUPPORT TYPICAL EXISTING JOIST REINFORCING DETAILE SHEET NOTES SEE DETAIL ON THIS SHEET 1 i �j rX { f i - EXISTING ROOF CONSTRUCTION: 1 1/2" METAL DECK OVER STEEL JOISTS. III Signed: - OO & ®O DENOTES EXISTING JOIST TO BE ! (E) 26" STEEL JOISTS REINFORCED. SEE DETAILS ON THIS SHEET I Retail Store #609 Washington Square Mall I I I I 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. L6x4x3/8 x0'-8"LG. ij (LLV) Tigard, Oregon i (E) JOIST SPACING SEE PLAN 3/16" TYP, i L4x4x5 16 ® ROOF OPENING ROOF OPNG. �k 2 r S-171 Issued/Revised Date 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 Permit 07/16/2014 i HORIZONTAL LEG (E) JOIST (TYP.) s TO FIT BETWEEN CLIP ANGLE W DECK FLUTES LOQ i GOA i LOQ L6x4x3/8 x0'-6"LG. (LLV) W/HORIZ. LEG CUT I OFF @ EA. END (E) JOIST L4x4x5/16 TYP. EA. (E) WF BEAM (E) WF BEAM ; (E) WF BEAM (E) WF BEAM 3/16 SIDE OF OPENING W BURGLAR BARS MAY OCCUR. COORD. W/ARCH. & MECH. E f * FOR ALL ROOF OPENINGS 12" OR GREATER. Apple Approval Date COORD. OPENING SIZES AND LOCATIONS WITH I ARCHITECT & MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH BOH - P/4-OH - RTU SUPPORT PLAN RTU SUPPORT = 1,-O" QD (D & /4 &31 '_O'DETAIL TYPICAL ROOF OPENING DETAIL PLAN S- 171 7/16/14 4:59 PM \\Tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-s-171.dwg A.9 MGA A. 1 3/8"0 THREADED RODS SUPPORTING 4 1 7 SOFFIT VERSPACING EL NDE I CONNECTION 4 5-301 5-301 5-301 OPP 5-301 WITH SS SHOP DRAWINGS, TYP. - 4'-0" O.C. MAX SPACING, ATTATCH TO UNISTRUT FRAMING ABOVE WITH KWIK CONNECTOR 7 13'-7 1/4" [4147] BO STEEL --- — — — - - - - — 12'-1 1/2" [3696] BO STOREFRONT SOFFIT - i , I FACE OF SS FACE OF SS SOFFIT PANEL F SOFFIT PANEL i SOFFIT PANEL SUBFRAME FOR II MOUNTING SOFFIT PANELS - SEE SS SHOP DRAWINGS II i I --- -- - 26'100" 2'-0- 2'-0' 12'-0" 2'-0" 2'-0" 2'-0" 2'-0" 2'-O" 2'-0" 1 -0 1'-0" 2'-0" 2'-0" 2'-0" 2'-0" 2'-0' 2'-0" 2'-0 2'-0" 2'-0' 2'-0" [ ] [610] [610] II [610] [610] [610] [610] ' [610] [610] [610] [305] [305] [610] [610] [610] [610] [610] [610] [610] II [610] [610] [610] ! II ) CL OF SS PANEL I CL OF SS PANEL 14'-5 1/2" [4407] 14'-5 1/2" [4407] i i FACE OF SS FACE OF SS WALL PANEL I , WALL PANEL I CL OF SS PANEL ; I i � � I � ► � � I � ! I 1 � � i I I 'I ! ! I I ! ! 1 i � ! ! i I � i � I � ' I I ! � I I � � I � � r i � i 1 1 � I 1 Il Architect: j Woods Bagot o'-o" [o] www.woodsbagot.com I TO FINISH FLOOR ILI - - — Consultant: Thorson Baker &Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com STOREFRONT ELEVATION Consultant: C2Y /2" - 11-0" ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com I (5) L4" X 4" X 1/4" (L102X102X6.4) BRACING I REQUIRED AT SEISMIC ZONES D AND E IN EACHDIRECTION LOCATE NEAR UNEBRACES S RE T CROSS SUPPORTS. SEED f ISEE CORE & SHELL DRAWINGS FOR r 6�S o DETAIL 18/S-301 E STOREFRONT FRAMING MEMBER SIZES CC�5 GIN S�q 81364PE r oR EGO 8 <8E NE I I I I i r_xajR 1-241114 I I I I I I I I I I J yss+s L II II II II II �� `'6+�0 -I Signed: G Retal I Store #1309 HSS18x6 I I I HSS18x6 I I / , Hsslsxs Washington Square Mall ys- 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. s6s — -- - --- -- - -- - - - — ----- - ----- --. _.._._..- -- `6 Tigard, Oregon - HSS18x61 .2 11I 1 .__ Issued/Revised Date —__- __ -_ I HSS6x6 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 HSS6x6 _HSS6x6- Permit 07/16/2014 Tj SUPPORT ANGLES DIAGONAL BRACING 13 5-601 DISPLAY GRAVITY MOUNTED ON ANGLE TO P5000 THREADED RODS 5-601 DISPLAY TRACKS HSS FOR PENDANT RAIL FROM PENDANT SUPPORTING SOFFIT TRACKS HSS6x6 (TYP.) LOGO SUPPORT LOGO STEM, TYP PANEL SUBFRAME, TYP. 2'-4" (711) 5'-0" (1524] 5'-0" [1524] 5'-0" [1524] 5-0" [1524] 5-0" [1524] 5'-0" [1524] 5'-0" [1524] 5'-0" [1524] 1 L. 2'-4" [711] ILL 6" 6' 152 152 P5001 SPANNING PRIMARY STRUCTURE, TYP Apple Approval Date 2'-2" [660] 45'-8" [13919] 2'-2" [660] 38 A.9 37 MGA A. 1 36 STOREFRONT ELEVATION & FRAMING PLAN STOREFRONT REFLECTED CEILING PLAN S-201 7/16/14 4:59 PM \\Tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-s-201,dwg ATTACH TO (E) JOIST. \� SEE DETAIL 4 THIS SHEET - AT SEISMIC ZONES D-E PROVIDE ANGLE r PER PLAN. SKEW TO NEAREST JOIST AND ATTACH TO EXISTING STRUCTURE iE11- DO NOT SKEW BRACING 1 MORE THAN 45' IN I tt yl HORIZONTAL PLANE 1 MIN - - - - - - - - - - - - ll, - FIXED STOREFRONT GLAZING (NOT AT SIMILAR CASE) PL3/8" { 4 \\,Z BEAMS, SEE CORE & SHELL DRAWINGS 13 SEISMIC BRACING ZONES D - E) RONT BEAM CONNECTION Al GLAZING PLATE SIZES AND ORIENTATION TO BE COORDINATED WITH GLASS SUPPLIER UNISTRUT SUBfRAME AND WITH LOCATION OF BENT PLATE I I BENT PLATES PER GLASS SUPPLIER. ATTACHMENT TO BENT PLATE PER n GLASS SUPPLIER I N � W W N 1 BEAM, SEE CORE BEAM, SEE CORE & SHELL DRAWINGS & SHELL DRAWINGS I I FIXED STOREFRONT SIM. 16 GLAZING S-301 zr I g HSS8x6, SEE CORE _ L5x3 & SHELL DRAWINGS HSS2x2, SEE CORE & SHELL DRAWINGS FIXED 13 G LAZ_IN G SUPPORT MARBLE WALL CLADDING SEE ARCH. UNISTRUT RAIL: P-5000 WITH P1737 BRACKETS AT EA. II Architect: CROSSING MEMBER. ATTACH II � _- � Woods Bagot BRACKETS WITH 1/2"0 BOLTS -- ---- AND CHANNEL NUTS. _ _ _ www.woodsbagot.com L5x3 (LLH), SEE CORE & SHELL DRAWINGS HSS6x6, SEE CORE Consultant: & SHELL DRAWINGS THREADED ROD TO PROVIDE ADJUSTIBILITY Thorson Baker & Associates AND COMPENSATE FOR DEFLECTION IN www.thorsonbaker.com PRIMARY STRUCTURE DUE TO DEAD LOAD. I i (2) L5x3 (LLV) FOR PENDANT LOGO VERIFY COUNT AND LOCATION IN FIELD SUPPORT TO SPAN BETWEEN HSS6x6 AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE WEIGHT Consultant: APPLE PENDANT. AND SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS WITH LOCATE PER ARCH PENDANT MANUFACTURER Thorson Baker & Associates www.t h o rs o n ba ke r.co m STOREFRONT SECTION THROUGH ENTRY DOORS Consultant ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com till II 1c UNISTRUT SUBFRAME it GIN E•SSC^ I5 � 81394PE Vj t 0 ORE- .�, !_"Xa/� BEAM, SEE CORE BEAM, SEE CORE & SHELL DRAWINGS & SHELL DRAWINGS Signed: e Retail Store #B09 16Washington Square Mall S-301 T 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. --- ==--- Tigard, Oregon HSS8x6, SEE CORE & SHELL DRAWINGS \ 1 4 SIM. HSS2x2, SEE CORE L6x4 3/16 TYP. 5-301 & SHELL DRAWINGS 1/4 L6z4x5/16 (LLV) Issued/Revised Date ,,4 (E) ROOF DECK SPANNING BETWEEN MARBLE WALL CLADDING I I 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 PL3/8" 5 JOISTS SEE ARCH. Permit 07/16/2014 (L4x4 @ SIM.) Ci UNISTRUT RAIL: P-5000 WITH L P1737 BRACKETS AT EA HORIZONTAL LEG �, CROSSING MEMBER. ATTACH -77 CY BRACKET WITH CHANNEL BUTS. CLIP ANGLE TO FIT BETWEEN L4x4 3 SIDES L4x4 / " L6x4x3/8 x0'-6"LG. (LLV) DECK FLUTES 1/4 W/HORIZ. LEG CUT OFF ® EA. END - -- SEE CORE & SHELL DRAWINGS ` HSS6x6, SEE CORE EXISTING PL3/S" (E) JOIST - 1/4 3 SIDES u L x LLH , 8 & SHELL DRAWINGS JOIST Apple Approval Date THREADED ROD TO PROVIDE ADJUSTIBILITY AND COMPENSATE FOR DEFLECTION IN PL3/8" O E JOIST 13 PRIMARY STRUCTURE DUE TO DEAD LOAD. VERIFY COUNT AND LOCATION IN FIELD 5-601 PERPENDICULAR TO JOIST PARALLEL TO JOIST STOREFRONT SECTION & DETAILS DETAIL DETAIL DETAIL STOREFRONT SECTION THROUGH DISPLAY WINDOWS 1'-0" S-301 7/16/14 4:58 PM \\Tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-s-301.dwg UNISTRUT PER PLAN - ATTACH RODS W/ KWIK CONNECTOR 3/8"0 MIN. THREADED ROD W/ 10'-0"O.C. MAX. SPACING TO COORDINATE WITH VENDOR DRAWINGS SUSPENDED SUBSTRUCTURE (UCS) - SEE VENDOR DRAWINGS lit - LINEAR LIGHT FIXTURE CEILING SUPPORT ATTACHMENT TO EXISTING STRUCTURE TO BE DESIGNED BY EOR - ADD DETAILS AS REQUIRED t I ATTACHMENT TO EXISTING STRUCTUREill II P1000T CHANNEL STIFF. PER 16/S-601 ® THREADED RODS WHERE SEISMIC BRACES OCCUR. i ; i r II I — - F J ' V _�Mr F11 A ice...._ _ ..._.. ....._... r �= - P1000 LATERAL BRACE PARALLEL Z -- & PERPENDICULAR TO SS SUPPORT FRAMING- SEE 5-131 FOR BRACE LOCATIONS r.., r. /'� , SPF100-037 AT EA. BRACE, " PROVIDE NUT ABOVE AND BELOW CONNECTOR I - _=-ate- _ -•- - I ------ ii TYPE 'A' TRACKS, SEE S-131 FOR LOAD CRITERIA TYPE 'B' TRACKS, SEE S-131 FOR LOAD CRITERIA LINEAR LIGHT FIXTURE ATTACH TRACK TO STRUT W/ ATTACH TRACK TO MTL SUBFRAME W/ HILTI #8 X 3" SCREW ® 6" O.C., TYP. HILTI #8 X 1 1/4" SCREW ® 6" O.C. CEILING SEISMIC BRACING SECTION AT DISPLAY TRACKS Architect: Woods Bagot H www.woodsbagot.com MG CONTINUOUS SUPPORT CHANNELS SUPPORT CHANNEL INTERRUPTED MG AT DOWNLIGHTS Consultant: ___.. - -LG - I - - - --- - --- -- — — — - - ---- - ---- _ . - ---- - Thorson Baker & Associates II II I DOWNUGHT 3/8"0 THREADED RODS SPACED AT www.thorsonbaker.com II II CONTINUOUS P1000 UNISTRUT CHANNEL 6'-0" MAX OC -ATTACH TO STUDS WITH P2237 "U" SS SOFFIT -ATTACH TO UNISTRUT ABOVE AND - - - -- -- - - BELOW WITH KWIK CONNECTOR I I I I Fr. ) CONNECTORS AT 5'-0" O.C. MAX Consultant: I I I I I I v -USE 1/4"-14 TEK SCREWS Thorson Baker Associates II II 11 = i • • • www.thorsonbaker.com II P1000 UNISTRUT CHANNEL INTERRUPTED AT DOWNLIGHTS o a -ATTACH TO METAL STUD TRACK WITH 1/4"- 14 TEK 3 = I I I I I I SCREWS AT 8" O.C. MAX N Consultant: I I I I I I ^ ' N . _ . _ . — • • • ISP Design, Inc. THREADED RODS SPACED PER RCP "i oN^3 o www.ispdesign.com L - 4-T Ia N _ N _ PANEL INTEGRATED SUPPORT CHANNEL I BY SS VENDOR - --- — - - VARIES VARIES VARIES DOWNLIGHT 4 5/16" 110 4 5 16" 110 f'a LENGTH OF SUPPORT EQ�O OFF / [ ] 7 7 8" zoo 7 7 8" 200 7 7 8" zoo / [ ] PR CLEAR 10 CLEAR CHANNELS VARY BASED CLEAR �0� GIl h,E S1i� SS SOFFIT - ON BAY WIDTH �U 9 81354PE 9 N OP,EGO SECTION AT B - BAY SOFFIT B - BAY REFLECTED CEILING PLAN R %`ry=%�� �' 0 <EE N��'�� � 10 3"=1'-O" v 1"=1'- " /_X PIR S 1.2141114 Signed: MG MG Retail Store #1309 Washington Square Mall CONTINUOUS SUPPORT CHANNEL SUPPORT CHANNEL INTERRUPTED 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. = - AT DOWNLIGHTS I I Tigard, Oregon ]I CONTINUOUS P1000 UNISTRUT CHANNEL _ _—_ __ _ -.----_ -_ __. -_ _. _ _____ _�_ __ - __. -ATTACH TO STUDS WITH P2237 "U" DOWNUGHT 3/8"0 THREADED RODS SPACED AT - - -- --- - - �i - - -- -- -- --- CONNECTORS AT 5'-0" O.C. MAX 6'-0" MAX OC II 11 I= -USE 1/4'-14 TEK SCREWS -ATTACH TO UNISTRUT ABOVE AND SS SOFFIT 1 � BELOW WITH KWIK CONNECTORIT ------------ � =1I P1000 UNISTRUT CHANNEL INTERRUPTED AT DOWNLIGHTS - -� -- - - - -- Issued/Revised Date I _I - - - - • • • 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 II - -ATTACH TO METAL STUD TRACK WITH 1/4"- ,4 TEK I! III SCREWS AT 8" O.C. MAX 771u 3 o Permit 07/16/2014 124 THREADED RODS SPACED PER RCP o > • • • '�— - - - -- - - - - ----- --- Tf -- - ---- - - - - - - - --- - -- - --- - - PANEL INTEGRATED SUPPORT CHANNEL BY SS VENDOR o VARIES VARIES VARIES LENGTH OF SUPPORT 4 5/16" [110] 7 7 8" 200 7 7 8" 200 CHANNELS VARY BASED 7 7 8" 200 4 5/16" [110] Apple Approval Date DOWNLIGHT CLEAR CLEAR ON BAY WIDTH CLEAR i 5 SS SOFFIT INTERIOR DETAILS - SALES AREA BAYS SECTION AT A- BAY AND C - BAY SOFFIT A- BAY AND C - BAY REFLECTED CEILING PLAN & CEILING 5 3"=1'-0" 1 1"=1'-0" S-601 7/16/14 4:58 PM \\Tbs-projectsO2\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-s-601.dwg MG6 MG5 T U MG4 V W MG3 1 .3 MG2 1 .2 MG1 I I I I I I 80'-10" [24638] 1 I I I I 2'_6" 33'-4" [10160] 40' 0" [12192] 5'-0" [1524] [762] 14 1 F-60 F-30k�i 1 77 A. 1 ©I i' 14 , it I I F-60 �1 2 I I I I , I J I W I ZZ I � N O O N i W CD _ _ _ _ L _ _ _ _ _ I r r r � _ _ r _ 1 I I I I I I I 1 I I I rn I jArchitect: sF-a0 Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com I ! I Consultant: _ Thorson Baker &Associates r — www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: -_ ___ .. �P ' ' Associates �. F-3o Thorson Baker & www.thorsonbaker.com 14 F-60 I 1 I , Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com SALES AREA — FRAMING PLAN1-0 Pio PROF r e. 81364PE r O v ORBGO 9L�G<Y g gp� E NEvk GENERAL NOTES — COLD FORMED STEEL ABBREVIATIONS Signed Retail Store #609 Washington Square Mall 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. 1. MINIMUM SECTION PROPERTIES: (PER SSMA, ICC ER-4943-P) A.D. —ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS LOC'N Tigard, Oregon ADD'L - ADDITIONAL LLH - BM. - BEAM LLV - MEMBER DEPTHTHICKNESS BLK'G - BLOCKING L.V.F. (IN 1/100 in) /-IN mils (1 mil = 1/1000 in) BTWN. - BETWEEN LVL. - 4 0 0 162 - 54 C - CLEAR LWC - CRC - COLD ROLLED CHANNEL MFR - C.W. - CURTAINWALL (N) - Issued/Revised Date STYLE FLANGE / LEG WIDTH DEF'L - DEFLECTION N.B.D. Permit 07/16/2014 S=STUD OR JOIST SECTION (IN 1/100 in) DIV ANG OR DA - DIVERTER ANGLE N/A - T= TRACK SECTIONS EA. - EACH N.S. - U=CHANNEL SECTIONS E.D. - EDGE DISTANCE NWC - F=FURRING CHANNELS SECTIONS EL. - ELEVATION O.H.D. Z=ZEE SECTIONS (E) - EXISTING OWJ - E.O.D. - EDGE OF DECK PC. - E.O.R. - ENGINEER OF RECORD R.F.I. E.O.S. - EDGE OF SLAB S.D. - MINIMUM DELIVERABLE DESIGN FLG - FLANGE SPCL THICKNESS (mils) GAUGE THICKNESS (INCHES) F.S. - FAR SIDE SW - GA - GAUGE T&B 18 25 .0188 G.C. - GENERAL CONTRACTOR U.O.N. 27 22 .0283 HDR - HEADER W.B. 33 20 .0346 HT. - HEIGHT WDW. Apple Approval Date 43 18 .0451 HOR. - HORIZONTAL WF - 54 1 16 1 .0566 HSS - HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTION W/ - 68 1 14 .0713 I.L.O. - IN LIEU OF W/IN INV. - INVERTED 19 8 10 .1242 TRUE NORTH PIAN NORTH SALES AREA - FRAMING PLAN & GENERAL NOTES SF- 111 7/16/14 4:57 PM \\Tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-sf-111.dwg 3 I II 13'-4 5/8" [4080] T.O. STUD I I HOLD VERTICAL TRACKS -" BELOW DEFLECTION TRACKS I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I , I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Architect: I I I Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com I I Consultant: 6005162-68 Thorson Baker & Associates SPACED PER www.thorsonbaker.com PLAN I Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates I I www.thorsonbaker.com I I 3"x3" ANGLE Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. (4) L.V.F. I I www.ispdesign.com — I I I I II I 600T150-54 I W/ #8 EA LEG I I I I I HOLD VERTICAL 600T150-54 f D Fac PRO TRACKS SHORT W 8 EA LEG g��/G I N SSS FINISH FLOOR �� 81364PE 9 –0'-2" [-51] x. T.O. SLAB O v OREGO . S 0, •ice 11 �., � �EE NES;• i rxRi s iz/3i/i9 PIER CONN 0 HSS 2 STOREFRONT ELEVATION 3 BLADE BLADE Signed: Retail Store #B09 Washington Square Mall 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. Tigard, Oregon 600T150-68 W/ #8 EA LEG ®16" D.C., TYP Issued/Revised Date Permit 07/16/2014 � e a —� ® BASE (4) L.V.F. ON CL OF 44" GAGE START OF SS PANEL STUD LAYOUT Apple Approval Date STOREFRONT DETAILS NEUTRAL PIER 1. ERA` NOTES: STOREFRONT PLAN 1. LEDGER ANGLES MUST CONNECT DIRECTLY TO STUDS. VERIFY FRAMING STUD LOCATIONS WITH METAL PANEL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 1"=1'-0" BLADE 2. CONNECT LEDGER ANGLE TO EACH METAL STUD USING Y"-14 TEKS SCREWS THRU SLOTS SF-301 7/16/14 4:57 PM \\Tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-sf-301.dwg z it I F-53 MGA '� 3 A. 1 MGA A.9 a F-50 X1 9'-0" [5791] , — 19 _0" [5791] BO UNISTRUT FRAMING NF BO UNISTRUT FRAMING MF I I f f I 1 II i X13'-5" [4089.4] 1 I I I , X13'-5" [4089.4]VTO PANELS o SS" [ FI I � SS [3810] i 12'-6- 3810] , BO FINISH CEILING I I - _ \` I I BO FINISH CEILING 10'-0" [3048] ] :I! — 1`--II0. '.-_I0IIT"-[ 3_.0i'�I�V,lI4.— 8 ] BO SALES AREA SOFFIT BO SALES AREA 'SOi(I;tIiII F-iF1: i-IT LIU IL -0FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR - -2" [-51] SITIONTWNC-BAY 7TRANSITION T.O. SLAB RALL 2 NTERIOR ELEVATION II_1III N,1--'-T_133�I E--u� R.__ IO�1h R- I--- I EL_,..'EI III V�iI-`AI.--I�I1. TI1hI _Otl�_ N /4"=1'-0" 10'-0" SOFFIT t111h'l , _ 1I'I 111III;I , I 1 II Gi'IiI'I 1 lIIII / ' F-45 0 � I I 1 I1ftI0 '-G" SOFFIT MG6 MG4 Fz51 MG3 �19'-D" [5791 VBO UNISTRUT FRAMING [ff] - [4089.4)VT0 SS PANELS J12'-6" [3810] Ill. ill 11. 4111 1111, Ill III. Ill Ill J ill 1, I I BO FINISH CEILING ,� I - [3048] Awrwc�0hwVi�t0 rsS�< o !n8GbaEagkeNor .EctBO SALES AREA SOFFIT www.woodssbagot.co o tm Consultant: Thorson Bake�rm * s &� Asso ci a tes— Consultant: 0L www.thorsonbaker.com_, ; Thorson Baker & Associates FINISH FLOOR if It 1111 [ Consultant: B-BAY A-BAY ENTRY WALL 2 ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com TRANSITION WALL 4 NTERIOR ELEVATION /4"=1'-O" 10'-0" SOFFIT C&D PROFe 1E 81364PE OREGO MG6 rxp, 1.2,4111-119'-0" [5791 BO UNISTRUT FRAMING [NF] Signed Retail Store #1309 Washington Square Mall 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. k 13'-5" [4089.4] Tigard, Oregon VTO SS PANELS i I ; I I I 72'-6" [3810] 0 FINISH CEILING , i \ i X10'-0" [3048] -- ----- --- --- - ----'.BO SALES AREA SOFFIT -- Issued Revised Date Permit 07/16/201 4 2 -55- —iHNIJ, t IJ : - [1 ,' 1:J40. -0. [0] Apple Approval Date I Ef`_ Ii - F FINISH FLOOR T.O. SLAB ENTRY WALL 1 A-BAY B-BAY INTERIOR ELEVATIONSFir— - 1 - - _ TRANSTION WALL 1 INTERIOR ELEVATION 1 1/4"=1'-0" 10'-0" SOFFIT SF-401 7/16/14 4:57 PM \\Tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-sf-401.dwg SF 760 MG1 MG2 s MG3 MG3 3 MG2 MG1 SF76o, 5' 0 [1524] 5'-0" ,[1524] 2'-6• [762] 2'-6" [762] 19'-0• [5791] J419'-O" [5791] 19'-0" [5791] B.O. UNITSTRUT [VIF] B.O. UNITSTRUT [VIF] B.O. UNITSTRUT [VIF] I II nrr nnrrmn rrmno�o�m rirmnrrmn rrmnnrr mn I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I II I II I I I I I II I II I I I ' I I II L 1 1 "x, Y%33mil W/ #8 EA END I I L 1 J "x1 } %33mil I @ EA STUD I I I I x CONT. W/ /8 I I I I EA LEG I 1 2505125-54 I I 1 @ EA 6" STUD (2) #8 250T150-54 ll W/ 08 EA LEG 5 SIM SIM 5 SIM 1 — v NOTE: SEE 12/S 601 FOR F-60 F-60 F-60 OPTIONAL CONNECTION TO UNISTRUT — CEILING (SEE STRUCTURAL CEILING IF-1- DRAWINGS FOR UNTTRUT FRAMING) 00 I V71 3/4" [349] " I I II I I I I I I I I I I NOTE: SEE 4 & 6/- I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I FOR ADDN'L INFO. I II I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I II I I II I I I I I I II I I II I I I I I I II I I II I I I I I I II I I II I I I I I I II I II I II I I I I I ; II I II I I I I I , II I II I I 8 5/16" [211] I 10" [254] I 1 I Architect: F-so I I Woods Bagot — — ®72" A.F.F. N N ®8" PERP STUDS 60OT150-68 I www.woodsbagot.com I I 6 W/ j78 EA LEG I I I I I " I I I I SF-60 I I c o 60OT150-68 I I I I Consultant: I I I W/ N8 EA LEG & I I I I Thorson Baker & Associates I I (2) #10 TO TRACK ABOVE , TYP j ; I I I www.thorsonbaker.com I I I I FIRE EXTINGUISHERI I I I I I 6005162-68 I I BOX 0 O.H. PANEL I I I I Consultant: I I SPACED PER I I LOCATION Thorson Baker &Associates I I I PLAN I 5 5 60OSF1662-68 I I www.thorsonbaker.com SIDE I F-60 F-60 OF OPNG I I I I I Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. - - I I www.ispdesign.com 77 8005250-54 (PERP.) 77 I I SPACED PER PLAN I I SEE 6/SF-601 I I I I I I I I V60OT150-687 I I I I W/ #8 EA LEG i IS I I I I �g��Ptv�' L.V.F. 024" O. 81' 364PE I 60OT150-54 W/ #8 EA LEG o'- [o] 0'-0" [0] OREGOC. I FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOF � �r d -0'-2" [-51] -0'-2" [-Si] -0'-2" [-51] <EE NE 9• 228 60OS162-68 x0'-6" LONG [ ] T.O. SLAB [VIF] T.O. SLAB [VIF] W/ (4) #10 TO STUDS T.O. SLAB [VIF] F_XP/� /Y/,j/�/ij TYP WALL SECTION @ F. E.C . �j ENTRY WALL 1 ELEVATION ENTRY WALL 2 ELEVATION WALL SECTION Signed: 10'-0" SOFFIT v 1"=1'-0" 10'-0" SOFFIT 1"=1' 10' SOFFIT 1"=1'-0" 10'-0" SOFFIT Retail Store #1309 Washington Square Mall MG 1 MG2 MG3 MG3 MG2 MG 1 Tigard, Oregon 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. 2'-s" [762] 2'-6" [762] 2'-6" [762] 2'-6• [7sz] 6" 1'-0" 6" 9" [229] 9" [ -229] 9" [229] 9" [229] 6" 1'-0" 6- [152] [305] [152] r [152] [305] [152] Issued/Revised Date A 3 3/8" [87] - - - 3/8" [ 7] n Permit 07/16/2014 I I !1 M I I n 1 11 NM T -- - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - 1'-1 - - -1'-1 1/2' [342] 1'-1 1/2" [342] START POINT OF START POINT OF STUD LAYOUT 3'-8 5/8" [1133] 3'-8 5/8" [1133] STUD LAYOUT CL OF CL OF Apple Approval Date SS PANEL SS PANEL CL OF CL OF SS PANEL SS PANEL SALES AREA - GENERAL NOTES: ENTRY WALLS 1. LEDGER ANGLES MUST CONNECT DIRECTLY TO STUDS. VERIFY N T RY WALL 1 PLAN E N TRY WALL 2 PLAN & 2 STUD LOCATIONS WITH METAL PANEL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. CONNECT LEDGER ANGLE TO EACH METAL STUD USING Y"-14 TEKS D2411-0. 1 1"=1'-0" SCREWS THRU SLOTS SF-501 7/16/14 4:57 PM \\Tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-sf-501.dwg CONT, HSS MEMBER SEE CORE & SHELL DRAWINGS u u 3 u F-50 3 u F-50 1625137-68 " 1 SPACED PER 625137-68 PLAN — SPACED PER f PLAN u 1 " ,I 250T150-54 L . — J L — — "I W/ #8 EA LEG HSS BEYOND (2) #12 SCREWS ® EA. STUD SEE CORE & SHELL DRAWINGS 2505125-54 (2) #10 SCREWS EA 1 " STUD SEE RCP - _ 1 ' ' 3 SIDES i/4 B.O. FINISH CEILING L 1 �"x1 }¢"03mil x CONT. W/ #8 EA LEG 16GA. CLIP ® EA. STUD 18 CONT. L3x3x1/4 F-60 , li SECTION SECTION Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Mr^ 2 Consultant: V/1 - ISP Design, Inc. 43'-6" [13259] www.ispdesign.com EO EQ HSS BEAM - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - — 1'-6" [457] V-6" [457] 1'-6" [457] 1'-6" [457] 9" [229] 9" [229] 1'-6" [457] 1'-6" [457] 1'-6" [457] 1'-6" [457] 1'-6" [457] V-6" [457] 1, 1'-6" [457] 1'-6" [457] 9" [229] 9" [229] 1'-6" [457] 1'-6" [457] 1'-6" [457] 1'-6" [457] 1'-6" [457] L. V-6" [457] 1'-6" [457] 1'-6" [457] 9" [229] 9" [229] V-6" [457] V-6" [457] 1'-6" [457] V-6" [457] �REq P R 4 81364PE �r OREGO . ' S EE 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � rxai� START POINT OF STUD LAYOUT 14'-5 1/2" [4407] 14'-5 1/2" [4407] CL OF CL OF CL OF Signed: SS PANEL SS PANEL SS PANEL Retail Store #1309 Washington Square Mall 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. Tigard, Oregon INTERIOR STOREFRONT ELEVATION Issued/Revised Date 3/4"=1'-0" 55'-0" WIDE POR Permit 07/16/2014 GENERAL NOTES: 1. LEDGER ANGLES MUST CONNECT DIRECTLY TO STUDS. VERIFY STUD LOCATIONS WITH METAL PANEL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION 2. CONNECT LEDGER ANGLE TO EACH METAL STUD USING Y"-14 TEKS Apple Approval Date SCREWS THRU SLOTS INTERIOR STOREFRONT ELEVATION SF-5u 7/16/14 4:56 PM \\Tbs-projectsO2\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-sf-502.dwg NOTE: SEE 12/SF-601 FOR OPTIONAL CONNECTION TO UNISTRUT CEILING (SEE STRUCTURAL CEILING DRAWINGS FOR UNISTRUT FRAMING) 3 MG4 7 5 7 40'-0" (12192] SF-601 _ SF-601 EQ EQ 19'-0" [5791]OL L 1 J "x1 k"%33mil 19'-0" [5791] ®EA. 6" STUD sill IIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIII Fill,,FliIIIIIIIIISIVIll If 111411 pill fill u B.O. UNITSTRUT [VIFJ W/ (3) #8 EA END rrrrrtt B.O. UNITSTRUT [VIF] I ( i 1'-7 1/2" [495] CLIP LEG OF ANGLE 0 "A" BAY RANSI ON I I I 5 LOCATE PERP. IN LAST 1 I I ( F-60 250T150-54 STUD BAY co F-60 W/ #8 EA LEG SF-60 IM. ] < u �I r @12'-0" A.F.F. 1 -t 3/a" [349 1 1 / IN � \ 14SF 601 3" [76 L 2"x2"x54mil x REO'D SI 9 F-60 SHADOW MOULD (2) #8 EA LAP SUPPORT ANGLE TYP SF-60 0 EA 6" STUD I I W/ (2) X10 EA STUD I (2) #8 EA LAP, TYP :, L I UNISTRUT, BY 2505125-54 I OTHERS B.O. ANGLE 0 EA 6" STUD I F_ — — SIM. I I 1 TYP, U.N.O. I _4" [406] 18 I i ' 5 6 I F-60 I ' (;F-6( 601 @8" I 6005162-68 1 i TYP M PERP I SPACED PER 77 I I I I STUDS 1 PLAN BOOS250-54 (PERP) SPACED I PER PLAN SEE 6/SF-601 o SIM I 5 1/2" [140] @72" A.F.F. 1 INV. I I I i t 250S162-54 @--, o 1F-60 I 33mi1 ZEE x CONT. [ 1 6" STUDS ® PLATE I F-60LOCN'S W/ (4) S8 W/ 8 EA LEG TO 6" STUDS 3" [76] NOTE: I o @ DESK 1 DESK SUPPORT LOCATIONS DES 2505162-68 M o SUPPORT I _ 6005162-68 DESIGNED FOR 20ps1 LIVE �PPOR I I ®EA 6' STUD \ u PLATE SPACED PER 1 LOAD & 2501bs POINT LOAD 16 1'-2" [356] N 10 I k _ F-60 F-601 I 1 o c I 250T150-54 W/ #8 EA LEG r I I I M I a EXTEND 2 h' STUD DOWN qq I 3 I [ 2'-9 ifs [843mm] 7 I 1 0 LOCN'S W/o PLATE 1 BASED ON %" PLATE VERIFY PRIOR TO "' 2 2505162-68 @ EA 6" STUD L.V.F. @ SF-601 I I CONSTRUCTION EA. STUD 600T150-54 W/ #8 EA LEG 0'-0" [0] " J 3" [76] FINISH FLOOR " .., 600T150-54 2507150-54 W/ �8 EA LEG CLIP TRACK PANEL OCCURS AT TRANSITION 0-2" [-51] W/ #8 EA LEG L.V.F. @24" O.C. BACK LEG @TRANSITION u "9 [229] TO STOREFRONT ONLY T.O. SLAB [NF] 3/4" [19] 1' " 1/2" [495] r TMP 5 FOR LAP, TYP TO WALL 5 -� (2 LV.F. F-60 F-60 M @ EA STUD 2'-1 1/2" [648] A— BAY TO A— BAY TO WALL SECTION WALL ELEVATIONA- 1/2"=11/2"=1' BAY — SECTION 40' - 0" A— BAY — FRAMING ELEVATION 5 '-0" 10'-0" SOFFIT 4 -0" 10'-0" SOFFIT 1/2"=1'-0" 10'-0" SOFFIT 1/2"=1'-0" Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonba ker.com Consultant: Thorson Baker &Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com MG4 MG3 40'-0" [12192] @ "A" BAY & "B" BAY EQ EQ EIRoprG N Ee�Si TRANSITION LOCATE PERP. STUDnw v IN LAST STUD BAY 6" [152] 1'-2" [356] 10" [254] r 81364PE r C, 1'-6' [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457 V-6" [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6' [457] V-6" [457 V-6" [457L-I'-6- [457 V-6" [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457] V-6" [457] V-6" [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457 4 N OREG9. O <EE isti��4 N [229 6- [152] START POINT OF 6 (152J Xp7R 9" [229] 9" [229] 9" [229] STUD LAYOUT 9" [229] 9" [229] V - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2'-O" [610] 4'-0" [1219] 4'-0" [1219] 4'-0" [1219] 4'-4" [1321] 4'-2" [1270] 4'-0" (1219] 4'-0" [1219] 4'-0" [1219] 2'-0" [610] N Signed: M 6" [152] 6' [152] 6" [152] 2" (51] 4' [102] 6" [152] 6" [152] 6" [152] Retail Store #609 CL OF M Washington Square Mall BAY 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. Tigard, Oregon Issued/Revised Date 40 ' — 0 A— BAY — FRAMING P LAN Permit 07/16/2014 1 1/2"=1'-0" Apple Approval Date SALES AREA - GENERAL NOTES: 1. LEDGER ANGLES MUST CONNECT DIRECTLY TO STUDS. VERIFY STUD LOCATIONS WITH METAL PANEL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. CONNECT LEDGER ANGLE TO EACH METAL STUD USING Y"-14 TEKS SCREWS THRU SLOTS SF-51 1 7/16/14 4:56 PM \\Tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-sf-511.dwg 3 SF-7 601 MG5 - MG4 33'-4" [10160] EQ I EQ 19 X '-0" [5791] 19'-0" [5791] 8.0. UNITSTRUT [V F] L 1 xt x33mil WHERE 6" STUDS ARE - " Yi" �: jrrmmrrrrrrnmrrr mnamrnri rdn rrr�rrrrmrr: ®EA. 6" STUD 4�" O.C. OMIT (1) I i I i i nn B.O. UNITSTRUT [WF] W/ (3) #8 EA END 211" HORIZONTAL STUD, TYP I (2) #8 EA STUD I I I! 5 SIM -]1 MIN. 250T150-68 5 i ij Il F,60 1 W/ #8 EA LEG F-60 I � I N Ili ) I ' I Nj I F-60 2 -1" [6 1'-O 5/8" [321] !; ' N il( 1 9 3' [76] F-60 IN j u I Y I ' I it II ii I N 2505162-68 (2) #8 EA LAP I 9 SPACED PER PLAN TYP SF-601 (2) #8 EA STUD `v M. o ! ? II I N r M 4r 25OT150-68 LEG rn F-60I I i I SIM. SEE STRUCTURAL I 2'-1" [635] CEILING DRAWINGS FOR I I I I jli j I UNISTRUT FRAMING jil it �c i l I I ail _ 2505125-54 1 0 EA 6" STUD F-60 - - - TYP, U.N.O. M 072" A.F.F. 6 08'PERP STUDS iv 600S162-68 - - SPACED PER PLAN (ALT 40OS300-97 OR - - - 3" [76] 3625300-118) i 8005250-54PERP) I i - - SPACED PER PLANs ij! SEE 6/SF-601 ! li i Ij � - - - 6007150-54 W/ #8 EA LEG ij Ii itIt FINISH FLO& FLOOR ,ih-0'-2" [-51] -0'-2" [-51] T.O. SLAB [VIF] L.V.F. 018" O.C. T.O. SLAB [VIF] B— BAY — SECTION 33' - 4" B — BAY — FRAMING ELEVATION 3 1/2"=1' 10'-0" SOFFIT 20 1/2"=1'-0" 10'-0" SOFFIT Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com Consultant: Thorson Baker &Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.tho rson ba ker.com Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com MG5 MG4 33'-4" [10160] EQ EQ SPED PROFF SHADOW MOULD 1'-0 1/8" [308] 1'-0 1/8" [308] 1'-0 1/8" [308] l'-0 1/8" [30B] 1'-O 1/8" [3081 1'-O 1/8" [308] ��`'�tirG`I N E9 s�Q, SUPPORT ANGLE 81364PE 9 SEE SF-511 6" [152] 1'-0" [305] 1'-0" [305] 1'-0" [305] 1'-0" [305] 1'-0" [305] V-0' [ OS] 1'-0" [305] 11 7/8" [301] 1'-0" [305] 1'-0" [305] 1'-O" [305] 1'-0" [305] 6" 0521 . FOR SIZE AND LOCATION Is, Is, 1'-0" 1'-0" 1'-0" [305] [305] [305] [305] OREGO M C CI Er 111 J J Cr Ili i J Er II I I C 11 1 1 Er J I I I I CC ' t $ Apo �� �, i�" 2 )4" STUDS t4 5/8" [117] 4 5/8" [117] 4 5/8" [117] 8 3/8" [213] 4 5/8" [117] ABOVE 1'-4 3/4" [425] 1'-4 3/4" [425] 8 3/8" [213] 1'-4 3/4" N , M 3 3 3 3 3 J 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Signed: RETURN WALL - a, - - - - - - - - - - - - FRAMING SIM N Retail Store #B09 5/SF-511 \ 1' ° [305 1'-6" [457t,'-6" [457t,'-6° [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457] 1'-6" [457] 1'-6" [457] 1'-6" [457] 1'-6° [457] 1'-6" [4571 1'-6" [457] 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457] 1'-0" 051 Washington Square Mall M 9" [229] 9" [229] 1'-0" (305) V-0" [305] 9" [229] 9" [229] 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. 8'-2 1/2" [2501] 8'-2 1/2" [2501] Tigard, Oregon CC OF START POINT OF CC OF CL OF SS PANEL BAY LAYOUT BAY SS PANEL Issued/Revised Date 331 - 4" B — BAY — FRAMING PLAN Permit 07/16/2014 1 1/2"=1'-0" Apple Approval Date SALES AREA - GENERAL NOTES: 3 -4 - A 1. LEDGER ANGLES MUST CONNECT DIRECTLY TO STUDS. VERIFY STUD LOCATIONS WITH METAL PANEL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. CONNECT LEDGER ANGLE TO EACH METAL STUD USING Y"-14 TEKS SCREWS THRU SLOTS S F-521 7/16/14 4:56 PM \\Tbs-projectsO2\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-sf-521.dwg 5 7 3 MGA SF-60 - SF-601 NOTE: SEE 12/SF-601 FOR - OPTIONAL CONNECTION TO UNISTRUT CEILING (SEE STRUCTURAL CEILING DRAWINGS FOR UNISTRUT FRAMING) 19'-0" [5791] 19'-0" [5791] 19'-0" [5791]h B.O. UNITSTRUT [NF] B.O. UNITSTRUT [VIF] — lillill III - pillIllillilpill - Billpill ---- - - -- --- - B.O. UNITSTRUT [MF]\-F L 1 h"x1 }2""x33mil ininvillI I I Illillillill ®EA 6" STUD 1 W/ (3) #8 EA END 1'-7 1/2" [496] CLIP LEG OF ANGLE 5 i � 1 ] jj i I 5 1 I 1 F-60I I s ! I ! F-60 !! 1 MIN. SIM. //�2505162-68 lI I i ij i ® EA 6" STUD F560 ( � F-60 it Ii [ II I 4 i 11 I ! 11 � � N I I 250T150-54 012'-0" A.F.F. W/ 8 EA LEG M rrEiji 5 2505125-54 i'-1 3/4" [349] F-60 ® EA 6" STUD F-60 m TYP, U.N.O. 3" [76] rn ' 9 (2) j18 EA LAP. TYP \\ j (2) 8 EA LAP TYP F-60 I SEE STRUCT. CLNG DWGS M o ( I I I I SHADOW MOULD FOR UNISTRUT FRAMING c SUPPORT ANGLE ILL 10'-2 3/4" [3117.9] 8005250-54 (PERP) L 2"x2"x54mil x REO'D - J I I i y B.O. ANGLE SPACED PER PLAN SEE _ !! W/ (2) X10 EA STUD 6/SF-601 18 SIM. 60OS162-68I p SPACED PER 1'-4" [406] F-60 PLAN _ 6 PRP I E II SF-601 STUDS I t I I ! I ! "' w SIM I n INV. F-60 ®72" A.F.F. 1 1 3 1/2' 2 [140] " [ ] j I F-60 0 2505162-54 0 6" 33mil ZEE x CONT. �^^, j ! � M I 0 STUDS ® PLATE LOCN'S W/ J8 EA LEG W/(4) j18 TO 6" STUDS 250S162-68 0 DESK ®EA 6" STUD I, 6005162-68 NOTE: SUPPORT DESK SUPPORT LOCATIONS 16 r SPACED PER PLATE PLAN DESIGNED FOR 20psf LIVE 1'-2' [356] N p 1 LOAD & 250lbs POINT LOAD F-60 a 10 li 1 0 1 250T150-54 W/ /8 EA LEG ® DESK 1356" [954mm] EXTEND 2 " STUD DOWN ® SUPPORT 3'-1 1 BASED ON 3y" PLATE _ �' 1 LOCN'S W/o PLATE u PLAN N 1 u \ •I N I I I 'I I I I I I I I VERIFY PRIOR TO w L.V.F. ® 600T150-54 z 250Si62-68 0 EA 6" STUD ] i CONSTRUCTION EA. STUD W/ 08 EA LEG N F-60 250T150-54 W/ #8 EA LEG FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR 600T150-54 "V % FINISH FLOOR -0'-Y [-51] -0'-2' [-51] W/ j)8 EA LEG L.V.F. ®24" O.C. y CLIP BACK TRACK CLIP BACK TRACK CLIP BACK TRACK -0'-2" 51 7' 9" [229] (2) L.V.F. 3/4" [19] 1'-7 /2" [495 M LEG FOR LAP OF LEG FOR LAP OF LEG FOR LAP OF [- ] ] r 5 ® TRANSITION HORIZONTAL STUD 5 HORIZONTAL STUD HORIZONTAL STUD 5 TRANSITION T.O. SLAB T.O. SLAB T.O. SLAB 0 EA STUD 2'-4 1/2" [724] F-60 WALL F-60 F-60 WALL C - BAY TO WALL C - BAY TO WALL SECTION ELEVATION C - BAY - SECTION 35' - 0" C - BAY - ELEVATION 5 1/2"=1' 10'-0" SOFFIT 1/2"=1'-0" 10'-0" SOFFIT 3 1/2"=1'-0" -0" SOFFIT1/2"=1'-0" 35'-0" - 10'-0" SOFFIT Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thownbaker.com Consultant: Thorson Baker &Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com MGA CL OF PANEL CL OF PANEL 8'-7 1/2" [2628) 8'-7 1/2" [2628] t`4ED PROFF 7 1/2" [191] 9" [229] 9" [229] 9" [229] 9" [229] 7 1/2" [191] 813 4P t N 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [4571'-6" [457 V-6" [457 1'-6" [457] V-6" [457 i'-6" [457 V-6" [457 1'-6" [457 V-6" [457 V-6" [457 1'-6" [457L\ 1'A. -6" [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457 1'-6" [457] O v 0RBGO r I � C � � � � � � 4 N C C C 6XP L -1 9" [229] 9" [zzs] 9" [zzs) 9" [229] 9" [229] 3 3 3 3 C 3 3 3 1 3 C 3 3 3 3 C 33 X � CC 3 C C 3 C 3 3 C C C 3 C C C C - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J]E�l - Signed: - - - - - - - - - - -6" [152] - - 4'-2 9/16" [1285] 4'-2 9/16" [1285] 4'-2 9/16" [1285] 4'-2 9/16" [1285] 4'-2 9/16" [1285] 4'-2 9/16" [1285] Retail Store #B09 CL OF Washington Square Mall 6 [152] 6" [152] 2'-i _5/16'__[642) BAY 2'-1 5/16 [642] C[11521 6" [152] 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. Tigard, Oregon Issued/Revised Date 35 - 0 " C - BAY - PLAN Permit 07/16/2014 35'-0" - 10'-0" SOFFIT Apple Approval Date SALES AREA - GENERAL NOTES: 35-0" -BA 1. LEDGER ANGLES MUST CONNECT DIRECTLY TO STUDS. VERIFY STUD LOCATIONS WITH METAL PANEL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION 2. CONNECT LEDGER ANGLE TO EACH METAL STUD USING Y"-14 TEKS SCREWS THRU SLOTS SF-531 7/16/14 4:55 PM \\Tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-sf-531.dwg 3 7 MG5 6 MG6 MG6 MG5 SF�601 yl 2'-6" [762] 2'-6" [7 21 19'-0" [5791] 19'-0" [5791 j19'-0" 5791 All 19'-0" [5791] 8.0. UNISTRUT IMF] "numn n flffrn n B.O. UNISTRUT [VIF] i n mn n n mn n n ire B.O. UNISTRUT [Vlf] B.O. UNISTRUT [VIF] I � I II I II I I I II II II I II I I I II I II I I I II I II I I I II I II I I I II I II I I I II L 1 h"x1 h"x33mil W/ #8 EA END I I OMIT STICKER @ PERP. STUD L 1 J¢"x 1 },! x33mil M @ 6" STUD I x CONT. W/ #8 EA LEG I 1 2505125-54 5 5 I I 1 EA 6" STUD F-60 SIM. SIM. F-60 2 8 I I I 2507125-54 I I II W/ j)8 EA LEG I I x x 1'+1 3/4" [349] LL II I SIM II I NOTE: SEE 4 h II I I I I I I FOR ADDN'L INFO. I II I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I j II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I II I I II I I I II I I II I I I I II I I I I I I I j I I I @8" PERP STUDS I 6 I I I I I I I I I I II I SF-601 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I II I M I I I F-60 I I I I —1 I I I I I @72" A.F.F. I I Architect — t Woods Bagot I I www.woodsbagot.com I 2 I 60OT150-68 o I I I W/ p8 EA LEG I I I I I Consultant: I I Thorson Baker &Associates I I 6005162-68 I 10" [ 54] I I I I www.thorsonbaker.com SPACED PER I I PIAN I Consultant: I I FIRE EXTENGUISHER I I Thorson Baker & Associates I I I BOX @ O.H. PANEL I N www.thorsonbaker.com LOCATION I I I 6005162-68I Consultant: I I I EA SIDE OF BOX I I 80GS250-54 (PERP.) I 6007150-68 I ISP Design, Inc. SI www.ispdesign.com PACED PER PLAN W/ #8 EA LEG I SEE 6/SF-601 I I I I II I I I I II I I I I II I I II II I I I 6005162-68 6005162-68 x0'-6" LONG x0'-6" LONG o I I I I i I W/ (4) #10 TO STUDS W/ (4) #10 TO STUDS I I I TYP TYP I I L.V.F. 024" O.C. I �G N F�s� I I I 60OT150-5481 PE ( W/ j78 EA LEG o'-o' [o] o'-o" [o] o'er o• [o] I I . FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR -0'-2" [-51]4 -0'-2" [-51] Jl [-51] G<y BGOoo� �� pal+ T.O. SLAB [VIF] T.O. SLAB [VIF] T.O. SLAB [VIF] T.O. SLAB [VIF] �0 �E TA It" F_xp/R /•Z/3'//l9 WALL SECTION TRANSITION WALL 1 ELEVATION TRANSITION WALL 4 ELEVATION WALL SECTION 10'-0" SOFFIT 4 1 10'-0" SOFFIT 1"=1'-0" 10'-0" SOFFIT Signed: Retail Store #1309 Washington Square Mall 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. Tigard, Oregon MG5 MG6 MG6 MG5 2'-6" [762] 2'-6" [762] Issued/Revised Date Permit 07/16/2014 9" [229] 9" [228] 2" [50] 2" [50) 9" [228] 9" [229] - - C� � Of Apple Approval Date 1'-1 1/2" [343] START POINT .� START POINT 1'-1 1/2" [343] OF STUD LAYOUT OF STUD LAYOUT CL OF CL OF SS PANEL SS PANEL SALES AREA - GENERAL NOTES: TRANSITION 1. LEDGER ANGLES MUST CONNECT DIRECTLY TO STUDS. VERIFY RA N S I T I O N WALL 1 PLAN TRANSITION WALL 4 PLAN WALLS & 4 STUD LOCATIONS WITH METAL PANEL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. CONNECT LEDGER ANGLE TO EACH METAL STUD USING Y"-14 TEKS 0241,-0" 10'-0" SOFFIT 1 1"=1'-0" 10'-0" SOFFIT SCREWS (THRU SLOTS) SF-551 7/16/14 4:55PM \\Tbs-projeGts02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-sf-551.dwg 401 7 6 3 7 F-601,jk 19'-0• [5791] r619'-0• [5791] t9'-0" [5791) 19'-0' [5791] 8005250-54 (PERP.) 8.0. UNISTRUT [VIF] B.O. UNISTRUT [VIF] B.O. UNISTRUT [VIF] B.O. UNISTRUT [VIF] SPACED PER PLAN nmm�nmm�nn mnmm�nmm�nmm�n nnlf,mu" rmnmm"lin ninno- munffml ®8" PERP STUDS SEE 6/SF-601 I I 6 I I I I I I I SF-601 I II I I I II I II I I I II I II I I I II I II I I I II I II I I I II I II I I I II I II I I I II I II I I I II L 1 �"x1 )¢•x33mil I I I I L 1 h•x1 •03mil W/ #8 EA END I I W/ #8 EA END ■ ® EA 6" STUD " ® EA 6• STUD L 1 J¢°x 1 �"x33mil I I I L 1 YZ"x 1 �"x33mil I x CONT. WA/L�G I 11 2505125-54 ® x CONT, W�/L�EG I 1 2505125-54 EA 6' STUD 1 EA 6. STUD (2) #8 1 250T150-54W/ #8 EA LEG (2) JI I 1 50T1150-54 W/ 8 EA LEG — 4- — +ILJ 2505162-68 1'41 3/4" [349] l 1'11 3/4" [349] W/ (2) #10 EA STUD 1 I 1 I I I (MINIMUM OF 2 STUDS, I I SIM F 60 ADD ONE IF REOD) F-60 600S162-68 I SIM I I I SPACED PER I 2505162-68 I PLAN x12" LONG I I KX W/ (2) #10 I 11'-5 3/8" [3489 IEA END I I B.O. STUD I I I I I I I II I 10'-8 5/8" [3267 I zz zz I T.O. STUD 10'-4 5/8" [3166 B.O. STUD ®8' PERP STUDS SF-601 I I I I I I I I / I I I "2 I I I II I I I F-60 / I I — III I 72"® A.F.F. I IIII III Architect: -4 8 Woods Bagot F-60 www.woodsbagot.co m I II I I I I / I I I Consultant: II Thorson Baker & Associates 6005162-68 �\ I I I ISPACED PER www.thorsonbaker.com I PLAN I \ I I I I I I I \ I I Consultant: II I \ I I \ Thorson Baker & Associates I I \ I www.thorsonbaker.com I II I I I I \ I I I I II I I I I \ I I I II \ I I Consultant: I \\ I ISP Design, Inc. I I 8005250-54 (PERP.) I I I \ I I I I I SPACED PER PLAN I I \ I I I www.ispdesign.com SEE 6/SF-601 I \ I I I I I I I I I I I \\ I I I I I II I I I I \ I I I I II I I I I \ I I I I I I I I I I I \ I I I I II I I I I \ I I I I I I I I I I I I \\ I I I I L.V.F. 024" O.C. i I I I I I I I I \\ I I I D PROP". P �� 9 p,. I G IN 600T150-54 \ I �k`� 81354PE o'-D• [o) I I W/ #8 EA LEG 0� o" [o] L _ J J40--o. [° I \ o� I I I FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR \ FINISH FLOOR I I � 1� -o'-z• [-s1] -o'-z" [-51] -0'-2• [-51] V.I.F. T.O. SLAB V.I.F. T.O. SLAB V.I.F. T.O. SLAB V.I.F. T.O. SLAB 14E�A rxa�R /zb/�l9 WALL SECTION �j TRANSITION WALL 2 ELEVATION TRANSITION WALL 3 ELEVATION DOOR SECTION -0" SOFFIT v 1"=1'-0" 10'-0" SOFFIT 1"=1'-0" -0" SOFFIT 3 1" -0" 10'-0° SOFFIT Signed: Retail Store #1309 Washington Square Mall 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. Tigard, Oregon 3• 3• [76] 1' [76 9" [229] -0" (30 ] 1' 0" [305] 1'-3 5/16" [389] Issued/Revised Date g" 1'-0" [305] 1'-0• [305] 1'-3 /8" [391] Permit 07/16/2014 [229] 4 2'-3" [686] 1'-10 3/ [5 8] 1'-11 1/2" (597] 2--3- 2" [51] I CL OF START OF CL OF CL OF I SS PANEL STUD LAYOUT START OF SS PANEL SS CLAD DOOR i Apple Approval Date STUD LAYOUT SALES AREA - GENERAL NOTES: TRANSITION 1. LEDGER ANGLES MUST CONNECT DIRECTLY TO STUDS. VERIFY WALLS 2 & 3 STUD LOCATIONS WITH METAL PANEL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. T RA N S I T O N WALL 2 PLAN TRANSITION WALL 3 PLAN 2. CONNECT LEDGER ANGLE TO EACH METAL STUD USING Y•-14 TEKS SCREWS THRU SLOTS 2 1"=1'-0" 1"=1'-0" SF-552 7/16/14 4:55 PM \\Tbs-projectsO2\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-sf-552.dwg L 1 h"xl } %33mil EA. END OF STRONGBACK #8 EA LEG AS SHOWN (2) #8 AS MIN %" PLATE 70 JOIST SHOWN DESK SUPPORT SEE A-SERIES 250T150-54 PLATE X%4" NOTE: DETAIL IS ONLY TO BE USED (2) #8 DRAWINGS HANGER WHEN SPECIFYING THE NARROW X B 11 1 BEYOND x CONT FRAMING OPTION FOR SALES BAYS JOIST PER STUD PER x — — SECTION (4) #10 ®� 162T150-68 SECTION VERIFY EXISTING STUD PER B SHADOW MOLD DEMISING WALL DEMISING WALL W/ #8 EA LEG SECTION @EA.#STUD SUPPORT STUD STUDS 8" [203] 2505162-68 STRONGBACK 2505162-68 4" [102] W/ (2) #8 EA END SEE SC-SERIES DRAWINGS FOR ® DESK SUPPORT PLATE LOCATIONS SECT B-BUNISTRUT FRAMING Y"-14 TEKS SCREW 0 EA STUD 0 A. C & STARTUP BAYS 19 PLATE CONNECTION TO DEMISING WALL UNISTRUT CONN . TO TRACK 16 STRONGBACK FOR PLATE #8 EA LEG AS SHOWN (2) #8 AS TO JOIST SHOWN HANGER 250T150-54 A BEYOND JOIST PER _r ax SECTION STUD SHADOW MOLD NOS' PER DETAIL 11" [279] 8" [203] SUPPORT W/ (2)2 8 DEFLECTION CTIONIFY IOFMSTRUCTURE IS ¢ 43mil SLOTTED W/ (2) #8 EA END �, 1/2" [13] 4^ [102] LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO �" I TRACK W/ #8 EA. LEG NOTE: SECT A-A 1/2" [13] (CENTER IN SLOT). DESK SUPPORT PLATE STUD PER MAKE NO CONNECTION 0 (3) LOCATIONS FOR 10' DESK SECTION OF FINISH TO TRACK 0 (4) LOCATIONS FOR 15' & 20' DESKS NOTES: 0 (6) LOCATIONS FOR 25' & 30' DESKS 1. CENTER INSERT IN SLOT. 0 (8) LOCATIONS FOR 35' DESK A 2. CLIPTO MATCH STUD SIZE PER MFR RECOMMENDATION. SLOTTED DEFLECTION TRACK 0 (10) LOCATIONS FOR 45' DESK 3. STRUCTURE DEFLECTION FIN SUPPORT NOTE: DETAIL IS ONLY TO BE USED TO BE VERIFIED PRIOR UNISTRUT, BY OTHERS 15 2 O WHEN SPECIFYING THE NARROW TO CONSTRUCTION MIN (3) %' DIA. BOLTS 16 FRAMING OPTION FOR SALES BAYS �[,INUTS - W/ STANDARD AND AWASHERS 1" 2" [51] GA UNISTRUT MIN MAX 1 1 / (2) #8 OEA. STUD STRONGBACK PLATE PER 19/- TRACK PER =° SECTION L 2"x3 } %97mil x0'-4" LONG CLIP FRAMING PER DESK SUPPORT PLATE L 1 �"xl h%54mil j( SECTION SEE A-SERIES DRAWINGS x0'-2" LONG W/ (2) #8 EA LEG VERIFY EXISTING NOTE: 6005162-54 (2) #10 DEMISING WALL ` J VERIFY MAXIMUM GASKET SUPPORT STUD STUDS DEFLECTION OF STRUCTURE IS PER SECTION (2) Ye"-14 KS NOTE: STRUCTURE DEFLECTION (3) #10 SCREW NP. LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO �" TO BE VERIFIED PRIOR (U. .0.) "a 43mil SLOTTED SCREWS (CLIP TO PLATE) TO CONSTRUCTION PRICELESS PLC-1 & INSERT " 1/2" [13] TRACK W/ #8 EA. LEG @° ° 0° TRACK PER Uj SECTION (CENTER IN SLOT). STUD PER STUD PER 1/2" [13] MAKE NO CONNECTION SECTION CLIP CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE CONNECTION ASSEMBLY SECTION OF FINISH TO TRACK (2) 2505162-68 MIN (3) Y¢" DIA. COUNTERSUNK FLAT HEAD MACHINE SCREWS UNDER PLATE W/ STANDARD NUTS AND WASHERS GASKET CORNER DETAIL CLIP CONNECTION @ DEMISING WALL- III CLIP DETAIL SLOTTED DEFLECTION TRACK PLATE SUPPORT DETAIL 13 3"=1'-O" 12 NOT TO SCALE x L 1 �"x1 �"x33mil x CONT. L 1 �"xl "x33mil x CONT. W/ #8 EA. LEG W/ #8 EA. LEG SEE 5-141 (NOT REO'D 0 TRACK LOC'NS) (NOT REO'D 0 TRACK LOC'NS) 2505162-54 0 54MIL CLIP W/(2) #10 Architect: E0. STUD (FLAT) SCREWS EA. LEG (TYP.) Woods Bagot x UNISTRUT x x % x „ www.woodsbagot.com TYP. ++ L 1 h"xl Y2%33mil, SPACE AS SHOWN Consultant: W/ #8 EA. END & EA. STUD I Thorson Baker & Associates FRAMING PER I SECTION STUD — — J www.thorsonbaker.com TO O.W.J. 15 STUD PERx x 6" CRIPPLE T- ALIGN CONN. W/ SECTION-----, 2501150-54 TO MATCH JAMB STUD LOC'N, TYP. Consultant: W/ (8) #8 70 W/ (4) #8 TO JAMB Thorson Baker & Associates STUD, TYP % www.thorsonbaker.com (2) #8 EA END a UNISTRUT PARALLEL. TO TRACK TYP B X_ _ _ _ % STUD PER PER SECTION 600T150-54 Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. 2505,62-68 TYP, LOCATE (2) #8 012" O.C. PER ELEVATION 6005162-68 54MIL CLIP W/(2) #10 &V- BRACE www.ispdesign.com (2) ED 600SI6 -68 UNISTRUT SCREWS EA. LEG (TYP.) BASE TRACK : ; BASE TRACK TYP' PER SECTION PER SECTION % % % 60or150-54 � 111111 Ill Ill ill Ill t 11111111111 Ill Ill Ill 111111111 Ill tl Ill 111 I11 I ll 1 0 BASE #8 012" O.C. 6" CRIPPLE EA LEG 11 WALL STUD Ep PROF\ TO MATCH JAMB L 1 Y"xl Y%54mil W100 - PER SECTION `�` '.,`Fs. t W/ (4) #8 TO JAMB x0'-5 X- LONG INS % % % �, / IN s, STUD PER % — — — 6005162-68 w/ (3) #8 EA LEG DPEN STUD SECTION 2501150-54 W/ (2) #8 EA STUD & JAMB 3,8 1/8 1-24 TO O.W.J. 81364PE W/ (8) #8 TO 1/8 1-24 0 BASE TRACK(4) #B ...K , STUD, TYP 60OS162-68 UNISTRUT PERP. TO TRACK 0 STRAP OR ANGLE LOCN'S 8" STUD OREGO JAMB A (4) #8 0 SLOTTED TRACK PER SECTION 4 v 6001150-54 (4) #8 THRU SLOTS (2) #B EA END STUD PER E� N 2 � NOTE: BRACING NOT A TYP % _ : SECTION SHOWN FOR CLARITY, SEE (CNTR. IN SLOT) 0 � rx Rif? /.21JI114 SECTION (2) L.V.F. TRACK PER SECTION, CUT TRACK 04" O.C. BEHIND TO EXTEND VERT MIDI x x 0 4IN1 ,k 8 FRAMED OPENING SLOTTED DEFLECTION TRACK 6 Retail Store #B09 STUD @ BRACING Signed: STUD DOWN 2505162-68 TYP, TRIPPLENOT TO SCALE 1"-1'-0" TRACK PER 208 LOCATE TO JAMB SECTION - PER ELEVATION W/ (4) #8 TO JAMB Washington Square Mall SIM 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. ALIGN CONNECTION PT NOTE: SPLICE STRAP, ANGLE, & ZEE 0 0 UPPER B-BAY W/ STUD LOC'N, TYP. BLOCKING LOCATIONS ONLY. Tigard, Oregon 4'-6" MAX. TRACK PERSTUD TO MATCH L 1"x3"03mil CLIP x SECTION WALL STUD STUD DEPTH LESS 1 Y," STUD PER % „ 600T150-54 PLACE 072" O.C. & W/ (3) #8 EA LEG SECTION % x 0 EA. END OF STRAP RUN (ALT: (3) #8 TO 2501150-54 2 FRAMING JOIST 0 SIM.) Issued Revised ate W/ (6) #8 TO STUD, TYP PER SECTION x FRAMED WALL, SEE / Permit 07/16/2014 (FOR METAL PANEL PLAN FOR SIZE & a 2505162-68 TYP, STUD PER ATTACHEMENT) SPACING LOCATE SECTION 6" STUD FRAMING PER ELEVATION PER SECTION x (0 BACKWALL i 2505162-68 x (2) #8 TYP x #8 0 EA. STUD & (4) #B PER BLOCK #8 EA LEG TRACK PER x EA END2� 20/- „ „ % % x Apple Approval Date 1 }¢"x33mil EA. SIDE OF WALL TRACK PER PRE-TENSIONED STRAP 0 UPPER -BAY W� x2) #8 STRAP & SECTION (CONT. L OR ZEE 0 SIM.) 0 UPPER STARTUP BAY / ( DESK PLATE SUPPORT 0 UPPER C-BAY W/ #g EA. s7uD scups PER10/- SALES AREA - 5 SHADOW MOLDING SUPPORT 4 ACCESS PANEL FRAMING &Y- RAC�E DETAIL WALL BRACING DETAIL FRAMING DETAILS NOT TO SCALE 1"=1 -0" 1 NOT TO SCALE SF-601 7/16/14 4:54 PM \\Tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-sf-601.dwg MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES MECHANICAL ABBREVIATIONS MECHANICAL SYMBOLS AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICE LEGEND 1. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH "CONSIDERATION AND SPECIFICATIONS MANUAL AABC AMERICAN AIR BALANCE COUNCIL --9-► AIRFLOW DIRECTION SYMBOL KEY DAMPERS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM FACE FOR TENANT IMPROVEMENT WORK" AND OWNER RETAIL MECHANICAL STANDARDS OBTAIN COPY FROM A/C AIR CONDITIONING UNIT BUILDING MANAGEMENT. ABV ABOVE SUPPLY DIFFUSER FIRST LETTER: S = SUPPLY, R = RETURN, E = EXHAUST, T = TRANSFER A = OPPOSED BLADE #AG-35 ASHRAE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATION 2. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CITY, STATE AND FEDERAL CODES, LAWS AND REGULATIONS. AND AIR CONDITIONING ENGINEERS SECOND LETTER: D = DIFFUSER, R = REGISTER, G = GRILLE 8 = RADIAL OPPOSED BLADE #AG-75 3. IT IS THE INTENT OF THESE DRAWINGS TO CALL FOR FINISHED WORK, TESTED, BALANCED, AND READY BC BRANCH CONTROLLER RETURN GRILLE CATALOG NUMBERS C = RUSKIN CFD OR CFDR FIRE DAMPER W/VOLUME CONTROL FOR OPERATION. WHEREVER THE WORD "PROVIDE" IS USED, IT SHALL MEAN "FURNISH AND INSTALL BD BYPASS DAMPER REFER TO TITUS AIR DEVICES D = YOUNG'S REGULATOR DPR MODEL #5020–CC COMPLETE AND READY FOR USE." BDD BACK DRAFT DAMPERS ® EXHAUST GRILLE 4. THE SCOPE OF WORK INDICATED IN THESE DOCUMENTS SHALL INCLUDE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS, FULLY BHP BRAKE HORSE POWER FINISH KEY BORDER STYLE ADJUSTED, TESTED AND READY FOR USE. PROVIDE ANY OTHER ITEMS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE BLDG BUILDING A = TITUS WHITE A = SURFACE MOUNTED MECHANICAL SYSTEM. BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT CEILING ACCESS PANEL BOP BOTTOM OF PIPE B = TITUS #84 – FLAT BLACK B = LAY–IN WITH TITUS MODEL #TRM FRAME FOR DRYWALL MOUNTING 5. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT ALL DUCTWORK, PIPING, ETC. BTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNIT PER HOUR a SHALL BE FREE FROM INTERFERENCE WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS. WHERE CONFLICTS OCCUR, RETURN DUCT – OPEN END C = TITUS ALUMINUM C = LAY–IN WITH FRAME FOR T–BAR CEILING CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT. CAP CAPACITY CD CEILING DIFFUSER, D = 2A–XX FRAME & BORDER WITH MP-39 INS BOOT 6. THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND DO NOT NECESSARILY SHOW EVERY VALVE, FITTING, CONDENSATE DRAIN DUCT MOUNTED SUPPLY REGISTER SIZE MOUNTING MATERIAL TRAP, CONTROL DEVICE, CONTROL METHODS, OR SIMILAR ITEMS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CATALOG BORDER CONTR CONTRACTOR SYMBOL NUMBER MOD NECK CEILING OTHER STEEL ALUM FINISH DPR STYLE REMARKS INSTALLATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE SUCH ITEMS AS REQUIRED. COP COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE �, SIDEWALL MOUNTED SUPPLY REGISTER CU CONDENSING UNIT SD-1 CT-481 4" X 60" SIDEWALL • A A SHOP FABRICATED 15 DEGREE SHEET METAL 7. LOCATIONS Of SUPPLY DIFFUSERS TO BE COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING TAPER FROM FLD TO GRILLE PLANS. DB DRY BULB, DECIBEL SHEET METAL TRANSITION – FLO TO LINEAR GRILLE SD-4 PCS 24" X 24" • • A B C 8. ALL PIPING, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUPPORTED AND BRACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH DEG DEGREE SD-5 PCS 24" X 24" • • A B C THE GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINTS FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AS PUBLISHED BY SMACNA, DISCH DISCHARGE WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. EA EXHAUST AIR SD-6 PCS 12" X 12" • • A B C 9. COORDINATE ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL BE EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE SR-7 300–FS 12" X 6" DUCT • A A A RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING FOR WORK. EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR LINEAR DIFFUSER – SS TROUGH MOUNTED EER ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO SR-8 300–FS 18" X 12" DUCT • A A A 10. NOTIFY OWNER 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE BEFORE ANY SYSTEM IS SHUT DOWN. COORDINATE SHUT DOWN EF EXHAUST FAN SR-9 300–FS 12" X 10" DUCT • A A A WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. EFF EFFICIENCY INTERNALLY LINED DUCT EG EXHAUST GRILLE SR-10 300–FS 12" X 6" SIDEWALL • A A A 11. OBTAIN A COMPLETE SET OF AS–BUILT DRAWINGS OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION FROM THE OWNERS FOR ELEC ELECTRIC ECCENTRIC DUCT TRANSITION RG-1 PXP–AA 24" X 24" • • A – C INFORMATION ON EXISTING CONDITIONS. EQUIV EQUIVALENT ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE EG-1 PXP–AA 12" X 12" • • • A – 8 12. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS AT ALL CONCEALED COILS, REHEAT BOXES, CONTROL VALVES, MOTORS, FIRE F FAHRENHEIT CONCENTRIC DUCT TRANSITION EG-2 PXP–AA 24" X 24" • • • A – C DAMPERS AND FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS. ALL VOLUME DAMPERS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE. FLA FULL LOAD AMPS FLD FLEXIBLE DUCT EG-3 SF 12" X 8" 10" X 6" • • • B A 13. FIRE SEAL ALL PIPES AND DUCTS PENETRATING FIRE SEPARATIONS WITH LISTED AND APPROVED FIRE FLEX FLEXIBLE TRANSITION – RECTANGULAR TO ROUND DUCT TG-1 350–RL 18" X 12" SIDEWALL • – – – SEALANT MATERIAL. SEALANT AROUND DUCTS SHALL BE LISTED AND APPROVED FOR THE SPECIFIC FPM FEET PER MINUTE C=D= USE. FPS FEET PER SECOND 14. ALL VALVES AND PIPING ACCESSORIES SHALL BE LINE–SIZE. G GAS FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION 15. BALANCE THE ENTIRE SYSTEM AND SUBMIT TWO COPIES OF THE BALANCE REPORT INCLUDING A GAL GALLONS FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK DRAWING IDENTIFYING EACH DIFFUSER, FAN, VAV, ETC. BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE CERTIFIED GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE BY AABC. HD HEAD a HP HORSEPOWER DUCT CLASS CHANGE 16. ALL ROOF CUTTING, PATCHING AND FLASHING REQUIRED TO INSTALL THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SHALL HTR HEATER DUCT SIZING LEGEND BE BY A LANDLORD APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. COORDINATE SUPPLY DUCT – ELBOW UP OR DOWN ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH LANDLORD AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR. IN INCH III----x��----II 17. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ANY ADDITIONAL STRUCTURAL STEEL KW KILOWATT RETURN DUCT – ELBOW UP OR DOWN DUCT SIZING (MAX AP = 0.15 WC/100 FT) REQUIRED TO SUPPORT ANY MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE IMM LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND LANDLORD PRIOR TO BID. LB POUND VELOCITY (FPM) LF LINEAR FEET ROUND DUCT – UP SHEET METAL SHEET METAL 18. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND DUCTWORK, NOT BEING LN DIFF LINEAR DIFFUSER DUCT CLASS CIRCULAR DUCT RECTANGULAR DUCT FLEXIBLE DUCT USED OR SHOWN TO REMAIN, IS FULLY REMOVED AND NOT ABANDONED. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. MBH THOUSAND BTU PER HOUR C_ ROUND DUCT – DOWN A 2400 1800 2200 19. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL IDENTIFICATION ON ALL ROOFTOP MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY B 1800 1350 1600 '�, EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE PLASTIC LAMINATED PLATE OR STENCIL WITH A MINIMUM OF 4" HIGH BLACK MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TURNING VANESMD MOTORIZED DAMPER '� C 800 630 700 LETTERS, INDICATING TENANTS NAME AND SPACE NUMBER. VERIFY ACTUAL REQUIREMENTS WITH MFR MANUFACTURER LANDLORD. MOCP MAXIMUM OVER CURRENT PROTECTION � 20. ALL 24 VOLT COMMUNICATION AND/OR SENSOR WIRING ASSOCIATED WITH THE HVAC CONTROL SYSTEM MTR MOTOR FIRE DAMPER SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL WIRING AND EQUIPMENT NEBB NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODES, NC NOISE CRITERIA ---"` CONTROL DAMPER RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE LOCAL CODE AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO MAKE ALL FINAL WIRING NO NORMATLLY OPEN E CONNECTIONS TO THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM PER THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. N/A NOT APPLICABLE FRO MECHANICAL DAMPER OBD OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY OSA OUTDOOR AIR RE–USE BACKDRAFT DAMPER REM LANDLORD GC LANDLORD GC EXISTING N/A REMARKS PD PRESSURE DROP ROOFTOP UNITS • • PLBG PLUMBING VOLUME DAMPER POC POINT OF CONNECTION CURB AND/OR CANT STRIPS FOR RTU, • • PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE DUCT PENETRATIONS AS REQUIRED PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH VARIABLE VOLUME DAMPER STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS FOR HVAC • • EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED Architect: RA RETURN AIR Woods Bagot RG RETURN GRILLE Q— CO, SENSOR – DUCT MOUNTED AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES • • RH RELATIVE HUMIDITY FIRE DAMPERS • www.woodsbagot.com RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE RTU ROOFTOP UNIT O— SMOKE DETECTOR – DUCT MOUNTED WALL FIRE DAMPERS AND/OR COMBINATION SMOKE/FIRE DAMPERS • Consultant: SA SUPPLY AIR SAG SUPPLY AIR GRILLE SMOKE DETECTOR – WALL MOUNTED LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK • • Thorson Baker & Associates SAR SUPPLY AIR REGISTER www.thorsonbaker.com SCH SCHEDULE HIGH/MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTWORK • THERMOSTAT SENS SENSIBLE CONTROL SYSTEM • • REFER TO GENERAL NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL SF SUPPLY FAN, SQUARE FOOT INFORMATION Consultant: SMACNA SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING © TEMPERATURE SENSOR SMOKE DETECTOR(S) IN SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK • • CONTRACTORS NATIONAL ASSOCIATION Thorson Baker & Associates SMD SHEET METAL DUCT ZONE CONTROL DAMPERS • • SP STATIC PRESSURE Q CONTROL PANEL (TIMECLOCK) www.thorsonbaker.com SQ FT SQUARE FEET TOILET EXHAUST FAN(S) • • TG TRANSFER GRILLE ®— BYPASS BUTTON TOILET EXHAUST DUCTWORK • • Consultant: TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE AIR BALANCE REPORT • • ISP Design, Inc. U/C UNDERCUT © PANIC SWITCH AS–BUILT DRAWINGSwww.is g• • pdesi n.com VENT VENTILATION, VENTILATOR ® RELAY CONDENSATE PIPING • • BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE HVAC INSPECTION & OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS • • VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF FOR STORE PERSONNEL WD VARIABLE VOLUME DAMPER El EXHAUST FAN WB WET BULB WC WATER COLUMN D RF FS TEMP/LTG CONTROL PANEL (TLCP) PROF WCO WALL CLEANOUT \�C��NGINiFq SiOy WG WATER GAUGE COMBINATION BALANCE/SHUT–OFF 4� 9� WMS WIRE MESH SCREEN TEST & BALANCE CHECKLIST SCHEDULE t 65174PE GATE VALVE OREGO TEST AND BALANCE CORPORATION ✓ vOF 1 GLOBE VALVE V'\I START–UP VERIFICATION CHECKLIST FFpR�Yd Fe " ] DRAIN VALVE EXPIRATION DALE: OWNER STORE #: DATE: III UNIION (� LOCATION: P & T RELIEF VALVE Signed: THERMOMETER READY FOR TESTING Retail Store #1309 EQUIPMENT MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL CONTROLS Washington Square Mall Y–STRAINER DESIGNATION CHECK CHECK CHECK DATE INITIAL 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. SD-1 DEVICE & VOLUME INDICATOR RTU-1 Tigard, Oregon XXX CFM RTU-2 RTU-3 RTU WD-1 1 EQUIPMENT INDICATOR WD-2 WD-3 Issued/Revised Date 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 BD-1 Permit 07/16/2014 EF-1 THIS CERTIFIES THAT THIS PROJECT IS FULLY INSTALLED AND OPERATIONAL AND READY FOR INDEPENDENT TESTING AND BALANCING AGENCY TO BEGIN TAB WORK. a MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE REPRESENTATIVE (COMPANY) (NAME) (NAME) Apple Approval Date INSTRUCTIONS 4 COMPLETION OF THIS START–UP VERIFICATION CHECKLIST BY THE APPROPRIATE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO ENSURE THAT ALL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM COMPONENTS ARE COMPLETE, CORRECTLY INSTALLED, IN OPERATION, AND FULLY READY FOR THE TESTING AND BALANCING WORK TO PROCEED. MECHANICAL GENERAL s COMPLETED CHECKLIST SHOULD BE SUBMITTED TO THE TABC 10 DAYS PRIOR TO THE SCHEDULED DATE FOR THE TESTING AND BALANCING WORK TO PROCEED. NOTES, SCHEDULES, & SYMBOLS -001 7/16/14 4:33 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-m-OOI.dwg MG6 MG5 CT MG4 V W MG3s13MG2 `:- i I � 1 I I I I i � I I SD-1 SD-1 SD-1 SD-1 SD-1 SD-1 -1 - -i - Ell, - - - = - - — 400 CFM 400 CFM 400 CFM 400 CFM 400 CFM 450 CFM 450 CFM 450 CFM 450 CFM 450 CFM -._ ! I . - I i �- to"o 10" to' 10" to" ! IAC I10" n ° ° 80 8"0 8"0 8.0 ji !,i 8"0 8"0 8"0-)' 8"0 8"0 8"0 3 I I �) 16x14 I 14x12 t ° rt rt III 14x14 14x12 °'I °, ° ° G I 20x16 18x14 30x16 10-0-) 10" 10" 10" 5 -i 14x12 I. i � I 4 .I loll Gr I it I ° I I t it i ° M ". 1 ❑ a! I I!'i II I i ° ° I i I °� ° i X t , I ^ I 2fl hIE I j i. I i I I 5 ! S ° I ° I I! I i i I I j If l i j 3j Ij i i I: ,_i II i I 3 I i r 3Ox18 28x18 14x12 II I I r i x16 18x14 14x14 14x12 `I 10" 10" °, 10" 10" 10" 10" ,` 10" 10" ° 10"0-)' 10" Architect: I ( a! 8 Woods Bagot 8"0 8"0 8"0 8"0 8"0 8"0 8"0 8"0 8"0 t I, www.woodsbagot.corn 1 ' } � I E j j I I! Consultant: I I �-1 I Thorson Baker & Associates j RTU-t - I' www.thorsonbaker.com SD-1 SD-1 SD-1 SD-1 SD-1 SD-1 SD-1 SD-1 SD-1 SD-1 J ©_ 400 CFM 400 CFM 400 CFM 400 CFM 400 CFM 450 CFM 450 CFM 450 CFM 450 CFM 450 CFM 1 li Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbakeccom w� - - z J I Consultant: tR ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com I ��p PROFFS 'co �IGlmtt SALES AREA - MECHANICAL PLAN �� 65174PE 29< OREGO ADA " GENERAL NOTES KEY NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. THESE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE THE GENERAL t. INSTALL NON-ADJUSTABLE `ACI* BUTTON HVAC SENSORS Washington Square Mall EXTENT OF THE WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE IN SALES AREA. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND g q SHEET METAL TRANSITION RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION AND PROPER INSTALLATION ELEVATION WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. - FLO TO LINEAR GRILLE 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. OF ALL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE Tigard, Oregon ALL NECESSARY OFFSETS AND FITTINGS WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED 2. RETURN AIR ON SALES FLOOR THROUGH GAP AT CEILING 9 9 DUE TO SPACE CONSTRAINTS OR OTHER CONDITIONS. AND VERTICAL WALL, MINIMUM 25 SQ FT FREE AREA. — 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS 3. 30x18 SUPPLY DUCT. REFER TO DRAWING M-141 FOR SUPPORTING STEEL, ETC. FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF CONTINUATION. ALL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. — — FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK 4. 30x18 RETURN DUCT. REFER TO DRAWING M-141 FOR 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE FLOOR, WALL AND ROOF CONTINUATION. Issued/Revised Date PENETRATIONS, LOWER SIZES, ETC. WITH GENERAL TRADES. a RETURN AIR - OPEN END DUCT 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 5. 40x18 RETURN AIR OPENING. PROVIDE WITH 1/4" WIRE Permit 07/16/2014 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES PRIOR TO MESH GALVANIZED SCREEN. FABRICATION OF ANY WORK. ® TEMPERATURE SENSOR 5, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF CEILING GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL VOLUME DAMPER REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. Fj 6. DUCTWORK SHALL NOT BE LOCATED OVER THE TOP OF ANY ELECTRICAL PANELS OR EQUIPMENT. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN HARD CEILINGS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT WHICH REQUIRES ACCESS, SUCH AS: FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS, SMOKE Apple Approval Date DETECTORS, BALANCING DAMPERS, WD BOXES, ETC. E TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH SALES AREA - MECHANICAL PLAN 2 6 M - 111 e 7/16/14 4:33 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-m-1I I.dwg I I MG61 I I I i I I J I I = 36 - - - --- -- - - - -- 50-4 -- - - - RG-I SDr4 75 CFM 114 6 0 FM U 11 T CD - . G .1 �� 13 E •\, . I � 10 FM .. . .. ,�. Pao x ! _ RG-1 0 10"m I 8"m a50 CFM 1 - uc SD-5 — - - - - - - - - 8,m. 4MAI r 8m (� . ' err, 30x18 �F EG 1 fG 1:.' G 1 l o. -1.0'm 1 �rr I I R 5 I f 1 150 CFM .150. CFM 0 FN --- — — - - - - - - - - - r € 25 r SD-5 E I Q Q . . 1p141 II i I I 2 8 ]//-300 CFM ! J• _ _ _ I I i 9Lj 1 3 - - - - - - - - I C SUPPLY AIR r - - 13 P503� I 0x18 ; I FOR DA�r RACK 10 —F- : 14"o 16^01 1 O RT r I _ 12^m _ SD-5 SD-5 600 CFM C 350 CFM 350 CFM' m I -^ 1 ...........jx ,.... i 14 I 10"m I 10m ! i �D 5 RG-1 3 CFM300 CFM 14x14 ( i 14x14 1 .m I _ WD 3 2 8 -- -- 2 L.. �• S C 1 -i —� - x - - �." px18' ' I Ili- C 3 0 18 I I I A s - ice- - - - J G - - - - - - - - - ' J e. 2 _ - - _----- _ _ ' 7 I _ SD-5 I I 1 SD-5 _ 1i ! 400-CFMI I 5 400 CFMI W L I ! I 1 RL �I� L 1 — — J — 31 x 12°m 11 ' 24x16L _ 3 L.. RTU '� 1 12 r --- -- J BP x WD Architect: — I Co SD-5 L J Woods Bagot �2"m -- , 14�m T--- - 10"m 350 CFM I I n I Jj 350 CFM 1 www.woodsbagot.com Consultant: -� I : 14 0 I — 10"m 4 Thorson Baker & Associates I www.thorsonbaker.com ' 30x18 — 0 16x16 14"p : Consultant: L - IRRG-1 1 700 CFM Thorson Baker & Associates ---� _..__.. — www.thorsonbakeccom PRG-1 14"m 1a"m 1000 CFM 1000 CFM ' I I i� 3 1 -- Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com i ,A PN 0 Rf SS/0 BACK OF HOUSE - MECHANICAL PLAN a • 65174PE OREGO N ✓PEER 14 EXPIRATION DATE: MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE KEY NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 TAG DESCRIPTION 1. PROVIDE 1" ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINING TO THE EXTENT Washington Square Mall SHOWN. 11.FIELD ROUTE UNH 1' DRAIN FROM CONDENSATE PUMP SUPPLY DIFFUSER �— SMOKE DETECTOR - DUCT MOUNTED g q OVER TO MOP SINK AND TERMINATE WITH 2" AIR GAP. ® 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. WD 2. SMOKE DETECTOR FOR AIR DUCT TO BE FACTORY TRANE MODEL VCEF08 VARIABLE VOLUME ZONE DAMPER 120V/1 PH. WITH W550 CONTROLLER, 400 INSTALLED BY MANUFACTURER. WHEN ACTIVATED, SMOKE 12.FIELD ROUTE RS & RL REFRIGERANT LINES UP Tigard, Oregon 1 CFM MAX, 100 CFM MIN., 1.0 KW ELECTRIC HEAT, 1 STAGE. DETECTOR SHALL DE-ENERGIZE ROOF TOP HVAC UNIT. CONDENSING UNIT ON ROOF. SIZE PER MANUFACTURER'S RETURN GRILLE CO2 SENSOR - DUCT MOUNTED RECOMMENDATIONS. SUBMIT REFRIGERANT PIPING DIAGRAM 3. SUPPLY AND RETURN CONNECTIONS TO RTU SHALL BE FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO ANY WORK. MADE FULL SIZE OF EQUIPMENT OPENING WITH FLEXIBLE ® EXHAUST GRILLE Q THERMOSTAT WD TRANE MODEL VCCF14 VARIABLE VOLUME ZONE DAMPER 12OV/1PH. WITH W550 CONTROLLER, DUCT CONNECTIONS AT UNIT. DUCTOWRK SHALL BE 13.CONNECT Wo EXHAUST TO EXHAUST FAN ON ROOF. 1650 CFM MAX, 500 CFM MIN. INSTALLED FRO MUNIT CONNECTIONS FULL SIZE IN THE 2 BALANCING DAMPER AT CONNECTION SHALL BE FURNISHED Issued/Revised Date VERTICAL DROP FROM THE UNIT AND FOR A MINIMUM a RETURN DUCT - OPEN END © TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR DISTANCE OF 6 FEET HORIZONTALLY AFTER ELBOWS. 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 ELBOWS SHALL HAVE DOUBLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES TO FURNISH AND INSTALL EXHAUST DUCT AND INSTALLED. ACCESSORIES. Permit 07/16/2014 WD TRANE MODEL VCCF14 VARIABLE VOLUME ZONE DAMPER 120V/1PH. WITH W550 CONTROLLER, DUCT MOUNTED SUPPLY REGISTER T© CONTROL PANEL (TIMECLOCK) 1500 CFM MAX, 500 CFM MIN. 4. RTU TRACKER TIME CLOCK CONTROL - VERIFY EXACT 14.18 x 12 TRANSFER OPENING ABOVE CEILING LOCATION AND ELEVATION WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. �I M R-- TRANSITION - SMD TO FLO �� SUPPLY DUCT ELBOW UP OR DOWN BP TRANE MODEL VCCF16 BYPASS DAMPER 120V/1PH. WITH VARITRAC CENTRAL CONTROL PANEL, 5. WD TEMPERATURE SENSOR - VERIFY EXACT LOCATION CT 1 3080 CFM MAX., 0 CFM MIN. AND ELEVATION WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. RETUR�- FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK � ELBOW NUPUOR DOWN 6. THERMOSTAT - VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND ELEVATION EF INLINE EXHAUST FAN, COOK MODEL 80 C2-B, 400 CFM, 0.5 ESP, 1/6 HP, 115V/1PH WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS IN GENIUS ROOM. a FURNISH WITH BACKDRAFT DAMPER, RF-55 ISOLATORS AND FACTORY DISCONNECT SWITCH. DUCT CLASS CHANGE VARIABLE VOLUME DAMPER 1 7, MOUNT AC-1 BELOW CEILING AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE PER Apple Approval Date RECOMMENDED MANUFACTURER CLEARANCES. �— ROUND DUCT - UP AC 2 TON DUCTLESS SPILT WALL MOUNTED UNIT, MITSUBISHI MODEL PKA-A24KA4, COOLING: 24000 EXHAUST FAN BTUH TOTAL, 17.0 SEER, R-401A, 208V/1PH, 1.0 MCA, 15.0 MOCP. WEIGHT = 46 LBS. PROVIDE 8. CO2 SENSOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE 0 WITH PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT AND CONDENSATE PUMP. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. SENSOR SHALL BE E COMPATIBLE WITH CONTROL SYSTEM. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH BACK OF HOUSE - s 9. CENTRAL CONTROL PANEL (CCP-1) MOUNTED ABOVE MECHANICAL PLAN CEILING IN MANAGER'S OFFICE. 10.0O2 SENSOR CONTROL PANEL MOUNTED ABOVE CEILING IN ry MANAGER'S OFFICE a M - 141 7/16/14 4:33 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-m-141.dwg ROOF DRAIN HIGH ROOF . .. .......... L36 RTU 2 1 1I4 ro F_ FRESH RESH AIR AIR I ZSKMG L RTU 1 1/4- L -1 it i3 r-1 r1i n rl E - �l 1/2' r(E 0 1/4 (TYP- E3 1 F/4 r ® C3 -Cu i 94 1-1 1/2 6 rln PI nr J U 6 U U LL & SKYLIGHTS C 3 RTU (TYP-) 2 ROOF DRAIN LEASE LINE C 3/ 13 C 3 Architect: OLD HATCH Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com C 3 MALL UNIT I FRESH FRESH AIR AIR Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates J- wwwlhorsonbaker.com r -E- -E- -E- Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates C1 www.thorsonbaker.com TOTAL APPROXIMATE LENGTH OF RUN IS 280 FEET. Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. C 3 www.ispdesign.com -'�2' MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN 0-to Ti 11-0" 29 r ri I M ri Je65174PtER 2' OREGO 14 EXPIRATION DATE: NATIONAL ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE KEY NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 THE TRANE EQUIPMENT PACKAGE WILL BE CONTRACTOR-FURNISHED AS PART OF A NATIONAL ACCOUNT RELATIONSHIP. NO 1. REQUIRED ROOFTOP CLEARANCE. REFER TO SUBSTITUTIONS ARE ALLOWED. THE NATIONAL ACCOUNT AGREEMENT DOES NOT RELINQUISH CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY TAG DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS FOR UNIT Washington Square Mall UNIT CONFIGURATION, ARRANGE FOR DELIVERY OF EQUIPMENT, SCHEDULE APPLICABLE CRANEUFrS, INSPECT EQUIPMENT AND FILE 12.5 TON ROOFTOP GAS/ELECTRIC UNIT - TRANE MODEL YHD150 NATURAL GAS HEATING/DX COOLING UNIT, 4400 CFM SA, 500 CFM OA, 1.0 ESP, CLEARANCE. 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. POTENTIAL FREIGHT CLAIMS. 2.33 BHP, 3.0 HP, 728 FAN RPM. HEATING: 150 MBH INPUT/122 MBH OUTPUT, EAT/LAT. 61.00/86.56F, 2 STAGES. COOLING: 139.72 MBH TOTAL, RTU 119.47 MBH SENS. REFRIGERANT: R-410A EAT: 79.40/63.20*F, LAT- 56.34/52.85'F, 12.1 EER, 63 MCA 80.0 MOCP, 208V/3PH, WEIGHT: 2360.0 UBS. 2. MOUNT NEW CONDENSING UNIT ON ROOF DEAD LEVEL Tigard, Oregon FOR PRICING, QUESTIONS AND ORDERING INFORMATION PLEASE CONTACT THE FOLLOWING: PROVIDE UNIT WITH ECONOMIZER WITH ENTHALPY CONTROL, DISCONNECT, POWER EXHAUST FAN WITH CARBON DIOXIDE OUTSIDE AIR OVERRIDE, MERV 13 ON 80 HIGH "PATE' EQUIPMENT RAILS (OR EQUAL). 1 / CONFIRM FINAL LOCATION WITH LANDLORDS STRUCTURAL Trane FILTER AND COIL HAIL GUARD. INSTALL RTU ON 140 FACTORY ROOF CURB. REFER TO PLANS AND KEY NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. EXTEND ENGINEER. 310 Soquel Way ALL MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTIES TO OWNER (5 YEAR COMPRESSOR, 10 YEAR ON HEAT EXCHANGER). Sunnyvale, CA 94085 10 TON ROOFTOP GAS/ELECTRIC UNIT - TRANE MODEL YHC120 NATURAL GAS HEATING/DX COOLING UNIT, 4000 CFM SA, 500 CFM OA, 1.0 ESP, 3. LANDLORD TO INSTALL CONDENSATE DRAINS FROM THE 2.47 BHP, 3.0 HP, 1528 FM RPM. HEATING: 150 MBH INPUT/120 MOH OUTPUT, EAT/LAT: 59.90/88.00'F, 2 STAGES. COOLING 113.58 MBH TOTAL, RTU UNITS. MINIMUM DRAIN SIZE TO BE 3/4*. Rob Battiston, National Account Executive 101.02 MBH SENS. REFRIGERANT: R-410A EAT: 79.7/63.47, LAT. 58.34/54.36-F, 12.5 EER, 50.3 MCA, 60.0 MOCP, 208V/3PH, WEIGHT: 1369.0 LBS. DRAINS SHALL BE TERMINATED ONTO SPLASH BLOCK. Issued/Revised Date + 1 (408) 481-3639 Direct 2 PROVIDE UNIT WITH ECONOMIZER WITH ENTHALPY CONTROL, DISCONNECT, POWER EXHAUST FAN WITH CARBON DIOXIDE OUTSIDE AIR OVERRIDE, MERV 13 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 + 1 (408) 891-9594 Mobile FILTER AND COIL HAL GUARD. INSTALL RTU ON 14" FACTORY ROOF CURB. REFER TO PLANS AND KEY NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. EXTEND 4. OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE TO BE AT LEAST 10 FEET FROM Permit 07/16/2014 Rob.Batfiston@trone.com ALL MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTIES TO OWNER (5 YEAR COMPRESSOR, 10 YEAR ON HEAT EXCHANGER). EXHAUST OR VENTS. Susan Youngblood, Project Manager 8.5 TON ROOFTOP GAS/ELECTRIC UNIT - TRANE MODEL YHC102 NATURAL GAS HEATING/DX COOLING UNIT, 4000 CFM SA, 550 CFM OA, 1.0 ESP, 2,75 5. 21 GAS DOWN TO METER BELOW. REFER TO DRAWING + 1 (408) 481-3640 Direct BHP, 3.0 HP, 1579 FAN RPM. HEATING: 120.00 MBH INPUT/96.00 MBH OUTPUT, EAT/LAT: 60.0/82.60*F, 2 STAGES. COOLING 94.12 MBH TOTAL, P-171 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. gyoungblood0trane.com RTU 83.93 MOH SENS. REFRIGERANT: R-410A EAT: 75,8/61.6*F, LAT: 58.15/54.12*F, 12.5 EER, 42.0 MCA 50 MOCP, 208V/3PH, WEIGHT: 1035.0 LBS. PROVIDE UNIT WITH ECONOMIZER WITH ENTHALPY CONTROL, DISCONNECT, POWER EXHAUST FAN WITH CARBON DIOXIDE OUTSIDE AIR OVERRIDE, MERV 13 6. REFRIGERANT PIPING DOWN. REFER TO DRAWING M-141 FILTER AND COIL HAIL GUARD. INSTALL RTU ON 14" FACTORY ROOF CURB. REFER TO PLANS AND KEY NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. EXTEND FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ALL MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTIES TO OWNER (5 YEAR COMPRESSOR, 10 YEAR ON HEAT EXCHANGER). CU 2.0 TON CONDENSING UNIT, MITSUBISHI MODEL PUY-A24NHA4, 208V/1PH, 18 MCA, 30 MOCP. WEIGHT = 163 LBS. \_1 Apple Approval Date 19 TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN M - 171 7/16/14 4:33 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-m-171.dwg I 1 1/2"WRAP INSULATION: PACK OPENING BETWEEN ROOF OVERLAP 4" MINIMUM, STAPLE SECURE BASE TO CURB W/ DECK AND DUCTS & ENTIRE CURB & TAPE FOR VAPOR SEAL LAG SCREWS 12' O.C. MIN. CAVITY WITH FIBERGLASS CONDENSATE DRAIN WITH OF 2 PER SIDE I INSULATION. PROVIDE SHEETMETAL CLEANOUT AND 4' DEEP FAN ENCLOSURE AT DUCT PENETRATION SEAL TRAP. DISCHARGE HANGER STRAPS: 1"x 22 BASE OF METAL ROOF DECK TO COVER TO NEAREST ROOF DRAIN. GAUGE, SUPPORTED FROM ONE PIECE WELDED RESILIENT GASKET SEAL UP & HOLD INSULATION IN PLACE. _ STRUCTURE ABOVE, (3) ROUND 'SNAPLOCK" SHEET ALUM. FAN SUB—BASE C SHEET METAL SCREWS EQUIPMENT ROOF BELOW. METAL WITH 1 1/2" WRAP DUCT CURB SHIM LEVEL. INSULATION. CONTINUOUS PIANO HOLD DOWN CLIP TYPE PIANO HINGE TAPE AND MASTIC BACKDRAFT rj FLEXIBLE DUCT OUTER JACKET DAMPER CONNECTION (TYPICAL) (TYPICAL) ROUND "SNAPLOCK" c INSULATION (FLEX ONLY IN ROOF VERTICAL) Vi FRAMING SEEMINIMUM RADIUS EQUAL TO STRUCTURAL SECURE INSULATION WITH THE FLEX DUCT DIAMETER BAND CLAMP AND - - - - - - - - - - - - - - DRAWINGS STICK—PINS AT 18" O.C. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — NOTES: AND ADHESIVE ON BOTTOM, THREE SHEET METAL FOR DUCTS 24" AND LARGER SPIN—IN FITTING: SCREWS THROUGH SECURE CURB TO DECK W/ 1. FOR UNITS NOT SUPPLIED WITH SMOKE DETECTORS INSTALL SMOKE WITH SCOOP AND HELIX OF FLEXIBLE SCREWS 12" O.C. MIN. OF _i DETECTORS, PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, IN DUCTWORK DAMPER, EXCEPT DUCT LINER (TYPICAL) ROOF DECK 2 PER SIDE WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS. IN GYP. BOARD 48" MAXIMUM — — — — 3"0%1/4' ANGLE CEILINGS, DAMPER VERTICAL FRAMING (4) SIDES 2. PROVIDE 1" ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINING IN SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS IN NECK DUCT RUN FLEXIBLE DUCT: RIGID CONDUIT MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER FROM UNIT CONNECTION TO POINTS INDICATED ON PLANS. INSULATED, ONLY BY ELECTRICAL CORNER TO BE CUT FOR IN VERTICAL 3. TRANSITION SUPPLY AND RETURN UNIT CONNECTIONS TO SIZES INDICATED NON DUCTED EXHAUSTED AIR SYSTEM EXHAUST DUCT CONDUIT ROUTING ON PLANS. c ABOVE CEILINGS INSTALLED 2" DEEP CONNECTION NOTES: CEILING DIFFUSER: SET SOLDERED LIQUID TIGHT DRIP PANS 4. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EQUIPMENT MOUNTING DETAILS, WRAP INSULATION ABOVE THROW AS SHOWN ON PLANS 1. H.VA.C. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH CURB SUPPORT FRAMING AND OPENING FRAMING. THE CEILING DIFFUSERS ROOFER FOR PROPER SEQUENCE TO PERMIT FLASHING AND COUNTERFLASHING INSTALLATION. ROOFTOP UNIT INSTALLATION CEILING DIFFUSER CONNECTION DOWN BLAST TOILET EXHAUST FAN 3 NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE �A­NOT TO SCALE SLOPE NOT TO INSTALLATION NOTES EXCEED 1" IN 4" 1. ALL DUCTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AND ERECTED IN A NEAT AND MAIN DUCT WORKMANLIKE MANNER. 2. DUCTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF THE WEIGHTS, GAGES AND VANES PRE—ASSEMBLED MATERIAL SHOWN IN THE SCHEDULE ON THESE DRAWINGS. —H— 45' ON RUNNER PLATES 3, THE DIMENSION SHOWN FOR ALL DUCTS SHOWN IN PLAN GIVE THE AIR FLOW t1/4 AME WIDTH FIRST AND THEN THE HEIGHT. S DUCT BRANCH DUCT4. DUCT RISERS SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY ANGLES AT EVERY FLOOR. 5. AIR TURNING VANES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ALL ABRUPT ELBOWS TO PREVENT TURBULENCE. TYPICAL RECTANGULAR TRANSITION 6. DUCTS SHALL BE SECURELY ATTACHED TO THE BUILDING RECTANGULAR TO RECTANGULAR CONSTRUCTION IN AN APPROVED MANNER. 7. DIVERGING TRANSITION PIECES SHALL BE MADE GRADUAL AS POSSIBLE. B. INSTALL FIRE DAMPERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 555. 9. ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE PLACED BEFORE AND/OR AFTER EQUIPMENT INSTALLED IN THE DUCT. RECTANGULAR DUCT T10. DUCT AREA SHALL NOT BE DECREASED MORE THAN 10 PERCENT WHEN OBSTRUCTIONS CANNOT BE AVOIDED AND THEN A STREAMLINED SQ. ELBOW WITH TYPE "A" FITTING SHOULD BE USED. DOUBLE THICKNESS VANES 11. FLEXIBLE FABRIC CONNECnONS (OR EQUAL) SHALL BE USED ON CONICAL FITTING SEAL BOTH INLETS AND OUTLETS OF ALL FANS AND AIR HANDLING UNITS. AIRTIGHT W/MASTIC 0 Architect: 90 RECTANGULAR ELBOW 12. JOINTS AND SEAMS OF DUCTS SHALL BE FASTENED SECURELY AND Woods Bagot ROUND DUCT MADE AIR TIGHT. www.woodsbagot.com Consultant: RECTANGULAR TO ROUND ECCENTRIC TRANSITION Thorson Baker & Associates 0 = MAX. 30' (45 IS PERMITTED AT ROUND TO FLAT OVAL) www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com D8DUCT CONSTRUCTION DETAILS Consultant: NOT TO SCALE ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com �cp PROFFS ENGINEER S/0 29 65174PE f 1' WRAPPED INSULATION 3 OREGO 1-1/2" EXTERNAL DUCT INSULATION. SEE SPECS. ✓��1 14 8' FLEX DUCT FOR ADDITIONAL 1 FFFR " INFORMATION. TYP. GASKET CEILING PANEL, PERFORATED METAL SCREEN � i ii i � � ( ) PAINTED BLACK ATTACHED TO DUCT COLLAR OPPOSED EXPIRATION GATE: BLADE DPR. _ 3 DUCT MOUNTED SUPPLY ]" DIFFUSER METAL STUD FRAMING — X ROUND AIR — �� Signed: SEE STRUCTURAL X u i i MAIN DUCT — FRAMING DRAWINGS 80 GASKET CEILING Retail Store #1309 — � ,I FLOW Washington Square Mall AucN \ 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. 3/4"x3/4' i 12• -) Tigard, Oregon TO SS PANEL MLN• SPIRAL MAIN DUCT 2 BLACK FASTEN W MIN. 3 ADHESIVE � � � � � � � � � � � � � CONICAL FITTING, SEAL GASKET SUSPENDED / ( ) I SHIT. MTL. SCREWS, — — — — — AIRTIGHT W/ MASTIC SHEET METAL SCREWS SUBSTRUCTURE L _ u ii n ii ii AND SEAL (UCS) SEAL W/ DUCT TAPE ii ii ii ii ii ii AND MASTIC PLAN SECTION Issued/Revised Date 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 CONTINUOUS SHEET METAL Permit 07/16/2014 CLOSURE OVER DUCT COLLAR FLANGE ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL ROUND RIGID DUCT OADJUST THROW OF VERTICAL BLADES FOR 1/3 OF AIR STRAIGHT AND 1/3 OF AIR TO 45 DEGREES RIGHT AND 1/3 OF AIR TO 45 DEGREES LEFT. OPEN — NO GRILLE BO FINISH CEILING SS WALL PANEL STRETCHED FABRIC 1 1/2" WRAPPED INSULATION CEILING SYSTEM O O�AIR O2.5DEGREES OWN OF HORIZONTAL BLADES FOR 1/2 OF AIR STRAIGHT AND 1/2 c Apple Approval Date w E N MECHANICAL DETAILS s Y SUPPLY DIFFUSER SD - 1 DETAIL ROUND DUCT INSTALLATION DETAIL STOCKROOM DIFFUSER DETAIL 20 ry NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE �'IA­NOT TO SCALE 0 M -601 7/16/14 4:33 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-m-601.dwg RTU RTU RTU CU 1 17 3 1 CONTROL BOARD CONTROL BOARD CONTROL BOARD DX COIL FACTORY MOUNTED DX COIL FACTORY MOUNTED DX COIL FACTORY MOUNTED IN RTU IN RTU IN RTU 00 I M1 i M1 M1 OUTSIDE °°° SF o – OUTSIDE a°° SF o OUTSIDE o°° SF o – NR ° o AIR AIR o I ° ° , 93 I I FILTER i FILTER i FILTER C I S I S S I RETURN SUPPLY AIR SUPPLY AIR i SUPPLY AIRI I I AIR I RETURN RETURN BD I I I AIR I I AIR 1 SP OMM WIRE - - - - - - - - - - - - - � I i I - - - - - - I - iii- -- T I I NOTE: WIRE RUNS IN CONDUIT BELOW FINISHED CEILING LEVEL I I I I - - - - - - - - - // - - - -- - - - f- I I I � WD I M8 M7 I 3 I MP503 CCP I FINISHED CEILING FINISHED CEILINGi FINISHED CEILING i I FINISHED CEILINGi FINISHED CEILING i FINI HE I NG I Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com \ Consultant: I I I I AC Thorson Baker & Associates 24 VAC I I 1 www.thorsonbaker.com TC DATA T M3 M3 M6 M4 M6 SERVER M6 M6 Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: SALES AREA STOCKROOM/BREAK AREA MANAGER'S OFFICE FLEX AREA/ELECTRICAL GENIUS ROOM ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com MECHANICAL CONTROLS DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE RTU OPTION csc'�R�O PtR�pFSS/O �9 ¢t`•' 65174PE OREGO gq) ✓F 4,, R4 _V 11''• EXPIRATION DATE: ROOFTOP UNIT SEQUENCE OF OPERATION VARIABLE VOLUME TEMPERATURE CONTROLS LEGEND SHEET NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: DAMPER SEQUENCE Retail Store #1309 FAN CONTROL WD DAMPERS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A CONTROLLER, DAMPER ACTUATOR, AND SPACE TEMPERATURE TAG # DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER PRODUCT/MODEL 1. REFER TO SENSOR. THE WD DAMPER WILL MODULATE TO ADJUST THE AIRFLOW TO THE SPACE TO MAINTAIN SETPOINT CONTROLS.MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL SENSORS AND Washington Square Mall COOL SALES AREA I TEMPERATURE. M1 RTU W/FACTORY TRACKER CONTROLS TRANE --- LEVEL 4, 22 AWG COMMUNICATION WIRE – TWISTED UNSHIELDED PAIR, 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd.THE SUPPLY FAN WILL RUN CONTINUOUSLY DURING THE OCCUPIED MODE AND WILL CYCLE ON AND OFF DURING THE UNOCCUPIED MODE BASED ON A CALL FOR — HEATING OR COOLING. THE UNOCCUPIED SETPOINT FOR COOLING WILL BE 85f AND 65F FOR HEATING. THE OCCUPIED SETPOINTS FOR COOLING AND HEATING WILL FALL BETWEEN 68F 2. WHERE MECHANICAL CONTROLS ARE REPRESENTED ON PLENUM RATED IN DAISY CHAIN CONFIGURATION AND 74F. DURING PART LOAD COOLING, FANS WILL RUN AT LOW SPEED. WD DAMPERS WITH ELECTRIC REHEAT: M2 ELECTRIC REHEAT SHALL BE ENERGIZED AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN ROOM SETPOINT TEMPERATUREM3 BUTTON TEMPERATURE SENSOR AUTOMATION COMPONENTS INC AIOKS–SBS SHALL GOVERN. . BOH RTUS: THE SUPPLY FAN WILL RUN CONTINUOUSLY DURING THE OCCUPIED MODE AND WILL CYCLE ON AND OFF DURING THE UNOCCUPIED MODE BASED ON A CALL FOR HEATING OR TC CONTROL PANEL (TIME CLOCK) COOLING. THE UNOCCUPIED SETPOINT FOR COOLING WILL BE 85F AND 65F FOR HEATING. THE OCCUPIED SETPOINTS FOR COOLING AND HEATING WILL FALL BETWEEN 68F AND 74F. THE BYPASS DAMPER SHALL MODULATE TO MAINTAIN A DUCT STATIC PRESSURE SETPOINT. THE DAMPER M4 TRACKER CONTROL PANEL TRANE BMTK OOOABB0110 3. ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, PIPING, VALVES, DAMPERS, SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A CONTROLLER, PRESSURE TRANSDUCER AND DAMPER ACTUATOR. SMOKE DETECTORS ETC. WHICH REQUIRE ROUTINE © SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEMPERATURE CONTROL M5 THERMOSTAT BY MANUFACTURER MAINTENANCE OR INSPECTION SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN THE TRACKER PANEL WITH AUTOMATIC HEATING/COOLING CHANGEOVER SHALL CONTROL THE SPACE TEMPERATURE BASED ON SET POINT. THE CONTROL OF THE OCCUPIED/ UNOCCUPIED M6 SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR TRANE BAYSENS077A 2FT OF THE FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT. O THERMOSTAT Issued/Revised Date SETBACK MODE SHALL BE THROUGH THE PROGRAMMABLE FEATURES OF THE TRACKER PANEL. THE SALES FLOOR WILL HAVE 10K OHM ACI BUTTON SENSORS TO SEND THE ROOM M7 CENTRAL CONTROL PANEL TRANE 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 TEMPERATURE TO THE TRACKER PANEL. THE BOH CARRIER SENSORS WILL SEND THE ROOM TEMPERATURES TO THE TRACKER PANEL. M8 CO2 SENSORS TRANE MP503-1 Com- CO, SENSOR – DUCT MOUNTED Permit 07/16/2014 SAFETIES: SMOKE DETECTOR – DUCT MOUNTED THE UNIT SHALL BE TOTALLY DISABLED WHEN THE DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR IS ACTIVATED. PROVIDE REMOTE TEST STATION/ ALARM WHEN REQUIRED BY CODE. PROVIDE LANDLORD REQUIRED SEQUENCE OR INTERFACE AS REQUIRED. COOLING CONTROL: VARIABLE VOLUME DAMPER a UPON A CALL FOR COOLING, THE FIRST STAGE OF COOLING WILL BE ENABLED AND WILL OPERATE UNTIL THE SPACE TEMPERATURE IS SATISFIED. IF THE SPACE TEMPERATURE CONTINUES TO CCP CENTRAL CONTROL PANEL INCREASE THEN THE SECOND STAGE OF COOLING WILL BE ENABLED (IF APPLICABLE). c HEATING CONTROL: MP503 CO2 SENSOR CONTROLLER Apple Approval Date UPON A CALL FOR HEATING, THE FIRST STAGE OF HEATING WILL BE ENABLED AND WILL OPERATE UNTIL THE SPACE TEMPERATURE IS SATISFIED. IF THE SPACE TEMPERATURE CONTINUES TO DECREASE THEN THE SECOND STAGE OF HEATING WILL BE ENABLED (IF APPLICABLE). E VENTILATION/ECONOMIZER CONTROL: MECHANICAL CONTROLS THE OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER SHALL BE OPEN DURING THE OCCUPIED MODES FOR CODE REQUIRED MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR VENTILATION, AND SHALL REMAIN 10% OPEN DURING THE DIAGRAM UNOCCUPIED MODE. THE ECONOMIZER MODE IS COMPARATIVE ENTHALPY CONTROLLED AND WILL BE OPERATIONAL WHENEVER COOLING IS REQUIRED AND THE OUTSIDE AIR ENTHALPY IS AT OR BELOW THE RETURN AIR ENTHALPY. THE POWER EXHAUST WILL OPERATE WHENEVER THE OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER IS OPEN MORE THAN 60% (ADJ). CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO BALANCE THE OUTSIDE AIRFLOW FOR TWO MINIMUM SETPOINTS FOR EACH MULTISPEED FAN RTU. PLEASE REFERENCE SERVICE LITERATURE DELIVERED WITH UNIT FOR INSTRUCTIONS. CO2 WILL BE MONITORED IN EVERY RETURN AIR DUCT AND CONNECTED TO AN OPEN–SOURCE TRANE DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM. A 7–DAY TREND WILL BE ACCESSIBLE TO A CERTIFIED HVAC TECHNICIAN AS REQUIRED BY SITE TECHNICIANS. M -701 7/16/14 4:33 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-m-701.dwg i PLUMBING FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE DRAINAGE CALCULATIONS ROUGH—IN SERVICES FIXTURE QUANTITY DFU VALUE DFU TOTAL ITEM FIXTURE COLD WATER HOT WATER WASTE VENT INDIRECT WASTE GAS DECRIPTION REMARKS LAVATORY 2 1 2 WC KOHLER "KINGSTON' WALL—MOUNTED SIPHON JET WATER CLOSET MODEL NO. K-4325 WHITE, ELONGATED VITREOUS SINK 1 1 1 WATER CLOSET 1" --- 4' 2" --- --- CHINA BOWL WITH WHITE OPEN FRONT SEAT MODEL NO. K-4679—CA-0 AND SLOAN SENSOR FLUSH MODEL 1.6 GPF WATER CLOSET 3 4 12 1 111—ES—S FLUSH VALVE. FURNISH WITH BOLT CAPS, EL-154 TRANSFORMER, AND CHROME SUPPLY STOP. URINAL 1 2 2 WC KOHLER "KINGSTON" WALL—MOUNTED SIPHON JET WATER CLOSET MODEL NO. K-4325 WHITE, ELONGATED VITREOUS 1.6 GPF WATER CLOSET 1" --- 4" 2" --- --- CHINA BOWL WITH WHITE OPEN FRONT SEAT MODEL NO. K-4679—CA-0 AND SLOAN SENSOR FLUSH MODEL ADA COMPLIANT FLOOR DRAIN 2 2 4 2 111—ES—S FLUSH VALVE. FURNISH WITH BOLT CAPS, EL-154 TRANSFORMER, AND CHROME SUPPLY STOP. MOP SINK 1 2 2 UR KOHLER "DEXTER" WALL—MOUNTED SIPHON JET VITREOUS CHINA URINAL MODEL NO. K-5016—ET WITH SLOAN TOTAL 23 URINAL 1" --- 4" 2" --- --- SENSOR FLUSH MODEL 186-1.0 ES—S FLUSH VALVE. FURNISH WITH BOLT CAPS, EL-154 TRANSFORMER, AND ADA COMPLIANT GPF CHROME SUPPLY STOP. AD DURAVIT ARCHITEC SERIES MODEL NO. DUR-0449580000—L WITH TWO PREPUNCHED TAP HOLES. ADA COMPLIANT ADA COMPLIANT LAV LAVATORY — WALL WALL MOUNTED LAVATORY WITH PRICE PFISTER MODEL NO. T-47-9GSC GRID DRAIN AND KROIN/VOLA MODEL HV1L PROVIDE LEAD—FREE 1 MOUNTED 1/2' 1/2" 2" 1 1/2" DECK MOUNTED POLISHED CHROME FAUCET WITH LONG LEVER. PROVIDE VIOLA S10 ANGLE STOPS AND BOBRICK FIXTURES PER A01953 LAVATORY MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSER MODEL NO. B-8226. FURNISH AND INSTALL TRUBRO TRAP AND SUPPLY KIT FOR ALL PROJECTS IN FOR TRAP AND SUPPLY LINES. FURNISH AND INSTALL POWERS THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE MODEL NO. E480. CALIFORNIA SK ELKAY SINGLE BOWL STAINLESS STEEL SINK MODEL NO. LRAD3122, 6 1/2' DEEP BOWL, WITH MR2 HOLE PATTERN. SINK 1/2" 1/2 2" 1 1/2" FURNISH FILTER VHA/CC350. MODEL NO. LK7921SSS, ELKAY LK1110 WATER TAP, ELKAY LK99 BASKET STRAINER, AND 3M TRAP PRIMER 1/2" --- --- --- --- PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS TRAP PRIMER, MODEL NO. P-2, COPPER BODY, ADJUSTABLE WITH 1/2' COPPER 1 TYPE "L" TO FLOOR DRAIN. WHA WATER HAMMER --- SIOUX CHIEF 650 SERIES WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR OR EQUAL 1 ARRESTOR ED ZURN FLOOR DRAIN MODEL NO. ZS-415—BS, CAST IRON BODY, COMBINATION INVERTIBLE CLAMP AND ADJUSTABLE FLOOR DRAIN --- --- 2' 1 1/2" --- —_ COLLAR, 2" BOTTOM OUTLET WITH 6" ROUND STAINLESS STRAINER. WITH DEEP SEAL P—TRAP \_1_j/ BACKFLOW PREVENTER SCHEDULE WCO WALL CLEANOUT --- --- --- --- ___ --- ZURN ZN-1446—BP CLEANOUT TEE, DURA—COATED CAST IRON BODY, GAS AND WATER TIGHT BRONZE PLUG AND 1 STAINLESS WALL ACCESS COVER WITH SECURING SCREW. FIXTURE BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE FCO --- ZURN FLOOR CLEANOUT MODEL No. ZN-1400 WITH GAS—TIGHT AND WATER—TIGHT TAPERED THREADED PLUG AND WATER CLOSET/URINAL FLUSH VALVE FURNISHED WITH INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER FLOOR CLEANOUT --- --- --- --- ---1 ROUND POLISHED NICKEL BRONZE SCORIATED ADJUSTABLE TOP. SINKS/LAVATORIES AIR GAP MS SWAN MOLDED STONE SERVICE MOP BASIN MODEL NO. MS-2424 WITH VINYL BUMPERGUARD. FURNISH WITH SERVICE/MOP SINKS FAUCET FURNISHED WITH INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER MOP SINK 1/2" 1/2" 2" 1 1/2" SPEAKMAN COMMANDER FAUCET MODEL NO. SC-5811—RCP WITH FIAT 832—AA HOSE k BRACKET, INTEGRAL VACUUM TRAP PRIMER FURNISHED WITH INTEGRAL BACKFLOW PREVENTER AND VACUUM BREAKER PORT 1 BREAKER AND STOPS. NOTES: WH WATER HEATER 3/4" 3/4" --- --- 3/4" --- AO SMITH MODEL NO. DEL-6, 6 GALLON TANK WITH DRAIN PLUG, SINGLE 3000W ELEMENT, DUEL RATED 208V OR 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES AT THE EQUIPMENT LISTED ABOVE. 1 240V SINGLE PHASE WITH AMTROL MODEL ST-5 EXPANSION TANK. 2. DEVICES LISTED ARE MANUFACTURERS BY WATTS REGULATOR COMPANY. CONTRACTOR MAY SUBMIT AN EQUAL FROM ANOTHER MANUFACTURER FOR REVIEW. 3. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY REQUIREMENTS WITH LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. Architect: Woods Bagot PLUMBING LEGEND DOMESTIC WATER CALCULATIONS www.woodsbagot.com SYMBOL ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION FIXTURE QUANTITY COLD WFU/EA HOT WFU/EA WFU TOTAL Consultant: LAVATORY 2 1 1 2 Thorson Baker & Associates CO FCO WCO cLEANour/FLOOR CLEANOUT/WALL cLFwour SINK 1 1 1 1.5 www.thorsonbaker.com WATER CLOSET 3 8 --- 24 COTG CLEANOUT TO GRADE URINAL 1 4 4 Consultant: S OR W SOIL OR WASTE ABOVE GRADE OR FLOOR MOP SINK 1 2.25 2.25 Thorson Baker & Associates TOTAL 33.75 www.thorsonbaker.com S OR W SOIL OR WASTE BELOW GRADE OR FLOOR TOTAL GPM 43 INCOMING WATER SERVICE 1 1 1/2" Consultant: p D INDIRECT DRAIN ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com _ _ ____ __ V VENT CW COLD WATER HW HOT WATER G G GAS PIPING 1'65174PtE'? F F FIRE PIPING AEXpjRATiOt40ATE! SPR SPR AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER BV BALL VALVE C)+_ GV/SOV GATE VALVE OR SHUT—OFF VALVE PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE PLUMBING RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE Signed: DIRECTION OF FLOW Retail Store #1309 WHA WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY RE—USE Washington Square Mall REM LANDLORD GC LANDLORD GC EXISTING N/A REMARKS TP TRAP PRIMER PLUMBING FIXTURES • • Tigard, SW Washington Sq. Rd. SAN, CW, do HW PIPING • • Tigard, Oregon ® ® ® ® FS FLOOR SINK WITH GRATE AS SHOWN WATER HEATER • • FD FLOOR DRAIN TRAP k HW INSULATION KIT • • WATER MEIER • • POC POINT OF CONNECTION EXPANSION TANK • • Issued/Revised Date GAS PIPING • • 50%CDSet 06/27/2014 Permit 07/16/2014 O PIPE RISING UP CONDENSATE DRAINS • • PIPE DROPPING DOWN AS—BUILT DRAWINGS • • n a e FIRE SPRINKLER RISER v WFU WATER FIXTURE UNIT a DFU DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT Apple Approval Date 4 aq b 4 4 �3 PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES, SCHEDULES, a & SYMBOLS s O Q� `J P-001 7/16/14 4:34 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-p-001.dwg Q R � MG6 I I I � I I SANITARY WASTE & VENT RISER DIAGRAM i I I 4 VTR 2 I I � 2" qF FCO-1I I LAV-1 0 0 I! —j 72^ ' I it I it 3i /" I I �1 1/2^ � 1 1/2" <%I LAV-1 �2 I 2" J v--I W! � 4 M — WC-1 " /LAV—1 / 3 M FCO-1 WC-1I �\ / / I I —SK-1 4— 1 2" UR-1 I WC\ N I I I I .3 `i' / WCO-1 j I 10 I I MS-1 >I i f (E)SA SAN wC-z-z OWC-2 3" D I 3" N 6" F —1 FD-1 5 3" I 5 SAN I , FCO-1 E I I , - I ( rj � 3 E ! DOMESTIC WATER RISER DIAGRAM 3" I 3/4' I ' WCO-1 I Y FCO-13" "� Architect: I 3/4" I - - —CW_ •� �/\ Woods Bagot - - - — - - — - —HW - - — - ! www.woodsbagot.com $K-1 I / - 3/4" � i I 1 1/2" � 1 1/2" Consultant: /2^ Thorson Baker & Associates 4w, , www.thorsonbakeccom 5 3/4" `I � 6 Consultant: I I WH 6 Thorson Baker & Associates y ( I I 3/4 I O— LAV-1 O I www.thorsonbaker.com 1 4 LAV 1 MS-1 litWC-1 Pei 4 UR-1 / WATER METER O— 1 1/2" O �' 3/4" Consultant: WC-2-2 ^� l ISP Design, Inc. O4 WC-2 .\ .� ' SK-1 v � www.ispdesign.com i fi V BACK OF HOUSE — PLUMBING PLAN EQPROFFs 1 1/4" = 1'-0" V �9 ����NGINEESip �0 65174PER l OREGO EXPIRATION DATE. KEY NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. CONNECT NEW SANITARY LINE INTO THE LANDLORD'S 9. 1 1/2" CW DOWN TO WATER CLOSET AND URINAL; 2" Washington Square Mall EXISTING SANITARY SERVICE AS SHOWN. FIELD VERIFY VENT. EXACT LOCATION OF LANDLORD'S MAIN PRIOR TO BIDDING. Q WATER METER 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. INSTALL CLEANOUT AT CONNECTION TO LANDLORD'S MAIN 10.1 1/2" CW DOWN TO WATER CLOSETS; 2" VENT. Tigard, Oregon AND COORDINATE LOCATION AND TYPE OF COVER REQUIRED TO MATCH FLOOR FINISH WITH GENERAL 11.3/4" CW AND HW DOWN TO MOP SINK; 1 1/2" VENT (7 PIPE TURNING DOWN CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 2. OFFSET 2'—D" AND EXTEND NEW VENT THROUGH ROOF O PIPE TURNING UP INSTALLED BY LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR Issued/Revised Date ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ■ TRAP PRIMER 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 3. CONNECT NEW 1 1/2" CW TO THE EXISTING COLD WATER Permit 07/16/2014 TAP. NOTIFY GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION ® WATER HEATER MANAGER IF TAP IS SMALLER THAN SHOWN ON THE PIPING DIAGRAM. REFER TO PIPING DIAGRAM AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. --- COLD WATER 4. ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH STOP VALVES TO ISOLATE EACH FIXTURE. REFER TO PIPING —--— HOT WATER DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. —— —— VENT 5. INSTALL 1/2" WATER PIPE FROM TRAP PRIMER DOWN IN Apple Approval Date WALL UNDER FLOOR TO FLOOR DRAIN. TRAP PRIMER TO SANITARY DRAIN LINE BE LOCATED ABOVE CEILING OF RESTROOM. REFER TO PIPING DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 6. LOCATE WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR UPSTREAM OF LAST FIXTURE BRANCH. REFER TO PIPING DIAGRAM AND TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH BACK OF HOUSE - PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. PLUMBING PLAN 7. 3/4" CW AND HW DOWN TO SINK; 1 1/2" VENT. 8. 3/4" CW AND HW DOWN TO LAVATORIES; 1 1/2" VENT. P- 141 7/16/14 4:34 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheet5\apws-p-141.dwg � I I I ROOF DRAIN HIGH ROOF i i I _ — -- RTU 2 1 r (120 MBH) 1 i I I I I 1 1/4" FRESH FRESH AIR i AIR 4 SKYLIGHTS \ I RTU 2 1 1/4 I ;- 3 v � I I , r(E) (100 MBH) �(TYP.)J I 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 1 2 / = 1 C� 4 - - -- - - - - -- -� - 37 , - 13 1 1 1/213 " 1 F u RTU 2" 1 3 (TYP.) 1 i f! SKYLIGHTS / t 2" ' (150 MBH) f ( \ 1 it . } ROOF DRAIN LEASE LINE 13 1i f I /1V E OLD HATCH ! Architect: f Woods Bagot V�' www.woodsbagot.com ' LJ ! MALL / FRESH j UNIT FRESH AIRJ/ AIR Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com I �,.-- — —E- -_. -- — —E— — — E -- --- -- - — — — E--. Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. c www.ispdesign.com 2" 5 TOTAL APPROXIMATE LENGTH PLUMBING ROOF PLAN OF RUN IS 280 FEET. -. ---------- J 1 8" = 1'-0" e6C51%74PE "tin n n / OREGO 1001. '. EXPIRATION DATE: KEY NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. CONTRACTOR INSTALL CONDENSATE DRAINS FROM THE Washington Square Mall RTU UNITS. MINIMUM DRAIN SIZE TO BE 3/4". —D— DRAIN LINE g q DRAINS SHALL BE TERMINATED ONTO SPLASH BLOCK. 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. 2. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE GAS SUPPLY WITH SHUT OFF G GAS LINE Tigard, Oregon VALVE TO UNITS ON ROOF. SIZE SUPPLY TO UNIT FROM HOUSE SYSTEM BASED ON THE APPLICABLE NUMBERS FOR GAS LOAD AND LENGTH OF THE SYSTEM PIPE TURNING DOWN BACK TO THE METER. LANDLORD TO FINALIZE SIZES AND CONFIRM ALL REQUIREMENTS. O PIPE TURNING UP 3. GAS PIPE SUPPORT (TYP.). Issued/Revised Date 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 4. SHUT OFF VALVE AND UNION DETAIL SHALL BE PROVIDE Permit 07/16/2014 FOR EACH RTU. REFER TO P-501 FOR DETAILS. 5. ROUTE GAS PIPING DOWN TO EXISTING LANDLORD GAS MANIFOLD. PROVIDE GAS METER PER LOCAL GAS COMPANY REQUIREMENTS. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND PRESSURE PRIOR TO ANY WORK. TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD = 370 MBH c Apple Approval Date TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH PLUMBING ROOF PLAN P- 171 7/16/14 4:34 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-p-171.dwg GAS PIPE FASTENER TWO (2) 12%12- 1- (TYP. REDWOOD BOARDS — — 4"x4" REDWOOD BLOCK 0 0 STRAP TO BE LOOSE FIT SO GAS PIPE CAN EXPAND & Lj CONTRACT STRAP GAS PIPE (PAINT WITH (2) COATS OF RUST INHIBITING PAINT) DO NOT SECURE THE 4"x4" TO THE 1" BOARDS. TWO (2) 12"x12"x1" REDWOOD BOARDS WITH GRAIN SET FASTENER (TIP) PERPENDICULAR TO EACH OTHER. FLOOD COAT LOWER BOARD WITH 4'x4" REDWOOD BLOCK. NO AGGREGATE UNDERNEATH. TOP OF ROOF STRUCTURE GAS PIPE ROOF SUPPORT DETAIL 8 NOT TO SCALE LOOSE PVC 1/4" DIAMETER THRU BOLT TOP CAP W/TOGGLE (TYP. OF 2) FLOOR TILE [SEALANT ALL AROUND WATER-PROOF MEMBRANE PAN HEAD SCREWS TO SECURE STRAP o - LABEL 7x 2 X 4 3/4" X 2" POPULAR PLYWOOD TRIM SCREWED < a " ° n a a T02X4. WALL ACCESS COVER EXTENT OF " WOOD HOLDER 32 a .° a' , . o q a . WALL CLEANOUT ° , ° 6" DIAMETER d ° . I G'O Q a. a. 18 GA ROUND PVC TUBE CLEANOUT TEE GALVANIZED STEEL i (N)CONCRETE METAL STRAP (TYP. OF 2) CONNECTION CONCRETE DRAIN BODY CAST O I CONCRETE SLAB AND Architect: WHERE SPEC'D. I SECURELY FASTENED TO Woods Bagot STRUCT. AS NECESSARY www.woodsbagot.com Consultant: WALL SECTION PVC BOTTOM CAP j< Thorson Baker & Associates GLUED IN PLACE SQUARE BLOCKOUT AS REQUIRED (E)CONCRETE SLAB THROUGH (E) SLAB ON GRADE www.thorsonbaker.com PLBG CONTR MUST PROVIDE ELEVATION AND ATTACH A LABEL (WITH Consultant: CLEAR TAPE) STATING: THIS TUBE CONTAINS STORE DRAWINGS AND Thorson Baker & Associates IS NOT TO BE REMOVED WITHOUT www.thorsonbaker.com THE CONSENT OF THE STORE MANAGER. Consultant: THANK YOU. ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com WALL CLEANOUT DETAIL �j DRAWING TUBE �j FLOOR DRAIN DETAIL NOT TO 7 SCALE NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE �iD A ttic Ressio 2,9 65174PE AEXPIRATA VACUUM BREAKER COLD WATER MAIN GATE/BALL TERMINATE SLEEVE FLUSH WITH VALVE(TYP.) UNION (TYP.) FINISHED WALL SURFACES i STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE Signe BCW T & P RELIEF VALVE SLEEVE OF SIZE TO PASS PIPE Retail Store #1309 AND INSULATION. PLUS GAP AS WATER HEATER SEE PLUMBING REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. Washington Square Mall HANGERS INSTALLED EACH SEAL OR CAULK SLEEVES (25 GA. SPLIT WALL SLEEVE FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR ) Tigard, SW Washington Sq. Rd. SIDE OF EXP. TANK FOR ADDITION& INFO. THRU FIRE WALLS IN SMOKE ALSO ACCEPTABLE ❑ SUPPORV// T I TIGHT MANNER AND TO MEET Tigard, Oregon FIRE Tp RUN FULL SIZE TO MOP SINK TO ASTM EG 814 WALL (REFER TRAP PRIMER VALVE THERMAL EXPANSION ) SHUT-OFF VALVE ABSORBER PLUG VALVE 1 CONNECT TO r UNION ( ) 2" WIDE, 20 GA. SHEET ROOFTOP UNIT METAL BAND, SECURE FINISHED ESCUTCHEON PLATE FLUSH ttt CONNECT NEW TO WALL FOR SEISMIC AGAINIST WALL AND OF SIZE TO GAS PIPE INTO Issued/Revised Date VACUUM BREATHER PORTS BRACING WHERE PIPE AND INSULATION TO BE COMPLETELY COVER OPENING I 6" LONG, EXISTING. 50%CDSet 06/27/2014 FIN, FLOOR DRAIN VALVE REQUIRED BY CODE. CENTERED IN SLEEVE-DO NOT I FINISHED WALL SURFACE CAPPED Permit 07/16/2014 GALV. DRIP PAN SUPPORT PIPE FROM SLEEVE DIRT G. FD-1 CONCEALED PIPING PIPING EXPOSED TO VIEW ROOF LJ i SHELF ABOVE MOP SINK SEPARATE FULL SIZE DRAINS TO TO MOP SINK NOTE: PROVIDE FOR ALL SEWER GASES MASONRY WALLS AND FIRE RATED WALLS WATER TRAP Apple Approval Date a 3 PLUMBING DETAILS s e TRAP PRIMER DETAIL WATER HEATER DETAIL PIPE THRU FIRE RATED WALL RTU GAS PIPING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE v NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALENOT TO SCALE P-501 7/16/14 4:34 PM \\tbs-projectsO2\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-p-501.dwg CMG6 MG5 0 OU MG4 W 0@9 1 -D OMG1 I i I i j j r i x r I 1 I I o a I o a a o o 0 o a o e a a I I I ` ! I I ix I " a a r1 a o I a o o 0 o 7 lil i i I � Q II 1 a i l li II I i 1 I, I li I l i � I i " • ' i 'i I j I I t I i 11 a� _ I ! i�'i III �o (lal Iii III i 1 P 1 (TYP) I'a i1 it I : t I � I 1 i I f I II I I ( ' bi I ,. I o Ia ('I II I !} It o t i a ,o€ fro I RI j I 11 I ' 11 'I i j I - { I 1 j1 Architect: I IL.: Woods Bagot iii i. It I r www.woodsbagot.com Ic Ij j Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates 1 : ,. -- ----- ------ r www.thorsonbakeccom Consultant: I Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com I r Consultant: V � ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com i a �S�p PRO �� �NGiHEER /�2 65174PE SALES AREA - FIRE PROTECTION PLAN ADA 1 14 1/4" = 1'-D" SPRINKLER LAYOUT BASIC CRITERIA SPRINKLER RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FIRE SPRINKLER GENERAL NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND HEAD LOCATIONS ADJACENT SPACE SHALL SERVE ANY HEAD(S) LOCATED IN NFPA-13 PERIMETER FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY SHALL BE MODIFIED PER TENANT'S NEW FIXTURES, THIS SPACE. Washington Square MdII • ORDINARY HAZARD OCCUPANCY SPRINKLER SPRN SPRN RE—USE PARTITIONS, SOFFITS, DROPS, CEILING HEIGHTS, ETC. X SPR-1 SALES AREA 9585 SW Washington S Rd. • MAX SPRINKLER SPACING = 15'-0" OC HEAD ITEM GC LANDLORD CONTR GC LANDLORD CONTR EXISTING N/A REMARKS 7. DESIGN DENSITIES FOR HYDRAULICALLY CALCULATED SPRINKLER HEAD g q' • MIN SPRINKLER SPACING = 6'-0" OC �� 2. THE REVISED SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED AREAS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: Tigard, Oregon DRAWINGS, CALCS & SUBMITTALS • • • COVERAGE PER SPRINKLER �� AND INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALES AREA NFPA 13, ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 2 • STORAGE AREAS = 130 SF \�� PERMITS AND FEES • • REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD, LANDLORD'S FIRE STOCK AREAS: NFPA 13, ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 2 • OFFICE SPACES = 225 SF �� CONT SS INSURANCE UNDERWRITER, AND ALL GOVERNMENT (STORAGE UNDER 12 FEET) • STORE SPACING = 10'-0" X 13'-0" MAX �� m SPRINKLER MAINS • • AGENCIES AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER PANEL THE PREMISES. 8. NO THIN WALL OR PVC PIPE ALLOWED. • 1/2 DISTANCE TO WALL = 6'-6" SPRINKLER BRANCHES • • AT LEAST 36" SHALL BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN SPRINKLER SPRINKLER HEADS • • 3. COMPREHENSIVE SHOP DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS 9. TENANT MUST USE A LANDLORD APPROVED SPRINKLER Issued/Revised Date DEFLECTORS AND THE TOP OF STORAGE. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS • • SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR THE CONTRACTOR IF REQUIRED BY LANDLORD. 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 APPROVAL BY THE OWNER, LANDLORD, LANDLORD'S, AND Permit 07/16/2014 SPRINKLERS SHALL BE POSUIIONED SO THAT THE AS—BUILT DRAWINGS • LOCAL AUTHORITIES FIRE INSURANCE UNDERWRITER 10.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT DEFLECTORS ARE A MAXIMUM OF 14" AND A MINIMUM OF 6" BEFORE ANY INSTALLATION CAN BEGIN. APPROVED SHOP PLACEMENT OF ALL AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER HEADS. BELOW THE CEILING. TEST & CERTIFICATIONS • • DRAWINGS MUST BE AT THE JOB SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION. 11.VERIFY LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF (E) FIRE SPRINKLER SIGNIFICANT STORE D A 4. WHERE PERMITTED BY LANDLORD AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES ACCOMMORELOCATE DATEE NEW DUCTWORK AND SUCH CEILING SYSTEM. • 12'-1" CEILING • 10'-0" SOFFITS TENANT'S FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL B = 2'-1" DISCONNECT EXISTING SYSTEM FROM MAIN SYSTEM, 12.THIS DRAWING IS FOR COORDINATION WITH ARCHITECTURAL D = 2'-1" PERFORM THE WORK, TEST, THEN RECONNECT TO THE FINISH ITEMS AND IS NOT A FIRE SPRINKLER DESIGN A > (D — 8") + B MAIN SYSTEM. ALL COSTS RELATED TO DOWN DRAIN AND DRAWING. PROVIDE ALL HEADS REQUIRED BY FINAL —1" FILLS ARE TO BE BORNE BY TENANT'S FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERING DESIGN. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO A > (25" — 81 + 25" CONTRACTOR. ARCHITECT AND OWNER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE Apple Approval Date A > 42" (3'-61 INSTALLATION OF BRANCH LINES. 5. NO VALVES OR ALARMS SHALL BE ALLOWED IN THE TENANT'S SPRINKLER SYSTEM. UNLESS MANDATED BY 13.ALL HEADS IN THE SALES AREA SHALL BE MOUNTED IN A? LOCAL AUTHORITIES. THE CENTER OF THE CEILING TROUGH. SEE 6'-6" MAX ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. WITH 10'-0" OC SPACING 6. THE REVISED SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH SALES AREA - TAP INSTALLED SO THAT IT IS ON MALL SPRINKLER SYSTEM. MULTI TAPS ON ONE MALL 14.ALL SPRINKLER HEADS MOUNTED T ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS ARE TO BE MOUNTED IN THE CENTER OF TILES. FIRE PROTECTION MAIN ARE NOT ALLOWED. TENANT'S SPRINKLER SYSTEM PLAN B—BAY SECTION15.REMOVE ALL EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION PIPING, ETC. SHALL BE CONTAINED WITHIN THIS TENANT'S SPACE AND EQUIPMENT, ETC. NOT BEING USED. DO NOT JUST (NOT TO SCALE) N SERVE ONLY HEADS LOCATED IN THIS SPACE. NO QD BRANCH PIPING SHSERVE ANYCD THE ADJACENT PACE AND NO BRANHD(PIPINGCFROM STEDIN ABANDON. a FP - 111 7/16/14 4:33 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-fp-I11.dwg 0 0 a MG6 ! I I a I laJ I Z I I J 2 1� I I ' I 0i o 0 io 0 0 0 0 (TYP OF 6) i I 1 I I I 11 . . 1 LRIX L I 0 9.0 i SPR-4 Ny' . . Zj.: . o � M1 � :SPR-3 SPR-3 • ! O I j 1 sP; �t I :. . . OF i 3) 1 I I (TYP L,RE I I I - II III ! — - - -- — 1 o 137 ! � � � l � - - � - - - O I � O I � � I i ® `� d i I _ I r — I i O O O O I O O ------ Architect: 1 j — -- r ! - 5 Woods I ___ _...... — www oods g com .wBagot ! ; II ! Consultant: I j j I Thorson Baker & Associates I I 1 -- �y- www.thorsonbaker.com I O I � ; - � Consultant: _._Ed: � � (TYP F 22) - I Thorson Baker & Associates + -- f3��-�---- , �' � , - - www.thorsonbaker.com I i I I z Consultant: IJ ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com i PROt BACK OF HOUSE - FIRE PROTECTION PLAN 4� 65174PE r MI A 1• SPRINKLER LAYOUT BASIC CRITERIA SPRINKLER RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FIRE SPRINKLER GENERAL NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND HEAD LOCATIONS ADJACENT SPACE SHALL SERVE ANY HEAD(S) LOCATED IN NFPA-13 FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY SHALL BE MODIFIED PER TENANT'S NEW FIXTURES, THIS SPACE. Washington Square Mail ORDINARY HAZARD OCCUPANCY SPR-3 SEMI-RECESSED PENDANT SPRIT SPRN RE-USE PARTITIONS, SOFFITS, DROPS, CEILING HEIGHTS, ETC. SPRINKLER HEAD 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. a MAX SPRINKLER SPACING = 15'-0" OC ITEM GC LANDLORD CONTR GC LANDLORD CONTR EXISTING N/A REMARKS 7. DESIGN DENSITIES FOR HYDRAULICALLY CALCULATED Tigard, Oregon • MIN SPRINKLER SPACING = 6'-0" OC DRAWINGS, CALCS & SUBMITTALS 2. THE REVISED SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED AREAS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: g g a COVERAGE PER SPRINKLER AND INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE SALES AREA NFPA 13, ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 2 SPR-4 STANDARD UPRIGHT • STORAGE AREAS = 130 SF PERMITS AND FEES REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD, LANDLORD'S FIRE STOCK AREAS: NFPA 13, ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 2 SPRINKLER HEAD • OFFICE SPACES = 225 SF INSURANCE UNDERWRITER, AND ALL GOVERNMENT (STORAGE UNDER 12 FEET) • STORE SPACING = 10'-0" X 13'-0" MAX SPRINKLER MAINS AGENCIES AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER • 1/2 DISTANCE TO WALL = 6'-6" SPRINKLER BRANCHES � � THE PREMISES. 8. NO THIN WALL OR PVC PIPE ALLOWED. AT LEAST 36" SHALL BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN SPRINKLER SPRINKLER HEADS 3. COMPREHENSIVE SHOP DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS 9. TENANT MUST USE A LANDLORD APPROVED SPRINKLER Issued/Revised Date DEFLECTORS AND THE TOP OF STORAGE. SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR THE CONTRACTOR IF REQUIRED BY LANDLORD. 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS APPROVAL BY THE OWNER, LANDLORD, LANDLORD'S, AND Permit 07/16/2014 SPRINKLERS SHALL BE POSITIIONED SO THAT THE AS-BUILT DRAWINGS LOCAL AUTHORITIES ARE INSURANCE UNDERWRITER 10.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT DEFLECTORS ARE A MAXIMUM OF 14" AND A MINIMUM OF 6" TEST & CERTIFICATIONS BEFORE ANY INSTALLATION CAN BEGIN. APPROVED SHOP PLACEMENT OF ALL AUTOMATIC ARE SPRINKLER HEADS. BELOW THE CEILING. DRAWINGS MUST BE AT THE JOB SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION. 11.VERIFY LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF (E) FIRE SPRINKLER MAINS. RELOCATE AND/OR RAISE SUCH MAINS TO 4. WHERE PERMITTED BY LANDLORD AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES ACCOMMODATE NEW DUCTWORK AND CEILING SYSTEM. TENANT'S FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT EXISTING SYSTEM FROM MAIN SYSTEM, 12.THIS DRAWING IS FOR COORDINATION WITH ARCHITECTURAL PERFORM THE WORK, TEST, THEN RECONNECT TO THE FINISH ITEMS AND IS NOT A FIRE SPRINKLER DESIGN MAIN SYSTEM. ALL COSTS RELATED TO DOWN DRAIN AND DRAWING. PROVIDE ALL HEADS REQUIRED BY FINAL FILLS ARE TO BE BORNE BY TENANT'S FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERING DESIGN. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO CONTRACTOR. ARCHITECT AND OWNER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE Apple Approval Date INSTALLATION OF BRANCH LINES. 5. NO VALVES OR HARMS SHALL BE ALLOWED IN THE TENANT'S SPRINKLER SYSTEM. UNLESS MANDATED BY 13.ALL HEADS IN THE SALES AREA SHALL BE MOUNTED IN LOCAL AUTHORITIES. THE CENTER OF THE CEILING TROUGH. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 6. THE REVISED SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH BACK OF HOUSE - 6 AND INSTALLED SO THAT IT IS ONE SYSTEM FROM ONE 14.ALL SPRINKLER HEADS MOUNTED IN ACOUSTIC CEILING TAP ON MALL SPRINKLER SYSTEM. MULTI-TAPS ON MALL PANELS ARE TO BE MOUNTED IN THE CENTER OF TILES. FIRE PROTECTION MAIN ARE NOT ALLOWED. TENANT'S SPRINKLER SYSTEM PLAN 15.REMOVE ALL EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION PIPING, ETC. SHALL BE CONTAINED WITHIN THIS TENANT'S SPACE AND EQUIPMENT, ETC. NOT BEING USED. DO NOT JUST V SERVE ONLY HEADS LOCATED IN THIS SPACE. NO ABANDON. BCH PIPING SHSERVE ANYu HE ADJACENT SPACE AND NO BRANCH HEAD(PIPINGCFROMIN TED 0 CD T FP- 141 7/16/14 4:33 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-fp-141.dwg BILL OF MATERIALS - GENERAL CONTRACTOR BILL OF MATERIALS - GENERAL CONTRACTOR (CONTINUED) BILL OF MATERIALS - OWNER FURNISHED Tag Tag Tag No. Description Order # Supplied By Installed By No, Description Order # Supplied By Installed By No, Description Order # Supplied By Installed By EMT Conduit } "x10' (SEE KEYNOTE 2) N/A GC GC 1"-20A, 120V, 1-Pole Interchangeable Circuit Breaker Lockable in Open Position TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC T1 2-Compartment Recessed Floor Box (No data jacks included in this floor box) 885-NEX-NEWFLAGB WITH BLANK WIREMOLD GENERAL CONTRACTOR EMT Conduit Y4"x10' (SEE KEYNOTE 2) N/A GC GC (Manufacturer per Load Center Type) DATA COM INSERT. 20A, UL924 Listed Multiple-pole Emergency Lighting Transfer Relay TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC T3 2-Compartment Recessed Custom Floor Box 885-NEX-NEWFLAG WIREMOLD GENERAL CONTRACTOR EMT Conduit 1'x10' (SEE KEYNOTE 2) N/A GC GC 20A, 208V, 2-Pole Circuit Breaker (WH-1) TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC 5400 Series Prewired Raceway Black with Receptacles for Wall Bays "C" and EMT Conduit tY"x10' (SEE KEYNOTE 2) N/A GC GC (1) Circuit. - lP/3W (120v/20 Amps/ 60Hz) 5400-FON-BAYC WIREMOLD GENERALCONTRACTOR BOA, 208V, 3-Pole Circuit Breaker (HVAC/RTU-Units) TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC T5 EMT Conduit %'x10' (SEE KEYNOTE 2) N/A GC GC 60A, 208V, 3-Pole Circuit Breaker (HVAC/RTU-Units) TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC T68 5400 Series Prewired Raceway Block with Receptacles for Wall Bays "A" and 5400-FOH-BAYA-B WIREMOLD GENERAL CONTRACTOR EMT Conduit 2"x10' (Amount T.B.D by EC depending on existing service tap box by Moll E. Room (SEE KEYNOTE 2) N/A GC GC I Startup Boys and (1) Circuit. - lP/3W (120v/20 Amps/ 60Hz) 50A, 208V, 3-Pole Circuit Breaker (HVAC/RTU-Units) TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC T6C 5400 Series Prewired Raceway Block with Receptacles for Wall Bays "A" and Flexible Metal Conduit Xz"x25' (SEE KEYNOTE 2) N/A GC GC (Lighting ) ( ) 5400-FOH-BAYA-C WIREMOLD GENERAL CONTRACTOR 30A, 208Y, 2-Pole Circuit BreakerInverter TBD SEE KEYNOTE 3 GC GC (2) Circuits. - 1P/3W 3W (120v/20 Amps/ 60Hz) Flexible Metal Conduit -"x25' (SEE KEYNOTE 2) N/A GC GC 30A, 208V, 2-Pole Circuit Breaker (CU-1) TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC 5400 Series Prewired Raceway White with Receptacles 8 FT, (2) Circuits T7 (120v/20 Amps/ 60Hz) each ® Genius Room 5400-BOH-GRC1 WIREMOLD GENERAL CONTRACTOR Steel Liquid Tight )t"x50' N/A GC GC 15A, 208V, 2-Pole Circuit Breaker (AC-1) TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC Steel Liquid Tight Y4"x100' N/A GC GC T15 Distribution Panel MSB. 120/208V, 30,4W, 600A, 600A M.C.B. TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC T7D 5400 Series Prewired Raceway white with Receptacles 4 FT, (1) Circuits 5400-BOH-GRC3 WIREMOLD GENERAL CONTRACTOR (120v/20 Amps/ 6OHz) each ® Genius Room EMT Set Screw Coupling 1¢" N/A GC GC T16 Ponelboard P1B1. 120/208V, 30,4W, 225A, 200A M.C.B. TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC 5400 Series Prewired Raceway white with Receptacles 6 FT, (1) Circuits T7E 5400-BOH-DIES WIREMOLDGENERAL CONTRACTOR EMT Set Screw Coupling )41' N/A GC GC T17 Panelboard P1A1. 120/208V, 30,4W, 400A, 300A M.C.B. TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC (120v/20 Amps/ 6OHz) each ® Genius Room Conduit Straps N/A GC GC T25 208V/10/30A Disconnect Switch w/ (2) 30A Fuses TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC T9 5400 Series Prewired Raceway white with Receptacles 8 FT, (1) Circuits 5400-BOH-FSCl WIREMOLD GENERAL CONTRACTOR j (120v/20 Amps/ 60Hz) each ® BOH Conduit Strops N4" N/A GC GC T25B 208V/10/30A Disconnect Switch w/ (2) 15A Fuses TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC 5400 Series Prewired Raceway White with Receptacles 4 FT, (1) Circuits EMT Set Screw Connectors X" N/A GC GC T62 20A Thermal Overload Disconnect Switch TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC T91) 5400 Amps/ 60Hz) ® BOH 5400-BOH-FSCR WIREMOLD GENERAL CONTRACTOR T65 Wall Mounted Combination Fire Alarm Speaker/Strobe TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC EMT Set Screw Connectors Y4" N/A GC GC 5400 Series Prewired Raceway White with Receptacles 4 FT, (3) Circuits Flex Box Squeeze Connector�" N/A GC GC Unistrut TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC T9E (120v/20 Amps/ 60Hz) per (5) raceways ® Technology Station 5400-BOH-TS WIREMOLD GENERAL CONTRACTOR Flex Box Squeeze Connector N/A GC GC T10 5400 Series Prewired Raceway White with Receptacles 6 FT, (2) Circuits 5400-BOH-BSC1 WIREMOLD GENERAL CONTRACTOR (120v/20 Amps/ 60Hz) ® Break Station Set Screw EMT Offset Connectors X2" N/A GC GC 5400 Series Prewired Raceway White with Receptacles 3 FT, (2) Circuits Set Screw EMT Offset Connectors Y4" N/A GC GC T10D (120v/20 Amps/ 6OHz each) ® Break Station 5400-BOH-BSC3 WIREMOLD GENERAL CONTRACTOR Wire #16 (Red, Black) Double insulated- plenum and fire rated N/A GC GC T13 Twist lock power receptacle (125V/20A) L520R-20A/125V WIREMOLD GENERAL CONTRACTOR THHN Wire #12 (White, Green, Block, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, Yellow, Gray) N/A GC GC T13B Twist lock power receptacle (125V/30A) L53OR-30A/125V WIREMOLD GENERAL CONTRACTOR THHN Wire #10 (White, Green, Black, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, Yellow, Gray) N/A GC GC T13C Twist lock power receptacle (125V/15A) L515R-15A/125V WIREMOLD GENERAL CONTRACTOR THHN Wire #8 (White, Green, Black, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, Yellow, Gray) N/A GC GC T29 2960PD-Cisco Data Switch 8-10/100 Ports ( PoE ) CISCO CATALYST 2960PD-81T-L APPLE POS TEAM A/V VENDOR SWITCH THHN Wire #6 (White, Green, Black, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, Yellow, Gray) N/A GC GC T30 Ceiling Speakers CONTROL 26C/CT A/V VENDOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR THHN Wire #4 (White, Green, Black, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, Yellow, Gray) N/A GC GC T31 In-Ceiling Sub woofer CONTROL 19CS/CST A/V VENDOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR THHN Wire #3 (White, Green, Black, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, Yellow, Gray) N/A GC GC BILL OF MATERIALS FOR LI N EAR LIGHT SEGMENT T32 HAWK - Mini-Dome Camera HAWK-1 331CD APPLE SECURITY VENDOR APPLE SECURITY VENDOR THHN Wire #2 (White, Green, Black, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, Yellow, Gray) N/A GC GC T33 QS 2 Button Key Pad QSWS2-2BN-WH LUTRON GENERAL CONTRACTOR THHN Wire #1 (White, Green, Black, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, Yellow, Gray) N/A GC GC Connector 1 Connector 2 2960G-Cisco Data Switch 8-10/100 Ports (Not PoE/Requires AC/DC CISCO CATALYST 29606-8TC-L Richter Segment T34 Adaptor)-Onlyfor Genius Room SWITCH APPLE POS TEAM A/V VENDOR THHN Wire #1/0 (White, Green, Black, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, Yellow, Gray) N/A GC GC 9 Vfmax Imax Pmax Vfmax Imax Pmox Length Code T35 GANZ- Mini-Dome Camera GANZ 5000-ZC-5212NHA APPLE SECURITY VENDOR APPLE SECURITY VENDOR THHN Wire #2/0 (White, Green, Block, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, Yellow, Gray) N/A GC GC [V] [mA] [W] [V] [mA] [W] LL Segment THHN Wire #3/0 (White, Green, Block, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, Yellow, Gray) N/A GC GC ISP Tagging Lengths: T36 Cisco Aironet Wireless Access Points 10/100/1000 AIRONET 1142 APPLE IS & T VENDOR THHN Wire #4/0 (White, Green, Black, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, Yellow, Gray) N/A GC GC LL No. 1 1 it 0 inch LL- 012 25.84 258 6,667 0 0 0 T37 Data Rack 1 APPLE IS & T A/V VENDOR THHN Wire #250 kcMIL (White, Green, Black, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, Yellow, Gray) N/A GC GC LL No. 2 1 ft 3 inch LL- 015 32.3 258 8,333 0 0 0 T37B Half Rack - Remote StockRoom APPLE IS & T A/V VENDOR THHN Wire #300 kcMIL (White, Green, Black, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, Yellow, Gray) N/A GC GC LL No. 3 1 it 6 inch LL- 018 38.76 1 258 10,000 0 0 0 T38 Data Rack 2 APPLE IS & T A/V VENDOR 4 1 ft 9 inch LL- 021 45.22 258 11,667 0 0 0 THHN Wire #350 kcMIL (White, Green, Black, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, Yellow, Gray) N/A GC GC LL No. T39 Glass Break Sensor 5820A/SENTROL APPLE SECURITY VENDOR APPLE SECURITY VENDOR THHN Wire 400 kcMIL White, Green, Block, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, Yellow, Gra N A GC GC LL No. 5 2 ft 0 inch LL- 024 25.84 516 13,333 0 0 0 APPLE SHOPPERTRAK APPLE SHOPPERTRAK # ( 9 Y) / T40 Shoppertrak SHOPPERTRAK ORBIT 5 THHN Wire #500 kcMIL (White, Green, Black, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, Yellow, Gray) N/A GC GC LL No. 6 2 it 3 inch LL- 027 29.07 516 15,000 0 0 0 VENDOR VENDOR LL No. 7 2 ft 6 inch LL- 030 32.3 516 16,667 0 0 0 T41 Wall Mounted Motion Sensor DS835/PIR/MICROWAVE APPLE SECURITY VENDOR APPLE SECURITY VENDOR THHN Wire #600 kcMIL (White, Green, Black, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, Yellow, Gray) N/A GC GC LL No. 8 2 ft 9 inch LL- 033 35.53 516 18,333 0 0 0 T41a Mesh Wall Motion Sensor TSC-PDL1-W18x APPLE SECURffY VENDOR APPLE SECURITY VENDOR Wire Connectors (wire-nuts) minimum 1 #10 (blue) N/A GC GC LL No. 9 3 ft 0 inch LL- 036 38.76 516 20,000 0 0 0 T42 Magnetic Door Contact 1078 /78C SERIES 1'-SENTROL APPLE SECURITY VENDOR APPLE SECURITY VENDOR Wire Connectors (wire-nuts) minimum 1 #10 (block) N/A GC GC ILL No. 10 3 ft 3 inch LL- 039 41.99 516 21,667 0 0 0 T43 Break-in Protection Optex BX-100PLUS Optex APPLE SECURITY VENDOR Wire Connectors (wire-nuts) minimum 1 #10 (red) N/A GC GC LL No. 11 3 ft 6 inch LL- 042 45.22 516 23,334 0 0 0 T44 Security Alarm Keypad 01255/Bosch APPLE SECURITY VENDOR APPLE SECURITY VENDOR Wire Connectors (wire-nuts) minimum 1 #10 (green) N/A GC GC LL No. 12 3 ft 9 inch LL- 045 48.45 516 1 25,000 0 0 0 T45 Panic Button HUB2B United Security Products APPLE SECURITY VENDOR Steel square Box Cover N/A GC GC LL No. 13 4 ft 0 inch LL- 048 25.84 1032 26,667 0 0 0 T46 Dual Circuit Wall Sensor MS-PPS6-DDV-WH LUTRON GENERAL CONTRACTOR CAT 6 Plenum Data Cable N/A GC GC LL No. 14 4 ft 3 inch LL- 051 54.91 516 28,334 0 0 0 T47b Exacq DVR -4u (Rack Mounted) HYBRID NVRServers-4U Rack-mount APPLE SECURITY VENDOR APPLE SECURITY VENDOR West Penn 25227 Plenum rated N/A GC GC LL No. 15 4 ft 6 inch LL- 054 29.07 1032 30,000 0 0 0 T47c 4 CHANNEL DVR (Rack Mounted) DR4NL-50O GANZ Rack-mount APPLE SECURITY VENDOR APPLE SECURITY VENDOR %"x10' Cooper Grounding Rod TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC LL No. 16 4 ft 9 inch LL- 057 38.76 817 31,667 0 0 0 T48 Power Supply (24v) for Ganz Mimi-Dome Cameras Altronix/ALTV248 APPLE SECURITY VENDOR APPLE SECURITY VENDOR Grounding Clamp h'-l" TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC LL No. 17 5 ft 0 inch LL- 060 32.3 1032 33,334 0 0 0 T50 Burglar Alarm Control Panel 8-16 Port 7212/BOSCH APPLE SECURITY VENDOR APPLE SECURITY VENDOR 1"-20A, 120V. 1-Pole Interchangeable Circuit Breaker (Manufacturer per Load Center Type) TBLL No. 18 5f 3 inch LL- 063 45.22 774 35,000 0 0 0D (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC T52 Ceiling Mounted Motion Sensor SPY N APPLE SECURITY VENDOR APPLE SECURITY VENDOR LL No. 19 5 ft 6 inch LL- 066 35.53 1032 36,667 0 0 0 1"-20A, 120V 1-Pole Interchangeable Circuit Breoker-GFCI (Manufacturer per Load Center Type) TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC T52B Ceiling Mounted Motion Sensor Request-to-Exit SPY RTE A APPLE SECURITY VENDOR APPLE SECURITY VENDOR LL No. 20 5ft 9 inch LL- 069 38.76 989 38,334 0 0 0 Architect: 1"-20A, 120V 1-Pole Interchangeable Circuit Breaker-Podlockable Handle lock (Manufacturer per Load Center Type) TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC LL No. 21 6 ft 0 inch LL- 072 38.76 1032 40,000 0 0 0 T58 Burglar Alarm Control Panel ( Remote Stock) TBD APPLE SECURITY VENDOR APPLE SECURITY VENDOR Woods Bagot 1"-30A, 120V, 1-Pole Interchangeable Circuit Breaker (Manufacturer as per Load Center Type) TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC LL No. 22 6 ft 3 inch LL- 075 25.84 1032 26,667 29.07 516 15,000 T59 Wall Mounted Passive Infrared Occupancy Sensor Switch MS-VPS5AM-WH LUTRON GENERAL CONTRACTOR www.woodsbagot.com T2 Duplex Outlet Receptacle (125V/20A) NOVA NTR-20-WH GC GC LL No. 23 6 ft 6 inch LL- 078 41.99 1032 43,334 T67 Emergency Lighting Inverter D-208-37-S-120-A-20-04 HUBBELL GENERAL CONTRACTOR T2B Duplex Outlet Receptacle (125V/20A) NOVA-NTR-20-GR GC GC LL No. 24 6 It 9 inch LL- 081 25.84 1032 26,667 35.53 516 18,333 T75 Ceiling mounted passive infrared Occupancy Sensor LOS-500-CDT-WH LUTRON GENERAL CONTRACTOR Consultant: T4 Metal square Boxes (Deep Type) N/A GC GC LL No. 25 7 ft 0 inch LL- 084 45.22 1032 46,667 T76 Ceiling mounted passive infrared Occupancy Sensor LOS-1000-CDT-WH LUTRON GENERAL CONTRACTOR Thorson Baker & Associates T12 Double Duplex Outlet Receptacle (125V/20A) NOVA NTR-20-WH/VWP-2R-WH GC GC LL No. 26 7 ft 3 inch LL- 087 25.84 1032 26,667 41.99 516 21,667 T77 Ceiling mounted passive infrared Occupancy Sensor LOS-2000-CDT-WH LUTRON GENERAL CONTRACTOR www.thorsonbaker.com T20 Door Bell System (See Detail on Electrical Specification Manual) NUTONE LA-11-WH GC GC LL No. 27 7 It 6 inch LL- 090 48.45 1032 50,000 T78 5 Button Key Pad SO-5BN-WH LUTRON GENERAL CONTRACTOR T21 Push Button for Door Bell FSB-3863 GC GC LL No. 28 7 it 9 inch LL- 093 25.84 1032 26,667 48.45 516 25,000 T79 Clear Lockable Cover, single gang for Lutron 5 Button Key Pad GRX-1GLC LUTRON GENERAL CONTRACTOR Consultant: T22 Transformer for Door Bell NUTONE C907 GC GC LL No. 29 8 ft 0 inch LL- 096 51.68 1032 53,334 T90 QS Sensor Module QSM2-4W-C LUTRON GENERAL CONTRACTOR Thorson Baker & Associates T23 Double Pole Switch 250V/20A (for water heater) TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC LL No. 30 8 ft 3 inch LL- 099 25.84 1032 26,667 54.91 516 28,334 Tgl Daylight Sensor EC-DIR-WH LUTRON GENERAL CONTRACTOR www.thorsonbaker.com T24 Duplex GFCI Outlet NOVA NTR-20GFC1-WH GC GC LL No. 31 8 ft 6 inch LL- 102 25.84 1032 26,667 29.07 1032 30,000 T92 QS 5 Button Key Pad QSWS2-5BN-WH LUTRON GENERAL CONTRACTOR T26 Duct Smoke Detector (By Mechanical Contractor) TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC LL No. 32 8 ft 9 inch LL- 105 32.3 1032 33,334 48.45 576 251000 T93 Pico Wireless Control D-208-37-S-120-A-20-04 LUTRON GENERAL CONTRACTOR Consultant: n, Inc. 1032 33,334 84 1032 26,667 32 33 9 ft 0 inch LL- 108 25. . T27 Double RJ 45 UTP Data Jock Including Cover Plate-White (SEE KEYNOTE 4) NOVA HTR-PJ8X2-WH GC GC LL No. T94 Daylight Sensor (CCP System Only) GRX-GEST LUTRON GENERAL CONTRACTOR ISP Design, T278 Double RJ 45 UTP Data Jack Including Cover Plate-Black (SEE KEYNOTE 4) NOVA HTR-PJ8X2-BL GC GC LL No. 34 9 ft 3 inch LL- 111 25.84 1032 26,667 45.22 774 35,000 T95 Light Management Hub QP3-iPL-100-240 LUTRON GENERAL CONTRACTOR www.ispdesign.com LL No. 35 9 ft 6 inch LL- 114 25.84 1032 26,667 35.53 1032 36,667 T28 Single RJ 45 UTP Data Jack Including Cover Plate - White (SEE KEYNOTE 4) NOVA NT-PJ-WH GC GC LL No. 36 9 ft 9 inch LL- 117 29.07 1032 1 30,000 45.22 1 774 35,000 Energi Sovr Node with Doli QSN-2DAL-S T49 CO2-CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTOR Detector (By Mechanical Contractor ) TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 3) GC GC LL No. 37 10 ft 0 inch LL- 120 25.84 1032 26,667 38.76 1032 1 40,000 Energi Savr Node with Ecosystem QSN-2ECO-S T51 Single Pole Switch 125V/15A CA-1PSH-WH/SC-IPS-WH GC GC Exit Signs TBD MULE GENERAL CONTRACTOR T57 Multimode Optical Fiber InfiniCor 600 Fiber GC GC Universal Ceiling System TBD (SEE KEYNOTE 1) GENERAL CONTRACTOR �0 PRQFf3�/ Fabric System TBD SEE KEYNOTE 1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR Y ( ) Vic' ��19rJ87PE`�'p � �ler4 Lighting Panel ("LP ) 120 V/16 A-Feed-Through Panel- (See Sheet E-511) , LP (2) Four CKT Switching Modules •16 A/ Circuit CCP-2X2A3T-1 20FF-CGP645 LUTRON GENERAL CONTRACTOR OREGOY 8 (1) Four CKT Adoptative Dimming Modules •16 A per Module @ 10 A Max per 5� Dimming Line �FF� 'f/Zg'\9 jai CRY D. 1�\� ► '131114 F xp. Oale' MAXIMUM LOADS PER TYPICAL LOADS - ELECTRICAL KEY NOTES ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES Signed: NEC - FURNITURE APPLE EQUIP. Retail Store #1309 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SET FOR UNIVERSAL CEILING 1. PERMIT/BID INSTRUCTIONS: 8. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR BOTH 13. FOR UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, PROVIDE PULL 19. ALL FUSES SHALL BE CURRENT LIMITING, PER U.L. RATED 25. PROVIDE ALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GROUNDING IN ACCORDANCE 29. ALL APPLE EQUIPMENT AND ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS ARE FURNITURE LOADS EQUIPMENT LOADS BTU/H SYSTEM DETAIL AND MANUFACTURER SHOP DRAWINGS FOR 1.1. REVIEW BILL OF MATERIALS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT FOR ROUGH AND FINAL UNDERWRITERS OR OTHER APPROVED BOXES SUCH THAT NO SINGLE CONDUIT RUN HAS BENDS IN 600V OR 250V AS REQUIRED AND SHALL BE RK-1 REJECTION WITH NEC REQUIREMENTS EVEN IF IT IS NOT SHOWN ON THE PROVIDED IN A MANUAL FOR REFERENCE. SEE SPECIFICATIONS Washington Square Mall LOW LOAD DISPLAY TABLE 960 WATTS IPOD SHUFFLE 2 WATTS 7 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION THE APPLE STORE. INSPECTION AGENCY CERTIFICATES "ELECTRICAL INSPECTION". EXCESS OF 360 DEGREES, OR 180 DEGREES FOR TYPE WITH TYPE DELAY RATED AT 300K AMPERES RMS DRAWINGS. INCLUDE ADDITIONAL GROUNDING CONDUCTORS IN DIVISION 00 FOR MANUALS PROVIDED BY OWNER. 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. NLY HIGH LOAD DISPLAY TABLE 1920 WATTS IPOD NANO 2 WATTS 7 2. CONDUITS, CONDUIT FITTING DEVICES, AND J-BOXES ARE 1 2 AND APPLE ALL THE EVENMS IDO S ARE N THE LOWNER UPPLIEDL OF MATERIALS FAN WOR ILL FOR LE SFINAL PAYMENT.E CERTIFICATES SHALL BE PRESENTED WITH REQUEST FOR THE TELEPHONNTEN ED USE E. PULL SAND WITH (IRON COVERS. WARNING APPROVED SHALL BE SUITABLE AND MATH THIE MALL CAL SELEC RACAL DISTRIBUTION ER AND FUSE FUSES,SHALL CIRCUIT D /OR NEEAUTRAL CONDUCTORS. THE PLUMBING YS EVEN IF THE DRAWINGS SHOW OAND 30. ALL EQUIPMENT, WIRING, DEVICES, ETC. SHALL BE NEW, Tigard, Oregon CASH WRAP 960 WATTS "POD CLASSIC 2 WATTS 7 SUBJECT TO CHANGES IN WIRING SYSTEM. REVISE BE SHIPPED DIRECTLY TO THE SITE. TAPES WITH "WARNING BURIED ELECTRIC" SHALL BE PLACED WITH: PIPING SYSTEM SHALL NOT BE USED AS GROUND. ALL EXCEPT ELECTRICAL PANEL HtA1 AND STEP-DOWN QUANTITIES PER LATEST DESIGN CHANGES AND FIELD 1.3. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY APPLE IF ITEMS ARRIVE 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING TO IN TRENCHES ABOVE ELECTRIC CONDUITS. WHERE CONDUITS A) NON TIME DELAY FUSES IN MAIN SWITCHES AND TRANSFORMER NEUTRALS SHALL BE GROUNDED TO BUILDING TRANSFORMER THAT MAY BE ON SITE ALREADY (REFER TO KIDS TABLE 1920 WATTS IPOD TOUCH 2 WATTS 7 CONDITIONS. DAMAGED TO THE SITE SO REPLACEMENT ITEMS CAN BE ORIGINAL CONDITIONS ANY AND ALL DAMAGES TO BUILDING PASS UNDER PAVED AREAS, THEY SHALL BE GRD. WHERE SWITCHES FEEDING PANELS. STEEL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC 250-70. SHEET E-501, VERIFY ON SITE). ALL DISCONNECT SWITCHES ORDERED. SURFACES, EQUIPMENT, ETC. CAUSED DURING THE UNDERGROUND CONDUITS ARE NOT EXPOSED TO MECHANICAL B) DUAL ELEMENT TIME DELAY FUSES FOR MOTORS AND SHALL BE SIZED BY NEC REQUIREMENTS TO ACCOMMODATE -_ BENCH 960 WATTS ]PHONE 5 WATTS 17 3. ORDER # WILL BE ADDED PER THE CONTRACTOR'S ORDER PERFORMANCE OF WORK. DAMAGE OR ARE NOT UNDER PAVED AREAS, THEY SHALL BE HVAC EQUIPMENT. 26. FOR COORDINATION OF OVERHEAD PIPING AND DUCT WORK, THE EQUIPMENT SERVED, INCLUDING REJECTION CUPS AND PERSONAL TRAINING TABLE 960 WATTS IPAD 12 WATTS 41 TAKE-OFF WHEN FILLING OUT THE BILL OF MATERIALS. 2. THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SCHEDULE 40 PVC. ELBOWS AND RISERS SHALL BE GRC. CEIUNG COMPONENTS SHALL BE LOCATED AS FOLLOWS: ALL FUSES. SWITCHES SHALL BE MOTOR RATED FOR MAXIMUM THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL 10. CORRECTION OF ANY DEFECTS SHALL BE COMPLETED WITHOUT 20. CONSULT WITH CONTRACTOR FURNISHING HVAC EQUIPMENT TO ELECTRICAL CONDUIT SHALL BE RUN TIGHT TO THE BOTTOM HORSEPOWER. ALL DISCONNECTING MEANS AND EQUIPMENT Issued/Revised Date START-UP TABLE 1920 WATTS MACBOOK PRO 13" 60 WATTS 205 4. DATA JACKS TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CODE(NEC), AND THE LATEST EDITION OF THE BUILDING CODE ADDITIONAL CHARGE OR DELAYS AND SHALL INCLUDE 14. PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT U.L. APPROVED SEALANT ON ALL VERIFY LOADS AND SECURE EXACT LOCATION. FURNISH AND OF THE BAR JOISTS. ALL REFRIGERATION AND SPRINKLER INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 LOW-LOAD DISPLAY COUNTER 1920 WATTS MACBOOK PRO 15" 60 WATTS 205 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, EXCEPT AT WIREMOLD RACEWAYS. AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL REPLACEMENT OR REPAIR OF ANY OTHER PHASE OF THE PENETRATIONS, WALLS AND STRUCTURAL SLABS. IT SHALL BE INSTALL DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND WIRING FOR AIR PIPING SHALL BE RUN IN THE ENVELOPE SPACE BELOW NAMEPLATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF Permit 07/16/2014 CODES. INSTALLATION WHICH MAY HAVE BEEN DAMAGED THEREBY. THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO CONDITIONING SYSTEMS AS PER MANUFACTURERS NAME-PLATE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT TO A MAXIMUM OF 14" BELOW THE BAR THE N.E.C. 110-22. HIGH-LOAD DISPLAY COUNTER 3000 WATTS MACBOOK PRO 17" 60 WATTS 205 SHALL VERIFY PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, THE LOCATIONS OF ALL RECOMMENDATIONS. CONTROLS ARE TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE JOISTS. HVAC DUCTWORK SHALL BE RUN BELOW SPRINKLER START-UP COUNTER 1920 WATTS IMAC (21.5' 136 WATTS 464 3 CONTRACTORALL WORK FIN A FIRST CLASS WORKMAN LIKEL BE PERFORMED BY A ED ELECTRICAL MAN ER D 11. ALL CONDUCTORS BE ELECTRICAL METAWC TUBINGBE IN C(EMT)ff XCEPTDUITS SHALL WHERE SLABS. RATED PARTITIONS, WALLS, AND STRUCTURAL CONC CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY THE TRACTOR.OR. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL"CAL PIPING AND SPACE FOR RECESSED SSD LIGHTVE ANY GCEILING TROF ERS MOUNG ADEQUATE NTED IN T-BAR 31. THE ELECTRICAL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL PERSONAL TRAINING COUNTER 1920 WATTS IMAC (27' 229 WATTS 781 IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOOD COMMERCIAL PRACTICE INCLUDING GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL (GRC) IS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE 15. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SEISMIC RESTRAINTS CONNECTIONS TO ALL CONTROLS. GRID OF THE HUNG CEIUNG. 32. WHERE CONDUIT IS REQUIRED FOR DATA CABLES, 3/4" EMT THE INSTALLATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, SYSTEMS CODES AND EXCEPT THAT: MAC BOOK 13.3" 50 WATTS 170 AND THE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO THE OWNER'S EQUIPMENT (A) PVC CONDUITS MAY BE USED UNDERGROUND AND SUPPORTS FOR ALL FLOOR AND CEILING MOUNTED 21. ALL CONNECTIONS TO GROUND RODS SHALL BE MADE WITH 27. ALL WIRE AND CABLE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER WITH CONDUIT SHALL BE USED. AND FIXTURES AS REQUIRED BY THE OWNER. PROVIDED ELBOWS AND RISERS ARE GRC. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO RESIST EARTHQUAKE EFFECTS U.L. APPROVED WELDED CONNECTIONS, UNLESS NOTED INSULATION RATED 60OV. CONDUCTORS SIZED #10 AWG AND MAC BOOK AIR 11" 38 WATTS 130 (B) ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) MAY BE USED IN DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BUILDING CODE. OTHERWISE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FORM A GROUNDING SMALLER SHALL BE SOUD AND CONDUCTORS SIZED LARGER 33. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAC BOOK AIR 13" 54 WATTS 184 4. THE G.0 SHALL FURNISH TEMPORARY TWIRING AND LIGHTING OR ON WALLS OR CEILINGS WHERE NOT SUBJECT TO ELECTRODE SYSTEM AS PER NEC ARTICLE 250. THAN #10 AWG SHALL BE STRANDED WIRE. INSTALLING ALL EQUIPMENT PURCHASED BY APPLE, U.O.N. THAT WILL PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 25 FC IN WORK AREAS. MECHANICAL DAMAGE, DAMP OR CORROSIVE16. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE AND MAC PRO 450 WATTS 1535 INSTALL ALL SUPPLEMENTARY SUPPORT, INCLUDING SUPPORT 22. ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN 28. ALL RACEWAY ROUTED INSULATED CONDUCTORS SHALL BE 34. ALL EMERGENCY LIGHTS REQUIRE A DEDICATED CIRCUIT TO CONDITIONS. Apple Approval Date 5. THE G.0 IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING ALL TEMPORARYCONDUIT WSTEEL AS REQUIRED TO HANG ALL EQUIPMENT AND LIGHTING ACCESSIBLE AREAS ONLY. COLOR CODED AS FOLLOWS. INVERTER FOR OPERATION AT POWER FAILURE. ENGINEER w APPLE SERVER 750 WATTS 2559 WIRING UPON COMPLETION OF ALL TRADES. SAID CONTRACTOR (C) LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE HERE REQUIRED. FROM THE EXISTING STRUCTURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 120/208 V SYSTEM: RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION ON THE SET FOR SHALL MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH BY ANY LOCAL (D) FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT WHERE REQUIRED IN DRY ARCHITECTURAL SUPPORT AND LOADING CRITERIA 23. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL WIRING, / DEDICATED CIRCUITS AND INVERTER INCLUDING SIZE AND APPLE TV 1.9 WATTS 7 LOCATIONS ONLY. ALL CONDUITS IN HAZARDOUS PHASE 'A' BLACK q ORDINANCE AND GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. BREAKERS, AND FUSE SIZES IN ACCORDANCE WITH A/C LOCATION. LOCATION MUST BE COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECT v AREAS (PER NEC) SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS 17. THE WIRING METHODS AND MATERIALS INDICATED IN THE EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE IF DIFFERENT FROM THAT SPECIFIED PHASE 'B' RED ONCE SIZE IS CALCULATED BASED ON LOADS REQUIRE FOR APPLE MAC MINI 85 WATTS 290 OF .NEC CHAPTER 5. SPECIFICATIONS AND ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED PHASE 'C' BLUE AIRPORT EXTREME 25 WATTS 85 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED INSURANCE AND CONNECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS ON DWGS, AS WELL AS ANY FEEDER CHANGES BEING NEUTRAL WHITE (see note below STORE. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION OF GENERAL NOTES AND FOR PROTECTION AGAINST PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY AFFECTED BY THIS CHANGE. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ABOVE ) DEDICATED CIRCUITS TO EMERGENCY AND INVERTER. s 12. OWNER'S A/V VENDOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR: OF THE NEC ARTICLE 300. MENTIONED CHANGES AT NO EXTRA COST. GROUND GREEN INVERTER PROVIDED BY APPLE BASED ON ENGINEER BILL OF MATERIALS v AIRPORT EXPRESS 25 WATTS 85 DAMAGE FOR THE DURATION OF THE WORK. . TERMINATING, LABELING AND TESTING DATA CABLES 277/480 V SYSTEM: / SELECTION FROM APPROVED MANUFACTURER. TIME CAPSULE 30 WATTS 102 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS AND " DATA COVER PLATES TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED 18. ALL GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS OF THE COMPLETE 24. GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL PERMANENT FEEDER PHASE 'A' BROWN WORKMANSHIP FREE FROM DEFECTS FOR A PERIOD OF NOT BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, EXCEPT AT WIREMOLD ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM AND AS INDICATED IN THE CONDUCTORS FROM THE LANDLORD'S SERVICE DISTRIBUTION PHASE 'B' ORANGE s SONY BRAVIA 170 WATTS 580 RACEWAYS SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC N LESS THAN (1) YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. POINT FOR USE AS SOURCE OF LIGHT AND POWER DURING PHASE 'C' YELLOW LED CINEMA DISPLAY 93 WATTS 317 TEST, ORBIT AND TERMINATION OF SHOPPERTRACK ARTICLE 250. CONSTRUCTION IF APPLICABLE. NEUTRAL GRAY PROVIDE SPEAKERS, SUBWOOFERS AND TERMINATE GROUND GREEN E-00 1 2 CABLES AT RACKOPnCpqrpPFPTWPAmni1 7/16/14 4:42 PM \\tbs-projectsO2\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-e-001.dwg MG6 MG5 T U MG4 V W MG311 .3 9 1 .2 MG1 I I I I , RAPHIC PANEL = RAPHIC PAN L ON CIRCUIT C2 j RAGior PANEL- - ---2 --- - - - - - - - - 71 - 36 N CIRC T4 T4T4 LXORLP1AI- 3 SMD-B' 1 L95s L95s L95s L95s L95s L95s L95s L95s L95s L95s L95s L95s L95s L95s --- - - - - - -_- - --- - A. 1 0 0 o e o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0HHP HP HP HHP HP HP HP HP HP HP HP HPi • � L90-Trough 11 L90o-Trough f0 j L90-Trough 9 L90-Trough 13 L90-Trough 7 L90-Trough 6 L90-Trough 5 L90-Trough 4 L90-Trough 3 L9Do-Trough 2 L90-Trough 1: i Hp HP HP HP HP HIP HP HP HP HP HP p GRAPHIC PANEL ^ LL No. 15 ''I LL No. 15 LL No. 15 LL No. 15 j LL No. 15 LL No. 15i ( LL No. 15 LL No. 15 LL No. 151 LL No. 15 LL No. 151 i 1 ON CIRCUIT C5 -- o L95 L9 L95 I L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 i L9 1 HP HP' HP HP HP HP (HP HP ' HP HP HP 14 TDP. TYP. I l I i 2 ° L955 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17' LL No. 17 j LL No. 17 p HP j o I I I I Oil i i I P L95 L951 L95 L95 L9� L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 1_95' - LL No. 15 HP LL No. 15i HP ' LL No. 15 HP LL No. 15 HP LL No. 15 HP ' LL No. 151 HP LL No. 15 HP LL No. 15 HP ' LL No. 15 HP LL No. 151 HP LL Na. 15, ; HP ' l HP s '0 PP. •' L95 i L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 1_95 L95 L95 L95 I HP HP HP HP HP HP HP HP' j HP HP HP 1 E E I ' D9I'I ' L95s tc LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 ! LL No. 17� LL No. 17 LL No 171 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 i ' HP! I j 3 APPLE LOGO I L95 1 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 j L95 L95, L95 L95 L95', n ON CIRCUIT Cl r GRAPHIC PANEL M _ ! LL No. 15 HP LL No. 15 HP LL No. 15 HP ON CIRCUIT C5 _ .. ° HP �- i HP HP I HP HP s L95 L95 L95 L95 fL9 L L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 LJ LL No. 15 HP LL No. 15 HP LL No. 15 HP LL No. 15 HP LL No. 15 HP LL No. 15 HP LL No. 151 HP LL o. H L9 HP HP HP HP HP HP I LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 171 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17I LL No 171 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 307 7 L95s Lt HPE 'r' ' C1 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 LL No. 15 HP LL No. 15' HP LL No. 15 HP LL No. 15 HP LL No. 15 HP LL No. 15 HP LL No. 15 'I! HP LL No. 15 HP LL No. 15' HP LL No. 15 HP LL No. 15 HP ' IHP L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 j L95 P95 L95 L95 L951 t HP HP HP HP HP I HP HP P HP HP HP X71 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 I 1 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 ISI I GRAPHIC PANEL ON CIRCUIT C5 L95 I 1 Architect: HP Woods Bagot 1 6 www.woodsbagot.com 2 "' LL No. 15 L95 LL No 15' 1 L951 LL No. 15 L95 LL No. 15 L95 LL No. 15 L95 LL No. 15 j L95 LL No. 15 L95 LL No. 15 L95 LL No. 15 L95 LL No. 15i L95 LL No. 15', L95 I Consultant: HP HPI HP HP HP HP HP HP HP HP I HP j I Thorson Baker & Associates i - ---- - - -- - - - - --- - - - www.thorsonbaker.com i L95s o L95s o L95s o L95s o L95s o L95s o L95s o L95s o L95s o L95s o L95s o L95s o L95s o L95s o HP HP HP HP HP HP I HP HP HP HP HP HP HP HP - r�--- --- - ---- - ------- - - A g f Consultant: T4 T4 T4 Thorson Baker & Associates z 2 \---GRAPHIC PANEL 2 RAPHIC PANEL (D--j RAPHIC PANEL www.thorsonbakeccom 1 ON CIRCUIT C4 ON CIRCUIT C3 ON CIRCUIT C3 J r` Consultant: a I I ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com i PR G%NeFss�4 otl�tt ✓F� eft 2010 c0 AL AREA LIGHTING/SEGMENT L FY D. 1 1/4"=1'-0" IZ�31�1� Exp, past SHEET NOTES KEY NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. REFER TO THE LIGHTING SPECIFICATION MANUAL FOR ALL 9. L90, L95, AND L95S FIXTURES HAVE REMOTE CONSTANT 16. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE ON A NATIONAL ACCOUNT AND 21. L11 T8 FLUORESCENT LAMPS HAVE A COLOR 1. ALL EXIT SIGNS HAVE A 90 MINUTE BATTERY BACK-UP. 6. THE COMPLETE LINEAR LIGHT IS TAGGED L90, INDIVIDUAL Washington Square Mall DETAILS, INSTALLATION GUIDES, APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS CURRENT DRIVERS IN THE BACK OF THE HOUSE. SEE HAVE WARRANTY, IF ANY PRODUCT COMES TO THE JOBSITE TEMPERATURE OF 4100K, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO ORDER FORMS ARE IN THE LIGHTING MANUAL IN TWO SEGMENTS OF THE LINEAR LIGHT HAVE DIFFERENT TAGS L1 DISPLAY TRACK g q AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLING ALL THE LIGHTING SPECIFICATION AND CUT SHEETS IN LIGHTING MANUAL AND THAT IS NOT PERFORMING PLEASE CONTACT THE CHECK THE ORDERS AND MAKE SURE THE LAMPS ARE LOCATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL MARK UP COLOR/TYPE ON BASED ON DIMENSIONS, PLEASE REFER TO BILL OF 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. FIXTURE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW LIGHTING REFER TO SHEET E-515 FOR POWER ENCLOSURE AND MANUFACTURER OR THE LIGHTING DESIGNER TO RESOLVE 4100K BEFORE INSTALLING THEM. IF LAMPS COME IN WITH WHAT THEY NEED FOR THIS SITE, THEN FAX TO THE MATERIAL ON SHEET E-001. Tigard,rd, Ore on MANUAL PRIOR TO JOB COMMENCEMENT. CONNECTIONS. THE PROBLEM. THE WRONG COLOR TEMPERATURE, PLEASE E-MAIL ISP NUMBER ON THE ORDER FORM. 0 L90,L90a LINEAR LED g g DESIGN SO THEY CAN GET THE CORRECT LAMPS ON SITE. 7. WHEN DRAWINGS CALL OUT FOR HOUSE PANEL (HP), THE 2. ALL CODE COMPLIANCE FORMS ARE IN THE LIGHTING 10. CABLES FOR PLACEMENT IN AIR HANDLING DUCTS, 17. ALL LIGHTING EQUIPMENT AND SHIPMENT SHALL BE 2. J-BOXES FOR GRAPHIC PANELS TO BE MOUNTED ON THE CIRCUITS SHALL NOT BE CONNECTED TO A LUTRON PANEL MANUAL FOR ASHRAE, TITLE 24 OR LOCAL CODE POWER CHAMBERS (PLENUMS), OR ANY ENCLOSED AREAS THAT RECEIVED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND CHECKED FOR 22. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY THE LIGHTING DESIGNER METAL STUDS 0! 1' ABOVE FINISHED CEILING. GRAPHIC SYSTEM AND SHALL REQUIRE POWER DIRECTLY FROM AN o L95,L95s LED DOWNLIGHT CONSUMPTION. FACILITATE ENVIRONMENTAL AIR HANDLING, WITHOUT THE DAMAGES. IF DAMAGED, AN E-MAIL SHALL GO OUT TO OR APPLE IF T8 LAMPS FOR L11 COME DAMAGED TO THE PANELS COME IN 15 FT SECTIONS MAX. EACH GRAPHIC ELECTRICAL PANELBOARD. THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER USE OF FIRE PROOF CONDUIT, ARE HELD TO THE MOST INFORM VENDORS/APPLE, SO REPLACEMENTS CAN BE SITE. IT IS REQUIRED THAT THE ALL LAMPS INSTALLED PANEL COMES WITH A 15 I'T CABLE WHIP WHICH RUNS TO SHALL PROVIDE CIRCUITING AND PANEL INFORMATION FOR 3. THE L90, L95, L95S, LIDO, GRAPHIC PANELS, AND LOGO STRINGENT TESTING OF ANY OF THE CABLES RATED BY SENT OUT. TIME FRAME FOR THIS SHALL BE IN THE FIRST COME FROM THE SAME BATCH TO AVOID COLOR JUNCTION BOX ABOVE CEILING, SEE WIRING DIAGRAM ON THESE FIXTURES, PLUS CIRCUITING FOR ALL EXIT SIGNS. PURCHASED AND RELEASED TO THE SITE BY APPLE. L1, THE NEC, RATED FOR BOTH FLAMMABILITY AND SMOKE 12 DAYS OF SHIPMENT OR THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE VARIATIONS, IF THE BATCH HAS DAMAGED LAMPS AND SHEET E-513. THE CONTROL OF THESE FIXTURES (EXCEPT EXIT SIGNS) � EXIT SIGNS Issued/Revised Date L10. L11, AND L14 PURCHASED BY APPLE AND RELEASED GENERATION. THE MOST STRINGENT FIRE RESISTANCE HELD RESPONSIBLEALL DAMAGED FIXTURES WILL NEED TO REPLACEMENTS HAVE TO BE SENT TO THE SITE, THEN THE WILL BE THROUGH A MANAGEMENT HUB USING A CLASS II 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 TO THE SITE BY ISP VIAL E-MAIL. LEVEL AS PER NEC DESIGNATION SUCH AS: CMP, CL2P, BE SENT BACK TO THE VENDOR WHEN THE NEW ORDER MANUFACTURER HAS TO RE-SEND THE ENTIRE ORDER. 3, WIRE BUNDLE AND POWER SUPPLIES ENCLOSURE ARE DAISY CHAIN ECOSYSTEM OR DALI LOOP. REFER TO SHEET Permit 07/16/2014 CL3P, OR FPLP, WHICH COMPLIES WITH THE TEST ARRIVES. THE JOBSITE SHOULD NOT LAMP ANY 18 UNTIL THE PROVIDED WITH LOGO BY MANUFACTURER. E-503 FOR HOUSE PANEL CIRCUITS. O T4 CEILING MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR/ ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MUST REQUIRED BY NFPA262. THESE CABLES AND RACEWAY ENTIRE PACKAGE HAS BEEN REPLACED. VISIT THE SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, AND CATEGORIES INCLUDE DUZX, DUCS, HNIR, QAYK, AND 18. CONTRACTOR TO SEND AN E-MAIL WHEN THEY WOULD 4. ALL L1 TRACKS COME TO SITE IN 10'-0" LENGTHS. IF A 8. EXTENDED CONDUIT AND WIRING TO REMOTE POWER SHALL THOROUGHLY REVIEW THE COMPLETE DRAWINGS SET QPTZ. LIKE THE PRODUCT ON SITE. APPLE PLACES THE ORDER 23. ALL CIRCUITS THAT ARE CALLED OUT ON THE PLAN NEED JOINER TRACK IS ORDERED IT WILL BE A 4'-0" OR SUPPLIES ENCLOSURE IN UNOCCUPIED SPACE SEE FO T4 WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX BEFORE FILLING THE BID FORM. IN THE BID, THE AT 100% CD AND THE ITEMS SHIP TO CANADA TO AN TO BE CONNECTED TO A LUTRON PANEL SYSTEM. ANOTHER 10'-0•. IF TRACK IS CUT IN THE FIELD. THE DRAWING E-141 FOR CONTINUATION. MANUFACTURER TO CONTRACTOR SHALL ACCOUNT FOR THE FURNISHING AND 11. ALL SPECIFIED LIGHTING FIXTURES HAVE UL OR E.T.L. APPLE WAREHOUSE TO WAIT FOR RELEASE TO THE SITE. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER TO PROVIDE FEED PANEL FOR CUT END THAT IS EXPOSED SHOULD BE PAINTED BLACK PROVIDE 200 FT LEAD WITH THE POWER SUPPLY. INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT, BOXES AND WIRING NECESSARY LISTING, AND MEET NATIONAL AND LOCAL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO SHOULD PROVIDE A TWO WEEK NOTICE LUTRON. REFER TO THE LOAD SCHEDULES IN THE COORDINATE MAXIMUM DISTANCE FROM LOGO TO POWER FOR A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROVIDE ALL CODES. FOR PRODUCT TO BE RELEASE TO THE SITE. LIGHTING PANELS AT SHEET E-511. THERE ARE TWO BY THE CONTRACTOR OR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THIS REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE PLACED IN PROPER KINDS OF OUTPUT LOAD RATINGS: SHOULD HAPPEN ON ALL TRACKS THAT HAVE A CUT END. SUPPLY WITH MANUFACTURER. WORKING ORDER. 12. ALL WORK PERFORMED SHOULD COMPLY WITH THE 19. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ORDERING • (X) TYPE MODULES: 16 AMPS PER CIRCUIT OR 5. ALL EM FIXTURES ARE MARKED ON DRAWINGS WITH AN 'o' NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODES AND STATE CODES IN WHICH REQUIRED EXIT SIGNS FOR STORE USING THE STANDARD SWITCHING LINE 1920 WATTS MAXIMUM PER SWITCHING AFTER THE TAG NUMBER. SEE LIGHTING SPECIFICATION 5. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK THE WORK IS PERFORMED. ORDER FORM PROVIDED IN LIGHTING MANUAL, LX SECTION. LINE MANUAL AND DRAWING E-512 FOR ADDITIONAL Apple Approval Date WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SO THAT INTERFERENCE CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW THE EXIT SIGN CUT SHEETS e (A) TYPE MODULES: 16 AMPS PER MODULE INFORMATION. ALL EMERGENCY LIGHTS REQUIRE A Lb WITH OTHER TRADES CAN BE AVOIDED. 13. UNFORESEEN PROBLEMS THAT OCCUR ON THE JOBSITE PROVIDED IN THE SPECIFICATION SECTION AND FILL OUT WATTS MAXIMUM PER TOTAL MODULE 10 AMPS=1200 DEDICATED CIRCUIT TO INVERTER FOR OPERATION AT SHOULD BE BROUGHT TO THE LIGHTING DESIGNER'S THE ORDER FORM FOR ALL REQUIRED EXITS. SEND WATTS MAXIMUM PER DIMMING LINE POWER FAILURE. ENGINEER RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING 6. REFER TO SHOP DRAWINGS FROM RICHTER FOR CEILING ATTENTION AS SOON AS THE CLIENT IS MADE AWARE OF COMPLETED FORM TO CONTACT AT THE BOTTOM OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE POWER FROM THE HOUSE PANEL INFORMATION ON THE SET FOR DEDICATED CIRCUITS AND EQUIPMENT. THE CONDITION. FORM. THE LEAD TIME FOR THE EXIT SIGN IS 6 WEEKS TO EACH SWITCHING LINE. (4) PER (X) TYPE MODULE AND INVERTER INCLUDING SIZE AND LOCATION. LOCATION MUST FROM TIME OF PURCHASE ORDER FROM APPLE IS PLACED (1) LINE PER EACH (A) TYPE MODULE. REFER TO E-511 BE COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECT ONCE SIZE IS SALES AREA - 7. REFER TO BILL OF MATERIALS ON SHEET E-001 FOR THE 14. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LIGHTING ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS TO MULE. CONTRACTOR NEEDS TO VERIFY THE COLOR FOR THE LIGHTING LOAD SCHEDULE. CALCULATED BASED ON LOADS REQUIRE FOR STORE. TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH RICHTER LINEAR LIGHT SEGMENTS ORDERED BY APPLE FOR FOR INSTALLATION. THAT IS USED IN ITS JURISDICTIONS BEFORE PLACING THE CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING PLAN THIS STORE. ORDER. ALL EXIT SIGNS COME WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY DEDICATED CIRCUITS TO EMERGENCY AND INVERTER. 15. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT BACK-UP. 24. THE LUTRON PANEL HAS EVERYTHING INCLUDED IN INVERTER PROVIDED BY APPLE BASED ON ENGINEER 8. EXIT SIGN ORDER FORM IS IN THE LIGHTING MANUAL. MIGHT INTERFERE WITH THE LIGHTING LAYOUT. CONSULT THE PANEL: LIGHTS ARE CONTROLLED BY TIME CLOCK SET SELECTION FROM APPROVED MANUFACTURER. N CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW EXIT SIGNS AND ORDER THEM. WITH ARCHITECT AND LIGHTING DESIGNER PRIOR TO 20. THE L1 AND LI I FIXTURES WILL NEED TO BE LAMPED ON IN THE PANEL. SEE PROGRAM IN THE LIGHTING MANUAL $ FORMS SHOULD BE SENT TO APPLE DIRECT SOURCING EXERCISING DEVIATIONS FROM THE REFLECTED CEILING SITE BY CONTRACTOR. LAMPS ARE PROVIDED BY APPLE, AND DRAWING E-511. AND RUTH AT IES. INFORMATION ON ORDER FORM, APPLE PLAN SHOWN. IES SHIPS ALL THE LAMPS FOR THESE FIXTURES TO THE E- 1 1 1 4 PREFERRED COLOR IS GREEN. SITE. 7/16/14 4:49 PM \\Tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-e-111.dwg Q QS )G6 i I 1 , I I W 1 ' Z J 1 I � PlA1-83 (TIE) ! j -- I :[IVU --AL1-� - -- T77 1 ,'C10o HPO LIOHP O ! ® HPO H10 O HPO H 0 O ® HPO I L'f0o �_ 2000 20001 LX-ORDER- HPO - - - - , ELX-2-B S-WH P -... --- , I $2 2 2 I T33 _ T33 L10 ° L10 T33 i HP O O Hp L10o j LX ORD[4R L110 s . tL ®7 Hp°0 HPO ®Z7 HP 0 j 1 i#ELX-2 B/WS-W / HP. T55 2000 2000 L100 i HP �.. HP 1 r--- -- I 20001 HP I I L1O° HP °O HPO HP I I I LLH1PO L14o 01HPIP - r j I , I - ' -- - -- ---- - 1 77 -E- O� I 1 200_ T i L14o HP '_.. HP o -I Hp° L1 _ L r HP o ... _+ I j s ; I L140 Fln T77 j T77 L10o ® I ® I O P -- 77 - -- - _ 12000 - 2000 T I I I L11 _ 2000 , I - - -H - - -- ! HP i I ' 1 -`---- I I HP �� 1 L14 j L14 1 L14 -- - - - - 10 _ -H -HP- - HP 1 L14 1 1 ...__ .... L10o BCS-WH I� _ ..1 I ELX-DER LX OR q - I L C _ HO L1010 O I 1 HP O HPI O � i O H10 REMOTE-PQWE -`- -- ® ( T77 - - LORDER ' �- ® : ---- - I LX-2-BCS-WH T77 SUPPLIES ENCLOSURE I FOR LOGO 2000 I � I 2000 I IN-CEILING ---- 0 -- I I 1 I � i I L14 i I t �- - --�-- HP - HP d - UUHP - I ----- - HP HP HP I T77 ~ � j Architect: 2000 r Woods Bagot _ www.woodsbagot.com L14 j I -�-� L140 i- U4 I , L14a� ' L141 - T L14 � I ': ' Consultant: HP HP HP HP HP HP I 1 Thorson Baker & Associates j ! www.thorsonbaker.com I I Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates I 1 i [ L14 L14 L14 1 1www.thorsonbakeccom I � - - HP - - - - Hp - - - - - - HP - - - - - - _ HP _ _ I - _ _ - - -- _ _ _ H- - - - _ i I i J = Consultant: v ISP Design, Inc. 1 www.ispdesign.com i w PROf fss ti �GIN Fp/Qw &a 4 19597PE r p BACK OF HOUSE - LIGHTING PLAN �� �1n4 1/4" = 1'-0" ✓� �Brl,lo,lg9e `, Exp Aa4e 1Lt. l@r.§ SHEET NOTES KEY NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. REFER TO THE LIGHTING SPECIFICATION MANUAL FOR ALL 9. L90, L95, AND L95S FIXTURES HAVE REMOTE CONSTANT 16. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE ON A NATIONAL ACCOUNT AND 21. L11 T8 FLUORESCENT LAMPS HAVE A COLOR 1. ALL EXIT SIGNS HAVE A 90 MINUTE BATTERY BACK-UP. Washington Square Mall DETAILS, INSTALLATION GUIDES, APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS CURRENT DRIVERS IN THE BACK OF THE HOUSE. SEE HAVE WARRANTY, IF ANY PRODUCT COMES TO THE JOBSITE TEMPERATURE OF 4100K, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO ORDER FORMS ARE IN THE LIGHTING MANUAL IN TWO 0 LID, L100 LED DOWNLIGHT g q AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLING ALL THE LIGHTING SPECIFICATION AND CUT SHEETS IN LIGHTING MANUAL AND THAT IS NOT PERFORMING PLEASE CONTACT THE CHECK THE ORDERS AND MAKE SURE THE LAMPS ARE LOCATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL MARK UP COLOR/TYPE ON 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. FIXTURE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW LIGHTING REFER TO SHEET E-515 FOR POWER ENCLOSURE AND MANUFACTURER OR THE LIGHTING DESIGNER TO RESOLVE 4100K BEFORE INSTALLING THEM. IF LAMPS COME IN WITH WHAT THEY NEED FOR THIS SITE, THEN SEND TO THE CONTACT Tigard, Oregon MANUAL PRIOR TO JOB COMMENCEMENT, CONNECTIONS. THE PROBLEM. THE WRONG COLOR TEMPERATURE, PLEASE E-MAIL ISP ON THE ORDER FORM. 0 L11, L110 DIMMABLE 4'-0" STRIP W/WIRE GUARD g g DESIGN SO THEY CAN GET THE CORRECT LAMPS ON SITE. 2. ALL CODE COMPLIANCE FORMS ARE IN THE LIGHTING 10. CABLES FOR PLACEMENT IN AIR HANDLING DUCTS, 17. ALL LIGHTING EQUIPMENT AND SHIPMENT SHALL BE 2. WALL MOUNTED KEYPADS FOR MANUAL OVERIDE OF SENSORS. MANUAL FOR ASHRAE, TITLE 24 OR LOCAL CODE POWER CHAMBERS (PLENUMS), OR ANY ENCLOSED AREAS THAT RECEIVED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND CHECKED FOR 22. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY THE LIGHTING DESIGNER REFER TO SHEET E-511 FOR PROGRAM AND TO LIGHTING L14, L14a LED 2' x 2' CONSUMPTION. FACILITATE ENVIRONMENTAL AIR HANDLING, WITHOUT THE DAMAGES. IF DAMAGED, AN E-MAIL SHALL GO OUT TO OR APPLE IF T8 LAMPS FOR L11 COME DAMAGED TO THE MANUAL FOR CUT SHEETS. USE OF FIRE PROOF CONDUIT, ARE HELD TO THE MOST INFORM VENDORS/APPLE, SO REPLACEMENTS CAN BE SITE. IT IS REQUIRED THAT THE ALL LAMPS INSTALLED 11111 3. THE L90, L95, L95S, LIDO, GRAPHIC PANELS, AND LOGO STRINGENT TESTING OF ANY OF THE CABLES RATED BY SENT OUT. TIME FRAME FOR THIS SHALL BE IN THE FIRST COME FROM THE SAME BATCH TO AVOID COLOR 3. ALL EM FIXTURES ARE MARKED ON DRAWINGS WITH AN "0" PURCHASED AND RELEASED TO THE SITE BY APPLE. L1, THE NEC, RATED FOR BOTH FLAMMABILITY AND SMOKE 12 DAYS OF SHIPMENT OR THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE VARIATIONS, IF THE BATCH HAS DAMAGED LAMPS AND AFTER THE TAG NUMBER. SEE LIGHTING SPECIFICATION MANUAL EXIT SIGNS Issued/Revised Date L10 ,L11, AND L14 PURCHASED BY APPLE AND RELEASED GENERATION. THE MOST STRINGENT FIRE RESISTANCE HELD RESPONSIBLE.ALL DAMAGED FIXTURES WILL NEED TO REPLACEMENTS HAVE TO BE SENT TO THE SITE, THEN THE AND DRAWING E-512 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ALL 50%CDSet 06/27/2014 TO THE SITE BY ISP VIAL E-MAIL. LEVEL AS PER NEC DESIGNATION SUCH AS: CMP, CL2P, BE SENT BACK TO THE VENDOR WHEN THE NEW ORDER MANUFACTURER HAS TO RE-SEND THE ENTIRE ORDER. EMERGENCY LIGHTS REQUIRE A DEDICATED CIRCUIT TO Permit 07/16/2014 CL3P, OR FPLP, WHICH COMPLIES WITH THE TEST ARRIVES. THE JOBSITE SHOULD NOT LAMP ANY T8 UNTIL THE INVERTER FOR OPERATION AT POWER FAILURE. ENGINEER ®2000 T77 OCCUPANCY SENSOR 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR/ ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MUST REQUIRED BY NFPA262. THESE CABLES AND RACEWAY ENTIRE PACKAGE HAS BEEN REPLACED. RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION ON THE SET FOR VISIT THE SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, AND CATEGORIES INCLUDE DUZX, DUCS, HNIR, QAYK, AND 18. CONTRACTOR TO SEND AN E-MAIL WHEN THEY WOULD DEDICATED CIRCUITS AND INVERTER INCLUDING SIZE AND SHALL THOROUGHLY REVIEW THE COMPLETE DRAWINGS SET QPTZ. LIKE THE PRODUCT ON SITE. APPLE PLACES THE ORDER 23. ALL CIRCUITS THAT ARE CALLED OUT ON THE PLAN NEED LOCATION. LOCATION MUST BE COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECT $2 T33 QS WALL MOUNTED 2 BUTTON KEYPAD BEFORE FILLING THE BID FORM. IN THE BID, THE AT 100% CD AND THE ITEMS SHIP TO CANADA TO AN TO BE CONNECTED TO A LUTRON PANEL SYSTEM. ONCE SIZE IS CALCULATED BASED ON LOADS REQUIRE FOR CONTRACTOR SHALL ACCOUNT FOR THE FURNISHING AND 11. ALL SPECIFIED LIGHTING FIXTURES HAVE UL OR E.T.L. APPLE WAREHOUSE TO WAIT FOR RELEASE TO THE SITE. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER TO PROVIDE FEED PANEL FOR STORE. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION OF INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT, BOXES AND WIRING NECESSARY LISTING, AND MEET NATIONAL AND LOCAL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO SHOULD PROVIDE A TWO WEEK NOTICE LUTRON. REFER TO THE LOAD SCHEDULES IN THE DEDICATED CIRCUITS TO EMERGENCY AND INVERTER. INVERTER $M T59 WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR FOR A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROVIDE ALL CODES. FOR PRODUCT TO BE RELEASE TO THE SITE. LIGHTING PANELS AT SHEET E-511. THERE ARE TWO PROVIDED BY APPLE BASED ON ENGINEER SELECTION FROM REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE PLACED IN PROPER KINDS OF OUTPUT LOAD RATINGS: APPROVED MANUFACTURER. WORKING ORDER. 12. ALL WORK PERFORMED SHOULD COMPLY WITH THE 19. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ORDERING • (X) TYPE MODULES: 16 AMPS PER CIRCUIT OR $7 T92 WALL MOUNTED 7 BUTTON KEYPAD NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODES AND STATE CODES IN WHICH REQUIRED EXIT SIGNS FOR STORE USING THE STANDARD SWITCHING LINE 1920 WATTS MAXIMUM PER SWITCHING 4. WHEN DRAWINGS CALL OUT FOR HOUSE PANEL (HP), THE 5. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK THE WORK IS PERFORMED. ORDER FORM PROVIDED IN LIGHTING MANUAL, LX SECTION. LINE CIRCUITS SHALL NOT BE CONNECTED TO A LUTRON PANEL Apple Approval Date s WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SO THAT INTERFERENCE CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW THE EXIT SIGN CUT SHEETS • (A) TYPE MODULES: 16 AMPS PER MODULE SYSTEM AND SHALL REQUIRE POWER DIRECTLY FROM AN zz WITH OTHER TRADES CAN BE AVOIDED. 13. UNFORESEEN PROBLEMS THAT OCCUR ON THE JOBSITE PROVIDED IN THE SPECIFICATION SECTION AND FILL OUT WATTS MAXIMUM PER TOTAL MODULE 10 AMPS=1200 ELECTRICAL PANELBOARD. THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER SHALL SHOULD BE BROUGHT TO THE LIGHTING DESIGNER'S THE ORDER FORM FOR ALL REQUIRED EXITS. SEND WATTS MAXIMUM PER DIMMING LINE PROVIDE CIRCUITING AND PANEL INFORMATION FOR THESE 6. REFER TO SHOP DRAWINGS FROM RICHTER FOR CEILING ATTENTION AS SOON AS THE CLIENT IS MADE AWARE OF COMPLETED FORM TO CONTACT AT THE BOTTOM OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE POWER FROM THE HOUSE PANEL FIXTURES, PLUS CIRCUITING FOR ALL EXIT SIGNS. THE EQUIPMENT. THE CONDITION. FORM. THE LEAD TIME FOR THE EXIT SIGN IS 6 WEEKS TO EACH SWITCHING LINE. (4) PER (X) TYPE MODULE AND CONTROL OF THESE FIXTURES (EXCEPT EXIT SIGNS) WILL BE FROM TIME OF PURCHASE ORDER FROM APPLE IS PLACED (1) LINE PER EACH (A) TYPE MODULE. REFER TO E-511 THROUGH A MANAGEMENT HUB USING A CLASS II DAISY CHAIN BACK OF HOUSE - 7. REFER TO BILL OF MATERIALS ON SHEET E-001 FOR THE 14. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LIGHTING ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS TO MULE. CONTRACTOR NEEDS TO VERIFY THE COLOR FOR THE LIGHTING LOAD SCHEDULE. ECOSYSTEM OR DALI LOOP. REFER TO SHEET E-503 FOR TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH RICHTER LINEAR LIGHT SEGMENTS ORDERED BY APPLE FOR FOR INSTALLATION. THAT IS USED IN ITS JURISDICTIONS BEFORE PLACING THE HOUSE PANEL CIRCUITS. LIGHTING PLAN THIS STORE. ORDER. ALL EXIT SIGNS COME WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY a 15. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT BACK-UP. 24. THE LUTRON PANEL HAS EVERYTHING INCLUDED IN 5. CONTINUE CONDUIT AND WIRE TO APPLE LOGO. SEE DRAWING $ 8. EXIT SIGN ORDER FORM IS IN THE LIGHTING MANUAL. MIGHT INTERFERE WITH THE LIGHTING LAYOUT, CONSULT THE PANEL: LIGHTS ARE CONTROLLED BY TIME CLOCK SET E-111 FOR CONTINUATION. MANUFACTURER TO PROVIDE 200 CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW EXIT SIGNS AND ORDER THEM. WITH ARCHITECT AND LIGHTING DESIGNER PRIOR TO 20. THE L1 AND L11 FIXTURES WILL NEED TO BE LAMPED ON IN THE PANEL. SEE PROGRAM IN THE LIGHTING MANUAL FT LEAD WITH THE POWER SUPPLY. COORDINATE MAXIMUM FORMS SHOULD BE SENT TO APPLE DIRECT SOURCING EXERCISING DEVIATIONS FROM THE REFLECTED CEILING SITE BY CONTRACTOR. LAMPS ARE PROVIDED BY APPLE, AND DRAWING E-511. DISTANCE FROM LOGO TO POWER SUPPLY WITH MANUFACTURER. AND RUTH AT IES. INFORMATION ON ORDER FORM, APPLE PLAN SHOWN. IES SHIPS ALL THE LAMPS FOR THESE FIXTURES TO THE E- 141 g PREFERRED COLOR IS GREEN. SITE. 7/16/14 4:48 PM \\Tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-e-141.dwg OGMG5 T � MG4 V W MG3 1 .3 99@ o I I � i f I J 2 - - - - - - - - -- - -- - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - 3 - - - - - - - - - - - i 36 - - - + I g) (2fi) (2a) (22) (2°) (18) (16) 14 ' i,- -- -. -- --. - - --- - - - A. 1 - I I (30 S(02)I (02) I 2) (02) (02) I (02)I (02) (02) (02) (02) (02) ` � I I I I I C! I t (32 I I (oz) I (02) (� I (oz) I (oz) I (oz) I (oz) I (oz) j l I (oz) l (oz) ! I (oz) I 1:(:042) j I (04) (04) (04) (04) (04) (01 (04) (04) (Qa) (04) (04) I Ii r 1 I (Da) I (Da) I (Da) I (Da) (Da) ;I (Da) I (Da) I (Da) I (04) I (D4) I I (Da) it (34� I I I I I I J,, I I I I I I l I I 06 I 06 I I D6 I I O6 I O6 (06) i (06) W6) (06) (D6) ! (O6) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) a I (06) I (06) I (D6) I (06) I (06) I (06) I (D6) I (06) (D6) I (06) I (p6) ( 36 I I (08) i (08) (08) (08) (08) (Q8) (08) (08) (08) (08) (08) f (08) (08) (OS) (08) (08) i - rt - (08) - (08) (O8) (08) _ (08) - I I I I -- I I I I I I I I ! I I (D8, - ---- (40 G (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) z (10) (10) - (10) (10) - ) (10) (10) (1a) - - (10) (10) - - (10) -I- - - A - -(10 -- - - - -- 37 I I I � (42 (12) ( (12) I (12) I (12) I (12) I (12) I (12) I (12) I (I2) I (12) I (12) ( 44I I I I I I I I I I I I I (12) I (12) '', I (12) I (12) I (12) I (12) I (1z) I (12) I (12) I (12) (12) h II ( ; 1 I 4 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 (14) 14 (14) 14 (14) 14 (14) 14 (14) 14 j ( ) , ( ( ) � ) ( ) (14) (aa). Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com (46) I I I I I I I I I I I I Consultant: (16) (16) (1s) (1s) (16) --- (16) (1s) - - (16) (16) (i ) _ (16) - - I Thorson Baker & Associates - - -� www.thorsonbakeccom (1) L95s WIRE BUNDLE I (28) (26) 24 (22 0) (18 (1 c - r � - � � � Consultant: (11) L95 WIRE BUNDLES _ Thorson Baker & Associates -- p( www.thorsonbaker.com (11) L90 WIRE BUNDLES Consultant: j ISP Design, Inc. U j www.ispdesign.com \r-a GPRffs`P�O 6' SALES AREA - WIRING CABLE TRAY PLAN ✓9q9� '`� 0" 1~1cp Oa{e'• SHEET NOTES KEY NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: 1. REFER TO THE LIGHTING SPECIFICATION MANUAL FOR ALL 9. L90, L95, AND L95S FIXTURES RAVE REMOTE CONSTANT 16. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE ON A NATIONAL ACCOUNT AND 21. L11 TS FLUORESCENT LAMPS HAVE A COLOR 1. ALL LOW-VOLTAGE CABLES FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES TO Retail Store #1309 DETAILS, INSTALLATION GUIDES, APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS CURRENT DRIVERS IN THE BACK OF THE HOUSE. SEE HAVE WARRANTY, IF ANY PRODUCT COMES TO THE JOBSITE TEMPERATURE OF 4100K, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO CROSS TO ELECTRICAL ROOM. REFER TO E-515 FOR 0 L90,L90a LINEAR LED Washington Square Mall AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLING ALL THE LIGHTING SPECIFICATION AND CUT SHEETS IN LIGHTING MANUAL AND THAT IS NOT PERFORMING PLEASE CONTACT THE CHECK THE ORDERS AND MAKE SURE THE LAMPS ARE CONNECTION OF BUNDLE TO POWER DRIVERS. FIXTURE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW LIGHTING REFER TO SHEET E-515 FOR POWER ENCLOSURE AND MANUFACTURER OR THE LIGHTING DESIGNER TO RESOLVE 4100K BEFORE INSTALLING THEM. IF LAMPS COME IN WITH 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. MANUAL PRIOR TO JOB COMMENCEMENT. CONNECTIONS. THE PROBLEM. THE WRONG COLOR TEMPERATURE, PLEASE E-MAIL ISP 2. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AND INSTALLING o L95,L95s LED DOWNLIGHT Tigard, Oregon DESIGN SO THEY CAN GET THE CORRECT LAMPS ON SITE. ALL WIRING FROM FIXTURES TO POWER ENCLOSURE. g g 2. ALL CODE COMPLIANCE FORMS ARE IN THE LIGHTING 10. CABLES FOR PLACEMENT IN AIR HANDLING DUCTS, 17. ALL LIGHTING EQUIPMENT AND SHIPMENT SHALL BE CABLES MUST BE PLENUM AND FIRE RATED. WIRING FOR MANUAL FOR ASHRAE, TITLE 24 OR LOCAL CODE POWER CHAMBERS (PLENUMS), OR ANY ENCLOSED AREAS THAT RECEIVED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND CHECKED FOR 22. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY THE LIGHTING DESIGNER LIGHTING CAN NOT BE MIXED WITH ANY OTHER WIRING. CONSUMPTION. FACILITATE ENVIRONMENTAL NR HANDLING, WITHOUT THE DAMAGES. IF DAMAGED, AN E-MAIL SHALL GO OUT TO OR APPLE IF TB LAMPS FOR L11 COME DAMAGED TO THE USE OF FIRE PROOF CONDUIT, ARE HELD TO THE MOST INFORM VENDORS/APPLE, SO REPLACEMENTS CAN BE SITE. IT IS REQUIRED THAT THE ALL LAMPS INSTALLED 3. FIRST GENERATION FIXTURES COME WITH 1' (301 PIG 3. THE L90, L95, L95S, L100, GRAPHIC PANELS, AND LOGO STRINGENT TESTING OF ANY OF THE CABLES RATED BY SENT OUT. TIME FRAME FOR THIS SHALL BE IN THE FIRST COME FROM THE SAME BATCH TO AVOID COLOR TAIL WITH QUICK CONNECTOR. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE PURCHASED AND RELEASED TO THE SITE BY APPLE. L1, THE NEC, RATED FOR BOTH FLAMMABILITY AND SMOKE 12 DAYS OF SHIPMENT OR THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE VARIATIONS, IF THE BATCH HAS DAMAGED LAMPS AND FOR PROVIDING AND HARDWIRE LOW VOLTAGE CABLE FROM L10, L11, AND L14 PURCHASED BY APPLE AND RELEASED GENERATION. THE MOST STRINGENT FIRE RESISTANCE HELD RESPONSIBLE.ALL DAMAGED FIXTURES WILL NEED TO REPLACEMENTS HAVE TO BE SENT TO THE SITE, THEN THE POWER ENCLOSURE TO END OF PIGTAIL. Issued/Revised Date TO THE SITE BY ISP VIAL E-MAIL. LEVEL AS PER NEC DESIGNATION SUCH AS: CMP, CL2P, BE SENT BACK TO THE VENDOR WHEN THE NEW ORDER MANUFACTURER HAS TO RE-SEND THE ENTIRE ORDER. 50%CDSet 06/27/2014 CL3P, OR FPLP, WHICH COMPLIES WITH THE TEST ARRIVES. THE JOBSITE SHOULD NOT LAMP ANY T8 UNTIL THE 4. CABLE TRAY LOCATION TO BE CONFIRMED BY ARCHITECT Permit 07/16/2014 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR/ ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MUST REQUIRED BY NFPA262. THESE CABLES AND RACEWAY ENTIRE PACKAGE HAS BEEN REPLACED. AFTER COORDINATION WITH CEILING STRUCTURE AND OTHER VISIT THE SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, AND CATEGORIES INCLUDE DUZX, DOCS, HNIR, QAYK, AND 18. CONTRACTOR TO SEND AN E-MAIL WHEN THEY WOULD ITEMS ABOVE CEILING SYSTEM. CABLE TRAYS SHOULD BE SHALL THOROUGHLY REVIEW THE COMPLETE DRAWINGS SET QPTZ. LIKE THE PRODUCT ON SITE. APPLE PLACES THE ORDER 23. ALL CIRCUITS THAT ARE CALLED OUT ON THE PLAN NEED ROUTED IN THE MOST DIRECT WAY POSSIBLE TO BACK OF BEFORE FILLING THE BID FORM. IN THE BID, THE AT 100% CD AND THE ITEMS SHIP TO CANADA TO AN TO BE CONNECTED TO A LUTRON PANEL SYSTEM. HOUSE ELECTRICAL ROOM. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTRACTOR SHALL ACCOUNT FOR THE FURNISHING AND 11. ALL SPECIFIED LIGHTING FIXTURES HAVE UL OR E.T.L. APPLE WAREHOUSE TO WAIT FOR RELEASE TO THE SITE. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER TO PROVIDE FEED PANEL FOR SELECTING SIZE OF CABLE TRAY BASED ON NUMBER OF INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT, BOXES AND WIRING NECESSARY LISTING, AND MEET NATIONAL AND LOCAL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO SHOULD PROVIDE A TWO WEEK NOTICE LUTRON. REFER TO THE LOAD SCHEDULES IN THE BUNDLES PER PROJECT FROM OPTIONS IN APPROVED CUT FOR A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROVIDE ALL CODES. FOR PRODUCT TO BE RELEASE TO THE SITE. LIGHTING PANELS AT SHEET E-511. THERE ARE TWO SHEET IN ELECTRICAL MANUAL. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE PLACED IN PROPER KINDS OF OUTPUT LOAD RATINGS: ALSO FOR PROCUREMENT AND INSTALLATION. CABLE TRAY WORKING ORDER. 12. ALL WORK PERFORMED SHOULD COMPLY WITH THE 19. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ORDERING • (X) TYPE MODULES: 16 AMPS PER CIRCUIT OR TO BE FIXED TO UPPER DECK AS PER MANUFACTURER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODES AND STATE CODES IN WHICH REQUIRED EXIT SIGNS FOR STORE USING THE STANDARD SWITCHING LINE 1920 WATTS MAXIMUM PER SWITCHING INSTRUCTIONS AT MAX 2 FEET ABOVE CEILING SYSTEM. 5. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK THE WORK IS PERFORMED. ORDER FORM PROVIDED IN LIGHTING MANUAL, LX SECTION. LINE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SO THAT INTERFERENCE CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW THE EXIT SIGN CUT SHEETS • (A) TYPE MODULES: 16 AMPS PER MODULE 5. NUMBER REFERS TO AMOUNT OF CABLES IN BUNDLE AT Apple Approval Date WITH OTHER TRADES CAN BE AVOIDED. 13. UNFORESEEN PROBLEMS THAT OCCUR ON THE JOBSITE PROVIDED IN THE SPECIFICATION SECTION AND FILL OUT WATTS MAXIMUM PER TOTAL MODULE 10 AMPS=1200 ANY GIVEN LOCATION. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND SHOULD BE BROUGHT TO THE LIGHTING DESIGNER'S THE ORDER FORM FOR ALL REQUIRED EXITS. SEND WATTS MAXIMUM PER DIMMING LINE INSTALL PLENUM RATED CABLE. IN ORDER TO KEEP 6. REFER TO SHOP DRAWINGS FROM RICHTER FOR CEILING ATTENTION AS SOON AS THE CLIENT IS MADE AWARE OF COMPLETED FORM TO CONTACT AT THE BOTTOM OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE POWER FROM THE HOUSE PANEL VOLTAGE DROP BELOW 2% THE CONTRACTOR SHOULD EQUIPMENT. THE CONDITION. FORM. THE LEAD TIME FOR THE EXIT SIGN IS 6 WEEKS TO EACH SWITCHING LINE. (4) PER (X) TYPE MODULE AND FOLLOW THE TABLE BELOW FOR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE 3 FROM TIME OF PURCHASE ORDER FROM APPLE IS PLACED (1) LINE PER EACH (A) TYPE MODULE. REFER TO E-511 CABLE LENGTHS: 79- 7. REFER TO BILL OF MATERIALS ON SHEET E-001 FOR THE 14. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LIGHTING ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS TO MULE. CONTRACTOR NEEDS TO VERIFY THE COLOR FOR THE LIGHTING LOAD SCHEDULE. • 118' - X16 AWG (1.5mmY) WIRE GAUGE SALES AREA - t RICHTER LINEAR LIGHT SEGMENTS ORDERED BY APPLE FOR FOR INSTALLATION. THAT IS USED IN ITS JURISDICTIONS BEFORE PLACING THE 175' - #14 AWG (2.5mm') WIRE GAUGE TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH ZONING PLAN THIS STORE. ORDER. ALL EXIT SIGNS COME WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY 250' - X10 AWG (6.Omm') WIRE GAUGE 15. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT BACK-UP. 24. THE LUTRON PANEL HAS EVERYTHING INCLUDED IN 8. EXIT SIGN ORDER FORM IS IN THE LIGHTING MANUAL MIGHT INTERFERE WITH THE LIGHTING LAYOUT. CONSULT THE PANEL: LIGHTS ARE CONTROLLED BY TIME CLOCK SET CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW EXIT SIGNS AND ORDER THEM. WITH ARCHITECT AND LIGHTING DESIGNER PRIOR TO 20. THE L1 AND L11 FIXTURES WILL NEED TO BE LAMPED ON IN THE PANEL. SEE PROGRAM IN THE LIGHTING MANUAL N FORMS SHOULD BE SENT TO APPLE DIRECT SOURCING EXERCISING DEVIATIONS FROM THE REFLECTED CEILING SITE BY CONTRACTOR. LAMPS ARE PROVIDED BY APPLE, AND DRAWING E-511. AND RUTH AT IES. INFORMATION ON ORDER FORM, APPLE PLAN SHOWN. IES SHIPS ALL THE LAMPS FOR THESE FIXTURES TO THE E- 151 PREFERRED COLOR IS GREEN. SITE. 7/16/14 4:43 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-e-151.dwg Ti U MG4 ��/ �W MG3 1 .3 MG2 12 MG1 V RAPHIC PANEL RAPHIC PANEL GRAPHIC PANEL kir 7 AKI 7Akir 7) ON ZQ�I� 92 -7'7 =i� I ',/�/' 7777777777777, 77-77 —77777777777 36 I'I Y_ L95s s L95s L95s L95s L95s 1:95� t955 1:95s 1:95b 95 A. 1 L9 Z5 Z5 Z5 I Z5 Z5 Z25 Z5 Z5 Z,5 Z5 Z5 TYP. \Z55 Z5 a TI2 0 0 D2 I T12 TI2 0 1,1 __D2 ng n2 n2 o n? 0 n? o 2 "C t0—Trough 111: L90o—Trough 101 rough L90—Trough 9 L90—Trough 8 i L90—Trough 7 L90—Trough 6 L90—Trough 5 L90—Trough 4 L90—Trough 3 L90o—Trough 2 F7 LL No. 15 Z Z3 Z3 Z3 Z3 Z3 Z3 Z3 Z3 Z3 Z3 DI U1 D1 D1 i D1 D: D1 D1 D1 GRAPHIC PANEL DI LL No. 115� LL No. 15 LL No. 15 LL No. 15 i ILL No. 15 ILL No. 15, LL No. 15i LL No. 15 ILL No. 15 ILL No. 15 ON ZONE Z? L95 f—L95 L951 /—L95 L95 L9a L95 it DZ24 cL95 L951 L95 L95 Z4 Z4 1 i Z4 Z rZ4 Z4 rZ4 Z4 Z4 4 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2\ D21 D2 TYP. L095 5 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 T1 i Z5 D2 01 101 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 0 LL No. 151 Z4 ILL No. 15 Z4 LL No. 15 Z4 LL No. 15 Z4 LL No. 15 Z4 ILL No. 15 Z4 ILL No. 15 Z4 ILL No. 15 Z4 LL No. 15 Z4 LL No. 151 1 Z4 LL No. 15 Z4 L95s D2 D2 02 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 o D2Z5 _VL95 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 �CL9 L95 L95 L95' r Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 4 _rZ4 fZ4 62 D2 D2 Z4Z4 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 1)2 � -C I Z6. 0 L95s ILL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 ILL No. 17 LL No. 171 i LL No. 171 LL No. 17 Z5 )2 APPLE LOGO L95 L15 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 GRAPHIC PANEL L95; L95 ON ZONE Zi ON ZONE Z2 LL No. 15 Z4 LL No. 15 Z4 LL No. 15 Z4 LL No. 15 Z4 LL No. 15 Z4 LL No. 151 Z4 ILL No. 15 Z4 ILL No. 15 Z4 LL No. 151 Z4 LL No. 15 Z4 LL No. 15 '4 _95s _ D2 D2 i _D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 1)2 D2 I Lgs Z5 1 1 U L95 L95 L L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 )2 4 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z [L95 L95 —�j 02 D2i D2 j D2 D2 I D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 , LL No. 17�[ LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 ILL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 ILL No. 17 ILL No. 17 307 L955 0i 0 0 L1 Z5 )2 I I Z6 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 195 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95' LL No. 15 Z4 LL No. 15 Z4 I ILL No. 15 Z4 LL No. 15 Z4 LL No. 15! Z4 LL No. 15 Z4 ILL No. 15 Z4 ILL No. 15 Z4 LL No. 15 Z4 LL No. 15 Z4 LL No. 15 Z4 t *9 5i D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 Architect: L 's Woods Bagot Z5 L95 L95 4 Z4 L95 L95 L95 L95 L95 L951 L95 L95 L95 2 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 www.woodsbagot.com D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 dl t2 Consultant: D2 D2 D2 GRAPHIC PANEL LL No. 17j ILL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 171 LL No. 17i LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 LL No. 17 ON ZONE Z2 Thorson Baker & Associates _95s www.thorsonbaker.com Z5 2 Consultant: L95 L95 LL N L95 L95 t2 LL No. 15 L95 LL No. 15 L95 LL No. 15 L95 LL No. 15 L95 LL No. 15 L95 LL No. 15 ILL No. 15 L95 ILL No. 15, o. 15 ILL No. 15 L95 ILL No. 15 Thorson Baker & Associates Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 Z4 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 02 www.thorsonbaker.com U Consultant: L95s 9 L95s o I L95s L95s o L95s o L95s 0 95s o L95s L95s; L95s o L95s o L95s * L95s o L95s; o U, —\Z5 Z5 Z5 Z5 Z5 Z5 Z5 Z5 Z5 Z5 Z5 Z5 Z5 Z5 W, 0 ISP Design, Inc. TYP, D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 02 D2 D2 D2 www.ispdesign.com cv//77 RAPHIC PANEL �RAPHIC PANEL ------GRAPHIC PANEL ON ZONE Z2 ON ZONE Z2 ON ZONE Z2 PR WNC 19581PE SALES AREA ° 0_"71 ZONING PLAN Ift y 20 �0 rp, Oo.4e SHEET NOTES KEY NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. REFER TO THE LIGHTING SPECIFICATION MANUAL FOR ALL 9, L90, L95, AND L95S FIXTURES HAVE REMOTE CONSTANT 16. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE ON A NATIONAL ACCOUNT AND 21. L11 TB FLUORESCENT LAMPS HAVE A COLOR 1. Z REFERS TO ZONING FOR FIXTURE. REFER TO SHEET DETAILS, INSTALLATION GUIDES, APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS CURRENT DRIVERS IN THE BACK OF THE HOUSE. SEE HAVE WARRANTY, IF ANY PRODUCT COMES TO THE JO8SITE TEMPERATURE OF 4100K, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO E-511 FOR ZONING PROGRAM. Ll DISPLAY TRACK Washington Square Mall AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLING ALL THE LIGHTING SPECIFICATION AND CUT SHEETS IN LIGHTING MANUAL AND THAT IS NOT PERFORMING PLEASE CONTACT THE CHECK THE ORDERS AND MAKE SURE THE LAMPS ARE 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. FIXTURE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW LIGHTING REFER TO SHEET E-515 FOR POWER ENCLOSURE AND MANUFACTURER OR THE LIGHTING DESIGNER TO RESOLVE 4100K BEFORE INSTALLING THEM. IF LAMPS COME IN WITH 2. ALL LIGHTS IN SALES ARE ARE FEED FROM HOUSE PANEL, MANUAL PRIOR TO JOB COMMENCEMENT. CONNECTIONS. THE PROBLEM. THE WRONG COLOR TEMPERATURE, PLEASE E—MAIL ISP REFER TO SHEET E-503 FOR CIRCUITS. FOR CONTROL 0 L90,L90o LINEAR LED Tigard, Oregon DESIGN SO THEY CAN GET THE CORRECT LAMPS ON SITE. ALL FOH FIXTURES (EXCLUDING Ll TRACKS) MUST BE 2. ALL CODE COMPLIANCE FORMS ARE IN THE LIGHTING 10. CABLES FOR PLACEMENT IN AIR HANDLING DUCTS, 17. ALL LIGHTING EQUIPMENT AND SHIPMENT SHALL BE CONNECTED TO QUANTUM VIA DALI LOOP. EACH LOOP CAN MANUAL FOR ASHRAE, TITLE 24 OR LOCAL CODE POWER CHAMBERS (PLENUMS), OR ANY ENCLOSED AREAS THAT RECEIVED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND CHECKED FOR 22. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY THE LIGHTING DESIGNER HOLD UP TO 64 FIXTURES. THE 'D1' REFERS TO DALI 0 L95,L95s LED DOWNLIGHT CONSUMPTION. FACILITATE ENVIRONMENTAL AIR HANDLING, WITHOUT THE DAMAGES. IF DAMAGED, AN E—MAIL SHALL GO OUT TO OR APPLE IF T8 LAMPS FOR L11 COME DAMAGED TO THE LOOP 1. REFER TO SHEET E-511 FOR WIRING NOTES AND USE OF FIRE PROOF CONDUIT, ARE HELD TO THE MOST INFORM VENDORS/APPLE, SO REPLACEMENTS CAN BE SITE. IT IS REQUIRED THAT THE ALL LAMPS INSTALLED DIAGRAM OF SYSTEM. 3. THE L90, L95, _95S, L100, GRAPHIC PANELS, AND LOGO STRINGENT TESTING OF ANY OF THE CABLES RATED BY SENT OUT. TIME FRAME FOR THIS SHALL BE IN THE FIRST COME FROM THE SAME BATCH TO AVOID COLOR PURCHASED AND RELEASED TO THE SITE BY APPLE. L1, THE NEC, RATED FOR BOTH FLAMMABILITY AND SMOKE 12 DAYS OF SHIPMENT OR THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE VARIATIONS, IF THE BATCH HAS DAMAGED LAMPS AND Issued/Revised Date L10, L11, AND L14 PURCHASED BY APPLE AND RELEASED GENERATION. THE MOST STRINGENT FIRE RESISTANCE HELD RESPONSIBLE.ALL DAMAGED FIXTURES WILL NEED TO REPLACEMENTS HAVE TO BE SENT TO THE SITE, THEN THE 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 TO THE SITE BY ISP VIAL E—MAIL. LEVEL AS PER NEC DESIGNATION SUCH AS: CMP, CL2P, BE SENT BACK TO THE VENDOR WHEN THE NEW ORDER MANUFACTURER HAS TO RE—SEND THE ENTIRE ORDER. CL3P, OR FPLP, WHICH COMPLIES WITH THE TEST ARRIVES. THE JOBSITE SHOULD NOT LAMP ANY T8 UNTIL THE Permit 07/16/2014 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR/ ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MUST REQUIRED BY NFPA262. THESE CABLES AND RACEWAY ENTIRE PACKAGE HAS BEEN REPLACED. VISIT THE SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, AND CATEGORIES INCLUDE DUZX, DUCS, HNIR, QAYK, AND 18. CONTRACTOR TO SEND AN E—MAIL WHEN THEY WOULD SHALL THOROUGHLY REVIEW THE COMPLETE DRAWINGS SET QPTZ. LIKE THE PRODUCT ON SITE. APPLE PLACES THE ORDER 23. ALL CIRCUITS THAT ARE CALLED OUT ON THE PLAN NEED BEFORE FILLING THE BID FORM. IN THE BID, THE AT 100% CD AND THE ITEMS SHIP TO CANADA TO AN TO BE CONNECTED TO A LUTRON PANEL SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR SHALL ACCOUNT FOR THE FURNISHING AND 11. ALL SPECIFIED LIGHTING FIXTURES HAVE UL OR E.T.L. APPLE WAREHOUSE TO WAIT FOR RELEASE TO THE SITE. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER TO PROVIDE FEED PANEL FOR INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT, BOXES AND WIRING NECESSARY LISTING, AND MEET NATIONAL AND LOCAL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO SHOULD PROVIDE A TWO WEEK NOTICE LUTRON. REFER TO THE LOAD SCHEDULES IN THE M FOR A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROVIDE ALL CODES. FOR PRODUCT TO BE RELEASE TO THE SITE. LIGHTING PANELS AT SHEET E-511. THERE ARE TWO REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE PLACED IN PROPER KINDS OF OUTPUT LOAD RATINGS: WORKING ORDER. 12. ALL WORK PERFORMED SHOULD COMPLY WITH THE 19. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ORDERING • (X) TYPE MODULES: 16 AMPS PER CIRCUIT OR NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODES AND STATE CODES IN WHICH REQUIRED EXIT SIGNS FOR STORE USING THE STANDARD SWITCHING LINE 1920 WATTS MAXIMUM PER SWITCHING 5. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK THE WORK IS PERFORMED. ORDER FORM PROVIDED IN LIGHTING MANUAL, LX SECTION. LINE Apple Approval Date WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SO THAT INTERFERENCE CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW THE EXIT SIGN CUT SHEETS is (A) TYPE MODULES: 16 AMPS PER MODULE WITH OTHER TRADES CAN BE AVOIDED. 13. UNFORESEEN PROBLEMS THAT OCCUR ON THE JOBSITE PROVIDED IN THE SPECIFICATION SECTION AND FILL OUT WATTS MAXIMUM PER TOTAL MODULE 10 AMPS=1200 SHOULD BE BROUGHT TO THE LIGHTING DESIGNER'S THE ORDER FORM FOR ALL REQUIRED EXITS. SEND WATTS MAXIMUM PER DIMMING LINE 6. REFER TO SHOP DRAWINGS FROM RICHTER FOR CEILING ATTENTION AS SOON AS THE CLIENT IS MADE AWARE OF COMPLETED FORM TO CONTACT AT THE BOTTOM OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE POWER FROM THE HOUSE PANEL EQUIPMENT. THE CONDITION. FORM. THE LEAD TIME FOR THE EXIT SIGN IS 6 WEEKS TO EACH SWITCHING LINE. (4) PER (X) TYPE MODULE AND FROM TIME OF PURCHASE ORDER FROM APPLE IS PLACED (1) LINE PER EACH (A) TYPE MODULE. REFER TO E-511 SALES AREA 7. REFER TO BILL OF MATERIALS ON SHEET E-001 FOR THE 14. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LIGHTING ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS TO MULE. CONTRACTOR NEEDS TO VERIFY THE COLOR FOR THE LIGHTING LOAD SCHEDULE. TRUE NORTH PLM NOW 6 RICHTER LINEAR LIGHT SEGMENTS ORDERED BY APPLE FOR FOR INSTALLATION. THAT IS USED IN ITS JURISDICTIONS BEFORE PLACING THE ZONING PLAN 2 THIS STORE. ORDER. ALL EXIT SIGNS COME WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY 9 15. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT BACK—UP. 24. THE LUTRON PANEL HAS EVERYTHING INCLUDED IN 8. EXIT SIGN ORDER FORM IS IN THE LIGHTING MANUAL. MIGHT INTERFERE WITH THE LIGHTING LAYOUT. CONSULT THE PANEL: LIGHTS ARE CONTROLLED BY TIME CLOCK SET CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW EXIT SIGNS AND ORDER THEM. WITH ARCHITECT AND LIGHTING DESIGNER PRIOR TO 20. THE Ll AND L11 FIXTURES WILL NEED TO BE LAMPED ON IN THE PANEL SEE PROGRAM IN THE LIGHTING MANUAL FORMS SHOULD BE SENT TO APPLE DIRECT SOURCING EXERCISING DEVIATIONS FROM THE REFLECTED CEILING SITE BY CONTRACTOR. LAMPS ARE PROVIDED BY APPLE, AND DRAWING E-511. AND RUTH AT IES. INFORMATION ON ORDER FORM, APPLE PLAN SHOWN. IES SHIPS ALL THE LAMPS FOR THESE FIXTURES TO THE PREFERRED COLOR IS GREEN. SITE. E- 1 71 7/16/14 4:43 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-e-171.dwg I I W W , Z J I _ U Li0 Z7 ° L 0 OS1I Z�O° \ '� o Z7 E10 / f1 Z9 0 T- 0 Z, E10 ' E1 0 Z LIOaS2 - HP0E ` E1 ! / ! I $2. 2 KP / if ' KP6 KP5 2 L10 o L10 \ / OS12 L10o E113 ® Z17 L10° 11 L14o KP2 E1 1 El " E13 0 E1� E9 L I � ! E1... - L14o L- � � T 1 I E8 KP3�r-1 Z ) T__ -- / 'J - KPL LlOo Z10 L1 go -- + -- - - j ,9^^ bs I I Z 3 0 El Z1 Et E1 E14o j 0 -- ' Z O1 I L14 L_. _ - 7 -- �OSBi � E8 II _ -- I - L 40 I L14o r --- E i E1 Z10 Z11 \ L14o Z11 L14o E1 j ' L14o 1 E1 OS5 O 6 E1 L10o _ \ "�._ I�El - ® 0 Z11 . - 0 S3 I \\ Ell I L14o Ffl \ - - --- L14 L14 C9 I 1 \ Z10_ _ Z11 10 L14 Li 4_ i �-I E1 - - - - I EI 5 L100 I I ' Ll� I L10 Z10 - - L10 211 El E11 E1 0 Z 1 SUPPLIES ENCLOSURE - I ' REMOTE POWER FOR LOGO 59 -.- IN CEILING � I I I i L14� L14 - I- L14o -� --- E1 I -1- -- j-- L14 � L14 i i Ll E1 Z11 (I Z11 Z11 i S Z11 Ell Z11 E1 E1 ! Et t A I E1 ,--OS9 c iitect: ® - - Woods Bagot -- ----- - www.woodsbagot.com -- � 4I --- -- - Consultant: M 1 01 L14° ( �j4 ; i- L14a � � � � L1 L14� 1 I z11 I Ei1 I Ei 1 Ei1 z11 Thorson Baker & Associates E1 r ll E1 E1 www thorsonbaker com - - -- -- T - / - - -- Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates I rt - www.thorsonbaker.com ii Z110 ! T L14f ZltL14o L14 L14 L1401 E1 E11 E1 E11 Z'1 I E1 - Consultant: t a ISP Design, Inc. ! www.ispdesign.com 3 � W 19 tl BACK OF HOUSE - ZONING PLAN 1 OREG0i1 �1 1/4' - 1 0" ✓�F �A/1.20,199 fir' i S FURY D. !N\�� E1tp, Dade'• SHEET NOTES KEY NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. REFER TO THE LIGHTING SPECIFICATION MANUAL FOR ALL 9. L90, L95, AND L95S FIXTURES HAVE REMOTE CONSTANT 16. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE ON A NATIONAL ACCOUNT AND 21. L11 T8 FLUORESCENT LAMPS HAVE A COLOR 1. ALL LIGHTS IN BOH ARE FEED FROM HOUSE PANEL, REFER DETAILS, INSTALLATION GUIDES, APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS CURRENT DRIVERS IN THE BACK OF THE HOUSE. SEE HAVE WARRANTY, IF ANY PRODUCT COMES TO THE JOBSITE TEMPERATURE OF 4100K, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO TO SHEET E-503 FOR CIRCUITS. FOR CONTROL ALL BOH 0 L10, L10o LED DOWNLIGHT Washington Square Mall AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLING ALL THE LIGHTING SPECIFICATION AND CUT SHEETS IN LIGHTING MANUAL AND THAT IS NOT PERFORMING PLEASE CONTACT THE CHECK THE ORDERS AND MAKE SURE THE LAMPS ARE FIXTURES MUST BE CONNECTED TO QUANTUM VIA ECOSYSTEM 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. FIXTURE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW LIGHTING REFER TO SHEET E-515 FOR POWER ENCLOSURE AND MANUFACTURER OR THE LIGHTING DESIGNER TO RESOLVE 4100K BEFORE INSTALLING THEM. IF LAMPS COME IN WITH LOOP. EACH LOOP CAN HOLD UP TO 64 FIXTURES THE 'E1" Tigard, Oregon MANUAL PRIOR TO JOB COMMENCEMENT. CONNECTIONS. THE PROBLEM. THE WRONG COLOR TEMPERATURE, PLEASE E-MAIL ISP REFERS TO ECOLOOP 1. REFER TO SHEET E-511 FOR O I 1_11, L110 DIMMABLE 4'-0* STRIP W/WIRE GUARD g g DESIGN SO THEY CAN GET THE CORRECT LAMPS ON SITE. WIRING NOTES AND DIAGRAM OF SYSTEM. 2. ALL CODE COMPLIANCE FORMS ARE IN THE LIGHTING 10. CABLES FOR PLACEMENT IN AIR HANDLING DUCTS, 17. ALL LIGHTING EQUIPMENT AND SHIPMENT SHALL BE MANUAL FOR ASHRAE, TITLE 24 OR LOCAL CODE POWER CHAMBERS (PLENUMS), OR ANY ENCLOSED AREAS THAT RECEIVED 13Y THE CONTRACTOR AND CHECKED FOR 22. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY THE LIGHTING DESIGNER 2. FOR LIGHTS CONTROLLED BY EACH DEVICE REFER TO L14, L14o LED 2' x 2' CONSUMPTION. FACILITATE ENVIRONMENTAL AIR HANDLING, WITHOUT THE DAMAGES. IF DAMAGED, AN E-MAIL SHALL GO OUT TO OR APPLE IF T8 LAMPS FOR L11 COME DAMAGED TO THE PROGRAM IN SHEET E-511. USE OF FIRE PROOF CONDUIT, ARE HELD TO THE MOST INFORM VENDORS/APPLE, SO REPLACEMENTS CAN BE SITE. IT IS REQUIRED THAT THE ALL LAMPS INSTALLED 3. THE L90, L95, L95S, L100, GRAPHIC PANELS, AND LOGO STRINGENT TESTING OF ANY OF THE CABLES RATED BY SENT OUT. TIME FRAME FOR THIS SHALL BE IN THE FIRST COME FROM THE SAME BATCH TO AVOID COLOR 3. Z NUMBER REFERS TO THE ZONING FOR FIXTURE. REFER PURCHASED AND RELEASED TO THE SITE BY APPLE. L1, THE NEC, RATED FOR BOTH FLAMMABILITY AND SMOKE 12 DAYS OF SHIPMENT OR THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE VARIATIONS, IF THE BATCH HAS DAMAGED LAMPS AND TO SHEET E-511 FOR PROGRAM. • T90 OS SENSOR MODULE Issued/ Revised Date L10, L11, AND L14 PURCHASED BY APPLE AND RELEASED GENERATION. THE MOST STRINGENT FIRE RESISTANCE HELD RESPONSIBLE.ALL DAMAGED FIXTURES WILL NEED TO REPLACEMENTS HAVE TO BE SENT TO THE SITE, THEN THE 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 TO THE SITE BY ISP VIAL E-MAIL. LEVEL AS PER NEC DESIGNATION SUCH AS: CMP, CL2P, BE SENT BACK TO THE VENDOR WHEN THE NEW ORDER MANUFACTURER HAS TO RE-SEND THE ENTIRE ORDER. Permit 07/16/2014 CL3P, OR FPLP, WHICH COMPLIES WITH THE TEST ARRIVES. THE JOBSITE SHOULD NOT LAMP ANY T8 UNTIL THE ® OS LOS CDT-2000-WH OCCUPANCY SENSOR 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR/ ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MUST REQUIRED BY NFPA262. THESE CABLES AND RACEWAY ENTIRE PACKAGE HAS BEEN REPLACED. VISIT THE SITE TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, AND CATEGORIES INCLUDE DUZX, DUCS, HNIR, QAYK, AND 18. CONTRACTOR TO SEND AN E-MAIL WHEN THEY WOULD SHALL THOROUGHLY REVIEW THE COMPLETE DRAWINGS SET QPTZ. LIKE THE PRODUCT ON SITE. APPLE PLACES THE ORDER 23. ALL CIRCUITS THAT ARE CALLED OUT ON THE PLAN NEED $2 KP OS WALL MOUNTED 2 BUTTON KEYPAD BEFORE FILLING THE BID FORM. IN THE BID, THE AT 100% CD AND THE ITEMS SHIP TO CANADA TO AN TO BE CONNECTED TO A LUTRON PANEL SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR SHALL ACCOUNT FOR THE FURNISHING AND 11. ALL SPECIFIED LIGHTING FIXTURES HAVE UL OR E.T.L. APPLE WAREHOUSE TO WAIT FOR RELEASE TO THE SITE. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER TO PROVIDE FEED PANEL FOR INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT, BOXES AND WIRING NECESSARY LISTING, AND MEET NATIONAL AND LOCAL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO SHOULD PROVIDE A TWO WEEK NOTICE LUTRON. REFER TO THE LOAD SCHEDULES IN THE $M WS WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR FOR A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROVIDE ALL CODES. FOR PRODUCT TO BE RELEASE TO THE SITE. LIGHTING PANELS AT SHEET E-511. THERE ARE TWO REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE PLACED IN PROPER KINDS OF OUTPUT LOAD RATINGS: WORKING ORDER. 12. ALL WORK PERFORMED SHOULD COMPLY WITH THE 19. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ORDERING • (X) TYPE MODULES: 16 AMPS PER CIRCUIT OR $5 KP QS WALL MOUNTED 5 BUTTON KEYPAD NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODES AND STATE CODES IN WHICH REQUIRED EXIT SIGNS FOR STORE USING THE STANDARD SWITCHING LINE 1920 WATTS MAXIMUM PER SWITCHING 5. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK THE WORK IS PERFORMED. ORDER FORM PROVIDED IN LIGHTING MANUAL, LX SECTION. LINE Apple Approval Date WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SO THAT INTERFERENCE CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW THE EXIT SIGN CUT SHEETS • (A) TYPE MODULES: 16 AMPS PER MODULE w WITH OTHER TRADES CAN BE AVOIDED. 13. UNFORESEEN PROBLEMS THAT OCCUR ON THE JOBSITE PROVIDED IN THE SPECIFICATION SECTION AND FILL OUT WATTS MAXIMUM PER TOTAL MODULE 10 AMPS=1200 SHOULD BE BROUGHT TO THE LIGHTING DESIGNER'S THE ORDER FORM FOR ALL REQUIRED EXITS. SEND WATTS MAXIMUM PER DIMMING LINE 6. REFER TO SHOP DRAWINGS FROM RICHTER FOR CEILING ATTENTION AS SOON AS THE CLIENT IS MADE AWARE OF COMPLETED FORM TO CONTACT AT THE BOTTOM OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE POWER FROM THE HOUSE PANEL EQUIPMENT. THE CONDITION. FORM. THE LEAD TIME FOR THE EXIT SIGN IS 6 WEEKS TO EACH SWITCHING LINE. (4) PER (X) TYPE MODULE AND FROM TIME OF PURCHASE ORDER FROM APPLE IS PLACED (1) LINE PER EACH (A) TYPE MODULE. REFER TO E-511 BACK OF HOUSE - 7. REFER TO BILL OF MATERIALS ON SHEET E-001 FOR THE 14. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LIGHTING ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS TO MULE. CONTRACTOR NEEDS TO VERIFY THE COLOR FOR THE LIGHTING LOAD SCHEDULE. TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH RICHTER LINEAR LIGHT SEGMENTS ORDERED BY APPLE FOR FOR INSTALLATION. THAT IS USED IN ITS JURISDICTIONS BEFORE PLACING THE ZONING PLAN F THIS STORE. ORDER. ALL EXIT SIGNS COME WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY a 15. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT BACK-UP. 24. THE LUTRON PANEL HAS EVERYTHING INCLUDED IN 8. EXIT SIGN ORDER FORM IS IN THE LIGHTING MANUAL. MIGHT INTERFERE WITH THE LIGHTING LAYOUT. CONSULT THE PANEL: LIGHTS ARE CONTROLLED BY TIME CLOCK SET CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW EXIT SIGNS AND ORDER THEM. WITH ARCHITECT AND LIGHTING DESIGNER PRIOR TO 20. THE L1 AND L11 FIXTURES WILL NEED TO BE LAMPED ON IN THE PANEL. SEE PROGRAM IN THE LIGHTING MANUAL FORMS SHOULD BE SENT TO APPLE DIRECT SOURCING EXERCISING DEVIATIONS FROM THE REFLECTED CEILING SITE BY CONTRACTOR. LAMPS ARE PROVIDED BY APPLE, AND DRAWING E-511. AND RUTH AT IES. INFORMATION ON ORDER FORM, APPLE PLAN SHOWN. IES SHIPS ALL THE LAMPS FOR THESE FIXTURES TO THE E- 181 ¢ PREFERRED COLOR IS GREEN. SITE. 7/16/14 4:48 PM \\Tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-e-181.dwg MG6 14M 5T U MG4V WMG3P &DMG 1 I ! I , I N I PlA1-28 PlA1-24 P1A1-22 PlA1-32 ( PIA1-11 PlA1-10 P1A1-8 P1A1-6 P1A1-4 P1A1-2 x PlA1-18 PlA1-16 PlA1-14 -- - ---- - 36 --- - - -- - - - — - - - - - - - -- -- - - - T4 14 T4 9 T4 T4 T4 T4 T4 T4 T4 6L - - _ - -- I - __ L— ��. - I --- T6B T6B I T6B265 t - �' ® A. 1 L �I - I 65 12 I _Pt X36 PIA1-42 T, 520, I 01 c %I T2B 0 I T3 I O O I T3�O O I T3 O I Q3 I T3 i I O O IPERSONALJTRAINING TABLE #5 (PERSONAL TRAINING TABLE #6 DISPLAY LE #10 DISPLAY TABLE 11 I DISPLAY TABLE #12 T1 O I I i IC O� O O U O I I I I ! T2B I O T1 PlA1-191 O ; 3 �` TYP. C �— J I 6 GENIUS BAR 2 TYP. / i i T4 lI T3T3 T3 T3 T3 8 ! 1 (PERSONAL TRAINING TABLE #4C KIDS TABLE 12CDISPLAY TABLE #7 i DISPLAY TABLE #8 I DISPLAY TABLE #9 C i - f - - - - �� -- - - - -- - - - - - -- r --- - - - - - - -- - - EXISTING ELECTRICAL ' CONDUIT TO REMAIN i I f \ , P1A1-411 3 I / � r � I (T40- T3 DISPLAY TABLE 15 DISPLAY TABLE #6 DISPLAY TABLE #4 1 PERSONAL TRAINING TABLE #3 KIDS TABLE 1 --I 7 - - - - I - 7 T3 T3 T3 I T3 I Ol 10O l GENIUS BAR #iU'N /P1A1-35 PiA1-21 l / IT112 � l O o0 oO I I ,�� ,I ---- l — --PERSONAL TRAINING TABLE #1 / PERSONAL TRAINING TABLE #2 DISPLAY TABLE #1 DISPLAY TABLE #2 / DISPLAY TABLE #3 P1A1-23I I I —T5 - ----- I, I T T3 T3 /' T 3j TYP. Architect: IT4 I O 1, " O (' -� - --- I _!_— /' - Woods Bagot 1 3 .�f I I�^ ; Cil I CCI I I 10 \ T2B www.woodsbagot.com I / 4 1 ! 4i � , / T1 TYP. Consultant: —..000 Thorson Baker & Associates 1 2 Iwww.thorsonbaker.com - -- II 1 - I — -- I—i— - — T6C T68 T6B -I - - - - - A.9 ' 2 - — I 4 Consultant: T4 4 4 ' 4 k 44 10 T 4 4tAl 4 ' I Thorson Baker & Associates 4 i _.. -t ..-_., �� wwwAhorsonbaker.com P1A1-7 zl PlA1-30 PlA1-17 PlA1-20 PlA1-29 PP1A1�27 PlA1-12 P1A1-9 P1A1P1A1-15 P1A1-13 P1A1-1 9 I Ji / -3 Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com N PR I w GIN 1V�19581PE�� ± ` SALES AREA - POWER PLAN a ONEG011 \ _.a E xp, Aa4e' SHEET NOTES KEY NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. CONTRACTOR MAY COMBINE THREE (3) CIRCUITS PER 7. TO ACCOUNT FOR VOLTAGE DROP, WIRE GAUGE SIZES MUST 1. T3 USED AT GENIUS BAR FOR POWER & DATA REFER TO 6. WIREMOLD FLOORBOX MODEL 885-NEX-NEW FLAG (T3) (1) 11. DOOORBELL SYSTEM: PUSH BUTTON (T21) MOUNTED ® 3'-0" WIRE/CONDUIT FOR POWERWashington Square Mall NEUTRAL AND GROUND WIRE EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED. BE ADJUSTED FOR 120V CIRCUITS EXTENDING BEYOND ELECTRICAL MANUAL FOR GUIDELINE ON NUMBER OF TSS SIMPLEX POWER RECEPTACLE AND (2) KEYSTONE DATACOM AFF. MOUNT BELL (T20) AND TRANSFORMER (T22) ABOVE — RUNNING WITHIN FLOOR T1 CUSTOM FLOOR BOX SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE WHERE NEUTRAL SERVES MORE THAN ONE PHASE FOR CERTAIN LENGTHS. THE FOLLOWING LENGTHS ARE MINIMUMS REQUIRED PER LENGTH OF THE BAR. CONTRACTOR TO INSERT MODULES CONNECTIONS. SEE ELECTRICAL MANUAL FOR DROPPED CEILING OR ® 9'-0" AFF TO BOTTOM OF DEVICES. 9585 SW Washington Sq. RCI. COMPUTER CIRCUITS, THE NEUTRAL SHALL BE SIZED AT TWICE ONLY, AND SHALL ACCOUNT FOR THE LENGTH OF THE FULL PROVIDE FLEX CONDUIT HARDWIRE CONNECTION FROM FLOOR SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE CUSTOM ACRYLIC COVER PLATE BY (REFER TO ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION MANUAL FOR CUT Tigard, Oregon THE CURRENT CARRYING CAPACITY OF THE PHASE WIRING. CIRCUIT INCLUDING RAISES, DROPS, RUNS PERPENDICULAR TO BOX TO FURNITURE. REFER TO SHEET E-311 FOR DATA H-SQUARED, LLC- CONTACT MR. JEREMY HUBBELL (877) SHEETS AND DETAILS). WIRE/CONDUIT FOR POWER T2B 125V/20A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE g g THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING A THE STORE (SUCH AS FROM THE WALL TO A FLOOR BOX), WIRING AND CIRCUIT. 224- 3654. INSTALL DATA. POWER CABLES AND FLEXIBLE CONCEALED WITHIN WALL OR CEILING COMMON TRIP FOR ALL UNGROUNDED CONDUCTORS SHARING ETC.: CONNECTION AT FLOOR LOCATION FOR LEVEL ADJUSTMENT. 12• SEE SHEET E-241 FOR ADDITIONAL DOORBELL SYSTEM PREWIRED WIREMOLD SYSTEM RACEWAY CUSTOM FLOOR BOX WITH SINGLE THE SAME NEUTRAL THE COMMON TRIP MAY BE A TWO OR A. LENGTHS EXCEEDING 60' SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 2. PROVIDE 1/2"C WITH PULL WIRE FROM HVAC SENSOR TO PROVIDE LABELING AND LEAVE 18" COIL. ELECTRICAL DEVICES. j T5, T68, T6C W/DUPLEX RECEPTACLES AND INSERTS �0 T3 RECEPTACLE AND (2) DATA OUTLETS a THREE POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER, OR APPROVED HANDLE TIE. #10 AWG. CEILING. REFER TO ARCHITECT ELEVATION DETAIL FOR CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TERMINATIONS. FOR DATA JACKS. B. LENGTHS EXCEEDING 90' SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF MOUNTING HEIGHT. A. POWER CONNECTION (1 COMPARTMENT): 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL LOW TEMPERATURE SENSOR PROVIDED AND #8 AWG. PROVIDE ONE 1/2" CONDUIT AND WIRE ROUTED IN FLOOR 0 Q T4 CEILING MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX Issued/Revised Date VOLTAGE DATA CABLE (U.O.N.). FINAL TERMINATION AND C. LENGTHS EXCEEDING 145' SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3. SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES (T2B) MOUNTED ON THE TO NEAREST PARTITION AND HOME RUN TO PANEL BOARD INSTALLED BY THE HVAC CONTRACTOR LABELING BY DATA CONTRACTOR. CEILING SURFACE. RECEPTACLE AND COVER PLATE TO MATCH NOTED. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE FLEX CONDUIT HARDWIRE 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 #6 AWG. STORE FRONT SOFFIT COLOR. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION CONNECTION FROM FLOOR BOX TO TABLE. WALL MOUNTED COMBINATION FIRE ALARM Permit 07/16/2014 3. DETAILED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DESIGN SHALL BE DONE BY A D. LENGTHS EXCEEDING 230' SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND STAINLESS STEEL D. DATA CONNECTION (1 COMPARTMENT): T65 SPEAKER/STROBE K� T4 WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX LICENSED FIRE ALARM DESIGN/BUILT CONTRACTOR. ALL #4 AWG. CEILING SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. INSTALL 18" WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH LANDLORD AND SHALL THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR • FROM FRONT EDGE OF DISPLAY AREA AS PER NEC PROVIDE (1) 3/4" CONDUITS ROUTED IN FLOOR AND UP BE COMPATIBLE WITH MALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. COORDINATING INCREASED WIRE SIZES DUE TO FIELD 210 62 PARTITION WALL TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING AREA AND DB T20 DOOR BELL (SEE DETAIL) CONDITIONS RESULTING IN EXTENDED CONDUIT PATHS. CONTINUE PLENUM CABLING TO THE DATA RACK AT STOCK 4. THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SHALL MEET ALL STANDARD GROUND WIRE SIZES ARE REQUIRED TO BE ADJUSTED PER 4. OUTLETS COME MOUNTED UNDER THE COUNTER AND ARE ROOM. PROVIDE CABLING AND LEAVE 15' COIL AT DATA REQUIREMENTS OF POWER AND TELEPHONE COMPANIES. ARTICLE 250 OF THE NEC WHEN WIRES ARE INCREASED FOR PROVIDED BY FURNITURE MANUFACTURER. RECEPTACLE WILL RACK AND 5' COIL AT FLOOR BOX, DATA FACE PLATE TO VOLTAGE DROP. COME WITH A WHIP AND TWISTLOCK PLUG TO BE CONSIST OF (2) MODULAR INSERTS AND THE REMAINING 5. ALL CONDUIT AND J-BOXES (T4) IN SALES AREA SHALL BE CONNECTED TO WIREMOLD. TYPICAL. BLANKS. DATA CONTRACTOR TO MAKE FINAL TERMINATION. CONCEALED IN WALL B. ALL PRE WIRED WALL MOUNTED RACEWAYS (WIREMOLD) ARE TO BE PROVIDED AND DELIVERED TO THE SITE BY APPLE. 5. WIREMOLD FLOORBOX MODEL 885-NEX-NEW FLAGB (T1). (1) 7. PROVIDE SPARE CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING FOR FUTURE 6. ALL CABLE TROUGHS, CABLE TRAYS, RACEWAYS, AND CONDUIT SIMPLEX POWER RECEPTACLE & (1) BLANK DATACOM INSTALLATION OF PEDESTAL MOUNTED DEVICE. Apple Approval Date RUNS SHALL FOLLOW A DIRECT PATH ALONG THE LEFT AND INSERT. SEE ELECTRICAL MANUAL FOR SPECIFICATIONS. " RIGHT SIDE OF THE STORE TO PROVIDE THE SHORTEST PATH PROVIDE CUSTOM ACRYLIC COVER PLATE BY H-SQUARED, B. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A BACK TO THE ELECTRICAL PANELBOARDS TO MINIMIZE LLC- CONTACT MR. JEREMY HUBBELL (877) 224- 3654. JUNCTION BOX (T4) FOR DOOR OPERATOR ONLY WHEN zv VOLTAGE DROP OF BRANCH FEEDERS. INSTALL POWER CABLES AND FLEXIBLE CONNECTION AT REQUIRED. CONNECT TO CIRCUIT INDICATED. VERIFY EXACT FLOOR LOCATION FOR LEVEL ADJUSTMENT. PROVIDE LABELING COQ�UIRNMBIENTS IN FIELD PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE ALL AND LEAVE 18" COIL. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SALES AREA - TERMINATIONS. POWER CONNECTION COMPARTMENT: TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH POWER PLAN PROVIDE ONE 1/2" CONDUIT AND WIRE ROUTED IN FLOOR 9 MOUNTING HEIGHT OF 1'-0" ABOVE BOTTOM OF FINISHED TO NEAREST PARTITION AND HOMERUN TO PANELBOARD CEILING FOR J-BOX SERVING WIREMOLD RACEWAYS. TYPICAL. NOTED. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE FLEX CONDUIT HARDWIRE 10. HIGH LOAD DISPLAY. REFER TO THE ELECTRICAL COVER SHEET CONNECTION FROM FLOOR BOX TO TABLE. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CONFIRM LOCATION OF HIGH LOAD TABLES FOR DIFFERENT CONFIGURATIONS WITH APPLE. E-211 7/16/14 4:43 PIA \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-e-211.dwg w w Z J 2 V Q �1 T4 4 8 r T4 \ PlB1-14 5 _ _ T22 4 7 T4 T T21 T24 T244 kU R ,... 5 t 1 ' GFI I GF GFI I— , T2 P1B1-8 J OJT4 —a T o e 11 1 " I P1B1-10 / 4 \ [ I _- P1B1-18 P1Bt-12 T4(5 14 I j i I O r P181�51,53 T9D € WH T7D I 3.0KW 1 NEW PANEL 'MSB' 6 8V/10 T9 ' "MANAGER 9E(5) P1B1-33 I I TI O r I (T15) ,., TYp �IORKSTATIONS T2 U Oj T4 14 T J T4 I I ® - ) T7 I I r NEW PANEL P1B1' (T16) P1B1-9 I T4 ! 3 I P1B1-11 e s ' PlB1-35 P1 1- 7 49 Tp 2: _ I 1. 19 5 NEW PANEL P1A1' (T17) i r O I f 18 DB T20 I IT267 '' / r 13 P161-46 EI P181-27 T41 P503 CC NEW LUTRON PANEL 'LP' P161-1 !`� ) P1'I 3 I OPERATOR J DB 4 I \1' r �y T T4 P181-29 T4 T2( T2 PIB1r131 20 P161 5 1313 ORKSTATIO I 5 i P1B� 21 i P181 15 } NEW QUANTUM LIGHT MANAGEMENT HUB (T95) 9 III PlB1-16 , T2 I P1B1-25 T4- P1B1 2' Tt3B 1B1-21 T4, 1 ✓ r I j P1B1-4 -�_�� I BUSNIESS I �OFLEX RECEIVING P1B1-6ORKSTATIONS RKSTATIONS T7 P1B1-17 GENIUS T2 P1B1-19 {r� 12 T12 �. ( WORKSTATIONS �/ r I P1B1-4013Cy �I I O NEW DRIVER ENCLOSURES I P1B1-7 10 T9 T9 T9 79 T9 1 + l0 r TI L 14 T13CT4 PlBI-20 13 S C I T26 T49! E T T2 ! P1B1-39 NEW LIGHTING INVERTER (T67) C T49 S T26 I I --= O ' 3 T7D717 I 1 I 17 I ...\_.._ — T24 " P181-34 1q $ T24 P181-31 I I O 1 \ 1 / PIBI-41 T2 I ti _ F T24 r' P1B1-36 I 1 71 T24 I I O r P1B1-26 1 _ I I I Architect: 1 Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com LiT2 AREA Consultant: II P181-2877 I Thorson Baker & Associates I 'I www.thorsonbaker.com - — ! Consultant: P1B1-30 - r I 1 Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com T ! I O ou.nv.w... T J Consultant: t ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com N PRO I W I 19587PE 41 . BACK OF HOUSE - POWER PLAN MEG01 1 1/4" = 1'-0" FFA E� ✓� '41120,15\a ra Il E 7tp, Da4e'• SHEET NOTES KEY NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. CONTRACTOR MAY COMBINE THREE (3) CIRCUITS PER 8. WHEN CARD READER CONTROL ACCESS IS REQUIRED, 1. . 10. ALARM SYSTEM SIREN LOCATED ABOVE PHONE BOARD. 19. CO2 SENSOR CONTROL PANEL FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TEMPERATURE SENSOR PROVIDED AND Washington Square Mall NEUTRAL AND GROUND WIRE EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED. SECURITY VENDOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SELECTING, COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND ALL OTHER REQUIREMENTS THE HVAC CONTRACTOR. ® T138 125V/30A TWIST LOCK POWER RECEPTACLE. WIRE/CONDUIT FOR POWER ® g q WHERE NEUTRAL SERVES MORE THAN ONE PHASE FOR PROVIDING AND INSTALLING ALL SYSTEM DEVICES AND WITH APPLE SECURITY VENDOR. RUNNING WITHIN FLOOR INSTALLED BY THE HVAC CONTRACTOR 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. .,N COMPUTER CIRCUITS, THE NEUTRAL SHALL BE SIZED AT CABLES. "� 20. DEDICATED L U U LIGHT TWICE THE CURRENT CARRYING CAPACITY OF THE PHASE 11. TELCO BOARD TWIST LOCK AND QUAD POWER RECEPTACLES HUB. ® T13C 125V/15A TWIST LOCK POWER RECEPTACLE. WIRE/CONDUIT FOR POWER THERMOSTAT PROVIDED AND Tigard, Oregon WIRING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR 9. ALL PRE WIRED WALL MOUNTED RACEWAYS (WIREMOLD) ARE 2. R+U UNIT.. REFER TO MEG IANIGAEBf AWINGS F(p,996T ARE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY LANDLORD. ELECTRICAL CONCEALED WITHIN WALL OR CEILING INSTALLED BY THE HVAC CONTRACTOR PROVIDING A COMMON TRIP FOR ALL UNGROUNDED TO BE PROVIDED AND DELIVERED TO THE SITE BY APPLE. LOGATION gig PR90IPE OVER GURRENT PROTEGTION PER CONTRACTOR TO RUN CIRCUITING TO APPLE PANEL BOARDS CONDUCTORS SHARING THE SAME NEUTRAL. THE COMMON NAME 12,41E RATIN" AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. T15, T16, T7, T7D, T7E, T91W/DURED WECEPTD SYSTEM RACEWAY TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER PROVIDED AND TRIP MAY BE A TWO OR THREE POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER, OR ® T17 ELECTRICAL PANEL T9D, & T9E W/DUPLEX RECEPTACLES AND INSERTS TC INSTALLED BY THE HVAC CONTRACTOR APPROVED HANDLE TIE. 3, DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR (T26) TO BE FACTORY 12. DEDICATED OUTLETS TO DATA RACK: (6) L5-30R (T13B). FOR DATA JACKS. INSTALLED. CONNECT TO RTU TO SHUT DOWN RTU WHEN 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL LOW DETECTOR IS ACTIVATED. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS IN 13. CO2 SENSOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE HVAC O LP LIGHTING PANEL T4 CEILING MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX CCP BYPASS DAMPER CONTROLLER Issued/Revised Date VOLTAGE DATA CABLE (U.O.N.). FINAL TERMINATION AND FIELD PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE ALL COST IN BID. CONTRACTOR. 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 LABELING BY DATA CONTRACTOR. DETECTOR MUST BE INSTALLED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. T95 LIGHT MANAGEMENT HUB T4 WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX MP503 CO2 SENSOR CONTROL PANEL Permit 07/16/2014 REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE DETAILS. 14. LOCATION OF HVAC SENSOR/T-STAT. PROVIDE 1/2' C. WITH D H@ D - 3. DETAILED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DESIGN SHALL BE DONE BY PULL STRING TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING (+60' A.F.F. FOR A LICENSED FIRE ALARM DESIGN/BUILT CONTRACTOR. ALL 4. DOOR CONTACTS (T42) PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY APPLE SENSOR, +48' FOR T-STAT IN MANAGER'S OFFICE). FINAL WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH LANDLORD AND SHALL SECURITY VENDOR. WIRING BY HVAC CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION T67 LIGHTING INVERTER T24 125V/20A GFI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE T26 DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR BE COMPATIBLE WITH MALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. IN FIELD. GFI 5. DOOORBELL SYSTEM: PUSH BUTTON (T21) MOUNTED ® 3'-0- 4. THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SHALL MEET ALL STANDARD AFF. MOUNT BELL (T20) AND TRANSFORMER (T22) ABOVE 15. ReST"""" EXHAUST r"' r"""'c""" """ ""'T""r" BY THE DB T20 DOOR BELL (SEE DETAIL) + T12 125V/20A QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE © T49 CO2 SENSOR REQUIREMENTS OF POWER AND TELEPHONE COMPANIES. "EGONT,RAG40R. REFE 98 HIE MEGHAIAG4 DRAWINGS DROPPED CEILING OR ® 9'-0' AFF TO BOTTOM OF DEVICES. �.n (REFER TO ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION MANUAL FOR CUT r"o PXAGT IQGATIQN ♦a" n""vmr nvron Iee 5. ALL OUTLETS (T2) SHALL BE MOUNTED 42" A.F.F. UNLESS SHEETS AND DETAILS). TPo C��7gA o 4912 Tr RAT'—— oornnnr � o�Y �. T21 PUSH BUTTON (SEE DETAIL) 1- T2 125V/20A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE NOTED OTHERWISE. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION FOR EXACT LOCATION OF OUTLETS. 6. TRANSFORMER FOR SENSOR FLUSH VALVE. SUPPLIED BY Apple Approval Date " 6. FOR ANTI STATIC GROUNDING OF WORKING SURFACE ON PLUMBING CONTRACTOR WITH PLUMBING FIXTURE. INSTALL �T T22 CONTROL TRANSFORMER $2 T23 DOUBLE POLE SWITCH FOR WATER HEATER GENIUS ROOM BENCH, PROVIDE GROUND WIRE CONNECTION TRANSFORMER AND CONNECT AN CIRCUITD REQUIREMENTS. 16.SHOWN. FIELD COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION ANRECEPTACLE SHALL BE GFI TYPE T24) IF LOCATED WITHIN 6' BETWEEN T7'S BINDING POSTS (BANANA JACKS) AND THE OF THE OUTSIDE EDGE OF THE SINK. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING SYSTEM. REFER TO ELECTRICAL 7. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE (PLENUM RATED) MANUAL FOR T7 RACEWAY AND OUTLET STRAP & BINDING CABLE BETWEEN KEYPAD AND POWERED DOOR DEVICES. 17. DUAL LITE SINGLE PHASE LIGHTING INVERTER WITH 90 MINUTE BACK OF HOUSE - 6 POST ASSEMBLY SHOP DRAWINGS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR KEYPAD MOUNTING BATTERY BACK-UP FURNISHED BY APPLE AND INSTALLED BY TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH POWER PLAN Y HEIGHT AND ALIGNMENT. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CONNECT INVERTER TO HOUSE 7. ALL 120V RUNS LONGER THAN 60' SHALL BE 810 WIRE PANEL AND WIRE SYSTEM IN FAIL SAFE ARRANGEMENT TO SIZE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. 8. BURGLAR ALARM KEYPAD PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY APPLE DEFAULT TO INVERTER OUTPUT. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS SECURITY VENDOR. IN FIELD PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BID. y 9. FOR ALL DATA CABLES, PROVIDE LABELING AND LEAVE 12' 18. CENTRAL CONTROL PANEL FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE E-241 a COIL. HVAC CONTRACTOR. 7/16/14 4:43 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-e-241.dwg N W W 2 2 !J �I \ I - ._._.. � .. , 1B1-58 ��, t- c I I I I. FACTORY PRO EB I = DISCONNECT SWItH2 TO MSB I I I 120V/10 EF � � r 1/6 HP 1 O - eEWD120V/101.OKW 1= I I GFI FACTORY PROVIDED Li – J r p DISCONNECT SWITCH f I P1B1–5P I I ( (TIB)–42 ( I � I I . T68ao 1 I I I 208V/30 i I 50.3 MCA 60.0 MOCP (ON ROOF) € I I F I P1B1-52 WD (TIE) 120V/10 Pi B1-42 i I y1 _ T4 1 (TIE) I iIt I r TO MSB I II I TO MSB FACTORY PROVIDED L I I I \ j DISCONNECT SWITCH GFIFACTORY PROVIDED i _ DISCONNECT SWITCH I 208V/30 RTU WP €F P181-42 63 MCA L P1B1-43,45 GFI (TIE) 80 MOCPFI 1 piB1-48 WP RTU 208V/30 (ON ROOF) I �4 — \CC1ZZ III42 MCA T258 I I 3 50 MOCP 120V/10 WD I I T4 (ON ROOF) 3 I I _ ._..7- 15 . P1 B1-52 I I 208V/10 AC (TIE) MCA L — - - — MOCP 1 PiB1 47,49 T4 T4 I BP 1 1 120V/10 1 L J 1 (TIE–5 2 T25 P181 42 FI (TIE) I I Architect: WP I Woods Bagot j "---) www.woodsbagot.com 208V/10 I 1w8 MCA Consultant: 30 MOCP 1 CU I Thorson Baker & Associates II (ON ROOF) www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates , I www.thorsonbaker.com i I Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. I www.ispdesign.com I � N I w ii 19587PE�'P OREGOY BACK OF HOUSE - HVAC POWER PLAN ✓�F:�f:IU,1°9b ; % D-7 1/4" _ –0" YD. g�rp, Oa-ie: Ix031�1� SHEET NOTES KEY NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. CONTRACTOR MAY COMBINE THREE (3) CIRCUITS PER 1. TRANE MODEL VCCF/VCEF MOTORIZED DAMPER. REFER TO FI Washington Square Mall NEUTRAL AND GROUND WIRE EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND PROVIDE GGFI/WP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE g q NOTED. WHERE NEUTRAL SERVES MORE THAN ONE OVER CURRENT PROTECTION PER NAME PLATE RATING. WP 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. PHASE FOR COMPUTER CIRCUITS, THE NEUTRAL SHALL BE ,TI ardOregon SIZED AT TWICE THE CURRENT CARRYING CAPACITY OF 2. RTU UNIT. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT T4 CEILING MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX g g THE PHASE WIRING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE LOCATION AND PROVIDE OVER CURRENT PROTECTION PER RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING A COMMON TRIP FOR ALL NAME PLATE RATING. UNGROUNDED CONDUCTORS SHARING THE SAME NEUTRAL. WIRE/CONDUIT FOR POWER THE COMMON TRIP MAY BE A TWO OR THREE POLE 3. RESTROOM EXHAUST FAN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE RUNNING WITHIN FLOOR CIRCUIT BREAKER, OR APPROVED HANDLE TIE. HVAC CONTRACTOR. REFER TO THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND PROVIDE OVERCURRENT WIRE/CONDUIT FOR POWER 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL PROTECTION PER NAMEPLATE RATING. PROVIDE A RELAY CONCEALED WITHIN WALL OR CEILING Issued/Revised Date LOW VOLTAGE DATA CABLE (U.O.N.). FINAL TERMINATION INTERFACED WITH THE TWO RESTROOM LIGHT FIXTURE 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 AND LABELJNG BY DATA CONTRACTOR. CONTROLS THAT ENERGIZES THE EXHAUST FAN WHEN EITHER Permit 07/16/2014 ONE OF THE RESTROOMS IS IN USE. GM T68 MOTOR RATED SWITCH 3. THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SHALL MEET ALL STANDARD REQUIREMENTS OF POWER AND TELEPHONE COMPANIES. 4. 120V-10 POWER FOR CONDENSATE PUMP. 4. ALL OUTLETS (T2) SHALL BE MOUNTED 42" A.F.F. UNLESS DISCONNECT SWITCH. "2" INDICATES NOTED OTHERWISE. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION NUMBER OF POLES: "30 FRAME SIZE; FOR EXACT LOCATION OF OUTLETS. 2 T25 "NF"= NO FUSES, AND "F" DENOTES FUSE SIZE AS RECOMMENDED BY EQUIPMENT 5. ALL 120V RUNS LONGER THAN 60' SHALL BE #10 WIRE MANUFACTURER. SIZE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. c Apple Approval Date w 2 T25B SAME AS ABOVE BUT "15" FRAME SIZE 6 TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH BACK OF HOUSE - HVAC POWER PLAN E-242 7/16/14 4:43 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-e-242.dwg i 1 MG6 MG5 a U MG4 OJ W @MG1 .3 MG2 1 .2 MG1 iD = 1114' D = 1127' D = ±137' D = il50' D = i17T w I D = 111T D = i12T D = i140' D = t16T D = i186'i Z D1= i154' - - - 1' D - f194' - - - - 36 D - 1167 - — D - 118- _ - ..,,,...._ .._ 1.1.DC6.1A/ I 1.1.DC5.1A/ ( 1.1.DC4.1A/ -!- -_ - - - - - --- - - -_.- A. 1 � I AT27B1 aT27BIAT27B1 1 11 5 It I I 1.tAP4.tA/j ^I 1.105.1A/B i i ❑ 1.1 AP6.1A/B T36 O f T36 - 1 I T36 1 I I O 01, D = tt,49y / D = ti69i I I = 1196' �I I I U T3 l-� a T3 a T3 T3 T3 I • a I a ; p 1 1.1 T AA I 1.1 AA , 1.l.DTl0.1A 1.1.DT11.1A 1.1.DT12.11A i 1 o a ai 1. C9.1A/B o 1 1: c� o o a I I I I p - 124' , i a 1.,�c�e12a/B r1.cv1.1 /B T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 4 � a ! a i� ( 1.1 PT ': 1.1.KT2.1A 1.1.DT7.1A 1.1.DT8.1A 1.1.DT9.1A I T B aj O O a O 8.136 to/B 0 0 0 a j 1.1 lA 1.1.KT1.1A 1.1.DT4.1A 1.1.DT5.1A 1.1.DT6.1A /!EXISTING ELECTRICAL 0 CONDUIT TO REMAIN - ;T3 -1 - - - - - ! - - - :7 ) T3 a T3 1 T3 I T3 i T3 i .1.GB1.lA/B TYP.U, a I ! ' I ro T e ./ = 147 �� I^ 1.1.PTL1A O 1.1 1A 1.1.DT1.1A 1.1.DT2.1A - 1.1.DT3.1A *T3 T3 *T3 T3 T3- Architect: cl- - 1 I D = 133' 1 Woods Bagot D - i1T}7 D f207 i I I www.woodsbagot.com I 1 T36 i I T36 I / ./ T36 ❑ TYP. • i I 1.1AP3.IA/ 1 I 1.1.AP2.1A/B / / 1.1.AP1.,A/B 2 Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates 1 I I I i- www.thorsonbaker.com T27B / " T27B T27B 1 - a Consultant: 1. 7-0 1.DC3.1A/ / i.i.DC2.1A/ 1J.DC7.1A/ Thorson Baker & Associates F �_.. .., . I www.thorsonbaker.com ( I D - 205' - = I. I D = 1154' D = 1164' D = f178' ' D = 1188' D = 1204' Consultant: D = 1151 D = 1164' D = :El 4' D = i18T D = i19T ISP Design, Inc. _ ! www.ispdesign.com a M W PN fFs`P42 19587PE 'P offmi SA ES AREA DATA PLAN ✓F� 20,10 r4 Exp, 1t(>3111'1 DATA SCHEDULES SHEET NOTES KEY NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL 8. AP SPARE LOCATIONS REQUIRE (2) CAT6 CABLES. EACH 1. THE ACCESS POINTS SHALL BE HUNG ABOVE THE DROP MAKE FINAL TERMINATION. PORT ID LOCATION PORT ASSIGNMENT TELE/FAX CABLE TYPE RACK QTY PORT ID LOCATION PORT ASSIGNMENT TELE/FAX CABLE TYPE RACK OTY LOW VOLTAGE DATA CAT6 AND FIBER CABLES. FINAL AP SPARE CABLE SHALL BE RUN TO THE LOCATION CEILINGS WITH WIRE CABLES EXTENDING FROM CEILING ❑ Washington Square Mall ❑ T36 CISCO AIRONET ACCESS POINT 1.1.DT1.1A DISPLAY TABLE #1 A:FOH 8-PORT A:N 1 02 1 1.1.KT1.1A KIDS TABLE #1 AFOH 8-PORT A:N 1 02 1 TERMINATION BY OWNER'S DATA CONTRACTOR. SPECIFIED. EACH CABLE RUN SHALL BE TERMINATED AND ABOVE. PROVIDE A MINIMUM 2' RADIUS OF CLEARANCE 4. LEAVE 15' COIL AT EQUIPMENT RACK AND 5' COIL AT 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. i.l.DT2.1A DISPLAY TABLE 2 A:FOH 8-PORT A:N 1 02 1 1.1.KT2.lA KIDS TABLE 2 AFOH 8-PORT A.N 1 02 1 SECURED FROM THE CEILING ABOVE. BOTH CABLES SHALL AROUND EACH AP TO MINIMIZE INTERFERENCE. REFER TO DATA STUB-OUT FOR SLACK. OWNER'S DATA CONTRACTOR WIREMOLD CUSTOM FLOORBOX WITH SINGLE Tigard, Oregon # # 2. ALL CABLES SHOULD HAVE A 20' SERVICE LOOP FOR BE RUN TO THE AVR-02 RACK AND TERMINATED INTO THE THE CUT SHEETS IN THE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION TO PROVIDE FINAL TERMINATION. T3 RECEPTACLE AND 2 DATA OUTLETS g g 1.1.DT3.1A DISPLAY TABLE #3 A:FOH 8-PORT A:N 1 02 1 1.1.PT1.1A PERSONAL TRAINING TABLE #1 AFOH 8-PORT A:N 1 02 1 SLACK IN THE CEILINGS. WIRELESS PATCH PANEL BY THE A/V CONTRACTOR. MANUAL. TWO (2) CAT6 CABLES (1 RED FOR PoE & 1 ( ) GREEN CABLE FOR CONSOLE CONNECTIVITY) ARE RUN 5. INSTALL DATA CONDUITS WITHIN SUB-FLOOR UNDER STORE 1.1.DT4.1A DISPLAY TABLE #4 A:FOH 8-PORT A:N 1 02 1 l•l•PT2•lA PERSONAL TRAINING TABLE #2 AFOH 8-PORT AN 1 02 1 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR FROM THE PATCH PANEL IN THE NETWORK RACK TO EACH TILES FROM GENIUS BAR AND DISPLAY TABLES. CONDUITS CONDUIT FOR DATA PROVIDING THE CORRECT LENGTH OF CABLING AND SHALL AP LOCATION. ALL CABLES SHALL HAVE A 20' SERVICE SNB-OUT AND RUN UP TO CEILING AND TERMINATE AT RUNNING WITHIN FLOOR 1.1.DT5.1A DISPLAY TABLE #5 A:FOH 8-PORT A:N 1 02 1 1.1.PT3.1A PERSONAL TRAINING TABLE #3 A.FOH 8-PORT A:N 1 02 1 VERIFY REQUIREMENTS ON SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING. LOOP FOR SLACK (IN THE CEILINGS). THE DATA TERMINATION CABINET. 1.1.DT6.1A # 1.1.PT4.1A PERSONAL TRAINING TABLE 4 A:FOH 8-PORT A:N 1 02 1 CONDUIT FOR DATA CONCEALED WITHIN DISPLAY TABLE 6 A:FOH 8-PORT A:N 1 02 1 # 4. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND 2. DATA OUTLETS COME MOUNTED UNDER THE COUNTER AND WALL OR CEILING Issued/Revised Date 1.1.DT7.lA DISPLAY TABLE #7 A:FOH 8-PORT AN 1 02 1 1.1.PT5.lA PERSONAL TRAINING TABLE 15 AFOH 8-PORT A:N 1 02 1 INSTALL ONE 1" CONDUR FROM THE TOP OF THE WALL ARE TO BE PROVIDED BY FURNITURE MANUFACTURER. 50%CDSet 06/27/2014 TO THE GENIUS BAR WITH J-BOX ON THE END FOR FIBER DATA IS CONNECTED TO RACK THROUGH WIREMOLD AT PREWIRED WIREMOLD SYSTEM RACEWAY Permit 07/16/2014 1.i.DT8.1A DISPLAY TABLE #8 A:FOH 8-PORT A.-N 1 02 1 11.l.PT6.11A PERSONAL TRAINING TABLE #6 AFOH 8-PORT AN 1 02 1 OPTIC CABLING. INSTALL CARLON FLEX PLUS BLUE ENT WALL. TYPICAL OF 3. T5, T6B, T6C W/DUPLIX RECEPTACLES AND INSERTS 1.1.DT9.lA DISPLAY TABLE #9 A:FOH 8-PORT A:N 1 02 1 1.1.GV1.1A/B GENIUS BAR VIDEO #1 D:GB VID N/A A1/B:4 01 2 FROM CONDUIT TO DATA RACK FOR WIRE PROTECTION. FOR DATA JACKS. 3. WIREMOLD FLOOR BOX #885-NEX-NEW FLAG (T3). (1) T278 DOUBLE DATA JACK - BLACK 1.1.DT10.1A DISPLAY TABLE #10 A:FOH 8-PORT A:N 1 02 1 1.1.GB1.1A/B GENIUS BAR #1 ABOH 48-PORT/B:BOH 48-PORT A:N/B:N 1 02 2 5. HOMERUNS INDICATED ON THE FLOOR PLAN MAY INDICATE SIMPLEX POWER RECEPTACLE AND (2) DATA CONNECTIONS. EITHER ONE OR TWO CABLE PULLS. REFER TO THE SEE ELECTRICAL MANUAL FOR SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE 1.1.DT11.1A DISPLAY TABLE #11 A:FOH 8-PORT A:N 1 02 1 1.1.GB1.2A/B GENIUS BAR #2 A:BOH 48-PORT/B:BOH 48-PORT A:N/B:N 1 02 2 SCHEDULES FOR QUANTITIES. CUSTOM ACRYLIC COVER PLATE BY THOMAS SWAN SIGN 1.1.DT12.1A DISPLAY TABLE 112 A:FOH 8-PORT A:N 1 02 1 1.1AP1.1A/B ACCESS POINT #1 ABOH/B:BOH N/A 1 02 2 CO., INC. - CONTACT MR. SCOTT EATON (415) 621-1511. HOMERUN BACK TO DATA RACKS 6. PORT ID NAMING IS AS FOLLOWS: 1.1.DC1.1A B DISPLAY COUNTER 1 A:FOH 8-PORT/B:BOH A:N/B:N 1 02 2 1.1AP2.IA B ACCESS POINT #2 A:BOH B:BOH N A 1 02 2 BUILDING.LEVEL.LOCATION.PORTS. CABLE TYPES ARE AS INSTALL DATA, POWER CABLES, AND FLEXIBLE CONNECTION / # / / / AT FLOOR LOCATION FOR LEVEL ADJUSTMENT. PROVIDE 1.1.DC2,lA/B DISPLAY COUNTER #2 A:FOH 8-PORT/B:BOH A:N/B:N 1 02 2 1.1AP3.lA/B ACCESS POINT #3 ABOH/B:BOH N/A 1 02 2 2=ELDEN16000UE PLENUM; 3=18-4 0 PLENUM;0 CAT6 LENUM; LABELING AND LEAVE 18" COIL. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TERMINATIONS. 1.1.DC3.IA/B DISPLAY COUNTER #3 A:FOH 8-PORT/B:BOH A:N/B:N 1 02 2 1.1AP4.lA/B ACCESS POINT #4 A:BOH/B:BOH N/A 1 02 2 4=DTROVISION HDX SERIES FIBER OPTIC HDMI; 5=BELDEN A POWER CONNECTION 1 COMPARTMENT): Apple Approval Date 2 9451P 22 AWG 1-PAIR STRANDED PROVIDE ONE 1/2" CONDUIT AND WIRE ROUTED IN 1.1.DC4.lA/B DISPLAY COUNTER #4 A:FOH 8-PORT/B:BOH A:N/B:N 1 02 2 1.1AP5.IA/S ACCESS POINT #5 ABOH/B:BOH N/A 1 02 2 7 ALL LCD SCREENS REQUIRE INNERDUCT PREMIER-PLENUM FLOOR 1.1.DC5.lA/B DISPLAY COUNTER #5 A:FOH 8-PORT/B:BOH A:N/B:N 1 02 2 1.1AP6.1A/B ACCESS POINT 16 ABOH/B:BOH N/A 1 02 2 1.25" ORANGE WITH PULL TAPE. NOTE THAT LONG RUNS TO NEAREST PARTITION AND HOME RUN TO PANEL BOARD OF INNERDUCT REQUIRE PULL RELIEF/ INSPECTION BOXES NOTED. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE FLEX CONDUIT 1.1.DC6.lA/B DISPLAY COUNTER #6 A:FOH 8-PORT/B:BOH A:N/B:N 1 02 2 AT 150' DISTANCES AND/OR AT MORE THAN 270 DEGREES HARDWIRE CONNECTION FROM FLOOR BOX TO TABLE. SALES AREA - 1.1.DC7.lA/B DISPLAY COUNTER #7 A:FOH 8-PORT/B:BOH A:N/B:N 1 02 2 OF BENDS (3 X 90 DEGREE BENDS). EACH LCD REQUIRES B. DATA CONNECTION (1 COMPARTMENT): TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH DATA PLAN s INDIVIDUAL HOMERUNS. PROVIDE (1) 3/4" CONDUIT ROUTED IN FLOOR AND UP 1.1.DC8.1A/B DISPLAY COUNTER #8 A:FOH 8-PORT/B:BOH A:N/B:N 1 02 2 PARTITION WALL TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING AREA AND 1.1.DC9.1A B DISPLAY COUNTER 9 A:FOH 8-PORT/B:BOH A:N/B:N 1 02 2 CONTINUE PLENUM CABLING TO THE DATA RACK. / # PROVIDE CABLING AND LEAVE 15' COIL AT DATA RACK AND 5' COIL AT FLOOR BOX FOR SLACK. DATA n FACEPLATE SHALL CONSIST OF (2) MODULAR INSERTS E-311 e AND THE REMAINING BLANKS. DATA CONTRACTOR TO 7/16/14 4:44 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-e-311.dwg I � I I ! I I i I I I I I ! ! i ! W � 36 I W ! Z J I i i I U �I - - I I � F 1 1 GAT 1A 4n� - - I! 1.1.MO1.1A/8 T27 I: __ T. 8 ffjI° I 1.1.MOF.1A / '1.1.TS.1A 1.1.GA1.2A/ I� T29 ' ! 1.1.GAP.1A ! 1.1.M02.1A/B ' r T2 T27 E I DD _ T28 ' 1 1 GA 1 1 m / T34 T27 F i —1 A I T29 1.1.GR1.1A/ j 1.1.M03.1A/B 27 3 1.1.SP1.1 T28 1 �t �` // �� T27 < _ 1.1.GR2.2A/ ' I ! ! T34 I 3L.A 1 1 GRX 1 ! -- -- - 7 9 -- I T2 a ` T28 �1.i.BW1.tA/B 1.1.FW1.tA/B � ;1.1.RC1.tA/B T27 , 1.1.SP2.1 T37 j T28; 3 t T27 I i(' T27 I I i I t -- 1 j 1.1.GR2.1A/ I 2 T27 t.> T27 T27 j T27 I I I 1.1.FW3.1A 1m m- 1.1.OPP.1A/ I / I I T38 T29 I T29 ! '1.1.OP1.1A/ T29 T29 T29 I 1.1.GR3.1A/ 27 I 1.1.BW2.1A/B 1.1,FW2.1A/B 1.1.RC2.1A/B I T27 -�1 T27 I 1.1.GR4.2A/ , T34 – - I I T27 j T27 � .' T27 J 1.1.FW4.1A/ , 1.1.BW3.1A/ _I =- - _ ! 1.1.GRP.1AT27 a ' T27 1.1.AP7.1A/B 1.1.GR4.1A/ ... ❑ ' TYP. 37 - --- - - ---- - -- - - - - - - I </I — ; 1.1.GR5.1A/ I ' T27! T27 1.1.GRDT.tA/B i I 1.1.GRT.1A i T34 - a i ! I 1 ��' t f I l i i "•. I I � i Architect: i r a j - �- I Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com T36 ❑ 99 , a o i • I ' I i Consultant: i I 1 1.AP8 1 A/B I ,f I / Ell ; I Thorson Baker & Associates ? I ! I. f i ! ! i E i g www.thorsonbaker.com � r, Consultant: E Thorson Baker & Associates I 1 a ! I 7 - www.thorsonbaker.com j, f i • i Consultant: I ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com M PR W . a 1 NXw% 9�7PE� � c� ACK OF HOUSE DATA PLAN 3 all ✓fN 20/4" = 1'-0" DATA SCHEDULES SHEET NOTES KEY NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL LOW 1. THE ACCESS POINTS IN SHALL BE HUNG WITH WIRE CABLES PREWIRED WIREMOLD SYSTEM RACEWAY PORT ID LOCATION PORT ASSIGNMENT TELE/FAX CABLE TYPE RACK QTY PORT ID LOCATION PORT ASSIGNMENT TELE/FAX CABLE TYPE RACK QTY T7, T7D, TEE T9, W/DUPLEX RECEPTACLES AND INSERTS �❑ T36 CISCO AIRONET ACCESS POINT Washington Square Mall VOLTAGE DATA CAT6 CABLES. FINAL TERMINATION BY OWNER'S EXTENDING FROM THE CEILING ABOVE. PROVIDE A MINIMUM 2' g q 1.1.MOF.1A/B FAX AT SAFE A:ANALOG/B:BOH A:F/B:N 1 02 2 1.1.GRX.1A GENIUS ROOM FOH NETWORK A:FOH A:N 1 02 1 DATA CONTRACTOR. RADIUS OF CLEARANCE AROUND EACH AP TO MINIMIZE T9D, & T9E. FOR DATA JACKS. 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. INTERFERENCE. REFER TO THE CUT SHEETS IN THE 1.1.MO1,1A/B MANAGER'S STATION #1 A:BOH/B:BOH SWITCH A:T/B:N 1 02 2 1.1.GRP.1A GENIUS ROOM PRINTER A:BOH A:N 1 02 1 2. LEAVE A MINIMUM OF 10' COIL AT EACH END OF LOW ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION MANUAL. TWO (2) CAT6 CABLES (1 o T29 CISCO 8 PORT SWITCH t T27 DOUBLE RJ 45 UTP DATA JACK - WHITE Tigard, Oregon 1.1.M02.1A/B MANAGER'S STATION #2 A:BOH/B:BOH A:T/B:N 1 02 2 1.1.GRT.1A GENIUS STATION PHONE A:BOH A:T 1 02 1 VOLTAGE CABLE RUNS. RED FOR PoE & 1 GREEN CABLE FOR CONSOLE CONNECTIVITY) ARE RUN FROM THE PATCH PANEL IN THE 1.1.M03.1A/B MANAGER'S STATION #3 A:BOH/B:BOH A:T/B:N 1 02 2 1.1.GRDT.I.1A/B GENIUS ROOM DATA TRANSFER A:FOH/B:FOH A:N/B:N 1 02 1 3. PROVIDE "ERICO CADDY CABLE" "CAT 12" OR "CAT 24" FOR NETWORK RACK TO EACH AP LOCATION. ALL CABLES SHALL o T34 CISCO 8 PORT DATA SWITCH WITH T28 SINGLE RJ 45 UTP DATA JACK - WHITE DATA CABLE SUPPORT. PROVIDE LABELING AND LEAVE 18" HAVE A 20' SERVICE LOOP FOR SLACK (IN THE CEILINGS). POWER SUPPLY 1.1.GR1.1A/B GENIUS STATION #1 A:BOH/B:BOH A:N/B:N 1 02 2 COIL FOR EACH WALL OUTLET BOX. 1.1.RC1.1A/B RECEIVING STATION #1 A:BOH/B:BOH A:T/B:N 1 02 2 2. DATA CONTRACTOR TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTION. VERIFY CONDUIT FOR DATA 1.1.GR2.1A/B GENIUS STATION #2 A:BOH/B:BOH 8-PORT A:N/B:N 1 02 2 T37 DATA RACK 01 RUNNING WITHIN FLOOR Issued/Revised Date 1.1.RC2.1A/B RECEIVING STATION #2 A:BOH/B:BOH A:T/B:N 1 02 2 4. HOMERUNS INDICATED ON THE FLOOR PLANS MAY INDICATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS IN FIELD PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE 1.1.GR2.2A/B GENIUS STATION #2 A:ANALOG/B:BOH A:N/B:N 1 02 2 EITHER ONE OR TWO CABLE PULLS. REFER TO THE ALL COSTS IN BID. 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 1.1.OP1.IA/B OPERATOR STATION #1 A:BOH/B:BOH A:T/B:N 1 02 2 1.1.GR3.1A/B GENIUS STATION #3 A:BOH/B:BOH A:N/B:N 1 02 2 SCHEDULES FOR QUANTITIES. T38 DATA RACK 02 — — — — CONDUIT FOR DATA CONCEALED WITHIN Permit 07/16/2014 3. DATA CONNECTION TO MECHANICAL CONTROL IN MANAGER'S WALL OR CEILING 1.1.OPP.1A/B OPERATOR PRINTER A:ANALOG/B:BOH A:F/B:N 1 02 2 1.1.GR4.1A/B GENIUS STATION #4 A:BOH/B:BOH 8-PORT A:N/B:N 1 02 2 5. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DATA PORTS IN OFFICE. ELEVATION. HOMERUN BACK TO DATA RACKS 1.1.GR4.2A/B GENIUS STATION #4 A:ANALOG/B:BOH A:N/B:N 1 02 2 1.1.FW1.1A/B FLEX STATION #1 A:FOH/B:BOH SWITCH A:N/B:T 1 02 2 6. PORT ID NAMING IS AS FOLLOWS: 1.1.GR5.1A/B GENIUS STATION #5 A:BOH/B:BOH A:N/B:N 1 02 Z BUILDING.LEVEL.LOCATION.PORTS. CABLE TYPES ARE AS 1.1,FW2.1A/B FLEX STATION #2 A:BOH/B:BOH A:N/B:N 1 02 2 FOLLOWS: 1=BERK-TEK LANMARK-1000 CAT6 PLENUM; co 1.1.FW3.1A/B FLEX STATION #3 A:FOH/B:BOH SWITCH A:N/B:T 1 02 2 1.1.GAT.1A GENIUS ADMIN PHONE A:BOH A:T 1 02 1 2=BELDEN 6000UE PLENUM; 3=18-4 PLENUM; 4=DTROVISION HDX SERIES FIBER OPTIC HDMI; 5=BELDEN 9451P 22 AWG s 1.1.FW4.1A/B FLEX STATION #4 A:BOH/B:BOH A:F/B:N 1 02 2 1.1.GAP.1A GENIUS ADMIN PRINTER A:BOH A:N 1 02 1 1–PAIR STRANDED. 1,1.GA1.1A/B GENIUS ADMIN STATION #1 A:BOH/B:BOH 8-PORT A:N/B:N 1 02 2 izz1.1.BW1.1A/B BUSINESS STATION #1 A:FOH/B:BOH SWITCH A:N/B:T 1 02 2 Apple Approval Date w 1.1.GA1.2A/B GENIUS ADMIN STATION #1 A:BOH/B:BOH 8-PORT A:N/B:N 1 02 2 1.1.BW2.1A/B BUSINESS STATION #2 A:BOH/B:BOH A:N/B:N 1 02 2 1.1.BW3.1A/B BUSINESS STATION #3 A:FOH/B:BOH SWITCH A:N/B:T 1 02 2 1.1.TS.tA TECHNOLOGY STATION A:BOH A:N 1 02 1 N 3 R BACK OF HOUSE - 1,1,AP7.1A/B ACCESS POINT #7 A:BOH/B:BOH N/A 1 02 2 TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH R 1.1.AP8.1A/B ACCESS POINT #8 A:BOH/B:BOH N/A 1 02 z DATA PLAN 0 1.1.SP1.1A SECURITY PANEL A:DSL A:T 1 01 1 1.1.SP2.1A SECURITY PANEL A:DSL A:N 1 01 1 N O y 0 E-341 a 7/16/14 4:44 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-e-341.dwg i 1 .2 'MG MG6 _MG5 T =:= U ; QG s. V E W MG3 X1 .3 = MG21 ' I j i f i i • ' I I W w j 1 I 36 1 j I T41 3 1 I -- — — — -- — — — - --- — A. 1 1.1 MS5 .4.SE8.1A 1 1�C�. -- F , I T3 i 1 ! T3 ; 132 i i ; i ! I 32 ! ; i I ; i i , f � I i i• i� 9 1.1.SP12 1A.SP11 ! I I ( I 1A.SP10 1.1.SP9 - SP ! t • z i • SP • SP • ! i li -` 3 T30 T30 O T30 ; 0 T30 O ! {�-0 1.1.GS2 T39 ' ? i i ; 1.1.SW4 I i I 1.1.SW6 � i � ! I 1.1.SW5 , I , , i I ; I ► , I I I ! I _1 j ! j i I I i 7 6 I s6 I i ; i l � I s6 ! i I s6 I i L J is ; L J ' { � ) L J 1t I fi i € T31 I ! I i T31 ! T31 � I I i I i 3 I ; OD = ±150' i j D = ±177' I ! D = +203 s € . F R ( ZONE 3 ! ! I i ZONE 2 i I ZONE 1 -,1.1.MS3 �� 3 ( T52 ,/� .�S ' � ! • 4 i • I � • • i • i I T40 TYP. i � O II O O O 1.1.ST2.1A 1.1.SP8 1.1.SP7 1.1.SP6 ! 1A.SP5 ? ! I 1 1.1.SC5.1A/B x i I i - 3 i t l I i * I I SP I i SP T32 SP i - a i T30 I I I T30 I s I T30 T30 T5 �' 2 TYP. I I 1.1.ST1.1A , � i ! j I ( • � � i I I � � I , !f I S i f 37 1.1.MS1 1.1.SW3 I ( 1.1.SW2 ?? I 1.1.SW1 I i Ii r r Y I S 1 I i F I i i I I I SB I � i (; SB I SB T31 I i T31 ! ! T31 ' D = ±184 i [ D = ±210' ' I D = ±235' T39' ZONE 3 I ( ? ZONE 2 I I I ZONE 1 I ; C l 1.1.GS1 ( ' I SP !�• € ; I ! SP Q I SP / ! O j i f ; ' • ; t i ;1.1.SP4 T30 1.1.SP T30 1.1.SP T30 ( '1.1.SP I I Architect: 1 = ±178' D = ±198' i D = ±218' ( I D = ±232' Woods Ba of D g - ZONE 4 I ZONE 3 i E ' ZONE 2 / ZONE 1 ' ' i` www.woodsbagot.com I Consultant: T3 j T32 T32 ' i E / ! I 32 i ! I Thorson Baker & Associates 1J.SC4.1A/ ; 1.1.SC3.1A/B 1.1.SC2.1A/d ! I / , 1.1.SC1.1A/B- - ---- --. -- —.._ _ _------- --_____ _ __.....___ www.thorsonbaker.com •-t 0000" j T41 a g _ Consultant: • I 3 I P s _ Thorson Baker & Associates --- - - - www.thorsonbaker.com z j _J r � Consultant: I ; I Q j ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com I w PRbFfs� �GIPt��' rQ�� 19587PE �' 4 OREGON SALES AREA — SECURITY & A/V PLAN ^�y20'�g�a F. �cp. DoA SECURITY & A/V SCHEDULES SHEET NOTES KEY NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 PORT ID LOCATION CABLE TYPE RACK QTY PORT ID LOCATION CABLE TYPE RACK QTY 1. LEAVE 15' OF COIL SLACK AT EACH END OF SPEAKER AND 1. CEILING MOUNTED SHOPPERTRAK (TRAFFIC COUNTER) Washington Square Mall SUB-WOOFER CABLE. ALL SPEAKERS SHALL BE DAISY PROVIDED BY APPLE SHOPPERTRAK VENDOR. ELECTRICAL ® T30 SOUND SYSTEM SPEAKER 1.1.ST1.1A SHOPPERTRAK #1 1 01 1 1.1•GS1 GLASS BREAK SENSOR #1 3 SEC 1 CHAINED AS SPECIFIED ON THE A/V CONTRACTOR'S FINAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TWO DATA CABLES (BERK-TEK, 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. 1.1.ST2.1A SHOPPERTRAK #2 1 01 1 1.1.GS2 GLASS BREAK SENSOR #2 3 SEC 1 FACILITY DRAWINGS. A/V CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE FINAL LANDMARK-1000., UTP, 4-PAIR, CAT-6) FROM SHOPPERTRAK /� Tigard, Oregon TERMINATION. UNIT TO DATA TERMINATION CABINET. PROVIDE LABELING d� T32 SECURITY CAMERA (SHOPPERTRAK) AND LEAVE 15' OF COILED CABLE AT 1.1.SP1 SPEAKER #1 2 01 1 1.1.MS1 MOTION SENSOR #1 3 SEC 1 2. REFER TO THE ELECTRICAL MANUAL FOR ALL CUT SHEETS ON EQUIPMENT RACK AND 5' COILED AT (SHOPPERTRAK) i--- SPEAKERS (T30), SUBWOOFER (T31), CAMERAS (T32), GLASS LOCATION. FINAL TERMINATION BY APPLE SHOPPERTRAK SB i T31 SUBWOOFER FOR SOUND SYSTEM 1.1.SP2 SPEAKER #2 2 01 1 1.1.MS2 MOTION SENSOR #2 3 SEC 1 BREAK SENSOR (T39), SHOPPERTRACK (T40), AND MOTION VENDOR. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT. 1.1.SP3 SPEAKER #3 2 01 1 1.1.MS3 MOTION SENSOR #3 3 SEC 1 SENSOR (T52). 2. LOCATE MOTION DETECTOR ON CEILING. MOTION DETECTOR oG T39 GLASS BREAK SENSOR Issued/Revised Date 1.1.SP4 SPEAKER #4 2 01 1 1.1.MS4 MOTION SENSOR #4 3 SEC 1 3. ALL SPEAKER REQUIREMENTS ARE PER APPLE. REVIEW AUDIO PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY APPLE SECURITY VENDOR. 1.1.SP5 SPEAKER #5 2 01 1 1.1.MS5 MOTION SENSOR #5 3 SEC 1 SCHEDULE FOR DEVICE. 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 3. LOCATE MOTION DETECTORS ABOVE CEILING. MOTION Permit 07/16/2014 1.1.SP6 SPEAKER #6 2 01 1 4. SPEAKERS AND SUBWOOFERS SHALL BE SUSPENDED SO DETECTORS PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY APPLE SECURITY • S T40 SHOPPER TRACK 1.1.SC1.1A/B SECURITY CAMERA #1 A:1/B:2 A:01/B:SEC 2 BOTTOM IS 4" ABOVE THE FINISHED CEILING. VENDOR. 1.1.SP7 SPEAKER #7 2 01 1 o M T52 CEILING MOTION SENSOR 1.1.SC2.1A/B SECURITY CAMERA #2 A:1/6:2 A:O1/B:SEC 2 5. PORT ID NAMING IS AS FOLLOWS: 1.1.SP8 SPEAKER #8 2 01 1 BUILDING.LEVEL.LOCATION.PORTS. CABLE TYPES ARE AS 1.1•SP9 SPEAKER #9 2 01 1 1.1.SC3.1A/B SECURITY CAMERA #3 A:1/8:2 A:O1/B:SEC 2 FOLLOWS: 1=BERK-TEK LANMARK-1000 CAT6 PLENUM; 1.1.SC4.1A/B SECURITY CAMERA #4 A:1/B:2 A:01/B:SEC 2 2=BELDEN 6000UE PLENUM; 3=18-4 PLENUM; 4=DTROVISION T41a MOTION SENSOR 1.1.SP10 SPEAKER #10 2 01 1 HDX SERIES FIBER OPTIC HDMI; 5=BELDEN 9451P 22 AWG 1.1.SC5.1A/B SECURITY CAMERA #5 A:1/B:2 A:01/B:SEC 2 1-PAIR STRANDED. 1.1.SP11 SPEAKER #11 2 01 1 1.1.SC6.1A/B SECURITY CAMERA #6 A:1/B:2 A:01/B:SEC 2 1.1.SP12 SPEAKER #12 2 01 1 i'z1.1.SC7.1A/B SECURITY CAMERA #7 A:1/B:2 A:01/B:SEC 2 Apple Approval Date W 1.1.SW1 SUBWOOFER #1 2 01 1 1.1.SC8.1A/B SECURITY CAMERA #8 A:1/B:2 A:O1/B:SEC 2 1.1•SW2 SUBWOOFER #2 2 01 1 1.1.SC9.1A/B SECURITY CAMERA #9 A:1/B:2 A:01/B:SEC 2 T 1.1.SW3 SUBWOOFER #3 2 01 1 3 1.1.SW4 SUBWOOFER #4 2 01 1 SALES AREA - TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH 1.1.SW5 SUBWOOFER #5 2 01 1 SECURITY & AN PLAN 0 1.1.SW6 SUBWOOFER #6 2 01 1 s 0 N O 0 E-411 a N 7/16/14 4:44 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-e-411.dwg C MG61 :J LU r1--j T41 1.1.SC 11.1 A/B 1,1,SC 12.1 A/B T35 00 1.1.sC1O.1A/B 1.1.MS6 T42 T42 1.1.CK1 ­T44 >Tk353 T3�5 < 1,1,MD2 T42 1 1 MD3 h T42 11.11.04 1.1.MS7 T41 AN 0 0 1 1.1.MS8 11.1.05 T�v 77 �W_ k 0-\ Oki 7_1 MS9 11.11.SdIlA/B 2 L-'p TYP. Ljj -rill 11.1.SC`15.11A/B o T35 7-7 0 r g If 1.1.SC14.1A/B EO i 35 o T35 T35 < JT 1.1.SC 16.1 A/B 1.1.SC17.1A B "A \> < V Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates H www.thorsonbaker.com `7 V, ---------- Rml Consultant: 14t. C ,' _ I I ; 1 Thorson Baker & Associates > .1.MS1O www.thorsonbaker.com ------------ ------------- ---------- Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com PR GtNk 19587PE MG011 BACK OF HOUSE SECURITY & A PLAN 1/4' 1'-0" VkA. ?cp, IlDoL4le- - SECURITY & A/V SCHEDULES SHEET NOTES KEY NOTES SYMBOLS Signed: Retail Store #1309 PORT ID LOCATION CABLE TYPE RACK QTY 1. PROVIDE WIRING AND ROUGH-IN FOR ALL CAMERAS. WIRING 1. REFER TO VENDOR PACKAGE FOR PROJECT SPECIFIC Washington Square Mall FOR ALL CAMERA LOCATIONS ARE HOMERUN TO THE EQUIPMENT. T35 SECURITY CAMERA 1.1.MS6 MOTION SENSOR #6 3 SEC 1 HEAD-END LOCATED AT THE DATA RACK. ALL POWER WIRING 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. IS 2 18GA, SHIELDED/STRANDED. ALL VIDEO CABLE IS CAT6 2. PARTITION MOUNTED MOTION SENSORS TO BE LOCATED AT 1.1.MS7 MOTION SENSOR #7 3 SEC 1 CABLE. CAMERAS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY APPLE CORNER OF ROOM BEHIND THE DOOR WHEN DOOR IS AT THE T4 1, T41 MOTION SENSOR Tigard, Oregon 1.1.MS8 MOTION SENSOR #8 3 SEC I SECURITY VENDOR, CORNER, MOUNT TO ALIGN TOP OF THE DEVICE WITH TOP OF DOOR FRAME, CENTER ON DOOR IN PARTITION OPPOSITE 1.1.MS9 MOTION SENSOR #9 3 SEC 1 2. REFER TO THE ELECTRICAL MANUAL FOR ALL DEVICES. DOOR WHEN DOOR IS NOT IN CORNER AND VIEW OF ROOM FEI T42 DOOR CONTACT I I IS NOT OBSTRUCTED, MOUNT 8'-6" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. 1.1.MS10 SENSOR #10 3 SEC 1 3. PORT ID NAMING IS AS FOLLOWS: BU I LDI NG.LEVEL.LOCATION.PORTS. CABLE TYPES ARE AS 1.1.011 DOOR CONTACT #1 3 SEC 1 FOLLOWS: 1=BERK-TEK LANMARK-1000 CAT6 PLENUM; T44 SECURITY ALARM KEYPAD Issued/Revised Date 2=BELDEN 6000UE PLENUM; 3=18-4 PLENUM; 4=DTROVISION 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 1.11.02 DOOR CONTACT #2 3 SEC 1 HDX SERIES FIBER OPTIC HDMI; 5=BELDEN 9451P 22 AWG Per 07/16/2014 1.1.MD3 DOOR CONTACT #3 3 SEC 1 1-PAIR STRANDED. 1.1.MD4 DOOR CONTACT #4 3 SEC 1 4. CAMERAS TO BE LOCATED SUCH THAT MECHANICAL DUCTS, PIPING, CONDUITS AND ITEMS STACKED ON TOP OF STOCK 1.1.MD5 DOOR CONTACT #5 3 SEC 1 SHELVING, EQUIPMENT OR PARTITION MOUNTED SHELVING DO NOT BLOCK THE CAMERA FIELD OF VIEW. 1.1.SC10.1A/B SECURITY CAMERA #10 A:1/B:2 A:01/B:SEC 2 1.1.SC 11.1 A/B SECURITY CAMERA #11 A:1/B:2 A:01/B:SEC 2 1.1.SC12.1A/B SECURITY CAMERA #12 A:1/B:2 A:O 1/B:SEC 2 1.1 A:O 1/B:SEC 2 Apple Approval Date SC13.1A/B SECURITY CAMERA #13 A:1/B:2 1.1.SC14.1A/B SECURITY CAMERA #14 A:1/B:2 A:01/B:SEC 2 1,1.SC15.1A/B SECURITY CAMERA #15 A:1/B:2 A:01/B:SEC 2 1.1.SC 16.1 A/B SECURITY CAMERA #16 A:1/B:2 A:O 1/B:SEC 2 — BACK OF HOUSE 1.1.SC 17.1 A/B SECURITY CAMERA #17 A:1/B:2 A:01/B:SEC 2 TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH SECURITY & AN PLAN 1.1.CK1 CONTROL KEYPAD 3 SEC 1 G 6 O n TC35 Uj 2 9- E-441 :9 7/16/14 4:44 PIVI \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-e-441.dwg LOCATION OF NAMEPLATE FOR SURFACE MOUNTED PANELS. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR FLUSH-MOUNTED PANELS, INSTALL NAMEPLATE BEHIND DOOR. DEVICE DESCRIPTION VOLTAGE / PHASE AMPERAGE / MAIN BREAKER POLES FEEDER ACTUAL DEMAND PANEL MSB (T15) DISTRIBUTION PANEL 120/208V 600A / 600A M.C.B. - #350 KCMIL 476A ENGRAVED LAMACOID, 5/32" LETTERS, SECURE TO PANEL BOARD COVER PANEL P1A1 (T17) ELECTRIC PANELBOARD 120/208V 400A / 300A M.C.B. 84 #350 KCMIL 190A WITH ADHESIVE TYPE FASTENER. PANEL P1B1 (T16) ELECTRIC PANELBOARD 120/208V 200A / 200A M.C.B. 60 #3/0 131A WIRE SPEAKERS & STROBES SEPARATELY (2) FOUR CIRCUIT SWITCHING FOR SYNCHRONOUS OPERATION 2-CONDUCTOR #14 AWG MODULES - 16A PER CIRCUIT. (1) FED FROM PANEL PANEL "LP" LIGHTING PANEL - 16A FEED THRU PANEL 120V N/A FOUR CIRCUIT ADAPTIVE DIMMING P1A1. REFER TO N/A 1 ------ MODULE - 16A PER MODULE / 10A ELECTRICAL RISER. TO ADDITIONAL DEVICES. PROVIDE E.O.L. PER OUTPUT. 3„ EXISTING MALL F F *RESISTOR AT END OF CIRCUIT. TYPICAL) I� FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION CONTROL PANEL TO ADDITIONAL DEVICES. NOTE: NAMEPLATES ARE REQUIRED ON ALL SWITCHBOARDS, DISTRIBUTION 2-#14 AWG TO PANELS, PANEL BOARDS, STARTERS, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, RELAYS MM MM FAN CONTROLLER S AND JUNCTION BOXES GREATER THAN 4 11/16" SQUARE. ALSO FOR SHUTDOWN PROVIDE NAMEPLATES ON BRANCH SWITCHES OF SWITCHBOARDS AND 4-#16 AWG DISTRIBUTION PANELS. E.C. SHALL VERIFY EXACT FS TS 4-#16 AWG LOCATION PRIOR TO BID __// STANDARD COLORS: VERIFY QUANTITY AND LOCATIONWATERFLOW SWITCH 1. NORMAL POWER - BLACK BACKGROUND, WHITE LETTERS TAMPER SWITCH 2. EMERGENCY POWER - RED BACKGROUND, WHITE LETTERING WITH SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR 3. IN ADDITION TO THE FUNCTION NAMEPLATE, PROVIDE NAMEPLATES IDENTIFYING ALL "MAIN SERVICE NAMEPLATE DISCONNECTS" - RED BACKGROUND - WHITE LETTERING NAMEPLATE DETAIL 4 TYPICAL FIRE ALARM DEVICE WIRING DIAGRAM 3 NO SCALE NO SCALE LEASE LINE APPLE LANDLORD SPACE ROOF 4-WIRE INPUT TRANSFORMER PANELBOARD (2)-3" CONDUIT EACH WITH (2)-3" CONDUIT FROM LL E.C. SHALL EXTEND (2)-3" CONDUIT (3)-#350 KCMIL AND (1)-#1 ELECTRICAL ROOM TO APPLE'S FROM J-BOX TO DISTRIBUTION PANEL GND BY LANDLORD ELECTRICAL SPACE BY 'MSB'. PROVIDE EACH WITH PRIMARY SECONDARY LANDLORD (4)-#350 KCMIL AND (1)-#1 GND H1 FROM LL ELECTRICAL ROOM TO 'MSB' Architect: H2 N N GE (4)-#350 KCMIL AND (1)-#4 Woods Bagot H3 N GND IN A 3"C I F www.woodsbagot.com GE H4 O NEW J-BOX SIZED Consultant: PER N.E.C. BY E.C. (4)-#3/0 KCMIL Thorson Baker & Associates SINGLE POINT GROUND AND (1)-#6 GND CENTRAL GROUND POINT IN A �"C EXACT LIGHTING CONTROL www.thorsonbaker.com REQUIREMENTS TO BE VERIFIED WITH SUBMETER FOR LANDLORD USE FINAL CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. DISTRIBUTION PANEL "MSB" " - - - - Consultant: TO BE PROVIDED WITH CTS 600A ® 120/208V-30-4W 1.5 CONDUIT TO CARRY PANEL - - - - - - - ♦ - _ - - - - - ELECTRIC ROOM 'B' LL PROVIDED AND PT'S. CONNECT "LP" MODULES WIRING. r- - - - - - - - - 1 Thorson Baker & Associates A B C EXISTING LANDLORD 600A MAIN ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S ® ® ® I 2#12 THHN AND 1#12 G. LOCAL GROUND ELECTRODE DISCONNECT 6#12 THHN AND 1#12 G. i www.thorsonbaker.com NEAREST EFECTIVELY I IN A 0.5 CONDUIT SWITCHBOARD RECCOMENDATIONS LUTRON PANEL GROUNDED BUILDING 2000A SWITCH WITH SUPPLIED BY APPLE. I I UI STEEL AND COLD WATER N 120/208V-3PH-4W (3) 600A 300A 3P 100A 3P - - - - - J PIPE FUSES �� �� r - - I Consultant: 200A 3P BUSSED NEIN I I ISP Design, Inc. SPACE NEW NEW Pt2o NL LP I AC/AC INVERTER ( www.is desi n.com 60A 3P BUSSED %08V ATS I P g � SPACE PNL "P1B1" PNL "P1A1" 30, 4W 50A 3P BUSSED 60 CIRCUIT 84 CIRCUIT I TO BOH EM LIGHTING FIXTURES _ ___ H1 SPACE "%08V "%08V (FEED- I TO LED DRIVERS POWER IE H2 BUSSED BUSSED 30, 4W 30, 4W THROUGH I ENCLOSURE FOR "LL" EM E H3 EQUIPMENT GROUND SPACE SPACE 200 AMP 300 AMP PANEL) LIGHTING - --- QUANTUM CONDUCTOR M.C.B. _ _MLL - I - --- H4 LIGHTING I ��,d PRO��- , 20A 1 P1A1-48 I Ni E ___ N1 MANAGEMENT I �'` G1tN 20A 1 P1A1-53 ----- ENERGI SAVR ENERGI SAVR HUB ��` G'�X SECOND FLOOR I L - - - r H5 I � d��195$7P� NEUTRAL 20A 1 P1A1-54 NODE WITH NODE WITH QP3 30 P1A1- 64 BATTERY CHARGER ECO DALI a DC AC EM OUT I LOOPS LOOPS I3 OREGON LEGEND ® ® I E -- N2 .✓ ✓fy 201110 7 N - NEUTRAL FIRST FLOOR 6 MIN F71 GE - GROUND ELECTRODE �_ 4" HIGH CONCRETE TRANSFORMER PANELBOARD GROUNDING STORE ELECTRICAL RISER PAD 2 NO SCALE NO SCALE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM NOTES ONE- LINE DIAGRAM NOTES SHEET NOTES Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. THE SYSTEM DESIGN SHOWN AND DESCRIBED IN THE WITH LOCAL AUTHORITY AND TENANT. PROVIDE ALL 1. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL POWER 12. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH NEC 1. ALL NEW COMPONENTS SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL RISER 10. ALL PANELS SHALL BE LOCATED PER THE FLOOR PLANS. 19. PANEL LABELING IS AS FOLLOWS USING P1A1 AS AN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS REPRESENTS THE MINIMUM INTERFACE REQUIRED TO INITIATE REMOTE SUPERVISION. COMPANY REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BIDDING & INCLUDE ARTICLE 110.16 FOR LABELING OF PANELS FOR ARC FLASH DIAGRAM SHALL BE EITHER FULLY OR SERIES RATED TO EXAMPLE: P(P=120V, H=277V) !(FLOOR #) A(BEGINNING OF Washington Square Mall REQUIREMENTS OF THE BUILDING TENANT/APPLE. THE THE COST OF ALL ASSOCIATED LABOR, MATERIALS, & HAZARD WARNING AS WELL AS FOLLOWING REQUIRED ACHIEVE THE REQUIRED FAULT CURRENT RATINGS OF THE 11. ELECTRICAL PANELBOARDS MAY BE RECESSED OR SURFACE FEED-THRU ROW OR R FOR REMOTE STOCK ROOM) !(FIRST 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO 9. PROVIDE AND INSTALL MANUAL STATIONS WHERE REQUIRED CHARGES IN HIS BID. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN SERVICING OR MAINTAINING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INDICATE THE MOUNTED. WHERE RECESSED PANELS ARE INSTALLED, THE PANEL IN ROW A). VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. TYPE OF RATING AND INCLUDE COPY OF ALL LABELING, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MUST MAINTAIN THE INTENDED FIRE Tigard, Oregon PRIOR TO BIDDING AND INCLUDE THE COST OF ALL NFPA-72 SECTION 3-8.1.2 IN ADDITION TO THE DEVICES 2. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE AVAILABLE INCLUDING RESPECTIVE U.L. LISTING. RATING OF THE WALL. 20. TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE DRY TYPE 60 HZ, 480V, 30, 3W REQUIRED ALARM SYSTEM COMPONENTS IN HIS BID. THE SHOWN ON THE PLANS. VERIFY WITH LOCAL AUTHORITY FAULT CURRENT WITH THE UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO DELTA TO 120/208V, 30, 4W, GROUNDED WYE WITH A 220-C COMPLETED SYSTEM MUST MEET ALL STATE AND LOCAL PRIOR TO BIDDING AND INDICATE COST IN BID PRICE. BIDDING AND PROVIDE EQUIPMENT RATED ACCORDINGLY. 2. ALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS MUST BE FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO 12. MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR PANELBOARDS SHALL BE PER CODE. INSULATION SYSTEM WITH A 150'C TEMPERATURE RISE. CODE REQUIREMENTS. SUBMIT FAULT CURRENT CALCULATIONS WITH SHOP DRAWING BIDDING, SO THAT THE PROPER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IS 10. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FIRE ALARM SUBMITTAL. ADDED TO THE STORE PER THE' ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. 13. LIGHTING PANELS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY APPLE, INSTALLED 2. ALL WIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT AND SHALL BE SIZED SYSTEM DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO THE LOCAL FIRE BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. AS PER THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. DO NOT RUN ANY DEPARTMENT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BEFORE 3. ALL BUSSING SHALL BE COPPER. 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY INSPECT AND Issued/Revised Date OTHER WIRING IN THE SAME CONDUIT WITH ALARM WIRING. ROUGH-IN OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICES AND TEST ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT THAT WILL BE REUSED. 14. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE DIRECTORY 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 DO NOT RUN 120VAC WIRING WITH ALARM WIRING. ALL EQUIPMENT. 4. PROVIDE FULL LENGTH VERTICAL BUSSING IN ALL REPORT TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ANY REQUIRED CARDS AT THE COMPLETION OF WORK WITH TYPED Permit 07/16/2014 WIRE TO BE SHIELDED CABLE. DISTRIBUTION PANELS & PANELBOARDS. MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR ITEMS. DESIGNATIONS INDICATING DESCRIPTIVE NAMES AND FINAL 11. LOCATIONS OF ALL FIRE ALARM REMOTE TEST STATIONS CIRCUITING OF PANELBOARDS DEPICTING EACH POLE POSITION 3. ALL WIRE AND CABLE MUST BE RATED PER THE LATEST SHALL BE LABELED PER LOCAL AUTHORITY REQUIREMENTS. 5. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE BOLT-ON TYPE. 4. ALL DEVICES ARE 30 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. IN A TWO COLUMN FASHION. DIRECTORY CARDS SHALL BE REVISION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE SECTION 760. TEST STATION LOCATIONS SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED WITH PLACED IN THE INSIDE DOOR OF THE PANELBOARD. LOCAL AUTHORITY PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 6. ALL WALL-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MOUNTED ON 5. ONLY U.L. LISTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED. 4. WIRING SHOWN ON THIS DIAGRAM REPRESENTS THE 3/4" FIRE RATED PLYWOOD BACKBOARD. 15. ONCE ALL ELECTRICAL WORK IS COMPLETED FOR THE LUTRON MINIMUM SIZE REQUIRED. WIRE SIZES SHALL BE INCREASED 6. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER IN CONDUIT. PANELS, "CCP" JUMPERS SHALL BE REMOVED AND PLACED AS REQUIRED FOR VOLTAGE DROP. WIRING SHOWN IS 7. ALL FLOOR-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MOUNTED ON AT THE BOTTOM OF THE PANEL. LUTRON PROVIDES A TOOL BASED ON THE USE OF SIMPLEX EQUIPMENT. WHERE THE 4* HIGH CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD. 7. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL FOR REMOVING THE JUMPERS INSIDE THEIR PACKAGING. USE OF ALTERNATE MANUFACTURERS IS PERMITTED BY THE CONNECTIONS TO THE LANDLORD POINT OF SERVICE WITH SPECIFICATIONS, WIRE SIZE AND QUANTITIES MUST BE 8. PROVIDE NAMEPLATES PER NAMEPLATE DETAIL. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. IN ADDITION, THE CONTRACTOR 16. ALL PANELBOARDS SHALL BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY VERIFIED PRIOR TO BIDDING. SHALL COORDINATE ALL INCOMING SERVICES WITH THE THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. Apple Approval Date s 9. COORDINATE SPACES WITH ALL OTHER TRADES TO MAINTAIN RESPECTIVE APPLE UTILITIES CONSULTANT AND DIRECTOR OF w 5. THIS DIAGRAM IS NOT INTENDED TO SHOW QUANTITIES OF ALL CODE-REQUIRED CLEARANCES. MALL CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATIONS. 17. ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DEVICES. REVIEWED FOR CAPACITIES MEETING OR EXCEEDING THE 10, REFER TO ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL 8. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE EXISTING APPLE REQUIREMENTS. THIS INCLUDES CONFIRMING AVAILABLE 6. ALL CONDUCTORS INCLUDING SHIELDS MUST TEST FREE OF REQUIREMENTS. ELECTRICAL SERVICE TO ENSURE THAT THE TOTAL CONNECTED TRANSFORMER kVA CAPACITY, AMPERAGE OF ALL PANELS, N OPENS, SHORTS AND GROUNDS BEFORE MAKING LOAD DOES NOT EXCEED THE ELECTRICAL SERVICE. ANY 30/4W PANELS, AND APPROPRIATE VOLTAGES. ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTIONS TO THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. 11, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FINAL NECESSARY MODIFICATIONS ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE SETTINGS REQUIRED FOR ALL ADJUSTABLE/ELECTRONIC GENERAL CONTRACTOR AT THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S 18. AN ELECTRICAL ROOM SHALL BE PROVIDED IF REQUIRED BY RISER DIAGRAM 7. ALL DEVICES TO BE FIELD TESTED WITH WRITTEN TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH LONGTIME, SHORT TIME, GF. EXPENSE. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW UNLESS OTHERWISE CODE. THE ROOM SHALL HAVE REQUIRED FIRE RATED WALLS CERTIFICATION OF SYSTEM. PERFORM ALL TESTS IN THE INSTANTANEOUS ETC. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTED. PER LOCAL JURISDICTION. s PRESENCE OF THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. PROVIDE FINAL COORDINATION STUDY. 0 9. THIS RISER SHOWS A TYPICAL LAYOUT FOR INFORMATION 8. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO REMOTE SUPERVISION AS ONLY, DIRECTED FOR SUPERVISION OF SYSTEM IN COMPLIANCE E-501 a 7/16/14 4:44 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-e-501.dwg TYPE: SIEMENS,GE,SD OR EQUAL BUS RATING 600A TYPE: SIEMENS,GE,SD OR EQUAL BUS RATING: 400A SERVICE: 34),4w MAINS: 600A MCB SERVICE: 3(D,4w MAINS: 300A MCB VOLTAGE: 120/208 PANEL MSB POLES: 42 VOLTAGE: 120/208 PANEL P1A1 POLES: 84 MOUNTING: SURFACE BREAKER INTERRUPTING RATING: 65,000 A.I.C. MOUNTING: SURFACE BREAKER INTERRUPTING RATING: 22,000 A.I.C. LOCATION: SHOWN ON PLANS LOCATION: SHOWN ON PLANS SERVES BKR TRIP WIRE CON VA SERVES BKR TRIP WIRE CON VA CKT SERVES BKR TRIP WIRE CON VA CKT SERVES BKR TRIP WIRE CON VA SPEC. POLE DUIT A B C SPEC POLE DUIT A B C SPEC. POLE DUIT A B C SPEC POLE DUIT A B C RTU-1 HACR 80/3 #4 1 1/4" 7,560 ^ RTU-2 HACR 60/3 #6 1" 6,036 1 DISPLAY TABLEFLOORBOXES 20/1 10 3/4" 960 �' 2 DISPLAY TABLEFLOORBOXES 20/1 10 3/4" 960 ' 7,560 6,036 3 DISPLAY TABLE FLOORBOXES 20/1 10 3/4" 960 4 DISPLAY TABLE FLOORBOXES 20/1 10 3/4" 960 ... �' 7,560 ' 6,036 5 DISPLAY TABLEFLOORBOXES 20/1 10 3/4" 960 6 DISPLAYTABLEFLOORBOXES 20/1 10 3/4" 960 RTU-3 HACR 50/3 #8 3/4" 5,040 SPACE 7 DISPLA Y TABLE FLOORBOXES 20/1 to 3/4" 960 "" 8 DISPLAY TABLE FLOORBOXES 20/1 10 3/4" 960 5,040 9 DISPLAY TABLE FLOORBOXES 20/1 t0 3/4" 1,620 10 DISPLAY TABLEFLOORBOXES 20/1 10 3/4" 960 5,040 11 DISPLAY TABLE FLOORBOXES 20/1 to 3/4" 960 12 DISPLAY TABLE FLOORBOXES 20/1 10 3/4" 1,620 PANEL PIA I 300/3 SEE SEE 20,607 SPACE 13 T613A-BAY 20/1 10 3/4" 1,620 14 T6B A-BAY 20/1 ]0 3/4" 1,620 RISER RISER � 21,075 " 15 T613A-BAY 20/1 10 3/4" 1,620 ' 16 T6B A-BAY 20/1 10 3/4" 1,620 20,942 17 PERSONAL TRAINING 20/1 10 3/4" 1,620 18 T6BA-BAY 20/1 10 3/4" 1,620 PANELPIBI 200/3 SEE SEE 18,005 ••` . SPACE t9 TSC-BAY 20/1 12 3/4" 960 " 20 KIDS TA BLEFLOORBOXES 20/1 10 3/4" 1,620 RISER RISER 17,921 21 SHOW WINDOW (FLOOR) 20/1 10 3/4" 540 22 KIDS TA BLE FLOORBOXES, 20/1 10 3/4" 1,620 17,654 ' 23 T5 C-BAY 20/1 12 3/4" 960 24 PERSONAL TRAINING 20/1 10 3/4" 1,620 SPACE SPACE 25 T6C A-BAY 20/1 10 3/4" 1,620 26 SPARE 20/1 27 T6CA-BAY 20/1 10 3/4" "'.° 1,620 28 GENIUS TABLE FLOORBOXES 20/1 12 3/4" 1,420 29 PERSONAL TRAININGFLOORBOXES 20/1 10 3/4" 810 30 GENIUS TABLE FLOORBOXES 20/1 12 1 3/4 1,420 51,212 51,596 51,196 6,036 6,036 6,036 31 SPARE 20/1 - 32 PERSONAL TRAINING FLOORBOXES 20/1 10 3/4 810 Allphases to balanced within 7% 33 SPARE 20/1 - 34 ROLLING GRILLE 20/1 10 3/4" 300 35 SHOW WINDOW (CLNG) 20/1 10 3/4" 360 36 SHOW WINDOW (CLNG) 20/1 10 3/4" 360 LOAD CALCULATION 37 SPARE 20/1 - 38 SPARE 20/1 CONNECTED LOAD= 172,112 VA 39 SPARE 20/1 - 40 SPARE 20/1 - (1)VERIFY EQUIPMENT NAME PLATE 25%LIGHT LOAD= 5,631 VA 41 TS C-BAY 20/1 12 3/4" 960 42 SHOW WINDOW (FLOOR) 20/1 10 3/4" 540 (2)E.C. SHALL VERIFY WIRE&CONDUIT SIZES TO ACCOMMIDATE FOR VOLTAGE DROP 25%OF THE LARGEST MOTOR LOAD= 954 VA 43 LIGHTING PANEL MOD1(X)-1 20/1 10 3/4" 1,000 44 LED DRIVER BOX ENCLOSURE 3 20/1 t0 3/4" 1,000: " 50%RECEPTACLE LOAD GREATER THAN 10 KVA= 7,190 VA 45 LIGHTING PANEL MOD I(X)-2 20/1 10 3/4" 1,154 46 LED DRIVER BOX ENCLOSURE 6 20/1 10 3/4" 1,300 TOTAL LOAD = 171,507 VA 476 Amps 47 JLJGHTING PANELMODI(X)-3 20/1 10 3/4" 1,154 48 LED DRIVER BOX ENCLOSURE 4 EM LO 20/1 10 3/4" 1,000 BREAKER OPTIONS: 49 LIGHTING PANEL MODI(X)-4 20/1 10 3/4" 1,154 50 LED DRIVER BOX ENCLOSURE 2 20/1 12 1/2" 1,500 LO:HANDLE LOCK-OFF DEVICE 51 LIGHTING PANEL MOD2(X)-1 20/1 10 3/4" 1,731 52 LED DRIVER BOX ENCLOSURE 5 20/1 12 1/2" 1,800 GFCI:GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER 53 LIGHT MGMT.HUB/ESN EM LO 20/1 10 3/4" 700 54 BOH LIGHTING EM LO 20/1 12 1/2" 1,258 HACR:HEATING,A/C&REFRIGERATION 55 LIGHTING PANEL MOD3(A)-1 20/1 10 3/4" 525 56 BOH LIGHTING 20/1 12 1/2" 963 57 SPARE 20/1 = 58 SPARE 20/1 - 59 SPARE 20/1 60 LED DRIVER BOX ENCLOSURE 1 25/1 10 3/4" 2,000 61 LIGHTING PANELMOD3(A)-2 20/1 10 3/4" 525 62 INVERTER LO 30/2 t0 3/4" 1850 63 SPARE 20/1 64 1,850 65 SPARE 20/1 66 SPARE 20/1 67 SPARE 20/1 68 SPARE 20/1 69 SPARE 20/1 70 SPARE 20/1 71 SPARE 2 0/1 72 SPARE 2 0/1 73 SPARE 20/1 74 SPARE 20/1 75 SPARE 20/1 76 SPARE 20/1 77 SPARE 20/1 78 SPARE 20/1 79 SPARE 20/1 80 SPARE 20/1 81 SPARE 20/1 82 SPARE 20/1 83 EXIT SIGNS ILO 20/1 10 3/4" 60 84 ISPARE 20/1 All breakers to have 22,000 AIC 9,324 9,245 8,544 11,283 11,830 12,398 Allphases to balanced within 7% PROVIDE WITH 100%RATED MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER. LOAD CALCULATION CONNECTED LOAD= 62,624 VA (1)VERIFY EQUIPMENT NAME PLATE 25%LIGHT LOAD- 5,631 VA (2)E.C.SHALL VERIFY WIRE&CONDUIT SIZES TO ACCOMMIDATE FOR VOLTAGE DROP 25%OF THE LARGEST MOTOR LOAD- 0 VA TOTAL LOAD = 68,255 VA 190 Amps BREAKER OPTIONS: LO:HANDLE LOCK-OFF DEVICE GFCI:GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER HACR:HEATING,A/C&REFRIGERATION TYPE: SIEMENS,GE,SD OR EQUAL BUS RATING. 225A SERVICE: 3(D,4w MAINS: 200A MCB VOLTAGE: 120/208 PANEL P 1 B1 POLES: 60 MOUNTING: SURFACE BREAKER INTERRUPTING RATING: 22,000 A.I.C. LOCATION: SHOWN ON PLANS BKR TRIP CON VA BKR TRIP CON VA CKT SERVES WIRE CKT SERVES WIRE SPEC. POLE DUIT __A__FB C SPEC POLE DUIT A B C 1 UPS-NETWORK RACK 30/1 8 3/4" 2,645 2 UPS-A/V RACK 30/1 8 3/4" 1,604 3 UPS-NETWORK RACK 30/1 8 3/4" 2,645 4 UPS-A/V RACK 30/1 8 3/4" 1,604 5 UPS-NETWORK RACK 30/1 8 3/4" 2,645 6 UPS-A/V RACK 30/1 8 3/4" 1,604 7 TELCO BOARD QUAD RECEPT#1 I5/1 12 1/2" 600 8 TECHNOLOGY ST.W IREMOLD 20/1 12 1/2" 1,800 9 CAMERA POWER SUPPLY 20/1 12 1/2" 500 10 TECHNOLOGY ST.WIREMOLD 20/1 12 1/2" 900 Architect: 11 ALARM PANEL LO 20/1 12 1/2" 600 12 TECHNOLOGY ST.WIREMOLD 20/1 12 1/2" 1>80o Woods Bagot 13 lGENIUS RM WIREMOLD 20/1 12 1/2" 1,920 14 DOORBELL SYSTEM 20/1 12 1/2" 400 15 GENIUS RM WIREMOLD 20/1 12 1/2" 960 16 OPERATOR RECEPTACLE 20/1 12 1/2" 180 www.woodsbagot.com 17 GENIUS RMWIREMOLD 20/1 12 1/2" 960 18 MANAGER RECEPTACLE 20/1 12 1/2" 180 19 GENIUS RM WIREMOLD 20/1 12 1/2" 960 20 GENIUS RM DATA TRANSFER ST. 20/1 12 1/2" 1,440 21 BUSINESS/OPERATORWIREMOLD 20/1 12 1/2" 960 22 MANAGERWIREMOLD 20/1 12 1/2" 11440 Consultant: 23 jFLEXWIREMOLD 20/1 12 1/2" 96011 24 SPARE 20/1 12 1/2" - Thorson Baker & Associates 25 RECEIVINGWIREMOLD 20/1 12 1/2" 960 26 MICROWAVE 20/1 12 1/2" 1,500 ' www.thorsonbaker.com 27 BUSINESS WIREMOLD 20/1 12 1/2" 960 28 REFRIGERATOR 20/1 12 1/2" 800 29 FLEXWIREMOLD 20/1 12 1/2" 960 30 REFRIGERATOR 20/1 12 1/2" 800 31 MICROWAVE 20/1 12 1/2" 1,200 32 jSPARE 20/1 - Consultant: 33 GENIUS RM RECEPTACLES 20/1 12 1/2" 1,08034 COUNTERTOP RECEPTACLES(SA) 20/1 12 1/2" 1,500 Thorson Baker & Associates 35 RESTROOM RECEPT/FLUSH VALVE 20/1 12 1/2" 740 36 COUNTERTOP RECEPTACLES(SA) 20/1 12 J 1/2" 1,500 37 SPARE 20/1 38 SPARE 20/1 - www.thorsonbaker.com 39 GENIUS RM WIREMOLD 20/1 12 1/2" 960 40 TELCO BOARD QUAD RECEPT#2 15/1 12 1/2" 800 41 BREAK ROOM RECEPTACLES 20/1 12 1/2" 72042 RTU RECEPTACLES 20/1 12 1/2" % 720 43 AC-1 HACR 15/2 12 1/2" 104 44 SPARE 20/1 Consultant: 45 104 46 QUANTUM LIGHT MGMT.HUB REC 20/1 12 1/2" 200 ISP Design, Int. 47 CU-1 HACR 30/2 10 3/4" 1,872 48 CONDENSATE PUMP 20/1 12 1/2" 93 www.ispdesign.com 49 1,872 50 VVD-1 HACR 20/1 12 1/2" 1,000 51 WH-1 HACR 20/2 12 1/2" 1,500 52 VVD-2,3&BP-1 HACR 20/1 12 1/2" 300 53 1,500 54 SPARE 20/1 55 SPARE 20/1 :' 56 SPARE 20/1 57 SPARE 20/1 58 EF-120/1 12 1/2" 528 59 ISPARE 1 1 20/1 60 SPARE 20/1 All breakers to have 22,000 AIC 10,261 1 9,669 10,957 7,744 8,252 1 6,697 PROf fS Allphases to balanced within 7% \� Gf P1� E LOAD CALCULATION 19587PE�'�' CONNECTED LOAD- 53,580 VA (1)VERIFY EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE 25%LIGHT LOAD= 0 VA Wal (2)E.C.SHALL VERIFY W IRE&CONDUIT SIZES TO ACCOMMIDATE FOR VOLTAGE DROP 25%OF THE LARGEST MOTOR LOAD= 0 VA ✓�. ✓'N,20 15tI� 50%RECEPTACLE LOAD GREATER THAN 10 KVA= 6,290 VA �FCRY{l. BREAKER OPTIONS: TOTAL LOAD = 47,290 VA 131 Amps LO:HANDLE LOCK-OFF DEVICE XP' tJa-�e GFCI:GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER HACR:HEATING,A/C&REFRIGERATION Signed: Retail Store #1309 Washington Square Mall 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. Tigard, Oregon SHEET NOTES Issued/Revised Date 1. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER IN CONDUIT. 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 Permit 07/16/2014 2. LIGHTING AND DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS SHALL HAVE COPPER BUS. ALL BREAKERS SHALL BE BOLTED BREAKERS AND SWITCH RATED. ALL PANELS, PANEL SCHEDULES AND CONTROLS SHALL BE FULLY IDENTIFIED, LABELED, TYPED AND IN A PROTECTIVE 77 PLASTIC SLEEVE. a IN 3. ALL LIGHTING PANEL MODULES TO BE FED WITH "C" a CURVE TYPE BREAKERS. s 4. REGARDING PANEL SCHEDULE LIGHTING LOADS, MOD 6(A) MEANS: DIMMING MODULE "A" #6 IN LUTRON Apple Approval Date LU PANEL. MOD 1(X)-1 MEANS: SWITCHING MODULE #1, m INPUT POWER LINE #1. REFER TO LUTRON PANEL. 0 ELECTRICAL POWER PANEL SCHEDULES U v N O V O V O N Q E-503 7/16/14 4:48 PM \\Tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-e-503.dwg Lutron Program Project Name: Washington Square Mall SWITCHING/DIMMING LOAD SCHEDULE Panel Model Number: CCP-2X1A3T-120FT-CGP645 PANEL ID #: 1 Customer Room/Area - '" '- Load Controller -Scene Scene Scene Scene Zone Name Load Description Type 1 2 3 4 Day Night 1 Night 2 50% INPUT: NA VOLTAGE: 120V- FEED THROUGH 1 PH-2W (x10) 1 Apple Logo(1,3) Apple Logo LED Lunera D-LED TC/CCP/KP1 100% 100% 100% (2) 100% Room/Area Circuit Lutron No. of Load Fixture Phase Phase Phase Module Maximum = _ _ = - 2 Left,Right and Back Side Walls Graphic Panels LED Lunera D-LED TC/CCP/KP1 100% 100% 100% 100% Module Type -� ° ° -- Name Number Zone Load Description Fixtures Type Load L1 (W) L2 (W) L3 (W) Load (W) Load (W) _ 3 Sales Area Ceiling Tag L90 LinearLight-Richter D-LED TC/KP1 100% Off Off 50% - 4 Sales Area Trough Ceilings Tag L95 Lampadina-Richter D-LED TC/KP1 100% 50% Off 50% Front of the Store 1 1 Apple Logo 1 D-LED 1000 1000 1920 5 Left,Right and Back Side Soffit Bays Tag L95s Lampadina-Richter D-LED TC/KP1 100% Off Off 100% Right Side Graphic Panels 2 2 Graphic Panels 2 D-LED 577 1154 4462 1920 1(X) 6 JlFront Display Tracks Tag L1-Lite Lab track ELV TC/CCP/KP1 100% 50% Off 100% Left Side Graphic Panels 3 2 Graphic Panels 2 D-LED 577 1154 1920 Customer Room/Area _ ' Load Controller Scene Right & Left Side Graphic Panels 4 2 Graphic Panels 2 D-LED 577 1154 1920 Sensor Control Zone Name Load Description Type Back Side Graphic Panels 5 2 Graphic Panels 3 D-LED 577 1731 1920 Spare 6 Spare 192050% when unoccupied Spare 7 Spare 1731 1920 2(X) 7 Corridor BOH Tag 1_10/1_10a Downlight D-LED TC/OS1/OS2 100% when occupied Off Spare 8 Spare 1920 No manual override Front Display Right Track 9 6 Tag L1-Lite Lab track 7 ELV 75 525 1200/Line 8 Genius Room Tag L14/L14a 2x2 D-LED TC/OS3/KP2 Off Front Display Left Track 10 6 Tag L1-Lite Lab track 7 ELV 75 525 1920 Tot 9 Manager office Tag L 14/L14a 2x2 D-LED TC/OS4/KP3 0% when unoccupied Off Spare 11 Spare 1050 3(A) 10 Bussines office Tag 1_14/1_14a 2x2 D-LED TC/OS5 50% when occupied Off S pare 12 Spare 11 Break Area/Stock Room Tag L14/L14a 2x2/L10/L10a Downlight FLD TC/OS6/OS7/OS8/ Keypad override to 100% and Off 3,20 -F2,8857 1,154 Off. = - _ _ =-_ - -z- _•- - _- _ - Restroo Ta L10 L10a Downlight - ------ -----•_-----� -= - m g / g D LED TC/OS11/KP5 Off _= 12 7,243 _ 13 Restroom Tag L10/L10a Downlight D-LED TC/OS 12/KP6 Off Load Types: Notes: NOC janitor Ta L11/L11a FI FLD WS Stand alone system- Wall sensor- 0% when g unoccupied- 100% when occupied INC=Incandescent 2WIRE=Lutron Tu-wire dimrning ballast 1.-Circuit numbers indicates the modules switching lines for'X type modules and dimming lines for A' type modules. - = requirements. R - FLD Fluorescent using Lutron Hi Lume FDB or Erco 10 dimmn ballast NCC Neon/Cold Cathode Refer to ISP circuit tans & Lutron Cut Sheets for modules feed and load wenn - 9 9 p 9Remarks.Time clock to be set for'this store like -(4). TC.Time clock(scenes and authomatic shutdown) _ FIND= Fluorescent non dimmable ND-LED=Non Dimmable LEDs 2.-Output Load Ratings: All lights go into Scene 2 when store closes:to customers_ t.. _ � - CCP:Control Panel w._. ELV= Electronic Low Voltage D-LED=Dimmable LEDs k Type Modules: 16 Amps per circuit or switchingIlse=1920 watts max 2 hours after closing,all lights go into Scene 3 OS:Occupancy Sensor _ a _ - _ i i _ = All lights o into Scene 1 when store opens to customers _:; - _ DS. Daylight Sensor - '.77- WS: MLV Magnetic Load Voltage 'A'Type Modules. 16 Amps per module 1920 watts max, 16 Amps per output or dimming line=1920 watts maxg P � ., _ � . „ _._ For events setup Scene b Tessin button 7 on the 7 button Keypad- KP: e ad <: _•r _ WS.Wall stand alone sensor ' MH=Metal Halide 3.-The Contractor is responsible for sizing wiring and circuit breakers for each switching line and A dlmming Module P y pressing yP - t - - - 4.-The Panel contains (2) X (2)A and (3)TVM Modules KP:Keypad -- COOPERSBURt3, PA, 18036 Project Name: Washington Square Mall Refer to Drawings for sensorlDandlocation - � ,� - Key Notes: _ /► PHONE (610)282-3800 Location: Portland, Oregon Job Number: XXXXX . r rr .rr (1)Logos are turned off when required per jurisdiction and code requirement.Apple Development Managermust provide mall criteria to ISP Design so program i's developed,properly per jurisdication :. ♦ 1 FAX (610)282-1146 Drawn By: MC Drawing: OL1 - �` ��►'' No Sheet: 4 of 4 (2)Most mall require Logos to shutdown two hours after a store closes.If required,ISP Design will program accordingly.Apple DM to advise. Date: June 24, 2014 lies . 3 California and other states require Logos and signage to have automatic shutdown.ISP Design will provide this in the ro ram per code requirement - - ` O q 99 P P 9 P q `- - - --- - - (4)Times for scenes are provided by ISP according to the hours of operation and code regulation for every store.Apple DM shall provide store information to ISP so program_- -is developed accordingly, KP1 -7 button Controller Program-Manager Office Project Name: Washington Square Mall Customer Room/Area Load Controller Button Button Button Button Button Button Button Zone Name Load Description..--,: Type 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 Apple Logo Apple Logo LED Lunera D-LED 5-Button On/Off On/Off 100% 2 Left,Right and Back Side Walls Graphic Panels LED Lunera D-LED 5-Button On/Off On/Off 100% 3 Sales Area CeilingTa L90 Linear Light-Richter D-LED 5-Button On/Off On/Off 50% 4 Sales Area Trough Ceilings Ta L95 Lam adina-Richter D-LED 5-Button On/Off On/Off 50% 5 Left,Right and Back Side Soffit Bays Tag L95s Lampadina-Richter D-LED 5-Button On/Off On/Off 100% 6 Front Display Tracks Tag L1-Lite Lab track ELV 5-Button OrVOff On/Off 100% Remarks: - _PQ.,>_... All scenes to be confirmed b Apple includingstore hours that affect scene 3. _��-r,�,� �� - �__," �LL •:�� ��-� �_ �.-:.��_ �:=� �= _,tet` rz� _ Equipment List for Controls The override from the keypad last until next scene by time clock - -. = Y Project name: Washington Square Mall Date: June 24, 2014 KP2-2 button Controller Program-Genius Room Project Name: Washington Square Mall Qty. Location Description Part Number Remarks Customer Room/Area Load Controller Button Button 1 BOH CCP Panel CCP-2X1A3T-120FT-CGP645 16 Circuit Panel Zone Name_,2 n `= Load Description s�-.v Type ___ �x' _ 1 - 2 1 BOH Occupancy Sensor MS-VPS5M-WH 8 Genius Room Tag L14/L14a 2x2 D-LED 2-Button 100% Off 1 BOH Wall sensor's Face Plate CW-1-WH 12 BOH Occupancy Sensor Cing. Mtd. LOS-CDT-2000-WH Remarks: - 3 BOH QS Sensor Module(QSM) QSM2-4W-C The override from the keypad last until light is off again. When the sensor turns light on again is at 50% 1 BOH Quantum Light Management Hub QP3-1PL-100-240 1 BOH Energi Savr Node with Dali QSN-2DAL-S KP3-2 button Controller Program-Manager Office Project Name: Washington Square Mall 1 BOH Energi Savr Node with Ecosystem QSN-2ECO-S Customer Room/Area Load Controller Button Button 1 BOH 7-Button Keypad QSWS2-7BN-WB Zone Name;, Load Description Typ __7e 1 2 5 BOH 2-Button Keypad QSWS2-2BN-WB 1 BOH Clear Lockable cover GRX 1GLC 9 Manageroftice Tag L14/L14a2x2 D-LED 2-Button 100% Off 2 QSW-LL-PP-A IQ-ADMIN LIGHT CONTROL& MONITORING SOFTWARE LICENSE Remarks:. 2 BACnet software license QSW-BAC-PP-A The override from the keypad last until light is off again. When the sensor turns light on again is at 50% KP4-2 button Controller Program-Break/Stock Project Name: Washington Square Mall Architect: Customer Room/Area Load Controller Button Button Woods Bagot Zone Name _. .Load Description Type 1 2 www.woodsbagot.com 11 Break Area/Stock Room Tag L14/L14a 2x2/L10/L10a Downlight FLD 2-Button 100% Off Remarks: The override from the k Nast until light is off again. When the sensor turns light on again is at 50% Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates KP5-2 button Controller Program-Restroom Project Name: Washington Square Mall www.thorsonbaker.com Customer _ '`Room/Area z Load Controller Button Button Zone r: Name T - sad Description Type Consultant: 12 Restroom Tag L10/L10a Downlight D-LED 2-Button 100% Off Thorson Baker & Associates Remarks: - `` _ www.thorsonbaker.com The override from the keypad last until light is off again. When the sensor turns light on again is at 50% AM- KP6-2 button Controller Program-Restroom Project Name: Washington Square Mall Consultant: Customer Room/Area ! r- Load Controller Button Button ISP Design, Inc. Zone Name Load Description - . Type 1 2 www.ispdesign.com 13 Restroom Tag L10/L10a Downlight D-LED 2-Button 100% Off Remarks: The override from the keypad last until light is off again. When the sensor turns light on again is at 50% PRtdl��s� e5 GINS /p r✓- _v 20,1`t 1' c �1<p, poi-le'• �`5'� �'` SHEET NOTES LUTRON INSTRUCTIONS Signed: 1. THE LIGHTING PANELS USED FOR THE APPLE STORES ARE 8• DIMMING MODULES: 13. GRX-NM2 COMES INSTALLED IN THE CCP LUTRON PANEL. • EACH LOOP CAN HAVE A COMBINATION OF 64 C. A SERVER IS IS ONLY REQUIRED IF THE END USER WANT 1. THE ELECTRICIAN SHALL INFORM THE PROJECT MANAGER Retail Store #1309 CCP DIMMING AND SWITCHING SYSTEMS. TWO TYPES OF . 4-CIRCUIT ADAPTATIVE DIMMING MODULES (4A): FOR THE GRX-NM2 MODULE IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ECOSYSTEM BALLAST AND BALLAST MODULES, PLUS TO USE THE REPORTING FEATURES. THE REPORTING AHEAD OF TIME WHEN HE IS READY FOR THE LUTRON Washington Square Mall MODULES ARE AVAILABLE WITH THIS PANEL: ELV/INC LOADS. DIMMING SIGNAL (0-10VDC CONTROL INPUT LEDs AMAXIMUMOF 16 DAYLIGHT SENSORS, 32 OCCUPANCY SOFTWARE LICENSE ADDS THE FOLLOWING FEATURES TO START-UP OF THE SYSTEM. LUTRON HAS A TWO WEEK LEAD • XP-FOUR-CIRCUIT SWITCHING (RELAY) MODULE . EACH DIMMING MODULE CAN CONTROL A FULLY DRIVERS). REFER TO CUT SHEETS IN THE ISP LIGHTING SENSORS, AND 64 INFRARED (IR) DEVICES.SUPPORTS THE QUANTUM SYSTEM: TIME FOR SCHEDULING THE VISIT. THE SYSTEM NEEDS TO BE 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. • 4A-FOUR OUTPUT ADAPTIVE DIMMING MODULE LOADED ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT (16A MAX) WITH FOUR SPECIFICATION MANUAL. UP TO 2 QUANTUM PROCESSORS WITH 2 LINKS EACH • LOGGING OF CALCULATED ENERGY USAGE FOR COMPLETELY HOOK-UP AND OPERATING BEFORE LUTRON Tigard, Oregon DIMMING OUTPUTS PER MODULE, 16A MAX PER THAT CAN BE INDIVIDUALLY CONFIGURED TO LIGHTING LOADS. COMES TO THE JOBSITE. 2. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PANEL COMMUNICATE WITH: • CUSTOM REPORTING ON ENERGY USAGE USING THE BOARD AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS TO FEED THE LUTRON DIMMING LEG. 14. DRIVER/IEC PELV, 0-10V WIRING FROM THE LED'S LIGHTING PANEL (REFER TO THE RISER AND PANEL DRIVERS TO THE GRX-NM2 MUST BE SEPARATED FROM - QUANTUM BUS SUPPLY (LIMITED TO 1 LINK PER Q-ADMIN SOFTWARE. 2. TO SCHEDULE THE VISIT, SEND AN E-MAIL TO SYLVIA AT ISP • INTELLIGENT LOAD SHED CONTROL FOR SYSTEMS DESIGN, INC. (ISPDESIGN@EARTHLINK.NET) WITH ALL CONTACT 9. SWITCHING MODULES: THE POWER WIRING. BUS). LOADS. INFORMATION, JOBSITE LOCATION AND NAME. ONCE ISP SCHEDULE SHEETS). • 4 SWITCHED CIRCUITS (RELAYS) PER MODULE. (FOR - LUTRON POWER PANELS. • LAMP MAINTENANCE REPORTS. DESIGN GETS THE E-MAIL A MASTER E-MAIL WILL GO OUT FLUORESCENT, MH, LED's LOADS). 15. QUANTUM LIGHT MANAGEMENT HUB: - LUTRON QS DEVICES, • 3. EACH CCP PANEL PROVIDES POWER AND DIMMING FOR 4 ) • PROVIDES A CENTRALIZED CONNECTION POINT TO A. POWER SYSTEM ACTIVITY REPORTS. FOR SCHEDULING THE START-UP. Issued/Revised Date SOFT SWITCH RELAY IS RATED FOR 16A ONE Q-REPORTING LICENSE REQUIRED FOR EACH TO 32 DIMMING LEGS. THE PANEL COMES PRE-WIRED TO CONTINUOUS USE. LUTRON ECOSYSTEM DIGITAL BALLAST MODULES, • INPUT VOLTAGE: 120 VAC, NORMAL/EMERGENCY FEED 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 THE SITE. • PATENTED SOFT SWITCH CIRCUIT ELIMINATES ARCING LUTRON POWER PANELS, GRAFIK EYE QS AND SIVOIA 50-60HZ 15A QUANTUM PROCESSOR IN THE SYSTEM, MODEL 3, THE CONTRACTOR NEEDS TO FILL OUT PAPERS AND SEND Permit 07/16/2014 QS SHADES. NUMBER: QSW-RPT PP-A. THEM BACK VIA E-MAIL OR FAX TO LUTRON BEFORE THE AT MECHANICAL CONTACTS WHEN LOADS ARE FIELD SERVICE PERSON ARRIVES ON SITE. 4. CCP PANEL SURFACE MOUNT OR RECESSED MOUNT • DESIGNED TO CONTROL, MANAGE, AND MONITOR B. ASIDE FROM THE EQUIPMENT SHOWED, WILL BE A LAPTOP ON SITE CAN BE USE TO MAKE CHANGES TO SWITCHED. EXTENDS RELAY LIFE TO AN AVERAGE BETWEN 16" (40 CM) STUDS. PANEL SIZE: 15.8" WIDE BY ECOSYSTEM LUTRON POWER PANELS, GRAFIK EYE QS NECESSARY OF 1,000,000 CYCLES (ON/OFF) FOR RESISTIVE, THE SYSTEM OR ALLOW LUTRON TO REMOTE INTO THE 4. ALL SYSTEMS WILL BE PRE-PROGRAMMED AT THE FACTORY; 59.50" HIGH BY 4.21" DEEP. REFER TO THE CUT SHEET CAPACITIVE OR INDUCTIVE SOURCES. AND SIVOIA QS SHADE SYSTEMS IN A BUILDING AND THE SOFTWARE LICENSES: (1) QSW-LL-PP-A FOR EACH SYSTEM FOR TROUBLESHOOTING. A ETHERNET ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR NEEDS TO WIRE THE SYSTEM FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. • RELAY IS MECHANICALLY HELD A WHOLE CAMPUS. PROCESSOR IN THE SYSTEM (Q-ADMIN LIGHT CONTROL & CONNECTION DIRECTLY TO THE PROCESSOR OR NETWORK EXACTLY AS IT APPEARS ON THE LOAD SCHEDULE. • SUPPORTS BOTH ASTRONOMIC AND TIME-OF DAY MONITORING SOFTWARE LICENSE).THE iPADS (BY OTHERS) THAT IS CONNECTED TO THE INTERNET WOULD 5. POWER SPECIFICATIONS: 10. NM LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL MODULES: EVENTS TO AUTOMATICALLY CONTROL THE ;IGHT AND WITH LUTRONQ-CONTROL + APPLICATION (AVAILABLE FOR OBVIOUSLY BE REQUIRED FOR THE LATTER BUT THIS 5. THE PROGRAM SHEET IS IN THE LIGHTING SPECIFICATION • INPUT POWER: 120-127V (VAC). ALL VOLTAGES 60 • EACH MODULE CONTROLS TWO CONSECUTIVE SHADES IN THE SYSTEM. CLIENT DOWNLOAD FOR FREE AT (TUNES) CAN BE USED SET-UP WOULD GIVE TO THE LUTRON REMOTE SERVICES MANUAL, FOR REFERENCE ON WHAT IS PROGRAMMED AND HZ, DIMMING LEGS OR LIGHTING FOR 0-10V AND DSI • SIMPLE RECONFIGURATION OF A SPACE WITHOUT AS VIRTUAL KEYPADS. IPAD FUNCTIONALITY WITHOUT A GROUP THE OPPORTUNITY TO DIAGNOSE ISSUES WITHOUT THE TIME CLOCK HOURS. PHASE-TO-NEUTRAL. BALLASTS. REWIRING. SERVER WILL BE AVAILABLE AS BETA IN QUANTUM HAVING TO SEND A FIELD SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE TO • CAN WITHSTAND SURGES OF UP TO 10,000V AND UP • 50mA MAX. LOW VOLTAGE BALLAST CONTROL • INDIVIDUALLY CONTROL, MONITOR. AND ADJUST ANY THE SITE FOR TROUBLESHOOTING. 6. CONTRACTOR MUST BE AWARE THAT AFTER INSTALLATION, LIGHT OR SHADE IN A SPACE. BEGINNING JULY 1, 2013 WITH THE RELEASE OF TO 3000A. CURRENT PER DIMMING LEG, 750mA PER PANEL. QS CONTROL LINK AND ECOSYSTEM LOOPS ARE SOFTWARE VERSION 2.7. WIRELESS ACCESS TO LUTRON FIXTURES ON THE LUTRON LED DIMMABLE CIRCUITS FLICKER Apple Approval Date • FEED THROUGH PANEL FEED TYPE: 1PH, #14 • QUANTUM NETWORK TO BE PROVIDED BY OTHERS. 16. CONCEPT DRAWING: CONTROL SYSTEM DRAWING IS DUE TO THE DEFAULT SETTING OF THE LUTRON PANEL. THE AWG 2.Omm' TO #10 AWG 4.Omm� , 11. ONCE THE CCP PANEL IS INSTALLED AND AFTER IT IS TOPOLOGY-FREE. ( ) ( ) BE REMOVED TO . FOR ECOSYSTEM LOADS, THE LIGHT MANAGEMENT HUB REQUIRES MOBILE CONTROL AND PROGRAMMING SOFTWARE PROVIDED FOR CONCEPTUAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT CONTRACTOR SHOULD KEEP THE JUMPERS IN THE LUTRON 13 120V, 16A FOR "X TYPE MODULE SWITCHING LINES PRGME PROGRAMMED,PENES TTHE HATHAVEN D O PROGRAMMED. ONCE ACCEPTS ONE NORMALLY CLOSE (NC) EMERGENCY LICENSE (QSW-MC-PS-A) (1) LICENSE REQUIRED PER INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION. EXACT EQUIPMENT SYSTEM TO AVOID THE FLICKERING UNTIL START-UP. THE AND 120V, 16A FOR "A" TYPE MODULES (MAX INPUT PER QUANTUM BUS SUPPLY. IPAD. ONE BACnet SOFTWARE LICENSE IS REQUIRED FOR REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING LOCATION AND QUANTITIES, LUTRON PERSONNEL WILL SET THE FIXTURES TO BE DIMMED THE SYSTEM IS CHECKED COMPLETELY, THE JUMPERS EACH QUANTUM PROCESSOR IN THE SYSTEM IF POWER SHOULD BE VERIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MOST VIA NM, ONCE THE PROGRAM IS LOADED THE LIGHTS WILL NUMBER OF MODULES: 9). SHOULD BE INSTALLED BACK INTO THE PANEL UNTIL ALL • ECOSYSTEM BUS MAY BE WIRED NEC CLASS 1 OR t DATA VIA BACnet IS REQUIRED, MODEL NUMBER: UP-TO-DATE LIGHTING/ELECTRICAL REFLECTED CEILING WORK PROPERLY. LUTRON LOAD N OF THE WORK IS COMPLETE AND THEN REMOVED WHEN IEC PELV/NEC CLASS 2 7. WIRING NOTES: THE STORE IS TURNED OVER TO THE CLIENT. EACH HUB SUPPORTS UP TO 8 ECOSYSTEM LOOPS, QSW-BAC-PP-A. PLANS, LIGHTING FIXATURE SCHEDULES, CONTROL INTENT SCHEDULES AND SPECIFICATIONS. SHADE EQUIPMENT SHOULD BE • INTERNAL: PRE-WIRED BY LUTRON. (4 QUANTUM BUS SUPPLIES). VERIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS • SYSTEM COMMUNICATIONS: LOW-VOLTAGE CLASS 2 12. PANEL INCLUDES AN ACCESS PANEL FOR THE CONTROL (PELV) WIRING CONNECTS DIMMING PANELS TO WALL SPECIFICATIONS AND WINDOW SCHEDULES/DETAILS. STATIONS IF SPECIFIED. KEYPAD. KEYPAD IS ACCESSED VIA A PHILIPS HEAD LU RO SCREW. 17. LUTON 5-BUTTON KEYPAD PROVIDED WITH CLEAR • LINE (MAINS) VOLTAGE: FEED AND LOAD WIRING ONLY. LOCKABLE COVER, SINGLE GANG. U v NO OTHER WIRING OR ASSEMBLY REQUIRED. E-511 7/16/14 4:47 PM \\Tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-e-511.dwg 120/277V INPUT FEED FROM LL SEGMENTS LED(4)OUTPUT DRIVERS HOUSE PANEL ENCLOSURE BOX WIRE BUNDLE TO LINEAR F LIGHT SEGMENTS T �r , (12)SETS OF2#1s AWGJ I TYPE N7 TYPE NI TYPE NI D� (1.5mm2)PERTROUG (* - cmwi Dell TYPE NI er DelTYPhdDriver -pj►2- 1 TAG L90-LL Segments TAG L904i Segments TAG LPD.LL Segment 1 I 1 , �/- - -1- - - T(- - - - - - T(� � � � - - - � 1(* Dal Conhol lDriver Dell Cortd r Dalt Conlyd Dtdvar TAG 1.90-1.1.Segent mTAG UO.0 Segments TAG L90•LL Segmenta 1 I t- - - - - - - T - - - - - - T - - - - - - - -, 1 (* Dal Control l Dail Con4ol Dtriver Dal CanYol Dliuer ; TAG L90 LL Segment TAG L904LL Sagrerrt TAG Dal Segments I I I 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 I (4)-25W OUTPUTS PER CONSTANT CURRENT LED t DRIVER 1 1201277V 1 1201277V INPUT FEED FROM Input Feed from LL SEGMENTS LED(4)OUTPUT DRIVERS NORMAL/EMERGENCY I LAMPADINA LED(4)OUTPUT DRIVERS House Panel ENCLOSURE BOX HOUSE PANEL I ENCLOSURE BOX 1 1 ri I WIRE BUNDLE TO WIRE BUNDLE TO LINEAR LIGHTSEGMENTS r �� .r , 1 LAMPADINAS CUSTOM T mr , (+l- +/• (+l- 1 DOWNLIGHTS (+l- +l- (+/• _ DAt (12)SETS OF 2#16 AWG DA2 I (12)SETS OF 2#16 AWG TYPE N11 TYPE N1 TYPE N1 ______ I TYPE N1 TYPE N1 TYPE N1 ___ (1.5mm�)PERTROUG (+ - Dal C„ydDrw DSIICcntrdDm'ef Doll CmWDrhmr -�---_}� (1.Smm�)PERTROUG I(* Dal CarddDow�r DeliContrdDriver D�CWWDfiw DA1----r, 1 TAG L9DaLL Seg t; TAG L90e•U.Segmenta TAG L90a•LL Segments 1 TAG L95-LAM4 PADINA TAG L95- MPADINA TAG L%A MPADINA 1 1 I 1(+ 1 Dal Conhol� Dell Cop Dmrer Dail CmtM Driver 1 1(* Dal CCmtroll 1D6w D81I Corrtd orluer Del Cor�ol I TAG L90a•LL Ser■It TAG L90&U Segments TAG L90a-I.L Segments j I TAG L954AMPADINA TAG 1-95 L IPADINA TAG L95•IAMPADINA 1 1 - - - - - T - - - - - - -r - - - - - - - � 1 - - - - - T - - - - - - T - - - - - - - � (1/0 L(- �yp�� 7yp��� �yp�N� � (* Del Coned l Dall Cor)hal rtm Dai Can rtrd Driver r (* Dal CmUdN Deli Dal Mw 1 TAG L90�U.Segment TAG L90a•LI.Sepwb TAG L90& L Segment � TAG L95•LAMPADINA TAG L95UUIPADNA TAG 195dAMPADINA I - I r EwSyslem loop 1 b at BOH Ibdures 120I2TN I 1201277V I I up to 64 Ballasts/Interfaces Max Input Feed i InM Feed 11 11 I + + + FcoSyslem Loop 1 b al BOH f Cres ---- -_ t---- 1 I I____------ LQ I up to 64 Ballasts/Interfaces Max I EcoSyetem BeBast I Ecosystem Dr ver 1 I I I I I 1 I I 12WZ77V120t277V I 1 I I q1nipLiFeeci1 Input Feil r----------- EwSyatem Ballast -- EcDSyatm Ddver I I l l I I I I [---Up b 64 dvere t----Up tD 54 ddvere I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I LOS-CDT-2000-WH LOS-CDT-2000-WH LOS-CDT-2000-WH LOS-CDT-2000-WH LOS-CDT-2000-WH LOS-CDT-2000-WH CEILING MOUNT CEILING MOUNT CEILING MOUNT CEILING MOUNT CEILING MOUNT CEILING MOUNT I I OCCUPANCY SENSOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR 1 I I L I I DIMENSIONS: DIMENSIONS: DIMENSIONS: DIMENSIONS: DIMENSIONS: DIMENSIONS: I I I 4.5"(DIA)X1.4"(D) 4.5"(DIA)X1.4"(D) 4.5"(DIA)X 1.4"(D) 4.5-(DIA)X1A"(D) 4.5"(DIA)X1.4"(D) 4.5"(DIA)X1.4'(D) I I L------------------------- I 1 I I I I I 120I277V I I 120/277V INPUT FEED I I INPUT FEED 1 (P1B1-53) I I (P1131-53) *REQUIRED FOR SYSTEM START-UP:AN I 1 _9 OUTLET MUST BE INSTALLED WITHIN 6FT 1 `-a--DALI LOOP A MAX ' L 4 ECOSYSTEM LOOP 0 0 0 0 1 64 BALLASTS/INTERFACES MAX 1 I 64 BALLASTS/INTERFACES MAX I (1.8m)OF THE PANEL. OUTLET SHOULD NOT r t 1 ECOSYSTEM LOOP#2 DALI LOOP#2 �__________________ BE ON THE SAME CIRCUIT AS THE PANEL. Los-coT-z000-wH Los-coT-z000-wH LOS-CDT-2000-WH LOS-CDT-2000-WH LOS-CDT-2000-WH Los-CDT-2000-WH ------------------ 1 CEILING MOUNT CEILING MOUNT CEILING MOUNT CEILING MOUNT CEILING MOUNT CEILING MOUNT 64 BALLASTS/INTERFACES MAX I 1 64 BALLASTS/l NTERFACES MAX 1 I I 1 OOV-240V OCCUPANCY SENSOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR I DA I ]EIDIMENSIONS: DIMENSIONS: DIMENSIONS: DIMENSIONS: DIMENSIONS: DIMENSIONS: L- I DEDICATED 4.5"(DIA)X 1.4"(D) 4.5"(DIA)X 1.4"(D) 4.5"(DIA)X 1.4"(D) 4.5"(DIA)X 1.4"(D) 4.5"(DIA)X 1.4"(D) 4.5'(DIA)X 1.4'(D) hA2NORMAL/EMERGENCY L _ INPUT FEED f f To # FZ # Dov- To OS Dovices (P1 B1-53) AQ # AQ # SQ # •Q (Up tDoS30 PDUs) •Q (Up o 30 PDUs) AQ LINK: A QS DEVICE LINK QSM2-4W-C QSM2-4W-C QSM2-4w-C QSN-2DAL-S QSN-2ECQ-S QS SENSOR MODULE(QSM) QS SENSOR MODULE(QSM) QS SENSOR MODULE(OSM) ENERGI SAVR NODE WITH DALI ENERGI SAVR WITH ECOSYSTEM LINK: B WITH(4)UNIVERSAL WIRED INPUTS WITH(4)UNIVERSAL WIRED INPUTS WITH(4)UNIVERSAL WIRED INPUTS (2)DALI DIGITAL LINKS (2)ECOSYSTEM DIGITAL LINKS AND 434MHZ WIRELESS RECEIVER AND 434MHZ WIRELESS RECEIVER AND 434MHZ WIRELESS RECEIVER AND(1)QS COMMUNICATION LINK AND(1)QS COMMUNICATION LINK (CONFIGURABLE LINK) 60'RADIUS RF COVERAGE 60'RADIUS RF COVERAGE 60'RADIUS RF COVERAGE DIMENSIONS: DIMENSIONS: (30'THROUGH WALLS) (30'THROUGH WALLS) (30'THROUGH WALLS) 13.25"(H)X 9.25"(W)X 3.16"(D) 13.25"(H)X 9.25"(W)X 3.16"(D) DIMENSIONS: DIMENSIONS: DIMENSIONS: 4.04"(DIA)X 1.17"(D) 4.04"(DIA)X 1.17"(D) 4.04"(DIA)X 1.17"(D) D QP3-1 PL-100-240 QUANTUM LIGHT MANAGEMENT HUB CONTAINING (1)QUANTUM PROCESSORof Architect: El WITH (2)CONFIGURABLE LINKS AQ -8 OQ AQ__8 AQ SQ Woods Bagot ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS (mm): Qsws2-2BN-WH QSWS2-2BN-WH QSWS2-2BN-WH QSWS2-2BN-WH QSWS2-2BN-WH (1)QSWS2-5BN-WH 13.25"(286)(H)X 9.25°(191)(W)X 3.16••(80)(D) PRESET LIGHTING WALLSTATION PRESET LIGHTING WALLSTATION PRESET LIGHTING WALLSTATION PRESET LIGHTING WALLSTATION PRESET LIGHTING WALLSTATION PRESET LIGHTING WALLSTATION www.woodsbagot.com (1)QSW-L-PP-A 2-BUTTON SCENE SELECT 2-BUTTON SCENE SELECT 2-BUTTON SCENE SELECT 2-BUTTON SCENE SELECT 2-BUTTON SCENE SELECT 5-BUTTON SCENE SELECT (1 GANG US BACKBOX BY OTHERS) (1 GANG US BACKBOX BY OTHERS) (1 GANG US BACKBOX BY OTHERS) (1 GANG US BACKBOX BY OTHERS) (1 GANG US BACKBOX BY OTHERS) (1 GANG US BACKBOX BY OTHERS) Q-ADMIN LIGHT CONTROL AND (1)GRX-1 GLC MONITORING SOFTWARE LICENSE 1-GANG LOCKING COVER Consultant: BACNET Thorson Baker & Associates CLIENT IP www.thorsonbaker.com I Y OTHERS) QS-EO: REFER TO LOAD QUANTUM LOCAL AREA NETWORK SHARED INTRANET. SCHEDULE SHEET FORFEEDER INFORMATION TYPICAL LOADWIRING TYPICAL Consultant: THE QUANTUM TOP OR LAPTOP) R ANDNETWORK COMPUTER BE CLASS 21 FROM TV Thorson Baker & Associates LV (SERVER/DESKTOP OR LAPTOP) NETWORK MAY BE WIRING FROM TVM2 1 �,,����.;���� I CONNECTED THROUGH A SHARED INTRANET. THE MODULES 0-10V OUTPUT mmmmwi1 I ■ ■ www.thorsonbaker.com QUANTUM COMPUTER MAY OR MAY NOT BE SUPPLIED BY LUTRON AND NODES ON LAN ARE NOT LIMITED TO LUTRON QUANTUM PROCESSOR AND LUTRON QUANTUM J MS-VPSSM--WH COMPUTER. ALL NETWORK EQUIPMENT INCLUDING w I i M,SINGLE-POLE/MULTI-LOCATION S OLE/MU WITCH ROUTERS, SWITCHES, AND NETWORK CABLES ARE CIRCUIT-FROM 5A-120V,SINGLE-POLE/MULTI-LOCATION Consultant: SWITCHABLE MODULE ■ WITH VACANCY SENSOR ' ISP Design Inc. SUPPLIED BY OTHERS AND MUST ADHERE TO LUTRON ■ (1)CW-1-WH ■ CLARO 1 GANG WALLPLATE SPECIFICATIONS. THE SHARED INTRANET MUST BE ABLE L www.ispdesign.com TO PASS UDP MULTICAST TRAFFIC. ALL NETWORK GANG US BACKBOX BY OTHERS) ARCHITECTURE AND SETUP MUST BE COORDINATED OP THROUGH THE END USERS INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY CCP GROUP OR CONSULTANT AND MAY REQUIRE ADDITIONAL STARTUP TIME AND EXPENSE. CCCPP DIMMER TMMEERR PANEL CGP645 P DIMENSIONS: 59"(H)X 15"(W)X 4"(D) �^ (FOR FOH LED GRAPHIC PANELS, ,��Ql�(•Q �R(}�E'�^� LOGO, AND FRONT DISPLAY) CONCEPT DRAWING NOTES: �(d CONTROL SYSTEM DRAWING IS PROVIDED FOR CONCEPTUAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS ✓ Eye f NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION. EXACT EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS,INCLUDING ✓�� 2011) LOCATION AND QUANTITIES,SHOULD BE VERIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MOST Fk r( UP-TO-DATE LIGHTING/ELECTRICAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS,LIGHTING FIXATURE p f U• SCHEDULES,CONTROL INTENT AND SPECIFICATIONS. SHADE EQUIPMENT SHOULD BE pa1� VERIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS,SPECIFICATIONS AND ?(p, •T WINDOW SCHEDULES/DETAILS. f KEY NOTES WIRING NOTES DISCLAIMER QUANTUM NOTES WIRING LEGEND Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. DIAGRAM SHOWS REPRESENTATIVE LED POWER QS LINK RULES: ECOSYSTEM BUS/LOOP RULES: NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED TO THE SPECIFICATIONS TO THIS WHEN A LIGHTING MANAGEMENT NETWORK (LMN) IS REQUIRED AQ QS CONTROL LINK (*SEE BELOW) OP PANEL LINK ENCLOSURE BOX FOR SALES AREA FIXTURES, REFER THE FOLLOWING LINK RULES MUST BE OBSERVED FOR THE FOLLOWING LOOP RULES MUST BE OBSERVED FOR PROJECT UNLESS SIGNED AND APPROVED BY ISP DESIGN, INC. IF A TO ENABLE COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN INDIVIDUAL LIGHT Washington Square Mall TO SHEET E-515 FOR PROJECT SPECIFIC POWER PROPER OPERATION: PROPER OPERATION: REQUEST IS MADE THE REPRESENTATIVE OF THE LIGHTING UNE, UGHTING MANAGEMENT HUBS (LMH) AND BETWEEN LMH AND THE SYSTEM AQ QS CONTROL LINK (*SEE BELOW) OR GR CABLE GRX-CBL-46L T CONDUCTOR NON-PLENUM) ENCLOSURES. • THIS IS A TOPOLOGY-FREE LINK (T-TAP, HOME-RUN, . THIS IS TOPOLOGY-FREE AND POLARITY FREE WIRING DISTRIBUTOR, CONTRACTOR, DEVELOPER, ELECTRICIAN OR PURDASER OR GRX-PCBL-46L (5 CONDUCTOR PLENUM RATED). 9S8S SW Washington Sq. Rd. ( SERVER/DESKTOP/LAPTOP (Q-MANAGER). THE LMN REQUIRES (CONNECT WIRES 1, 3 AND 4. DO NOT CONNECT OTHERWISE USE 2 #12 AWG (4 mm'), 1 BELDEN #9461 AND NEEDS TO PROJIDE THE FOLLOWING FOR APPROVAL- NAME OF ) 2 Tigard, Oregon ETC. IS OK); REFER TO TABLE BELOW FOR WIRE RUN (T-TAP, HOME-RUN, ETC. IS OK). A DEDICATED LAN OR VLAN. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE WIRE # 2) BETWEEN PANELS ADD 1 #18 AWG (1.0 mm ) FOR EMERGENCY g g LIMITS. KEEP ALL THE BALLASTS/MODULES IN ONE ROOM ON MANUFACTURER, SPEC. SHEETS, PERFORMANCE DATA, PHOTOMETRIC DATA NETWORK PROVIDER TO ENSURE THE RELIABILITY AND SECURITY TEST DATA, UL LISTED DATA AND ANY OTHER DATA THAT THE LIGHTING OF THE LMN. QS WIRING AS REQUIRED BY CONTROL LINK LENGTH SENSING CABLE BY OTHERS. • IF WIRED DIFFERENTLY THAN WHAT IS SHOWN, THE SAME LOOP WHENEVER POSSIBLE. DESIGNER MAY REQUEST. ONCE THE LIGHTING DESIGNER HAS EVALUATED (REFER TO QS SMART PANEL POWER SUPPLY WIRING POWER DRAW UNIT REQUIREMENTS NEED TO BE 0 WIRE DAYLIGHT SENSORS, OCCUPANCY SENSORS AND THE INFORMATION, A WRITTEN AND SIGNED APPROVAL TO CHMJGE GUIDE FOR SHADE WIRING NOTES): 0 INPUT POWER (NORMAL-EMERGENCY) CONFIRMED; SEE POWER DRAW UNITS (PDUs) PERSONAL CONTROLS TO THE CLOSEST ECOSYSTEM CATSE OR BETTER ETHERNET CABLE TO BE RUN FOR SPECIFICATION SHEET INCLUDED IN THIS SUBMITTAL. BALLAST/ SENSOR MODULE E THE SAME ROOM. SPECIFICATION WILL COME FROM THE LIGHTING DESIGNER. THE LIGHTING DEDICATED LMN TERMINATED WITH RJ45 CONNECTORS • 2 #12AWG (4 mm2) • MAXIMUM OF 512 OUTPUTS BALLASTS, SHADES, DESIGNER HAS THE RIGHT TO REFUSE THE SUBSTITUTED SPECIFICATION PROVIDED BY OTHERS). THE NUMBER OF ETHERNET AVAILABLE FROM ( ECOSYSTEM LOOPS ARE SHOWN ON THE LIGHTING ( ) TOTAL CONTROL 2 ON ANY PART OF THE PROJECT THAT IS IN THE LIGHTING DESINGERS Wire Gouge 1 1 CONTACT CLOSURES, ETC). PLANS. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY, AND ROOMS HOPS/SEGMENTS BETWEEN THE SERVER/DESKTOP/LAPTOP 9 LUTRON IN ONE Q # 2 AWG (2.5 MM -(CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY WIRING SIZE Issued/ Revised Date SCOPE OF SRRNCE. LINK LENGTH CABLE: AS PER VOLTAGE DROP CODE REQUIREMENTS). INPUT HOT AND 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 • MAXIMUM OF 100 OCCUPANCY SENSORS, 100 ARE WIRED TO A DIFFERENT LOOP THAN THE ONE (Q-MANAGER) AND ANY LMN NODE SHALL NOT EXCEED 6. OUTPUT TO LOAD. NOT NEUTRAL REQUIRED. DAYLIGHT SENSORS/RADIO SHADOW SENSORS AND SHOWN, LUTRON NEEDS TO BE NOTIFIED. THIS THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR HAS NO RIGHTS TO SUBSTITUTE ANY TOTAL LENGTH OF ETHERNET CABLE SHALL NOT EXCEED 328 FT POWER (TERMINALS 1 & 2): Permit 07/16/2014 100 KEYPADS. INFORMATION IS IMPORTANT FOR PROGRAMMING THE SPECIFICATIONS ON THIS PROJECT. THE VALUE ENGINEERING WAS (100M) POINT-TO-POINT. 1 PAIR 18 AWG 1.0 mm' SYSTEM. LESS THAN 500ft ( ) GRX-CBL-346S � CAT5E OR BETTER CABLE FOR LUTRON NETWORK TERMINATED • MAXIMUM OF 100 QS DEVICES (SUCH AS A GRAFIK PERFORMED BEFORE FINALIZING THE SPECIFICATION. OR EYE�QS, SEETOUCH�QS KEYPAD, SMART PANEL IF LONGER RUNS ARE REQUIRED, MULTI-MODE FIBER OPTIC (153 m) GRX-PCBL-3465 WITH RJ45 CONNECTORS (TO BE PROVIDED BY OTHERS). 328 POWER SUPPLY [ASPS-Px-10-60], ESN, OR LIGHTING MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVES MAY NOT TRY TO PACKAGE CABLE CAN BE USED INSTEAD WITH APPROPRIATE FIBER OPTIC ft (100 m) MAXIMUM RUN. SIVOIA�QS SHADE / DRAPERY DRIVE UNIT). THE SPECIFICATIONS ON THIS PROJECT. THERE ARE NO SUBSTITUTIONS. CONNECTORS (PROVIDED BY OTHERS). CONSULT WITH DATA (TERMINALS 3&4): QUANTUM PROCESSOR COUNTS D 1 DEVICE PER NETWORK PROVIDER FOR STANDARD ETHERNET AND FIBER OPTIC 1 PAIR 22 AWG (0.5 mm'), 00 ECOSYSTEM BUS/LOOP/DALI LOOP: LINK. ISP DESIGN IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY CHANGES MADE TO THE WIRING RULES FOR DISTANCE AND SEPARATION AS WELL AS TWISTED AND SHIELDED* LUTRON CABLE C-CBL-216-GR-1 (2 #16 CONDUCTOR • MAXIMUM OF 100 ZONES - SUCH AS A SIVOIA QS SPECIFICATIONS THAT ARE NOT DONE BY ISP DESIGN, INC. FOR PLACEMENT OF SWITCHES, ROUTERS, HUBS, ETC. NON-PLENUM) OR C-PCBL-216-CL-1 (2 #16 CONDUCTOR PLENUM RATED). OTHERWISE USE 2 #16 AWG (1.5 mm2) BY SHADE /DRAPERY DRIVE UNIT, OR A LIGHTING ZONE FOR MORE INFORMATION REGARDING NETWORK EQUIPMENT ON A GRAFIK EYE QS (DOES NOT APPLY TO CONTROL SYSTEM DRAWING IS PROVIDED FOR CONCEPTUAL 500ft (153 m) POWER (TERMINALS 1&2): OTHERS. PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION. REQUIREMENTS AND NETWORK CONFIGURATION, PLEASE REFER TO 2,000ft (600 1 PAIR 12 AWG (4 mm') GRX-CBL-46L QUANTUM SYSTEMS). EXACT EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING LOCATION AND TO THE QUANTUM LIGHTING MANAGEMENT NETWORK m „ OR o0 3 #18AWG (1.0 mm2) Apple Approval Date w • THE 10 OUTPUTS ON A QSPS-Px-10-60 CANNOT ) GRX-PCBL-46L a EXCEED A COMBINED LENGTH OF 2,000 ft (600 QUANMOSTTIUPSTO DATE LIGHTING/ELECTRICAL REFLECTEDITH THE CEILING SPECIFICATION SHEET OR CONTACT LUTRON. DATA (TERMINALS 3&4): M), PLANS, LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULES, CONTROL INTENT AND , SPECIFICATIONS. SHADE EQUIPMENT SHOULD BE VERIFIED IN 1 PAIR 22 AWG (0.5 mm ), DEVICES MUST BE WIRED IN THE ORDER SHOWN ON ALL ACCORDANCE WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND TWISTED AND SHIELDED* LEVELS. IF ANY DEVIATION NEEDS TO OCCUR, THE LINE DRAWING LIGHTING DESIGNER AND LUTRON MUST BE NOTIFIED AS WINDOW SCHEDULES/DETAILS. POWER DRAW UNIT REQUIREMENTS WILL NEED TO BE CONFIRMED. *ALTERNATE DATA-ONLY CABLE: USE APPROVED DATA LINK CABLE (22 AWG [0.5 mm'] TWISTED/SHIELDED) FROM BELDEN (MODEL # 9461). **TOTAL LENGTH OF THE QS LINK MUST NOT EXCEED 2,000 ft (600 m). E-51 2 5� 1 7/16/14 4:49 PM \\Tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-e-512.dwg HOUSE PANEL LIGHT HOUSE PANEL MANAGEMENT HUB 20A /1 L1 20A n 1 N —N— 40A /1 3W—2n n —L2 — ECO + ECO — N H1 ® N H1 H2 H2 ® ATS LUTRON PANEL H3 SH3 HOT H4 ® NON SWITCHED HOT HOT WITCHED HOT SH4 ® COMMON L10a, TYPICAL FOR H5 5L14a LIGHT COMMON FIXTURE DRIVER CE COMMO N FCE4—CIRCUIT SWITCHING (RELAY) MODULE (XP) ATS 2 FCE7 NON SWITCHED HOT 0 3 SWITCHED HOT HOT 120A n COMMON TYPICAL FOR L2 NON SWITCHED HOT F-1 tw] L10a, L11a, COMMON L14a LIGHT EMERGENCY COMMON FIXTURE DRIVER 0 4 LIGHTING �CE INVERTER SYSTEM 0 5 20A n NON SWITCHED HOT LUTRON PANEL WIRING DETAIL FOR LED Ll 0 a , Ll 1 a , Ll 4 a COMMON 2 NO SCALE EMERGENCY LIGHTING INVERTER SYSTEM LIGHT a iK. 120LGND N HOUSE PANEL MANAGEMENT ? FEED 20 A HUB FOR LCP CONTROLLER 20 __L1 1 N 1 LUTRON PANEL WIRING DETAIL FOR FLUORESCENT L10a , L1 1 a , L14a DALI + DALI — NO SCALE N ATS Architect: r--- ---- ------------I LED POWER Woods Bagot NON SWITCHED HOT HOT—i ENCLOSURE FOR www.woodsbagot.com L90a COMMON i i TO L90a FIXTURES Consultant: REFER TOCOMMON—I E-515 FOR Thorson Baker & Associates O �� DRIVERS INFO I www.thorsonbaker.com � Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com 20A /1 L2 NON SWITCHED HOT Consultant: COMMON ISP Design, Inc. EMERGENCY www.ispdesign.com LIGHTING INVERTER SYSTEM 195t37PE�'�' � LUTRON PANEL WIRING DETAIL FOR L90a LINEAR LIGHT MOON . `' NO SCALE ,r�cA��✓ 20,199����ig J n n SHEET NOTES Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. WIRING DIAGRAMS SHOWN IN THIS SHEET ARE SCHEMATIC, CHANGE CAN BE DONE IN THE FIELD BY MOVING THE AND FOR REFERENCE ONLY IN NORTH AMERICA. TERMINALS AND INSTALLING THE NEW TERMINAL BLOCK AND Washington Square Mall 2. FIXTURES L10a, L11 a, AND L14a ARE THE SAME L10, L11, A TWO POLE JUMPER. 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. AND L14 FIXTURES THAT IN ORDER TO PERFORM AS 9. ANY QUESTIONS ON THE PROPER WIRING PLEASE E—MAIL ISP Tigard, Oregon EMERGENCY THEY NEED TO BE CONNECTED TO INVERTER. DESIGN OR CALL 305.278.1565. 3. SWITCHED AND NON SWITCHED HOT LINES FOR L10a, 1_11a, AND L14a MUST BE FED FROM THE SAME BRANCH CIRCUIT. 4. PLEASE NOTE THE EMERGENCY FIXTURES ARE NOT NIGHT LIGHT FIXTURES. THESE FIXTURES SHOULD NOT BE WIRED Issued/Revised Date TO STAY ON 24-7. THEY WILL OPERATE NORMALLY WITH 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 THE TIME CLOCK. WHEN NORMAL AC POWER IS LOST, THE FIXTURE WILL REVERT TO BATTERY BACK—UP AND GO INTO Permit 07/16/2014 EM MODE. 5. REFER TO THE ISP LIGHTING SPECIFICATION MANUAL AND ELECTRICAL MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND ALL CUT SHEETS FOR LIGHT FIXTURES AND DEVICES BEING INSTALLED. 6. ENGINEER RESPONSIBLE FOR SIZING INVERTER AS PER EMERGENCY LOADS IN STORE AND SELECTING INVERTER. 0 INVERTER IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER TO COORDINATE LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT. ENGINEER TO SHOW IN SET DEDICATED CIRCUITS Apple Approval Date w FROM EM FIXTURES TO INVERTER. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE 3 FOR PROVIDING AND INSTALLING DEDICATED CIRCUITS AND INVERTER. 7. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING SURE THE EM FIXTURES ARE ENERGIZED FOR POWER, AS EMERGENCY LIGHTS WELL AS WIRED CORRECTLY FOR CORRECT PERFORMANCE BALLAST WIRING DETAILS DURING A POWER OUTAGE (NOT AS NIGHT LIGHT). N 8. AN EXTRA HOT TERMINAL (UN—SWITCHED HOT) IS INSTALLED AT THE REQUIRED MODULE, "A MODULE" OR SWITCHED LINE 0 AT "XP" OR RELAY MODULE TO FEED THE CONSTANT HOT REQUIRED BY THE ATS "AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH". THIS E-51 3 N = 7/16/14 4:45 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-e-513.dwg f I ! I HOUSE PANEL i F I I 1 ; LOW VOLTAGE WIRES TO GLB PANELS (SE PSU ENCL. WIRING DIAGRAM) TYP ` I j 20A n 1 I I N CONTROL WIRES TO LUTRON I I DIMMING CONNECTOR (SEE PSU ' i ENCL. WIRING DIAGRAM)TYP. ; PSU OUTPUT 3 V+ (RED), V- BLACK) j j (S)H1 ® (SEE PSU ENC WIRING DIAGRAM) TYP. PSU INPUT E I DIM+ (BLUE), DIM- (WHITE) 1, H1 ® i (SEE PSU ENCL. WIRING LUTRON PANEL H2 4 DIAGRAM) TYP H2 ® GROUND TO - - - I 1 -1 1 . H3 ® ENCLOSURE (TYP) - - - (SSH3 ® _� I I 1 HOT H4 ® MAIN AC INPUT TROUGH 2 OilITCHED HOT H4 ® ELECTRICAL SWITCH HE FT MC CABLE WHIP INSTALLED IN THE BACK Of THE H5 Comm IO N ® ® GROUND1 1 AC IN IN O(GR EN)+AC/L (BROWN) TO/PSU (TyP) INPUTS POWER SUPPLY UNITS FCE J BOX WITH WAGO CONNECTOR INSIDE: MAIN AC IN do AC IN + AC/N (WHITE) TOWARD PSUs LPF 6OD-24LU (TYP) (SEE WIRING DIAGRAM) CE 4–CIRCUIT SWITCHING (RELAY) MODULE (XP). L'_T 2CE 2 (GLB) GRAPHIC PANELS SECTION WIRING DIAGRAM DETAIL (DIMMABLE 0 3 SWITCHED HOT — — — ---� NO SCALE ❑ COMMON — — 0 4 I I CE I I 0 5 I I CLASS 2 / PELV WIRING FROM NM2 I MODULES 0-10vVdc OUTPUT I DIM+ BLUE DIM– (WHITE) I I WIRE TO SWITCHHED I I HOT (SH) AT LUTRON SWITCHABLE I I MODULE (X) I I I I 1-10VDC FROM LUTRON NM MODULE LUTRON CONTROL I I ON LUTRON PANEL OR FROM GRX–TVI WIRES (DIMMING) I EXTERNAL INTERFACE. PSU DC OUTPUT TO LED CONNECTOR ENCLOSURE PANELS I I 120LGND H V+ V_ FOR 20 A V+ V_ FEED LCP CONTROLLER AIN AC III DIMMING WIRES o z z TOWARD GLB INPUT ZDIM+ (BLUE) MAIN AC IN J Z O ` Q Q CONTROLWIRES TO NEXT DIM– (WHITE) PSU ENCLOSURE Architect: Woods Bagot LUTRON PANEL WIRING DETAIL L V+ www.woodsbagot.com 1 NO SCALE N MEAN WELL V LPF-40D AC–PSU Consultant: DIM+ (BLUE) Thorson Baker & Associates DIM– (WHITE) E I www.thorsonbaker.com N G L1 L2 POWER WIRES TO NEXT Consultant: PSU ENCLOSURE N G L1 L2Thorson Baker & Associates w w m 3 DIMMING WIRE www.thorsonbaker.com TOWARDS PSUs o s Consultant: L V+ ISP Design, Inc. N MEAN WELL V– www.ispdesign.com LPF-40D AC–PSU DIM+ (BLUE) GROUND TO DIM– (WHITE) N G L1 LID PR t4d 1958 WIRING INSIDE JUNCTION BOX IN POWER SUPPLY UNIT PSU ENCLOSURE TYPICAL WIRING MAIN INPUT TERMINAL) Ifv 20 �01 ` S 4 NO S � .���ri 3 NO SCALE SCALE v G. �N, Dale' 6• b@ g� SHEET NOTES Signed: Retail Store #1309 1. WIRING DIAGRAMS SHOWN IN THIS SHEET ARE SCHEMATIC, AND FOR REFERENCE ONLY IN NORTH AMERICA. Washington Square Mall 2. REFER TO THE ISP LIGHTING SPECIFICATION MANUAL AND 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. ELECTRICAL MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND ALL Tigard, Oregon CUT SHEETS FOR LIGHT FIXTURES AND DEVICES BEING INSTALLED. 3. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING SURE THE PSUs ARE ENERGIZED FOR POWER, AS WELL AS WIRED CORRECTLY FOR CORRECT PERFORMANCE. Issued/Revised Date 4. GRX–NM2 COMES INSTALLED IN THE LCP LUTRON PANEL. 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 THE GRX–NM2 MODULE IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DIMMING SIGNAL (0-10VDC CONTROL INPUT LEDs DRIVERS). REFER Permit 07/16/2014 TO CUT SHEETS IN THE ISP LIGHTING SPECIFICATION MANUAL. 5. NEC CLASS2/IEC PELV, 0-10V WIRING FROM THE LED'S DRIVERS TO THE GRX–NM2 MUST BE SEPARATED FROM THE POWER WIRING. 6. ANY QUESTIONS ON THE PROPER WIRING PLEASE E–MAIL ISP DESIGN OR CALL 305.278.1565. s Apple Approval Date 3 v in d i 3 R N U LED GRAPHIC PANELS N WIRING DETAILS 0 N r O N Q E-514 N 7/16/14 4:45 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-e-514.dwg CLASS 2 WIRE CLASS 2 WIRE CLASS 2 WIRE CLASS 2 WIRE CLASS 2 WIRE CLASS 2 WIRE CLASS 2 WIRE CLASS 2 WIRE CLASS 2 WIRE CLASS 2 WIRE CLASS 2 WIRE BUNDLE TO FEED BUNDLE TO FEED BUNDLE TO FEED BUNDLE TO FEED BUNDLE TO FEED BUNDLE TO FEED BUNDLE TO FEED BUNDLE TO FEED BUNDLE TO FEED BUNDLE TO FEED BUNDLE TO FEED (9) LL SEGMENTS IN (9) LL SEGMENTS IN (9) LL SEGMENTS IN (9) LL SEGMENTS IN (9) LL SEGMENTS IN (9) LL SEGMENTS IN (9) LL SEGMENTS IN (9) LL SEGMENTS IN (9) LL SEGMENTS IN 9 LL SEGMENTS IN 9 LL SEGMENTS IN TROUGH 1 TROUGH 3 TROUGH 4 TROUGH 5 TROUGH 6 TROUGH 7 TROUGH 8 TROUGH 9 TROUGH 11 TROUGH 2 TROUGH 10 aw•r wrw a0� araw w•a�Pr t• war , awO Arr w awe ww P. wOaw Aro r rw M. r w rr rr w .wwtiA wwlaN'L✓fn .ww'1'nw .w�iR sm .rww wwnr w+rn PMR srm af•wP w'•Mw ww/ wMdw w'wa w'rami/ NYMM ww/ w•awapi/ w•www www wiwwa Rww n ! • �. 4- [102] . . . . �• A Ab=jj A A A A A A A A A A 5 � ■w•r wawa ww•r N wrw www aww Armis, w arO Aww N ara• .www Aoa• wwo aewl � ,Www Prt• Awe , wrae Awo � w .wrw Aw in O awn .3�n •w�w •swP •�wA •�An .�A awr air o ar/ •ww I ar/ •rr arw arw �rr w w .. .w www www wwn wwa wa.rnia aVMa NrwYww �' n n n n wMn A n n n �R P Ar � � �n Ar P A wM nr � win win w•�i" aw•A awwm Nw/ ww•w wwaw wiwa www www wiwww ww•/ ww,w ww/ sPw � •. � w +:Y aal�p rin r! •awn r! w � w rrw an ' rn w � rw +n. w w �+ w w A A A A A A A A AU=l A A A A A A A aw•raw•r aw•r wry w.w aw+ ar+ a.+, ■. 2" [51] rw rr ww rw rr iNr rr rr rr wr rr wr wr rr rr r�r iR aiArA awwlR arrR tap.p • A awMR t A • A a A afl•/n •f•1aR • R •PMA af••HR •Hw.N aYw�n arOlriR u4Prn an/.R • R n N !r iN a �n 1 m •N �N iP A �N N m n N N P www Nwr N•irw Nw/ Nww Nww N•'!.•/ qwa wwr Nww Nww Nww Nww N�.•r Mww Nw/ Nww wwr Nww wwr Nww ¢PO rin —P rn riw rm"w ss r■ eswy ri• rs• +w iw°n +nwy rte awwy ri• riw • �■ r■ +wni N O 4'-0" [1219] 4'-0" [1219] 4'-0" [1219] 4'-0" [1219] &_POWIR ENCLOSURE FOR 190 IN TROUGHS 1 , 3, 41 & 5 2 POWER ENCLOSURE FOR L90 IN TROUGHS 6, 7, & 8 3 POWER ENCLOSURE FOR 190 IN TROUGHS 9 & 11 4 POWER ENCLOSURE FOR 190a IN TROUGHS 2 & 10 CLASS 2 WIRE CLASS 2 WIRE CLASS 2 WIRE BUNDLE TO FEED BUNDLE TO FEED BUNDLE TO FEED (8) LAMPADINAS (8) LAMPADINAS (44) LAMPADINAS IN PER TROUGH PER TROUGH SOFFIT BAYS r' r/ ... r r. r 3 •w•r •w•r •r w•r Mw/ Nww wwsw ww/ Nww MMwO Nww Nw/ :wr ¢wy riw■ • rw any w/ sww •w•r Or � N N O Q wwa Nww Nw/ NMwO NYrw Nww V' pww pws www Nww Nww Nw/ Nww Yaw PPO a•r nP wr ¢•r •ww www www wM wN/ rw �w r■ r• r■ Pr• •r I r wwa www Nwr Nww www www N"M�,/ www w.r"""a,/ NwwRr wwwn n • P rY s 4'-0" [1219] 4'-0" [1219] Architect: POWER ENCLOSURE FOR L95 IN TROUGHS 1 -9 POWER ENCLOSURE FOR L95 IN TROUGHS 10- 12 & L95s woods Bagot �j 5 NTS NTS www.woodsbagot.com Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: 1032mA 500mA Thorson Baker & Associates 1032mA 5001 www.thorsonbaker.com Not Used 5001 Not Used 5001 Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. 3 N www.ispdesign.com L E TAG l90 TAG L95 LL SEGMENT #15 LAMPADINA � #15 (4) OUTPUTS LED (4) OUTPUTS LED p CC DRIVER D 2 / \ / \ CC DRIVER TROUGH II TROUGH # D- D / 0 �r�p PRa��s A ,- 4VENTILATION HOLES PER SIDE 19587 06- (55) TYPE A" DRIVERS (31) TYPE "B' DRIVERS WTI 0.DRIVER TYPES & QUANTITIESPOWER ENCLOSURE — ISOMETRIC VIEW $ NTS P SHEET NOTES KEY NOTES Signed: 1. WIRING DIAGRAMS SHOWN IN THIS SHEET ARE SCHEMATIC, 1. TYPICAL DRIVER TO BE USED IS A (4) OUTPUTS SOLOdRetail Store #B09 rive Washington S ware Mall AND FOR WIRING REFERENCE ONLY. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO 1060/S-25W/700mA OR (1) OUTPUT <=60W/1,050mA. q SCALE. CONSTANT CURRENT LED DRIVER. TOTAL POWER OUTPUT 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. 2. REFER TO THE ISP LIGHTING SPECIFICATION MANUAL AND DRIVER: 100w MAX. FORWARD CURRENT TO BE Tigard, Oregon PREPROGRAMMED BY MANUFACTURER AS SHOWN IN DETAIL 9 g ELECTRICAL MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND ALL 7. CUT SHEETS FOR LIGHT FIXTURES AND DEVICES BEING INSTALLED. 2. SETS OF 2 #16 AWG (1.5mm2) — DOUBLE INSULATED 3. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING CABLE WITH MINIMUM RATING STANDARD = 300 V. TYPICAL SURE THE LED DRIVERS ARE ENERGIZED FOR POWER, AS CABLE TO BE INSTALLED NAD PROVIDED BY WELL AS WIRED CORRECTLY FOR CORRECT PERFORMANCE GENERAL/ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR BETWEEN POWER SUPPLY Issued/Revised Date AND FIXTURES, AND CONTROL. 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 4. THE MULTI—OUTPUT CC ELDO LED DRIVERS FOR LAMPADINAS 3. DRIVER MANUFACTURER TO DO THERMAL STUDY OF POWER Permit 07/16/2014 AND LINEAR LIGHT SEGMENTS WILL BE PREPROGRAMMED BY SUPPLY ENCLOSURE AND CONFIRM OVERALL DIMENSIONS, MANUFACTURER AND PROVIDED INSTALLED IN POWER VENTILATION, MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DRIVERS PER ENCLOSURE PREVIOUS COORDINATION WITH RICHTER. REFER ENCLOSURE, CLEARANCES FROM DRIVER TO DRIVER, AND TO CUT SHEETS IN THE ISP LIGHTING SPECIFICATION BETWEEN ENCLOSURES. I MANUAL. 4. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A BOX TO INSTALL DRIVERS 5. NEC CLASS2 WIRING FROM THE LED'S DRIVERS TO THE LED SIMILAR TO TYPICAL SHOWN IN DETAIL 8, ELECTRICAL FIXTURES MUST BE SEPARATED FROM THE POWER WIRING. CABINET OR AS REQUIRED PER LOCAL CODES IN ORDER TO PASS INSPECTION. REGARDLESS OF TYPE OF ENCLOSURE SELECTED, THE GROUPS SHOWN HAVE TO BE CONTROLLED s 6. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING WITH LOCAL SEPARATELY SO THEY NEED TO BE INSTALLED AS SHOWN. AUTHORITY THE MAXIMUM HEIGHT ALLOWED FOR THE CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION OF POWER u; INSTALLATION OF THE POWER ENCLOSURES. CONTRACTOR TO Apple Approval Date ADVISE APPLE DM IF THE CITY IS REQUESTING A DIFFERENT ENCLOSURES AND WIRING TO FIXTURES, HOUSE PANEL, AND 3 LIGHT MANAGEMENT HUB SYSTEM. CONFIGURATION THAN WHAT SHOWN IN THE ELECTRICAL SET SO DRAWINGS CAN BE REVISED. 5. THIS POWER ENCLOSURE CONTAINS DRIVERS FOR FIXTURES 7. ANY QUESTIONS ON THE PROPER WIRING PLEASE E—MAIL OR SERVING AS EMERGENCY. IT REQUIRES A DEDICATED CIRCUIT y TO INVERTER FOR OPERATION AT POWER FAILURE. LED DRIVERS BOX CALL ISP DESIGN (ISPDESIGN@EARTHLINK.NET) 305-278-1565, MIAMI, FLORIDA, UNITED STATES. ENCLOSURE & WIRING DETAILS 0 0 N Q E-51 5 7/16/14 4:45 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-e-515.dwg J Flex/Business(Common Space TYPes:Ofice-Open Plan 407 s •ft.) 4)switching each luminaire or each lamp. Plans reference page/section: Linear Fluorescent 5: Li 1:Linear Fluorescent:48"T8 32W: Electronic: 1 6 32 192 Exception(s): 11 Only one luminalre in space_ u 16.Tandem wiring.The following luminaires located within the same area shall be tandem wired: EtLinear ( esceCommon Space Types: Fluorescent. t.48" d 2W Elect a An occupant-sensing device controls the area. 1.Fluorescent luminaires equipped with one,three or odd-numbered lamp configurations,that are recess-mounted within 10 feet CO Mcheck Software Version �.9.� Linear Fluorescent 6: L11:Linear Fluorescent:48"T8 32W: Electronic: 1 4 32 128 u The area is a corridor. storeroom,restroom,public lobby or sleeping unit. center-to-center of each other. Interior Lighting o m p I i a n ce Total Proposed Watts= 7398 11 Electrical and mechanical room. 2.Fluorescent luminaires equipped with one,three or any odd-numbered lamp configuration,that are pendant-or surface-mounted U Areas that use less than 0.6 Waits/sq.ft. within 1 foot edge-to-edge of each other. Certificate Section 4: Requirements Checklist Plans reference page/section: Exception(s): 11 Where electronic high-frequency ballasts are used. In the following requirements,blank checkboxes identify requirements that the applicant has not acknowledged as being met. Checkmarks u 9. Buildings larger than 2,000 square feet are equipped with an automatic control device to shut off lighting in those areas.This automatic }dent r uirements that the applicant acknowk-d es are met or excepted from compliance, 'Plans reference control device shall function on either: U Luminaires on emergency circuits. e It 4 j s fY eq pp g mp pageJsecEron'identifies where in 2010 Oregon Energy Efficiency Specialty Code the plans/specs the requirement can be verified as being satisfied. t}a scheduled basis.using time-of-day,with an independent program schedule that controls the interior lighting in areas that do no( u Luminaires with no available pair in the same area. Lighting Wattage: exceed 10,000 square feet and are not more than one floor.or 2)an occupant sensor that shall tum lighting off within 30 minutes of an occupant leaving a space;or Plans reference page/section, Section 1: Project Information u 1. Total proposed watts must be less than or equal to total allowed watts- 3)a signal from another control or alarm system that indicates the area is unoccupied. Allowed Wattage:8595 Proposed Wattage:7398 Exception(s): 11 17.Medical task lighting or art/history display lighting claimed to be exempt from compliance has a control device independent of the control Project Type- New Construction Complies:YES a Sleeping units,patient care areas-,and spaces where automatic shutoff would endanger safety or security. of the nonexempt lighting. Project Title_ R090 Wahshington Square Mandatory Requirements: Plans reference page/section: Plans reference pageJsectian: Construction Site. Owner/Agent. Designer/Contractor. 11 2. Exit signs- Internally illuminated exit signs shall not exceed 5 watts per side. Plans reference page/section: U 10-Occupancy sensors in rooms that include daylight zones are required to have Manual ON activation u 18.Each dwelling unit in a building is metered separately. Section 2: Interior Lighting and Power Calculation tt 3. Daylight zone control.All daylight zones are provided with individual controls that control the lights independent of general area lighting Plans reference page./section: Plans reference page/section-in the non-daylight zone. In all individual daylight zones larger than 350 sq.ft.,automatic daylight controls is provided.Automatic U 11.An occupant sensor control device is installed that automatically turns lighting off within 30 minutes of all occupants leaving a space, daylight sensing controls reduce the light output of the controlled luminaires at least 50 percent,and provide an automatic OFF control, Exception(s): , ± - Design better code. A B C D while maintaining a uniform level of illumination.Contiguous daylight zones adjacent to vertical fenestration may be controlled by a u Classrooms and lecture halls- Area Category Floor Area Allowed Allowed Watts single controlling device provided that they do not include zones facing more than two adjacent cardinal orientations(i.e.,north,east, Conference.meeting and training rooms. (ft2) Watts 1 ft2 (B x C) u g 9 Section 5: Compliance Statement south,west).Daylight zones under skylights shall be controlled se aratel from daylight zonesadjacent to vertical fenestration. 11 Employee lunch and break rooms. Sales Area(Retail-Sales Area)(Ceiling Height 12 ft.) 4124 1.5 6186 Exception(s) ' Corridors(Common Space Types:CorfidorlTransr6u Retail spaces adjacent to vertical glazing(retail spaces under overhead glazing are not exempt). u Roomsused for document copying and printing. on)(Ceiling Height 10 ft.) 601 0.41 246 Compliance Statement: The proposed lighting design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans,specifications and Office spaces up to 300 square Leet. Genius Room(Common Space Types-.Office-Enclosed){Ceiling Height 10 ft.) 275 0.99(a) 272 u Display,exhibition and specialty lighting u Restrooms. other calculations submitted with this permit application.The proposed lighting system has been designed to meet the 2010 Oregon Energy Manager's Office(Common Space Types.Office-Enclosed)(Ceiling Height 10 98 0.99(a) 97 rr Efficiency Specialty Code requirements in COMcheck Version 3.9.3 and to comply with the mandatory require in a T2equirements ft') u Spaces required to have occupancy sensors. U HID lamps 150 watts or less. a Dressing,fitting and locker rooms. Checklist. Restrooms/Janitor's(Common Space Types:Restrooms)(Ceiling Height 9 ft.) 301 0.82 247 Plans reference page/section: Break Area(Common Space Types.Dining Area- Bar Lounge/Leisure)(Ceiling 349 1.48(a) 517 Plans reference page/section- Height age/section 4< T_. fi,_ J r„_ ; Height 12 ft_) U 12.Additional controls.An occupant sensor control device that automatically turns lighting off within 30 minutes of all occupants leaving a , 1 ,i D B i, __.�I"_-- _ E , _b 0",`014 _ U 4. Interior lighting controls.At least one local shutoff lighting control has been provided for every 2,000 square feet of lit floor area and space or a locally activated switch that automatically turns lighting off within 30 minutes of being activated is installed in all storage and Name-Title J ature - Date Stock Area(Common Space Types Active Storage)(Ceiling Height 12 ft_) 593 0.66 391 each area enclosed by walls or floor-to-ceiling partitions.The required controls are located within the area served by the controls or are supply rooms up to 1000 square feet. Architect: Flex/Business(Common Space Types:Office-Open Plan)(Ceiling Height 12 407 0.99(a) 403 a remote switch that identifies the lights served and indicates their status ft.) Exception(s): Pians reference pagelsection: Woods Bagot Electrical(Common Space Types:El ectrical/Mechanical)(Ceiling Height 12 ft.) 190 1.24 236 1i Lighting systems serving areas designated as security or emergency areas that must be continuously lighted. 13.Occupant override.Automatic lighting shutoff operating on a time-of-day scheduled basis incorporates an override switching device = 8595 a www.woodsbagot.com Total Allowed Watts p Lighting in public areas such as concourses, or corridors that are elements of the means of egress with switches that that: 1)is readily accessible,2)is located so that a person using the device can see the lights or the area controlled by that switch,or (a) Allowed watts per sq.ft.adjusted for ceiling height. are accessible only to authorized personnel- so that the area being lit is annunciated,3)is manually operated,4}allows the lighting to remain on for no more than 2 hours when an 11 Lighting for warehouses,parking garages or spaces using less than 0.5 watts per square foot. override is initiated,and 5)controls an area not exceeding 2,000 square feet. Section 3: Interior Lighting Fixture Schedule 1, Lighting for contiguous,single-tenant retail spaces. Exception(s)- Consultant: 11 In malls and ercades,auditoriums, single-tenant retail spaces,industrial facilities and arenas,where captive-key override is A B C D E Plans reference page/section: utilized.override time is permitted to exceed 2 hours. Thorson Baker & Associates.Fixture ID:Description!Lamp!Wattage Per Lamp 1 Ballast Lamps! #of Fixture (CX D) S. Sleeping unit controls.Master switch at entry u In malls and arcades,auditoriums, single-tenant retail spaces,industrial facilities and arenas,the area controlled shall not exceed to hotel/motel guest room. www.thorsonbdker.com Sales Area(Retail:Saies Area 4124 sq-R:) Plans reP9 Fixture Fixtures Watt. Plans reference page/section: Plans a e/section: LED 1:L90:LED linear:LED Linear 8W: 1 468 6.3 2948.4 a 6. Egress lighting.Egress illumination is controlled by a combination of listed emergency relay and occupancy sensors to shut off during u 14.Holiday scheduling.Automatic lighting shutoff operating on a time-of-day scheduled basis has an automatic holiday scheduling feature Consultant: LED 2:L95:LED Downlight Other: 1 88 20 1760 periods that the building space served by the means of egress is unoccupied. that turns off all loads for at least 24 hours,then resumes the normally scheduled operation. Exception(s). Exce tion Thorson Baker & Associates LED 3: L95s: LED Downlight Other: 1 35 20 700 Exception(s): U Building exits as defined in Section 1002 of the Oregon Structural Specialty Code. Retail stores and associated malls,restaurants, rote stores, aces of religious worship,theaters and exterior lighting zones. Corridors t;CammohSpaie Types;CorridortTransition 601 sq.ft.} U grocery � g P, g g www.thorsonbaker.com LED 4: L10:LED Downlight Other: 1 8 31 248 Plans reference pagelsection: i1 Single zone electronic time control devices and self-contained wall box preset lighting controls. Linear Fluorescent 1:L11:Strip Fluorescent:48"T8 32W Electronic: 1 5 32 160 Plans reference page/section: 7. Additional controls.Each area that is required to have a manual control shall have additional controls that meet the requirements of Genius Room(Common Space Types:Office-Enclosed 275 sq.ft.) u Sections 505.2.2.1 and 505.2 2.2. Consultant: 11 15.Exterior lighting controls.Lighting not desiignated for dusk-to-dawn operation shall be controlled by either a combination of a LED 5. L14.-LED Linear:LED Linear 33W. 1 4 45 180 Plans reference pge/section photosensor and a time switch,or an astronomical time switch.Lighting designated for dusk-to-dawn operation shall be controlled by ISP Design, Inc. Manager's Office(Common Space Types.Office-Enclosed 98 sq_ft.) a an astronomical time switch or photosensor. LED 6:1_14:LED linear:LED Linear 33W: 1 2 45 90 L1 8. Light reduction controls.Each space required to have a manual control also allows for reducing the connected lighting load by at least www.ispdesign.com RestroornsManitor's(Common Space Types:Restrooms 301 sq-ft.) 50 percent by either LED 7 L10 LED Dewnlight Other' 1 6 32 192 1)controlling(dimming or multi-level switching)all luminaires;or Linear Fluorescent 2-L11:Linear Fluorescent 48"T8 32W: Electronic, 1 1 32 32 2)dual switching of alternate rows of luminaires.alternate luminaires,or alternate lamps;or 3)switching the middle lamp luminaires independently of other lamps;or Break Area-(Common Space Types_Oining Area-Bar Lounge/Leisure 349 sq.ft.) Linear Fluorescent 3:L11:Linear Fluorescent 48"T8 32W: Electronic: 1 6 32 192 Stock Area(Common Space Types:Active Storage 593 sq.ft.) Linear Fluorescent 4.L11:Linear Fluorescent:48"T8 32W:Electronic: 1 18 32 576 FRt�f fs� 1 G1 Me r Project Title: R090 Wahshington Square Report date: 06/25/14 Project Title: R090 Wahshington Square Report date: 06/25/14 Project Title: R090 Wahshington Square Report date: 06/25/14 Project Title: R090 Wahshington Square Report date: 06/25/14 � 7PE Data filename:S:\2014 PROJECTS-ACTIVE\1-APPLE RETAIL\2-APPLE US AND CANADA STORES\US\R090 Washington Square. Data filename:S:\2014 PROJECTS-ACTIVE\1-APPLE RETAIL\2-APPLE US AND CANADA STORES\US\R090 Washington Square, Data filename:5:\2014 PROJECTS-ACTIVE\1-APPLE RETAIL\2-APPLE US AND CANADA STCRESIUS1,R090 Washington Square, Data filename:S:\2014 PROJECTS-ACTIVL\1-APPLE RETAIL\2-APPLE US AND CANADA STORES\US1R090 Washington Square, 4 ig t Portland. OR\Power Compliance\140623\140623 R090 Washington Mail Power Compliance Report_cck Page 1 of 4 Portland. OR\Power Compliance\140623\140623 R090 Washington Mall Power Compliance Report.cek Page 2 of 4 Portland. OR\Power Compliance\140623\140623 8090 Washington Mail Power Compliance Report.cck Page 3 of 4 Portland. OR\Power Compliance\140623\140623 R090 Washington Mall Power Compliance Report-cck Page 4 of 4 OREGON ✓�� tiAN.10,19q� ��i a� � CRY D. E><p, Nage Signed: Retail Store #1309 Washington Square Mall 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. Tigard, Oregon Issued/Revised Date 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 Permit 07/16/2014 N m V V O N Apple Approval Date w m 3 v co d 3 n POWER COMPLIANCE FORMS 0 0 0 N a E-516 N 7/16/14 4:49 PM \\Tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-e-516.dwg 4'-0" [1219] CONDUIT TO CEILING, SEE SECURITY BOARD NOTES � I 1 � I I F -1 FIBER TERMINATION BOX (FOR L- -1 REMOTE SPACES, WHERE OCCURS) I 3/4" FRT PLYWOOD, PAINT RJ-31A JACK-DEDICATED ANALOG ; i DATA RACK AVC-02 C, PHONE LINE FOR ALARM PANEL i (FOREGROUND) RJ-45 DATA JACKF i I I AV CABINET AVC-01 I I I (FOREGROUND) ®® GROUNDING BAR i I I (3) 20 AMP CIRCUIT DUPLEX BOXES, ; I I (6) 30 AMP CIRCUIT o NEMA 5-20 I i W/ NEMA L5-30R N SECURITY SYSTEM EQUIPMENT z (BY OTHERS) o 0 o i o 0 o i I 1 C I I 0'-0" 00 5'-6" FINISH FLOOR 0'-0" MIN FINISH FLOOR SECURITY BOARD DATA RACK — MAIN STORE 7 NO SCALE NO SCALE 120 VAC 6'-0" [1829] CONDUITS TO REMOTE ,� SPACE (WHERE OCCURS), TRANSFORMER 105T OR 301T fl f SEE TELCO BOARD NOTES Architect: Woods Bagot Til I 111 1 10 V www.woodsbagot.com LJ LJ CONDUITS FROM MPOE, CARRIER 2 CABINET 2BY GC SEE TELCO BOARD NOTES RECEIVING Consultant: DESK UL FIRE RATED WALL. I I SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS Thorson Baker & Associates CLASS II LOW FOR FIRE RATING SEE FOR PARAMETERS ON I TELCO 66 BLOCKS 3/4" FRT ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. A DESIGN-BUILD SUPPORT www.thorsonbaker.com / VOLTAGE WIRING PB DB2 SYSTEM FSEE STRUCTURAL OR PARAMETERS ORNAWINGS PLYWOOD BY GC, 16 AWG MINIMUM DESIGN-BUILD SUPPORT L5-15R NEMA PAINT P1 TWIST LOCKS © °° I I SYSTEM Consultant: DELIVERY DOOR 00 0 I / Thorson Baker & Associates 00 0 0 0 00 QUAD POWER OUTLETS _ _ _ _ co DB1 www.t Orson aker.com MANAGER'S O O WIRE HANGER AT (4) CARRIER 1 EQUIPMENT I CARRIER 2 ENT OFFICE CORNERS OF PLYWOOD p (BY EQUIOTIHERS) 9"x9"x3/a" PLYWOOD SUSPENDED SPEAKER �SPConsultant: Desl n, Inc. (BY OTHERS) I I I I PUSHBUTTON TYP. / CONDUIT THROUGH WALL SUBWOOFER g C) D83 2x2 FRT PLYWOOD ON ACOUSTIC www.ispdesign.com PROVIDE 15 MINIMUM HORIZONTAL SUSPENDED WIRELESS GROUNDING BAR GENIUS BAR z CLEARANCE FROM METAL OBJECTS GRID o � ACCESS POINT AS THIS WILL RESULT IN L — — — — — -- L - DOORBELLS `V INTERFERENCE WITH THE FUNCTION STRECH CEILING OF THE DEVISE SYSTEM STRECH CEILING NOTE: ALL ITEMS SHOWN ARE FURNISHED 2" WIDE RED LINE PROVIDE UL APPROVED THROUGH SYSTEM AND INSTALLED BY LANDLORD LION. PAINTED BY GC 0'_0" PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM PR (DOW CORNING, 3M OR EQUAL) �c�'c,® t Re FINISH FLOOR FOR ALL FIRE RATEDWALL AND tea ° fid, FLOOR PENETRATIONS. 19587 TELCO BOARD — MAIN STORE DOOR BELL SYSTEM FIRE STOP PENETRATION WIRELESS ACCESS POINT HANGING DIAGRAM SPEAKER/SU BWOOFER HANGING DIAGRAM *aa 5 NO SCALE 4 NO SCALE 3 NO SCALE 2 NO SCALE NO SCALE ✓ 0 ' , SHEET NOTES Signed: Retail Store #1309 DOORBELL SYSTEM NOTES: FIRE STOP PENETRATION NOTES: TELCO BOARD NOTES: SECURITY BOARD NOTES: Washington Square Mall ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A NUTONE 1. FOR NON-RATED WALLS AND SMOKE WALLS, SEAL ALL 1. GC AND LANDLORD ARE TO COORDINATE COMPLETE 1. SECURITY BOARD SHALL BE LOCATED IN THE VICINITY OF THE 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. DOORBELL (T21, T20) SYSTEM WITH TRANSFORMER. MOUNTING PENETRATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL INSTALLATION OF TELCO BOARD AND EQUIPMENT BY THE END DATA RACKS. BOARD MAY BE INSTALLED HIGH UP OR NEARBY. PLATE AS DETAILED. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DRAWINGS. OF THE THIRD WEEK OF CONSTRUCTION. Tigard, Oregon PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY JUNCTION BOXES, CONDUIT AND WIRE TO 2. GC SHALL PROVIDE 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING FROM COMPLETELY INSTALL THE DELIVERY DOORBELL SYSTEM. INSTALL 2. PROVIDE THREE (3) 4" CONDUITS IN PLACE OF CABLE TRAY 2. ACCORDING TO APPLE'S WORKLETTER, THE LANDLORD SHALL TOP OF BOARD TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK. COMPLETE SYSTEM IN CONDUIT IF REQUIRED BY CODE. WHEN PENETRATION THRU RATED WALLS ARE REQUIRED. PROVIDE THREE (3) 2" CONDUITS FROM THE MPOE TO THE MAIN STORE TELCO BOARD: A. DOORBELL (3): NUTONE #LA-11-WH (16V • ONE (1) CONDUIT TO CONTAIN 50 PAIR CAT3 CABLES TRANSFORMER) WIRE AS SINGLE TONE WHITE PAINT • TWO (2) CONDUITS TO CONTAIN TWO (2) PULL STRINGS IN ON PLATE. LOCATIONS: (REFER TO E-241 FOR EACH, MARKED AT 1 FOOT INCREMENTS Issued/Revised Date LOCATIONS). 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 3. IF A REMOTE SPACE IS IDENTIFIED, ACCORDING TO APPLE'S Permit 07/16/2014 • ONE (1) UNIT MOUNTED ABOVE DROPPED CEILING IN THE WORKLETTER THE LANDLORD SHALL PROVIDE CONDUITS AS MANAGER'S OFFICE. FOLLOWS: • TWO (2) 2" CONDUITS TO CONTAIN FOUR (4) PULL STRINGS • ONE (1) UNIT WALL MOUNTED ABOVE THE RECEIVING IN EACH (MARKED AT 1 FOOT INCREMENTS) FROM THE MAIN DESK. STORE TELCO BOARD TO THE REMOTE SPACE 77 • ONE (1) 2" CONDUIT TO CONTAIN FOUR (4) PULL STRINGS • ONE (1) UNIT MOUNTED ABOVE THE NEWMAT (MARKED AT 1 FOOT INCREMENTS) FROM THE MPOE TO THE 7t CEILING PANELS, DIRECTLY ABOVE THE GENIUS BAR. REMOTE SPACE B. PUSHBUTTON (1): AH1 HARDWARE #FSB-3863 4. GC SHALL NOTIFY THE APPLE DEVELOPMENT MANAGER IF ANY LOCATIONS: (REFER E-241 FOR LOCATIONS) OF THE LANDLORD'S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR TELCO BOARD Apple Approval Date PROVISIONS HAVE NOT BEEN MET. • ONE (1) UNIT OUTSIDE DELIVERY DOOR, 48" A.F.F. 3 v C. TRANSFORMER (1): NUTONE 301T, 16V, 30W LOCATIONS: (REFER E-241 FOR LOCATIONS) ELECTRICAL DETAILS • ONE (1) UNIT INSIDE DELIVERY DOOR. U v N O V N V O a E-601 N 7/16/14 4:45 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-e-601.dwg TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 011100 - SUMMARY OF WORK SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SECTION 013300 - CONTINUED 1.1 SUMMARY 1.1 SUMMARY 1.12 SAMPLES DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS A. PROJECT CONSISTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROPOSED APPLE COMPUTER VINTAGE "C' STORE AS INDICATED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. A. SECTION INCLUDES: A. SUBMIT SAMPLES AS SPECIFIED IN THE TECHNICAL SECTIONS AND DRAWINGS SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE. 003000 AVAILABLE INFORMATION - ISSUED UNDER SEPARATE COVER 1. ITEMS NOTED "NIC" (NOT IN CONTRACT) WILL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER OR UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT. 1. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. B. INCLUDE IDENTIFICATION ON EACH SAMPLE, GIVING FULL INFORMATION. OWNER./ CONTRACTOR "CONTRUCTION AGREEMENT" B. DIVISION 01: WHERE PROVISIONS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS RELATE TO PROJECT ADMINISTRATION OR WORK RELATED REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT, 2. SUBMITTAL FORM REQUIREMENTS. C. SUBMIT THE NUMBER OF SAMPLES SPECIFIED IN THE TECHNICAL SECTIONS. WHERE QUANTITY IS NOT SPECIFIED, SUBMIT THREE SAMPLES. ONE WILL INFORMATION FOR OWNER FURNISHED / CONTRACTOR INSTALLED (OFCI) DIMENSION STONE FLOORING. THOSE PARAGRAPHS ARE EXPANDED IN DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 3. CONTRACTORS' SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE. BE RETAINED BY THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT. LANDLORD'S CONSTRUCTION MANUAL 1. GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CONTAIN INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR 4. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBMITTALS. D. UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, SUBMIT FULL RANGE OF MANUFACTURERS' STANDARD COLORS, TEXTURES, AND PATTERNS FOR OWNER AND ARCHITECT'S WORK LETTER COMPLETION OF EVERY PART OF PROJECT. 5. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES. SELECTION. DESIGN CALCULATIONS FOR INTERIOR PANEL SUPPORT FRAMING FOR OFCI STAINLESS STEEL WALL PANELS (USE IN CONJUNCTION WITH SECTION 2. WHERE ITEMS OF WORK ARE DONE UNDER SUBCONTRACTS, EACH ITEM SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THESE CONDITIONS. 6. REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH TYPE Of SUBMITTAL. E. SUBMIT SAMPLES TO ILLUSTRATE FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PRODUCT, WITH INTEGRAL PARTS AND ATTACHMENT DEVICES. COORDINATE 1.2 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 7. MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES. SUBMITTAL OF DIFFERENT CATEGORIES FOR INTERFACING WORK. 054000) A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS. 8. SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE. 1.13 ARCHITECT'S ACTION ELECTRICAL - ISSUED UNDER SEPARATE COVER 1. WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS. B. THIS SECTION APPLIES TO ALL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, AND SUPPLEMENTS THE GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. A. GENERAL: ARCHITECT WILL NOT REVIEW SUBMITTALS THAT DO NOT BEAR CONTRACTOR'S APPROVAL STAMP AND WILL RETURN THEM WITHOUT ACTION. INTERIOR LIGHTING - ISSUED UNDER SEPARATE COVER 2. OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED PRODUCTS. 1.2 DEFINITIONS B. ACTION SUBMITTALS: ARCHITECT WILL REVIEW EACH SUBMITTAL, MAKE MARKS TO INDICATE CORRECTIONS OR MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED, AND RETURN IT. 3. WORK RESTRICTIONS. A. ACTION SUBMITTALS: WRITTEN AND GRAPHIC INFORMATION THAT REQUIRES ARCHITECT'S RESPONSIVE ACTION. ARCHITECT WILL STAMP EACH SUBMITTAL WITH AN ACTION STAMP AND WILL MARK STAMP APPROPRIATELY TO INDICATE ACTION TAKEN, AS FOLLOWS: DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 4. CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES. B. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS: WRITTEN INFORMATION THAT DOES NOT REQUIRE ARCHITECT'S RESPONSIVE ACTION. SUBMITTALS MAY BE REJECTED FOR 1. REVISE AND RESUBMIT, REJECTED, SUBMIT THE SPECIFIED ITEM: FABRICATION MAY NOT BE UNDERTAKEN. 011100 SUMMARY OF WORK 5. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND REFERENCE STANDARDS. NOT COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS. 2. APPROVED, APPROVED WITH INCORPORATION OF NOTED CORRECTIONS: FABRICATION MAY BE UNDERTAKEN. MARKINGS AND COMMENTS DO NOT 6. SPECIAL DEFINITIONS. IMPLY AUTHORIZATION OF CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT. 012500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 7. SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS. 1.3 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 013100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND A. SUBMIT HORIZONTAL BAR CHART WITH SEPARATE BAR FOR EACH MAJOR TRADE OR OPERATION, IDENTIFYING FIRST WORK DAY OF EACH WEEK. a. THE ARCHITECT'S REVIEW IS FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF CHECKING FOR CONFORMANCE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN AND THE DESIGN COORDINATION 1.3 OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED PRODUCTS B. SHOW COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION DATES PROPOSED FOR EACH SUBDIVISION OF WORK. D IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. OWNER HAS PLACED ORDERS WITH SUPPLIERS FOR SPECIFIC PRODUCTS, TO EXPEDITE THE WORK AND FOR OTHER PURPOSES IN OWNER'S INTERESTS. CONCEPT EXPRESSE C. UPDATE AND SUBMIT MONTHLY. INDICATE ACTUAL START AND COMPLETION OF ALL COMPLETED ACTIVITIES. GRAPHICALLY INDICATE CHANGES FROM b. IF SUBMITTAL IS PRIMARILY FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES, RECORD PURPOSES, SPECIAL PROCESSING, OR OTHER CONTRACTOR ACTIVITY, THE 013513 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES FOR LEASED SPACE FACILITIES B. SPECIFIC PRODUCTS ARE TO BE FURNISHED AND PAID FOR BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR: PREVIOUSLY ISSUED SCHEDULE. SUBMITTAL WILL BE RETURNED MARKED " NOT REVIEWED." 013516 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 1. REFER TO DRAWINGS AND DIVISIONS 02 - 28 FOLLOWING THESE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. D. INCORPORATE REMEDIAL CONSTRUCTION INTO SCHEDULE WHEN REMEDIAL WORK IS REQUIRED. c. PARTIAL SUBMITTALS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE, WILL BE CONSIDERED NONRESPONSIVE, AND WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW. 014500 QUALITY CONTROL C. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES: E. SHOW SUBMITTAL DATES REQUIRED FOR SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES, AND PRODUCT DELIVERY DATES, INCLUDING THOSE FURNISHED d. SUBMITTALS NOT REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS MAY NOT BE REVIEWED AND MAY BE DISCARDED. 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1. ARRANGE FOR AND DELIVER SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES TO CONTRACTOR. BY OWNER. 3. COMPLIES, DOES NOT COMPLY, COMPLIES, WITH INCORPORATION OF NOTED CORRECTIONS: IF BIDDER DESIGN, THE ARCHITECT'S ACTION IS LIMITED 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 2. ARRANGE AND PAY FOR PRODUCT DELIVERY TO SITE. F. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER'S SCHEDULE, SHOWING ALL CONTRACT ACTIVITIES TO BE PERFORMED BY THE OWNER INCLUDING THEIR START, DURATION, TO REVIEW FOR COMPLIANCE WITH PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA. 017000 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 3. INSPECT PRODUCTS JOINTLY WITH CONTRACTOR ON DELIVERY. COMPLETION, FLOAT AND CRITICAL PATH. 4. ARCHITECT'S REVIEW IS LIMITED TO COORDINATION WITH ARCHITECT'S DESIGN: IF WORK IS DESIGNED BY OTHER CONSULTANTS. 4. SUBMIT CLAIMS FOR TRANSPORTATION DAMAGE. 1.4 SUBMITTAL FORM REQUIREMENTS C. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS: ARCHITECT WILL REVIEW EACH SUBMITTAL AND WILL NOT RETURN IT, OR WILL RETURN IT IF IT DOES NOT COMPLY WITH 017329 CUTTING AND PATCHING 5. ARRANGE FOR REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGED, DEFECTIVE, OR MISSING ITEMS. A. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING, AS APPLICABLE, ON EACH SUBMITTAL: REQUIREMENTS. 017423 FINAL CLEANING 6. ARRANGE FOR MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTIES, INSPECTIONS, AND SERVICE. 1. THE PROJECT TITLE AND NUMBER. D. INCOMPLETE SUBMITTALS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE, WILL BE CONSIDERED NONRESPONSIVE, AND WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW. PHASED SUBMITTALS 017700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT D. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES: 2. PRESENT AND PREVIOUS SUBMITTAL DATES. FOR ITEMS SUCH AS REINFORCING STEEL, POST-TENSION CABLE, ELECTRICAL SWITCH GEAR, AND THE LIKE THAT CAN BE REVIEWED IN DISCRETE 1. REVIEW SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES. 3, CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTAL NUMBER. PACKAGES ARE ACCEPTABLE AND WILL BE REVIEWED. DIVISION 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS 2. RECEIVE AND UNLOAD PRODUCTS AT SITE. 4. SUBCONTRACT IDENTIFICATION. E. SUBMITTALS NOT REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS MAY NOT BE REVIEWED AND MAY BE DISCARDED. 024120 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION - RESERVED (WHEN NOT PERFORMED BY LANDLORD) 3. INSPECT JOINTLY WITH OWNER FOR COMPLETENESS AND DAMAGE. 5. THE NAMES OF: 1.14 ACTION SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE: PRODUCT DATA, SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES 4. HANDLE, STORE, AND INSTALL PRODUCTS. a. CONTRACTOR. 5. FINISH PRODUCTS AS REQUIRED AFTER INSTALLATION. b. SUPPLIER. A. APPLE DM IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING SUBMITTAL DURATION IS APPROPRIATE FOR SCOPE OF PROJECT. DIVISION 03 CONCRETE 6. REPAIR OR REPLACE ITEMS DAMAGED BY WORK OF THIS CONTRACT. c. MANUFACTURER. FURNISH REVIEW 033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.4 WORK RESTRICTIONS AND USE OF SITE AND PREMISES. 6. IDENTIFICATION OF REVISIONS ON RESUBMITTALS. # WEEKS INTO 035416 CEMENTITIOUS UNDERLAYMENT A. REFER TO LANDLORD'S CONSTRUCTION MANUAL WHERE APPLICABLE AND WORK LETTER (DEFINES SCOPE AND ASSIGNS RESPONSIBILITIES TO LANDLORD 7. FOR EACH PRODUCT, REFERENCE CORRESPONDING SPECIFICATION SECTION AND PARAGRAPH NUMBER. SECTION DESCRIPTION CONSTRUCTION GC OC 0 A AND APPLE, INC). 8. A 6 X 4 INCH BLANK SPACE FOR CONTRACTOR AND ARCHITECT STAMPS. DIVISION 04 MASONRY 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND REFERENCE STANDARDS B. DELIVER SUBMITTALS TO THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT IN ELECTRONIC FORMAT (PDF) AT E-MAIL ADDRESSES LISTED IN THE PROJECT TEAM ON 092900 VENETIAN PLASTER --- RESERVED A. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: DRAWINGS. INCLUDE NAME OF CONTACT PERSON IDENTIFIED AT THE TIME OF AGREEMENT. 1. ARCHITECT HAS CONTACTED GOVERNING AUTHORITIES AND REVIEWED DESIGN REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL AGENCIES FOR C. SUBMITTALS IN GRAPHIC FORM SHALL BE CLEAR READABLE COPIES WITH CONTRACTOR'S ORIGINAL STAMP. FACSIMILE SUBMITTALS WILL NOT BE 105626 MOBILE SHELVING --- 9 0 DIVISION 05 METALS APPLICABILITY TO PROJECT. ACCEPTED. 057000 STAINLESS STEEL WALL PANELS - INTERIOR -8 0 0 0 051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTACTING GOVERNING AUTHORITIES DIRECTLY FOR NECESSARY INFORMATION AND DECISIONS BEARING 1.5 CONTRACTORS' SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE UPON PERFORMANCE OF WORK AND CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANEY. A. MAKE SUBMITTAL TO THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT AS REQUIRED, CAUSING NO DELAY IN THE WORK. 054000 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING (FOR RECORD ONLY) -1 0 054000 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING B. REFERENCE STANDARDS: 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS 1. FOR PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY ASSOCIATION OR TRADE STANDARDS, COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF REFERENCED STANDARD, EXCEPT WHEN MORE B. PROCESSING TIME: ALLOW ENOUGH TIME FOR SUBMITTAL REVIEW, INCLUDING TIME FOR RESUBMITTALS, , WITHOUT AFFECTING THE CONSTRUCTION 224000 PLUMBING FIXTURES 1 0 0 057000 ORNAMENTAL METAL RIGID REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED OR ARE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES. SCHEDULE, AS FOLLOWS. TIME FOR REVIEW SHALL COMMENCE ON ARCHITECT'S RECEIPT OF SUBMITTAL. NO EXTENSION OF THE CONTRACT TIME WILL 051200 1 STRUCTURAL STEEL 1-2 2. APPLICABLE DATE OF EACH STANDARD IS THAT IN EFFECT AS OF DATE ON PROPOSAL OR DATE ON CONTRACT WHERE NO PROPOSAL IS AVAILABLE, BE AUTHORIZED BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO TRANSMIT SUBMITTALS ENOUGH IN ADVANCE OF THE WORK TO PERMIT PROCESSING, INCLUDING RESUBMITTALS. DIVISION 06 WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES EXCEPT WHEN A SPECIFIC DATE IS SPECIFIED. 1. INITIAL REVIEW: ALLOW 7 BUSINESS DAYS FOR INITIAL REVIEW OF EACH SUBMITTAL. ALLOW ADDITIONAL TIME IF COORDINATION WITH SUBSEQUENT --- STRETCHED FABRIC CEILING SYSTEM 1-2 0 0 061053 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 1.6 SPECIAL DEFINITIONS. SUBMITTALS IS REQUIRED. ARCHITECT WILL ADVISE CONTRACTOR WHEN A SUBMITTAL BEING PROCESSED MUST BE DELAYED FOR COORDINATION. A. EQUAL, OR APPROVED EQUAL: EQUAL AND APPROVED EQUAL SHALL REQUIRE REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS FOR PRODUCTS OR MANUFACTURERS NOT 2. INTERMEDIATE REVIEW: IF INTERMEDIATE SUBMITTAL IS NECESSARY, PROCESS IT IN SAME MANNER AS INITIAL SUBMITTAL. 083326 ROLLING GRILLES 2 0 0 062000 FINISH CARPENTRY SPECIFIED. 064000 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK S REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 012500. 3. RESUBMITTAL REVIEW: ALLOW 7 BUSINESS DAYS FOR REVIEW OF EACH RESUBMITTAL. 088000 ALL GLASS STOREFRONT WINDOW SYSTEM 2 0 0 0 B. FURNISH: FURNISH MEANS SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO PROJECT, UNLESS OTHERWISE DEFINED IN GREATER DETAIL. a. MAKE RESUBMITTALS IN SAME FORM AND NUMBER OF COPIES AS INITIAL SUBMITTAL. DIVISION 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION C. INSTALL: INSTALL IS USED TO DESCRIBE OPERATIONS AT PROJECT, FROM INSPECTING AND UNLOADING, TO COMPLETION IN PLACE, READY FOR b. NOTE DATE AND CONTENT OF PREVIOUS SUBMITTAL. DIV 21 FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 2 070151 ROOFING REPAIR INTENDED USE. c. NOTE DATE AND CONTENT OF REVISION IN LABEL OR TITLE BLOCK AND CLEARLY INDICATE EXTENT OF REVISION. DIV 23 HVAC EQUIPMENT 2 0 078100 APPLIED FIREPROOFING D. PROVIDE: PROVIDE MEANS FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE DEFINED IN GREATER DETAIL. d. RESUBMIT SUBMITTALS UNTIL THEY ARE MARKED WITH APPROVAL NOTATION FROM ARCHITECT'S ACTION STAMP. 2 4. SEQUENTIAL REVIEW: WHERE SEQUENTIAL REVIEW OF SUBMITTALS BY ARCHITECT'S CONSULTANTS, OWNER, OR OTHER PARTIES IS INDICATED, ALLOW DIV 23 HVAC DIFFUSERS 078139 PATCHING EXISTING FIREPROOFING SECTION 012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 7 WORK DAYS FOR INITIAL REVIEW OF EACH SUBMITTAL. DIV 26 ELECTRICAL PANELS 2 0 0 078413 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 1.1 SUMMARY D. MAKE THE FOLLOWING SUBMITTALS TO THE OWNER PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION AND WITHIN 10 WORKING DAYS OF THE NOTICE TO PROCEED: 079200 JOINT SEALANTS A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SELECTION OF PRODUCTS FOR PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS. DIV 28 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 2 0 B. THIS SECTION APPLIES TO ALL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, AND SUPPLEMENTS THE GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. 1. CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCEY. DIVISION1.2 DEFINITIONS 2. LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS. 062000 MILLWORK & SHELVES 2-3 S 081113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 OPENINGS A. PRODUCTS: ITEMS PURCHASED FOR INCORPORATING INTO THE WORK, WHETHER PURCHASED FOR PROJECT OR TAKEN FROM PREVIOUSLY PURCHASED 3. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 064000 081113 PANELS STOCK. THE TERM "PRODUCT" INCLUDES THE TERMS "MATERIAL," "EQUIPMENT," "SYSTEM," AND TERMS OF SIMILAR INTENT. 4. PRODUCTS LIST. 081113 DOORS AND FRAMES 2-3 0 0 083100 ACCESS DOORS AND 083326 OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES 1. NAMED PRODUCTS: ITEMS IDENTIFIED BY MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT NAME, INCLUDING MAKE OR MODEL NUMBER OR OTHER DESIGNATION SHOWN 5. DESCRIPTION OF METHODS . 087000 DOOR HARDWARE 2-3 0 0 � 087000 DOOR HARDWARE OR LISTED IN MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED PRODUCT LITERATURE, THAT IS CURRENT AS OF DATE OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS 088000 GLAZING B. SUBSTITUTIONS: CHANGES IN PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION FROM THOSE REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT A. GENERAL: PREPARE AND SUBMIT ACTION SUBMITTALS REQUIRED BY INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. 093013 CERAMIC TILE 2-3 0 0 1 DOCUMENTS AND PROPOSED BY CONTRACTOR. 1. PRODUCT DATA: COLLECT INFORMATION INTO A SINGLE SUBMITTAL FOR EACH ELEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION AND TYPE OF PRODUCT OR EQUIPMENT. 101400 SIGNAGE 2-3 1.3 SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS j DIVISION 09 FINISHES A. NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED. a. IF INFORMATION MUST BE SPECIALLY PREPARED FOR SUBMITTAL BECAUSE STANDARD PRINTED DATA ARE NOT SUITABLE FOR USE, SUBMIT AS 092200 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING B. CONTACT OWNER IF PREVIOUSLY DISCLOSED DATA OR SPECIFIED PRODUCT CANNOT BE PROVIDED AND INCORPORATED INTO WORK IN TIME ALLOWED DUE SHOP DRAWINGS, NOT AS PRODUCT DATA. 102190 METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS 2-3 0 0 092900 GYPSUM BOARD TO CONDITIONS BEYOND CONTROL OF CONTRACTOR. LATE ORDERED OR ILL TIMED ORDERING OF PRODUCT IS NOT GROUNDS FOR SUBSTITUTION 2. SHOP DRAWINGS: PREPARE PROJECT-SPECIFIC INFORMATION, DRAWN ACCURATELY TO SCALE. DO NOT BASE SHOP DRAWINGS ON REPRODUCTIONS 102623 PROTECTIVE WALL COVERING --- REQUEST. OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR STANDARD PRINTED DATA, UNLESS SUBMITTAL OF ARCHITECT'S CAD DRAWINGS ARE OTHERWISE PERMITTED. 093013 CERAMIC TILING 3. SAMPLES: SUBMIT SAMPLES FOR REVIEW OF KIND, COLOR, PATTERN, AND TEXTURE FOR A CHECK OF THESE CHARACTERISTICS WITH OTHER 102818 TOILET ACCESSORIES 2-3 0 095100 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION ELEMENTS AND FORA COMPARISON OF THESE CHARACTERISTICS BETWEEN SUBMITTAL AND ACTUAL COMPONENT AS DELIVERED AND INSTALLED. 095443 STRETCHED 093013 STONE PAVER GROUT MOCK-UP --- FABRIC CEILING SYSTEM 1.1 COORDINATION 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 096341 DIMENSION STONE TILE (OWNER FURNISHED / CONTRACTOR INSTALLED SALES AREA FLOORING) REFER TO DIVISION 00 A. PREPARE MEMORANDA FOR DISTRIBUTION TO EACH PARTY INVOLVED AS NEEDED, OUTLINING SPECIAL PROCEDURES REQUIRED FOR COORDINATION. A. GENERAL: PREPARE AND SUBMIT INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS REQUIRED BY OTHER SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. --- SALES AREA FIXTURES --- 0 0 096519 RESILIENT FLOORING 1. INCLUDE REQUIRED NOTICES, REPORTS, AND LIST OF ATTENDEES AT MEETINGS; INCLUDE ARCHITECT AND OWNER IN DISTRIBUTION. 1. NUMBER OF COPIES: SUBMIT ONE COPY OF EACH SUBMITTAL, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ARCHITECT WILL NOT RETURN COPIES. 096626 TERRAllO FLOORING B. COORDINATE SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK INDICATED DIAGRAMMATICALLY ON DRAWINGS. --- STONE PAVERS --- 1. FOLLOW ROUTING SHOWN FOR PIPES, DUCTS, AND CONDUITS AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE. 2. CERTIFICATES AND CERTIFICATIONS: PROVIDE A NOTARIZED STATEMENT THAT INCLUDES SIGNATURE OF ENTITY RESPONSIBLE FOR PREPARING 097736 FIBERGLASS PANEL WALL COVERINGS 2. UTILIZE SPACES EFFICIENTLY TO MAXIMIZE ACCESSIBILITY FOR OTHER INSTALLATIONS, FOR MAINTENANCE, AND FOR REPAIRS. CERTIFICATION. CERTIFICATES AND CERTIFICATIONS SHALL BE SIGNED BY AN OFFICER OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL AUTHORIZED TO SIGN DOCUMENTS ON GC = GENERAL CONTRACTOR OC = OWNERS' CONTRACTOR 098100 ACOUSTICAL INSULATION C. CONCEAL PIPES, DUCTS, AND WIRING IN FINISHED AREAS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED; COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF FIXTURES AND OUTLETS WITH BEHALF OF THAT ENTITY. 0 = OWNER A = ARCHITECT 098129 SPRAYED CELLULOSE ACOUSTICAL INSULATION FINISH ELEMENTS. 3. TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN OTHER DIVISION 01 SECTIONS. 098300 SEAMLESS ACOUSTICAL PLASTER SYSTEM D. DMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES: COORDINATE SCHEDULING AND TIMING OF ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES AND B. OFOI ITEMS: 1 098433 FIXED SOUND ABSORBING WALL UNITS ACTIVITIES OF OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID CONFLICTS AND ENSURE ORDERLY PROGRESS OF WORK. 1. OWNER TO PROVIDE SUBMITTAL INFORMATION, ONE COPY TO ARCHITECT, ONE COPY TO CONTRACTOR. 098436 FIXED SOUND ABSORBING CEILING UNITS 1.2 PROJECT MEETINGS C. OFCI ITEMS: 098439 SUSPENDED SOUND ABSORBING CEILING UNITS A. SCHEDULE AND ADMINISTER WEEKLY PROJECT OWNER/ARCHITECT/CONTRACTOR CONFERENCE CALLS THROUGHOUT PROGRESS OF WORK: 1. OWNER TO PROVIDE SUBMITTAL INFORMATION, ONE COPY TO ARCHITECT, ONE COPY TO CONTRACTOR. Architect: 099000 PAINTING AND COATING B. MAKE PHYSICAL ARRANGEMENTS FOR MEETINGS, PREPARE AGENDA WITH COPIES FOR PARTICIPANTS, SEND OUT CONFERENCE CALL CALL-IN PHONE D. CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 013100. NUMBER AND ACCESS CODE, PRESIDE OVER CONFERENCE CALL, RECORD MINUTES AND DISTRIBUTE COPIES WITHIN TWO DAYS TO OWNER, ARCHITECT, Woods Bagot PARTICIPANTS, AND THOSE AFFECTED. E. WELDING CERTIFICATES: PREPARE WRITTEN CERTIFICATION THAT WELDING PROCEDURES AND PERSONNEL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THE CONTRACT C. ATTENDANCE: JOB SUPERINTENDENT, MAJOR SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS AS APPROPRIATE TO AGENDA; OWNER, ARCHITECT, AND OWNER'S DOCUMENTS. SUBMIT RECORD OF WELDING PROCEDURE SPECIFICATION (WPS) AND PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION RECORD (POR) ON AWS FORMS. www.woodsbagot.com DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES 101100 VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACES CONSULTANTS AS APPROPRIATE TO AGENDA TOPICS FOR EACH MEETING. INCLUDE NAMES OF FIRMS AND PERSONNEL CERTIFIED. 101400 SIGNAGE D. SUGGESTED AGENDA: REVIEW OF WORK PROGRESS, STATUS OF PROGRESS SCHEDULE AND ADJUSTMENTS, DELIVERY SCHEDULES, SUBMITTALS, F. RESEARCH/EVALUATION REPORTS: PREPARE WRITTEN EVIDENCE, FROM A MODEL CODE ORGANIZATION ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING 102190 METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION, MAINTENANCE OF QUALITY STANDARDS, PENDING CHANGES AND SUBSTITUTIONS, AND ISSUES NEEDING RESOLUTION. JURISDICTION, THAT PRODUCT COMPLIES WITH BUILDING CODE IN EFFECT FOR PROJECT. Consultant: 102613 CORNER GUARDS 1.3 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFI) G. SCHEDULE OF TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 014500. Thorson Baker & Associates 102623 PROTECTIVE WALL COVERING A. USE THE RFI TO OBTAIN INFORMATION THAT CANNOT BE ACCESSED THROUGH RESEARCH, DOCUMENT REVIEW, OR ANY OTHER REASONABLE MEANS. H. FIELD TEST REPORTS: PREPARE REPORTS WRITTEN BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, ON TESTING AGENCY'S STANDARD FORM, INDICATING AND 1. RFI SHALL ADDRESS ONLY INFORMATION THAT DOES NOT ALREADY EXIST IN A DISCERNABLE FORM, OR IS NOT REASONABLY INFERABLE FROM THE www.thorsonbaker.com 102813 TOILET ACCESSORIES INTERPRETING RESULTS OF FIELD TESTS PERFORMED EITHER DURING INSTALLATION OF PRODUCT OR AFTER PRODUCT IS INSTALLED IN ITS FINAL 104400 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES DOCUMENTS. LOCATION, FOR COMPLIANCE. B. PROCEDURE: IMMEDIATELY ON DISCOVERY OF THE NEED FOR INFORMATION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AND IF NOT POSSIBLE TO REQUEST I. MAINTENANCE DATA: PREPARE WRITTEN AND GRAPHIC INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES FOR OPERATION AND NORMAL MAINTENANCE OF PRODUCTS AND 105113 METAL LOCKERS INFORMATION AT PROJECT MEETING, PREPARE AND SUBMIT AN RFI ON AN APPROVED FORM. Consultant: 105613 METAL STORAGE SHELVING 1. RFIS SHALL ORIGINATE WITH CONTRACTOR. RFIS SUBMITTED BY ENTITIES OTHER THAN CONTRACTOR WILL BE RETURNED WITH NO RESPONSE. EQUIPMENT. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF GENERAL CONDITION 27 - PROJECT CLOSE-OUT. 105626 MOBILE STORAGE SHELVING 2. COORDINATE AND SUBMIT RFIS IN A PROMPT MANNER SO AS TO AVOID DELAYS IN CONTRACTOR'S WORK OR WORK OF SUBCONTRACTORS. J. DESIGN DATA: PREPARE WRITTEN AND GRAPHIC INFORMATION, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA, LIST OF Thorson Baker & Associates C. FRIVOLOUS RFIS: CONTRACTORS SHALL ADEQUATELY STUDY AND COMPARE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AND COORDINATING THEIR OWN WORK. APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS, AND CALCULATIONS. INCLUDE LIST OF ASSUMPTIONS AND OTHER PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA AND A www.thorsonbaker.com DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT 1. DO NOT USE RFIS TO JUSTIFY CLAIMS FOR DELAYS IN CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, CLAIMS THAT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE INADEQUATE, AND SUMMARY OF LOADS. INCLUDE LOAD DIAGRAMS IF APPLICABLE, PROVIDE NAME AND VERSION OF SOFTWARE, IF ANY, USED FOR CALCULATIONS. 113100 RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES CLAIMS THAT ARCHITECT IS NONRESPONSIVE. INCLUDE PAGE NUMBERS. 2. CONTRACTOR'S WILL BE ASSESSED THE COST OF ARCHITECT'S TIME AND MATERIALS FOR UNNECESSARY OR FRIVOLOUS RFIS. K. MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: PREPARE WRITTEN OR PUBLISHED INFORMATION THAT DOCUMENTS MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, GUIDELINES, Consultant: DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS D. CONTENT OF THE RFI: INCLUDE A DETAILED, LEGIBLE DESCRIPTION OF ITEM NEEDING FURTHER INFORMATION AND THE FOLLOWING: AND PROCEDURES FOR INSTALLING OR OPERATING A PRODUCT OR EQUIPMENT. INCLUDE NAME OF PRODUCT AND NAME, ADDRESS, AND TELEPHONE MANUFACTURER.1. PROJECT NAME. ISP Design, Inc. NUMBER OF NONFIXED FURNITURE, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT (FF&E) OWNER FURNISHED/OWNER INSTALLED.. 2. DATE. L. MANUFACTURER'S FIELD REPORTS: PREPARE WRITTEN INFORMATION DOCUMENTING FACTORY-AUTHORIZED SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE'S TESTS AND www.ispdesign.com 3. NAME OF CONTRACTOR. INSPECTIONS. DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 4. NAME OF ARCHITECT. M. INSURANCE CERTIFICATES AND BONDS: PREPARE WRITTEN INFORMATION INDICATING CURRENT STATUS OF INSURANCE OR BONDING COVERAGE. INCLUDE RESERVED 5. RFI NUMBER, NUMBERED SEQUENTIALLY. NAME OF ENTITY COVERED BY INSURANCE OR BOND, LIMITS OF COVERAGE, AMOUNTS OF DEDUCTIBLES, IF ANY, AND TERM OF THE COVERAGE. 6. SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER AND TITLE AND RELATED PARAGRAPHS, AS APPROPRIATE. N. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS (MSDSS): SUBMIT INFORMATION DIRECTLY TO OWNER; DO NOT SUBMIT TO ARCHITECT. ARCHITECT WILL NOT REVIEW DIVISION 14 CONVEYING EQUIPMENT 7. DRAWING NUMBER AND DETAIL REFERENCES, AS APPROPRIATE. SUBMITTALS THAT INCLUDE MSDSS AND WILL RETURN THE ENTIRE SUBMITTAL FOR RESUBMITTAL. 8. FIELD DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS AS APPROPRIATE. RESERVED 9. CONTRACTOR'S SUGGESTED SOLUTION(S). IF CONTRACTOR'S SOLUTIONS) IMPACT THE CONTRACT TIME OR THE CONTRACT SUM, CONTRACTOR 1.8 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBMITTALS SHALL STATE IMPACT IN THE RFI. A. MAKE SUBMITTALS TO THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT AS INDICATED IN ACTION SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE. DIVISION 21 FIRE SUPPRESSION 10. CONTRACTOR'S SIGNATURE. B. REVIEW SUBMITTALS PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL TO THE ARCHITECT OR OWNER. VERIFY SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS FOR PRODUCTS, FIELD MEASUREMENTS, 210500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 11. ATTACHMENTS: INCLUDE DRAWINGS, DESCRIPTIONS, MEASUREMENTS, PHOTOS, PRODUCT DATA, SHOP DRAWINGS, AND OTHER INFORMATION AND FIELD CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS. 210548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO FULLY DESCRIBE ITEMS NEEDING INTERPRETATION. C. STAMP AND SIGN EACH SUBMITTAL AS CERTIFICATION THAT THE SUBMITTAL HAS BEEN REVIEWED BY THE CONTRACTOR. SUBMITTALS NOT STAMPED AND 211313 WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS o. SUPPLEMENTARY DRAWINGS PREPARED BY CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE DIMENSIONS, THICKNESSES, STRUCTURAL GRID REFERENCES, AND SIGNED BY THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE RETURNED BY THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT WITHOUT REVIEW FOR RESUBMITTAL. DETAILS OF AFFECTED MATERIALS, ASSEMBLIES, AND ATTACHMENTS. D. NOTIFY THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT IN WRITING, AT TIME OF SUBMISSION, OF ALL DEVIATIONS IN THE SUBMITTALS FROM REQUIREMENTS OF THE DIVISION 22 PLUMBING E. SOFTWARE GENERATED RFIS: SOFTWARE GENERATED FORM WITH SUBSTANTIALLY THE SAME CONTENT AS INDICATED ABOVE. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. K RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 1. ATTACHMENTS SHALL BE ELECTRONIC FILES IN ADOBE ACROBAT PDF FORMAT. E. MAKE ADDITIONAL COPIES OF APPROVED SUBMITTALS AS NECESSARY TO IMPLEMENT THE WORK. ),220500 COMMON WORC' F. ARCHITECT'S ACTION: ARCHITECT WILL REVIEW EACH RFI, DETERMINE ACTION REQUIRED, AND RETURN IT. ALLOW THREE WORKING DAYS FOR F. REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF A SUBMITTAL BY THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE PROPER �f 220523 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING ARCHITECT'S RESPONSE FOR EACH RFI. RFIS RECEIVED AFTER 1:00 P.M. IN THE RECEIVING ARCHITECT'S TIME ZONE WILL BE CONSIDERED AS FITTING, FINISHING, QUANTITIES, AND ERECTION OF THE WORK IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS. VOL- EN 220529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT � KER RECEIVED THE FOLLOWING WORKING DAY. G. REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF A SUBMITTAL BY THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR 220548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 1. THE FOLLOWING RFIS WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT ACTION: PROVIDING WORK NOT INDICATED ON THE SUBMITTAL, BUT OTHERWISE REQUIRED FOR THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK. 220553 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT ` SAN. N`:t? ' o. REQUESTS FOR APPROVAL OF SUBMITTALS. H. DO NOT FABRICATE OR ERECT WORK PRIOR TO APPROVAL OF THE SUBMITTALS. iC.�;;�;i ;a 220700 PLUMBING INSULATION b. REQUESTS FOR APPROVAL OF SUBSTITUTIONS. I. SHOULD DISCREPANCIES BECOME EVIDENT IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY OWNER AND ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH SHOP WORK. _ -C-1 221116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING c. REQUESTS FOR COORDINATION INFORMATION ALREADY INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. J. INCORPORATION OF SUBSTITUTIONS INTO SUBMITTALS WILL BE CONSIDERED CAUSE FOR REJECTION OF THE SUBMITTAL. a " .. d. REQUESTS FOR ADJUSTMENTS IN THE CONTRACT TIME OR THE CONTRACT SUM. lr� t_' - 221119 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES K. SUBMITTALS WILL BE REVIEWED BY THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT FOR CONFORMANCE TO THE DESIGN CONCEPT, ONLY. OWNER AND ARCHITECT'S REVIEW 221316 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 1) IF CONTRACTOR BELIEVES THE RFI RESPONSE WARRANTS CHANGE IN THE CONTRACT TIME OR THE CONTRACT SUM, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IN 221319 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES WRITING WITHIN 10 DAYS OF RECEIPT OF THE RFI RESPONSE. OF VENDOR DESIGNED ITEMS SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS. Signed: e. REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION OF ARCHITECT'S ACTIONS ON SUBMITTALS. L. IF THE CONTRACTOR FAILS TO REVIEW SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, OR SAMPLES TO DETERMINE THEIR RESPONSIVENESS TO THE CONTRACT 223300 ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS f. INCOMPLETE RFIS OR RFIS WITH NUMEROUS ERRORS. DOCUMENTS, OR FAILS TO SUBSTANTIALLY RESPOND TO OWNER AND ARCHITECT'S REVIEW COMMENTS PRIOR TO RESUBMITTAL, OR IF HE MAKES 224000 PLUMBING FIXTURES 2. ARCHITECT'S ACTION MAY INCLUDE A REQUEST FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, IN WHICH CASE ARCHITECT'S TIME FOR RESPONSE WILL START AGAIN, SUBMITTALS WHICH SUBSTANTIALLY ALTER THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REIMBURSE THE OWNER FOR THE CHARGES OF THE Retail Store #B09 224700 DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS G. ON RECEIPT OF ARCHITECT'S ACTION, UPDATE THE RFI LOG AND IMMEDIATELY DISTRIBUTE THE RFI RESPONSE TO AFFECTED PARTIES. REVIEW ARCHITECT FOR EXTRA SERVICES REQUIRED TO REVIEW SUCH SUBMITTALS. Washington Square Mail j RESPONSE AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT WITHIN SEVEN DAYS IF CONTRACTOR DISAGREES WITH RESPONSE. 1.9 PRODUCTS LIST 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) H. RFI LOG: PREPARE, MAINTAIN, AND SUBMIT A TABULAR LOG OF RFIS ORGANIZED BY THE RFI NUMBER. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: A. COMPLETE LIST OF MAJOR PRODUCTS PROPOSED FOR USE, WITH NAME OF MANUFACTURER, TRADE NAME, AND MODEL NUMBER OF EACH PRODUCT. Tigard, Oregon 230000 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 1. PROJECT NAME. 1.10 PRODUCT DATA g g 230500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 2. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR.3. NAME AND ADDRESS OF ARCHITECT. A. MARK EACH COPY TO IDENTIFY APPLICABLE PRODUCTS, MODELS, OPTIONS, AND OTHER DATA. INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTALLATION 230513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 4. RFI NUMBER INCLUDING RFIS THAT WERE DROPPED AND NOT SUBMITTED. INSTRUCTIONS. 230518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING 5. RA DESCRIPTION. B. SUBMIT THE NUMBER OF COPIES WHICH CONTRACTOR REQUIRES, PLUS ONE COPY WHICH WILL BE RETAINED BY OWNER AND ARCHITECT. 230519 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 6. DATE THE RFI WAS SUBMITTED. C. MODIFY PRODUCT DATA AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS TO DELETE INFORMATION WHICH IS NOT APPLICABLE TO THE WORK. 230523 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 7. DATE ARCHITECT'S RESPONSE WAS RECEIVED. D. SUPPLEMENT STANDARD INFORMATION TO PROVIDE INFORMATION SPECIFICALLY APPLICABLE TO THE WORK. 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 8. IDENTIFICATION OF RELATED MINOR CHANGE IN THE WORK, CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE, AND PROPOSAL REQUEST, AS APPROPRIATE. 1.11 SHOP DRAWINGS Issued/Revised Date 232113 HYDRONIC PIPING A. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED BY INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED ON ACTION SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE. 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING B. ILLUSTRATE FULLY THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS AND THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS, AND ACCURATELY SHOW QUANTITIES, KINDS OF Permit 07/16/2014 233113 METAL DUCTS MATERIALS, METHODS OF ASSEMBLY, AND ALL DATA REQUIRED FOR FABRICATION, ERECTION, AND INSTALLATION. 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES C. SHOW THE RELATIONSHIP OF ADJOINING WORK, RELEVANT FIELD CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS; COORDINATE WITH AFFECTED SUBCONTRACTORS AND 233417 HVAC POWER VENTILATORS (BATHROOM EXHAUST FAN SECTION) SUPPLIERS IF IN CONFLICT. 233600 AIR TERMINAL UNITS D. NUMBER OF COPIES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, SUBMIT TWO LEGIBLE COPIES TO THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW. 233713 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES E. THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT WILL RETURN ONE COPY TO CONTRACTOR WITH CORRECTIONS, NOTATIONS AND OWNER AND ARCHITECT'S STAMP INDICATING 237300 HVAC SUPPLY SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS ACTION TO BE TAKEN. 1. IN THE CASE OF REJECTED SHOP DRAWINGS, THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT WILL KEEP ONE COPY AND RETURN TWO PRINTS TO THE CONTRACTOR FOR USE IN THE PREPARATION OF A REVISED REPRODUCIBLE FOR RESUBMITTAL. DIVISION 25 INTEGRATED AUTOMATION F. ELECTRONIC DATA OF PORTIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS MAY BE AVAILABLE FOR USE AS BASIS FOR PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS. THE a RESERVED GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SUBSEQUENT DISTRIBUTION OF SUCH INFORMATION TO SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS. REQUEST DOCUMENTS BY SUBMITTING AN EXECUTED COPY OF THE "REQUEST FOR TRANSFER OF DOCUMENTS" FORM OBTAINED FROM THE THE DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OF RECORD. USE OF SUCH DOCUMENTS IMPLIES CONTRACTOR'S AND SUBCONTRACTOR'S AGREEMENT TO THE TERMS DESCRIBED 260000 ELECTRICAL - ISSUED UNDER SEPARATE COVER. REFER TO DIVISION 00 ON THE FORM. FULLY DESCRIBE REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH REQUEST. 265000 INTERIOR LIGHTING - ISSUED UNDER SEPARATE COVER. REFER TO DIVISION 00 1. REPRODUCIBLE BACKGROUNDS. o. COPIES OF CADD GENERATED DRAWINGS. DIVISION 27 COMMUNICATIONS b. RELEASE OF CADD INFORMATION WILL BE RESTRICTED TO THE FOLLOWING CATEGORIES: SPECIFICATIONS RESERVED 1) ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLANS. 2) REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. DIVISION 28 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY c. WHEN REQUESTING CADD DATABASES, SPECIFY THE OUTPUT FORM REQUIRED. 283100 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SPEC-01 7/16/14 12:20 PMP:\510141\A15-cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-specs.dwg SECTION 014500 - QUALITY CONTROLSECTION 017000 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS SECTION 017700 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT 11 SECTION 013513 - SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES FOR LEASED SPACE FACILITIES 1.1 QUALITY CONTROL, GENERAL 1.1 FIELD ENGINEERING 1.1 PROEJCT COMMISSIONING 1.1 INTENT A. MAINTAIN QUALITY CONTROL OVER SUPPLIERS, MANUFACTURERS, PRODUCTS, SERVICES, SITE CONDITIONS, AND WORKMANSHIP, TO PRODUCE WORK OF A. ESTABLISH LINES AND LEVELS BY USE OF RECOGNIZED ENGINEERING SURVEY PRACTICES. A. EXPEDITE AND COMPLETE DEFICIENCIES AND DEFECTS IDENTIFIED BY THE CONSULTANT. A. DUE TO NATURE OF THE FACILITY, SPECIAL PROCEDURES SHALL BE FOLLOWED BY THE CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS SPECIFIED QUALITY. B. LOCATE AND PROTECT CONTROL AND REFERENCE POINTS. B. REVIEW MAINTENANCE MANUAL CONTENTS (OPERATING, MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS, RECORD DRAWINGS, SPARE PARTS, MATERIALS) FOR COMPLETENESS. HAVING ACCESS TO THE SITE DURING THE COURSE OF THE WORK. 1.2 WORKMANSHIP 1.2 INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS B. RESTRICTIONS RELATED TO USE OF SITE: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION TO MINIMIZE: C. ATTEND 'END-OF-WORK' TESTING AND BREAK-IN OR START-UP DEMONSTRATIONS. 1. DISRUPTION OF ADJACENT TENANT OPERATIONS. A. COMPLY WITH INDUSTRY STANDARDS, EXCEPT WHEN MORE RESTRICTIVE TOLERANCES OR SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS INDICATE MORE RIGID STANDARDS OR A. EXPERIENCED INSTALLERS: INSTALLERS TO HAVE MINIMUM FIVE YEARS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE INSTALLING ITEMS SIMILAR TO THOSE REQUIRED FOR D. REVIEW CONDITION OF EQUIPMENT (HEATING SYSTEM, ELEVATORS,) WHICH HAVE BEEN USED IN THE COURSE OF THE WORK TO ENSURE TURNING OVER 2. INCONVENIENCE TO ADJACENT TENANT PERSONNEL. MORE PRECISE WORKMANSHIP. PROJECT, EXCEPT FOR INDIVIDUALS IN TRAINING UNDER DIRECT SUPERVISION OF EXPERIENCED INSTALLER. AT COMPLETION IN "AS NEW CONDITION" WITH WARRANTIES, DATED AND CERTIFIED FROM TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK. 3. SECURITY: COMPLY WITH SECURITY REQUIREMENTS OF LANDORD. B. PERFORM WORK WITH PERSONS QUALIFIED TO PRODUCE WORKMANSHIP OF SPECIFIED QUALITY. 1.3 EXAMINATION A. ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS: BEGINNING INSTALLATION OF A PRODUCT SIGNIFIES INSTALLER HAS EXAMINED SUBSTRATES, AREAS, AND CONDITIONS FOR E. ARRANGE AND CO-ORDINATE INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S STAFF IN CARE, MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION OF BUILDING SYSTEMS AND FINISHES BY C. COMPLY WITH PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION AND AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN THE NORMAL DEGREE OF C. SECURE PRODUCTS IN PLACE WITH POSITIVE ANCHORAGE DEVICES DESIGNED AND SIZED TO WITHSTAND STRESSES, VIBRATION, AND RACKING. COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS FOR TOLERANCES AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE. SUPPLIERS OR SUBCONTRACTORS. SECURITY AND SAFETY FOR LANDLORD STAFF, TENANTS, CONTRACTOR'S PERSONNEL, THE ARCHITECT, AND THE PUBLIC. 1.3 SPECIAL INSTALLATION PROCEDURES F. CO-ORDINATE OWNER'S MOVING-IN STAFF FOR FURNISHINGS, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT AND SUBCONTRACTOR'S CLEANING-UP AND COMPLETION B. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: TAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS AS REQUIRED TO FIT WORK PROPERLY; RECHECK MEASUREMENTS PRIOR TO INSTALLING EACH 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. MAKE NO ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURAL CONCRETE OR STEEL MEMBERS IN THE BUILDING IN SUCH A WAY AS TO OVERLOAD OR IMPAIR THE PRODUCT. ACTIVITIES ALL TO NOT DISRUPT OWNER'S PRODUCTIVITY. A. OWNER: MEANS OCCUPANTS (TENANT) OF LEASED SPACE; APPLE INC. [INSERT MALL NAME] AND ITS PERSONNEL. STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE MEMBER. 1. WHERE PORTIONS OF WORK ARE TO FIT TO OTHER CONSTRUCTION VERIFY DIMENSIONS OF OTHER CONSTRUCTION BY FIELD MEASUREMENTS G. PROVIDE ON-GOING REVIEW, INSPECTION AND ATTENDANCE TO BUILDING CALL-BACK, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR PROBLEMS DURING THE WARRANTY B. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE OR DEVELOPMENT MANAGER (DM): MEANS CONTACT PERSON OF THE OWNER IDENTIFIED ABOVE, WITH RESPECT TO B. STEEL DECKING: BEFORE FABRICATION; ALLOW FOR CUTTING AND PATCHING IN ORDER TO AVOID DELAYING WORK. PERIODS. REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION AND ALL OTHER FACETS OF THE WORK WHICH DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY AFFECT THE OPERATION OF THE FACILITY. 1. WHERE FASTENING INTO BOTTOM OF STEEL DECKING IS REQUIRED, FASTEN ONLY INTO LOWER FLUTES. C. SPACE REQUIREMENTS: VERIFY SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS OF ITEMS SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLY ON DRAWINGS. 1.2 INSPECTION/TAKEOVER PROCEDURES "THE FOLLOWING THREE PARAGRPAHS DESCRIBE A SHORT METHOD OF INSPECTION/TAKEOVER. REVISE AS REQUIRED OWNER REPRESENTATIVE IS NOT A REPRESENTATIVE OF THE LANDLORD 2, DO NOT USE FASTENERS IN STEEL DECK WHICH PENETRATE MORE THAN 1 INCH. 1.4 MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS A. PRIOR TO APPLICATION FOR CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, CAREFULLY INSPECT THE WORK AND ENSURE IT IS COMPLETE, THAT MAJOR AND C. LANDLORD: MEANS SHOPPING CENTER OR BUILDING OWNER OR LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE AS INDICATED. MINOR CONSTRUCTION DEFICIENCIES ARE COMPLETE AND/OR CORRECTED AND THE TENANT SPACE IS CLEAN AND IN CONDITION FOR OCCUPANCY. 3. WHERE ANCHORAGE TO STRUCTURAL FRAMING MEMBERS IS IMPRACTICAL, SUPPORTS FOR ITEMS SUCH AS SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEMS, DUCTWORK, A. WHERE MANUFACTURERS INFORMATION NOTES SPECIAL RECOMMENDATIONS IN ADDITION TO INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, COMPLY WITH BOTH NOTIFY THE OWNER AND ACRCHITECT IN WRITING OF SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF THE WORK AND REQUEST AN INSPECTION. D. LANDLORD'S PERSONNEL: MEANS PERSONNEL APPOINTED TO REPRESENT THE INTERESTS OF THE LANDLORD, AND WHO WILL HAVE THE AUTHORITY TO AND ALUMINUM CONDUIT 1-1/2 INCHES OR LESS MAY BE SUPPORTED FROM STEEL ROOF DECKING BY SHEET METAL SCREWS, SCREWED INTO THE RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS. NO Q MAKE DECISIONS ON BEHALF OF THE LANDLORD. BOTTOM FLUTE OF THE ROOF DECK, AND IN SUFFICIENT QUANTITY TO ADEQUATELY SUPPORT THE LOAD. EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS, HANGERS FOR 1.5 INSTALLATION B. DURING THE OWNER'S AND ARCHITECT'S INSPECTION, A LIST OF DEFICIENCIES AND DEFECTS WILL BE TABULATED (PUNCHLIST). CORRECT SAME. E. CONTRACTOR'S PERSONNEL: MEANS ALL PERSONS DIRECTLY AND INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND WHO REQUIRE ACCESS TO THE MECHANICAL PIPING AND OTHER ITEMS REQUIRING MORE THAN INCIDENTAL SUPPORT, SHALL NOT BE SECURED TO THE ROOF DECKING. A. PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS: INSTALLERS AND SUPPLIERS ARE TO ATTEND PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS SCHEDULED BY CONTRACTOR. C. WHEN THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT CONSIDERS DEFICIENCIES AND DEFECTS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED AND IT APPEARS REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT FACILITY FOR PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. 1.4 MANUFACTURERS' CERTIFICATESHAVE BEEN PERFORMED, MAKE APPLICATION FOR CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. B. LOCATE WORK AND COMPONENTS ACCURATELY, IN CORRECT ALIGNMENT AND ELEVATION. F. SUBCONTRACTOR PERSONNEL: MEANS ALL PERSONS DIRECTLY AND INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY THE SUBCONTRACTOR AND WHO REQUIRE ACCESS TO A. WHEN REQUIRED BY INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION, SUBMIT, IN DUPLICATE, MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION THAT PRODUCTS MEET OR EXCEED 1. MAKE VERTICAL WORK PLUMB AND HORIZONTAL WORK LEVEL. END OF DIVISION 01 THE FACILITY FOR PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. 2. INSTALL COMPONENTS TO ALLOW SPACE FOR MAINTENANCE AND EASE OF REMOVAL FOR REPLACEMENT. 1.3 LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE 1.5 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES C. INSTALL PRODUCTS AT TIME AND UNDER CONDITIONS TO ENSURE BEST POSSIBLE RESULTS; MAINTAIN CONDITIONS REQUIRED FOR PRODUCT DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE A. THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE WILL BE: A. WHEN SPECIFIED IN RESPECTIVE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, REQUIRE MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER TO HAVE QUALIFIED PERSONNEL PROVIDE ON-SITE PERFORMANCE UNTIL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. [NAME] OBSERVATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. D. CONDUCT OPERATIONS SO NO PART OF WORK IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGING OPERATIONS OR LOADING IN EXCESS OF THAT EXPECTED DURING NORMAL SECTION 033000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE [MAILING ADDRESS, BUT NOT A P.O. BOX NUMBER] 1. OBSERVE FIELD CONDITIONS, INCLUDING CONDITIONS OF SURFACES AND INSTALLATION. CONDITIONS. 1.1 SUMMARY E. SECURELY ANCHOR PERMANENT CONSTRUCTION IN PLACE, ACCURATELY LOCATED AND ALIGNED WITH OTHER PORTIONS OF WORK. [CITY, STATE, ZIP] 2. OBSERVE QUALITY OF WORKMANSHIP. FALLOW FOR BUILDING MOVEMENT INCLUDING THERMAL EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. A. SECTION INCLUDES: F.T XXX-XXX-XXXX 3. PROVIDE RECOMMENDATIONS TO ASSURE ACCEPTABLE INSTALLATION AND WORKMANSHIP. 1. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. 4. WHERE REQUIRED, START, TEST, AND ADJUST EQUIPMENT AS APPLICABLE. G. MAKE JOINTS OF UNIFORM WIDTH; ARRANGE JOINTS AS INDICATED, FOR BEST VISUAL EFFECT WHERE NOT OTHERWISE INDICATED; FIT EXPOSED 2. FORMWORK, SHORING, BRACING, AND ANCHORAGE. F XXX-XXX-XXXX CONNECTIONS TOGETHER TO FORM HAIRLINE JOINTS EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED. 3. CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT. CONTACT: [INSERT NAME] B. REPRESENTATIVE SHALL SUBMIT WRITTEN REPORT TO ARCHITECT LISTING OBSERVATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 1.6 PROTECTION 4. UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER. E-MAIL [NAME@URL ADDRESS.COM] 1.6 FIELD SAMPLES AND MOCK-UPS A. PROTECT PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO DETERIORATION WITH IMPERVIOUS COVER. PROVIDE VENTILATION TO AVOID CONDENSATION AND TRAPPING WATER. 5. FINISHING MONOLITHIC INTERIOR SLABS ON GRADE. 1.4 CONTRACTOR'S PERSONNEL A. PROVIDE FIELD SAMPLES AND MOCK-UPS AS SPECIFIED IN THE DIVISION 00 SECTIONS INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS IN DIVISIONS 02 TO 49. B. TAKE CARE TO USE PROTECTIVE COVERING AND BLOCKING MATERIALS THAT DO NOT SOIL, STAIN, OR DAMAGE MATERIALS BEING PROTECTED. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. THROUGHOUT THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION THE CONTRACTOR, MAJOR SUBCONTRACTORS, AND SUCH OTHER SUBCONTRACTORS AS DEEMED WHEN THE INITIAL FIELD SAMPLES OR MOCK-UPS IS UNACCEPTABLE TO THE ARCHITECT, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL MOCK-UPS UNTIL APPROVAL IS OBTAINED. C. AFTER INSTALLATION, PROVIDE COVERINGS TO PROTECT PRODUCTS FROM DAMAGE FROM TRAFFIC AND CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS, REMOVE WHEN NO A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 301. APPROPRIATE FOR THE STAGE OF CONSTRUCTION, SHALL DESIGNATE AND ADVISE THE LANDLORD OF A CONTACT PERSON AND BACKUP CONTACT B. FOR EACH FIELD SAMPLE AND MOCK-UP, PROVIDE CONDITIONS WHICH WILL REPLICATE THE CONDITIONS OF THE ACTUAL INSTALLATION, INCLUDING LONGER NEEDED. B. CONCRETE WORK IS SUBJECT TO SPECIAL TESTING AND INSPECTION AS SPECIFIED IN 014500. NOTIFY ARCHITECT AT LEAST 48 HOURS BEFORE PERSON FOR WORKING HOURS AND NONWORKING HOURS IN THE EVENT OF EMERGENCIES. LIGHTING, TO THE GREATEST REASONABLE EXTENT. D. PROTECT INTERIOR MATERIALS FROM WATER DAMAGE; IMMEDIATELY REMOVE WET MATERIALS FROM SITE TO PREVENT GROWTH OF MOLD AND MILDEW ON CONCRETE IS POURED. B. THIS LIST SHALL BE UPDATED WEEKLY DURING OWNER/ARCHITECT/CONTRACTOR CONFERENCE CALL AND PROVIDED TO THE LANDLORD WHEN REVISED. 1. FIELD SAMPLES AND MOCK-UPS REQUIRING SPECIAL EQUIPMENT MAY BE ERECTED AT LOCATION HAVING ACCESS TO NECESSARY EQUIPMENT; SITE. C. ALLOWABLE TOLERANCES: FABRICATION AND PLACEMENT TOLERANCES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 117. FORMAT OF LIST SHALL BE AS APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD. COORDINATE WITH OWNER. 1.3 SCHEDULING C. APPROVED FIELD SAMPLE AND MOCK-UP SHALL BE THE STANDARD OF WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS FOR THE REMAINDER OF THE RELATED WORK. SECTION 017329 - CUTTING AND PATCHING 1.5 COMMUNICATION 11 SUMMARY A. SCHEDULE WORK SUCH THAT SLABS ON GRADE WITH VAPOR BARRIERS UNDER ARE INSTALLED ONLY AFTER THE BUILDING HAS A FUNCTIONING ROOF . D. CONTRACTOR MAY PROCEED WITH THE WORK UPON OWNER'S APPROVAL OF THE FIELD SAMPLE AND MOCK-UP. AND IS SUFFICIENTLY ENCLOSED TO PREVENT SATURATION OF THE FILL MATERIAL UNDER THE VAPOR BARRIER. A. COMMUNICATION SHALL, IN THE FIRST INSTANCE, BE WITH THE LANDLORD'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE WHO WILL IN TURN COMMUNICATE WITH THE A. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CUTTING, FITTING AND PATCHING REQUIRED TO COMPLETE WORK AND T0: 1.4 FORM MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE OR DM. E. APPROVED FIELD SAMPLES AND MOCK-UPS MAY BE USED AS PART OF PROJECT. 1. MAKE ITS PARTS FIT TOGETHER PROPERLY. 17 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 2. UNCOVER WORK TO PROVIDE FOR INSTALLATION OF ILL-TIMED WORK. A. UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, CONFORM TO ACI 301. . B. COMMUNICATE DIRECTLY WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE ONLY IF: 3. REMOVE AND REPLACE DEFECTIVE WORK. B. PLYWOOD: 1. A CONCERN ARISES WHICH AFFECTS THE OPERATION OF THE FACILITY, AND A. REFER TO GENERAL CONDITION 18. 1. APA RATED HIGH DENSITY OVERLAY OR MEDIUM DENSITY OVERLAY, PLYFORM CLASS 1. EXT. 4. REMOVE AND REPLACE WORK NOT CONFORMING TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1.8 CONTRACTOR TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2. SUCH CONCERN REQUIRES PROMPT ATTENTION, AND 5. REMOVE SAMPLES OF INSTALLED WORK AS REQUIRED FOR TESTING. 2. APA 8-B PLYFORM CLASS 1, EXT. 3. LANDLORD'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE CANNOT BE CONTACTED. A. CONTRACTOR'S CONVENIENCE TESTING: INSPECTION AND TESTING PERFORMED EXCLUSIVELY FOR THE CONTRACTOR'S CONVENIENCE SHALL BE THE SOLE 6. PROVIDE ROUTINE PENETRATIONS OF NON-STRUCTURAL SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION OF PIPING AND ELECTRICAL CONDUIT. C. FORM TIES: SNAP-OFF METAL; METAL WASHER ENDS. C. ACCEPTANCE OF ANY INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE UNDER CIRCUMSTANCES INDICATED ABOVE, SHALL BE AT CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. B. SUBMIT A WRITTEN REQUEST TO OWNER WELL IN ADVANCE OF EXECUTING CUTTING OR ALTERATION WHICH AFFECTS: 1.5 REINFORCING DISCRETION AND AT THEIR OWN RISK. 1. WORK OF OWNER OR SEPARATE CONTRACTOR. A. REINFORCING STEEL: AS INDICATED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. D. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY INVOLVING SAFETY, COMPLY IMMEDIATELY WITH ALL RELEVANT INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2. STRUCTURAL VALUE OR INTEGRITY OF ANY ELEMENT OF PROJECT. B. WELDED WIRE FABRIC: ASTM A185 OR A497; MESH AND WIRE SIZES AS INDICATED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. FOR USE IN SLABS, FURNISH BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 1.1 SUMMARY 3. EFFICIENCY, OPERATIONAL LIFE, MAINTENANCE OR SAFETY OF OPERATIONAL ELEMENTS. FLAT SHEETS, NOT ROLLS. 1.6 USE OF PREMISES A. PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS AS REQUIRED TO CONFORM TO APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES AND AS REQUIRED 4. VISUAL QUALITIES OF SIGHT-EXPOSED ELEMENTS. C. CHAIRS, BOLSTERS, BAR SUPPORTS, AND SPACERS: SIZED AND SHAPED FOR STRENGTH AND SUPPORT OF REINFORCEMENT DURING INSTALLATION AND TO COMPLETE PROJECT IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. C. REQUEST SHALL INCLUDE: PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE. A. REFER TO LANDLORDS CONSTRUCTION MANUAL. 1. AUTHORITIES: CONTACT GOVERNING AUTHORITIES TO ESTABLISH EXTENT OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS REQUIRED BY 1. IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND DESCRIPTION OF AFFECTED WORK. D. FABRICATION: 1.7 LEASED SPACE REGULATIONS AUTHORITIES. 2. NECESSITY FOR CUTTING OR ALTERATION. 1. REINFORCEMENT: BEND REINFORCEMENT COLD. FABRICATE AND DETAIL TO SHAPES AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH A. REFER TO LANDLORDS CONSTRUCTION MANUAL. 1.2 ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING 3. EFFECT ON WORK OF OWNER OR SEPARATE CONTRACTOR. CRSI MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE AND WITH FABRICATING TOLERANCES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 117. 4. EFFECT ON STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF PROJECT, 2. WELDING: WELDING OR TACKING OF REINFORCING BARS IS NOT PERMITTED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1.8 SYSTEM SHUTDOWNS A. PROVIDE BRANCH WIRING AND DISTRIBUTION BOXES LOCATED TO ALLOW SERVICE AND LIGHTING BY MEANS OF CONSTRUCTION-TYPE POWER CORDS. 5. ALTERNATIVES TO CUTTING AND PATCHING. WHEN WELDING OF REINFORCEMENT IS INDICATED AND REQUIRED, PROVIDE WELDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS D1.4. A. REFER TO LANDLORDS CONSTRUCTION MANUAL. B. PROVIDE LIGHTING FOR CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. PERMANENT LIGHTING MAY BE USED DURING CONSTRUCTION; MAINTAIN LIGHTING AND MAKE 6. COST PROPOSAL, WHEN APPLICABLE. 1.6 CONCRETE MATERIALS 1.9 CORING AND DRILLING ROUTINE REPAIRS. 7. WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SEPARATE CONTRACTOR WHOSE WORK WILL BE AFFECTED. A. AS INDICATED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. A. REFER TO LANDLORDS CONSTRUCTION MANUAL. C. TAKE MEASURES TO CONSERVE ENERGY. 8. DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED WORK INCLUDING: B. CEMENT: ASTM C150, NORMAL - TYPE II PORTLAND, GREY COLOR. 1.10 RESPONSIBILITY AND ASSIGNMENT TO TRADES 1.3 HEAT AND VENTILATION o. SCOPE OF CUTTING, PATCHING, ALTERATION, OR EXCAVATION. C. FLY ASH: ASTM C618, CLASS F. A. TAKE MEASURES TO CONSERVE ENERGY, b. PRODUCTS PROPOSED TO BE USED. D. NORMAL WEIGHT FINE AND COARSE AGGREGATES: ASTM C33; SEVERE WEATHER EXPOSURE. A. CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSIGN THE WORK OF MOVING, REMOVAL, CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIR TO SUBCONTRACTORS UNDER THEIR SUPERVISION TO CAUSE THE LEAST DAMAGE TO EACH TYPE OF WORK ENCOUNTERED, AND TO RETURN THE BUILDING AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE TO THE APPEARANCE OF 1.4 WATER c. EXTENT OF REFINISHING TO BE INCLUDED. E. WATER: CLEAN AND NOT DETRIMENTAL TO CONCRETE. D. SUBMIT WRITTEN NOTICE TO OWNER DESIGNATING DATE AND TIME WORK WILL BE UNCOVERED. NEW WORK. 1.7 ADMIXTURES A. EXTEND BRANCH PIPING WITH OUTLETS LOCATED SO WATER IS AVAILABLE BY USE OF HOSES. 1.2 MATERIALS B. PATCHING OF FINISH MATERIALS SHALL BE ASSIGNED TO MECHANICS SKILLED IN THE WORK OF THE FINISH TRADE INVOLVED. B. CONSERVE WATER USE WHENEVER POSSIBLE. A. COMPLY WITH SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS FOR EACH SPECIFIC PRODUCT INVOLVED. A. WATER REDUCER NORMAL: ASTM C 494, TYPE A; MASTER BUILDERS INC. "POZZOLITH/POLYHEED," EUCLID CHEMICAL CO. "EUCON WR 75," OR APPROVED. SECTION 013516 - ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES C. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN REQUIRED SANITARY FACILITIES AND ENCLOSURES. B. WHERE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS HAVE NOT BEEN PROVIDED, PROVIDE MATERIALS AND FABRICATION CONSISTENT WITH QUALITY OF PROJECT AND 1.8 ACCESSORIES 1. WHERE OWNER PERMITS USE OF NEW SANITARY FACILITIES DURING CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS MAINTAIN IN SANITARY CONDITION. INTENDED FOR COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION. 1.1 DEFINITIONS CPROVIDE NEW MATERIALS FOR CUTTING AND PATCHING UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. A. BONDING AGENT: ACRYLIC TYPE; SONNEBORN "SONNOCRETE", W.R. GRACE "DURAWELD C", EUCLID CHEMICAL CO. "FLEX-CON", OR APPROVED. C.2. PROVIDE DAILY CLEANING. COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S CLEANING OPERATIONS. B. NON-SHRINK GROUTS: DRY PACK OR ASTM C1107, GRADE B; NON-SHRINK NON-CATALYZED NATURAL AGGREGATE GROUT; MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE A. CUTTING: MEANS REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION NECESSARY TO PERMIT INSTALLATION OR PERFORMANCE OF OTHER WORK. 1.3 INSPECTION 1.5 CONSTRUCTION AIDS STRENGTH OF 7000 PSI AT 28 DAYS; 25 TO 30 SECOND FLOW WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C939 AT 45 TO 90 DEGREES F; CEMENT B. MAKE GOOD/PATCH/REPAIR: MEANS TO IDENTIFY DEFECTIVE OR DAMAGED LOCATIONS, PROPERLY PREPARE IDENTIFIED LOCATIONS FOR REPAIRS, AND A. INSPECT EXISTING CONDITIONS OF PROJECT, INCLUDING ELEMENTS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE OR TO MOVEMENT DURING CUTTING AND PATCHING. GRAY IN COLOR; MASTER BUILDERS INC. "MASTERFLOW 928," EUCLID CHEMICAL CO. "HIFLOW GROUT," OR APPROVED. A. FIRE PROTECTION: MAINTAIN ON-SITE FIRE PROTECTION FACILITIES AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES, AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. REPAIR (INCLUDING SUBSTRATES) USING NEW MATERIALS TO MATCH CONSTRUCTION AND FINISH OF ADJACENT SOUND LOCATIONS; BLEND REPAIRED AREA B. AFTER UNCOVERING WORK, INSPECT CONDITIONS AFFECTING INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS, OR PERFORMANCE OF WORK. C. FORM COATINGS: COMMERCIAL FORMULATION FORM-COATING COMPOUNDS THAT WILL NOT BOND WITH OR ADVERSELY AFFECT CONCRETE SURFACES, SMOOTHLY WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION SO THAT IT IS NOT DISTINGUISHABLE FROM UNTREATED AREAS IN PERFORMANCE OR APPEARANCE. 1.6 CLOSURES C. REPORT UNSATISFACTORY OR QUESTIONABLE CONDITIONS TO OWNER IN WRITING; DO NOT PROCEED WITH WORK UNTIL OWNER HAS PROVIDED FURTHER AND WILL NOT IMPAIR SUBSEQUENT TREATMENTS OF CONCRETE SURFACES WHEN APPLIED TO FORMS OR FORM LINERS. Architect: 1.2 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. TEMPORARY CLOSURES: PROVIDE TEMPORARY WEATHERTIGHT CLOSURES FOR EXTERIOR OPENINGS FOR ACCEPTABLE WORKING CONDITIONS, FOR INSTRUCTIONS. D. CURING MATERIALS: PROTECTION FOR MATERIALS, TO PROTECT INTERIOR MATERIALS FROM DAMPNESS, FOR TEMPORARY HEATING, AND TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY. 1.4 PREPARATION Woods Bagot A. REFER TO LANDLORDS CONSTRUCTION MANUAL. 1. WATERPROOF SHEET MATERIAL: WATERPROOF PAPER IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C171; REINFORCED WATERPROOF KRAFT PAPER; WHITE COLOR AT B. SEAL OFF DUCTS LOUVERS VENTS OPENINGS OR CEILING SPACES BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION AREA AND REMAINDER OF BUILDING TO PREVENT DUST, 1. PROVIDE DOORS WITH SELF CLOSING HARDWARE AND LOCKS. A. PROVIDE ADEQUATE TEMPORARY SUPPORT AS NECESSARY TO ASSURE STRUCTURAL VALUE OR INTEGRITY OF AFFECTED PORTION OF WORK. EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS; BURKE KRAFT CURING PAPER TYPE I-SK_30, OR APPROVED. www.woodsbagot.com DIRT, CONTAMINATION, OR DEBRIS FROM ENTERING REMAINDER OF BUILDING: 2. PAINT SURFACES EXPOSED TO VIEW ON EXTERIOR. 1. PROVIDE SERVICES OF LICENSED ENGINEER FOR DESIGNING TEMPORARY SUPPORT WHERE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES FOR TEMPORARY 2. MATS AND BURLAP: FABRIC COVERING COMPOSED OF QUILTED POLYETHYLENE SHEETING LAMINATED TO OUTER COVERING OF BURLAP, COTTON, OR 1. PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION FILTERS ON EXISTING ROOF TOP UNITS, AND REMOVE WHEN WORK IS COMPLETE. 1.7 BARRIERS SUPPORTS AND FOR SHORING; SUBMIT ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS DIRECTLY TO APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES UPON REQUEST. OTHER APPROVED FABRIC; OUTER COVERING SHALL WEIGH NOT LESS THAN 6 OUNCES PER SQUARE YARD. 2. PROVIDE TEMPORARY PARTITIONING AND CLOSURES TO CONTAIN DUST AND DEBRIS WITHIN IMMEDIATE WORK AREA. A. BARRIERS: PROVIDE BARRIERS AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT PUBLIC ENTRY TO CONSTRUCTION AREAS AND TO PROTECT ADJACENT AREAS FROM DAMAGE B. PROTECT OTHER PORTIONS OF PROJECT FROM DAMAGE. E. EPDXY FOR ANCHORS AND DOWELS: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. Consultant: FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. 1.5 PERFORMANCE F. UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER: ASTM E1745, CLASS A; ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: "DELETE IF NOT USED. COORDINATE WITH STRUCT ENGINEER Thorson Baker & Associates C. SUPPRESS DUST AND DIRT: REFER TO GENERAL CONDITION 5(d) - MAINTENANCE OF PROJECT SITE. A. EXECUTE CUTTING BY METHODS THAT PROVIDE PROPER SURFACES TO RECEIVE INSTALLATION OF REPAIRS AND FINISHES. 1. "STEGO WRAP 10 MIL CLASS A" BY STEGO INDUSTRIES, LLC (877-464-7834). D. PROVIDE ILLUMINATION FOR SAFE DEMOLITION AND WORKING CONDITIONS, BUT IN ANY CASE NOT LESS THAN 25 FOOR CANDLES IN AREAS WHERE B. BARRICADES: PROVIDE BARRICADES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. www.thorsonbaker.com WORK IS BEING DONE. C. BARRICADES: PROVIDE BARRICADES AS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. B. EMPLOY SAME INSTALLER OR FABRICATOR TO PERFORM CUTTING AND PATCHING WORK AS EMPLOYED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION FOR: 2. "VAPOR BLOCK 10" BY RAVEN INDUSTRIES (800-635-3456). E. OBTAIN WRITTEN CONFIRMATION FROM LANDLORD THAT SERVICES TO BE ABANDONED, REMOVED OR CUT HAVE BEEN PROPERLY AND SAFELY SHUT OFF, D. PROVIDE BARRIERS AROUND TREES DESIGNATED TO REMAIN. PROTECT AGAINST VEHICULAR TRAFFIC, STORED MATERIALS, DUMPING, CHEMICALLY 1. SIGHT-EXPOSED FINISHED SURFACES. 3. "GRIFFOLYN T-105" BY REEF INDUSTRIES, INC. (800-231-6074). Consultant: CAPPED OR SEALED. INJURIOUS MATERIALS, AND PUDDLING OR CONTINUOUS RUNNING WATER. C. EXECUTE FITTING AND ADJUSTMENT OF PRODUCTS TO PROVIDE A FINISHED INSTALLATION TO COMPLY WITH SPECIFIED PRODUCTS, FUNCTIONS, 4. "VAPOR-MAT BY WR MEADOWS, INC. (847-214-2100). TOLERANCES AND FINISHES. 5. "FLORPRUFE 120" BY WR GRACE. Thorson Baker & Associates E. PROVIDE BARRICADES AROUND OPENINGS IN FLOORS AND ROOF DECKS. 1.3 RESPONSIBILITY AND ASSIGNMENT TO TRADES D. RESTORE WORK THAT HAS BEEN CUT OR REMOVED; INSTALL NEW PRODUCTS TO PROVIDE COMPLETED WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF 1.9 CONCRETE MIX www.thorsonbaker.com A. ASSIGN WORK OF MOVING, REMOVAL, CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIR TO EXPERIENCED AND KNOWLEDGEABLE SUBCONTRACTORS OR TRADE 1.8 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. A. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH: AS INDICATED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. "DELETE IF INCLUDED IN THIS ARTICLE. COORDINATE WITH STRUCT ENGINEER CONTRACTORS SO AS TO CAUSE LEAST DAMAGE TO EACH TYPE OF WORK ENCOUNTERED, AND SO AS TO RETURN BUILDING AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE TO A. CONTROL ACCUMULATION OF WASTE MATERIALS AND RUBBISH; RECYCLE OR DISPOSE OF OFF SITE. E. FIT WORK TIGHT TO PIPES, SLEEVES, DUCTS, CONDUIT AND PENETRATIONS THROUGH SURFACES. B. MIX CONCRETE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C94. APPEARANCE OF NEW WORK. B. CLEAN INTERIOR AREAS PRIOR TO START OF FINISH WORK, MAINTAIN AREAS FREE OF DUST AND OTHER CONTAMINANTS DURING FINISHING OPERATIONS F. REFINISH ENTIRE SURFACES AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE EVEN FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES: Consultant: B. PATCHING OF FINISH MATERIALS SHALL BE ASSIGNED TO SUBCONTRACTORS OR TRADE CONTRACTORS SKILLED IN WORK OF FINISH TRADE INVOLVED. 1. FOR CONTINUOUS SURFACES, REFINISH TO NEAREST INTERSECTION. C. ALL CONCRETE SHALL CONTAIN THE SPECIFIED OR OTHERWISE APPROVED WATER REDUCING ADMIXTURE. C. REMOVE EXCESS DEBRIS FROM CAVITIES WHICH ARE TO BE CONCEALED IN THE FINISHED WORK. 2. FOR AN ASSEMBLYREFINISH ENTIRE UNITD. PROVIDE FLY ASH AT MINIMUM 15 PERCENT BY WEIGHT OF CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS. ISP Design, Inc. , . 1.4 COORDINATION OF WORK AND NOISE LEVELS 1.10 EXAMINATION www.ispdesign.com A. REFER TO LANDLORDS CONSTRUCTION MANUAL. SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTSSECTION 017423 - FINAL CLEANING A. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, CAREFULLY INSPECT INSTALLED WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY THAT SUCH WORK IS COMPLETE TO THE POINT WHERE 1.5 WORK AREAS 1.1 GENERAL PRODUCTS REQUIREMENTSS. 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE WORK OF THIS SECTION MAY PROPERLY COMMENCE. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND TIMELY A. REFER TO LANDLORDS CONSTRUCTION MANUAL. COMPLETION OF THE WORK. A. PRODUCTS INCLUDE MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS. A. PERFORM FINAL CLEANING TO WORK OF THIS CONTRACT PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION FOR CERTIFICATION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. B. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL ALL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE RESOLVED. BEGINNING WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF SITE CONDITIONS 1.6 PREPARATION B. COMPLY WITH SPECIFICATIONS, REFERENCED STANDARDS, AND APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS AS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS. B. CONDUCT CLEANING AND WASTE REMOVAL OPERATIONS TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL LAWS AND ORDINANCES AND FEDERAL AND LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL AND AND RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTIVE INSTALLATION CAUSED BY PRIOR OBSERVABLE CONDITIONS. A. CONFIRM THAT LANDLORD HAS REMOVED EQUIPMENT AND FURNISHINGS TO BE SALVAGED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH AGREED SCHEDULE. C. PROVIDE NEW MATERIALS EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY ALLOWED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ANTIPOLLUTION REGULATIONS. 1.11 FORMWORK ERECTION B. PROVIDE SHORING AND BRACING AS NEEDED TO KEEP BUILDING STRUCTURALLY SECURE AND FREE OF DEFLECTION IN ALL ITS PARTS, AND AS NEEDED D. MATERIALS TO BE SUPPLIED IN QUANTITY WITHIN A SPECIFICATION SECTION SHALL BE BY ONE MANUFACTURER, SHALL BE THE SAME, AND SHALL BE C. EMPLOY EXPERIENCED OR PROFESSIONAL CLEANING PERSONNEL SKILLED IN COMMERCIAL CLEANING PROCEDURES. CLEAN EACH SURFACE OR UNIT TO A. VERIFY LINES, LEVELS, AND MEASUREMENT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH FORMWORK. ALIGN FORM JOINTS. FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. INTERCHANGEABLE. CONDITION EXPECTED IN AN AVERAGE COMMERCIAL BUILDING CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN B. USE PLYWOOD FORMS, UNLESS OTHER SYSTEMS ARE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. 1.7 PROTECTION E. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS COMPOSED OF MATERIALS FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE RECOMMENDED BY EQUIPMENT INSTRUCTIONS.D. LEAVE PROJECT CLEAN AND READY FOR OCCUPANCY AND USE BY OWNER. CLEAN SURFACES FREE OF DUST, FINGERPRINTS, DIRT, SOILING, AND C. USE FORM COATING ON FORMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. VERIFY THAT FORM COATINGS WILL NOT AFFECT THE A. PROTECT REMAINING FINISHES, EQUIPMENT, AND ADJACENT WORK FROM DAMAGE CAUSED BY CUTTING, MOVING, REMOVAL, AND PATCHING OPERATIONS. OR SYSTEMS MANUFACTURER OR WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, OTHER RESIDUE REMAINING FROM WORK OF THIS CONTRACT. BOND OF SUBSEQUENT CONCRETE SURFACE TREATMENTS. PROTECT SURFACES THAT WILL REMAIN A PART OF FINISHED WORK. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE E. USE CLEANING MATERIALS AND METHODS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OF SURFACE MATERIAL TO BE CLEANED. DO NOT USE CLEANING D. COORDINATE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS IN FORMING AND SETTING OPENINGS, SLOTS, RECESSES, CHASES, SLEEVES, BOLTS, ANCHORS, AND OTHER B. PROTECT EXISTING AND NEW WORK FROM WEATHER DURING CUTTING, MOVING, REMOVAL, AND CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE WEATHER PROTECTION AND A. COMPLY WITH INDUSTRY STANDARDS AND APPLICABLE CODES EXCEPT WHEN MORE RESTRICTIVE TOLERANCES OR REQUIREMENTS INDICATE MORE RIGID MATERIALS DAMAGING TO SURFACES OR CREATING HAZARDS TO HEALTH OR PROPERTY. INSERTS. OTHER FACILITIES AND PROTECTION AS NEEDED TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO NEW WORK AND TO REMAINING OLD WORK. STANDARDS OR PRECISE WORKMANSHIP. 1. OWNER FURNISHED DIMENSIONAL STONE FLOORING - REFER TO DIVISION 00 FOR SPECIFIC CLEANING REQUIREMENTS. E. TOLERANCES: COMPLY WITH ACI 117. C. WHEN USING A CUTTING TORCH TO REMOVE EXISTING FRAMING PROVIDE FLAME-PROOF SCREENING AROUND AREA OF WORK AND COVER FLOOR AREA 2. OWNER FURNISHED STAINLESS STEEL FINISHES - CONTACT OWNER FOR SPECIFIC CLEANING REQUIREMENTS. 1.12 REINFORCEMENT ") C' B. PERFORM WORK BY PERSONS QUALIFIED TO PRODUCE WORKMANSHIP OF SPECIFIED QUALITY. �/ WITH MINIMUM 1/4 INCH PLYWOOD HAVING JOINTS TAPED. ALLOW NO SPARKS OR WELDING OR CUTTING SPATTER TO FALL OR HIT ANY MATERIAL OR F. CONFORM TO REGULATORY AUTHORITIES FOR SAFETY PROCEDURES AND ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS. DO NOT DISCHARGE EXCESS WATER OR A. PLACE, SUPPORT, AND SECURE REINFORCEMENT AGAINST DISPLACEMENT. CAR cN � FINISH THAT MAY BE DAMAGED OR MARRED. C. INSTALL PRODUCTS STRAIGHT, LEVEL, AND IN CORRECT RELATIONSHIP TO ADJACENT MATERIALS, WITH HAIRLINE JOINTS, FREE OF ROUGH, SHARP AND VOLATILE, HARMFUL, OR DANGEROUS MATERIALS INTO DRAINAGE SYSTEMS. TRANSPORT WASTE MATERIALS FROM SITE IN LEGAL MANNER. DO NOT USE VO' <�R POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS EDGES. B. LOCATE REINFORCING SPLICES NOT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AT POINTS OF MINIMUM STRESS. �� D. PROVIDE PROTECTION TO EXISTING FANS, MOTORS AND EQUIPMENT FROM CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS, DIRT, DUST, DEBRIS, MOISTURE, AND WELD OWNERS TRASH FACILITIES. r✓ C. PROVIDE LAPS AND CONCRETE COVER AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. I.gP1`-1 . �i; SPATTER. D. SECURE PRODUCTS IN PLACE WITH POSITIVE ANCHORAGE DEVICES DESIGNED AND SIZED TO WITHSTAND STRESSES, VIBRATION, AND RACKING. 1.2 FINAL INTERIOR CLEANING 1. SEISMIC ANCHORS: CONFORM TO CODE REQUIREMENTS. D. REINFORCEMENT SHALL NOT BE BENT OR STRAIGHTENED EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PERMITTED. 6 1.8 PATCHING, EXTENDING AND MATCHING A. COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CLEANING OPERATIONS BEFORE REQUESTING INSPECTION FOR CERTIFICATION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION FOR ENTIRE r � 2. PORTION OF PROJECT: ��� 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING E. REINFORCEMENT SHALL NOT BE CUT IN THE FIELD EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PERMITTED. 1(/ ,, , PROJECT OR FOR A A. PATCH AND EXTEND EXISTING WORK USING SKILLED MECHANICS THAT ARE CAPABLE OF MATCHING EXISTING QUALITY OF WORKMANSHIP. THE QUALITY 1.13 [UNDERSLAB VAPOR RETARDER] OF PATCHED OR EXTENDED WORK SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN THAT SPECIFIED IN SECTIONS OF PRODUCT AND EXECUTION SPECIFICATIONS THAT FOLLOW A. TRANSPORT PRODUCTS BY METHODS TO AVOID PRODUCT DAMAGE, DELIVER IN UNDAMAGED CONDITION IN MANUFACTURER'S UNOPENED CONTAINERS OR 1. SWEEP CONCRETE FLOORS BROOM CLEAN IN UNOCCUPIED SPACES. THESE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. PACKAGING. HARD SURFACE FLOORS SHALL BE FREE OF DIRT STREAKS; NO DIRT REMAINING IN CORNERS, BEHIND DOORS, OR WHERE DIRT IS PICKED UP A. PLACE, PROTECT, AND REPAIR VAPOR RETARDER SHEETS ACCORDING TO ASTM E1643 AND MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS UNDER ALL Signed: WITH THE DUSTPAN AFTER SWEEPING OPERATIONS. INTERIOR SLABS-ON-GRADE. B. IN AREAS WHERE ANY PORTION OF AN EXISTING FINISHED SURFACE IS DAMAGED, LIFTED, STAINED OR OTHERWISE MADE OR FOUND TO BE IMPERFECT, B. STORE PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, WITH SEALS AND LABELS INTACT AND LEGIBLE. 3. CLEAN RESILIENT FLOORS WITH DAMP MOP TO REMOVE SURFACE DIRT AND DUST. BUFF DRY TO BRING SHEEN TO SURFACE. B. INSTALL VAPOR RETARDER SHEET OVER COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE COURSE. Retail Store #1309 PATCH OR REPLACE IMPERFECT PORTION OF SURFACE WITH MATCHING MATERIAL. C. STORE SENSITIVE PRODUCTS IN WEATHER TIGHT ENCLOSURES; MAINTAIN WITHIN TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY RANGES REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER'S 4. VACUUM USING HEPA FILTER VACUUM CLEANER. C. ROLL DOWN VAPOR RETARDER IN WIDEST PRACTICAL WIDTH, PARALLEL WITH DIRECTION OF CONCRETE POUR, AND WITH MINIMUM NUMBER OF JOINTS. Washington Square Mall C. DO NOT INCORPORATE SALVAGED OR USED MATERIAL IN NEW CONSTRUCTION, EXCEPT WHERE SMALL QUANTITIES OF FINISH MATERIAL THAT ARE INSTRUCTIONS. o. VACUUM STAIR LANDINGS, TREADS AND CORNERS OF TREADS FREE OF LOOSE DIRT OR DUST STREAKS AFTER SWEEPING, g q D. LAP VAPOR RETARDER OVER FOOTINGS, TURN UP TO FULL SLAB THICKNESS, AND SEAL WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE TO FOUNDATION WALL. DIFFICULT TO MATCH OR DUPLICATE ARE APPROVED FOR PATCHING OR EXTENDING PURPOSES BY ARCHITECT. D. FOR EXTERIOR STORAGE OF FABRICATED PRODUCTS, PLACE ON SLOPED SUPPORTS ABOVE GROUND. E. OVERLAP JOINTS 6 INCHES MINIMUM AND SEAL WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE.b. VACUUM WALLS, CEILINGS, SUPPLY CEILING DIFFUSERS, AND LIGHT FIXTURES. 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. D. PROVIDE ADEQUATE SUPPORT OR SUBSTRATE FOR PATCHING OF FINISHES. 5. BASE SHALL BE FREE OF WATERMARKS, SCARS FROM CLEANING EQUIPMENT STRIKING THE SURFACE, AND SPLASHING FROM THE CLEANING Tigard, Oregon E. IF IMPERFECT SURFACE WAS PAINTED OR COATED REPAINT OR RECOAT COMPLETE ROOM. CONFIRM WITH ARCHITECT. E. STORE LOOSE GRANULAR MATERIALS ON SOLID SURFACES IN A WELL DRAINED AREA; PREVENT MIXING WITH FOREIGN MATTER. SOLUTION AND RINSE WATER. SURFACES SHALL BE DRY AND THE CORNERS AND CREVICES CLEAN AFTER MOPPING. F. SEAL PIPE PENETRATIONS WITH VAPOR RETARDER OR PREFABRICATED BOOTS AND PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE. FIELD FABRICATE BOOTS AND OTHER ' F. ARRANGE STORAGE TO PROVIDE ACCESS FOR INSPECTION; PERIODICALLY INSPECT TO ASSURE PRODUCTS ARE UNDAMAGED AND ARE MAINTAINED UNDER 6. LEAVE WINDOW SILLS, TOP OF DOOR RAILS, DOOR AND BORROWED LITE FRAMES, WINDOW FRAMES, BASE, COLUMNS, DUST FREE. SHAPES AS NECESSARY TO SEAL VAPOR RETARDER AGAINST VAPOR PENETRATION. F. IF SURROUNDING SURFACE CANNOT BE MATCHED, REPAINT OR RECOAT ENTIRE SURFACE. REQUIRED CONDITIONS. 7. CLEAN TRANSPARENT MATERIALS, INCLUDING MIRRORS AND GLASS IN DOORS AND WINDOWS. REMOVE GLAZING COMPOUNDS AND OTHER G. PLACE CONCRETE SLAB-ON-GRADE DIRECTLY OVER INSTALLED VAPOR RETARDER. DO NOT INSTALL GRANULAR FILL LAYER OVER VAPOR RETARDER.] G. PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING WALL JUNCTIONS WHERE ONE WALL IS REMOVED AND OTHERS REMAIN. G. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL TO HANDLE PRODUCTS BY METHODS TO PREVENT SOILING AND PREVENT DAMAGE. NOTICEABLE, VISION OBSCURING MATERIALS. REPLACE CHIPPED OR BROKEN GLASS AND OTHER DAMAGED TRANSPARENT MATERIALS. POLISH 1.14 PLACING CONCRETE H. WHERE NEW GYPSUM BOARD ON METAL STUD CONSTRUCTION IS TO ALIGN WITH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD PARTITIONS ALIGN MIRRORS AND GLASS, TAKING CARE NOT TO SCRATCH SURFACES. A. IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 301. ( ) H. PROMPTLY INSPECT SHIPMENTS TO ASSURE PRODUCTS COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS, QUANTITIES ARE CORRECT, AND PRODUCTS ARE UNDAMAGED. 8. REMOVE LABELS THAT ARE NOT PERMANENT. CONSTRUCTION SO THERE IS NO DISCONTINUITY BETWEEN SURFACES. B. BONDING AGENT: MIX THOROUGHLY AND APPLY STRICTLY IN ACCORD WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS; DO NOT USE WHEN AMBIENT Issued/Revised Date I. IMMEDIATELY REMOVE FROM PROJECT PRODUCTS DAMAGED, WET, STAINED, AND PRODUCTS WITH MOLD AND PRODUCTS WITH MILDEW. 9. TOUCH UP AND OTHERWISE REPAIR AND RESTORE MARRED, EXPOSED FINISHES AND SURFACES. REPLACE FINISHES AND SURFACES THAT CANNOT TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 45 DEGREES F. PLACE CONCRETE IN CONTACT IMMEDIATELY WHILE BONDING AGENT IS STILL TACKY. I. WHERE NEW FINISHES ARE CALLED FOR AND EXISTING FINISHES ARE OTHER THAN PAINT, REMOVE EXISTING FINISHES. IF IN DOUBT, VERIFY WITH 1. TAKE SPECIAL CARE TO PREVENT ABSORBENT PRODUCTS SUCH AS GYPSUM BOARD AND ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS FROM BECOMING WET. BE SATISFACTORILY REPAIRED OR RESTORED OR THAT ALREADY SHOW EVIDENCE OF REPAIR OR RESTORATION. 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 ARCHITECT PRIOR TO REMOVAL. THIS SHALL INCLUDE REMOVAL OF EXISTING CORNER GUARDS. REPAIR AND MAKE GOOD SUBSTRATE PRIOR TO 10. WIPE SURFACES OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND SIMILAR EQUIPMENT. REMOVE EXCESS LUBRICATION PAINT AND MORTAR Permit 07/16/2014 INSTALLING NEW FINISHES. DROPPINGS, AND OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCES. CONTINUED ON SPEC-03 1.9 REPAIR 11. REPLACE PARTS SUBJECT TO UNUSUAL OPERATING CONDITIONS. A. REPAIR WORK DAMAGED IN COURSE OF ALTERATIONS, EXCEPT AT AREAS ACCEPTED OTHERWISE BY ARCHITECT FOR OTHER REMEDIAL ACTION. 12. CLEAN PLUMBING FIXTURES TO A SANITARY CONDITION, FREE OF STAINS, INCLUDING STAINS RESULTING FROM WATER EXPOSURE. B. WHERE FULL REMOVAL OF EXTENSIVE AMOUNTS OF ALMOST SUITABLE WORK WOULD BE NEEDED TO REPLACE DAMAGED PORTIONS, THEN FILLING, 13. LEAVE SANITARY RECEPTACLES EMPTY EXCEPT FOR A NEW LINER. STRAIGHTENING, SPACKLING AND SIMILAR REPAIR TECHNIQUES, FOLLOWED BY FULL PAINTING OR OTHER FINISHING, MAY BE PERMITTED BY ARCHITECT. 14. LEAVE TOILET SEATS UP AFTER CLEANING, FREE OF SPOTS, STAINS, INCLUDING SEAT HINGES. 15. REPLACE DISPOSABLE AIR FILTERS AND CLEAN PERMANENT AIR FILTERS. CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES OF DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES. C. EXAMPLES WORK THAT MAY FREQUENTLY BE APPROVED BY OWNER FOR REPAIR, RATHER THAN REPLACEMENT: SLIGHTLY BENT CEILING RUNNERS, 16. CLEAN LIGHT FIXTURES, LAMPS, GLOBES, AND REFLECTORS TO FUNCTION WITH FULL EFFICIENCY. REPLACE BURNED-OUT BULBS, AND THOSE HAIRLINE CRACKS IN DRYWALL. NOTICEABLY DIMMED BY HOURS OF USE, AND DEFECTIVE AND NOISY STARTERS IN FLUORESCENT AND MERCURY VAPOR FIXTURES TO COMPLY WITH D. IF REPAIRED WORK IS NOT BROUGHT UP TO STANDARD FOR NEW WORK, OWNER WILL DIRECT THAT IT BE CUT OUT AND REPLACED WITH NEW WORK. REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW FIXTURES. 17. LEAVE PROJECT CLEAN AND READY FOR OCCUPANCY. SPECIFICATIONS SPEC-02 7/16/14 12:20 PMP:\510141\A15-cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-specs.dwg SECTION 033000 - CONTINUED FROM SPEC-02 054000 - COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING SECTION 057000 - ORNAMENTAL METALS SECTION 061053 - CONTINUED 1.15 SLABS 1.1 SUMMARY 1.1 SUMMARY 1.6 PLACEMENT A. PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE A. SECTION INCLUDES: A. SECTION INCLUDES A. PLACE MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY TRUE TO LINES AND LEVELS. 1. ENSURE ROUGH GRADING AND BACKFILLING HAS BROUGHT SUBGRADE TO REQUIRED ELEVATIONS. 1. INTERIOR COLD-FORMED LOAD BEARING METAL FRAMING, WITH ANCHORAGE AND BRACING; 54 MILS MINIMUM THICKNESS (16 GAGE) AND THICKER 1. INSTALLATION OF OWNER FURNISHED STAINLESS STEEL PANEL SYSTEMS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING. B. CORRELATE LOCATION SO ATTACHED WORK WILL COMPLY WITH DESIGN REQUIREMENTS AND BE PROPERLY LOCATED. 2. FILL TRENCHES, SOFT SPOTS AND HOLLOWS WITH ADDITIONAL FILL. TO SUPPORT INTERIOR "OFCI STAINLESS STEEL PANELS." a. FLAT STAINLESS STEEL PLATE. C. CONSTRUCT MEMBERS OF CONTINUOUS PIECES OF LONGEST POSSIBLE LENGTHS. 3. PLACE AND LEVEL STRUCTURAL FILL TO A COMPACTED DEPTH INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, TRUE TO LINES AND LEVELS. COMPACT TO 2. STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF INTERIOR COLD-FORMED LOAD BEARING METAL FRAMING. b. WALLS, SOFFITS, CEILING PANELS, AND SINGLE-SIDED STAINLESS STEEL CLAD DOORS. D. FIT CARPENTRY WORK TO OTHER WORK; SCRIBE AND COPE AS REQUIRED FOR ACCURATE FIT. 95 PERCENT OF STANDARD DRY DENSITY PER ASTM D1557 3. RELATED REQUIREMENTS: REQUIRMENTS OF SECTION 011100 APPLY TO OFCI WORK OF THIS SECTION. c. EXTRUDED STAINLESS STEEL CUSTOM PERFORATED CEILING TROUGHS. E. SHIM WITH PLASTIC FOR BEARING ON CONCRETE AND MASONRY. B. CONTROL JOINTS FOR SLABS ON GRADE: 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION d. MANUALLY OPERABLE STAINLESS STEEL PANELS AND DOORS WHERE INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. F. SECURELY ATTACH CARPENTRY WORK TO SUBSTRATES BY ANCHORING AND FASTENING AS REQUIRED BY RECOGNIZED STANDARDS. PROVIDE WASHERS 1. COORDINATE WITH CONTROL JOINT REQUIREMENTS FOR OF/CI DIMENSION STONE TILE FLOORING IN SALES AREA. SEE SECTION 096341. A. STRUCTURAL DESIGN: 2. CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITMNED T0: UNDER BOLT HEADS AND NUTS IN CONTACT WITH WOOD. 2. MAKE JOINTS STRAIGHT; PERPENDICULAR OR PARALLEL TO BUILDING LINES AND SLAB EDGES, AS APPROPRIATE. 1. DELEGATED DESIGN: DESIGN INTERIOR COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING SYSTEM, INCLUDING COMPREHENSIVE ENGINEERING ANALYSIS BY A QUALIFIED o. ALUMINUM HONEYCOMB CEILING PANELS. G. WOOD BLOCKING: PROVIDE BLOCKING OF S4S LUMBER NOT LESS THAN 1-1/2 INCH WIDE AND OF THICKNESS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE 3. CONTROL JOINTS SHALL BE SAW CUT, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. COMPLETE SAWING WITHIN 12 HOURS AFTER PLACEMENT. PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER. b. FLOOR TO SOFFIT CABLE DISPLAY SYSTEM TOP AND BOTTOM TRACKS. SUPPORT OR TO PROPERLY LOCATE ATTACHED MATERIAL. 4. CONTROL JOINTS SHALL PENETRATE THE SLAB A MINIMUM OF 1/4 THE THICKNESS OF THE SLAB AND SHALL BE 3/16 INCH IN WIDTH MINIMUM. 2. DESIGN SYSTEM TO RESIST DEAD AND LIVE LOADS FROM INTERIOR OFCI STAINLESS STEEL CLADDING AND COLLATERAL ITEMS INDICATED TO BE c. ORNAMENTAL METAL ITEMS NOT FURNISHED BY OWNER. 1. PROVIDE ATTACHMENT TO OTHER WORK; FORM TO SHAPES SHOWN. COAT CONCRETE JOINTED WITH NEW CONCRETE, INCLUDING TOPPING, WITH CONCRETE BONDING COMPOUND. SUPPORTED BY COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING. 1.2 RELATED REQUIRMENTS 2. COUNTERSINK BOLTS AND NUTS FLUSH WITH SURFACES. 5. PLACE CONTROL JOINTS AT THE LOCATIONS INDICATED, EXCEPT WHEN NOT INDICATED LOCATE AT 32 TIMES THE SLAB THICKNESS. 3. DESIGN SYSTEM TO RESIST 100 PERCENT OF THE DESIGN LOAD WITH A MAXIMUM DEFLECTION OF L/550. A. 011100 - SUMMARY: SUBMITTALS FOR OWNER FURNISHED/OWNER INSTALLED PRODUCTS AND SYSTEMS. 3. REMOVE TEMPORARY BLOCKING WHEN NO LONGER NEEDED. C. TOOLED JOINTS FOR SLABS ON GRADE: PROVIDE TOOLED JOINTS TO MATCH CONTROL JOINTS. TOOLED JOINTS DO NOT NEED TO PENETRATE THE 4. DESIGN ANCHORAGES TO SIMULTANEOUSLY RESIST ALL VERTICAL AND LATERAL LOADS, WITH A SAFETY FACTOR OF 2. B. 011100 - SUMMARY: SUBMITTALS FOR OWNER FURNISHED/CONTRACTOR INSTALLED PRODUCTS AND SYSTEMS. H. PLYWOOD: COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION (APA) FOR FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF PLYWOOD WORK. SLAB 1/4 THE DEPTH OF THE SLAB. B. DESIGN SYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE BUILDING DEFLECTION AND DYNAMIC BUILDING MOVEMENT WITHOUT DAMAGE TO SYSTEM COMPONENTS. DESIGN 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS D. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: PLACE AT EITHER EXPANSION OR CONTROL JOINT LOCATIONS FOR SLAB ON GRADE CONSTRUCTION. SYSTEMS TO ACCOMMODATE A [FLOOR][ROOF] DEFLECTION. A. MAKE SUBMITTALS FOR CONTRACTOR PROVIDED PRODUCTS/SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 013300. SECTION 062000 - FINISH CARPENTRY E. CURING: C. CONFIGURATION. B. SAMPLES: FURNISH SAMPLES OF EACH EXPOSED METAL FINISH. 1.1 SUMMARY 1. MOISTURE CURE ALL CONCRETE FOR A MINIMUM OF 7 DAYS, UNLESS APPROVED OR SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. 1. PROVIDE CONFIGURATION FRAMING OF DEPTH INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. SECTION INCLUDES: PROVIDE FINISH CARPENTRY WITH ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 2. USE WATERPROOF SHEET MATERIAL MATS AND BURLAP AT SURFACES TO RECEIVE SUBSEQUENT BONDED FINISH MATERIALS, INCLUDING SEALING 2. PROVIDE STUD GAUGES INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. A. FABRICATOR QUALIFICATIONS: FIRM WITH MINIMUM FIVE YEARS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE FABRICATING ORNAMENTAL METAL ITEMS SIMILAR TO THOSE 1. INTERIOR WOOD TRIM WITH COAT HOOKS. COMPOUND. 3. PROVIDE STUD SPACINGS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. REQUIRED FOR PROJECT. 2. PEGBOARD. 3. MAINTAIN CONCRETE TEMPERATURES ABOVE 50 DEGREES F. 4. IN ADDITION TO COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT THE LOADS B. MOCK-UPS: APPROVED MOCKUPS MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO PROJECT IF UNDISTURBED AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 1.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING F. MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES: IMPOSED. 1. STAINLESS STEEL PANEL SYSTEM INSTALLATION: INSTALL OF OWNER FURNISHED STAINLESS STEEL PANELS TO SHOW METHODS OF INSTALLATION A. DO NOT DELIVER MATERIALS UNTIL SITE CONDITIONS ARE ADEQUATE TO RECEIVE WORK; PROTECT ITEMS FROM WEATHER WHILE IN TRANSIT. 1. FULL TROWEL FINISH SLAB SURFACES INDICATED TO REMAIN EXPOSED IN THE FINISHED WORK UNLESS SPECIFIED OR DIRECTED OTHERWISE. 5. SPLICING OF MEMBERS IS NOT PERMITTED; UNLESS SPLICE CONNECTION IS ENGINEERED FOR ADEQUATE STRENGTH AND STIFFNESS TO MEET AND ATTACHMENT, WITH JOINTS BETWEEN PANELS AND PANELS AND ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION, REVEAL CLIPS, SHEET METAL FLOOR ANGLES. B. STORE MATERIALS INDOORS, IN VENTILATED AREAS WITH CONSTANT BUT MINIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 60 DEGREES F AND MAXIMUM RELATIVE HUMIDITY OF 2. FULL TROWEL FINISH SLAB SURFACES INDICATED TO BE COVERED WITH RESILIENT FLOORING. DESIGN LOADS FOR EACH INSTANCE. C. PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING (OFCI PRODUCTS): CONVENE NOT LESS THAN ONE WEEK PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK OF THIS SECTION. REQUIRE 25 TO 55 PERCENT. 3. LIGHT STEEL TROWEL FINISH INTERIOR FLOOR SLAB SURFACES SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE TILE, MORTAR BED OR OTHER SIMILAR BONDED MATERIALS. 1.3 SUBMITTALS ATTENDANCE OF PARTIES DIRECTLY AFFECTING WORK OF THIS SECTION. C. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION OF FINISH CARPENTRY UNTIL SPACE IS FULLY ENCLOSED AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS ARE FULLY OPERATIONAL. MAINTAIN G. SEALER: AFTER SLAB IS COMPLETELY CURED AND DRY, APPLY CURING/SEALING COMPOUND TO INTERIOR SLABS SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE SEALER. A. MAKE SUBMITTALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 013300. 1. REVIEW INSTALLATION PROCEDURES AND COORDINATION REQUIRED WITH RELATED WORK. INTERIOR INSTALLATION AREAS AT 70 DEGREES F AND 50 TO 55 PERCENT RELATIVE HUMIDITY. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA FOR COVERAGE RATES FOR UNIFORM SEMI-GLOSS APPEARANCE. B. ACTION SUBMITTALS: 1.5 MATERIALS D. IMMEDIATELY REMOVE FROM SITE MATERIALS WITH VISIBLE MOLD AND MATERIALS WITH MILDEW. H. FINISH CONCRETE TO ACHIEVE THE FOLLOWING TOLERANCES: 1. SHOP DRAWINGS: A. ALUMINUM (CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS): 1.3 MATERIALS 1. UNDER NATURAL STONE TILE ON CURED MORTAR BED OR A CONCRETE TOPPING SLAB: FF 20 (15 LOCAL) AND FL 15. (10 LOCAL) o. INDICATE ALL TYPICAL AND SPECIAL DETAILS, INCLUDING FRAMING DETAILS, ANCHORAGE SYSTEMS, FASTENING SYSTEMS, LOADS, AND 1. EXTRUDED BAR AND SHAPES: ASTM B221, 6063-T6. A. PERFORATED HARDBOARD: ANSI A 135.4 TYPE 2, TEMPERED, 1/4 INCH THICK WITH 1/4 INCH HOLES, 1 INCH O.C. 2. UNDER THIN-SET CERAMIC TILE AND RESILIENT FINISHES: FF 35 (24 LOCAL) AND FL 25 (17 LOCAL), APPROXIMATELY 3/32 INCH IN 10 FEET. ACCESSORIES OR ITEMS REQUIRED OF OTHER WORK FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 2. EXTRUDED PIPE AND TUBE: ASTM B429, 6063-T6, B. STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM FOR OPAQUE PAINTED FINISH: b. INDICATE FRAMING LAYOUTS AND SIZES OF FRAMED OPENINGS. 3. DRAWN SEAMLESS TUBE: ASTM B483, 6063-T832. 1, QUALITY STANDARD: AWS CUSTOM GRADE. SECTION 035416 - CEMENTITIOUS UNDERLAYMENT c. WHERE SHOP DRAWINGS INCORPORATE DETAILS OR MEMBER SIZES AND PLACEMENTS NOT INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. 4. PLATE AND SHEET: ASTM 8209, 6061-T6. 2, MATERIAL: CLEAR PINE. 1.1 SUMMARY d. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SEALED BY THE DESIGN ENGINEER. 5. DIE AND HAND FORGINGS: ASTM B247, 6061-T6. 3. TEXTURE: S4S. A. SECTION INCLUDES: 2. PRODUCT DATA: INDICATE EACH TYPE OF FRAMING MEMBER PROPOSED; INCLUDE STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS. 6. CASTINGS: ASTM B26, 356.0-T6. C. DIMENSION LUMBER WOOD BLOCKING/FURRING BEHIND PERFORATED HARDBOARD: 1. POURED CEMENTITIOUS TYPE FLOOR UNDERLAYMENT; NOT INTENDED AS A FINISHED TRAFFIC SURFACE, SUITABLE AS UNDERLAYMENT FOR INDICATED C. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS: 7. HONEYCOMB CEILING PANELS: MP-1 AS SPECIFIED IN DRAWINGS FINISH LEGEND. 1. QUALITY STANDARD: AWS CUSTOM GRADE. FINISHED FLOORING INSTALLATIONS. 1. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTAL: SUBMIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 017700. o. SCREW FASTENERS: TYPE S-12. 2. MATERIAL: CLEAR PINE. 2. RAMPS AND TAPERS AS NECESSARY TO CORRECT LEVELS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR FINISHES. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE b. JOINT COMPOUND: PREMIUM BODY FILLER, EASY TO SAND TO FEATHER EDGE. SAME AS "MARSON 01171 PLATINUM." 3. TEXTURE: S4S. B. DRAWINGS, THE PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT, THE GENERAL CONDITIONS, AND DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO WORK OF THIS A. THE WORK OF THIS SECTION IS SUBJECT TO TESTING AND INSPECTION AS SPECIFIED IN 014500. B. STAINLESS STEEL (CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS): TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL. D. ANCHORS, NAILS AND SCREWS: SELECT THE MATERIAL, TYPE, SIZE AND FINISH REQUIRED BY EACH SUBSTRATE FOR SECURE ANCHORAGE. SECTION. B. USE ONLY AWS CERTIFIED WELDERS. 1. FINISH: BHMA 630 (US32D) OR NAAMM NUMBER 7, SATIN DIRECTIONAL POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL WITH BEAD BLAST FINISH UNLESS OTHERWISE 1.4 FABRICATION 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE C. WELDING SHALL COMPLY WITH AWS D1.3. INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. A. FABRICATE FINISH CARPENTRY ITEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFIED QUALITY STANDARD. A. QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLERS: INSTALLATION SHALL BE BY APPROVED APPLICATOR USING APPROVED MIXING/PLACEMENT EQUIPMENT. D. CALCULATE STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES OF FRAMING MEMBERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AISI "SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD FORMED STEEL 2. COMPLY WITH FOLLOWING STANDARDS FOR STAINLESS STEEL. B. USE EXPOSED FASTENING DEVICES OR NAILS ONLY WHEN APPROVED AND UNAVOIDABLE; ARRANGE NEATLY. 1.3 MATERIALS MEMBERS". o. SHEET AND PLATE: ASTM A666. 1.5 EXAMINATION A. UNDERLAYMENT: POURABLE CEMENTITIOUS, HIGH STRENGTH, FAST SETTING, NONSHRINK UNDERLAYMENT. E. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: b. BAR STOCK: ASTM A666 OR A276. A. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: TAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS PRIOR TO FABRICATION WHERE POSSIBLE; DO NOT DELAY JOB PROGRESS, ALLOW FOR TRIMMING AND 1. PRODUCTS: 1. FRAMING SYSTEM SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF JURISDICTIONAL CODE AUTHORITIES. c. SHAPES: ASTM A276. FITTING. o. ARDEX, INC./K-15. 2. FURNISH ALL CALCULATIONS, ENGINEER'S STAMPS, DRAWINGS, AND OTHER ITEMS REQUIRED BY THE CODE AUTHORITIES TO OBTAIN APPROVAL OF d. SEAMLESS TUBING: ASTM A269. B. VERIFY SURFACES ARE READY TO RECEIVE WORK. BEGINNING INSTALLATION SIGNIFIES ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS. b. PROSPEC/LEVEL SET 300. THE INSTALLATION. e. CASTINGS: ASTM A743, IRON-CHROMIUM-NICKEL ALLOY. C. ENSURE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ITEMS AFFECTING WORK ARE PROPERLY PLACED, COMPLETE, AND HAVE BEEN INSPECTED BY APPLICABLE 2. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH: MINIMUM 4100 PSI AT 28 DAYS, ASTM C349. 1.5 COMPONENTS C. FLOOR TO SOFFIT CABLE DISPLAY SYSTEM TRACKS: B&N INDUSTRIES, SAN CARLOS, CA "CABLE MAXI-SYSTEM" AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. NO AUTHORITIES PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLATION. B. AGGREGATES: WASHED MASON, MORTAR OR PLASTER SAND, AND OTHER CLEAN NONDELETERIOUS AGGREGATES AS RECOMMENDED BY UNDERLAYMENT A. COLD FORMED LIGHT-GAUGE STEEL FRAMING: ASTM A653. SUBSTITUTIONS. D. INSPECT EACH PIECE OF FINISH CARPENTRY AND DISCARD DAMAGED AND DEFECTIVE PIECES. TYPE HOTHERWISET ISTRUCTURAL „ 1.6 INSTALLATION MANUFACTURER AS REQUIRED FOR INDICATED THICKNESS OF UNDERLAYMENT. 1. MINIMUM 54-97 MILS THICKNESS: FABRICATE FROM STEEL SHEET: QUALITY SQ, GRADE 50, E , UNLESS NOTED N 1. TRACK FOR CABLE DISPLAY SYSTEM: B&N INDUSTRIES 73.1/963083 EXTRUDED ALUMINUM CHANNELS DESIGNED SPECIFICALLY TO ACCEPT CABLE A. INSTALL WORK CONSISTENT WITH SPECIFIED WI MOM OR AWI QUALITY GRADE, PLUMB, LEVEL, TRUE AND STRAIGHT WITH NO DISTORTIONS; SHIM AS C. PRIMER: AS RECOMMENDED BY THE UNDERLAYMENT MANUFACTURER FOR ABSORBENT CONCRETE SUBSTRATE. DRAWINGS. DISPLAY HARDWARE. PROVIDE WITH ALUMINUM COVER PLATE, 1/16 INCH THICK, TO EXACTLY FIT WITHIN TRACK AND CONCEAL SCREWS. REQUIRED, USING CONCEALED SHIMS. PRIME PAINT SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION; COMPLY WITH D. WATER: CLEAN AND FREE FROM IMPURITIES AND SUBSTANCES DELETERIOUS TO UNDERLAYMENT. 2. MINIMUM 18-43 MILS THICKNESS: FABRICATE FROM STEEL SHEET: QUALITY SQ, GRADE 33, TYPE H; UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IN STRUCTURAL FABRICATE IN SINGLE LENGTH FOR EACH TRACK, WITHOUT JOINTS. REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 099000. 1.4 PREPARATION DRAWINGS. o. CABLE MAXI-SYSTEM PRODUCT RATED AT 400 LBS MAX. B. SECURE WORK TO BLOCKING WITH COUNTERSUNK, CONCEALED FASTENERS AND BLIND NAILING AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. A. INSPECT SUBFLOOR FOR STRUCTURALLY SOUND CONDITION REQUIRED FOR TYPE OF UNDERLAYMENT AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH WORK WILL BE 3. FINISH: G60 ZINC COATED FINISH IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C653; INCLUDING TRACKS, CONNECTORS, AND SHEET METAL ACCESSORIES. b. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL DISPLAY TRACK DESIGN LOADS ACCORDING TO CONSTRUCTION. C. SCRIBE AND CUT FOR ACCURATE FIT TO OTHER FINISHED WORK. PERFORMED. 4. STUDS: C SHAPED SECTIONS; MINIMUM 1-5/8 INCH WIDE FLANGES WITH RETURN LIP; UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IN STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 2. STAINLESS STEEL CABLE AND DISPLAY HARDWARE: NOT IN CONTRACT (OWNER FURNISHED / OWNER INSTALLED). D. ACCESSORIES: INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS IN LOCATIONS INDICATED OR AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. 1. START OF WORK INDICATES ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS. 5. TRACK: C SHAPED SECTIONS; MINIMUM 1-1/2 INCH WIDE FLANGES. D. STEEL: E. PREPARATION FOR FIELD FINISHING: B. PREPARE SLABS ON GRADE TO PRODUCE SOUND, DRY SURFACE AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER BONDING OF UNDERLAYMENT. B. ACCESSORIES. 1. STEEL SHAPES, PLATES AND BARS: ASTM A36. 1. SAND WORK SMOOTH AND SET EXPOSED NAILS AND SCREWS. C. REMOVE STUD WALL BASE PLATES IN DOORS AND OTHER OPENINGS. 1. SCREWS: ASTM C954; PAN HEAD OR WAFER HEAD "TEK", #2 PHILLIPS; GALVANIZED OR FLUOROPOLYMER COATED STEEL. 2. STEEL SHEET: HOT ROLLED, ASTM A1011; OR COLD ROLLED, ASTM A1008, CLASS 1; OF GRADE REQUIRED FOR DESIGN LOADING. 2. APPLY WOOD FILLER IN EXPOSED NAIL AND SCREW INDENTATIONS AND LEAVE READY TO RECEIVE SITE APPLIED FINISHES. D. PREVENT LEAKAGE AT CRACKS; FILL CRACKS AND VOIDS WITH QUICK SETTING DRYWALL PATCHING MATERIAL AS RECOMMENDED BY UNDERLAYMENT 2. ACCESSORIES OR CONNECTION CLIPS NOTED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 3. STEEL TUBING: COLD FORMED ASTM A500; OR HOT ROLLED, ASTM A501; MINIMUM GRADE B; SEAMLESS WHERE EXPOSED. 3. SEAL CONCEALED AND SEMI CONCEALED SURFACES; BRUSH APPLY ONLY, USING PRIMER CONSISTENT WITH FINISH COATS SPECIFIED UNDER MANUFACTURER. C. COLD GALVANIZING COMPOUND: "GALV-WELD," "GALVICAN," "ZRC COLD GALVANIZING COMPOUND," OR EQUIVALENT ZINC-RICH PRIMER. E. CONCRETE INSERTS: THREADED OR WEDGE TYPE; GALVANIZED FERROUS CASTINGS, EITHER MALLEABLE IRON ASTM A47, OR CAST STEEL ASTM A27. SECTION 099000. E. ENSURE AREA TO BE POURED IS CLEAN AND FREE OF MUD, OIL, GREASE OR OTHER CONTAMINANTS. 1.6 EXAMINATION 1. PROVIDE BOLTS, WASHERS AND SHIMS AS REQUIRED, HOT-DIP GALVANIZED, ASTM A153. 1.5 INSTALLATION A. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, CAREFULLY INSPECT INSTALLED WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY THAT SUCH WORK IS COMPLETE TO THE POINT WHERE F. GROUT: NON-SHRINK MEETING ASTM C1107, NON-METALLIC, PRE-MIXED, FACTORY-PACKAGED, NON-STAINING, NON-CORROSIVE; TYPE SPECIFICALLY SECTION 064000 - ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK A. PRIMING: PRIME IN ACCORDANCE WITH UNDERLAYMENT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. WORK OF THIS SECTION MAY PROPERLY COMMENCE. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND TIMELY RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER AS APPLICABLE TO JOB CONDITION. 1.1 SUMMARY B. MIX UNDERLAYMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR TYPE OF PLACEMENT OPERATION EMPLOYED; DO NOT EXCEED COMPLETION OF THE WORK. 1. MANUFACTURES: A. SECTION INCLUDES: AMOUNTS OF WATER DETERMINED BY MANUFACTURER. B. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL ALL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE RESOLVED. BEGINNING WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF SITE CONDITIONS a. MASTER BUILDERS/MASTERFLOW 713. 1. SHOP FABRICATED PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISHED CABINETWORK. C. KEEP MIXING AND PLACEMENT EQUIPMENT CLEAN AND FREE OF HARDENED LUMPS OF CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS. AND RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTIVE INSTALLATION CAUSED BY PRIOR OBSERVABLE CONDITIONS. b. FIVE STAR PRODUCTS, INC./FIVE STAR GROUT. 2. SHOP FABRICATED PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISHED COUNTERTOPS. D. PROVIDE ADEQUATE EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL TO ENSURE UNIFORM, CONTINUOUS FLOW OF UNDERLAYMENT AT POINT OF DELIVERY WITHOUT 1.7 ERECTION c. BOSTIK CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS/UPCON GROUT. 3. SHOP FABRICATED PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISHED WORK STATION TOPS, DIVIDERS, AND GABLES. SEGREGATION AND LOSS OF MATERIAL. A. INSTALL LIGHT GAUGE STRUCTURAL FRAMING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C1007, UNLESS INDICATED OR SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. d. PROTEX INDUSTRIES, INC./PROPAK. 4. SHOP FABRICATED PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED ADJUSTABLE SHELVING. E. SCHEDULE APPLICATION AS LATE AS POSSIBLE DURING CONSTRUCTION TO AVOID DAMAGE BY HEAVY TRADES. B. SCREW OR WELD EACH JOINT. WELDS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS D1.3. F. POUR SHOULD BE SCHEDULED AFTER INSTALLATION OF DRYWALL TO MINIMIZE DAMAGE TO INSTALLED UNDERLAYMENT. C. METAL FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE SAW OR SHEAR CUT. NO TORCH CUTTING IS PERMITTED. G. BRACKETS AND ANCHORS: UNEXPOSED PLATES, ANGLES AND SUPPORTS MAY BE STEEL; EXPOSED ITEMS TO MATCH ORNAMENTAL METAL TYPE ANDCABINETWORK HARDWARE. 1 2 ACTIONSUBMITTALS G. INSTALL UNDERLAYMENT IN ONE LAYER AT MINIMUM THICKNESS RECOMMENDED BY UNDERLAYMENT MANUFACTURER. FINISH. H. DO NOT INTERRUPT PLACEMENT OF UNDERLAYMENT UNTIL ENTIRE SECTION IS COMPLETED; ENSURE NO SLURRY IS PLACED AGAINST UNDERLAYMENT D. CONSTRUCT CORNERS WITH A MINIMUM OF 3 STUDS PER CORNER. H. FASTENERS: TYPE REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIC USAGE; PROVIDE CONCEALED FASTENERS EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY APPROVED; WHERE EXPOSED MATCH A. MAKE SUBMITTALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 013300. E. FRAME BOTH SIDES OF EXPANSION AND SEISMIC JOINTS. DO NOT BRIDGE JOINTS WITH SYSTEM COMPONENTS OR ACCESSORIES. TYPE AND FINISH OF METAL BEING FASTENED. B. PRODUCT DATA: MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE FOR MANUFACTURED ITEMS. THAT HAS OBTAINED INITIAL SET, EXCEPT AT AUTHORIZED JOINTS. F. PROVIDE FRAMING AS REQUIRED TO FORM SOLID BACKING FOR ALL EDGES OF SHEATHING AND TRIM ACCESSORIES. 1. CONCEALED STEEL FASTENERS: HOT-DIPPED GALVANIZED MINIMUM G90 WHERE BUILT INTO EXTERIOR WALLS OR SUBJECT TO HIGH HUMIDITY. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE I. IMMEDIATELY AFTER PLACEMENT, SCREED AND LEVEL TO REQUIRED THICKNESS AND TROWEL TO SMOOTH, EVEN PLANE. G. TOLERANCES: 1.6 ACCESSORIES TO OF/CI PRODUCTS A. QUALITY STANDARDS: ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK STANDARDS, 1ST EDITION J. CLEAN SPATTER FROM SUPPORTING STRUCTURE AND WALLS BEFORE SPATTER SETS. 1. PLUMB: 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET. A. OWNER FURNISHED/CONTRACTOR INSTALLED STAINLESS STEEL PANELS: B. FABRICATOR QUALIFICATIONS: MEMBER OF WOODWORK INSTITUTE OR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE OR BOTH WITH MINIMUM FIVE YEARS K. PROVIDE ADEQUATE VENTILATION AND HEAT, IF NECESSARY, AFTER PLACEMENT OF UNDERLAYMENT TO ENSURE COMPLETE DRYING OF UNDERLAYMENT. 2, LOCATION: WITHIN 1/4 INCH OF THE REQUIRED LOCATION. 1. ANCHORS AND INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE AS INDICATED AND AS REQUIRED TO SECURE STAINLESS STEEL PANEL SYSTEMS IN PLACE; SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE FABRICATING ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK SIMILAR TO THAT REQUIRED FOR PROJECT. 1.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3. ALIGNMENT: STUD AND RUNNER FACES TO RECEIVE FINISH MATERIALS SHALL NOT VARY MORE THAN 1/8 INCH FROM THE REQUIRED PLANE. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR STRENGTH OF FASTENERS. C. INSTALLER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SUPPLYING FIELD DIMENSIONS THAT WILL AFFECT THE WORK OF THIS SECTION. A. SITE TESTING: TEST, RECORD RESULTS, AND IDENTIFY EACH SET OF TEST SPECIMENS RELATING TO AREA UNDERLAYMENT IS PLACED. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH: TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C472 TESTING PROCEDURES, USING 2 INCH BY 2 INCH CUBE MOLDS. 4. LEVEL: 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET. 2. BLACK DUCT LINER AT STAINLESS STEEL WALL/CEILING PANELS - PREVENT LIGHT LEAKAGE: KENETICS/KDD-3642 ASPHALTIC MEMBRANE, PROVIDE H. ERECT STUDS IN ONE PIECE FULL LENGTH. SPLICING AND WIRE TYING OF FRAMING COMPONENTS SHALL NOT BE USED. WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. A. DO NOT DELIVER ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK UNTIL SITE CONDITIONS ARE ADEQUATE TO RECEIVE WORK; PROTECT ITEMS FROM WEATHER WHILE IN 1.7 PROTECTION TRANSIT. A. DURING CONSTRUCTION, PLACE TEMPORARY WOOD PLANKING OVER UNDERLAYMENT WHEREVER IT WILL BE SUBJECTED TO HEAVY WHEELED OR I. MAKE PROVISION FOR ERECTION STRESSES. PROVIDE TEMPORARY ALIGNMENT AND BRACING. TOUCH-UP FIELD WELDS AND SCRATCHED OR DAMAGED 3. ESCUTCHEON PLATE FOR TROUGH MOUNTED SECURITY CAMERA BY FORMS AND SURFACES. CONTACT (412) 781-9003. 1. ALLOW ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK SHOP FINISH TO COMPLETELY DRY PRIOR TO DELIVERY TO SITE; ALLOW MATERIALS TO OFF GAS VOLATILE CONCENTRATED LOADS. GALVANIZING IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM A780. 1.7 FABRICATION B. REPLACE DAMAGED WORK. J. ATTACH CROSS STUDS OR FURRING CHANNELS TO STUDS FOR ATTACHMENT OF WALL MOUNTED ITEMS. A. FABRICATE COMPONENT CONNECTIONS TO SUPPORT SPECIFIED DESIGN LOADS. ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) EMISSIONS OFF SITE. END OF DMSION 03 K. INSTALL FRAMING BETWEEN STUDS FOR ATTACHMENT OF ELECTRICAL BOXES AND OTHER MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ITEMS. B. SELECT MATERIALS FOR STRAIGHTNESS, FREE OF DEFECTS AND IRREGULARITIES. EXPOSED TO VIEW SURFACES EXHIBITING PITTING, SEAM MARKS, B. STORE MATERIALS INDOORS, IN VENTILATED AREAS WITH CONSTANT BUT MINIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 60 DEGREES F AND MAXIMUM RELATIVE HUMIDITY OF L. ENSURE FRAMING PROVIDES TRUE AND FLAT SURFACES, READY TO RECEIVE DESIGNATED FINISH. ROLLER MARKS, "OIL CANNING," STAINS, DISCOLORATIONS, AND IMPERFECTIONS ON FINISHED UNITS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 25 TO 55 PERCENT DIVISION 04 - MASONRY M. COAT WELDS AND REPAIR DAMAGE TO GALVANIZED COATINGS WITH COLD GALVANIZING COMPOUND. C. MAKE EXPOSED JOINTS FLUSH BUTT TYPE, HAIRLINE JOINTS WHERE MECHANICALLY FASTENED; PROVIDE CONCEALED CONNECTION DEVICES WITH HIDDEN C. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION OF ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK UNTIL SPACE IS FULLY ENCLOSED AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS ARE FULLY OPERATIONAL. 1.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL FASTENERS. MAINTAIN INTERIOR INSTALLATION AREAS AT 70 DEGREES F AND 50 TO 55 PERCENT RELATIVE HUMIDITY. RESERVED A. THE STRUCTURAL DESIGN ENGINEER OR AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL VISIT THE SITE TO OBSERVE THE FINISHED FRAMING PRIOR TO 1. FABRICATE CONTINUOUS ITEMS WITH JOINTS NEATLY FITTED AND SECURED. D. IMMEDIATELY REMOVE FROM SITE MATERIALS WITH VISIBLE MOLD AND MATERIALS WITH MILDEW. INSTALLATION OF FINISH MATERIALS TO VERIFY THAT THE WORK IS COMPLETED IN GENERAL CONFORMANCE WITH SHOP DRAWINGS. STRUCTURAL 2. EASE EXPOSED EDGES TO APPROXIMATE 1/32 INCH UNIFORM RADIUS. 1.5 COORDINATION Architect: END OF DIVISION 04 OBSERVATIONS SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AS INSPECTIONS OR SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL BUILDING CODE. D. COMPLY WITH AWS FOR RECOMMENDED PRACTICES IN WELDING EACH TYPE OF MATERIAL; PROVIDE WELDS BEHIND FINISHED SURFACES WITHOUT A. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF THE FOLLOWING ITEMS DURING FABRICATION: of METAL FABRICATION B d W PLUMBING FIXTURES. Woods a SECTION 055000 - DISTORTION OR DISCOLORATION ON EXPOSED SIDE; DRESS EXPOSED AND CONTACT SURFACES. 1. g E. EXPOSED MECHANICAL FASTENINGS: FLUSH COUNTERSUNK FASTENERS UNOBTRUSIVELY LOCATED, CONSISTENT WITH DESIGN OF STRUCTURE. 2• ELECTRICAL CONDUIT. 1.1 SUMMARY 3. ELECTRICAL JUNCTION BOXES. www.woodsbagot.com DIVISION 05 - METALS F. FIT AND SHOP ASSEMBLE IN LARGEST PRACTICAL SECTIONS FOR SITE DELIVERY. A. SECTION INCLUDES: G. SEPARATE DISSIMILAR MATERIALS WITH BITUMINOUS PAINT WHERE CONCEALED, WITH PREFORMED SEPARATORS, OR SIMILAR METHOD TO PREVENT 4. ELECTRICAL FIXTURES. SECTION 051200 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 1. STOCK AND CUSTOM FABRICATED METAL FABRICATIONS COMPLETE IN RESPECT TO FUNCTION AS INTENDED INCLUDING ITEMS MADE FROM IRON AND CORROSION. 1.6 PANEL PRODUCTS 1.1 SUMMARY STEEL SHAPES, PLATES, BARS, STRIPS, TUBES, PIPES AND CASTINGS WHICH ARE NOT A PART OF STRUCTURAL STEEL AS DEFINED BY AISC OR 1.8 EXAMINATION A. HIGH PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE (HPDL): NEMA LD-3.1 HIGH PRESSURE LAMINATES. Consultant: A. SECTION INCLUDES: ELEMENTS INDICATED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. METAL SYSTEMS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE. A. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: TAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS PRIOR TO PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND FABRICATION, WHERE POSSIBLE; DO NOT DELAY 1. HORIZONTAL GENERAL PURPOSE (HGS): EXPOSED AND SEMI-EXPOSED HORIZONTAL WORK SURFACES, SHELVES, COUNTERS, RACEWAY TOPS; Thorson Baker & Associates 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS 2. CONTINUOUS SLOT METAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS. JOB PROGRESS; ALLOW FOR TRIMMING AND FITTING WHERE NECESSARY. NOMINAL 0.048 INCH THICKNESS. A. MAKE SUBMITTALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 013300. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1.9 INSTALLATION 2. VERTICAL GENERAL PURPOSE (VGS): EXPOSED AND SEMI-EXPOSED VERTICAL SURFACES; NOMINAL 0.028 INCH THICKNESS. www.thorsonbaker.com B. SHOP DRAWINGS: A. DELEGATED DESIGN: DESIGN SLOTTED METAL CHANNEL FRAMING, INCLUDING COMPREHENSIVE ENGINEERING ANALYSIS BY A QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL A. INSTALL HONEYCOMB CEILING PANELS IN LONGEST PRACTICAL LENGTHS TO MINIMIZE END BUTT JOINTS. SECURE TO COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING B. PARTICLEBOARD : ANSI A208.1-1999, GRADE M-2, SANDED FACES, FORMALDEHYDE-FREE. 1. INDICATE PROFILES, SIZES, SPACING, AND LOCATIONS OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, CONNECTIONS, ATTACHMENTS, FASTENERS, CAMBERS, LOADS. ENGINEER, USING PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AND DESIGN CRITERIA INDICATED. WITH TWO SCREWS PER BEARING. SET NOSEPIECE ON POWER SCREWDRIVER FOR CORRECT COUNTERSINKING OF THE SCREWHEAD FOR PROPER C. MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD (MDF): ANSI A208.2, GRADE MD-EXTERIOR GLUE. 2. INDICATE WELDED CONNECTIONS USING STANDARD AWS WELDING SYMBOLS. INDICATE NET WELD LENGTHS. B. DRAWINGS, THE PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT, THE GENERAL CONDITIONS, AND DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO WORK OF THIS CONCEALMENT WITH JOINT COMPOUND. TAKE CARE NOT TO BREAK THE FACE SHEET, CRUSH THE CORE, OR STRIP THE FRAMING MEMBER AROUND THE 1. INDUSTRIAL GRADE MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD, AVERAGE 45 TO 48 PCF DENSITY; FORMALDEHYDE FREE SYNTHETIC RESIN BINDERS. Consultant: 3. INDICATE TYPES AND LOCATIONS OF FIELD WELDS. SECTION. SCREW SHANK. D. SOFTWOOD PLYWOOD: DOC PS 1. Thorson Baker & Associates 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.3 MATERIALS 1. APPLY TWO SEPARATE COATS OF JOINT COMPOND OVER FLAT JOINTS. MAKE JOINTS SMOOTH, FLUSH, AND INVISIBLE. E. HARDWOOD VENEER PLYWOOD: STATES INDUSTRIES (EUGENE OR; 800-626-1981 OR MOCKSVILLE NC 888-203_4910) "APPLEPLY"; MANUFACTURED IN A. THE WORK OF THIS SECTION IS SUBJECT TO TESTING AND INSPECTION AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 014500. A. STEEL SHAPES, PLATES AND BARS: ASTM A36. 2. COVER FASTENERS HEADS WITH THREE SEPARATE COATS OF JOINT COMPOIND. ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI/HPVA HP-1-2000; ALDER/BIRCH CORE PLYWOOD; 13 PLY; 3/4 INCH THICKNESS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. www.thorsonbaker.com B. USE ONLY CERTIFIED WELDERS APPROVED BY THE PROJECT JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITY. .3JOINT COMPOUND SHALL BE SMOOTH AND FREE OF TOOL MARKS AND RIDGES. B. CONTINUOUS ROLL FORMED SLOT METAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS AND STEEL FITTINGS: 1-5/8 INCH CHANNEL WIDTH SERIES, COLD FORMED OF ASTM 1.7 ACCESSORIES C. UNLESS SPECIFIED OR INDICATED OTHERWISE, WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH AWS AND AISC STANDARDS. 4. COAT ENTIRE PREPARED SURFACES WITH COMPATABLE PRIMER PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF FINAL FINISH. A. LAMINATE ADHESIVE: LIQUID POLYVINYL ACETATE OR UREA RESIN ADHESIVE FOR USE AT TEMPERATURES ABOVE 60 DEGREES F, AT PRESSURE NOT D. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS - GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES FOR WIND LOADS, SEISMIC LOADS, DEAD LOADS, LIVE LOADS, AND ADDITIONAL A 1011 SS, GRADE 33, 12 GAGE (0.105 INCH) STRIP STEEL; SINGLE CHANNEL AND DOUBLE BACK TO BACK CHANNEL. B. INSTALL ORNAMENTAL METAL ITEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, AND APPROVED SHOP REQUIREMENTS, 1. FINISH: RUST INHIBITING ACRYLIC ENAMEL PAINT ELECTRO-DEPOSITED AND BAKED; FED STANDARD 595A, COLOR NUMBER 14109 (DARK LIMIT V-) LESS THAN 15 POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH. Consultant: DRAWINGS. B. ADHESIVE FOR BONDING EDGES: ADHESIVE SPECIFIED ABOVE FOR FACES. E. EPDXY EMBEDMENTS: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND ICBO NO. ER-2678 DURING PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION OF PERMA-GREEN II. 1. BEAD BLASTED STAINLESS STEEL PANEL SYSTEMS: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS; ANCHOR C. EXPOSED SCREW FASTENERS: PROVIDE SCREWS WITH SQUARE DRIVE; COUNTERSINKING IN WOOD OR WITH DECORATIVE CUP WASHERS AS INDICATED. ISP Design, Inc. GROUTED BOLTS AND REINFORCEMENT BARS. 2. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: MEMBER COMPANY OF THE METAL FRAMING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION. SECURELY IN PLACE CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING ANTICIPATED LOADS. 1.8 HARDWARE www.ispdesign.com 1.4 STRUCTURAL STEEL: TYPES AS INDICATED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. C. CONCRETE INSERTS: THREADED OR WEDGE TYPE; GALVANIZED FERROUS CASTINGS, EITHER MALLEABLE IRON ASTM A47, OR CAST STEEL ASTM A27. C. INSTALL OWNER FURNIGED STAINLESS STEEL PANEL SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS WITH UNIFORM REVEALS AND JOINTS. A. PROVIDE CASEWORK HARDWARE ITEMS AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 1.5 ACCESSORIES PROVIDE BOLTS, WASHERS AND SHIMS AS REQUIRED, HOT-DIP GALVANIZED, ASTM A153. 1. FIELD MODIFICATIONS NOT ALLOWED UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING BY OWNER. 1. COAT RACK: WALL STANDARDS = "KV 85 WH 60", ROD SUPPORT BRACKETS = "KV 185 WH 12", AND COAT ROD = "KV 750 5 SERIES 96" A. NONSHRINK GROUT: MASTER BUILDERS "MASTER FLOW 713," SONNEBORN "SONOGROUT,' OR APPROVED; NON-SHRINK, NON-METALLIC GROUT IN D. GROUT: NONSHRINK MEETING ASTM C1107, NONMETALLIC, PREMIXED, FACTORY PACKAGED, NONSTAINING, NONCORROSIVE; TYPE SPECIFICALLY D. INSTALL PLUMB, TRUE AND IN CORRECT RELATION TO ADJACENT WORK, FREE FROM DISTORTION OR DEFECTS DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE AND WITH HANG ROD SADDLE _ "KV 192 ANO." AND END CAPS "KV 732 ANO." SCREWS TO MATCH. COMPLIANCE WITH ASTM C1107 - GRADE C. RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER AS APPLICABLE TO JOB CONDITION. PERFORMANCE. 2• OPEN ADJUSTABLE SHELVES: B. WELDING ELECTRODES: E-70 SERIES, LOW HYDROGEN, APPROPRIATE FOR USE. E. PRIOR TO SECURING CONTINUOUS ITEMS, ADJUST TO ENSURE CORRECT ALIGNMENT OF REVEALS AND JOINTS THROUGHLUT LENGTH OF SYSTEM. 1. MANUFACTURERS: a. WALL STANDARDS = "KV 82 WH 48" a C. SHOP ORGANIC ZINC PRIMER: 'SERIES 394 PERIMEPRIME" BY TNEMEC COMPANY INC. (KANSAS CITY, M0; 816-483-3400). F. TOLERANCES: "ZERO DEVIATION ALLOWED. INSTALL PLUMB, LEVEL, AND WITH FLUSH ALIGNMENT THROUGHOUT PANEL SYSTEM IN STRICT ACCORDANCE . MASTER BUILDERS/MASTERFLOW 713. 1 WORKSTATIONS + BREAK COUNTER = "KV 82 WH 28", SCREWS TO MATCH. 1.6 FABRICATION WITH SHOP DRAWINGS. ) A. FABRICATE STRUCTURAL STEEL ITEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AISC AND AWS STANDARDS AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. b. FIVE STAR PRODUCTS, INC./FIVE STAR GROUT. G. INSTALL SUFFICIENT ANCHORAGE DEVICES TO SECURELY AND RIGIDLY FASTEN SYSTEM TO BUILDING. 2). TECHNOLOGY STATION = "KV 82 WH 63", SCREWS TO MATCH. PROPERLY MARK AND MATCH MARK ALL MATERIALS FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY. FABRICATE FOR DELIVERY SEQUENCE THAT WILL EXPEDITE ERECTION AND c. BOSTIK CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS/UPCON GROUT. H. PROVIDE ANCHORS TO BE INSTALLED IN OTHER WORK, AND SETTING DETAILS, IN TIME FOR PROPER INSTALLATION BY TRADES CONCERNED; VERIFY 3). DATA TRANSFER STATION = "KV 82 WH 78", SCREWS TO MATCH. MINIMIZE FIELD HANDLING. d. PROTEX INDUSTRIES INC./PROPAK. CORRECT PLACEMENT. b. BRACKETS = "KV 182 WH 14.5"; SCREWS TO MATCH. B. SHOP ASSEMBLY: FABRICATE UNITS IN AS LARGE A PART OR SECTION AS PRACTICABLE, END OF DIVISION 05 3. WORKSTATION TOPS: E. FASTENERS AND ROUGH HARDWARE: TYPE REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIC USAGE; PROVIDE ZINC-COATED FASTENERS WHERE BUILT INTO EXTERIOR WALLS. C. SHOP PRIMER APPLICATION: a. BRACKETS: A & M HARDWARE INC, NO SUBSTITUTIONS; 1/8 INCH STEEL, EXCEEDS 1000 POUND LOAD LIMIT; 1-1/2 INCH FORMS WITH F. WELDING MATERIALS: AWS D1.1, TYPE REQUIRED FOR MATERIALS BEING WELDED. MULTIPLE 1/4 INCH HOLES PER SIDE; 3 BY 3 INCH CORNER NOTCH TO ALLOW FOR WALL CLEAT AND WIRE RUN CLEARANCE. 1. PREPARE SURFACES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, AND AS SPECIFIED BELOW. DMSION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 2. SOLVENT CLEAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH SSPC SP-1; COMMERCIAL BLAST UNGALVANIZED FERROUS METAL SURFACES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SSPC G. INTERIOR PRIMER: MODIFIED ALKYD TYPE (VOC COMPLIANT); LEAD AND CHROMATE FREE; GRAY/GREEN OR WHITE COLOR; ONE OF THE FOLLOWING 061053 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 1). FINISH: POWDER COAT WHITE COLOR INCLUDING SCREWS. -� SP10. UNLESS APPROVED OTHERWISE. 1.1 SUMMARY 2). SIZE(S): 15 INCH VERTICAL LEG BY 21-INCH HORIZONTAL LEG. 3. SPRAY APPLY ONE COAT ORGANIC ZINC PRIMER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 1. "AZERON PRIMER SERIES 88HS" BY TNEMEC COMPANY INC. (KANSAS CITY, M0; 816-483-3400). A. SECTION INCLUDES: c 1. PLYWOOD PANELS. b. PAPER SLOT GROMMETS: DOUG MOCKETT & CO "CPI-17"; (WHITE). '� �,,r 4. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL STRIPE COAT AT ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS INCLUDING PENETRATION EDGES. " �, CARS, - , . 2. AMERCOAT 5105" BY AMERON PROTECTIVE COATINGS (BREA, CA; 714-529-1951). 4. BREAK ROOM CASEWORK: 5. MAINTAIN AT LEAST ONE COAT OF PRIMER AT ALL TIMES DURING INSTALLATION. IMMEDIATELY PATCH DAMAGED COATINGS. 2. PLYWOOD BLOCKING C� �Q ; _� t� 5. APPLY ORGANIC ZINC PRIMER TO ALL STEEL. 3. "CARBOCOAT 150HG" BY CARBOLINE COMPANY (ST. LOUIS, M0; 314-644-1000; 800-848-4645). 3. PRESERVATIVE TREAT AND FIRE RETARDANT TREAT WOOD MEMBERS AS INDICATED. o. CORNER BRACE: RICHELIEU 310012." C 4. MISCELLANEOUS WOOD BLOCKING. b. LEVELERS: RICHELIEU "5201411290." n4�Ft?y iS(. , ,�, � 7. HOLD BACK PRIMER AT SURFACE TO RECEIVE BOLTED CONNECTIONS, WELDS, OR EMBEDMENT IN CONCRETE, EXCEPT WHERE APPROVED BY THE 1.4 FABRICATION a PRIMER MANUFACTURER. A. FABRICATE ITEMS WITH JOINTS NEATLY FITTED AND PROPERLY SECURED. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE c. DOOR HINGES: BLUM "71T5590B." t�, ..C36,b a 1.7 EXAMINATION A. LUMBER GRADES: PROVIDE VISIBLE GRADE STAMP OF AN AGENCY CERTIFIED BY FPS. d. CABINET PULLS: RICHELIEU "31821210." ' I/ _ �I A. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, CAREFULLY INSPECT INSTALLED WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY THAT SUCH WORK IS COMPLETE TO THE POINT WHERE B. GRIND EXPOSED WELDS CONTINUOUS, SMOOTH AND FLUSH WITH ADJACENT FINISHED SURFACES, AND EASE EXPOSED EDGES TO APPROXIMATE B. LUMBER STANDARD: COMPLY WITH US PRODUCT STANDARD PS20 FOR EACH INDICATED USE, INCLUDING MOISTURE CONTENT AND ACTUAL SIZES " '^ I 1/32 INCH UNIFORM RADIUS. e. DRAWER SLIDES: RICHELIEU 3832-2G-20." FULL EXTENSION, RAIL MOUNTED TYPE, WITH BALL BEARING ROLLERS, MINIMUM 100 LB. TYPICAL Lrt ��. WORK OF THIS SECTION MAY PROPERLY COMMENCE. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND TIMELY RELATED TO INDICATED NOMINAL SIZES. f. SLIDING TRASH BIN: HAFELE MOOVIT DOUBLE BIN UNIT 503.15.702 COMPLETION OF THE WORK. C. EXPOSED MECHANICAL FASTENINGS: FLUSH COUNTERSUNK FASTENERS UNOBTRUSIVELY LOCATED, CONSISTENT WITH DESIGN OF STRUCTURE. Q. PLYWOOD STANDARD: COMPLY WITH PS1 (ANSI A199.1). # B. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL ALL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE RESOLVED. BEGINNING WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF SITE CONDITIONS D. FIT AND SHOP ASSEMBLE IN LARGEST PRACTICAL SECTIONS FOR DELIVERY. 1.3 MATERIALS 5. WORKSTATION END PANEL FLOOR ANCHORS Signed: AND RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTIVE INSTALLATION CAUSED BY PRIOR OBSERVABLE CONDITIONS. E. MAKE EXPOSED JOINTS FLUSH BUTT TYPE, HAIRLINE JOINTS WHERE MECHANICALLY FASTENED. A. DIMENSION LUMBER PRODUCTS: o. KEYHOLE HANGER: HILLMAN FASTENERS 893289 1.8 ERECTION F. SUPPLY COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR PROPER ANCHORAGE OF METAL FABRICATIONS; FABRICATE ANCHORAGE AND RELATED COMPONENTS OF SAME 1. BLOCKING: DIMENSIONAL LUMBER GRADED IN ACCORDANCE WITH FPS GRADING RULES; CONSTRUCTION GRADE, DOUGLAS FIR OR SOUTHERN PINE; B. ANCHORS, NAILS AND SCREWS: SELECT MATERIAL, TYPE, SIZE AND FINISH REQUIRED BY EACH SUBSTRATE FOR SECURE ANCHORAGE; PROVIDE TOOTHED Retail Store #1309 A. EMBEDDED ITEMS: PROVIDE ANCHOR BOLTS AND TEMPLATES, AND OTHER ITEMS AS INDICATED, TO OTHER SECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION PRIOR TO MATERIAL AND FINISH AS METAL FABRICATION. MINIMUM S-DRY. STEEL OR LEAD EXPANSION BOLT SCREWS FOR DRILLED-IN-PLACE ANCHORS. 1.9 FABRICATION, ADJUSTABLE SHELVES Washington Square Mall PLACEMENT OF CAST-IN CONCRETE. G. FINISHES: SHOP PRIME PAINT INTERIOR WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED; COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 099000 FOR PREPARATION AND B. PANEL PRODUCTS: A. THICKNESS SHELVES PRIOR TO FINISHING: g q B. TEMPORARY SHORING AND BRACING: PROVIDE AS REQUIRED WITH CONNECTIONS OF SUFFICIENT STRENGTH TO BEAR IMPOSED LOADS. REMOVE PRIMING. 1. PLYWOOD SHEATHING AND BLOCKING: MINIMUM APA C-D EXTERIOR (CDX) PLYWOOD; STRESS RATED WHERE SPANNING BETWEEN SUPPORTING 1. UNSUPPORTED LENGTHS UP TO 4INCHES: 1-1/16 INCH VENEER CORE PLYWOOD, THICKNESS PRIOR TO FINISHING. 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. TEMPORARY MEMBERS WHEN PERMANENT MEMBERS ARE IN PLACE AND FINAL CONNECTIONS ARE MADE. 1. THOROUGHLY CLEAN SURFACES OF RUST, SCALE, GREASE AND FOREIGN MATTER PRIOR TO APPLYING FINISH. MEMBERS; MINIMUM 3/4 INCH THICK UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1.10 HIGH PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE (HDPE) CASEWORK Tigard, Oregon C. ERECT STRUCTURAL STEEL IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS AND AISC "CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE," SECTION 7. 2. PLYWOOD PANEL BOARDS: PANEL BOARDS FOR ELECTRICAL AND COMMUNICATION PANEL BOARDS; APA C-D PLUGGED, INTERIOR TYPE PLYWOOD g g 2. DO NOT SHOP PRIME SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE OR REQUIRING FIELD WELDING. A. QUALITY STANDARD: AWS SECTION 10 AND RELATED SECTIONS, CUSTOM GRADE; PREMIUM GRADE FOR DOOR/DRAWER FACES. D. BASE PLATE GROUTING: SET ON LEVELING NUTS TO ACCURATE ELEVATIONS AND GROUT SOLID WITH NON-SHRINK GROUT. WITH EXTERIOR GLUE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED; MINIMUM 1/2 INCH THICK. 1.5 EXAMINATION 1. CONSTRUCTION STYLE: FLUSH OVERLAY. E. WELDS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS D1.1. C. ACCESSORIES: F. CUT HOLES BY DRILLING ONLY, H. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: TAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS PRIOR TO PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND FABRICATION, WHERE POSSIBLE; DO NOT DELAY 1. NAILS, SPIKES AND STAPLES: GALVANIZED; SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION. 2. CONSTRUCTION TYPE: MULTIPLE SELF SUPPORTING UNITS. G. TOLERANCES: MAXIMUM DEVIATION FROM PLUMB, LEVEL, AND ALIGNMENT SHALL NOT EXCEED 1 TO 500. JOB PROGRESS; ALLOW FOR TRIMMING AND FITTING WHERE NECESSARY. 2. BOLTS, NUTS, WASHERS, LAGS, PINS AND SCREWS: MEDIUM CARBON STEEL; GALVANIZED; SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION. B. FINISH MATERIALS: H. CLEANING AND TOUCH-UP: 1.6 ERECTION 3. FASTENERS: AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE, SECURE INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY. 1. EXPOSED SURFACE MATERIALS: HGS AND VGS PLASTIC LAMINATE. 1. CLEAN STEEL OF OIL OR OTHER CONTAMINANTS AS SPECIFIED UNDER FABRICATION. A. OBTAIN ARCHITECT'S REVIEW PRIOR TO SITE CUTTING OR MAKING ADJUSTMENTS WHICH ARE NOT PART OF SCHEDULED WORK. PERFORM NECESSARY o. SOLID MASONRY OR CONCRETE: EXPANSION SHIELD AND LAG BOLT TYPE. 2. SEMI-EXPOSED SHELVING: HGS PLASTIC LAMINATE. 2. COLUMNS, BEAMS, GIRDERS, AND OTHER MEMBERS WHICH ARE TO RECEIVE SPRAYED-ON FIREPROOFING SHALL BE CLEANED FREE OF LOOSE b. STEEL: BOLTS OR POWDER ACTIVATED TYPE. 3. SEMI-EXPOSED SURFACES, BOTTOM AND SIDES OF BASE CABINETS: HGS AND VGS PLASTIC LAMINATE, Issued/Revised Date CUTTING AND ALTERING FOR INSTALLATION AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER WORK. 4. BACKS: MELAMINE PANEL, RUST, HEAVY MILL SCALE, OIL, DIRT OR OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCES PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF FIREPROOFING MATERIALS. 1.4 FABRICATION 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 3. IMMEDIATELY AFTER ERECTION, CLEAN FIELD WELDS, BOLTED CONNECTIONS, AND ABRADED AREAS AND TOUCH-UP FACTORY PRIMED SURFACES WITH B. INSTALL ITEMS SQUARE AND LEVEL, ACCURATELY FITTED AND FREE FROM DISTORTION OR DEFECTS DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE OR PERFORMANCE. A. WOOD PRESERVATION: TREAT LUMBER AND PLYWOOD TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF AMERICAN WOOD PRESERVERS ASSOCIATION. 5. DRAWER BODY AND BOTTOM: HARDWOOD VENEER PLYWOOD; CLEAR LACQUER. 1. SUPPLY ITEMS REQUIRED TO BE CAST INTO OR EMBEDDED IN OTHER MATERIALS TO APPROPRIATE TRADES. 6. EDGEBANDING: Permit 07/16/2014 SAME PRIMER AS USED IN SHOP. 1. DECAY RESISTANCE TREATMENT: PRESSURE TREAT FOLLOWING ITEMS WITH WATERBORNE PRESERVATIVES FOR ABOVE GROUND USE WITH AWPA C-2. C. EXPOSED VISIBLE EDGES OF MELAMINE BODIES: VGS PLASTIC LAMINATE; ONE PIECE FOR FULL LENGTH ONLY. 2. ENSURE ALIGNMENT WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION; COORDINATE WITH RELATED WORK TO ENSURE NO INTERRUPTION IN INSTALLATION. o• TREAT WOOD MEMBERS IN CONTACT WITH MASONRY, WITH CONCRETE, AND BELOW GRADE. d. EXPOSED VISIBLE EDGES DOORS, DRAWERS FRONTS, ADJUSTABLE SHELVES: VGS PLASTIC LAMINATE; ONE PIECE FOR FULL LENGTH ONLY. C. MAKE PROVISION FOR ERECTION STRESSES BY TEMPORARY BRACING; KEEP WORK IN ALIGNMENT. b. TREAT WOOD MEMBERS IN CONNECTION WITH ROOFING AND FLASHING. e. SEMI-EXPOSED SHELF EDGES: VGS PLASTIC LAMINATE; ONE PIECE FOR FULL LENGTH ONLY, D. FIELD BOLT AND WELD TO MATCH STANDARD OF SHOP BOLTING AND WELDING; HIDE BOLTS AND SCREWS WHENEVER POSSIBLE, WHERE NOT HIDDEN, c. KILN-DRY WOOD TO A MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF 19 PERCENT (AT TIME OF COVERING) WITH WATERBORNE PRESERVATIVE. 7. CORE: USE FLUSH COUNTERSUNK FASTENINGS. 2. FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT: COMPLY WITH AWPA STANDARDS FOR PRESSURE IMPREGNATION WITH FIRE RETARDANT CHEMICALS TO ACHIEVE FLAME o. DOORS/DRAWERS FACES: PARTICLEBOARD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 1. PERFORM FIELD WELDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS D1.1. SPREAD RATING OF NOT MORE THAN 25 IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84 OR UL TEST 723. E. AFTER INSTALLATION, TOUCH UP FIELD WELDS AND SCRATCHED AND DAMAGED SURFACES; USE PRIMER CONSISTENT WITH SHOP COAT OR RECOMMENDED o. TREAT INTERIOR WOOD AND PLYWOOD COMPLYING WITH AWPA C20 AND C27, INTERIOR TYPE A, AND IDENTIFY WITH FRTW. b. BODY MEMBERS: PARTICLEBOARD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 8. LAMINATE FINISH AND SURFACE: SUEDE FINISH, TEXTURED SURFACE. FOR GALVANIZED SURFACES, AS APPLICABLE. b. PROVIDE UL LABEL ON EACH PIECE OF FIRE RETARDANT WOOD AND PLYWOOD. F. REPLACE ITEMS DAMAGED IN COURSE OF INSTALLATION AND CONSTRUCTION. c. KILN DRY TREATED ITEMS TO MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF 19 PERCENT AT TIME OF COVERING. 9. LAMINATE COLOR AND PATTERN: PIONITE "SW 811 WHITE." 3. COMPLETE FABRICATION OF TREATED ITEMS PRIOR TO TREATMENT, WHEREVER POSSIBLE; IF CUT AFTER TREATMENT, COAT CUT SURFACES WITH 1.11 HIGH PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE (HDPL) COUNTERTOPS HEAVY BRUSH COAT OF SAME CHEMICAL USED FOR TREATMENT. A. QUALITY STANDARD: AWS SECTION 10 AND RELATED SECTIONS AS REFERENCED THEREIN. 4, INSPECT EACH PIECE AFTER DRYING AND DISCARD DAMAGED AND DEFECTIVE PIECES. B. CONSTRUCTION: 1.5 PLACEMENT 1. TYPE: HIGH PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE CLAD TOPS (HPDL). A. PLACE MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY TRUE TO LINES AND LEVELS. 2. GRADE: CUSTOM. B. CORRELATE LOCATION SO ATTACHED WORK WILL COMPLY WITH DESIGN REQUIREMENTS AND BE PROPERLY LOCATED. 3. CORE: PARTICLEBOARD EXCEPT EXTERIOR GRADE GIS PLYWOOD AT SINK UNITS. C. CONSTRUCT MEMBERS OF CONTINUOUS PIECES OF LONGEST POSSIBLE LENGTHS. C. PLASTIC LAMINATE: D. FIT CARPENTRY WORK TO OTHER WORK; SCRIBE AND COPE AS REQUIRED FOR ACCURATE FIT. 1. EXPOSED SURFACES: HGS HORIZONTAL SURFACES. E. SHIM WITH PLASTIC FOR BEARING ON CONCRETE AND MASONRY. 2. BACK SURFACES: SPECIFICATIONS F. SECURELY ATTACH CARPENTRY WORK TO SUBSTRATES BY ANCHORING AND FASTENING AS REQUIRED BY RECOGNIZED STANDARDS. PROVIDE WASHERS o. TOP BACKER: BKL (0.020 INCH) UNDERSIDE OF TOPS. UNDER BOLT HEADS AND NUTS IN CONTACT WITH WOOD. b. BACKSPLASH, SIDESPLASHES: BKL (0.020 INCH) BACKS OF SPLASHES. G. WOOD BLOCKING: PROVIDE BLOCKING OF S4S LUMBER NOT LESS THAN 1-1/2 INCH WIDE AND OF THICKNESS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE 3. EXPOSED EDGE TREATMENT: SELF-EDGED, SAME CLADDING MATERIAL AS ON FACE; ONE PIECE FOR FULL LENGTH ONLY. SUPPORT OR TO PROPERLY LOCATE ATTACHED MATERIAL. 4. TOP MOUNTED BACKSPLASHES, SIDESPLASHES: SELF-EDGED, SAME CLADDING MATERIAL AS ON FACE; ONE PIECE FOR FULL LENGTH ONLY. 1. PROVIDE ATTACHMENT TO OTHER WORK; FORM TO SHAPES SHOWN. 5. LAMINATE FINISH AND SURFACE: SUEDE FINISH, TEXTURED SURFACE. 2. COUNTERSINK BOLTS AND NUTS FLUSH WITH SURFACES. 6. LAMINATE COLOR AND PATTERN: PIONITE "SW 811 WHITE." 3. REMOVE TEMPORARY BLOCKING WHEN NO LONGER NEEDED. SPEC-03 H. PLYWOOD: COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION (APA) FOR FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF PLYWOOD WORK. CONTINUED ON SPEC-04 7/16/14 12:20 PMP:\510141\A15_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-specs.dwg SECTION 064000 - CONTINUED FROM SPEC-03 SECTION 078413 - PENETRATION FIRESTOPPINGSECTION 078413 - CONTINUED SECTION 083100 - ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 1.12 HIGH PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE (HDPL) WORKSTATION TOPS, PARTITIONS, END PANELS; SELF-EDGE TYPE 1.1 SUMMARY 1.9 EXAMINATION 1.1 SUMMARY A. LAMINATE (HDPL): HORIZONTAL GENERAL PURPOSE GRADE (HGS), VERTICAL GENERAL PURPOSE GRADE (VGS); AND LAMINATE BACKER GRADE (BKL), A. SECTION INCLUDES: FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS FOR SEALING PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE-RATED CONSTRUCTION. A. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, CAREFULLY INSPECT INSTALLED WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY THAT SUCH WORK IS COMPLETE TO THE POINT WHERE A. SECTION INCLUDES: FIRE RESISTIVE RATED AND NONRATED ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES AND ACCESSORIES. THICKNESS OF 0.5 MM ±0.10 MM. 1.2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS WORK OF THIS SECTION MAY PROPERLY COMMENCE. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND TIMELY 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PENETRATIONS: PROVIDE AND INSTALL FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS THAT ARE PRODUCED TO RESIST THE SPREAD OF FIRE, AND THE PASSAGE OF SMOKE A. WHERE AN ACCESS DOOR IS REQUIRED IN FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION, THE ACCESS DOOR ASSEMBLY SHALL BE LABELED BY UNDERWRITER' 1. LAMINATE FINISH AND SURFACE: SUEDE FINISH, TEXTURED SURFACE. COMPLETION OF THE WORK. S AND OTHER GASES ACCORDING TO REQUIREMENTS INDICATED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: LABORATORY, WARNOCK HERSEY, OR ANY OTHER TESTING LABORATORY APPROVED BY THE LOCAL CODE AUTHORITIES, TO MEET THE HOURLY FIRE B. CORE: AND RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTIVE INSTALLATION CAUSED BY PRIOR OBSERVABLE CONDITIONS. 2. LAMINATE COLOR AND PATTERN: PIONITE "SW 811 WHITE.' 1. WHERE PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING IS USED TO SEAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS WITH WATERPROOF MEMBRANES, SYSTEM SHALL BE B. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL ALL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE RESOLVED. BEGINNING WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF SITE CONDITIONS RESISTANCE RATING OF THE CONSTRUCTION IN WHICH THE ACCESS DOOR IS INSTALLED. 1. TOPS: POPLAR, SPRUCE OR BIRCH SHOP SANDED EXTERIOR GRADE VENEER CORE PLYWOOD, G2S, MINIMUM 1 INCH THICKNESS OR INDUSTRIAL SELECTED FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH MEMBRANE MATERIAL. 1.3 WALL AND CEILING ACCESS DOORS GRADE PARTICLEBOARD, MINIMUM 1-1/8 INCH THICKNESS, 2. PROVIDE PRODUCTS THAT UPON CURING, DO NOT REEMULSIFY, DISSOLVE, LEACH, BREAKDOWN OR OTHERWISE DETERIORATE OVER TIME FROM C. VERIFY JOINT DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS ARE ACCEPTABLE TO RECEIVE THE WORK OF THIS SECTION. A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: EXPOSURE TO ATMOSPHERIC MOISTURE, SWEATING PIPES, PONDING WATER OR OTHER FORMS OF MOISTURE CHARACTERISTIC DURING AND AFTER 1.10 PREPARATION 1. MILCOR LP. (LIMA OH; 800-441-6899). 2. PARTITIONS: MINIMUM 1 INCH THICKNESS OR MDF. CONSTRUCTION. A. CLEAN AND PREPARE JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. REMOVE ANY LOOSE MATERIALS AND OTHER FOREIGN MATTER 2. THE WILLIAMS BROTHERS CORPORATION OF AMERICA FRONT ROYAL, VA; 800-255-5515). 3. UNDERCOUNTER END PANELS: POPLAR, SPRUCE OR BIRCH SHOP SANDED EXTERIOR GRADE VENEER CORE PLYWOOD, G2S, MINIMUM 1 INCH 3, PROVIDE FIRESTOP SEALANTS SUFFICIENTLY FLEXIBLE TO ACCOMMODATE MOTION SUCH AS PIPE VIBRATION, WATER HAMMER, THERMAL EXPANSION ( THICKNESS OR INDUSTRIAL GRADE PARTICLEBOARD, MINIMUM 1-1/8 INCH THICKNESS. AND OTHER NORMAL BUILDING MOVEMENT WITHOUT DAMAGE TO THE SEAL. WHICH MIGHT IMPAIR ADHESION OF SEALANT. 3. NYSTROM PRODUCTS CO. (MINNEAPOLIS MN; 612-781-7850). C. BACKING: HDPL BACKER APPLIED TO UNDERSIDE OF COUNTERTOPS. 4. PIPE INSULATION SHALL NOT BE REMOVED, CUT AWAY OR OTHERWISE INTERRUPTED THROUGH WALL OR FLOOR OPENINGS. PROVIDE PRODUCTS B. APPLY MASKING TIGHTLY AROUND JOINTS TO PROTECT ADJACENT SURFACES FROM EXCESS SEALANT. 4. KARP ASSOCIATES, INC. (MASPETH NY; 718-784-2105). D. EDGE TYPE: HGS HIGH PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE; PIONITE "SW 811 WHITE." APPROPRIATELY TESTED FOR THE THICKNESS AND TYPE OF INSULATION UTILIZED. C. PRIME AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER BOND TO SUBSTRATE MATERIALS. 5. JL INDUSTRIES (BLOOMINGTON, MN; 612-835-6850) 1.13 SHELVING, HIGH PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE (HDPL) FINISH; SELF-EDGE TYPE 5. OPENINGS WITHIN WALLS AND FLOORS DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE VOICE, DATA AND VIDEO CABLING SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH RE-ENTERABLE D. BACKING MATERIALS: B. DOOR TYPES: A. AWMAC QUALITY GRADE: CUSTOM. PRODUCTS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR RETROFIT. 1. PLACE BACKER ROD TO ACHIEVE PROPER SEALANT WIDTH/DEPTH RATIOS AND TO PREVENT SEALANT SAG. 1. NON RATED CONCEALED DRYWALL ACCESS DOOR: B. EXPOSED AND SEMI-EXPOSED PARTS: 6. PENETRANTS PASSING THROUGH FIRE-RESISTANCE RATED FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES CONTAINED WITHIN CHASE WALL ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE E. USE BOND BREAKER WHERE THERE IS INSUFFICIENT DEPTH TO USE JOINT FILLER. o. FLUSH TYPE DESIGN, WITH INTEGRAL ATTACHMENT FLANGE AND DRYWALL BEAD FOR FLUSH INSTALLATION. 1. PANEL PRODUCTS: PROTECTED WITH PRODUCTS TESTED BY BEING FULLY EXPOSED TO THE FIRE OUTSIDE OF THE CHASE WALL. SYSTEMS WITHIN THE UL FIRE b. MINIMUM GAGE FRAME; MINIMUM 14 GAGE DOOR PANEL. 1.11 INSTALLATION c. FULLY CONCEALED PIN TYPE HINGES OR CONTINUOUS PIANO HINGE, 175 DEGREE OPENING. a. CORE: HARDWOOD SPECIES, SHOP SANDED EXTERIOR GRADE VENEER CORE PLYWOOD, G2S. RESISTANCE DIRECTORY THAT MEET THIS CRITERION ARE IDENTIFIED WITH THE WORDS 'CHASE WALL OPTIONAL'. A. SEALANT INSTALLATION STANDARD: COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS IN ASTM C1193 FOR USE OF JOINT SEALANTS AS APPLICABLE TO MATERIALS, d. LATCHES: 2. HIGH PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE (HPDL): 7. PROVIDE AND INSTALL COMPLETE PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS THAT HAVE BEEN TESTED AND APPROVED BY THIRD PARTY TESTING APPLICATIONS, AND CONDITIONS INDICATED. 1). TYPE 1: SCREW DRIVER OPERATED CAM TYPE. o. HORIZONTAL GENERAL PURPOSE GRADE (HGS): USE ON THE FOLLOWING: AGENCY. B. INSTALL SEALANT BACKINGS OF TYPE INDICATED TO SUPPORT SEALANTS DURING APPLICATION AND AT POSITION REQUIRED TO PRODUCE 2 TYPE 2: KEY OPERATED CYLINDER LOCK WITH INTERIOR RELEASE; MASTERKEYED. 1) HORIZONTAL SURFACES, UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. B. F - RATED THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS: PROVIDE THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS WITH F RATINGS, AS DETERMINED PER CROSS-SECTIONAL SHAPES AND DEPTHS OF INSTALLED SEALANTS RELATIVE TO JOINT WIDTHS THAT ALLOW OPTIMUM SEALANT MOVEMENT CAPABILITY. 2) EDGES OF CORE MATERIALS. ASTM E 814, BUT NOT LESS THAN ONE HOUR OR THE FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING OF THE CONSTRUCTION BEING PENETRATED. C. SIZES: 1. DO NOT LEAVE GAPS BETWEEN ENDS OF SEALANT BACKINGS. 1. TYPE 1: 12 INCHES X 12 INCHES SIZE FOR HAND ACCESS UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. b. VERTICAL GENERAL PURPOSE GRADE (VGS): USE ON THE FOLLOWING: C. T - RATED THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS: PROVIDE FIRESTOP SYSTEMS WITH T RATINGS, IN ADDITION TO F RATINGS, AS DETERMINED PER 1 VERTICAL SURFACES, UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. ASTM E 814, WHERE INDICATED BY CODE, 2. DO NOT STRETCH, TWIST, PUNCTURE, OR TEAR SEALANT BACKINGS. 2. TYPE 2: 36 INCHES X 36 INCHES FOR ACCESS TO BACK OF GENIUS LOGO AT REAR WALL. D. L - RATED THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS: PROVIDE FIRESTOP SYSTEMS WITH L RATINGS, IN ADDITION TO F AND T RATINGS, AS 3. REMOVE ABSORBENT SEALANT BACKINGS THAT HAVE BECOME WET BEFORE SEALANT APPLICATION AND REPLACE THEM WITH DRY MATERIALS. D. FINISH: 2) EXPOSED PORTIONS OF CASE BODIES, INCLUDING ENDS, DIVISIONS AND BOTTOMS. DETERMINED PER UL 1479, WHERE INDICATED BY CODE. 1. TYPE 1: STAINLESS STEEL ACCESS DOORS AT RESTROOMS C. INSTALL BOND BREAKER TAPE BEHIND SEALANTS WHERE SEALANT BACKINGS ARE NOT USED BETWEEN SEALANTS AND BACKS OF JOINTS. 3) EXPOSED SHELVES. E. W - RATED THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS: PROVIDE FIRESTOP SYSTEMS WITH W WATER RESISTANCE RATINGS, IN ADDITION TO F, T AND L 2. TYPE 2: GALVANIZED STEEL WITH WIPED COAT FINISH; PRIME UNITS WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PRIMER TO RECEIVE PAINT COATINGS AS C. LAMINATE FINISH AND SURFACE: SUEDE FINISH, TEXTURED SURFACE. RATINGS, AS DETERMINED PER UL 1479, WHERE INDICATED BY CODE. D. INSTALL SEALANTS USING PROVEN TECHNIQUES THAT COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING AND AT THE SAME TIME BACKINGS ARE INSTALLED: SPECIFIED IN SECTION 099000. d. LAMINATE COLOR AND PATTERN: PIONITE "SW 811 WHITE." 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. PLACE SEALANTS SO THEY DIRECTLY CONTACT AND FULLY WET JOINT SUBSTRATES. 1.4 EXAMINATION / INSTALLATION 1.14 EXAMINATION 2. COMPLETELY FILL RECESSES IN EACH JOINT CONFIGURATION. A. CODE VERIFICATION: PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF FIRE STOPPING SYSTEMS OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM THE JURISDICTIONAL CODE AUTHORITIES FOR THE A. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, CAREFULLY INSPECT INSTALLED WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY THAT SUCH WORK IS COMPLETE TO THE POINT WHERE A. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: TAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS PRIOR TO PREPARATION OF FABRICATION WHERE POSSIBLE; DO NOT DELAY JOB PROGRESS, ALLOW FIRE STOPPING SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS PROPOSED. 3. PRODUCE UNIFORM, CROSS-SECTIONAL SHAPES AND DEPTHS RELATIVE TO JOINT WIDTHS THAT ALLOW OPTIMUM SEALANT MOVEMENT CAPABILITY. WORK OF THIS SECTION MAY PROPERLY COMMENCE. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND TIMELY FOR TRIMMING AND FITTING. B. FIRESTOPPING: TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E119 OR UL 1479 TO MEET THE HOURLY FIRE RATINGS OF THE CONSTRUCTION BEING SEALED. E. TOOLING OF NONSAG SEALANTS: IMMEDIATELY AFTER SEALANT APPLICATION AND BEFORE SKINNING OR CURING BEGINS, TOOL SEALANTS ACCORDING TO COMPLETION OF THE WORK. 1.15 INSTALLATION PROVIDE F RATED ASSEMBLIES, EXCEPT WHERE T RATED ASSEMBLIES ARE REQUIRED BY THE CODE AUTHORITY. REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED BELOW TO FORM SMOOTH, UNIFORM BEADS OF CONFIGURATION INDICATED; TO ELIMINATE AIR POCKETS; AND TO ENSURE B. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE RESOLVED. BEGINNING WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF SITE CONDITIONS A. INSTALL WORK CONSISTENT WITH SPECIFIED QUALITY GRADE, PLUMB, LEVEL, TRUE AND STRAIGHT WITH NO DISTORTIONS. SHIM AS REQUIRED, USING C. FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE UL LISTED ASSEMBLIES. CONTACT AND ADHESION OF SEALANT WITH SIDES OF JOINT. AND RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTIVE INSTALLATION CAUSED BY PRIOR OBSERVABLE CONDITIONS. CONCEALED SHIMS. D. CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS: ACCEPTABLE INSTALLER FIRMS SHALL BE: 1. REMOVE EXCESS SEALANT FROM SURFACES ADJACENT TO JOINTS. C. VERIFY ROUGH OPENINGS FOR DOOR AND FRAME ARE CORRECTLY SIZED AND LOCATED. B. ENSURE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ITEMS AFFECTING ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK ARE PROPERLY PLACED, COMPLETE, AND HAVE BEEN INSPECTED BY 1. UL QUALIFIED FIRESTOP CONTRACTOR. 2. USE TOOLING AGENTS THAT ARE APPROVED IN WRITING BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER AND THAT DO NOT DISCOLOR SEALANTS OR ADJACENT D. INSTALL ACCESS DOORS OF SIZES AND IN LOCATIONS AS INDICATED. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS FOR ACCESS TO BALANCING AND FIRE DAMPERS, TRAP ARCHITECT PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLATION. 2. FIRESTOP CONTRACTORS INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION CONTRACTOR MEMBER IN GOOD STANDING. SURFACES. PRIMERS, VALVES, FANS, TERMINAL UNITS, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT REQUIRING PERIODIC INSPECTION THROUGH FINISHED WALLS AND CEILINGS, WHETHER C. SECURE WORK TO GROUNDS, STRIPPING AND BLOCKING WITH COUNTERSUNK, CONCEALED FASTENERS AND BLIND NAILING AS REQUIRED FOR A 3. LICENSED BY THE STATE OR LOCAL AUTHORITY, WHERE APPLICABLE. 3. PROVIDE CONCAVE JOINT CONFIGURATION PER FIGURE 5A IN ASTM C 1193, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. INDICATED OR NOT. COORDINATE ACCESS REQUIREMENTS WITH OTHER TRADES. COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 4. SHOWN TO HAVE SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED NOT LESS THAN FIVE COMPARABLE SCALE PROJECTS. E. PROVIDE CONCEALED ACCESS DOORS AT ALL LOCATIONS WITHIN GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLY, EXCEPT WHERE FIRE RATED DOORS ARE REQUIRED. D. SCRIBE AND CUT FOR ACCURATE FIT TO OTHER FINISHED WORK. E. SINGLE SOURCE RESPONSIBILITY: OBTAIN FIRESTOP SYSTEMS FOR EACH KIND OF PENETRATION AND CONSTRUCTION CONDITION INDICATED FROM A f. CLEAN OFF EXCESS SEALANT OR SEALANT SMEARS ADJACENT TO JOINTS AS THE WORK PROGRESSES BY METHODS AND WITH CLEANING MATERIALS F. INSTALL FRAMES PLUMB AND LEVEL IN WALL AND CEILING OPENINGS, WITH PLANE OF DOOR SURFACE IN ACCURATE ALIGNMENT WITH PLANE OF WALL E. INSTALL ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK UNDER SUPERVISION OF FACTORY-TRAINED MECHANICS. APPROVED IN WRITING BY MANUFACTURERS OF JOINT SEALANTS AND OF PRODUCTS IN WHICH JOINTS OCCUR. F. ATTACH ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK SECURELY IN PLACE WITH UNIFORM JOINTS PROVIDING FOR THERMAL AND BUILDING MOVEMENTS. SINGLE PRIMARY FIRESTOP SYSTEMS MANUFACTURER. G. CLEAN ADJACENT SURFACES FREE OF EXCESS SEALANT AS THE WORK PROGRESSES. USE CLEANING AGENTS RECOMMENDED BY THE SEALANT SE CEILING SURFACE. 1. MATERIALS OF DIFFERENT MANUFACTURE THAN ALLOWED BY THE TESTED AND LISTED SYSTEM SHALL NOT BE INTERMIXED IN THE SAME FIRESTOP G. SECURE RIGIDLY IN PLACE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. G. ACCEPTABLE TOLERANCES: SYSTEM OR OPENING. MANUFACTURER. 1. VARIATION FROM TRUE POSITION: MAXIMUM 1/16 INCH AT ANY POSITION AND MAXIMUM 1/8 INCH IN ANY 10'-0" LENGTH. 2. TESTED AND LISTED FIRESTOP SYSTEMS ARE TO BE USED BEFORE AN ENGINEERING JUDGMENT (EJ) OR EQUIVALENT FIRE RESISTANCE RATED H. UPON COMPLETION, REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF MASKING. SECTION 087000 - DOOR HARDWARE 2. ADJOINING SURFACES OF SAME MATERIAL: NO VARIATION PERMITTED. ASSEMBLY (EFRRA) IS INSTALLED. I. PROTECT SEALANT IN JOINTS SUBJECT TO DIRT, MOISTURE, AND TRAFFIC DURING THE SEALANT CURING PROCESS. PROTECTION SHALL BE ABLE TO 1.1 SUMMARY 3. OFFSET WITH ABUTTING MATERIALS: MAXIMUM 1/32 INCH 1.4 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING RESIST TRAFFIC WHILE REMAINING SECURELY IN POSITION. A. PROJECT COORDINATION IS ESSENTIAL TO INFORM AND EDUCATE ALL THE PARTIES INVOLVED WITH THE FIRESTOPPING PROCESS OF THEIR ROLE AND 1.12 SCHEDULE A. SECTION INCLUDES: END OF DMSION 06 HOW THEY CAN AFFECT FIRESTOPPING ON THE PROJECT. SCHEDULE A MANDATORY PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING FOR ALL PARTIES INVOLVED PRIOR TO A. ITEMS NOT TO BE SEALED: 1. HARDWARE FOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS. THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. 1. JOINTS, PERIMETER, AND PENETRATION IN FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES. USE FIRESTOPPING SPECIFIED IN SECTION 078413. 2. CYLINDERS FOR ALL GLASS DOOR LOCKS DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION B. DO NOT COVER UP FIRESTOPPING INSTALLATIONS UNTIL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION HAVE EXAMINED EACH INSTALLATION. 2. JOINTS, PERIMETER, AND PENETRATION IN SOUND RATED ASSEMBLIES. USE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT SPECIFIED IN SECTION 098100. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1.5 FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS B. JOINTS SEALANT FOR INTERIOR LOCATIONS EXPOSED TO VIEW IN FINAL ASSEMBLY: A. PRODUCTS: PROVIDE EACH TYPE OF HARDWARE (HINGES, PIVOTS, LOCKSETS, LATCHSETS, CLOSERS, TRIM) FROM SINGLE MANUFACTURER UNLESS SECTION 070151 - ROOFING REPAIR A. SYSTEMS AND PRODUCTS MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED AND SUITABLE FOR THE CONDITIONS INDICATED AS MANUFACTURED BY ONE OR MORE 1.1 SUMMARY OF THE FOLLOWING. 1. WALL AND CEILING JOINTS SUBJECT TO MOVEMENT: DESIGNATION U-MC. OTHERWISE INDICATED IN DRAWING DOOR LEGEND. A. WORK PERFORMED BY LANDOORD: MATCHING, PATCHING, EXTENDING AND REPAIR OF EXISTING ROOFING SYSTEM, INCLUDING INSULATION, AS REQUIRED 1. 3M FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS. 2. WALL AND CEILING JOINTS NOT SUBJECT TO MOVEMENT: DESIGNATION AL.. 1. PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED AND MANUFACTURERS LISTED IN DRAWING DOOR LEGEND, WITH REFERENCES TO CATALOG BY PROJECT CONSTRUCTION OF VENTS AND PIPING THROUGH ROOF, WITH BASE AND CANT FLASHINGS, ACCESSORIES, AND TO DEVELOP PROPER 2. GRACE CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS. 3. JOINTS AT DISSIMILAR MATERIALS NOT SUBJECT TO MOVEMENT: DESIGNATION AL. NUMBERS AND DESIGNATIONS. DRAINAGE PATTERNS AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE WEATHERTIGHT ROOF. 3. HILTI CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, INC. 4. JOINTS AT DISSIMILAR MATERIALS SUBJECT TO MOVEMENT: DESIGNATION U-MC. B. FIRE RATED DOORS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 80 AND APPLICABLE CODES FOR FIRE RATED DOOR HARDWARE; PROVIDE HARDWARE 4. NELSON FIRESTOP PRODUCTS. 5. INTERIOR SIDE OF EXTERIOR OPENINGS: DESIGNATION U-MC. BEARING UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY (UL) LABELS. SECTION 078100 - APPLIED FIREPROOFING 5. RECTORSEAL FIRESTOP SOLUTIONS. 6. FLOOR JOINTS: DESIGNATION U-TB. 1. DOORS INDICATED IN FIRE RATED PARTITIONS AND WALLS SHALL BE POSITIVE LATCHING AND SELF CLOSING, WITH SMOKE GASKETS. 1.1 SUMMARY 6. SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES, INC. 2. SMOKE CONTROL IN PRESSURIZED AREAS: PROVIDE AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOMS IN ADDITION TO STANDARD SMOKE GASKETS FOR FIRE AND SMOKE A. SECTION INCLUDES: SPRAYED FIREPROOFING ON STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS. 7. WALL AND CEILING JOINTS BETWEEN FRAMES AND THEIR ROUGH OPENINGS: DESIGNATION AL. 7. TREMCO INC. RATED DOORS IN PRESSURIZED AREAS SUCH AS STAIR WELLS; COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 8. UNITED STATES GYPSUM COMPANY. 8. WALL AND CEILING JOINTS BETWEEN FRAMES AND ADJOINING SURFACES: DESIGNATION AL. C. ACCESS FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE AND AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES A. FIREPROOFING PERFORMANCE: B. ELECTRICAL BOX INSERTS: 9. INTERIOR SANITARY JOINTS: JOINTS BETWEEN PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ADJOINING FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING SURFACES; JOINTS BETWEEN BACK (ADAAG). 1. DRY DENSITY: MINIMUM 15PCF. SPLASHES AND WALL SUBSTRATES AND BETWEEN BACK SPLASHES AND COUNTERTOPS: DESIGNATION S-S. 1. MANUFACTURER: RECTORSEAL (HOUSTON TX; 713-263-8001; 800-231-3345). 2. FIRE HAZARD: 25 OR LESS FLAME SPREAD, 50 OR LESS FUEL CONTRIBUTED, AND 50 OR LESS SMOKE DEVELOPED, WHEN TESTED IN 2_ FIRE RATED PADS: "BIOFIRESHIELD LECTRA-STOP"; 1/4 INCH THICK INTUMESCENT PADS; SIZED TO FIT ELECTRICAL BOXES; CLASSIFIED BY UL; 1.3 SUBMITTALS ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84. MINIMUM 1 HOUR RATING. END OF DMSION 07 A. MAKE SUBMITTALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 013300. 3. BENDING: NO CRACKING OR DELAMINATION WHEN SUBJECT TO DEFLECTION OF NOT LESS THAN 1/120 THE SPAN, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE 1.6 EXAMINATION B. ACTION SUBMITTALS: WITH ASTM E759. A. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, CAREFULLY INSPECT INSTALLED WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY THAT SUCH WORK IS COMPLETE TO THE POINT WHERE DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS 1. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT CATALOG CUTS FOR EACH TYPE OF HARDWARE. 4. IMPACT STRENGTH: NO CRACKING OR DELAMINATION WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E760. WORK OF THIS SECTION MAY PROPERLY COMMENCE. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND TIMELY 2. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF HARDWARE. 5. AIR EROSION: LESS THAN .005 G/SF. OF WEIGHT LOSS WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E859, UNDER AN 800 FPM AIR STREAM FOR COMPLETION OF THE WORK. 3. FURNISH TEMPLATES TO DOOR AND FRAME MANUFACTURERS FOR PROPER AND ACCURATE SIZING AND LOCATIONS OF CUT OUTS FOR HARDWARE. A MINIMUM OF SIX HOURS. B. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL ALL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE RESOLVED. BEGINNING WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF SITE CONDITIONS SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 6. BOND STRENGTH: MINIMUM OF 100 PSF WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E736. AND RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTIVE INSTALLATION CAUSED BY PRIOR OBSERVABLE CONDITIONS. 1.1 SUMMARY 4. KEYING SCHEDULE: COORDINATE DIRECTLY WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 7. RESISTANCE TO MOLD: MINIMUM 60 DAYS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM G21, 1.7 INSTALLATION OF FIRESTOPPING A. SECTION INCLUDES: FULL FLUSH STEEL DOORS AND PRESSED STEEL FRAMES, INCLUDING ANCHORS AND SILENCERS. C. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS: 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PROVIDE FIRESTOPPING AT MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED FLOORS, WALLS, AND CEILINGS, AND OTHER 1.2 REFERENCES 1, CLOSEOUT SUBMITTAL: RECORD ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF INSTALLED CYLINDERS AND MASTER KEY CODES ON PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. A. APPLICATOR QUALIFICATIONS: APPROVED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE FIREPROOFING. LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. A. STEEL DOOR INSTITUTE (SDI): SDI-100 (ANSI/SDI A250.8) - RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATIONS - STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE B. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: B. INSTALL FIRESTOPPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND AS NECESSARY TO MEET THE SPECIFIED FIRE RATING B. NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF ARCHITECTURAL METAL MANUF. (NAAMM): HOLLOW METAL MANUAL. A. SUPPLIER QUALIFICATIONS: RECOGNIZED BUILDER'S HARDWARE SUPPLIER WITH MINIMUM FIVE YEARS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE IN SCHEDULING AND 1. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE JURISDICTIONAL CODE AUTHORITY. REQUIREMENTS. FURNISHING HARDWARE. 2. SUBMIT TEST REPORTS, EVALUATION REPORTS, OR OTHER DATA AS REQUIRED BY THE JURISDICTIONAL CODE AUTHORITY TO OBTAIN APPROVAL FOR C. WHERE FIRESTOPPING IS USED TO SEAL AROUND PENETRATIONS THROUGH WATERPROOF MEMBRANES, INSTALL TO MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF WATERPROOF C. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES: STANDARDS AS APPLICABLE TO FIRE RATED DOORS AND FRAMES. THE FIRE RATINGS SCHEDULED. 1. MATERIALS TESTED, LABELED AND INSPECTED BY WARNOCK HERSEY INTERNATIONAL ARE ACCEPTABLE UPON APPROVAL OF AUTHORITIES. 1. PROVIDE SERVICES OF ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE CONSULTANT TO SUPERVISE HARDWARE SUPPLY. C. FIREPROOFING INSTALLATION IS SUBJECT TO TESTING AND INSPECTION AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 014500. BARRIER. B. PREINSTALLATION MEETING: CONVENE PREINSTALLATION MEETING PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK OF THIS SECTION. INCLUDE PERSONS INVOLVED WITH D. FOR SEALING ELECTRICAL BOXES, COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH ELECTRICAL. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PREPARATION 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS INSTALLATION OF DOORS, FRAMES, AND HARDWARE. D. USE Of SPRAYED FIREPROOFING MATERIALS SHALL NOT RESULT IN ASBESTOS EXPOSURES TO WORKERS OR BUILDING OCCUPANTS EXCEEDING THE US AND INSTALLATION. INSTALL IN LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED BY CODE FOR PROTECTION OF OPENINGS THROUGH FIRE RATED PARTITIONS. A. MAKE SUBMITTALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 013300. OSHA ACTION LEVEL: 29 CFR 1926.55(C), AT ANY TIME DURING OR SUBSEQUENT TO APPLICATION. E. TRIM EXCESS MATERIAL FLUSH WITH ADJACENT SURFACE. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING E. EACH FIREPROOFING BAG SHALL BE UL LABELED TO DESIGNATE FORMULATION COMPLIANCE. B. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURERS LITERATURE. F. REMOVE SPILLS, LEAVE AREA IN UNDAMAGED, CLEAN CONDITION. C. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION, CONFIGURATION, JOINTING METHODS, REINFORCEMENTS, ANCHORAGE METHODS, HARDWARE A. DELIVER HARDWARE IN MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL PACKAGES, MARKED FOR INTENDED OPENING AND USE. 1.4 FIREPROOFING SYSTEMS LOCATIONS, AND LOCATIONS OF CUTOUTS. 1. PACK COMPLETE WITH NECESSARY SCREWS, BOLTS, KEYS, INSTRUCTIONS, AND INSTALLATION TEMPLATE, IF NECESSARY, FOR SPOTTING MORTISING A. SPRAYED LOW DENSITY FIREPROOFING: SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS 1.4 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS TOOLS. 1. W.R. GRACE & CO. CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DIVISION; (CAMBRIDGE MA; 800-354-5414) "MONOKOTE 6/HY." 1.1 SUMMARY B. UPON DELIVERY, FURNISH COMPLETE LIST OF HARDWARE FOR CHECKING, CLEARLY MARKED TO CORRESPOND WITH MARKING ON EACH PACKAGE. 2. CARBOLINE COMPANY ST. LOUIS, MO; 314-644-1000 PYROLITE 1." A. SECTION INCLUDES: JOINT SEALERS, FOR INTERIOR JOINTS NOT SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE, WITH BACKING RODS AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR A. MEMBER OF THE STEEL DOOR INSTITUTE OR OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF ARCHITECTURAL METAL MANUFACTURERS OR MEMBER OF BOTH, ( ) " SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH THE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. 1. REVIEW LIST FOR COMPLETENESS AND ACCURACY. 3. ISOLATEK INTERNATIONAL (STANHOPE "CAFCO 300", NJ; 201-347-1200). COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 1.6 MAINTENANCE 1.5 EXAMINATION 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1.5 MATERIALS Architect: A. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, CAREFULLY INSPECT INSTALLED WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY THAT SUCH WORK IS COMPLETE TO THE POINT WHERE A. MAKE SUBMITTALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 013300. A. DOORS: HOLLOW METAL FLUSH STEEL DOOR, 1-3/4 INCH THICK. A. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S PARTS LIST AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH TYPE OF HARDWARE SUPPLIED AND NECESSARY WRENCHES AND Woods Ba of WORK OF THIS SECTION MAY PROPERLY COMMENCE. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND TIMELY B. SAMPLES: FOR EACH SEALANT TYPE INDICATED FOR "COLOR AS SELECTED," OR FOR WHICH NO COLOR IS INDICATED, SUBMIT TO OWNER FOR 1. TYPICAL: FULL FLUSH WITH STEEL CHANNEL OR WELDED EDGE; CLOSE TOP WITH FLUSH END CLOSER TREATMENT, BOTTOM OPTIONAL FLUSH OR TOOLS REQUIRED FOR PROPER MAINTENANCE OF HARDWARE. g COMPLETION OF THE WORK. APPORVAL COLOR CARDS) INDICATING AVAILABLE STOCK COLORS FROM MANUFACTURER'S COMPLETE LINE OF PREFORMULATED COLORS FOR EACH TYPE RECESSED CHANNEL; STEEL STIFFENED CORE, INSULATED AT EXTERIOR DOORS WITH FIBERGLASS BATT. 1.7 MATERIALS www.woodsbagot.com B. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL ALL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE RESOLVED. BEGINNING WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF SITE CONDITIONS OF SEALANT. 2. INTERIOR DOORS: MINIMUM 18 GAGE. A. GENERAL: REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR HARDWARE GROUP LOCATIONS AND DOOR TYPES; WHERE NOT FULLY COVERED IN HARDWARE SCHEDULE, COMPLY AND RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTIVE INSTALLATION CAUSED BY PRIOR OBSERVABLE CONDITIONS. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3. EXTERIOR DOORS: MINIMUM 16 GAGE. WITH FOLLOWING GENERAL REQUIREMENTS; INFORM ARCHITECT WHERE CONFLICTS OCCUR. PROVIDE HARDWARE ITEMS WITH ACCESSORIES COMPLETE TO 1.6 PREPARATION A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: FIRM WITH MINIMUM FIVE YEARS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE ON PROJECTS OF SIMILAR TYPE AND SIZE, USING SPECIFIED FUNCTION AS INTENDED. Consultant: A. PROVIDE PROTECTIVE COVERINGS TO PREVENT OVERSPRAY ON FINISHED SURFACES, AND ON SURFACES TO RECEIVE ADDITIONAL FINISH MATERIALS OR PRODUCTS. 4. VISION LITES: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. . 5FINISH: GALVANNEALED. B. HINGES AND BUTTS: ANSI A156.1; COMPLY WITH FOLLOWING UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. Thorson Baker & Associates TREATMENT. CLOSE OFF AND SEAL DUCTWORK IN AREAS WHERE FIREPROOFING IS BEING APPLIED. 1. INSTALLERS SHALL BE FAMILIAR WITH PROPER APPLICATION PROCEDURES TO ENSURE MAXIMUM JOINT SEALER EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION 1. MANUFACTURERS: AS LISTED IN THE DRAWING DOOR LEGEND. B. CLEAN ALL SURFACES TO BE FIREPROOFED OF MATERIALS WHICH WOULD IMPAIR BOND. CAPABILITIES. B. FRAMES: www.thorsonbaker.com C. CONFIRM COMPATIBILITY OF SURFACES TO RECEIVE FIREPROOFING MATERIAL. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1. EXTERIOR FRAMES: WELDED (PREASSEMBLED) TYPE. a. SUBSTITUTIONS NOT PERMITTED. D. VERIFY THAT CLIPS, HANGERS, SUPPORTS, SLEEVES, AND OTHER ITEMS REQUIRED TO PENETRATE FIREPROOFING ARE IN PLACE. A. DELIVER MATERIALS TO SITE IN ORIGINAL UNOPENED CONTAINERS OR BUNDLES WITH LABELS INDICATING MANUFACTURER, PRODUCT NAME AND TYPE. 2. DOORS 1-3/4 INCH THICK: 4-1/2 INCHES HEAVY WEIGHT, EXTRA HEAVY WEIGHT BALL OR OILITE BEARING WHERE DOORS OVER 40 INCHES E. COORDINATE FIREPROOFING APPLICATION WITH THE WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS TO MINIMIZE SUBSEQUENT DAMAGE TO FIREPROOFING. 2. INTERIOR FRAMES: WELDED (PREASSEMBLED) E. WIDE; FURNISH WIDTHS SUFFICIENT TO CLEAR TRIM PROJECTION WHEN DOOR SWINGS 180 DEGREES. DESIGNATION, COLOR, EXPIRATION PERIOD FOR USE, CURE TIME, AND MIXING INSTRUCTIONS. 3. GAGE: MINIMUM 16 GAGE. Consultant: 1.7 INSTALLATION 1.5 WARRANTY 3. SEE DRAWINGS FOR HINGE QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS. A. APPLY SPRAYED FIREPROOFING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE A. REPAIR OR REPLACE JOINT SEALERS WHICH FAIL TO PERFORM AS INTENDED, BECAUSE OF LEAKING, CRUMBLING, HARDENING, SHRINKAGE, BLEEDING, 4. DOOR SILENCERS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD RESILIENT TYPE; REMOVABLE FOR REPLACEMENT. 4. PROVIDE NONFERROUS BUTTS WITH NON-REMOVABLE PINS AT EXTERIOR AND LOCKED OUTSWINGING DOORS, NONRISING AT INTERIOR DOORS; Thorson Baker & Associates APPROVED FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES TO OBTAIN THE HOURLY FIRE RATINGS SCHEDULED. SAGGING, STAINING AND LOSS OF ADHESION. 5. MORTAR GUARD BOXES: MINIMUM 22 GAGE MORTAR GUARD BOXES WELDED IN PLACE; PROVIDE WHERE FRAMES MAY BE GROUTED. STAINLESS STEEL WHERE LABELED; STEEL BUTTS AT LABELED INTERIOR DOORS. www.thorsonbaker.com B. HAND PATCH USING UL-APPROVED MATERIALS AND PROCEDURES. 1. WARRANTY PERIOD: TWO YEARS. 6. FINISH: GALVANNEALED. 5. PROVIDE BALL BEARING OR OILITE BEARING HINGES AT DOORS WITH CLOSERS. C. HAND PATCHING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY APPLICATOR APPLYING FIREPROOFING ONLY, AND AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 1.6 MATERIALS, GENERAL C. GLAZING STOPS: FULL FLUSH TYPE WITH GLASS CENTERED IN OPENING, UNSECURED SIDE INTEGRAL WITH UNIT, SECURED SIDE FASTENED WITH FLUSH, 6, TIPS: FLAT BUTTON TIPS WITH MATCHING PLUG. D. AFTER COMPLETION OF FIREPROOFING WORK, REMOVE ALL EQUIPMENT AND CLEAN ALL EXPOSED WALL, CEILING AND FLOOR AREAS OF DEPOSITS OF A. COMPATIBILITY: PROVIDE JOINT SEALANTS, BACKINGS, AND OTHER RELATED MATERIALS THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH ONE ANOTHER AND WITH JOINT COUNTERSUNK ALLEN TYPE FASTENERS; MINIMUM 16 GAGE. C. LOCKING DEVICES: PROVIDE OF METAL MATCHING SPECIFIED FINISH; INTERIOR PARTS OF STEEL AND ZINC DICHROMATE PLATING, TO RESIST RUSTING Consultant: SPRAYED FIREPROOFING MATERIALS. SUBSTRATES UNDER CONDITIONS OF SERVICE AND APPLICATION, AS DEMONSTRATED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER, BASED ON TESTING AND FIELD D. FIRE RATED UNITS: CONSTRUCT IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE RATING, IBC 715.3, AND NFPA 80. AND CORROSION; DO NOT SUPPLY PLASTIC, DIE-CAST OR ALUMINUM MECHANISMS. n, Inc.ISP D2S1 EXPERIENCE. 1. LABELS: PLACE FIRE RATING LABELS WHERE VISIBLE WHEN DOORS AND FRAMES ARE IN INSTALLED, OPENED POSITION. 1. MANUFACTURERS: AS LISTED IN THE DRAWING DOOR LEGEND. g SECTION 078139 - PATCHING EXISTING FIREPROOFING B. COLORS OF EXPOSED JOINT SEALANTS: AS SELECTED BY OWNER FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. 1.1 SUMMARY C. ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS: 2. FIRE RATINGS: REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR FIRE RATING REQUIREMENTS. a. SUBSTITUTIONS NOT PERMITTED. www.ispdesign.com A. SECTION INCLUDES: PATCH EXISTING SPRAYED-ON TYPE FIREPROOFING AND MATCH EXISTING FIRE-RATINGS. 1. ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS: COMPLY WITH ASTM C920 AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS INDICATED FOR EACH LIQUID APPLIED CHEMICALLY CURING 3. TEMPERATURE RISE RATING: PROVIDE DOORS WITH MAXIMUM 450 DEGREES F TEMPERATURE RISE RATING IN 30 MINUTE FIRE EXPOSURE PERIOD 2. TYPE: 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION SEALANT SPECIFIED, INCLUDING THOSE REFERENCING ASTM C920 CLASSIFICATIONS FOR TYPE, GRADE, CLASS, AND USES RELATED TO EXPOSURE AT DOORS INTO EXIT ENCLOSURES. o. MORTISE LOCKSETS: ANSI A156.13, SERIES 1000, GRADE 1, MORTISE TYPE WITH 6 PIN TUMBLER CYLINDERS, EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE A. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS: PROVIDE MATERIALS CAPABLE OF ATTAINING FIRE RATINGS AS REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION TYPES; VERIFY CONSTRUCTION AND JOINT SUBSTRATES. 1.6 FABRICATION INDICATED IN DRAWING DOOR LEGEND. TYPES WITH LANDLORD. 2. STAIN-TEST-RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS: WHERE ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS ARE SPECIFIED TO BE NONSTAINING TO POROUS SUBSTRATES, PROVIDE A. CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF SDI (ANSI A250 SERIES) OR NAAMM. b. EXIT/PANIC DEVICES: ANSI A156.3, GRADE 1, WITH 6 PIN TUMBLER CYLINDERS, EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED IN THE DRAWING B. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: PROVIDE MATERIALS LISTED BY UL OR INDEPENDENT TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO APPLICABLE PRODUCTS THAT HAVE UNDERGONE TESTING ACCORDING TO ASTM C1248 AND HAVE NOT STAINED POROUS JOINT SUBSTRATES INDICATED FOR B. PREPARE DOORS AND FRAMES TO RECEIVE MORTISED AND CONCEALED HARDWARE ACCORDING TO FINAL DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE AND TEMPLATES DOOR LEGEND. AUTHORITIES. PROJECT. PROVIDED UNDER SECTION 087000. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI A250.6 AND ANSO A115 SERIES SPECIFICATIONS FOR DOOR 1. FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS: COMPLY WITH REQUIRED RATINGS BASED ON TESTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E119. D. INTERIOR LOCATIONS: JOINT SEALANTS CONTAINING MERCURY, BUTYL RUBBER, NEOPRENE, SBR, OR NITRILE NOT ALLOWED. PREPARATION FOR HARDWARE. 1) TYPE: MORTISE DEVICE WITH CONCEALED VERTICAL RODS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. AND FRAME 2. SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: MAXIMUM 25 FLAME SPREAD AND 25 SMOKE DENSITY WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84. E. JOINT SEALANTS FORMULATED WITH AROMATIC SOLVENTSFIBROUS TALC OR ORGANIC SOLVENT WITH BENZENE RING IN IT MOLECULAR STRUCTURE), 2) STYLE: MODERN. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE SOLVENTS (ORGANIC REINFORCE DOORS AND FRAMES TO RECEIVE SURFACE-APPLIED HARDWARE. DRILLING AND TAPPING FOR SURFACE-APPLIED HARDWARE MAY BE DONE A. QUALIFICATION OF APPLICATOR: FIRM ACCEPTABLE TO MANUFACTURER OF FIREPROOFING MATERIALS, WITH MINIMUM FIVE YEARS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE ASBESTOS, FORMALDEHYDE, HALOGENATED SOLVENTS, MERCURY, LEAD, CADMIUM, HEXAVALENT CHROMIUM, OR THEIR COMPONENTS NOT ALLOWED. AT PROJECT SITE. 3. LOCKSET AND LATCHSET DESIGN: SOLID LEVER WITH ROSE, AS SCHEDULED IN THE DRAWING DOOR LEGEND. 1.7 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANT MATERIALS4. BACKSET: 2-3/4 INCH. ON PROJECTS OF SIMILAR SCOPE. D. REINFORCE DOORS AND FRAMES TO RECEIVE MORTISE HARDWARE. DRILLING AND TAPPING FOR MORTISE HARDWARE DONE AT MANUFACTURER'S PLANT. A. ACRYLIC LATEX (DESIGNATION AL): COMPLY WITH ASTM C 834, TYPE P, GRADE NF. 5. STRIKES: FURNISH STANDARD STRIKES WITH EXTENDED LIPS WHERE REQUIRED TO PROTECT TRIM FROM BEING MARRED BY LATCH BOLT; VERIFY 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS E. LOCATE HARDWARE AS INDICATED ON SHOP DRAWINGS OR, IF NOT INDICATED, ACCORDING TO ANSI A250.8. 1. CLASS: JOINT MOVEMENT RANGE WITHOUT COHESIVE/ADHESIVE FAILURE: PLUS 7.5 PERCENT TO MINIM 7.5 PERCENT OF JOINT WIDTH. TYPE OF CUTOUTS PROVIDED IN METAL FRAMES. A. ENSURE STRUCTURE TO WHICH FIREPROOFING IS APPLIED IS NOT ENCLOSED AND SURFACES ARE OPEN TO VIEW UNTIL APPLICATION IS REVIEWED. F. FRAMES: B. PROVIDE VENTILATION IN AREAS TO RECEIVE FIREPROOFING DURING AND 24 HOURS AFTER APPLICATION, TO PROPERLY DRY MATERIAL AND MAINTAIN 2. SEALANTS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD) RULE 1. WELDED FRAMES: ACCURATELY FORM AND CUT MITERED CORNERS OF WELDED TYPE FRAMES; WELD ON INSIDE SURFACES; GRIND WELDED JOINTS D. CYLINDERS, KEYS, AND KEYING: HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS SHALL PROVIDE FOR GRAND MASTER, MASTER KEY ALIKE OR KEY DIFFERENT KEYING AS NONTOXIC, UNPOLLUTED WORKING AREA. 1168. (MAXIMUM VOC CONTENT OF 250 GRAMS/LITER) DIRECTED BY OWNER. 1.5 FIREPROOFING 3. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS: TO SMOOTH UNIFORM FINISH. A. PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPATIBILITY WITH EXISTING SYSTEMS TO BE PATCHED, AVAILABLE PRODUCTS THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK a. PECORA CORPORATION; AC-20. 2. HEAD REINFORCEMENT: REINFORCE FRAMES WIDER THAN 4'-0" WITH MINIMUM 12 GAGE FORMED STEEL CHANNELS WELDED IN PLACE, FLUSH 1• MANUFACTURERS: AS LISTED IN THE DRAWING DOOR LEGEND. a. SUBSTITUTIONS NOT PERMITTED.' - � INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED T0, THE FOLLOWING: b. BASF SONNEBORN, DIVISION OF CHEMREX INC.; SONOLAC. WITH TOP OF FRAMES. 4" 2. PROVIDE CYLINDERS OF EXTRUDED BRASS BAR MATERIAL. � CARS N 1. W.R. GRACE "MONOKOTE MK-6" OR "RETRO-GUARD." c. TREMCO; ACRYLIC LATEX 834. 3. CLOSER REINFORCEMENT IN SINGLE AND DOUBLE DOOR FRAMES: 14 GAGE HALF-SLEEVE REINFORCEMENT MINIMUM 20 INCHES LONG FOR �� , 3. PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION CYLINDERS FOR DOORS REQUIRING LOCKING DURING CONSTRUCTION; CONSTRUCTION CYLINDERS SHALL BE REMOVED AND U V C. ER B. SILICONE - SANITARY (DESIGNATION S-S): ASTM C920, TYPE S, GRADE NS. REGULAR AND PARALLEL ARM CLOSERS. w `-'- � 2. ALBI MANUFACTURING DIVISION, STANCHEM, INC. "DURASPRAY". REPLACED JUST PRIOR TO OWNER OCCUPANCY. ,� 1. CLASS: 25. 4. HINGE REINFORCEMENT IN SINGLE AND DOUBLE DOOR FRAMES: 10 GAGE PLATE REINFORCEMENT 3X HINGE HEIGHT WELDED IN PLACE CENTERED 94 S.�, ^AT' ;i ,.0 A . 3. MANDOVAL VERMICULITE PRODUCTS INC. "MANDOLITE P-20." 2. USES: NT M, G, A AND 0. ON EACH HINGE 4. SUBMIT KEYS FOR FINAL USE TO OWNER; PROVIDE NOT LESS THAN TWO KEYS FOR EACH LOCKSET, SIX OF EACH TYPE AND LEVEL OF S B. SPRAYED ON FIREPROOFING: MILL MIXED CEMENTITIOUS FORMULATION FOR SPRAYED ON APPLICATION; OTHER TYPES OF MATERIAL SUBJECT TO PRIOR MASTERKEY, TWO GRAND MASTER KEYS, AND FIVE PERCENT EXTRA BLANKS. r�� 636 "I 3. NEUTRAL OR ACID CURING, NONSTAINING, NONBLEEDING, FUNGICIDE CONTAINING. 5. BACKBEND TO THROAT: 1 2 INCH. j:� ARCHITECT AND OWNER APPROVAL. / 5. HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS SHALL KEY AND REGISTER LOCK CYLINDERS. f�� ._, -�'�.� 1. MATERIALS: COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS; BLENDED FOR EVEN TEXTURE; WITH NO ASBESTOS. 4. SEALANTS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD) RULE 6. FACE: 2 INCHES. ,C, `1:- `'�''4 1168. MAXIMUM VOC CONTENT OF 250 GRAMS LITER 6. KEY CONTROL SYSTEM: PROVIDE COMPLETE KEY CONTROL SYSTEM WITH IDENTIFICATION AND STORAGE CAPACITY SUITABLE FOR PROJECT. C. WATER: CLEAN, FREE OF MATERIALS HARMFUL TO FIREPROOFING. ( / ) G. DOOR SILENCERS: Signed: 1.6 PREPARATION 5. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS:a. DOW CORNING CORPORATION; 76 MILDEW RESISTANT. CLOSERS: ANSI A156.4, FURNISH PRODUCTS OF ONE MANUFACTURER; FULL RACK AND PINION TYPE WITH STEEL SPRING AND NON-FREEZING HYDRAULIC FLUID. E.8 1. PLACE MINIMUM THREE SINGLE BUMPERS ON SINGLE DOOR FRAMES; SPACE EQUALLY ALONG STRIKE JAMBS. A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARATION OF SURFACES TO RECEIVE SPRAYED ON b. GE SILICONES; SANITARY SCS172. PLACE MINIMUM OF TWO SINGLE BUMPERS ON DOUBLE DOOR FRAMES; PLACE ON FRAME HEADS. 1. MANUFACTURERS: AS LISTED IN THE DRAWING DOOR LEGEND. Retail Store #1309FIREPROOFING. H T c. PECORA CORPORATION; 898 SILICONE SEALANT. H. PROVIDE JAMB ANCHORS PER SDI-100 (ANSI SDI 250.8) AND NAAMM; WELD FLOOR JAMB ANCHORS IN PLACE. B. PROTECT ADJACENT SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT FROM DAMAGE BY OVERSPRAY, FALLOUT, AND DUSTING; MASK ADJACENT WORK AS REQUIRED. / o. SUBSTITUTIONS NOT PERMITTED. Washington Square Mall C. PROVIDE TEMPORARY ENCLOSURE TO PREVENT SPRAY FROM CONTAMINATING AIR. d. TREMCO; TREMSIL 200 WHITE. I. PROVIDE DOUBLE DOORS TESTED AND APPROVED WITHOUT ASTRAGALS. 2. PROVIDE CONTROLS FOR REGULATING CLOSING, LATCHING, SPEEDS AND BACK CHECK. D. CLOSE OFF AND SEAL DUCT WORK IN AREAS WHERE FIREPROOFING IS BEING APPLIED. C. URETHANE - MULTICOMPONENT (DESIGNATION U-MC): ASTM C920, TYPE M, GRADE NS. J. EDGE CLEARANCES: 3. ARM TYPES SHALL SUIT INDIVIDUAL CONDITIONS, AS APPROVED; SUPPLY PARALLEL ARM CLOSERS AT REVERSE BEVEL DOORS AND WHERE DOORS 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. E. CLEAN SUBSTRATE OF DIRT, DUST, GREASE, OIL, LOOSE MATERIAL, PAINTS, PRIMERS, AND OTHER MATTER WHICH AFFECTS BOND OF SPRAYED 1. SEALANT CONTAINING MERCURY NOT ALLOWED. 1. BETWEEN DOORS AND FRAMES: MAXIMUM 1/8 INCH AT HEAD AND JAMBS. SWING FULL 180 DEGREES. Tigard, Oregon FIREPROOFING. 2. CLASS: 25. JOINT MOVEMENT RANGE WITHOUT COHESIVE/ADHESIVE FAILURE: PLUS 25 PERCENT TO MINUS 25 PERCENT OF JOINT WIDTH. 2. DOOR SILLS: MAXIMUM 3/4 INCH BETWEEN BOTTOM OF DOOR AND BOTTOM OF FRAME. 4. MOUNT CLOSER BODY ON DOOR LEAF ON ROOM SIDE OR PULL SIDE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. F. REMOVE INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS WHICH AFFECT BOND BY SCRAPING, BRUSHING, SCRUBBING OR SAND BLASTING. 3. USES: NT, M, A, AND 0. G. VERIFY BOND REQUIREMENTS AND COMPATIBILITY OF SURFACES TO RECEIVE FIREPROOFING BEFORE APPLICATION OF SPRAYED ON FIREPROOFING. 4. CHEMICAL CURING, NONSTAINING, NONBLEEDING. 3. BETWEEN EDGES OF PAIRS OF DOORS: MAXIMUM 1/8 INCH. 5. SIZES: ADJUSTABLE TO FOLLOWING MAXIMUM DOOR OPERATING PRESSURES: H. ENSURE DUCTS, PIPING, EQUIPMENT AND ITEMS THAT WOULD INTERFERE WITH APPLICATION OF FIREPROOFING ARE NOT POSITIONED UNTIL FIREPROOFING 5. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS: 4. FIRE RATED DOORS: AS REQUIRED FOR FIRE RATINGS. o. TYPICAL DOORS: 5 POUNDS. WORK IS COMPLETED. a. SIKA CORPORATION, INC.; SIKAFLEX - 2C NS. K. FINISH: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 099000 FOR PRIMER INCLUDING APPLICATION AND COMPATIBILITY WITH SPECIFIED FINISHES. b. FIRE RATED DOORS: 15 POUNDS. I. ENSURE CLIPS, HANGERS, SUPPORT SLEEVES AND OTHER ATTACHMENTS REQUIRED TO PENETRATE FIREPROOFING ARE IN PLACE PRIOR TO APPLICATION b. PECORA CORPORATION; DYNATROL II. 1. INTERIOR UNITS: • APPLY MINIMUM A60 NON-SPANGLE HOT-DIP GALVANNEALED COATING, ASTM A924 AND A653; SHOP PRIMED. c. MAKE LABELED DOORS SELF-CLOSING. OF FIREPROOFING. c. TREMCO; DYMERIC 240FC. d. CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED BY FACTORY REPRESENTATIVE. DESIGNATION U-TB : ASTM C920, TYPE M, GRADE P. 2. EXTERIOR EXPOSED UNITS: APPLY MINIMUM A60 NONSPANGLE HOT-DIP GALVANNEALED COATING, ASTM A924 AND A653; SHOP PRIMED. Issued/Revised Date 1.7 APPLICATION D. URETHANE - TRAFFIC BEARING ( ) a. SURFACE TREAT AFTER GALVANNEALLING TO REMOVE OILS AND PREPARE FOR PAINTING AND APPLY ONE COAT OF PRIMER; COMPLY WITH 6. DESIGN: AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWING DOOR LEGEND. 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 A. MIX AND APPLY FIREPROOFING IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 1. SEALANT CONTAINING MERCURY NOT ALLOWED. REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION 099000. F. THRESHOLDS, STOPS, TRIM, AND MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE: PROVIDE AS INDICATED, AS SPECIFIED, AS INCLUDED IN HARDWARE SCHEDULE, AND AS B. APPLY FIREPROOFING IN SUFFICIENT THICKNESS AND DENSITY TO ACHIEVE REQUIRED FIRE RATINGS. 2. CLASS: 25. JOINT MOVEMENT RANGE WITHOUT COHESIVE/ADHESIVE FAILURE: PLUS 25 PERCENT TO MINUS 25 PERCENT OF JOINT WIDTH. REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. Permit 07/16/2014 C. APPLY FIREPROOFING OVER SUBSTRATE, BUILDING TO REQUIRED THICKNESS WITH AS MANY PASSES OR STAGES NECESSARY TO COVER WITH MONOLITHIC 3. USES: T, M, AND 0. 1.7 INSTALLATION BLANKET OF UNIFORM DENSITY AND TEXTURE. 4. CHEMICAL CURING, NONSTAINING, NONBLEEDING. A. INSTALL DOORS AND FRAMES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SDI-100 (ANSI/SDI A250.8) AND ANSI/SDI A250.11 OR NAAMM "HOLLOW METAL MANUAL" AND WITH 1. MANUFACTURERS: AS LISTED IN THE DRAWING DOOR LEGEND. D. REMOVE EXCESS AND OVERSPRAY, DROPPINGS AND DEBRIS. 5. SHORE A HARDNESS: 40 MINIMUM, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C661. MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. SUBSTITUTIONS NOT PERMITTED. W 2. W E. REMOVE FIREPROOFING FROM MATERIALS AND SURFACES NOT REQUIRED TO BE FIREPROOFED. 6. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS: 1. INSTALL FIRE RATED UNITS IN CONFORMANCE WITH FIRE LABEL REQUIREMENTS AND NFPA 80. WEATHERSTRIPPING: PROVIDE CONTINUOUS WEATHER-STRIPPING AT TOP AND SIDES OF EXTERIOR DOORS. F. PROTECT APPLIED FIREPROOFING FROM DAMAGE BY SUBSEQUENT OPERATIONS; REPAIR DAMAGED FIREPROOFING BEFORE FIREPROOFING IS ENCLOSED. a. PECORA CORPORATION; UREXPAN NR-200. B. INSTALL DOORS AND FRAMES PLUMB AND SQUARE, AND WITH MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTORTION OF 1/16". 3. FIRE RATED GASKETS: PROVIDE CONTINUOUS FIRE RATED GASKETS AT TOP AND SIDES OF FIRE RATED DOORS. 1.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL b. TREMCO; THC-901. 1. COORDINATE HARDWARE INSTALLATION WITH REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 087000. 4. KICK PLATES: HEIGHT INDICATED BY 1 INCH LESS THAN DOOR WIDTH; MINIMUM 0.050 INCH THICK. A. SITE TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: 1.8 ACCESSORY MATERIALS 5. PULLS: PROVIDE WITH BOLTS TO SECURE FROM OPPOSITE DOOR FACE; PROVIDE WITH PULL PLATES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. TESTING AND INSPECTION WILL BE REQUIRED TO ENSURE APPLIEDE HICKNESS AND DENSITY MEETS FIRE RATING REQUIREMENTS AND REVIEWED A. SEALANT PRIMERS: 2. COORDINATE GLASS INSTALLATION WITH REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 088000. 1.8 ACCESSORIES TEST REPORTS. 1. NON-STAINING TYPE, RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER TO SUIT APPLICATION. C. REMOVE AND REPLACE DOORS AND FRAMES DAMAGED DURING DELIVERY, STORAGE, INSTALLATION AND CONSTRUCTION. A. GENERAL: PROVIDE COMPLETE HARDWARE WITH ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR DOORS AND APPLICATIONS INDICATED. 2. CORRECT UNACCEPTABLE WORK AND PAY FOR FURTHER TESTING REQUIRED TO PROVE ACCEPTABILITY OF INSTALLATION. 2. PRIMERS FOR INTERIOR SEALANTS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT 1. PASTE FILLER REPAIR SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. B. TEMPLATES: FURNISH TEMPLTES 0R PHYSICAL HARDWARE ITEMS TO MANUFACTURERS CONCERNED SUFFICIENTLYNTLY IN ADVANCE TO AVOID DELAY IN 3. PATCH TEST AREAS AS REQUIRED TO REESTABLISH FIREPROOFING INTEGRITY. DISTRICT (SCAQMD) RULE 1168. (MAXIMUM VOC CONTENT OF 250 GRAMS/LITER FOR NON-POROUS SURFACES; 750 GRAMS/LITER FOR OTHER D. AFTER INSTALLATION, TOUCH UP SCRATCHED PRIME PAINT SURFACES. WORK. SURFACES). C. REINFORCING UNITS: FURNISHED BY DOOR MANUFACTURER, COORDINATED BY HARDWARE MANUFACTURER. B. JOINT CLEANER: NON-CORROSIVE AND NON-STAINING TYPE, RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER; COMPATIBLE WITH JOINT FORMING MATERIALS. C. BACKER ROD: CLOSED OR OPEN CELL FOAM AS RECOMMENDED BY THE SEALANT MANUFACTURER FOR THE APPLICATION; ROUND PROFILE; THICKNESS D. FASTENERS: FURNISH AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL SECURE HARDWARE. APPROXIMATELY 130 PERCENT OF JOINT WIDTH. 1. FINISH: MATCH HARDWARE. D. BOND BREAKER: PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER TO SUIT APPLICATION. 2. FURNISH SCREWS FOR ITEMS APPLIED ON GYPSUM BOARD SUFFICIENTLY LONG TO PROVIDE SOLID CONNECTION TO FRAMING OR BACKING E. THROUGH BOLTS: THROUGH BOLTS AND GROMMET NUTS SHALL BE AVOIDED ON DOOR FACES IN HIGHLY VISIBLE AREAS, UNLESS NO ALTERNATIVE IS SPECIFICATIONS POSSIBLE, AS DIRECTED AND APPROVED, AND SHALL NOT BE USED FOR SOLID WOOD CORE DOORS. F. ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL: MAKE PROVISIONS AND COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DEVICES IN CONNECTION WITH HARDWARE. CONTINUED ON SPEC-05 SPEC-04 7/16/14 12:20 PMP:\510141\A15-cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-specs.dwg SECTION 087000 - CONTINUED FROM SPEC-04 DIVISION 09 - FINISHESSECTION 093013 - CERAMIC TILING SECTION 096341 - DIMENSION STONE TILE (OFCI): REFER TO DIVISION 00 FOR HANDLING, STORAGE, INSTALLATION, PROTECTION AND CLEANING 1.9 FINISHES 1.1 SUMMARY REQUIREMENTS A. PROVIDE FINISHES IN THE DRAWING DOOR LEGEND. SECTION 092200 - NONSTRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1.1 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS / CONTRACTOR INSTALLED (OFCI) PRODUCTS 1.10 INSTALLATION 1.1 SUMMARY 1. FLOOR AND WALL BASE TILE INSTALLATIONS WITH ACCESSORIES, AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION.A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES: A. INSTALL FINISH HARDWARE SPECIFIED UNDER THIS SECTION; COORDINATE WITH MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLATION OF DOORS AND FRAMES. 1. NONLOADBEARING INTERIOR PARTITION FRAMING. A. PRODUCT DATA: FURNISH MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE FOR EACH TYPE OF MATERIAL TO BE PROVIDED FOR PROJECT. 1. ARRANGE FOR AND DELIVER NECESSARY SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES TO CONTRACTOR. B. FIT HARDWARE PRIOR TO PAINTING. REMOVE FOR PAINTING OF DOORS AND FRAMES BEFORE FINAL INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE. 2. STEEL BACKING. 1.3 MATERIALS 2. ARRANGE AND PAY FOR PRODUCT DELIVERY TO SITE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROGRESS SCHEDULE. C. INSTALL HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 3. STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF LIGHT GAGE METAL SUPPORT FRAMING SYSTEMS. A. TILE, FLOOR/BASE: TYPES AS INDICATED ON FINISH LEGEND. 3, DELIVER SUPPLIER'S BILL OF MATERIALS TO CONTRACTOR. D. NO EXTRA COST WILL BE ALLOWED BECAUSE OF CHANGES OR CORRECTIONS NECESSARY TO FACILITATE INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE. 4. FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION JOINT ASSEMBLIES IN FIRE-RATED CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING JOINTS AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: B. LATEX THIN SET: ANSI A118.4; THINSET BOND COAT, CONSISTING OF LATEX CEMENTITIOUS MORTAR. 4. INSPECT DELIVERIES JOINTLY WITH CONTRACTOR.SUBMIT CLAIMS FOR TRANSPORTATION DAMAGE. 1.11 MOUNTING POSITIONS a. WHERE STEEL STUD PARTITION HEADS MEET THE UNDERSIDE OF OVERHEAD FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTION. 1. MANUFACTURERS: 5. ARRANGE FOR REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGED, DEFECTIVE, AND MISSING ITEMS. A. HEIGHTS GIVEN ARE CENTER LINE HEIGHTS FROM FINISHED FLOOR. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION o. LATICRETE INTERNATIONAL INC. A. STRUCTURAL DESIGN: b. BOSTIK CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS/HYDROMENT. 6. ARRANGE FOR MANUFACTURERS' WARRANTIES, SERVICE, AND INSPECTIONS, AS REQUIRED. 1. LOCKS AND LATCHES: 36 INCHES TO CENTER OF LEVER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. 1. STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF LIGHT GAGE METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR. c. CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS. B. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES: 2. DOOR PULLS: 42 INCHES TO CENTER OF GRIP UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. 2. SELECT FRAMING SYSTEMS, GAGES, SUPPORTS, BRACING, AND CONNECTIONS AS NECESSARY TO MEET THE STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED d. MAPEI CORP. 1. DESIGNATE DELIVERY DATE FOR EACH PRODUCT IN PROGRESS SCHEDULE. 3. PUSH PLATE: 42 INCH; COORDINATE WITH PULL LOCATION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. BELOW. e. MER-KOTE PRODUCTS, INC. 2, REVIEW SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES. SUBMIT TO ARCHITECT WITH NOTIFICATION OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR PROBLEMS 4. TOP HINGE: TO JAMB MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD, BUT NOT GREATER THAN 10 INCHES FROM HEAD OF FRAME TO CENTER LINE OF HINGE. 3. CONFORM TO PARTITION FRAMING WIDTHS INDICATED, UNLESS APPROVED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE THICKER GAGES AND DECREASED STUD SPACING AS C. EPDXY GROUT: ANSI A118.3; 100 PERCENT SOLIDS EPDXY TYPE, COLOR MATCH AS SCHEDULED. ANTICIPATED IN USE OF PRODUCT. 5. BOTTOM HINGE: TO JAMB MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD, BUT NOT GREATER THAN 12-1/2 INCHES FROM FLOOR TO CENTER LINE OF HINGE. NECESSARY TO MEET THE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. D. CLEANING AND SEALING MATERIALS: AS RECOMMENDED BY TILE AND GROUT MANUFACTURERS, SUCH AS BOSTIK CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS/HYDROMENT 3. RECEIVE AND UNLOAD PRODUCTS AT SITE. 6. INTERMEDIATE HINGES: EQUALLY SPACED BETWEEN TOP AND BOTTOM HINGES AND FROM EACH OTHER. 4. SELECT FRAMING MEMBERS BASED ON THE MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED SPAN TABLES. CERAMASEAL. 4. PROMPTLY INSPECT PRODUCTS JOINTLY WITH OWNER; RECORD SHORTAGES, DAMAGE, AND DEFECTIVE ITEMS. 5. SPLICING OF MEMBERS IS NOT PERMITTED; UNLESS SPLICE CONNECTION IS ENGINEERED FOR ADEQUATE STRENGTH AND STIFFNESS TO MEET E. SPECIAL TILE TRIM PIECES: PROVIDE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 7. HINGE MORTISE ON DOOR LEAF: 1/4 INCH TO 5/16 INCH FROM STOP SIDE OF DOOR. DESIGN LOADS FOR EACH INSTANCE. 1. MANUFACTURERS: 5. HANDLE PRODUCTS AT SITE, INCLUDING UNCRATING AND STORAGE. 8. DEAD BOLT: NOT MORE THAN 44 INCHES FROM FLOOR TO OPERATING LEVER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. B. DESIGN LOADS: o. SCHLUTER SYSTEMS L.P. 6. PROTECT PRODUCTS FROM EXPOSURE TO ELEMENTS AND FROM DAMAGE. B. COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF BUILDERS HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION, SUBJECT TO APPROVAL, FOR HEIGHTS OF ITEMS NOT 1. INTERIOR PARTITIONS WITHOUT WALL MOUNTED CASEWORK: 5 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT UNIFORM LIVE LATERAL LOAD. 7. ASSEMBLE, INSTALL, CONNECT, ADJUST, AND FINISH PRODUCTS, AS STIPULATED IN RESPECTIVE SPECIFICATION SECTION. 2. PARTITIONS WITH WALL MOUNTED CASEWORK: 25 POUNDS PER LINEAR FOOT PER SHELF; 100 PER LINEAR FOOT PER COUNTER. 1.4 PREPARATION INDICATED. A. PRIOR TO INSTALLING TILE, ENSURE SURFACES ARE LEVEL. 8. REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY ITEMS DAMAGED BY CONTRACTOR. 1.12 ADJUSTING 3. SEISMIC LOADS: CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF CURRENTLY ENFORCED EDITION OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC). 1. TOLERANCE: MAXIMUM SURFACE VARIATION OF 1/8 INCH IN 10'-0". A. QUALIFIED HARDWARE SUPPLIER'S OR MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVES SHALL INSPECT INSTALLATION AND MAKE ADJUSTMENTS. C. DEFLECTION REQUIREMENTS: B. ENSURE SURFACES ARE CLEAN AND WELL CURED. SECTION 096519 - RESILIENT FLOORING 1. ADJUST CLOSERS, LOCKS, AND CRITICAL OPERATIONAL HARDWARE. 1. MAXIMUM DEFLECTION OF 1/240 FOR FLEXIBLE FINISH MATERIALS SUCH AS GYPSUM BOARD AND VENEER PLASTER. C. DO NOT COMMENCE WORK UNTIL SURFACE CONDITIONS ARE WITHIN TOLERANCES REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION; APPLY LATEX LEVELING MATERIAL 1.1 SUMMARY 2. DELIVER INSTRUCTIONS FOR MAINTENANCE AND FUTURE ADJUSTMENTS TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 2. MAXIMUM DEFLECTION OF 1/360 FOR RIGID FINISH MATERIALS INCLUDING TILES. WHERE NECESSARY TO MEET REQUIRED TOLERANCES. A. SECTION INCLUDES: RESILIENT TILE FLOORING WITH EDGE STRIPS AND ACCESSORIES; RESILIENT BASE; [STAIR TREADS/RISERS/LANDING NOSINGS]. D. FIRE-RATED ASSEMBLIES: LISTED BY UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY, GYPSUM ASSOCIATION (GA) FILE NOS IN GA-600 FIRE RESISTANCE DESIGN MANUAL 1.5 INSTALLATION 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1.13 DOOR LEGEND OR OTHER LISTING APPROVED BY APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES. A. INSTALL TILE IN ACCORDANCE WITH REFERENCED ANSI STANDARDS AND TCA RECOMMENDATIONS FOR TYPE OF SUBSTRATE AND INDICATED SETTING A. THE DRAWING DOOR LEGEND ESTABLISHES A TYPE AND STANDARD OF QUALITY. E. SYSTEMS RESPONSIBILITY: PROVIDE PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED BY OR RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OF GYPSUM BOARD TO MAINTAIN SINGLE METHOD. A. FLAMMABILITY: PROVIDE MATERIALS TESTED UNDER ASTM E648, FLOORING RADIANT PANEL TEST, WITH RESULTS OF 0.45 WATTS/CM2 OR HIGHER. B. EXAMINE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND FURNISH PROPER HARDWARE FOR DOOR OPENINGS, WHETHER LISTED OR NOT. SOURCE RESPONSIBILITY FOR SYSTEM, 1. LATEX CEMENT THIN SET FLOORS OVER CONCRETE: TCNA F113-09. B. SLIP RESISTANCE: PROVIDE MATERIALS TESTED UNDER ASTM D2047, JAMES SLIP TEST WITH MINIMUM 0.6 RATING FOR FLOORS. C. BRING OMISSIONS TO ATTENTION OF OWNER PRIOR TO BID OPENING FOR INSTRUCTIONS; OTHERWISE, LIST WILL BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE; NO EXTRAS F. OPENINGS: OBTAIN DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS FROM OTHER TRADES AND PROVIDE OPENINGS AND ENCLOSURES FOR ACCESSORIES, SPECIALTIES, B. PLACE TILE IN ACCORDANCE WITH PATTERNS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR AS DIRECTED BY OWNER; CAREFULLY PLAN TILE LAYOUTS, ENSURE PATTERN 1.3 MATERIALS, FLOOR TILE WILL BE ALLOWED. EQUIPMENT, AND DUCTWORK. IS UNINTERRUPTED FROM ONE SURFACE TO THE NEXT AND THROUGH DOORWAYS. A. RESILIENT TILE: VINYL COMPOSITION TILE; ASTM F1066, COMPOSITION 1. G. PROVIDE FIRE-RESISTIVE JOINT SEALANTS SUFFICIENTLY FLEXIBLE TO ACCOMMODATE MOVEMENT SUCH AS THERMAL EXPANSION AND OTHER NORMAL 1. APPLY LATEX THIN SET TO BACK OF TILE WHERE NECESSARY TO ENSURE 100% BOND BETWEEN BOND COAT AND SUBSTRATE; REPLACE TILES D. HARDWARE GROUPS: REFER TO DRAWING DOOR LEGEND. � 1. MANUFACTURER: AS SPECIFIED IN THE DRAWINGS FINISH LEGEND. BUILDING MOVEMENT WITHOUT DAMAGE TO THE SEAL. WHICH BREAK DUE TO VOIDS BETWEEN TILE AND SUBSTRATE. 2. COLOR AND PATTERN: AS SPECIFIED IN THE DRAWINGS FINISH LEGEND. H. PROVIDE FIRE-RESISTIVE JOINT SEALANTS DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE A SPECIFIC RANGE OF MOVEMENT AND TESTED FOR THIS PURPOSE IN C. NEATLY CUT TILE AROUND FIXTURES AND DRAINS; ACCURATELY FORM CORNERS, BASE, INTERSECTIONS AND RETURNS. IT PREMIXED T PORTLAND T PAT I F PROVIDING THI I FA F I A I SECTION 088000 GLAZING ACCORDANCE WITH A CYCLIC MOVEMENT TEST CRITERIA AS OUTLINED IN STANDARDS, ASTM E1399, ASTM E1966 OR ANSI/UL 2079. 1. BASE, COVES: FLUSH COVE TYPE WITH BASE GROUT JOINT ON WALL, COVE TILE ON FLOOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. SUB FLOOR FILLER: WHITE REM XED LA EX OR LAND CEMEN PASTE DESIGNED OR N SOLID SURFACE OR LEVELING AND MINOR 1.1 SUMMARY I. PROVIDE FIRE-RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS SUBJECTED TO AN AIR LEAKAGE TEST CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD, ANSI/UL2079 WITH D. ENSURE TILE JOINTS ARE UNIFORM IN WIDTH, SUBJECT TO NORMAL VARIANCE IN TOLERANCE ALLOWED IN TILE SIZE; ENSURE JOINTS ARE WATERTIGHT, RAMPING OF SUBSURFACE TO ADJACENT FLOOR FINISHES. A. SECTION INCLUDES: PUBLISHED L-RATINGS FOR AMBIENT AND ELEVATED TEMPERATURES AS EVIDENCE OF THE ABILITY OF THE FIRE-RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEM TO RESTRICT WITHOUT VOIDS, CRACKS, EXCESS MORTAR OR GROUT. 1. USE MATERIAL CAPABLE OF BEING APPLIED AND FEATHERED OUT TO ADJACENT FLOOR WITHOUT SPALLING. 1. FRAMELESS ALL GLASS ENTRANCES, INCLUDING SAFETY GLASS DOORS, RELATED HARDWARE, AND ACCESSORIES. THE MOVEMENT OF SMOKE. E. SOUND TILE AFTER SETTING, REMOVE AND REPLACE HOLLOW SOUNDING UNITS. C. PRIMERS AND ADHESIVES: WATERPROOF NONTOXIC TYPES AS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER FOR SPECIFIED MATERIAL AND APPLICATION. 2. MISCELLANEOUS GLASS AND GLAZING NOT PROVIDED ELSEWHERE INCLUDING ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 1.3 MATERIALS F. ALLOW TILE TO SET FOR A MINIMUM 48 HOURS PRIOR TO GROUTING. D. SEALER AND WAX: TYPE RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER FOR MATERIAL TYPE AND LOCATION. 3. FRAMELESS MIRRORS, ADHESIVE AND ACCESSORIES. A. FRAMING MATERIALS: COMPLY WITH ASTM C754, 20 GAGE AND LIGHTER, COORDINATE WITH SECTION 054000; WHERE NOT OTHERWISE INDICATED, G. GROUT TILE TO COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF TCNA. 1.4 RESILIENT BASE 4. INSTALLATION OF OWNER FURNISHED GLASS. PROVIDE GAGES AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR SPANS AND LOADS INDICATED AND AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES. H. CLEAN TILE SURFACES FREE OF FOREIGN MATTER UPON COMPLETION OF GROUTING. A. MANUFACTURER AND COLOR: AS SPECIFIED IN THE DRAWINGS FINISH LEGEND. 1. STUDS: ASTM C645, SCREW TYPE, CEE SHAPED. I. SEAL ALL TILE AND GROUT SURFACES WHERE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR MATERIALS AND APPLICATIONS INVOLVED; COMPLY WITH 5. FRAMELESS ALL-GLASS SAFTEY GLASS ENTRANCE DOORS/SIDELIGHTS TO BRIEFING ROOM, INCLUDING RELATED HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES. 2_ RUNNERS: MATCH STUDS. MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. B. RESILIENT BASE: ASTM F1861, TYPE TP, 100 PERCENT VULCANIZED RUBBER; 1/8 INCH THICK; ROLL STOCK; COVED AND STRAIGHT BASE AS 6. PLASTIC GLAZING. 3. FURRING MEMBERS: ASTM C645, SCREW-TYPE, HAT-SHAPED. SPECIFIED; HEIGHT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 4. PARTITION HEAD COMPENSATING TRACK (NON RATED): DESIGN FOR MINIMUM ±1/2 INCH DEFLECTION. PROFILES AS INDICATED; ONE OF THE SECTION 095100 - ACOUSTICAL CEILING C. ADHESIVES: A. SAFETY GLASS STANDARD: CPSC 16 CFR 1201, ANSI Z97.1, CATEGORY 11. FOLLOWING. 1.1 SUMMARY 1. WATER BASED RUBBER RESIN TYPE, UNLESS OTHERWISE RECOMMENDED BY BASE MANUFACTURERS FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION. B. FIRE RATED GLASS: PROVIDE GLASS IDENTICAL TO GLASS TESTED PER ASTM E163, LABELED AND LISTED BY UL OR OTHER TESTING AND INSPECTION o. 30MILS (20 GAGE) DEEP LEG TRACK; MINIMUM 2 1/2 INCH LEGS. A. SECTION INCLUDES: ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING SYSTEMS WITH EXPOSED SUSPENDED METAL GRID SYSTEM, TRIM, AND ACCESSORIES. 2. ADHESIVES SHALL HAVE BEEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D5116, AND SHALL HAVE CRI/IAO "GREEN LABEL." AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES. b. CEMCO "SLOTTED TRACK (CST)" OR BRADY CONSTRUCTION INNOVATIONS, INC. "SLIP TRACK SYSTEMS" 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.5 RESILIENT STAIR ACCESSORIES 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS 5. PARTITION HEAD COMPENSATING TRACK (FIRE RATED): "FIRE TRAK" BY FIRE TRAK CORPORATION, KIMBALL, MN; 612-398-7800. BASED ON UL A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: FIRM WITH MINIMUM THREE YEARS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE IN PROJECTS OF SIMILAR TYPE AND SCOPE; ACCEPTABLE TO A. TREAD MANUFACTURER, PRODUCT NAME AND COLOR: AS SPECIFIED IN THE DRAWINGS FINISH LEGEND, OUSTICAL UNITS. MANUFACTURER OF AC A. MAKE SUBMITTALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 013300. ASSEMBLIES LISTED ON THE DRAWINGS. 1. MATERIAL: RUBBER. 1.3 MATERIALS B. PRODUCT DATA: FURNISH FOR EACH TYPE OF GLASS OTHER THAN CLEAR GLASS, AND EACH TYPE OF EXPOSED GLAZING MATERIAL. B. FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION JOINT ASSEMBLIES: A. SUSPENSION SYSTEM: COMPLY WITH ASTM C635, AS APPLICABLE TO TYPE OF SUSPENSION SYSTEM REQUIRED FOR TYPE OF CEILING UNITS INDICATED. 2. NOSING STYLE: SQUARE. C. SAMPLES: FURNISH SAMPLES OF FIRE RATED GLASS, LOW IRON GLASS, AND MIRROR GLASS. 1. METAL STUD / GYPSUM BOARD PARTITION HEAD CONSTRUCTION JOINT ASSEMBLY: BASED ON UL ASSEMBLIES LISTED ON THE DRAWINGS. 1. BASIS-OF-DESIGN MANUFACTURER: PROVIDE PRODUCT SPECIFIED IN DRAWING FINISH LEGEND. NO SUBSTITUTIONS 3. SIZE: LENGTHS AND DEPTHS TO FIT EACH TREAD IN ONE PIECE WITH INTEGRAL COVED-TOE RISER. D. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING OF MOTOR ASSEMBLY. o. FORMING MATERIAL: PREFORMED MINERAL FIBER AS LISTED IN THE UL ASSEMBLY; MINIMUM 4 POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT DENSITY. 2. ATTACHMENT DEVICES: SIZE FOR FIVE TIMES DESIGN LOAD INDICATED IN ASTM C635, TABLE 1, DIRECT HUNG. 1.6 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION 1) MANUFACTURERS: 3. HANGER WIRES: GALVANIZED CARBON STEEL, ASTM A641, SOFT TEMPER, PRE-STRETCHED, YIELD STRESS LOAD OF AT LEAST THREE TIMES DESIGN 1.4 MATERIALS A. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, CAREFULLY INSPECT INSTALLED WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY THAT SUCH WORK IS COMPLETE TO THE POINT WHERE A. TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS: SELECT GLAZING QUALITY, CLEAR FLOAT GLASS, FULLY TEMPERED, ASTM C1048, KIND FT; SAFETY GLASS. o) FIBREX INSULATIONS INC. LOAD, BUT NOT LESS THAN 12 GAGE, WORK OF THIS SECTION MAY PROPERLY COMMENCE. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND TIMELY 1. MANUFACTURERS: b) OWENS CORNING HT INC. DIV OF OWENS CORNING. 4. STRAPS, TUBES AND ANGLES: PROVIDE GALVANIZED STEEL AS REQUIRED TO MEET STATE AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC DESIGN LOADS. COMPLETION OF THE WORK. c) ROCK WOOL MANUFACTURING CO. 5. STRUCTURAL CLASS: MINIMUM INTERMEDIATE DUTY SYSTEM. B. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL ALL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE RESOLVED. BEGINNING WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS AS o. GUARDIAN INDUSTRIES CORP. b. PPG INDUSTRIES, INC. d) THERMAFIBER LLC. 6. EDGE MOLDING: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SHADOW MOLDING FOR EDGES AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. SATISFACTORY. C. CHANNELS: HOT OR COLD ROLLED CHANNELS; RUST INHIBITIVE PAINT COATING; SIZES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C754. 7. FINISH OF EXPOSED ITEMS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WHITE BAKED ENAMEL. C. CONFORM WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PREPARATION AND WITH ASTM F710. C. AFGD GLASS. D. HANGERS: ASTM A641, CLASS 1 WIRE NOT LESS THAN SIZES IN TABLE NO. 5 OF ASTM C754 AND AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES; HANGER 8. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION: L/360. D. REMOVE SUB-FLOOR RIDGES AND BUMPS; FILL LOW SPOTS, CRACKS, JOINTS, HOLES AND DEFECTS WITH SUB-FLOOR FILLER. d. PILKINGTON GLASS, LTD. RODS, FLAT HANGERS, AND ANGLE TYPE HANGERS AS REQUIRED. B. ACOUSTICAL PANELS: ASTM E1264 TYPE IV, FORM 2, PATTERN E UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. E. CLEAN FLOOR AND APPLY, TROWEL AND FLOAT FILLER TO LEAVE SMOOTH, FLAT HARD SURFACE; PROHIBIT TRAFFIC UNTIL FILLER IS CURED. 2. LOCATIONS: PROVIDE AT OPENINGS WHERE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES AND FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS. E. SUSPENSION SYSTEM: ASTM C635, SUSPENSION SYSTEM COMPOSED OF MAIN BEAMS AND CROSS FURRING MEMBERS INTERLOCKING TO FORM 1. BASIS-OF-DESIGN MANUFACTURER AS SPECIFIED IN DRAWING FINISH LEGEND. NO SUBSTITUTIONS 1.7 INSTALLATION, FLOOR TILE a. 1/4 INCH (6 MM): NONRATED VISION LITES REQUIRED WITH SAFETY IMPACT RESISTANCE. SUPPORTING NETWORK; RECOMMENDED BY GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. 2. EDGE DETAIL: AS INDICATED IN DRAWING. B. SETTING BLOCKS: 70-90 DUROMETER HARDNESS; DIMENSIONS AS APPROPRIATE TO GLASS DIMENSIONS, AND AS RECOMMENDED BY GANA. 4 INCH F. FASTENERS AND ANCHORAGES: AS RECOMMENDED BY GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. 3. SIZE: AS SPECIFIED IN DRAWING FINISH LEGEND. A. FLOORING INSTALLATION: CONFORM TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. LONG BY 3/8 INCH THICK BY 1/4 INCH HIGH STANDARD SETTING BLOCKS. 1.4 INSTALLATION 4. RECYCLED CONTENT: 70% - 80%. 1. OPEN FLOOR TILE CARTONS, ENOUGH TO COVER EACH AREA, AND MIX TILE TO ENSURE SHADE VARIATIONS DO NOT OCCUR WITHIN ANY ONE AREA. A. METAL FRAMING ERECTION: ERECT METAL FRAMING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C754 AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 5. FINISH: STANDARD WASHABLE PAINTED FINISH. COLOR AS SCHEDULED IN DRAWING FINISH LEGEND. 2. CLEAN SUBSTRATE. C. FRAMELESS MIRRORS: MIRROR QUALITY Q1 OR Q2, CLEAR FLOAT GLASS; 1/4 INCH THICK; FULL SILVER COATING, COPPER COATING AND ORGANIC 1. INSTALL MEMBERS TRUE TO LINES AND LEVELS TO PROVIDE SURFACE FLATNESS WITH MAXIMUM VARIATION OF 1/8 INCH IN 10'-0" IN ANY 1.4 INSTALLATION COATING; ARRISED FLAT POLISHED EDGES; FACTORY TREATED AND SEALED AFTER CUTTING AND FINISHING. DIRECTION. A. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND ASTM C636. 3. SPREAD CEMENT EVENLY IN QUANTITY RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER TO ENSURE ADHESION OVER ENTIRE AREA OF INSTALLATION; SPREAD ONLY ENOUGH ADHESIVE TO PERMIT INSTALLATION OF FLOORING BEFORE INITIAL SET. 1. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 2. DOOR OPENING FRAMING: INSTALL DOUBLE STUDS AT DOOR FRAME JAMBS; INSTALL RUNNERS ON EACH SIDE OF OPENING AT FRAME HEAD 1. FINISHED CEILINGS: TRUE TO LINES AND LEVELS AND FREE FROM WARPED, SOILED OR DAMAGED GRID OR ACOUSTICAL UNITS. 4. SET FLOORING IN PLACE AND PRESS WITH HEAVY ROLLER TO ENSURE FULL ADHESION. o. BINSWANGER MIRROR PRODUCTS, MEMPHIS, TN. HEIGHT BETWEEN JAMB STUDS AND ADJACENT STUDS. B. INSTALL CEILING SYSTEMS IN A MANNER CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING SUPERIMPOSED LOADS, WITH MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE DEFLECTION OF 1/8" IN 10'-O". 5. LAY FLOORING WITH JOINTS PARALLEL TO BUILDING LINES TO PRODUCE SYMMETRICAL PATTERN. b. SUBSTITUTIONS NOT PERMITTED. 3. USE MINIMUM 30MILS (20 GAGE) STUDS AT PARTITIONS TO RECEIVE WALL MOUNTED SHELVING, COUNTERS, OR OTHER CASEWORK. C. INSTALL AFTER MAJOR ABOVE CEILING WORK IS COMPLETE; COORDINATE LOCATION OF HANGERS WITH OTHER WORK. 2. MIRROR ATTACHMENT: 4. INSTALL METAL FRAMING BACKING WHERE REQUIRED FOR SUPPORT OF FIXTURES, CABINETS, ACCESSORIES AND HARDWARE. 1. ENSURE SUSPENSION SYSTEM IS LOCATED TO ACCOMMODATE FITTINGS AND UNITS OF EQUIPMENT WHICH IS TO BE PLACED AFTER INSTALLATION OF 6. INSTALL MINIMUM 1/2 TILE AT ROOM AND AREA PERIMETER. TT A TOPSUPPORTS: GLASS DISTIBUTORS INC 301-779-2430 PART "L902BA"• 1 4 INCH EXTRUDED ALUMINUM ANGLES BRIGHT 5. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF BUCKS, ANCHORS, BLOCKING, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL WORK WHICH IS TO BE PLACED IN OR BEHIND CEILING GRID. 7. TERMINATE RESILIENT FLOORING AT CENTERLINE OF DOOR OPENINGS WHERE ADJACENT FLOOR FINISH IS DISSIMILARUNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON o. AL OM AND 0 ( ) / PARTITION FRAMING; ALLOW ITEMS TO BE INSTALLED AFTER FRAMING IS COMPLETE. D. WHERE DUCTS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT PREVENT REGULAR SPACING OF HANGERS, REINFORCE NEAREST ADJACENT HANGERS AND RELATED CARRYING DRAWINGS. ALUMINUM FINISH; PROVIDE BLACK FELT PADS ON BOTTOM & BOTTOM ANGLE FOR SETTING MIRROR; PROVIDE CONCEALED COUNTERSUNK FASTENERS. B. CEILING FRAMING INSTALLATION: ERECT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C754 AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. CHANNELS AS REQUIRED TO SPAN REQUIRED DISTANCE. 8. INSTALL EDGE STRIPS AT UNPROTECTED AND EXPOSED EDGES WHERE FLOORING TERMINATES; BUTT TO FLOORING WITHOUT GAPS; SET IN TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY MIRROR MANUFACTURER. 1. COORDINATE LOCATION OF HANGERS WITH OTHER WORK; PROVIDE TRAPEZE SUPPORTS AND STEEL BRACING AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT CEILING. E. INSTALL CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM TO RESIST SEISMIC LOADS WHERE PROJECT IS IN SEISMIC ZONE; COMPLY WITH STATE AND LOCAL CODES, ADHESIVE.. b. ADHESIVE: NONT NONTOXIC 0 2. INSTALL CEILING FURRING INDEPENDENT OF WALLS, COLUMNS, AND ABOVE CEILING WORK. INCLUDING EXTRA HANGER WIRES AND COMPRESSION SUPPORTS FOR CEILINGS AND LIGHT FIXTURES. D. ALL-GLASS ENTRANCE SYSTEMS: PROVIDE COMPLETE SYSTEM. 9. SCRIBE FLOORING TO WALLS, COLUMNS, FLOOR OUTLETS AND OTHER APPURTENANCES, TO PRODUCE TIGHT JOINTS. 3. SPACE MAIN CARRYING CHANNELS AT MAXIMUM 48 INCH ON CENTER, NOT MORE THAN 6 INCH FROM PERIMETER WALLS. F. HANG SYSTEM INDEPENDENTLY OF WALLS, COLUMNS, DUCTS, PIPES AND CONDUIT. WHERE SUSPENSION SYSTEM MEMBERS ARE SPLICED, AVOID VISIBLE 10. CONSULT WITH ARCHITECT FOR FLOOR PATTERN DESIRED IN EACH AREA. 1. GLASS, TEMPERED: ASTM C 1048; SELECT GLAZING QUALITY LOW-IRON FLOAT GLASS. PROVIDE KIND FT (FULLY TEMPERED) SAFETY GLASS; b. LAP SPLICES MINIMUM 12 INCH AND SECURE TOGETHER 2 INCH FROM EACH END OF SPLICE. DISPLACEMENT OF THE LONGITUDINAL AXIS OR FACE PLANE OF ADJACENT MEMBERS. NOMINAL 3/8 INCH AND 5/16 INCH THICK, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 4. PLACE FURRING CHANNELS PERPENDICULAR TO CARRYING CHANNELS AT MAXIMUM 24 INCH ON CENTER AND NOT MORE THAN 2 INCH FROM G. DO NOT SUPPORT LIGHTING FIXTURES FROM OR ON MAIN RUNNERS OR CROSS RUNNERS IF WEIGHT OF FIXTURE CAUSES TOTAL DEAD LOAD TO EXCEED 1.8 INSTALLATION, TREADS AND RISERS 2. LOW-IRON GLASS MANUFACTURER: PERIMETER WALLS. DEFLECTION CAPABILITY. A. TIGHTLY ADHERE TO SUBSTRATES THROUGHOUT LENGTH OF EACH PIECE. 5. LAP SPLICES MINIMUM 8 INCH AND SECURE TOGETHER 2 INCH FROM EACH END OF SPLICE. 1. SUPPORT FIXTURE LOADS INDEPENDENTLY OR PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTARY HANGERS LOCATED WITHIN SIX INCHES OF EACH CORNER. B. FOR TREADS INSTALLED AS LANDING NOSINGS, INSTALL TO PRODUCE A FLUSH JOINT BETWEEN ADJACENT FLOOR FINISH. CUT AND TOOL BUT EDGE AS REQUIRED. o. PPG INDUSTRIES "STARPH ULTRA CLEAR". 6. REINFORCE OPENINGS IN CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM WHICH INTERRUPT MAIN CARRYING CHANNELS OR FURRING CHANNELS, WITH LATERAL H. DO NOT INSTALL FIXTURES SO MAIN RUNNERS AND CROSS RUNNERS ARE ECCENTRICALLY LOADED; WHERE FIXTURE INSTALLATION WOULD PRODUCE 1.9 INSTALLATION, RESILIENT BASE b. SUBSTITUTIONS NOT PERMITTED. CHANNEL BRACING; EXTEND BRACING MINIMUM 24 INCH PAST EACH END OF OPENINGS. ROTATION OF RUNNERS, PROVIDE STABILIZER BARS. A. ADHESIVE INSTALL BASE MATERIALS. INSTALL ADHESIVE IN A CONTINUOUS BEAD BEHIND TOP OF BASE TO ENSURE UNIFORM CONTACT WITH SUBSTRATE, 3. SAFETY GLASS, LAMINATED: 7. LATERALLY BRACE ENTIRE SUSPENSION SYSTEM. I. INSTALL EDGE MOLDINGS AT INTERSECTION OF CEILING AND VERTICAL SURFACES, USING MAXIMUM LENGTHS, STRAIGHT, TRUE TO LINE AND LEVEL; MITER WITHOUT GAPS. o. ENTRANCE AND STOREFRONT SYSTEM LESS THAN 13'-O" TALL: VERTICAL GLASS 3/8 INCH THICK LOW-IRON CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS, 1.5 INSTALLATION OF FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION JOINT ASSEMBLIES CORNERS. 1. INSTALL COVED STYLE BASE WHERE INDICATED IN COMBINATION WITH HARD SURFACE OR RESILIENT FLOORING. Architect: LAMINATED TO 3/8 INCH THICK LOW-IRON CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS. NOMINAL 3/4 INCH TOTAL THICKNESS. A. INSTALL CONSTRUCTION JOINT ASSEMBLIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES LISTED, AND AS NECESSARY TO MEET THE SPECIFIED 1. PROVIDE EDGE MOLDINGS AT JUNCTIONS WITH OTHER CEILING FINISHES. B. INSTALL BASE TO WALLS AND TO WOOD CASEWORK TOE KICKS IN ALL AREAS WHERE RESILIENT BASE IS SCHEDULED, AND WHERE NO OTHER BASE b. ENTRANCE AND STOREFRONT SYSTEM 13'-O" TO 16'-0" TALL: VERTICAL GLASS 1/2 INCH THICK LOW-IRON CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS, FIRE RATING REQUIREMENTS. J. FIT ACOUSTIC UNITS IN PLACE, FREE FROM DAMAGED EDGES OR DEFECTS DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE AND FUNCTION. FINISH IS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OR DETAILED. Woods Bagot LAMINATED TO 1/2 INCH THICK LOW-IRON CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS. NOMINAL 1 INCH TOTAL THICKNESS. B. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF INTEGRAL COMPONENTS AS NECESSARY TO ENSURE THE FIRE RATING OF THE ASSEMBLIES. 1. LAY DIRECTIONALLY PATTERNED UNITS ONE WAY WITH PATTERN AS DIRECTED. C. INSTALL BASE IN MAXIMUM PRACTICAL LENGTHS, WITH MINIMUM NUMBER OF JOINTS IN EACH RUN. FIT JOINTS TIGHT, VERTICAL, AND IN ACCURATE www.woodsbagot.com C. BRIEFING ROOM DOOR SIDELIGHT: TWO LAYERS OF 5 16 INCH THICK LOW-IRON CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS, 5/8 INCH NOMINAL TOTAL 2. FIT BORDER UNITS NEATLY AGAINST ABUTTING SURFACES. ALIGNMENT. / / SECTION 092900 - GYPSUM BOARD K. INSTALL SYSTEM LEVEL, IN UNIFORM PLANE AND FREE FROM TWIST, WARP AND DENTS. D. SCORE BACK OF BASE MATERIAL WITH GROOVING TOOL, AT ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS; MAINTAIN MINIMUM LEG LENGTH 18 INCHES WHERE WALL LENGTH THICKNESS. 1.1 SUMMARY d. PLASTIC INTERLAYER - TYPICAL: POLYVINYL BUTYRAL CONFORMING TO ASTM C1172, KIND LHS, SAFETY RATED, ANSI Z97.1, AND XPSC 16 A. SECTION INCLUDES: GYPSUM BOARD, JOINT TREATMENT AND GENERAL ACCESSORIES FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. SECTION 095443 - STRETCHED FABRIC CEILING SYSTEM PERMITS. MOUNT BASE SO THAT SCORED GROOVE IS ACCURATELY ALIGNED WITH CORNER, AND WITH BASE TIGHTLY ADHERED TO WALL AT BOTH SIDES Consultant: CFR-1201. MINIMUM THICKNESS 0.030 INCH. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.1 SUMMARY OF CORNER, WITH NO VISIBLE GAPS AT TOP OF BASE. WHERE COVE BASE IS FORMED AROUND OUTSIDE CORNERS, STRETCH TOE OF COVE FOR Thorson Baker & Associates 4. PROVIDE HORIZONTALLY TEMPERED GLASS WITHOUT TONG MARKS; VERTICAL TEMPERING PERMITTED ONLY WHERE TONG MARKS CAN BE TOTALLY A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH GA-216, UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, OR REQUIRED OTHERWISE TO MEET FIRE RATING REQUIREMENTS. A. SECTION INCLUDES: SMOOTH TRANSITION AROUND CORNER, WITH TOE IN UNIFORM CONTACT WITH THE FINISH FLOORING. E. MITER OR COPE INSIDE CORNERS FOR ACCURATE FIT. www.thorsonbaker.com CONCEALED IN FINISHED INSTALLATION. B. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: GYPSUM BOARD MANUFACTURES SHALL BE CURRENT MEMBER(S) OF THE GYPSUM ASSOCIATION. 1. INSTALLATION OF OWNER FURNISHED / CONTRACTOR INSTALLED (OFCI) SPECIAL STRETCHED-IN-PLACE FABRIC CEILING SYSTEM, INCLUDING 5. POLISH SIDE EDGES TO BE EXPOSED OR TO RECEIVE SEALANT; CUT GLASS TO TOLERANCES NECESSARY TO PROVIDE EVEN, 1/8 INCH JOINTS C. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: FRAMING, BACKING, ACOUSTIC PANELS, AND ACCESSORIES. F. SCRIBE AND FIT TO DOOR FRAMES, STAIRS, CORNER GUARDS, AND OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS. WITHIN PLUS OR MINUS 1/16 INCH. 1. PROVIDE ASSEMBLIES MEETING THE HOURLY FIRE RATINGS INDICATED AND SPECIFIED. ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE LOCAL 1.2 DESIGN BASIS SUPPLIER: RICHTER TECHNOLOGIES. G. INSTALL STRAIGHT AND LEVEL TO MAXIMUM VARIATION OF PLUS OR MINUS 1/8 INCH OVER 10 FEET. 6. FRAMELESS GLASS DOOR HARDWARE JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITIES. 1. LINEAR LIGHTS, MANUFACTURED BY RICHTER. 1.10 CLEANING AND PROTECTION Consultant: o. REFER TO SECTION 087000 AND DRAWING DOOR LEGEND. 2. FIRE RATING REQUIREMENTS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER THE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS INDICATED. IN THE EVENT OF CONFLICT, NOTIFY THE 2. SUSPENDED SUBSTRUCTURE (UCS), MANUFACTURED BY OCTANORM. A. PERFORM THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS IMMEDIATELY AFTER COMPLETING RESILIENT PRODUCT INSTALLATION: Thorson Baker & Associates ARCHITECT, AND DO NOT BEGIN CONSTRUCTION IN THE AREA OF CONFLICT UNTIL THE CONFLICT HAS BEEN RESOLVED. 3. FABRIC PANELS AND STRETCHED FABRIC, MANUFACTURED BY TYPICO. 1. REMOVE ADHESIVE AND OTHER BLEMISHES FROM EXPOSED SURFACES. b. MOTOR ASSEMBLY WITH DEAD MAN TYPE KEY SWITCHES BY NABCO. CONTACT 1-877-622-2694. 1.3 MATERIALS 1.3 PREAPPROVED ALTERNATE MANUFACTURERS, OFCI PRODUCTS. IF NOT LISTED BELOW, SUBSTITUTIONS NOT PERMITTED. www.thorsonbaker.com 7. ANCHORAGES AND FASTENINGS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD TYPES, CONCEALED EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED; FINISH EXPOSED FASTENERS A. GYPSUM BOARD: COMPLY WITH ASTM C840; MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LENGTHS; ENDS SQUARE CUT, TAPERED EDGES ON BOARDS TO BE FINISHED. A. FABRIC PANELS AND STRETCHED FABRIC PRODUCTS: 2. SWEEP AND VACUUM SURFACES THOROUGHLY. TO MATCH ADJACENT METAL SURFACES. 1. TYPICAL: ASTM C1396, TYPE X, FIRE RATED GYPSUM BOARD, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. BARRISOL USA (COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH APPLE DEVELOPMENT MANAGER). 3. DAMP MOP SURFACES TO REMOVE MARKS AND SOIL. 8. SEALANT: HIGH MODULUS STRUCTURAL SILICONE DESIGNED FOR STRUCTURAL GLAZING. 2. FIRST LAYER AT DOUBLE LAYER APPLICATIONS: ASTM C1396 OR ASTM C442, TYPE X, FIRE RATED GYPSUM BACKING BOARD. 1.4 OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR OFCI PRODUCTS: o. DO NOT WASH SURFACES UNTIL AFTER TIME PERIOD RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. Consultant: 3. TILE BACKER BOARD: GLASS MESH REINFORCED CEMENT BOARD. a. SEALANT COLOR: BLACK. A. ARRANGE FOR AND DELIVER NECESSARY SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES TO CONTRACTOR. B. PROTECT RESILIENT PRODUCTS FROM MARS, MARKS, INDENTATIONS, AND OTHER DAMAGE FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS AND PLACEMENT OF n ISP Desi Inc. b. MANUFACTURERS: o. BOARD MATERIAL: 1/2 INCH NOMINAL THICKNESS AGGREGATED PORTLAND CEMENT PANEL, REINFORCED WITH GLASS FIBER MESH; ONE OF B. ARRANGE AND PAY FOR PRODUCT DELIVERY TO SITE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROGRESS SCHEDULE. EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES DURING REMAINDER OF CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. USE PROTECTION METHODS RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY MANUFACTURER. g 1) DOW CORNING "SILICONE RUBBER SEALANT 999." THE FOLLOWING C. DELIVER SUPPLIER'S BILL OF MATERIALS TO CONTRACTOR. 1. APPLY PROTECTIVE FLOOR POLISH TO HORIZONTAL SURFACES THAT ARE FREE FROM SOIL, VISIBLE ADHESIVE, AND SURFACE BLEMISHES IF www.ispdesign.com 2) GENERAL ELECTRIC "SILICONE CONSTRUCTION SCS 1200 SEALANT." 1) CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS (SEAL BEACH CA; 800-272-8786) "WONDERBOARD." D. INSPECT DELIVERIES JOINTLY WITH CONTRACTOR. RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY MANUFACTURER. 2) FINPAN (HAMILTON OH; 800_833_6444) "UTIL-A-CRETE." E. SUBMIT CLAIMS FOR TRANSPORTATION DAMAGE. o. COORDINATE SELECTION OF FLOOR POLISH WITH OWNER'S MAINTENANCE SERVICE. 3) PECORA "863" GLAZING SILICONE. 3) USG CORPORATION (CHICAGO, IL; 312-436-4000) "DUROCK." F. ARRANGE FOR REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGED, DEFECTIVE, AND MISSING ITEMS. 2. COVER PRODUCTS INSTALLED ON HORIZONTAL SURFACES WITH UNDYED, UNTREATED BUILDING PAPER UNTIL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 4) TREMCO "PROGLAZE" SILICONE. 4) NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY (CHARLOTTE NC; 800-628-4662) "PERMABASE." G. ARRANGE FOR MANUFACTURERS' WARRANTIES, SERVICE, AND INSPECTIONS, AS REQUIRED. 3. DO NOT MOVE HEAVY AND SHARP OBJECTS DIRECTLY OVER SURFACES. PLACE HARDBOARD OR PLYWOOD PANELS OVER FLOORING AND UNDER 10. INTERIOR SIDELIGHT GLAZING CHANNELS: STAINLESS STEEL, SIZED AS INDICATED AND AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT GLASS; FINISH 630. b. TAPE FOR GLASS MESH BOARD: OPEN WEAVE GLASS MESH JOINT TAPE, SELF-ADHESIVE; 2-1/2 INCHES WIDE. 1.5 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR OFCI PRODUCTS: OBJECTS WHILE THEY ARE BEING MOVED. SLIDE OR ROLL OBJECTS OVER PANELS WITHOUT MOVING PANELS. 11. FABRICATION: c. FASTENERS: AS RECOMMENDED BY THE BACKER BOARD MANUFACTURER; THREAD FORMING SELF-DRILLING WAFER HEAD SCREWS; POLYMER A. DESIGNATE DELIVERY DATE FOR EACH PRODUCT IN PROGRESS SCHEDULE. o. LOCATE AND PROVIDE HOLES AND CUTOUTS TO RECEIVE HARDWARE BEFORE TEMPERING GLASS; DO NOT PERMIT CUTTING, DRILLING OR OTHER COATED OR ZINC PLATED; USG "DUROCK SCREWS," "ROCK-ON," OR APPROVED. B. REVIEW SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES. SUBMIT TO ARCHITECT WITH NOTIFICATION OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR PROBLEMS ANTICIPATED GLASS ALTERATIONS AFTER TEMPERING. B. GYPSUM BOARD ACCESSORIES: COMPLY WITH ASTM C840. IN USE OF PRODUCT. b. FABRICATE ALL GLASS ENTRANCE SYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE REQUIRED HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY ITEMS. 1. PROVIDE PROTECTIVE COATED STEEL CORNER BEADS AND EDGE TRIM; TYPE DESIGNED TO BE CONCEALED IN FINISHED CONSTRUCTION BY TAPE C. RECEIVE AND UNLOAD PRODUCTS AT SITE. C. INSTALL HARDWARE AT FABRICATION PLANT; REMOVE ONLY AS REQUIRED FOR FINAL FINISHING OPERATIONS, AND FOR DELIVERY AND AND JOINT COMPOUND. D. PROMPTLY INSPECT PRODUCTS JOINTLY WITH OWNER; RECORD SHORTAGES, DAMAGE, AND DEFECTIVE ITEMS. INSTALLATION OF WORK AT PROJECT SITE. 2. VENEER PLASTER: SAME AS SPECIFIED IN DRAWING FINISH LEGEND. COLOR, SURFACE FINISH, AND TEXTURE AS SELECTED BY OWNER. E. HANDLE PRODUCTS AT SITE, INCLUDING UNCRATING AND STORAGE. 3. CORNER BEADS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD METAL BEADS. F. PROTECT PRODUCTS FROM EXPOSURE TO ELEMENTS AND FROM DAMAGE. E. ACRYLIC PLASTIC: SAME AS PLEXIGLAS, ACRYLITE, LUCITE, OPTIX, POLYCAST, AND ARISTECH. 4. EDGE TRIM AND CASING: "J", "L", "LK", OR "LC" CASING BEADS IN ACCORDANCE WITH GA-216. G. ASSEMBLE, INSTALL, CONNECT, ADJUST, AND FINISH PRODUCTS, AS STIPULATED BY MANUFACTURER. 1. A-1: AS SPECIFIED IN DRAWING FINISH LEGEND; THICKNESS AS INDICATED. 5. REINFORCING TAPE, JOINT COMPOUND, ADHESIVE, WATER, FASTENERS: TYPES RECOMMENDED BY SYSTEM MANUFACTURER AND CONFORMING TO H. REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY ITEMS DAMAGED BY CONTRACTOR. 1.5 PREPARATION ASTM C475. 1.5 ACCESSORIES C A. CLEAN GLAZING CHANNELS AND FRAMING MEMBERS TO RECEIVE GLASS IMMEDIATELY BEFORE GLAZING; REMOVE COATINGS NOT FIRMLY BONDED TO o. TYPICAL JOINT COMPOUND: CHEMICAL HARDENING TYPE FOR BEDDING AND FILLING, READY MIXED OR POWDER VINYL TYPE FOR TOPPING. A. ACOUSTICAL PANELS: C TEN'' �� SUBSTRATE. 6. CONTROL JOINTS: BACK TO BACK CASING BEADS. 1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING � VC ' KE�q B. APPLY PRIMER TO JOINT SURFACES WHERE RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER. o. BACK CONTROL JOINTS WITH 4 MIL THICK POLYETHYLENE AIR SEAL. A. PROJECT COORDINATION IS ESSENTIAL AND SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE W/ MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS. C'� 1.7 EXAMINATION w At1FR CI• 0,C., '� 1.6 INSTALLATION 7. REVEALS: EXTRUDED ALUMINUM SPECIAL TRIM PIECES IN MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD OR CUSTOM SHAPES TO CONFORM TO CONFIGURATIONS AND cf� e A. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, CAREFULLY INSPECT INSTALLED WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY THAT SUCH WORK IS COMPLETE TO THE POINT WHERE , _ •° U� ti A. COMPLY WITH GANA GLAZING MANUAL AND SEALANT MANUAL AND GLAZING MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS. DIMENSIONS INDICATED. WORK OF THIS SECTION MAY PROPERLY COMMENCE. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND TIMELY �� "Zv 1. DO NOT ALLOW GLASS TO TOUCH METAL SURFACES. o. BASIS-OF-DESIGN PRODUCT: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE FRY REGLET CORP./DRYWALL MOLDINGS "F-REVEAL - 7 „ COMPLETION OF THE WORK. �, t�s�' 2. COMPLY WITH NFPA 80 FOR GLASS IN FIRE RATED OPENINGS. MOLDING" DRMF-625-50, 7-REVEAL MOLDING" DRMZ-625-50, "L-REVEAL MOLDING" DRML-50, AND CUSTOM "CONTEMPORARY REVEAL B. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL ALL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE RESOLVED. BEGINNING WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF SITE CONDITIONS B. PLACE SETTING BLOCKS AT QUARTER POINTS IN THIN COURSE OF SEALANT. CVPR-50-50 W/2" SHADOW BOX OR COMPARABLE PRODUCT BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: AND RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTIVE INSTALLATION CAUSED BY PRIOR OBSERVABLE CONDITIONS. C. SEALANT GLAZING: FILL GAP BETWEEN GLASS AND STOPS WITH SEALANT TO DEPTH EQUAL TO BITE OF FRAME ON GLASS BUT NOT MORE THAN 3/8" 1) MM SYSTEMS CORP./DRYWALL MOLDINGS. C. SURVEY THE INSTALLATION SITE FOR EXACT FIELD MEASUREMENTS FOR CUSTOM FABRICATION OF THE CEILING MEMBRANE. Signed: BELOW SIGHTLINE. 2) GORDON INC./FINAL FORMS I DRYWALL TRIMS. 1.8 PREPARATION MOUNTING SURFACES SHALL BE MADE SMOOTH AND FLAT PRIOR TO RAIL INSTALLATION A INDUSTRIES.PITTCON INDU . . . 1. APPLY SEALANT TO UNIFORM AND LEVEL LINE, FLUSH WITH SIGHTLINE; TOOL OR WIPE SEALANT SURFACE FOR SMOOTH APPEARANCE; AT EXTERIOR 3) Retail Store #1309 LOCATIONS TOOL SEALANT SO WATER IS CARRIED AWAY FROM GLASS. 1.4 INSTALLATION B. THE CEILING MEMBRANE SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED UNTIL: D. FRAMELESS MIRROR ATTACHMENT: ATTACH MIRRORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MIRROR MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND TO PROVIDE VENTILATION A. GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION: INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C840 AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 1. THE SPACE HAS BEEN ENCLOSED AND IS WEATHER-TIGHT Washington Square Mall TO COATING; SET OR TRIM FELT TO FACE OF MIRROR. B. USE SCREWS WHEN FASTENING GYPSUM BOARD TO FURRING AND TO FRAMING. 2. ALL WET WORK HAS BEEN COMPLETED AND IS DRY C. ALLOW A GAP WHERE GYPSUM BOARD EXTENDS TO OVERHEAD STRUCTURE AND DEFLECTION PROVISIONS ARE INCORPORATED INTO LIGHT GAGE METAL 3. PAINTING OF MOUNTING SURFACE HAS BEEN COMPLETED 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. E. ALL-GLASS ENTRANCE SYSTEMS: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND GANA GLAZING MANUAL. FRAMING. DO NOT FASTEN GYPSUM BOARD TO TOP RUNNER. 4. ADJACENT AND RELATED WORK OF OTHER TRADES HAS BEEN COMPLETED INCLUDING, ARCHITECTURAL METAL, GYPSUM DRYWALL, PAINTING, HVAC, Tigard, Oregon 1. SET UNITS PLUMB, LEVEL AND TRUE TO LINE, WITHOUT WARP OR RACK; ANCHOR SECURELY IN PLACE. D. HOLD GYPSUM BOARD 1/2-INCH FROM TOP OF SLAB. SPRINKLER SYSTEM, ELECTRICAL WORK. ALL WIRING SHALL BE SECURED AT LEAST 2 INCHES ABOVE STRETCHED CEILING HEIGHT AND NO SHARP 2. SEPARATE ALUMINUM AND OTHER CORRODIBLE METAL SURFACES FROM SOURCES OF CORROSION OR ELECTROLYTIC ACTION AT POINTS OF CONTACT E. FOR FIRE RATED SYSTEMS COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE RATINGS. OBJECTS SHALL BE LEFT UNPROTECTED WITHIN 2 FEET ABOVE CEILING HEIGHT. WITH OTHER MATERIALS, F. FIRE-RATED CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: 5. PENETRATIONS FOR SPRINKLERS MUST BE ADJUSTABLE IN HEIGHT, EITHER IN THEIR DESIGN OR IN THE DESIGN OF THEIR SUPPORT. 3. ADJUST OPERATING HARDWARE TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION. 1, AT HEADS OF FIRE RATED METAL STUD AND GYPSUM BOARD PARTITIONS, INSTALL GYPSUM BOARD IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL ASSEMBLIES LISTED 6. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY ARE STABILIZED AT VALUES THAT APPROXIMATE THOSE OF OCCUPANCY (HVAC SYSTEM SHALL BE SHUT DOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. AT TIME OF CEILING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION) END OF DIVISION 08 2. WHERE PROPRIETARY FIRE RATED COMPENSATING CHANNELS ARE USED AT HEADS OF FIRE RATED METAL STUD AND GYPSUM BOARD PARTITIONS, 1.9 INSTALLATION INSTALL GYPSUM BOARD IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TRACK MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. A. FIELD MEASURE EACH CEILING AREA ON WHICH THE CEILING IS TO BE INSTALLED. Issued/Revised Date 3, ARRANGE GYPSUM BOARD TO ALLOW FOR DEFLECTION OF OVERHEAD STRUCTURE WITHOUT DAMAGE TO COMPONENTS. B. SECURE RAILS ON THE PERIMETER OF EACH AREA (LEVEL OR CURVED TO ACCOMMODATE DESIGN) USING THE FOLLOWING MEANS: 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 4. FILL JOINTS BETWEEN GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES AND ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION WITH FIRE RATED JOINT COMPOUND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE C. STRETCH CUSTOM FABRICATED MEMBRANE INTO THE RAIL USING MANUFACTURER'S PROPRIETARY INSTALLATION TOOLS AND TECHNIQUE COMBINED WITH A Permit 07/16/2014 REQUIREMENTS OF THE FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION JOINT ASSEMBLY MANUFACTURER. HEAT SOURCE IN ORDER TO MAKE THE MEMBRANE STRETCHABLE. 5. PLACE CONTROL JOINTS TO BE CONSISTENT WITH LINES OF BUILDING SPACES AND AS DIRECTED BY OWNER AND DRAWINGS. o. PROVIDE WHERE SYSTEM ABUTS STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. b. PROVIDE AT DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. c. WINGS OF "L "U" AND "T" SHAPED CEILINGS. d. LENGTHS EXCEEDING 30'-0" IN PARTITIONS. e. CEILING AREAS EXCEEDING 50'-0" OR 2500 SQUARE FEET, G. PLACE CORNER BEADS AT EXTERNAL CORNERS; USE LONGEST PRACTICAL LENGTHS. H. PLACE EDGE TRIM AND CASINGS WHERE GYPSUM BOARD ABUTS DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. I. TAPE, FILL, AND SAND EXPOSED JOINTS, EDGES, CORNERS AND OPENINGS TO PRODUCE SURFACE READY TO RECEIVE FINISHES; FEATHER COATS ONTO ADJOINING SURFACES. J. LEVELS OF FINISH: 1. LEVEL 5: NOT USED. 2. LEVEL 4: TYPICAL, PROVIDE THREE COAT FINISHING AND SANDING IS REQUIRED FOR SURFACES INDICATED TO BE PAINTED OR RECEIVE VENEER PLASTER; PROVIDE FLUSH, SMOOTH JOINTS AND SURFACES READY FOR APPLIED PAINT AND VENEER PLASTER FINISHES. 3. LEVEL 3: PROVIDE AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS. o. STORAGE ROOMS. b. MECHANICAL ROOMS. SPECIFICATIONS c. JANITORS CLOSETS. 4. LEVEL 2: PROVIDE AT SURFACES OF NON-FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES CONCEALED FROM VIEW IN THE FINISHED WORK, INCLUDING SURFACES TO BE COVERED BY CASEWORK. 5. LEVEL 1: PROVIDE AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: o. SURFACES OF FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES CONCEALED FROM VIEW IN THE FINISHED WORK ('FIRE-TAPING'). b. SURFACES OF ACOUSTICAL ASSEMBLIES CONCEALED FORM VIEW IN THE FINISHED WORK 6. LEVEL 0: NOT USED. SPEC-05 7/16/14 12:20 PMP:\510141\A15_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-specs.dwg 1.15 REPAIR: SECTION 096626 - EPDXY-RESIN THIN-SET TERRAllO FLOORINGSECTION 096626 - CONTINUED A. REPAIR TERRAllO AREAS THAT EVIDENCE LACK OF BOND BETWEEN TOPPING AND UNDERBED ACCORDING TO NTMA'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. SECTION 098300 - SEAMLESS ACOUSTICAL PLASTER SYSTEM 1.1 SUMMARY 1.16 CLEANING: 1.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, OPTION 1: FIELD APPLIED SEAMLESS ACOUSTICAL PLASTER CEILING PANEL SYSTEM. A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1.8 MIXES: A. TERRAllO CLEANING: CLEAN FINISHED TERRAllO AS FOLLOWS: A. PANELS: RECYCLED CRUSHED GLASS BOARD FASTENED TO RIGID CEILING FRAMING. 1. EPDXY RESIN THIN-SET TERRAllO FLOORING. A. TERRAllO SELECTION: TERRAllO CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE STANDARD TERRAllO MIXES) ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING. AGGREGATES SHALL CONTAIN 1. REMOVE TROWELING RESIDUE FROM TERRAllO SURFACE: B. BASE COAT PLASTER. INTEGRALLY COLORED BY THE ADDITION OF PIGMENTS PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER; UNDER TINT TOP COAT PLASTER. 2. PREPARE EXISTING CONCRETE SUBSTRATES NO DELETERIOUS OR FOREIGN MATTER. 2. WASH TERRAllO SURFACES IMMEDIATELY AFTER FINAL GRINDING OF TERRAllO FLOORING WITH WATER AND ALLOW SURFACES TO DRY THOROUGHLY. C. TOP COAT PLASTER: INTEGRALLY COLORED BY THE ADDITION OF PIGMENTS PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER; SMOOTH FINISH TO MATCH SUBMITTED 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1. CUSTOM MIX COLOR AND PATTERN. B. SEALING: SEAL TERRAllO ACCORDING TO SEALER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN DIRECTIONS. SAMPLE. A. MAKE SUBMITTALS UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 013300. o. EPDXY RESIN COLOR: TERROXY "WEATHERED GREY". 1. MOP FLOOR UNTIL GROUT RESIDUE IS REMOVED; USE STRING MICROFIBER MOP. D. NRC: 0.90. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE DIVIDER STRIP LAYOUTS, AND DETAILS OF ABUTTING CONSTRUCTION. b. AGGREGATE CHIPS COMBINATION - 95 PERCENT: #00 ACHIEVED WITH DOUBLE SCREEN TO #12 MESH TO 1/16 INCH MINUS TO ELIMINATE 2. REPLACE DISPOSABLE DISPLAY TRACK FORMWORK AND FLOOR BOX COVERS AFTER SEALING. E. LIGHT REFLECTANCE VALUE: MINIMUM OF 91. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3. EVENTUAL CUSTODIAL PRODUCTS AND PROCESS ARE RESPONSIBILITY OF OWNER. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, OPTION 2: FIELD APPLIED SEAMLESS SOUND ABSORPBATIVE ACOUSTICAL PLASTER CEILING PANEL SYSTEM. A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: A CONTRACTOR MEMBER OF THE NTMA WHOSE WORK HAS RESULTED IN CONSTRUCTION WITH A RECORD OF SUCCESSFUL ELONGATED SHARDS. 1.17 PROTECTION: A. TOTAL SYSTEM THICKNESS: 2-3/4 INCH PANELS: PRE-COATED MINERAL WOOL SUPPORTING PANELS ADHERED TO A STABLE SUBSTRATE. IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE. b.1.1. 80 PERCENT TEXAS BLUE #00 (PALEOZOIC DOLOMITIZED MARBLE) A. AFTER APPLICATION OF THE SEALER, THE WORK SHALL BE READY FOR FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. B. PANEL JOINT FILLER. 1. INSTALLER SHALL HAVE COMPLETED TERRAllO INSTALLATIONS WITHIN THE PAST FIVE YEARS OF SCALE AND COMPLEXITY SIMILAR TO THE PROPOSED b.1.2. 20 PERCENT TEXAS BLACK #00 (BASALT) B. COVER FLOORING WITH KRAFT PAPER AND WALKWAY BOARDS AS NECESSARY TO PROTECT FROM DAMAGE AND SOILING DURING REMAINDER OF C. BASE COAT PLASTER INTEGRALLY COLORED BY THE ADDITION OF PIGMENTS PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER; UNDER TINT TOP COAT PLASTER. INSTALLATION. C. ADDITIVE CHIPS - 5 PERCENT: CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. D. TOP COAT PLASTER. INTEGRALLY COLORED BY THE ADDITION OF PIGMENTS PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER; SMOOTH FINISH TO MATCH SUBMITTED B. TERRAllO STANDARDS: FURNISH MATERIALS AND INSTALL TERRAllO ACCORDING TO NTMA'S "TERRAllO SPECIFICATIONS AND DESIGN GUIDE" AND WITH c.1.1. SILVER GLASS GLITTER 100 GRIT. SAMPLE. WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR TERRAllO TYPE INDICATED UNLESS MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED. SECTION 097736 - FIBERGLASS PANEL WALL COVERINGS E. NRC: 0.90. C. SOURCE LIMITATIONS FOR AGGREGATES: OBTAIN COLOR, GRADE, TYPE AND VARIETY OF GRANULAR MATERIALS FROM SOURCES WITH RESOURCES TO PROVIDE d. FILLER: DOLOMITE POOL GRADE: 50 POUNDS. 1.1 SUMMARY F. LIGHT REFLECTANCE VALUE: MINIMUM OF 91. MATERIALS OF CONSISTENT QUAILITY IN APPEARANCE AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES. 2. PROPORTIONS FOR EPDXY TERRAllO TOPPING: EACH BATCH OF TERRAllO INVOLVES APPROXIMATELY 159 LBS. OF AGGREGATE. A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1.3 SUBMITTALS D. CONTRACTOR JOB SITE LOG: DOCUMENT DAILY WORK; WORK ACCOMPLISHED, ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AND OTHER CONDITION OR EVENT SIGNIFIFCANT o. AGGREGATE CHIP COMBINATION OF TEXAS BLUE AND TEXAS BLACK: 150 POUNDS ((3) 501b BAGS). 1. GLASS FIBER REINFORCED POLYESTER RESIN FABRICATED WALL PANELS (FRP). A. MAKE SUBMITTALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 013300. TO LONG TERM PERFORMANCE OF TERRAllO INSTALLATION. MAINTAIN THESE RECORDS FOR ONE YEAR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. b. ADDITIVE CHIPS OF SILVER GLASS GLITTER 100 GRIT: 9 POUNDS. 2. TRIM PIECES AND ACCESSORIES. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: E. FIELD MOCK-UP FOR AESTHETIC PURPOSES: BEFORE PERFORMING WORK OF THIS SECTION, PROVIDE FIELD MOCK-UP TO DEMONSTRATE PROCESS, c. FILLER: DOLOMITE POOL GRADE; 50 POUNDS. 3. SYSTEM: ACCEPTABLE BY APPLICABLE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR USE ON WALLS IN JANITOR CLOSET. 1. SHOW DIMENSIONED REFLECTED CEILING PLANS WITH CONTROL JOINT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING DETAILS, TRANSITION DETAILS TO ADJACENT WORK, SURFACE QUALITY, FINISH, COLOR AND JOINT DESIGN/TREATMENT. APPROVAL DOES NOT CONSTITUTE APPROVAL OF DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, 1.2 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS DESIGN, WEIGHT, THICKNESS, COLOR AND OTHER DATA NECESSARY TO INSTALL THE WORK AND COORDINATE WORK WITH OTHER AFFECTED TRADES. UNLESS SUCH DEVIATIONS ARE SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY OWNER IN WRITING. 1.) ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATES SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. A. BASIS OF DESIGN MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE MARLITE "MARLITE FRP PANELS" OR COMPARABLE C. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS & TEST DATA SUBSTANTIATING COMPLIANCE WITH QUALITY ASSURANCE. 1. MOCK-UP AREA: EXTENTS AS DIRECTED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. o.) LIMESTONE POWDER. PRODUCT FROM ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: D. SUBMIT 3 INCH SQUARE SAMPLE OF SHOWING TEXTURE AND COLOR FOR APPROVAL. 2. USE SAME PERSONNEL WHICH WILL PERFORM WORK. b.) VICAL, ATF 20. 1. KEMLITE COMPANY "KEMLITE GLASBORD." E. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN CERTIFICATION THAT PRODUCT IS 100% FREE OF ASBESTOS, POLYSTYRENE AND CELLULOSE. 3. INSTALL PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS ACCORDING TO SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. 2. SEQUENTIA, INC. "STRUCTOGLAS SYSTEM." F. SUBMIT CERTIFICATION OF APPLICATOR LICENSING. " 4. WORK SHALL BE REPRESENTATIVE OF FINAL WORK. c.) MARBLE WHITE 200. G. SUBMIT INDEPENDENT LABORATORY TEST DATA FOR SPECIFIED FINISH AND EFFECT OF PAINTING. 5. EXECUTE TO SHOW VARIOUS COMPONENTS THAT WILL EXIST IN WORK. d. EPDXY: 6 GALLONS; 5 GALLONS OF PART A AND 1 GALLON OF PART B. 3. NUDO PRODUCTS, INC. FIBER-LITE PANELS." 1.3 MATERIALS 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 6. APPROVAL IS FOR FOLLOWING AESTHETIC QUALITIES: e. EACH BATCH COVERAGE: 50 AND 55 SQUARE FEET OF TERRAllO AT 3/8 INCH. A. PANELS: FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC (FRP) PANEL SYSTEM ACCEPTABLE FOR USE IN JANITORS CLOSET. A. PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL PANELS MANUFACTURED FROM RECYCLED CRUSHED GLASS AND COATED WITH PLASTER FINISH WHICH HAS BEEN TESTED TO AND a. COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. 3. MIXING OF TERRAllO TOPPING: MIX EPDXY COMPONENTS WITH AGGREGATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 1. THICKNESS: 0.090 INCH NOMINAL THICKNESS. ACHIEVED THE FOLLOWING VALUES. b. UNIFORMITY OF EXPOSED AGGREGATE. 1. TEST METHOD/AUTHORITY PROPERTY VALUE: c. UNIFORMITY OF COLOR. o. MECHANICALLY MIX EPDXY COMPONENTS AND AGGREGATES IN DRUM MIXER WITHOUT PADDLES. 2. FIRE RATING: UL CLASS C, MAXIMUM 200 FLAME SPREAD, 450 SMOKE GENERATION, ASTM E84. / d. EDGE CONDITIONS. b. MIX AGGREGATES FIRST THEN ADD EPDXY SLOWLY, MIXING ONLY TO ENSURE COMPLETE INTEGRATION OF COMPONENTS, THEN ONLY PERIODICALLY 3. SURFACE: AS SELECTED BY OWNER FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE OF SURFACE TEXTURES. o. DENSITY: ASTM E605; 1.8 LBS./SQ.FT. e. EMBEDMENTS. DURING INSTALLATION PROCESS IN ORDER TO AVOID EXCESSIVE MECHANICAL AIR ENTRAINMENT. 4. COLOR: AS SPECIFIED IN THE DRAWING FINISH LEGEND. b. FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE DEVELOPED: ASTM E84; 0 - 25/0 - 450. 7. MAINTAIN FIELD MOCK-UPS DURING CONSTRUCITON IN AN UNDISTURBED CONDITION AS A STANDARD FOR JUDGING COMPLETED WORK. B. TERRAllO CONTACTS. B. TRIM PIECES: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD MATCHING MOLDINGS AND TRIM PIECES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE, FINISHED INSTALLATION, AND AS 2. CHARACTERISTICS: 8. APPROVED MOCK-UPS MAY BECOME PART OF THE COMPLETED WORK, IF UNDISTURBED AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND APPROVED BY 1. TEXAS BLUE AND TEXAS BLACK: ANDY CARSON, CACTUS CANYON QUARRIES, INC. 7232 CO. RD. 120, MARBLE FALLS, TX 78654 800 -759-8165 REQUIRED FOR JOINTS, CORNERS AND PANEL EDGES; SUITABLE FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. o. SOUND ABSORPTION NRC: ASTM C423; 0.55 TO 0.75. OWNER ( ) b. COMPRESSION STRENGTH: ASTM E761; 125 PSI. C. ADHESIVE: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD NONTOXIC, WATERPROOF ADHESIVE SUITABLE FOR SUBSTRATES INDICATED. 2. SILVER GLASS GLITTER: JOHN MEYER, MEYER-IMPORTS, LLC 86 HAMILTON DR., SUITE A NOVATO, CA 94949 c. (415)-305-3523 o. PRIMER: PROVIDE NON-STAINING NONTOXIC RELEASE COAT PRIMER AS RECOMMENDED BY WALL PANEL MANUFACTURER WHERE PANELS ARE APPLIED B. CONTROL SAMPLE: PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF FINAL COAT, APPLY AN AREA OF 16 SQUARE FEET FOR APPROVAL OF FINISH BY ARCHITECT. F. PRE INSTALLATION CONFERENCE: CONDUCT A CONFERENCE AT PROJECT SITE BEFORE TERRAllO CONTRACTOR BEGINS INSTALLATION. D. ME OV DE 1. REQUIRED ATTENDEES: (415)-209-6939. TO GYPSUM BOARD. C. PROVIDE TESTING RESULTS AND PROCEDURES FROM AN INDEPENDENT AND ACCREDITED ACOUSTICAL TESTING LABORATORY. SEAL EDGES OF TEST o. OWNER 1.9 EXAMINATION: 1. PRIMER: TYPE DESIGNED TO ALLOW REMOVAL OF WALL PANELING FROM GYPSUM BOARD WITHOUT DAMAGING PAPER FACING OF BOARD, AND SAMPLES WITH WOODEN OR METAL FRAMES. b. CONTRACTOR, INCLUDING SUPERVISOR A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES AND AREAS, WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND TERRAllO CONTRACTOR PRESENT, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR WITHOUT PREMATURE SEPARATION OF WALL PANELING FROM WALL. D. INSTALLER: LICENSED OR APPROVED BY MANUFACTURER OR DISTRIBUTOR. 1 c. TERRAllO CONTRACTOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. E. MECHANICAL FASTENERS: CONCEALED TYPE ONLY; TYPES AS RECOMMENDED BY SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. .5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 2. MINIMUM AGENDA: TERRAllO CONTRACTOR SHALL DEMONSTRATE UNDERSTANDING OF WORK REQUIRED BY REVIEWING AND DISCUSSING PROCEDURES 1.4 INSPECTION, INSTALLATION A. ALLOW MATERIALS TO BECOME ACCLIMATED TO PROJECT CONDITIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION. FOR BUT NOT LIMITED TO FOLLOWING: 1. SLAB FLATNESS TOLERANCE: SUBFLOOR IS NOT TO VARY MORE THAN 1/4 INCH FROM TRUE PLANE INA 10 FOOT SPAN. A. ENSURE SURFACES TO RECEIVE WALL PANELING ARE CLEAN, TRUE AND FREE OF IRREGULARITIES, DO NOT COMMENCE WITH WORK UNTIL SURFACES ARE B. SHIP AND DELIVER IN PROTECTIVE PACKAGING TO PREVENT FREIGHT DAMAGE. a. DISCUSS AND EVALUATE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS, SURFACE PREPARATIONS, SEQUENCE 2. CRACKS: LOCATE CRACKS AND JOINTS IN CONCRETE SUBSTRATES. VERIFY LOCATION OF CONTROL JOINTS AND EXPANSION JOINTS IN EPDXY TERRAllO SATISFACTORY. C. STORE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS IN A FULLY ENCLOSED SPACE WHERE MATERIALS WILL BE PROTECTED AND SCHEDULE OF PROCEDURES, AND OTHER PREPARATORY WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY OTHER INSTALLERS. FLOORING. B. ENSURE WALL SURFACE FLATNESS TOLERANCE DOES NOT VARY MORE THAN 1/8" IN 10'-O", NOR VARY AT A RATE GREATER THAN 1/16 INCH PER AGAINST DAMAGE FROM MOISTURE, DIRECT SUNLIGHT, SURFACE CONTAMINATION AND OTHER CAUSES. ALL WET WORK MUST BE COMPLETED IN AREA OF b. REVIEW CONTRACT DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS. o. IF REQUIRED TO PREVENT CRACKS IN CONCRETE SUBSTRATES TRANSMITTING THROUGH EPDXY TERRAllO FLOORING, THE TERRAllO CONTRACTOR RUNNING FOOT. STORAGE. c. REVIEW CUSTOM TERRAllO MIXES, DESIGNS AND PATTERNS. SHALL MAKE A WRITTEN RECOMMENDATION TO INSTALL A CRACK SUPPRESSION MEMBRANE AND INCLUDE SPECIFIC RECOMMENDATION ON TYPE AND 1.5 INSTALLATION, CLEANING D. PROTECT BASE AND TOP COATS FROM FREEZING. PRODUCT THAT HAS FROZEN CANNOT BE USED AND IS NOT WARRANTED. d. REVIEW PROCEDURES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: LOCATION. A. HANDLE AND INSTALL WALL PANELS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS d.1. DETAILS OF EACH STEP OF TERRAllO FLOORING OPERATIONS. B. RETAIN SERVICES OF AN INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY TO VERIFY THAT EXISTING CONCRETE SUBSTARTES ARE DRY AND MOISTURE-VAPOR EMISSIONS B. COPE AND MITER TRIM PIECES, A. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C842 APPLICATION STANDARDS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF PRODUCT d.2. PROTECTING CONCRETE FLOOR SURFACES UNTIL TERRAllO WORK BEGINS. ARE WITHIN ACCEPTABLE LEVELS ACCORDING TO EPDXY RESIN MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. C. SECURELY ADHERE PANELS TO WALL SURFACES; USE BLIND NAILING METHODS AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT PANELS UNTIL ADHESIVE DRIES; EXPOSED MANUFACTURER FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS BEFORE, DURING AND AFTER INSTALLATION. d.3. TEMPERATURE HUMIDITY CONTROL MECHANICAL FASTENERS SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. B. COLD WEATHER REQUIREMENTS: WHEN AMBIENT OUTDOOR TEMPERATURES ARE BELOW 40 DEG F, MAINTAIN A CONTINUOUS UNIFORM INDOOR / 1. PERFORM RELATIVE HUMIDITY TEST USING IN SITU PROBES, ASTM F 2170. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER SUBSTRATES HAVE A MAXIMUM 75 TEMPERATURE OF AT LEAST 50 DEG F FOR AT LEAST 3 DAYS BEFORE BEGINNING THE MATERIAL APPLICATION, DURING ITS APPLICATION AND UNTIL d.4. PROTECTING TERRAllO FLOORING AFTER TERRAllO FLOORING WORK IS COMPLETED. PERCENT REALTIVE HUMIDITY LEVEL MEASUREMENT. 1. INSTALL PANELS IN MAXIMUM SIZE INCREMENTS AVAILABLE. MATERIAL IS DRY, BUT FOR AT LEAST 7 DAYS AFTER APPLICATION IS COMPLETE. DISTRIBUTE HEAT EVENLY; PREVENT CONCENTRATED OR UNEVEN HEAT d.5. VERIFY AVAILABILITY OR MATERIALS, INSTALLER'S PERSONNEL, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITES NEEDED TO MAKE PROGRESS AND AVOID DELAYS D. REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE FROM EDGES; WIPE SEAM CLEAN WITH DRY CLOTH TOWEL. 2. PERFORM ANHYDROIUS CALCIUM CHLORIDE TEST, ASTM F 1869. PROCEED WITH APPLICATION OF RESINOUS FLOORING ONLY AFTER SUBSTRATES HAVE A FROM CONTACTING THE MATERIALS. d.6. REPORTS: RECORD DISCUSSIONS, INCLUDING DECISIONS AND AGREEMENTS REACHED, AND FURNISH COPY OF RECORD TO EACH PARTY MAXIMUM MOISTURE-VAPOR-EMISSION RATE OF 3 LB OF WATER/1000 SQ. FT. OF SLAB AREA IN 24 HOURS. E. INSTALL WALL PANELING BEFORE INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING, BASES, HARDWARE, AND SIMILAR ACCESSORIES. C. VENTILATION: VENTILATE BUILDING SPACES TO REMOVE EXCESS MOISTURE TO PROMOTE DRYING OF THE APPLIED MATERIALS. ATTENDING. 3. IF REQUIRED TO PREVENT MOISTURE VAPOR TRANSMISSION IN CONCRETE SUBSTRATES, THE TERRAllO CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE A WRITTEN F. CLEAN PANEL SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. D. PROTECT CONTIGUOUS WORK FORM SOILING, SPLATTERING, MOISTURE DETERIORATION AND OTHER HARMFUL EFFECTS THAT MAY BE CAUSED BY THE e. TOUR MOCK-UP AND REPRESENTATIVE AREAS OF REQUIRED WORK. RECOMMENDATION TO INSTALL MOISTURE MITIGATION MATERIALS AND INCLUDE SPECIFIC RECOMMENDATIONS ON TYPE AND LOCATION. G. REMOVE DEBRIS AND LEAVE AREAS NEAT AND CLEAN. APPLICATION OF THE MATERIALS. I. COORDINATION WITH THE WORK OF OTHER INSTALLERS. H. REPLACE ACCESSORIES. 1.7 WARRANTY g. REVIEW AND FINALIZE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. C. ALKALINITY AND ADHESION TESTING: RETAIN THE SERVICES OF AN INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY TO VERIFY THAT CONCRETE SUBSTRATES HAVE A pH h. REVIEW CRACK ISOLATION/SUPPRESSION PROCEDURES WITHIN ACCEPTABLE RANGE. PERFORM TESTS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. PROCEED WITH APPLICATION ONLY AFTER SUBSTRATES PASS TESTING. SECTION 098100 - ACOUSTICAL INSULATION A. MANUFACTURER: WARRANT THE MATERIAL TO BE SUPPLIED, AGREEING TO REPAIR/REPLACE THAT WHICH HAS CRACKED, FLAKED, DUSTED EXCESSIVELY, 1.1 SUMMARY PEELED OR FALLEN FROM SUBSTRATE, OR OTHERWISE DETERIORATED TO A CONDITION WHERE IT WOULD NOT PERFORM EFFECTIVELY AS INTENDED FOR 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING D. CORRECT NON-CONFORMING CONCRETE SUBSTRATES USING MATERIALS COMPATIBLE WITH EPDXY TERRAllO FLOORING SYSTEM AND AS APPROVED BY THE A SOUND ABSORBENT PURPOSE; DUE TO DEFECTIVE MATERIALS AND NOT DUE TO ABUSE, IMPROPER MAINTENANCE, UNFORESEEABLE AMBIENT A. DELIVER MATERIALS IN ORIGINAL CONTAINERS, BEARING MANUFACTURER'S LABELS INDICATING BRAND NAME, DIRECTIONS FOR STORAGE AND MIXING WITH TERRAllO CONTRACTOR. A. SECTION INCLUDES: EXPOSURES, OR OTHER CAUSES BEYOND ANTICIPATED CONDITIONS BY MANUFACTURER. OTHER COMPONENTS, FACTORY NUMBERED AND SEALED UNTIL READY FOR INSTALLATION. 1. MATERIALS USED TO CORRECT NONCONFORMING CONDITIONS MUST BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE SELECTED EPDXY SYSTEM AND BE APPROVED BY THE 1. ACOUSTICAL INSULATION IN WALLS, TYPE 1. B. WARRANTY PERIOD: 5 YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. B. STORE MATERIALS TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS TO PREVENT DETERIORATION FROM MOISTURE, HEAT, COLD, DIRECT SUNLIGHT, OR OTHER MANUFACTURER Of EPDXY RESIN MATERIALS AND TERRAllO CONTRACTOR. 2. ACOUSTICAL INSULATION IN CEILINGS ABOVE ACOUSTIC WALLS, TYPE 1. 1.8 MATERIALS, OPTION 1 DETRIMENTAL EFFECTS.. E. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS, INCLUDING LEVELNESS TOLERANCES, CRACKING, EXCESSIVE MOISTURE VAPOR 3. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. A. BASIS OF DESIGN: CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE BASED ON PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BELOW TO ESTABLISH A STANDARD OF QUALITY. OTHER ACCEPTABLE 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS TRANSMISSION, AND ALKALINITY HAVE BEEN CORRECTED: 1.2 MATERIALS MANUFACTURERS WITH PRODUCTS HAVING EQUIVALENT CHARACTERISTICS MAY BE CONSIDERED, PROVIDED DEVIATIONS ARE MINOR AND DESIGN CONCEPT A. DAMAGE AND STAIN PREVENTION: TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT DAMAGE AND STAINING OF CONCRETE SURFACES TO RECEIVE TERRAllO FLOORING. A. TYPE 1 ACOUSTICAL INSULATION: ASTM C665, TYPE I; UNFACED FIBERGLASS BATTS OR BLANKETS; MINIMUM FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATION RATING Of EXPRESSED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IS NOT CHANGED, AS ADJUDGED BY ARCHITECT. 1.10 PREPARATION: 0/0 PER ASTM E84; MINIMUM 3-1 2 INCHES THICK, UNLESS REQUIRED OTHERWISE TO MEET THE STC REQUIREMENTS INDICATED OR SPECIFIED; 1. PROHIBIT PIPE CUTTING OPERATIONS OVER CONCRETE SURFACES TO RECEIVE TERRAllO FLOORING. / 1. MANUFACTURER/DISTRIBUTOR: PYROK INC. (914-777-7070). 2. PROHIBIT STORAGE OF ITEMS ON TOP OF CONCRETE SURFACES TO RECEIVE TERRAllO FLOORING FOR NOT LESS THAN 28 DAYS AFTER CONCRETE A. EXISTING CONCRETE SUBSTRATE PREPARATION: FORMALDEHYDE FREE. SAME AS THERMAFIBER SOUND ATTENUATION FIRE BLANKET (SAFB) OR ROXUL AFB. 2. PRODUCT: PLACEMENT. 1. CHECK FOR SOUNDNESS. REMOVE "HOLLOW" AREAS. 1. FOR INSTALLATION IN STUD WALLS: WIDTHS TO FRICTION FIT BETWEEN STUDS. a. NORTH AMERICA: STARSILENT PANEL SYSTEM. 3. PROHIBIT FERROUS METALS STORAGE OVER CONCRETE SURFACES TO RECEIVE TERRAllO FLOORING. 2. CRACK AND JOINT PREPARATION: HONOR ALL MOVING JOINTS UP THROUGH TERRAllO FLOORING, INCLUDING EXPANSION JOINTS, ISOLATION JOINTS 2. FOR INSTALLATION AT ACOUSTICALLY INSULATED DOOR FRAMES: CONTINUOUS STRIPS, FULL WIDTH OF PARTITION OR FRAME, AS DETAILED. b. EUROPE: STOSILENT PANEL SYSTEM. 4. PROTECT FROM PETROLEUM, OIL, HYDRAULIC FLUID, OR OTHER LIQUID DRIPPING FROM EQUIPMENT WORKING OVER CONCRETE SURFACES TO RECEIVE AND CONTROL JOINTS (SAW CUTS). B. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT: NON-HARDENING, LOW-SHRINKAGE; FOR USE IN CONJUNCTION WITH GYPSUM BOARD; SIMILAR TO USG "SHEETROCK BRAND 3. FINISH: SMOOTH FINISH. TERRAllO FLOORING. a. FILL MOVING JOINTS WITH ARDEX ARDISEAL RAPID PLUS OR EQUIVALENT INSTALLER RECOMMENDATION. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT," TREMCO "ACOUSTICAL SEALANT 3OCTG," QUIET SOLUTION (SUNNYVALE CA; ; 408-541-8000) "QUIETSEAL QS-350," OR 4. COLOR: CUSTOM INTEGRAL COLOR, FACTORY MIXED. 5. PROTECT FROM ACIDS AND ACIDIC DETERGENTS CONTACTING CONCRETE SURFACES TO RECEIVE TERRAllO FLOORING. APPROVED. 1.9 MATERIALS, OPTION 2 6. PROTECT FROM PAINTING ACTIVITIES OVER CONCRETE SURFACES TO RECEIVE TERRAllO FLOORING. RECOMMENDATION. 1.3 INSTALLATION b. FILL NON-MOVING CRACKS AND JOINTS WITH ARDEX ARDIBOND AP, ARDEX ARDIFIX OR ARDEX ARDISEAL RAPID PLUS OR EQUIVALENT INSTALLER A. BASIS OF DESIGN: CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE BASED ON PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BELOW TO ESTABLISH A STANDARD OF QUALITY. OTHER ACCEPTABLE C. ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: DO NOT INSTALL BELOW 65 DEGREES F (18.3 DEGREES C) OR ABOVE 85 DEGREE F (29 DEGREE C). COMPLY WITH C. ALLOW AREAS RECEIVING CRACK, JOINT TREATMENT, OR PATCHING COMPOUND TO CURE OVERNIGHT BEFORE PROCEEDING. A. VERIFY THAT MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES WITHIN SPACES TO INSULATED HAVE BEEN INSTALLED AND TESTED. MANUFACTURERS WITH PRODUCTS HAVING EQUIVALENT CHARACTERISTICS MAY BE CONSIDERED, PROVIDED DEVIATIONS ARE MINOR AND DESIGN CONCEPT MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE, MOISTURE, VENTILATION, AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING B. TYPE 1 INSULATION IN STUD CAVITIES: EXPRESSED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IS NOT CHANGED, AS ADJUDGED BY ARCHITECT. APPLICATION OF SPECIFIED PRODUCTS. 3. PREPARE CONCRETE SUBSTRATE TO "OPEN SURFACE PORES BY MEANS OF SHOT BLASTING OR GRINDING TO ACHIEVE A CSP3-CSP5 PROFILE 1. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, AND AS INDICATED. COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES AS NECESSARY TO 1. MANUFACTURER/DISTRIBUTOR: BASWA ACOUSTIC NORTH AMERICA, LLC (WILLOUGHBY, OHIO; WWW.BASWAPHON.COM) D. MAINTAIN SUBSTRATE AND AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE AT NOT LESS THAN 65 DEGREES F (18.3 DEGREES C) DURING AND FOR A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS ACCORDING TO ICRI GUIDELINE NO. 03732. COMPLETE ACOUSTICAL BARRIERS AT WALL PENETRATIONS. 2. PRODUCT: AFTER INSTALLATION OF TERRAllO FLOORING. B. CLEAN CONCRETE SURFACES FREE OF GREASE, DIRT, DUST, ORGANIC IMPURITIES, CURING AGENTS, AND OTHER MATERIALS WHICH WOULD IMPAIR BOND. 2. INSTALL INSULATION WITHOUT GAPS OR VOIDS. o. NORTH AMERICA: BASWAPHON SOUND ABSORPTIVE ACOUSTICAL FINISH SYSTEM. E. PROVIDE ADEQUATE VENTILATION. C. VACUUM CLEAN AREA TO RECEIVE TERRAllO AND CRACK ISOLATION/SUPPRESSION MEASURES AND REMOVE LOOSE CHIPS AND ALL FOREIGN MATTER. 3. CARRY INSULATION AROUND PIPES, WIRING, BOXES, AND OTHER COMPONENTS. b. EUROPE: BASWAPHON SOUND ABSORPTIVE ACOUSTICAL FINISH SYSTEM. F. LIGHTING: PERMANENT LIGHTING SHALL BE IN PLACE AND WORKING BEFORE INSTALLING TERRAllO FLOORING. 4. TRIM INSULATION NEATLY TO FIT SPACES. USE INSULATION MATERIALS FREE OF DAMAGE. 3. PRIMER: SHERWIN WILLIAMS PREPRITE BONDING PRIMER. G. PROTECT OTHER ADJACENT SURFACES AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT DAMAGE BY WET GRINDING OPERATIONS. D. APPLY CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE OVER HORIZONTAL CRACKS TO 3/8 INCH (10MM) OR PRONE TO MOVEMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH TERRAllO C. TYPE 1 ACOUSTICAL INSULATION AT CEILINGS: 4. TRIM PIECES: CORNER BEADS, REVEALS, TERMINATIONS, CONTROL JOINTS OR OTHER TRIM PIECES SHALL BE WHITE VINYL, MANUFACTURED BY 1.6 MATERIALS CONTRACTOR'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATION. USE FIBERGLASS MESH IN CONJUCTION WITH NON-REINFORCED CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE COMPLYING WITH 1. LAY ACOUSTICAL INSULATION OVER EACH ACOUSTICALLY INSULATED PARTITION WHICH TERMINATES AT THE CEILING. INSULATION SHALL EXTEND A TRIM-TEX OR VINYL CORP. IN PROFILES APPROVED BY BASWA ACOUSTIC NORTH AMERICA, LLC. A. BASIS OF DESIGN: CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE BASED ON PRDUCTS SPECIFIED BELOW TO ESTABLISH A STANDARD OF QUALITY. OTHER ACCEPTABLE TERRAllO CONTRACTOR'S RECOMMENDATION. ALLOW TO CURE BEFORE PRIMING. MINIMUM OF 48" EACH SIDE OF THE CENTERLINE OF THE ACOUSTICAL PARTITION. 5. ADHESIVE FOR TRIMS: TRIM-TEX 847 SPRAY ADHESIVE. MANUFACTURES WITH PRODUCTS HAVING EQUIVALENT CHARACTERISTICS MAY BE CONSIDERED, PROVIDED DEVIATIONS ARE MINOR AND DESIGN CONCEPT E. ACID ETCHING AND THE USE OF SWEEPING COMPOUNDS AND SOLVENTS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 2. TIGHTLY BUTT ACOUSTICAL INSULATION BATTS. 6. FINISH: SMOOTH FINISH. EXPRESSED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS NOT CHANGED, AS ADJUDGED BY ARCHITECT. F. PROTECT ADJACENT SURFACES FROM DAMAGE RESULTING FROM WORK OF THIS SECTION. IF NECESSARY, MASK ADJACENT SURFACES BY SUITABLE MEANS. 3. CUT AND FIT NEATLY AROUND MECHANICAL AND SPRINKLER DROPS. 7. COLOR: CUSTOM INTEGRAL COLOR SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT; FACTORY MIXED. 1. MANUFACTURER: TERRAllO & MARBLE SUPPLY COMPANIES. 4. FILL SPACES BETWEEN WALL BATTS (AT TOP PLATE LINE) AND CEILING BATTS TO ENSURE COMPLETE SOUND CLOSURE. 1.10 EXAMINATION 2. PRODUCT: TERROXY RESIN SYSTEMS. G. INSTALL THERMOMETER TO LOG TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY HOURLY DURING CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE, FILL/MORTAR MATRIX, TERRAllO, AND GROUT 5. OMIT INSULATION OVER TOPS OF RECESSED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES; AND WITHIN 2 INCHES OF RECESSED INCANDESCENT FIXTURES. A. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, CAREFULLY INSPECT INSTALLED WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY THAT SUCH WORK IS COMPLETE TO THE POINT WHERE B. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCT BY ONE OF THE INSTALLATION AND CURING. D. SEALANT: WORK OF THIS SECTION MAY PROPERLY COMMENCE. Architect: MANAUFACTURERS LISTED BELOW, OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 1.11 FILL MORTAR/MATRIX: 1. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL SEALANT CONTINUOUSLY AROUND PERIMETER OF ALL ACOUSTICALLY INSULATED PARTITIONS; ONE CONTINUOUS BEAD AT EACH B. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND TIMELY COMPLETION OF THE WORK. 1. GENERAL POLYMERS/SHERWIN WILLIAMS. A. SURFACE AND AIR TEMPERATURE MUST BE AT LEAST 65 DEGREES F (18.3 DEGRESS C) DURING INSTALLATION AND INITIAL CURE: SIDE OF FRAMING MEMBER INTERFACE WITH SUBSTRATE. C. DO NOT BEGIN WORK UNTIL ALL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE RESOLVED. BEGINNING WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF SITE CONDITIONS AND Woods Bagot 2. CROSSFIELD PRODUCTS - CHEMINERT EPDXY TERRAllO. 2. EXCEPT FOR PENETRATIONS IN FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION TO RECEIVE FIRESTOPPING OR FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION JOINT ASSEMBLIES, SEAL ALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTIVE INSTALLATION CAUSED BY PRIOR OBSERVABLE CONDITIONS, C. TERRAllO MATERIALS: B. ONCE SURFACE PREPARATION ON CONCRETE HAS BEEN COMPLETED, APPLY ONE COAT OF TERROXY PRIMER OVER THE ENTIRE AREA TO RECEIVE THE FILL PENETRATIONS THROUGH ACOUSTICAL ASSEMBLIES, INCLUDING CUTOUTS FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES, CABINETS, PIPES AND PLUMBING, HVAC DUCTS, D. BUILDING SHALL BE FULLY ENCLOSED AND WEATHER TIGHT. www.woodsbagot.com 1. MATRIX: EPDXY RESIN MATRIX; TWO-COMPONENT, HIGH SOLIDS PRODUCT COMPLYING WITH FOLLOWING PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS. MORTAR/MATRIX. AND ELECTRICAL BOXES. E. PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF APPLICATION VERIFY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES WITHIN THE AREA OF APPLICATION HAVE BEEN ROUGHED IN o. HARDNESS: 60 TO 85 PER ASTM D2240, SHORE D. 4. APPLY PRIMER BY BRUSH, ROLLER, SPRAY OR SQUEEGEE AT A RATE OF 250 SQ. FT./GALLON. AT THE APPROPRIATE DEPTH RELATIVE TO THE THICKNESS OF THE SYSTEM; TESTED AND APPROVED. b. MINIMUM TENSILE STRENGTH: 3,000 PSI PER ASTM D 638 FOR A 2-INCH SPECIMEN MADE USING A C" DIE PER ASTM D 412. 5. ALLOW PRIMER TO CURE FOR A MINIMUM OF 2-4 HOURS UNTIL TACKY AND NO LONGER THAN 24 HOURS BEFORE TOPPING WITH FILL SECTION 098129 - SPRAYED CELLULOSE ACOUSTICAL INSULATION 1.11 APPLICATION, OPTION 1: Consultant: c. MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH: 10,000 PSI PER ASTM D 695, SPECIMEN B CYLINDER. MORTAR/MATRIX.. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. COORDINATE WORK WITH OTHER TRADES WHEN WORK MAY BE AFFECTED OR HAVE AN IMPACT ON THE INSTALLATION. Thorson Baker & Associates d. IMPACT RESISTANCE (MIL-PRF-3134 PARA 4.7.3): 0.005" INDENTATION, NO LOOSENING OR CRACKING. A. SPRAYED CELLULOSE ACOUSTICAL INSULATION. B. DO NOT APPLY FINISH COATS WHEN TEMPERATURES ARE BELOW 55' F. e. ADHESION: (A.C.I. COMMITTEE 503.1): >525 PSI. 100 PERCENT FAILURE OF CONCRETE. 6. IF PRIMER IS TO BE ALLOWED TO CURE FOR MORE THAN 24 HOURS LIGHTLY BROADCAST 20-40 MESH SILICA SAND INTO THE WET PRIMER. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION C. APPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS AND DETAILS. START INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER OTHER WORK IN THE AREA OF www.thorsonbaker.com I. TENSILE STRENGHT (ASTM C638): 3,400 PSI. C. AFTER PRIMING, MIX AND PLACE FILL MORTAR/MIX IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS DUMP MORTAR ONTO SUBSTRATE AND A. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: INSTALLATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED. g. FLAMMABILITY (FTMS 372/NFPA 253/ASTM E648): GREATER THAN 1.07 WATTS/CM. SCREED TO DESIRED THICKNESS: 1. SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS (ASTM E84): 1. INSTALL 1 INCH COLD ROLLED CHANNEL ON 4 FOOT CENTERS AND 20 GAUGE 7/8 INCH HOT CHANNEL ON 16 INCH CENTERS. h. CHEMICAL RESISTANCE: NO DELETERIOUS EFFECTS BY CONTAMINANTS LISTED BELOW AFTER SEVEN-DAY IMMERSION AT ROOM TEMPERATURE PER 1. USE LASER AND HARD SCREED TO ALLEVIATE ELEVATION VARIATIONS. o. FLAME SPREAD: 5, MAXIMUM. 2. FASTEN STARSILENT PANELS TO CEILING FRAMING. Consultant: ASTM D 1308. 2. MAKE SURE TO COMPACT AND PULL FILL TIGHTLY TO CLOSE UP THE SURFACE. b. SMOKE DEVELOPED: 5, MAXIMUM. 3. APPLY STARSILENT FIX TO PANEL EDGES AND OVER FASTENERS. Thorson Baker & Associates h.1. DISTILLED WATER. 3. ALLOW TO CURE OVERNIGHT. 2. R-VALUE: ASTM C 518; 3.8 PER INCH. 4. SAND OVER FASTENERS AND PANEL SEAMS. h.2. MINERAL WATER. 4. AFTER MORTAR MATRIX FILL IS CURED, CHECK GAP BETWEEN STAINLESS STEEL AND FILL WITH LASER LEVEL. 3. BOND STRENGTH: GREATER THAN 100 PSF PER ASTM E 736. 5. APPLY STARSILENT TOP BASIC OVER ENTIRE SURFACE, www.thorsonbaker.com h.3. ISOPROPANOL. 4. FLAME SPREAD: CLASS 1 CLASS A PER ASTM E 84/ UL 723. 6. APPLY STARSILENT TOP FINISH OVER ENTIRE SURFACE AND TROWEL TO SMOOTH AND MONOLITHIC PLASTER FINISH. h.4. ETHANOL. 5. CHECK ELEVATION AND EVENNESS OF FLOOR BOXES AND DISPLAY TRACK FORMWORK; ADJUST AS NEEDED BEFORE PROCEEDING. 5. NON-CORROSIVE PER ASTM C 739. 1.12 APPLICATION, OPTION 2: h.5. SOAP SOLUTION AT 1 PERCENT. 6. APPLY COMPATIBLE RESIN SEALER IN ACCORDANCE WITH TERRAllO CONTRACTOR'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATION. ALLOW TO CURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 6. BOND DEFLECTION: ASTM E 759; 6 INCH; DEFLECTION IN 10 FOOT SPAN - NO SPALLING OR DELAMINATION. A. GENERAL: Consultant: h.6. SODIUM HYDROXIDE AT 10 PERCENT SOLUTION. RESIN MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS. 1.3 BASIS OF DESIGN MANUFACTURER 1. COORDINATE WORK WITH OTHER TRADES WHEN WORK MAY BE AFFECTED OR HAVE AN IMPACT ON THE INSTALLATION. h.7. HYDROCHLORIC ACID AT 10 PERCENT SOLUTION. 1.12 MOISTURE MITIGATION: A. INTERNATIONAL CELLULOSE CORPORATION °K-13 SPRAY-ON-SYSTEM" (HOUSTON, TEXAS; 800-444-1252). 2. APPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS AND DETAILS. START INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER OTHER WORK IN THE AREA ISP Design, Inc. h.8. HYDROCHLORIC ACID AT 30 PERCENT SOLUTION. A. WHEN REQUIRED TERRAllO CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE MOISTURE MITIGATION MATERIALS ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF 1. COLOR: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WHITE. OF INSTALLATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED. www.ispdesign.com h.9. DETERGENT SOLUTION AT 0.025 PERCENT. MOISTURE MITIGATION MATERIALS MANUFACTURER. 2. MATERIAL TESTING: ASTM E 1042; TESTING LABORATORY MUST BE NVLAP ACCREDITED. 3. INSTALL SYSTEM OVER A "SEALED AIR TIGHT" SUBSTRATE. CLOSED OFF PENETRATIONS TO PREVENT AIR FROM PASSING THROUGH THE SYSTEM, h.10. ACETIC ACID AT 5 PERCENT SOLUTION. 1.13 CRACK ISOLATION SUPPRESSION MEMBRANE: 3. MINIMUM FIBER RECYCLED CONTENT; 75 PERCENT. THEREAFTER THROUGH THE SUBSTRATE AND THEN INTO THE PLENUM ABOVE, OR VICE VERSA. 1.7 ACCESSORIES ISOLATION/SUPPRESSION CONTAINS NO ASBESTOS. 4. SEAL HVAC, ELECTRICAL, FIRE SPRINKLER AND OTHER PENETRATIONS OF THE SUBSTRATE WITH TRADITIONAL DRYWALL TAPE OR A SELF-ADHESIVE A. FILL MORTAR/MATRIX: NON-PIGMENTED CEMENT OR EPDXY BASED FILL MORTAR/MATRIX AS RECOMMENDED BY AN APPROVED TERRAllO RESIN A. WHEN REQUIRED TERRAllO CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FLEXIBLE EPDXY CRACK ISOLATION/SUPPRESSION MEMBRANE. 5. CONTAINS NO UREA-FORMALDEHYDE RESINS. FIRE TAPE TO PREVENT AIR MOVEMENT BETWEEN THE PLENUM AND FINISHED SPACE OR VICE VERSA. MANUFACTURER OR FORMULATOR. B. USE FIBERGLASS MESH IN CONJUNCTION WITH NON-REINFORCED CRACK ISOLATION/SUPPRESSION MEMBRANE IN ACCORDANCE WITH TERRAllO CONTRACTOR'S 6. COMPLY WITH [IBC 803.3 803.10][INSERT OTHER CODE] STABILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERIOR FINISHES. 5. ADHESIVE STRENGTH REQUIRED FOR BONDING TO THE SUBSTRATE SURFACE FOR THE APPLICATION OF THE BASWAPHON SYSTEM IS A MINIMUM OF 1. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES: WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF CRACK ISOLATION/SUPPRESSION MEMBRANE MANUFACTURER. B. OTHER ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 17 N/PSF. a. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH: ASTM D695; 10,000 PSI MINIMUM. 1.14 POURED-IN-PLACE TERRAllO: 1. MONOGLASS SPRAY-ON INSULATION. 6. PLYWOOD SUBSTRATES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. b. TENSILE STRENGHT: ASTM D638; 3,000 PSI MINIMUM. 2. THERMACOUSTIC INDUSTRIES INTERNATIONAL LTD. 7. SUBSTRATES FOR THE APPLICATION SHALL NOT VARY FROM PLUMB, LEVEL OR A SMOOTH CONSISTENT CURVATURE BY MORE THAN 1/4 INCH IN 12 c. FLEXURAL STRENGTH: ASTM D790; 3,500 PSI MINIMUM. A. STRIP MATERIALS: INSTALL STRIP MATERIALS AS FOLLOWS: 1.4 EXAMINATION FEET. d. HARDNESS: ASTM D2240; 65-85. 1. DIVIDER AND CONTROL-JOINT STRIPS: A. EXAMINE SURFACES AND REPORT UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS IN WRITING. DO NOT PROCEED UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE CORRECTED. B. SUBSTRATE MATERIAL: e. BOND STRENGTH: ACI COMM #403 BULLETIN 59-43; 300 PSI (100% CONCRETE FAILURE). o. LOCATE DIVIDER STRIPS IN LOCATIONS INDICATED. B. VERIFY SURFACES TO RECEIVE SPRAY INSULATION TO DETERMINE IF PRIMING/SEALING IS REQUIRED TO INSURE BONDING AND/OR TO PREVENT 1. NEW DRYWALL SUBSTRATES: LEVEL ONE FINISH; TAPED ONLY. B. FILL MORTAR/MATRIX SEALER: RESIN SEALER AS RECOMMENDED BY AN APPROVED TERRAllO RESIN MANUFACTURER OR FORMULATOR. b. INSTALL CONTROL-JOINT STRIPS BACK TO BACK IN LOCATIONS INDICATED. DISCOLORATION CAUSED BY MIGRATORY STAINS, 2. PRIME EXISTING SUBSTRATES CONSISTING OF GLOSSY PAINT, METAL SURFACES, PREVIOUSLY PAINTED DRYWALL, MASONRY AND CONCRETE, INSTALLED C. PRIMER BOND COAT: TERRAllO & MARBLE SUPPLY COMPANIES "TERROXY PRIMER" OR OTHER PRIMER RECOMMENDED, PRODUCED AND SUPPLIED BY AN c. INSTALL STRIPS IN EPDXY ADHESIVE WITHOUT VOIDS BELOW STRIPS. 1.5 PREPARATION PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS APPROVED TERRAllO RESIN MANUFACTURER OR FORMULATOR. d. IF PHASING OF INSTALLATION PROCESS IS REQUIRED, DELAY GRINDING PROCESS WITHIN 6" MARGIN OF DIVIDER STRIP UNTIL SECOND PHASE HAS A. PROVIDE MASKING, DROP CLOTHS OR OTHER SATISFACTORY COVERINGS FOR MATERIALS/SURFACES THAT ARE NOT TO RECEIVE INSULATION TO PROTECT C. INSTALL PRECOATED MINERAL WOOL PANELS WITH APPROVED ADHESIVE APPLIED TO THE BACK OF PANEL. STAGGER JOINTS BETWEEN PANELS. 1. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES: BEEN INSTALLED AGAINST FIRST PHASE DIVIDER STRIP; DURING SECOND PHASE FINISHING FEATHER GRINDING INTO MARGIN OF FIRST PHASE. FROM OVER-SPRAY. D. INSTALL WHITE VINYL TRIM PIECES WITH APPROVED ADHESIVES. a. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH: ASTM D695; 10,000 PSI MINIMUM. B. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF THE SPRAYED CELLULOSE FIBER WITH WORK OF OTHER TRADES. E. FILL SEAMS BETWEEN PRE-COATED PANELS WITH HAND TROWELED FILL. IC� b. TENSILE STRENGHT: ASTM D638; 3,500 PSI MINIMUM. 2. ACCESSORY STRIPS: INSTALL AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. C. PRIME SURFACES AS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS OR AS DETERMINED BY EXAMINATION. F. COVER WHITE VINYL TRIM WITH FILL. SAND FILL SMOOTH WHEN COMPLETELY DRY. CAR EN , c. BOND STRENGTH: ACI COMM #403 BULLETIN 59-43; 300 PSI (100% CONCRETE FAILURE). B. PLACING TERRAllO: 1.6 INSTALLATION G. BASE COAT: HAND TROWEL APPLY A 2.0 - 3.0 MM THICK LAYER AND TROWEL SMOOTH. SAND SMOOTH WHEN COMPLETELY DRY. - VOc KR D. DIVIDER STRIPS: 1. APPLY BLUE PAINTER'S TAPE DIRECTLY TO THE STAINLESS STEEL THEN APPLY WATERPROOF TAPE OVER BLUE TAPE ADJACENT TO TERRAllO. H. TOP COAT: HAND TROWEL APPLY A 0.5 - 1.0 MM THICK LAYER OF TOP COAT AND TROWEL SMOOTH TO A QUALITY LEVEL CONSISTENT WITH A. INSTALL SPRAY APPLIED INSULATION ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. �-• 1. MATERIAL: WHITE ALLOY OF ZINC. 2. PRIME SUBFLOOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. B. INSTALL SPRAY APPLIED ACOUSTICAL INSULATION TO ACHIEVE A MINIMUM OVERALL NRC OF 0.75. ACCEPTED CONTROL SAMPLE OR MOCK-UP. . .AN 1 R .y ,CA N C. CURE INSULATION WITH CONTINUOUS NATURAL OR MECHANICAL VENTILATION. 1.13 CLEANING AND PATCHING cd' -6367 2. STRIP THICKNESS: 1/8 INCH. 3. PROPORTION AND THOROUGHLY BLEND THE MATERIALS. A. REMOVE FALL OUT MATERIAL IMMEDIATELY UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK IN EACH AREA. CLEAN SURFACES TO REMOVE EVIDENCE OF SOILING. Y-� �j " D. REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF OVER-SPRAY, ?If ,� r;Q 3. TYPE: L STRIP: 3/8 INCH BY 1/2 INCH. 4. BEGINNING OF EACH DAY, OR AFTER EXTENDED BREAKS WHERE COMPLETE DRYING OF MIXING TOOLS AND CONTAINERS OCCUR, MIX FULL BATCH USING 1 REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED WORK SURFACES TO ACCEPTABLE CONDITIONS. 1-() -tk,cw 4. 8 FOOT MINIMUM LENGTHS, OR AS PROVIDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. AGGREGATE COMBINATION ONLY, DO NOT INCLUDE ADDITIVE CHIPS OF SILVER GLASS GLITTER, AND DISCARD TO ENSURE PROPER EPDXY CONTENT WITH E. PROTECT FINISHED INSTALLATION UNDER PROVISION OF DIVISION 01. B. COORDINATE WORK WITH OTHER WORK, TO MINIMIZE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE TO SYSTEM RESULTING FROM PERFORMANCE OF SUBSEQUENT WORK. AS z E. FINISH FLOOR SEALER: TERRAllO CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A NON-AMBERING, CLEAR SEALER THAT IS CHEMICALLY NEUTRAL; DOES NOT IMPAIR COLOR CONSISTENCY FOR SUBSEQUENT BATCHES. AFTER DISCARDING PRIMER BATCH, COAT INTERIOR OF MIXER WITH EPDXY PRIOR TO MIXING FIRST 1.7 SCHEDULE ALOCATIONS: OTHER UNITS OF WORK ARE COMPLETED IN EACH AREA, PATCH DAMAGED AREAS OR SURFACES OF INSULATION BY PATCHING PROCEDURES AS A.TERRAllO AESTHETICS OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES; IS RECOMMENDED BY TERRAllO MATRIX MANUFACTURER. SEALERS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: USEABLE BATCH; PRE-MEASURE AND MIX REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ACCEPTABLE RESULTS. Signed: 1. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 5. START POUR AT PERIMETER OF FLOOR. 1. BACK OF HOUSE WHERE UNDERSIDE OF EXPOSED STRUCTURE IS GREATER THAN [8'-0"][2.4 METERS] ABOVE FLOOR STRUCTURE, UNLESS C. PROVIDE NATURAL OR MECHANICAL VENTILATION AS REQUIRED TO PROPERLY CURE THE ACOUSTICAL FINISH INSTALLATION. a. SURFACE FRICTION: NOT LESS THAN 0.6 (ADA) ACCORDING TO ASTM D 2047. 6. PLACE MIXTURE TO 3/8 INCH MINIMUM THICKNESS; USE LASER AND HARD SCREED TO ALLEVIATE ELEVATION VARIATIONS DIRECTLY BELOW STAINLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. D. DISPOSE OF ALL WASTE MATERIALS IN A PROPER AND LEGAL MANNER. Retail Store #1309 b. WATER BASED SEALER PROPERTIES: WITH pH FACTOR BETWEEN 7 AND 10. STEEL PANELS. c. SEALERS WITH VOC CONTENT OF 200 g/L OR LESS WHEN CALCULATED ACCORDING TO 40 CFR 59, SUBPART D (EPA METHOD 24). 7. HAND TROWELING: BECAUSE THE AGGREGATE IS EXTREMELY FINE, TERRAllO NEEDS TO BE TROWELED BY HAND AND FINISHED TROWELED SMOOTH Washington Square Mall 2. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS INCLUDE: DIVERSEY, CAREFREE® MATTE (LOW GLOSS FLOOR FINISH). AND CONSISTENT. USE A ROUNDED END TROWEL TO FINISH. POWER TROWEL IS NOT RECOMMENDED; ALLOW TERRAllO TO CURE. 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. F. MOISTURE MITIGATION: REQUIRED ONLY WHEN INDICATED BY MOISTURE TEST RESULTS FOR CERTAIN SLAB ON GRADES AND NEW CONSTRUCTION WHERE C FINISHING: FINISH TERRAllO TOPPING AS FOLLOWS: Tigard, Oregon SLABS CANNOT BE ADEQUATELY DRIED BEFORE TERRAllO FLOORING IS INSTALLED. PPFWg g 1. TYPE RECOMMENDED OR PRODUCED BY MANUFACTURER OR TWO-COMPONENT, HIGH SOLIDS, MOISTURE TOLERANT, HIGH DENSITY, LOW ODOR, 1. ROUGH GRINDING: EPDXY-BASED PRODUCT PRODUCED BY EPDXY TERRAllO RESIN MANUFACTURER SPECIFICALLY RECOMMENDED TO REDUCE ALKALINITY LEVELS AND o. USE SAME MANUFACTURER DIAMOND PADS FOR BOTH MACHINE AND HAND GRINDERS. USE 150 GRIT THROUGH ENTIRE PROCESS. HAND GRINDING MOISTURE EMISSION TO NOT MORE THAN 3 LBS/ PER 1000 SQ. FT PER 24 HRS. WITH 60 GRIT TO 150 GRIT. G. CRACK SUPPRESSION/ISOLATION MEMBRANE: REQUIRED ONLY WHEN EXCESSIVE CRACKING EXISTS IN CONCETE SLAB. 2. GROUTING: 1. AS RECOMMENDED, PRODUCED AND SUPPLIED BY APPROVED TERRAllO RESIN FORMULATOR, HAVING MINIMUM 120 PERCENT ELONGATION POTENTIAL o. AFTER ROUGH GRINDING, WHEN PRESSURE WASHING IS NOT PRACTICAL, USE TENNANT 5700 FLOOR SCRUBBER/VACUUM OR EQUIVALENT TO PER ASTM D 412. SCRUB AND CLEAN CURED TERRAllO FLOOR PRIOR TO GROUTING PROCESS; ALLOW TO DRY. H. WOVEN POLY-FABRIC REINFORCEMENT: ASTM D412; USE IN CONJUNCTION WITH NON-REINFORCED CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE IN ACCORDANCE WITH b. APPLY EPDXY GROUT PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. Issued/Revised Date TERRAllO CONTRACTOR'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. C. SPREAD AND BROOM AGGREGATE MIXTURE OVER FLOOR ONCE EPDXY GROUT IS TROWELED DOWN; BRUSHING SOMEWHAT AGGRESSIVELY DURING 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 I. EPDXY GROUT: A118.3, EPDXY TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY AN APPROVED TERRAllO RESIN MANUFACTURER OR FORMULATOR. Permit 07/16/2014 J. MORTAR MATRIX CONTAINMENT ANGLE: EXTRUDED ALUMINUM, ASTM 8221, 6063-T5 OR T6 ALLOY AND TEMPER; 2-1/2 INCH BY 2-1/2 INCH PROFILE; THIS PROCESS ENURES FILLING OF PINHOLES AND LOWERING CURE TIME OF GROUT. BAKED-ON POWDER COAT, BLACK COLOR. d. DURING GROUTING PROCESS PROVIDE CONSISTENT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AT OR ABOVE 65 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT TO ENSURE EQUIVALENT CURE K. MORTAR MATRIX INTERMITTENT SCREED ANGLES: 6063-T52 ALUMINUM ANGLE, 1"X1"X�a"X12" W/ 3�6" DIAMETER HOLES @ 3" O.C. TIMES BETWEEN PHASES, WHICH SUBSEQUENTLY PROVIDES CONSISTENT GRINDING RATES. L. MORTAR MATRIX INTERMITTENT LEVELING PADS: MASONRY AS RECOMMENDED BY INSTALLER; INSTALLER MAY USE SCRAP TILES OR CONCRETE BRICKS OR e. IF TEMPERATURE IS NOT IDEAL OR CONSISTENT EXTRA TIME MAY BE REQUIRED TO ALLOW GROUT TO COMPLETELY CURE BEFORE FINE GRINDING OTHER RECTANGULAR SHAPE WITH FLAT SURFACES. OCCURS. 3. FINE GRINDING/POLISHING: GRIND WITH 150 GRIT POLISHING PADS OR EQUIVALENT DIAMOND ABRASIVES UNTIL ALL GROUT IS REMOVED FROM THE SURFACE. FINISH GRINDING/POLISHING WITH 200 GRIT POLISHING PADS UNDER BLACK POLISHING PADS PRIOR TO USING ONLY BLACK POLISHING PADS, OR EQUIVALENT DIAMOND ABRASIVES; USE TENNANT 5700 MACHINIE OR EQUIVALENT TO SCRUB FLOOR WHEN PRESSURE WASHING IS NOT PRACTICAL. i I SPECIFICATIONS SPEC-06 1 7/16/14 12:20 PMP:\510141\A15_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-specs.dwg SECTION 098436 - CONTINUED SECTION 099000 - CONTINUED SECTION 101400 - CONTINUED SECTION 098433 - FIXED SOUND ABSORBING WALL UNITS D. APPLY ADHESIVE TO PERFORATED BASE PLATE, TWIST, AND PRESS FIRMLY INTO PLACE. E. WOOD: CLEAN WOOD SURFACES OF DIRT, OIL, AND OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCES; SANDPAPER SMOOTH SURFACES EXPOSED TO VIEW, AND DUST OFF. E. TOILET ROOM SIGNS: PROVIDE COLORED ACRYLIC SIGNS, CONFORMING TO ADA REQUIREMENTS FOR RAISED AND BRAILLE CHARACTERS, PICTORIAL 1.1 SUMMARY E. INSTALL PANELS TO FIT SNUGLY AGAINST ADJACENT PANELS, FRAMING, AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION. SYMBOLS, FINISH, AND CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. 1. SCRAPE AND CLEAN SEASONED KNOTS AND APPLY THIN COAT OF RECOMMENDED KNOT SEALER, BEFORE APPLICATION OF PRIMING COAT. A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES BONDED ACOUSTICAL COTTON USED AS ACOUSTIC WALL PANELS. F. WHEN PANEL IS IN PLACE, INSTALL RETAINER CLIPS AND SLIGHTLY COMPRESS, AS NEEDED TO MAINTAIN INSULATION IN COMPLETE CONTACT WITH 2. PRIME, STAIN, OR SEAL WOOD REQUIRED TO BE JOB PAINTED IMMEDIATELY UPON DELIVERY TO JOB; PRIME EDGES, ENDS, FACES, UNDERSIDES, 1• COMPLY WITH ADA REQUIREMENTS FOR RAISED AND BRAILLE CHARACTERS, PICTORIAL SYMBOLS, FINISH, AND CONTRASTS REQUIREMENTS. 1.2 SUBMITTALS SUBSTRATE. 2. SIZE AND STYLE: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. A. MAKE SUBMITTALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 013300. G. CLIP OR CUT PINS WITHIN [1/2 INCH][13 MM] OF RETAINER PINS. AND BACKSIDES OF WOOD. 3. THICKNESS: 1/4 INCH, B. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 1.9 CLEANING 3. AFTER PRIMING, FILL HOLES AND IMPERFECTIONS IN FINISH SURFACES WITH PUTTY OR PLASTIC WOOD FILLER; SANDPAPER SMOOTH WHEN DRY. 4. TEXT: 5/8 INCH TALL MINIMUM, "HELVETICA MEDIUM," UPPERCASE, RAISED 1/32 INCH WHITE LETTERS; TEXT VARIES. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR C. SAMPLES: SUBMIT 2 SAMPLES OF 6 INCH BY 6 INCH, SHOWING FULL RANGE OF EXPOSED TEXTURE TO BE EXPECTED IN COMPLETED WORK. A. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR CLEANING PANELS SOILED DURING INSTALLATION. REPLACE PANELS THAT CANNOT BE CLEANED TO AS NEW F. FERROUS METALS: TOUCH UP SHOP APPLIED PRIME COATS WHEREVER DAMAGED USING SAME TYPE OF PRIMER AS APPLIED IN SHOP OR BARRIER SIGNAGE TEXT. D. TEST REPORTS: UPON REQUEST SUBMIT CERTIFIED TEST REPORTS FROM RECOGNIZED TEST LABORATORIES. CONDITION. COAT COMPATIBLE WITH FINISH PAINT. 5. SYMBOLS: RAISED 1/16 INCH THICK LASER CUT WHITE ROMARK BRAND (MATERIAL) FIGURES. E. CERTIFICATES: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE THAT PRODUCTS MEET OR EXCEED SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. B. KEEP SITE FREE FROM ACCUMULATION OF WASTE AND DEBRIS. 1. BARE SURFACES: CLEAN SURFACES THAT ARE NOT GALVANIZED OR SHOP COATED, OF OIL, DIRT, LOOSE MILL SCALE AND OTHER FOREIGN o. CENTER INDIVIDUAL FIGURES ON PLAQUE. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.10 SCHEDULE SUBSTANCES BY SOLVENT OR MECHANICAL CLEANING. F. ROOM IDENTIFICATION AND DIRECTION SIGNS: PROVIDE COLORED ACRYLIC SIGNS, TOTAL THICKNESS 0.125 INCH; PROVIDE MATCHING RAISED AND A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: UTILIZE AN INSTALLER HAVING DEMONSTRATED EXPERIENCE ON PROJECTS OF SIMILAR SIZE AND COMPLEXITY. A. LOCATIONS: BRAILLE CHARACTERS CONFORMING TO ADA; CONCEALED MOUNTING. 2. GALVANIZED SURFACES: CLEAN FREE OF OIL AND SURFACE CONTAMINANTS, USING NONPETROLEUM BASED SOLVENT; PRIMER AND TOUCH UP 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING 1. BACK OF HOUSE WHERE UNDERSIDE OF EXPOSED STRUCTURE IS [8'-0"][2.4 METERS] OR LESS ABOVE FLOOR STRUCTURE, UNLESS INDICATED PRIMER TO BE ZINC RICH PRIMER. 1. COLORS: PAINT FACES AND EDGES SATIN EGGSHELL FINISH, COLOR GRAY TO MATCH SAMPLE PROVIDED BY OWNER, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. A. DELIVERY: DELIVER MATERIAL IN THE MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL, UNOPENED, UNDAMAGED CONTAINERS WITH IDENTIFICATION LABELS INTACT. OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. 2. SIZE AND STYLE: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B. PROVIDE LABELS INDICATING BRAND NAME, SOURCE OF PROCUREMENT, STYLE, SIZE AND THICKNESS. G. MIX PAINTING MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS. 3. THICKNESS: 1/4 INCH. C. STORAGE AND PROTECTION: STORE MATERIALS PROTECTED FROM EXPOSURE TO HARMFUL ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AND AT TEMPERATURE AND SECTION 098439 - SUSPENDED SOUND ABSORBING CEILING UNITS 1.5 APPLICATION 4. TEXT: TEXT VARIES; REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR SIGNAGE TEXT. HUMIDITY CONDITIONS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 1.1 SUMMARYo. 1/16 INCH THICK LASER CUT WHITE ROMARK BRAND (MATERIAL) LETTERS. 1.5 MAINTENANCE A. SECTION INCLUDES: A. APPLY PAINT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS; USE APPLICATORS AND TECHNIQUES BEST SUITED FOR SUBSTRATE AND TYPE OF b. ALL LETTERING LOWERCASE EXCEPT AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. A. EXTRA MATERIALS: PROVIDE 7 PERCENT FOR USE BY OWNER IN BUILDING MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR. 1. SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL PANELS. MATERIAL BEING APPLIED. 1.5 INSTALLATION B. PROVIDE NEW UNOPENED CARTONS OF EXTRA MATERIALS, PACKAGED WITH PROTECTIVE COVERING FOR STORAGE AND IDENTIFIED WITH APPROPRIATE 2. CABLE HANGERS AND FASTENERS. 1. APPLY ADDITIONAL COATS WHEN STAINS OR BLEMISHES SHOW THROUGH FINAL COAT, UNTIL PAINT IS A UNIFORM FINISH, COLOR AND APPEARANCE. A. GENERAL: INSTALL SIGNS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, FREE FROM DISTORTIONS AND LABELS. 1.2 REFERENCES 2. PROVIDE BARRIER COATS OVER INCOMPATIBLE PRIMERS OR REMOVE AND PRIME AS REQUIRED. DEFECTS. 1.6 WARRANTY A. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM): 3. PROVIDE EXTRA ATTENTION TO ASSURE DRY FILM THICKNESS AT CORNERS AND CREVICES IS EQUIVALENT TO THAT OF FLAT SURFACES. B. TOILET ROOM SIGNS: INSTALL SIGNS ON WALLS AFTER SURFACES ON WHICH THEY ARE TO BE MOUNTED ARE PAINTED AND FINISHED. A. WARRANTY PERIOD: ONE YEAR. 1. ASTM C 423 SOUND ABSORPTION AND SOUND ABSORPTION COEFFICIENTS BY THE REVERBERATION ROOM METHOD. 1. LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 1.7 MANUFACTURERS 2. ASTM E 84 STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS OF BUILDING MATERIALS. 4. PAINT SURFACES BEHIND MOVABLE EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE SAME AS SIMILAR EXPOSED SURFACES; PAINT SURFACES BEHIND PERMANENTLY 2. INSTALL LEVEL, IN LINE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND ADA REQUIREMENTS TO ALLOW A PERSON TO A. BONDED ACOUSTICAL COTTON: 3. ASTM E 1477 STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR LUMINOUS REFLECTANCE FACTOR OF ACOUSTICAL MATERIALS BY USE OF INTEGRATING-SPHERE FIXED EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE WITH PRIME COAT ONLY. APPROACH WITHIN 3 INCHES OF SIGNS WITHOUT BEING WITHIN A DOOR SWING. 1. BASIS OF DESIGN: ECHO ELIMINATOR BY ACOUSTICAL SURFACES INC. (CHASKA, MN; 800-448-0121; WWW.A000STICALSURFACES.COM). REFLECTOMETERS. 5. PAINT INTERIOR SURFACES OF DUCTS, WHERE VISIBLE THROUGH REGISTERS OR GRILLES, WITH A FLAT, NONSPECULAR BLACK PAINT. C. BRAILLE EXIT DOOR SIGNS: INSTALL AT DOORS WITH LIGHTED "EXIT" SIGNS; APPLY AFTER WALLS ARE FINISHED. 2. SUBSTITUTION OF COMPARABLE PRODUCTS PERMITTED. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 6. PAINT BACK SIDES OF ACCESS PANELS AND REMOVABLE OR HINGED COVERS TO MATCH EXPOSED SURFACES. 1. LOCATION: MOUNT SIGNS CENTERED AT 60 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ON STRIKE SIDE OF DOOR. 1.8 BONDED ACOUSTICAL COTTON A. MAKE SUBMITTALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 013300. 7. FINISH DOORS ON TOPS, BOTTOMS AND SIDE EDGES SAME AS FACES. 2. INSTALL LEVEL, IN LINE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND ADA REQUIREMENTS TO ALLOW A PERSON TO A. MATERIAL: MANUFACTURED FROM RECYCLED COTTON FIBER, WHICH SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING RECYCLED UPON COMPLETION OF ITS USEFUL LIFE; B. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL DATA FOR EACH TYPE OF CANOPY SYSTEM REQUIRED. APPROACH WITHIN 3 INCHES OF SIGNS WITHOUT BEING WITHIN A DOOR SWING. IMPACT RESISTANT. C. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 8. SAND LIGHTLY BETWEEN EACH SUCCEEDING ENAMEL COAT AND EACH VARNISH COAT. D. ROOM SIGNS: INSTALL SIGNS AFTER WALLS ARE FINISHED. B. THICKNESS: 1 INCH. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE B. SCHEDULING PAINTING: APPLY FIRST COAT TO SURFACES THAT HAVE BEEN CLEANED, PRETREATED OR PREPARED FOR PAINTING AS SOON AS 1. LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. C. COLOR: WHITE. A. SINGLE-SOURCE RESPONSIBILITY: PROVIDE PANELS AND METHOD OF ATTACHMENT BY A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. PRACTICABLE AFTER PREPARATION. 2. INSTALL SIGNS LEVEL, IN LINE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND ADA REQUIREMENTS. D. EDGE, SQUARE. B. COORDINATION OF WORK: COORDINATE PANEL WORK WITH INSTALLERS OF RELATED WORK INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO SUSPENDED CEILINGS, 1. ALLOW TIME BETWEEN SUCCESSIVE COATINGS TO PERMIT PROPER DRYING. 3. INSTALL ROOM IDENTIFICATION SIGNS AT DOORS TO ALLOW A PERSON TO APPROACH WITHIN 3 INCHES OF SIGNS WITHOUT BEING WITHIN A DOOR E. SIZES: NOMINAL 4' X 8' UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. BUILDING INSULATION, GYPSUM BOARD, LIGHT FIXTURES, MECHANICAL SYSTEMS, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AND SPRINKLERS. 2. DO NOT RECOAT UNTIL PAINT FEELS FIRM AND DOES NOT DEFORM OR FEEL STICKY UNDER MODERATE THUMB PRESSURE. SWING. F. DENSITY: 6 POUNDS/CUBIC FOOT. C. SEISMIC PERFORMANCE: SYSTEM SEISMIC PERFORMANCE VERIFIED THROUGH FULL-SCALE TESTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ICC-ES - AC-156 G. MOUNTING STYLE: TYPE A. PROVIDE FASTENERS AND MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED ADHESIVES FOR COMPLETE SINGLE SOURCE INSTALLATION. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIAL FOR SEISMIC QUALIFICATION TESTING OF NON-STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS. C. MINIMUM COATING THICKNESS: APPLY MATERIALS AT NOT LESS THAN MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SPREADING RATE, TO ESTABLISH A TOTAL DRY SECTION 102190 - METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS H. ACCESSORIES: D. ACOUSTIC BAFFLES MAY OBSTRUCT OR SKEW THE EXISTING OR PLANNED FIRE SPRINKLER WATER DISTRIBUTION PATTERN, OR POSSIBLY DELAY THE FILM THICKNESS AS RECOMMENDED BY COATING MANUFACTURER. 1.1 SUMMARY 1. ADHESIVE: GUN-GRADE AND SPRAYU-ON AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER; COMPATIBLE WITH SUBSTRATE AND INSULATION. ACTIVATION OF THE FIRE SPRINKLER OR FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM. COORDINATE WITH A FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEER, NFPA 13, AND LOCAL CODES FOR D. PRIME COATS: APPLY TO ITEMS NOT PREVIOUSLY PRIMED; RECOAT PRIMED AND SEALED SURFACES WHERE THERE IS EVIDENCE OF SUCTION SPOTS OR A. SECTION INCLUDES: 2. FASTENERS: FLUOROPOLYMER COATED STEEL BUGLE-HEAD SCREWS DRIVEN THROUGH INSULATION WASHERS; BAKED-ON ENAMEL FINISH ON GUIDANCE ON THE PROPER INSTALLATION TECHNIQUES WHERE FIRE DETECTION OR SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS ARE PRESENT. UNSEALED AREAS IN FIRST COAT. 1. METAL TOILET PARTITIONS; FLOOR MOUNTED. BUGLE-HEAD; LENGTH TO PENETRATE MINIMUM 3/4 INCH INTO FRAMING MEMBERS. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 2. METAL URINAL SCREENS; WALL HUNG. a. INSULATION WASHER: STYLE RC 150; 1-1/2 INCH DIAMETER; GALVANIZED WITH BAKED-ON ENAMEL FINISH. SAME AS MANUFACTURED BY A. DELIVER TO PROJECT SITE IN ORIGINAL, UNOPENED PACKAGES. E. FINISH COATS: PROVIDE EVEN TEXTURE; LEAVE NO LAPS, IRREGULARITY IN TEXTURE, SKID MARKS, OR OTHER SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS. 3. ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENT HARDWARE. / B. STORE IN A FULLY ENCLOSED SPACE BETWEEN 40 DEGREES F AND 120 DEGREES F WHERE THEY WILL BE PROTECTED AGAINST DAMAGE FROM 1. OPAQUE FINISHES: PROVIDE OPAQUE, UNIFORM FINISH, COLOR AND COVERAGE; CLOUDINESS, SPOTTING, HOLIDAYS, BRUSH MARKS, RUNS, SAGS, DEMAICH (JOHNSON, RI; 800-523-8997; WWW.DEMAICH.COM). 1.2 SUBMITTALS 3. COLOR: WHITE FOR FASTENER BUGLE-HEAD AND WASHER. MOISTURE, DIRECT SUNLIGHT, SURFACE CONTAMINATION, AND OTHER CAUSES. ROPINESS, AND OTHER SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. A. MAKE SUBMITTALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 013300. I. FLAMMABILITY: C. BEFORE INSTALLING BAFFLES, PERMIT THEM TO REACH ROOM TEMPERATURE AND A STABILIZED MOISTURE CONTENT. 2. [TRANSPARENT AND STAINED FINISHES: PRODUCE GLASS SMOOTH SURFACE FILM OF EVEN LUSTER; PROVIDE WITH NO CLOUDINESS, COLOR B. PRODUCT DATA: MANUFACTURER'S DETAILED TECHNICAL DATA, INCLUDING INFORMATION ON ANCHORS, HARDWARE, FASTENINGS, ACCESSORIES AND D. HANDLE BAFFLES CAREFULLY TO AVOID DAMAGING UNITS IN ANY WAY. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 1. ASTM E84, CLASS A. FLAME SPREAD: 5. IRREGULARITY, RUNS, BRUSH MARKS, ORANGE PEEL, NAIL HOLES, AND OTHER SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS.] 2. SMOKE DEVELOPED: 35. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS C. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE PARTITION LAYOUTS, SWING OF DOORS, ELEVATIONS, ANCHORAGE AND MOUNTING DETAILS, PANEL CONSTRUCTION, A. SPACE ENCLOSURE: AREAS TO RECEIVE BAFFLES SHALL BE FREE OF CONSTRUCTION DUST AND DEBRIS. PRODUCTS CAN BE INSTALLED UP TO 1.6 PAINTING SCHEDULE: SEE DRAWING FINISH LEGEND. COMPONENTS HARDWARE, FINISHES AND ALL RELEVANT DIMENSIONS. J. NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT (NRC) RATING: 120 DEGREES F WITH HUMIDITY NOT EXCEEDING 90 PERCENT RH. A. SHEENS: COMPLY WITH ASTM D523, REFLECTANCE OF PAINT; 60 DEGREE SPECULAR GLOSS. D. SAMPLES: FOR EACH EXPOSED FINISH. 1. FOR DIRECT ADHESIVE OR MECHANICAL FASTENER MOUNTING TYPE A MOUNTING 1" NRC 0.80. B. FOLLOWING INSTALLATION, CONDITIONS MUST BE MAINTAINED BELOW 70 PERCENT RH. 1.9 EXAMINATION 17 WARRANTY 1. FLAT: 1-10. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, CAREFULLY INSPECT INSTALLED WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY THAT SUCH WORK IS COMPLETE TO THE POINT WHERE 2. SATIN: 15-30. A. CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE JURISDICTIONAL CODE AUTHORITIES, INCLUDING ACCESSIBILITY REGULATIONS. WORK OF THIS SECTION MAY PROPERLY COMMENCE. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND TIMELY A. SUBMIT A WRITTEN WARRANTY EXECUTED BY THE MANUFACTURER, AGREEING TO REPAIR OR REPLACE BAFFLES THAT FAIL WITHIN THE WARRANTY PERIOD. 1.4 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS COMPLETION OF THE WORK. FAILURES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO: 3. EGGSHELL: 30-45, A. BASIS-OF-DESIGN PRODUCT: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE METPAR CORP "FT700 LUXOR", 66 INCH HEIGHT, 4 B. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL ALL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE RESOLVED. BEGINNING WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF SITE CONDITIONS 1. SOUNDSOAK BAFFLES: MANUFACTURING DEFECTS. 4. SEMIGLOSS: 45-75. INCH AFF, NO PEAK DESIGN, STAINLESS STEEL FLOOR MOUNTED OR COMPARABLE PRODUCT BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: ATTACHMENT DEVICES: MANUFACTURING DEFECTS. AND RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTIVE INSTALLATION CAUSED BY PRIOR OBSERVABLE CONDITIONS. 2. 5. GLOSS: 75-100. 1. ACCURATE PARTITIONS CORPORATION. C. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS: DO NOT INSTALL ACOUSTICAL PANELS UNTIL BUILDING IS CLOSED IN AND HVAC SYSTEM IS OPERATIONAL. B. WARRANTY PERIOD: 2. BOBRICK. 1.10 INSTALLATION 1. BAFFLES: ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 1.7 CLEAN-UP, PROTECTION, AND REPAIR 3. GLOBAL STEEL PRODUCTS CORPORATION. 2. ATTACHMENT DEVICES: ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. A. CLEAN UP: DURING PROGRESS OF WORK, REMOVE DISCARDED PAINT MATERIALS RUBBISH CANS AND RAGS FROM SITE AT END OF EACH WORK DAY. A. GENERAL: DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL MATERIALS SUFFICIENT TO COMPLETE AN ENTIRE ROOM ARE RECEIVED AND ARE READY FOR � � 4. KNICKERBOCKER PARTITION CORPORATION. INSTALLATION. 1.8 MANUFACTURERS 1. CLEAN GLASS AND PAINT SPATTERED SURFACES IMMEDIATELY BY PROPER METHODS OF WASHING AND SCRAPING, USING CARE NOT TO SCRATCH 5. THE SANYMETAL PRODUCTS COMPANY. 1. FIELD CUT ACOUSTICAL PANELS AS REQUIRED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED PROCEDURES AND EQUIPMENT. A. BAFFLES: ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. "SOUNDSOAK BAFFLES" ITEM #6607 OR DAMAGE FINISHED SURFACES. 1.5 COMPONENTS 2. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. SUBSTITUTIONS PERMITTED. A. STAINLESS-STEEL UNITS: FACING SHEETS AND CLOSURES FABRICATED FROM ASTM A 666, TYPE 304, STAINLESS-STEEL SHEET, LEVELED TO o. BUTT AND RUN PANELS IN A LANDSCAPE ORIENTATION. B. ATTACHMENT DEVICES: ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. B. PROTECTION: PROTECT WORK OF OTHER TRADES, WHETHER TO BE PAINTED OR NOT; CORRECT DAMAGE BY CLEANING, REPAIRING OR REPLACING, AND REPAINTING, AS ACCEPTABLE TO ARCHITECT. STRETCHER-LEVELED FLATNESS. b. BOTTOM OF PANEL AFF SHALL BE 10' FOR THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE RUN WHEN POSSIBLE. 1.9 SOUNDSOAK BAFFLE UNITS 1. FINISH: NO. 4 SATIN FINISH ON EXPOSED FACES. EXPOSED SURFACES ARE PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE BY APPLICATION OF STRIPPABLE, c. IF BOH OTS AFF CEILING HEIGHT IS LESS THAN 14', THE TOP OF THE PANEL SHALL START AT THE CEILING. MIN, HEIGHT AT BOTTOM OF A. COMPOSITION: 1. PROVIDE "WET PAINT" SIGNS TO PROTECT NEWLY-PAINTED FINISHES. TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COVERING BEFORE SHIPMENT. 1. FIBERGLASS CORE. 2. REMOVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE WRAPPINGS PROVIDED BY OTHERS FOR PROTECTION OF THEIR WORK, AFTER COMPLETION OF PAINTING B. DOOR, PANEL, AND PILASTER CONSTRUCTION: SEAMLESS, METAL FACING SHEETS PRESSURE LAMINATED TO CORE MATERIAL. CONTINUOUS PANEL SHALL BE 8' AFF. B. COLOR: OPERATIONS. INTERLOCKING MOLDING STRIP EDGE CLOSURES. CORNERS SEALED BY WELDING OR CLIPS. GRIND EXPOSED WELDS SMOOTH. 3. ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELS SHALL BE ADHESIVELY OR MECHANICALLY MOUNTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND/OR 1. SAILCLOTH FABRIC: FIBERGLASS CORE; WHITE (SCWE). C. REPAIR: AT COMPLETION OF WORK OF OTHER TRADESTOUCH UP AND RESTORE DAMAGED SURFACES OR DEFACED PAINTED SURFACES. 1. CORE MATERIAL: SOUND-DEADENING HONEYCOMB OF RESIN IMPREGNATED KRAFT PAPER IN THICKNESS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE FINISHED , AS DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS. C. SIZE: THICKNESS OF 1 INCH FOR DOORS AND PANELS AND 1-1/4 INCHES FOR PILASTERS. B. MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: 1. SAILCLOTH FABRIC: 24 INCHES X 48 INCHES. 2. GRAB-BAR REINFORCEMENT: CONCEALED INTERNAL REINFORCEMENT FOR GRAB BARS MOUNTED ON UNITS. 1. COMPLY WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE ACOUSTICAL PANEL MANUFACTURER. D. THICKNESS, SAILCLOTH: 1 INCH. END OF DIVISION 09 2. INSTALL MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING REGULATIONS, FIRE RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS AND INDUSTRY STANDARDS E. EDGE DETAIL, SAILCLOTH: NYLON STITCHED SEALED EDGE. 3. TAPPING REINFORCEMENT: CONCEALED REINFORCEMENT FOR TAPPING (THREADING) AT LOCATIONS WHERE MACHINE SCREWS ARE USED FOR APPLICABLE TO WORK. F. MOUNTING: GROMMETTS. ATTACHING ITEMS TO UNITS. 3. ADHESIVE APPLICATION: G. FLAME SPREAD: ASTM E 84, CLASS A. DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 4. URINAL-SCREEN CONSTRUCTION: SIMILAR TO PANELS, WITH INTEGRAL FULL-HEIGHT FLANGES FOR WALL ATTACHMENT, AND MAXIMUM 1-1/4 o. APPLY ADHESIVE IN CONTINUOUS BEADS. H. ACOUSTICAL ABSORPTION, SAILCLOTH FABRIC: ASTM C423, 1.19 SABINS PER SQUARE FOOT). INCHES THICK. b. INSTALL BOARDS HORIZONTALLY UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1.10 ATTACHMENT SYSTEM C. PILASTER PLINTH: STAINLESS STEEL, ASTM A 666, 18-8 TYPE 304; 4 INCH HEIGHT. SECTION 101100 - VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACES D. BRACKETS (FITTINGS): c. CUT AND FIT INSULATION TIGHT TO PROTRUSIONS OR INTERRUPTIONS TO THE INSULATION PLANE. A. INSTALLATION HARDWARE: PARTIALLY EMBEDDED. 1.1 SUMMARY 1. STIRRUP TYPE: EAR OR U-BRACKETS, CHROME-PLATED, NONFERROUS CAST ZINC ALLOY (ZAMAC) OR CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM. 4. SCREW / WASHER FASTENERS: 1.11 EXAMINATION o. PLACE FASTENERS WITH WASHERS WITHIN 4 INCHES OF EDGES OF BOARDS AND MAXIMUM 24 INCHES ON CENTER. A. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, CAREFULLY INSPECT INSTALLED WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY THAT SUCH WORK IS COMPLETE TO THE POINT WHERE A. SECTION INCLUDES: VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS INCLUDING LIQUID MARKER TYPE WHITEBOARDS AND CORK TACKBOARDS WITH TRIM, HARDWARE, AND 2. FULL-HEIGHT (CONTINUOUS) TYPE: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DESIGN; STAINLESS STEEL. b. INSTALL BOARDS HORIZONTALLY UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. WORK OF THIS SECTION MAY PROPERLY COMMENCE. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND TIMELY ACCESSORIES. 1.6 ACCESSORIES c. CUT AND FIT INSULATION TIGHT TO PROTRUSIONS OR INTERRUPTIONS TO THE INSULATION PLANE. COMPLETION OF THE WORK. 1.2 MANUFACTURERS A. HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES: HEAVY-DUTY OPERATING HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES. 1.11 CLEANING B. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL ALL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE RESOLVED. BEGINNING WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF SITE CONDITIONS 1. MATERIAL: CHROME-PLATED, NONFERROUS, CAST ZINC ALLOY (ZAMAC). A. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS OFFERING PRODUCTS THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO A. CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES OF ACOUSTICAL PANEL TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR CLEANING. AND RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTIVE INSTALLATION CAUSED BY PRIOR OBSERVABLE CONDITIONS. B. ANCHORAGES AND FASTENERS: EXPOSED FASTENERS OF STAINLESS STEEL; FINISHED TO MATCH HARDWARE, WITH THEFT-RESISTANT-TYPE HEADS. B. REMOVE AND REPLACE TILES, WHICH CANNOT BE SUCCESSFULLY CLEANED AND REPAIRED TO PERMANENTLY ELIMINATE EVIDENCE OF DAMAGE. 1.12 INSTALLATION THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED T0, THE FOLLOWING: PROVIDE TAMPER-PROOF TORX-PIN THROUGH-BOLT. FOR CONCEALED ANCHORS, USE HOT-DIP GALVANIZED OR OTHER RUST-RESISTANT, 1.12 PROTECTION A. INSTALL BAFFLES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 1. AARCO PRODUCTS, INC. PROTECTIVE-COATED STEEL. A. PROTECT INSTALLED WORK FROM DAMAGE DUE TO SUBSEQUENT CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY, INCLUDING TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY LIMITATIONS AND DUST B. INSTALL BAFFLES IN ACCORDANCE WITH QUANTITY AND LAY-OUTS AS SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 2. BEST-RITE MANUFACTURING. 1.7 FABRICATION CONTROL, SO THAT THE WORK WILL BE WITHOUT DAMAGE AND DETERIORATION AT THE TIME OF ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER. 1.13 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING 3. CLARIDGE PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT, INC. A. FLOOR MOUNTED UNITS: CORROSION-RESISTANT ANCHORING ASSEMBLIES COMPLETE WITH THREADED RODS, LOCK WASHERS, AND LEVELING A. REPLACE DAMAGED AND BROKEN PANELS. ADJUSTMENT NUTS AT PILASTERS FOR CONNECTION TO STRUCTURAL SUPPORT AT FLOOR. PROVIDE PLINTHS AT BOTTOMS OF PILASTERS TO CONCEAL SECTION 098436 - FIXED SOUND ABSORBING CEILING UNITS B. CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES OF BAFFLES PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 4. GREENSTEEL DIVISION OF POLYVISION CORPORATION. ANCHORAGE. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 1.3 MATERIALS B. DOORS: 24-INCH WIDE IN-SWINGING DOORS FOR STANDARD TOILET COMPARTMENTS AND 36-INCH WIDE OUT-SWINGING DOORS WITH A MINIMUM A. CUSTOM FABRICATED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SOUND CONTROL PANELS. SECTION 099000 - PAINTING AND COATING A. SURFACE MATERIAL: MELAMINE. 32-INCH WIDE CLEAR OPENING FOR COMPARTMENTS INDICATED TO BE ACCESSIBLE TO PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1.1 SUMMARY 1. HINGES: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SELF-CLOSING TYPE THAT CAN BE ADJUSTED TO HOLD DOORS OPEN AT ANY ANGLE UP TO 90 DEGREES. Architect: A. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: A. SECTION INCLUDES: PROVIDE PAINTING AND FINISHING OF EXPOSED ITEMS AND SURFACES. B. ALUMINUM EXTRUSIONS: ASTM 13221, MINIMUM 1.6 MM (0.062 INCH) WALL THICKNESS. FASTEN WITH TAMPER-PROOF TORX-PIN HEAD THROUGH BOLTS. Woods Bagot 1. SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS (ASTM E84): 1. SURFACE PREPARATION, PRIMING AND COATS OF PAINT ARE IN ADDITION TO SHOP PRIMING AND SURFACE TREATMENT SPECIFIED UNDER OTHER 1.4 FABRICATION 2. LATCH AND KEEPER: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD RECESSED LATCH UNIT DESIGNED FOR EMERGENCY ACCESS AND WITH COMBINATION o. FLAME SPREAD: 25, MAXIMUM. SECTIONS OF WORK. A. WHITEBOARDS: MELAMINE WRITING SURFACE MANUFACTURED SPECIFICALLY FOR USE STANDARD DRY ERASE MARKER SYSTEMS. RUBBER-FACED DOOR STRIKE AND KEEPER. PROVIDE UNITS THAT COMPLY WITH ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING www.woodsbagot.com b. SMOKE DEVELOPED: 450, MAXIMUM. 2. PAINTING AND FINISHING INCLUDES FIELD FINISHING OF EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR ITEMS NOT LISTED AS "SURFACES NOT TO BE PAINTED" UNLESS 1. COLOR: WHITE. JURISDICTION AT COMPARTMENTS INDICATED TO BE ACCESSIBLE TO PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES COMPLETE WITH EXTERNAL IN-USE" INDICATOR. 1.3 ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS CLEARLY INDICATED OTHERWISE. FASTEN WITH TAMPER-PROOF TORX-PIN HEAD THROUGH BOLTS. A. MANUFACTURER: KINETICS NOISE CONTROL (DUBLIN, OH; 614-889-0480) "S-4 ABSORBER PANELS'. 3. PAINTING AND FINISHING INCLUDES FIELD FINISHING OF SELECT SHOP FINISHED ITEMS WHERE INDICATED AS REQUIRED TO MATCH ADJACENT 2- ACCESSORIES: TWO SETS OF DRY-ERASE MARKERS SAN83056. 3. COAT HOOK: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COMBINATION HOOK AND RUBBER-TIPPED BUMPER, SIZED TO PREVENT DOOR FROM HITTING Consultant: 1. THICKNESS: 1 INCHES (25 MM). SURFACES, SUCH AS MECHANICAL GRILLES AND REGISTERS. B. TACKBOARD: NATURAL DENSE, SELF HEALING CORK SURFACE WITH CLOTH BACKING MOUNTED ON MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FIBERBOARD BACKING. COMPARTMENT-MOUNTED ACCESSORIES. Thorson Baker & Associates 2. SIZE: [48 INCHES WIDE BY 96 INCHES HIGH][1219 MM WIDE BY 2438 MM HIGH][AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.] 4. FIELD PAINT EXPOSED BARE AND COVERED PIPES, DUCTS, AND HANGERS, EXPOSED STEEL AND IRON WORK, AND PRIMED METAL SURFACES OF 1. COLOR: NATURAL CORK. 4. DOOR BUMPER: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD RUBBER-TIPPED BUMPER AT OUT-SWINGING DOORS. 3. CONSTRUCTION: 3 PCF 48 KG M3 DENSITY FIBERGLASS CORE ENCAPSULATED AND SEALED WITH FIBERGLASS REINFORCED FILM. EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK IN OCCUPIED SPACES. DOOR PULL: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD UNIT AT OUT-SWINGING DOORS THAT COMPLIES WITH ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES www.thorsonbaker.com o. COLOR: WHITE. [ ][ / ] B. RELATED SECTIONS: SHOP PRIMING OF FERROUS METAL ITEMS IS INCLUDED UNDER VARIOUS SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. C. FRAMES: EXTRUDED ANODIZED SATIN FINISH ALUMINUM, FACTORY APPLIED, CONCEALED FASTENING; INTEGRAL MARKER TRAY FOR WHITEBOARDS. 5. HAVING JURISDICTION. PROVIDE UNITS ON BOTH SIDES OF DOORS AT COMPARTMENTS INDICATED TO BE ACCESSIBLE TO PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES 1. FRAMED UNITS: FABRICATE ONE PIECE UNITS WITHOUT JOINTS. 4. EDGE DETAIL: SQUARE WITH SOFT CORNER. C. SURFACES NOT TO BE PAINTED: C. URINAL SCREEN SIZE: 18 X 42 INCHES. 5. SOUND ABSORPTION (ASTM C423); NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT. 1. FINISHED ITEMS INCLUDING FINISHED METAL SURFACES. 2. FACTORY FABRICATE: FACTORY FABRICATE EXCEPT WHERE TOO LARGE FOR SHIPPING. 1.8 EXAMINATION Consultant: 2. WALLS AND CEILINGS IN CONCEALED AREAS AND GENERALLY INACCESSIBLE AREAS. A. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, CAREFULLY INSPECT INSTALLED WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY THAT SUCH WORK IS COMPLETE TO THE POINT WHERE o. [1 INCH][25 MM] PANEL: 0.95, MINIMUM. D. ATTACHMENT HARDWARE: MANUFACTURERS STANDARD FULLY CONCEALED ATTACHMENT SYSTEM FOR SECURING UNITS TO WALL SURFACES. Thorson Baker $c Associates 1.4 IMPALING PINS 3. MOVING PARTS OF OPERATING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL UNITS. WORK OF THIS SECTION MAY PROPERLY COMMENCE. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND TIMELY 4. LABELS: KEEP EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION AND FIRE RATING LABELS FREE OF PAINT. 1.5 INSTALLATION COMPLETION OF THE WORK. A. MANUFACTURER: AGM INDUSTRIES, INC. (BROCTON, MA) "TACT00 INSUL-HANGERS". 5. PLASTIC SMOKE STOPS AND WEATHERSTRIPPING AT DOORS. www.thorsonbaker.com 1. IMPALING SPINDLE: A. SECURELY MOUNT WHITEBOARDS AND TACKBOARDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, LEVEL AND TRUE TO LINE. B. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL ALL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE RESOLVED. BEGINNING WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF SITE CONDITIONS 1.2 MANUFACTURERS AND RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTIVE INSTALLATION CAUSED BY PRIOR OBSERVABLE CONDITIONS. a. MINIMUM 12 GAUGE MILD STEEL WITH CORROSION RESISTANT COATING. 1. MULTIPLE UNITS: PROVIDE FLUSH, BUTT, HAIRLINE JOINTS TO ENSURE A SMOOTH WRITING SURFACE BETWEEN WHITEBOARDS. 1.9 PREPARATION b. 1/2 INCH LONGER THAN THICKNESS OF INSULATION BOARD AND AS REQUIRED TO SUITE INSTALLATION. A. AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, MANUFACTURERS THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, Consultant: / BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: A. FURNISH INSERTS AND ANCHORAGES WHICH MUST BE BUILT INTO OTHER WORK FOR INSTALLATION OF PANELS AND ACCESSORIES. COORDINATE 2. BASE PLATE: GALVANIZED STEEL, PERFORATED. 1. BENJAMIN MOORE & CO. SECTION 101400 - SIGNAGE DELIVERY AS NECESSARY TO AVOID DELAYS, ISP Design, Inc. o. SELF LOCKING WASHERS: [STAINLESS] [GALVANIZED] STEEL. SIZE AND TYPE CAPABLE OF SECURELY AND RIGIDLY FASTENING INSULATION 2. SHERWIN-WILLIAMS CO. 1.1 SUMMARY B. COORDINATE THE PLACEMENT OF BLOCKING SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE. BOARD IN PLACE AND SUPPORTING INSULATION BOARD WEIGHT. ASSUME 3 POUNDS MAXIMUM WEIGHT PER HANGER ASSEMBLY. 3. VALSPAR. www.ispdesign.com B. IMPALING PIN ADHESIVE: A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1.10 INSTALLATION 1.3 MATERIALS A. INSTALL SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ALL CONFLICTS WITH MANUFACTURER'S 1. MON-ECO INDUSTRIES, INC., "MEI ECO-HANGER GRIP ADHESIVE". A. MATERIAL QUALITY: TOP LINE QUALITY COMMERCIAL GRADE (PROFESSIONAL PAINTER) PAINTS; MATERIALS NOT BEARING MANUFACTURER'S IDENTIFICATION 1. PROVIDE GENERAL SIGNAGE AS INDICATED COMPLETE WITH POWER, ATTACHMENT DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES. RECOMMENDATIONS. 2. AGM INDUSTRIES, INC. (BROCTON, MA) "TACT00, ADHESIVE GPA-72.° AS A BEST GRADE PRODUCT SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. 2. INSTALLATION OF OWNER FURNISHED PENDANT LOGOS AND GRAPHIC LIGHT BOXES (RSA). B. OVERHEAD-BRACED PARTITIONS: PROVIDE FOR ADJUSTMENT OF FLOOR VARIATIONS WITH SCREW JACK THROUGH STEEL SADDLES INTEGRAL WITH 1.5 ACCESSORIES 1. PRIMERS: PREMIUM GRADE PRIMERS RECOMMENDED BY PAINT MANUFACTURER FOR SUBSTRATES INDICATED AND FOR FINISH SYSTEMS SPECIFIED. PILASTER, SECURE PILASTERS TO FLOOR AND LEVEL, PLUMB, AND TIGHTEN INSTALLATION WITH DEVICES FURNISHED. CONCEAL FLOOR FASTENINGS A. CONSTRUCTION TAPE: "GILD-R-TAPE", NOMINAL 2 INCH WIDE, WATERPROOF, PRESSURE SENSITIVE, UV RESISTANT SEALING TAPE SPECIFIED FOR TYPE 2. UNDERCOATS AND BARRIER COATS: UNDERCOAT PAINTS PRODUCED BY SAME MANUFACTURER AS FINISH COATS; USE ONLY THINNERS APPROVED 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS WITH STAINLESS STEEL SHOES. MAKE PROVISIONS FOR SETTING AND SECURING CONTINUOUS ALUMINUM OVERHEAD-BRACING TUBE AT TOP OF EACH AND QUALITY. BY PAINT MANUFACTURER, AND USE ONLY WITHIN RECOMMENDED LIMITS. A. MAKE SUBMITTALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 013300. PILASTER. 1.6 FABRICATION 3. FINISH COATS: PROVIDE FINISH COATS CAPABLE OF BEING WASHED WITH MILD DETERGENT WITHOUT LOSS OF COLOR, SHEEN, OR PIGMENTS. A. GENERAL: TREAT FABRIC WRAPPED PANELS USING HEAT SHRINK PROCESS TO DEVELOP FULLY TAUT FACING. o. COLOR PIGMENTS: PURE, NON-FADING, APPLICABLE TYPES TO SUIT SUBSTRATES AND SERVICE INDICATED; NO LEAD CONTENT PERMITTED. B. PRODUCT DATA: FURNISH MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE AND INDICATE EACH SIGN TYPE, STYLE, COLOR, AND METHOD OF ATTACHMENT. C. PANELS: 1.3 MANUFACTURERS 1. INSTALL PANELS RIGID, SQUARE, PLUMB, AND LEVEL. 1.7 EXAMINATION 4. FINISH COAT: COMPATIBLE WITH PRIME PAINTS, UNDERCOATS, AND BARRIER COATS USED. 2. SECURE PANELS TO WALLS WITH NOT LESS THAN 2 STIRRUP BRACKETS. LOCATE STIRRUP BRACKETS SO THAT HOLES FOR WALL ANCHORAGES A. SITE VERIFICATION OF CONDITIONS: VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS, WHICH HAVE BEEN PREVIOUSLY INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS, ARE o. REVIEW OTHER SPECIFICATION SECTIONS IN WHICH PRIME PAINTS ARE PROVIDED; ENSURE COMPATIBILITY OF TOTAL COATINGS SYSTEMS. A. MANUFACTURERS: OCCUR IN MASONRY OR TILE JOINTS. SECURE PANELS IN POSITION WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED ANCHORING DEVICES. ACCEPTABLE FOR PRODUCT INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. b. UPON REQUEST FROM OTHER TRADES FURNISH INFORMATION ON CHARACTERISTICS OF FINISH MATERIALS PROPOSED FOR USE. 1 GENIUS LOGOS, PLAQUE AND VINYL SIGNAGE. THOMAS SWAN (SAN FRANCISCO, CA- CONTACT MIKE ROBERTS 415-621-1511). NO SUBSTITUTIONS. 3. PROVIDE MAXIMUM 1/2 INCH CLEARANCES BETWEEN PILASTERS AND PANELAND MAXIMUM 1 INCH CLEARANCE BETWEEN PANELS AND WALLS.DO NOT INSTALL PANELS UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE CORRECTED. c. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF ANY ANTICIPATED PROBLEMS IN USE OF SPECIFIED COATING SYSTEMS WITH PREVIOUSLY PRIMED 4. SECURE PANELS TO PILASTERS WITH NOT LESS THAN TWO STIRRUP BRACKETS LOCATED TO ALIGN WITH STIRRUP BRACKETS AT WALL.1.8 INSTALLATION WITH IMPALING PINS SUBSTRATES. 2. INWALL STOREFRONT LOGOS LESS THAN 6 FEET: THOMAS SWAN (SAN FRANCISCO, CA; CONTACT MIKE ROBERTS, 415-621-1511). NO DDOORS: A. COMPLIANCE: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA, INCLUDING PRODUCT TECHNICAL BULLETINS, PRODUCT CATALOG INSTALLATION B. COLORS AND FINISHES: REFER TO DRAWING FINISH LEGEND. SUBSTITUTIONS. D. 1. EQUIP EACH DOOR WITH HINGES, ONE DOOR LATCH AND ONE COAT HOOK AND BUMPER, PROVIDE DOOR PULL ON OUTSWINGING DOORS. INSTRUCTIONS AND PRODUCT CARTON INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION. 1. FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF COLORS WILL BE FROM SAMPLES APPLIED ON SITE. 3. INWALL STOREFRONT LOGOS GREATER THEN 6 FEET: REYNOLDS SIGNS (IRVING, TX; CONTACT TOMMY REYNOLDS, 972-870-1594). NO 2. HANG DOORS AND ADJUST FOR UNIFORM CLEARANCES AT VERTICAL EDGES OF DOORS NOT EXCEEDING 3/16 INCH, WITH TOPS OF DOORS B. INSTALL IMPALING PINS TO [CONCRETE] [STEEL DECKING] [WOOD DECKING]. C. VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) EMISSIONS: SELECT MATERIALS THAT GENERATE LEAST AMOUNT OF POLLUTION; CONSIDER POLLUTION AND SUBSTITUTIONS. PARALLEL TO OVERHEAD BRACE WHEN DOORS ARE IN CLOSED POSITION. C' C. INSTALL IMPALING PINS AT MAXIMUM 16 INCH ON CENTER EACH WAY, 4 INCH (100 MM) FROM EDGE OF INSULATION, AND AS NECESSARY TO SUPPORT VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) EMISSIONS GENERATED DURING MANUFACTURING, TRANSPORT, INSTALLATION, USE, AND DISPOSAL. 1.4 MATERIALS 3. INSTALL DOOR STRIKE KEEPER AND DOOR BUMPER ON EACH PILASTER IN ALIGNMENT WITH DOOR LATCH. N ,/11 WEIGHT OF INSULATION BOARD. 1. AVOID MATERIALS THAT CONTAIN OZONE DEPLETING CHEMICALS AND THAT EMIT POTENTIALLY HARMFUL VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC); LIMIT 4. ADJUST HINGES TO LOCATE DOORS IN PARTIAL OPEN POSITION WHEN UNLATCHED. •�, CAR, � A. ACRYLIC: ASTM D4802, FINISH 1 (SMOOTH OR POLISHED), CATEGORY A-1 (CELL-CAST SHEET); FREE OF BLEMISHES, CARBON DEPOSITS, BUBBLES, C,� VOt ( C; SECTION 102623 - PROTECTIVE WALL COVERING SECTION 102813 - TOILET ACCESSORIES SECTION 105113 - METAL LOCKERS SECTION 105626 - MOBILE STORAGE SHELVING 1.1 SUMMARY 1.1 SUMMARY 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: A. SECTION INCLUDES: PROVIDE MOVABLE COMPACT STORAGE SYSTEM, WITH CARRIAGES, CARRIAGE RAILS, RAISED SAFETY FLOOR SECTIONS FLUSH WITH 1. RIGID VINYL SHEET FOR WALL PROTECTION. A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. HEAVY DUTY KNOCK DOWN METAL LOCKERS WITH METAL BASE, HARDWARE, LATCHES, DIGITAL LOCKS, ATTACHMENT HARDWARE, AND INFILL PANELS. RAIL TOPS, STORAGE UNITS AND ITEMS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE, OPERABLE SYSTEM. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS 1. TOILET AND CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES WITH ATTACHMENT HARDWARE AND ROUGH-IN FRAMES. 1.2 ACCEPTABLE LOCKERS 1. MOBILE SYSTEM: MECHANICALLY ASSISTED CARRIAGES ON RAILS, CARRIAGE DRIVE MECHANISM AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT. A. PRODUCT DATA: MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED PRODUCT DATA FOR EACH TYPE OF RIGID VINYL SHEET SPECIFIED. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. BASIS-OF-DESIGN PRODUCT: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PENCO PRODUCTS, INC., SUBSIDIARY OF VESPER CORPORATION 2. INTEGRAL FIXED STORAGE: PROVIDE MATCHING FIXED TYPE STORAGE SYSTEMS. B. LAYOUT DRAWINGS: PLAN LAYOUT IDENTIFYING WALL LOCATIONS WHERE RIGID VINYL SHEETS WILL BE INSTALLED. A. MAKE SUBMITTALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 013300. ALL-WELDED LOCKERS SPECIFIED IN DRAWINGS FF&E SCHEDULE. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. SUBSTITUTIONS NOT PERMITTED. A. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS: PROVIDE COMPLETE COMPACTED STORAGE SYSTEM PRODUCED BY SINGLE MANUFACTURER, INCLUDING NECESSARY MOUNTING A. FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATION: TESTED TO ASTM E84 (UL 723) WITH FOLLOWING RESULTS: B. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA ILLUSTRATING EACH ACCESSORY AT LARGE SCALE. 1.3 MATERIALS BRACKETS, ACCESSORIES, FITTINGS AND FASTENINGS. 1, FLAME SPREAD: MAXIMUM 25. 1.3 MANUFACTURERS: BOBRICK WASHROOM EQUIPMENT, INC. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, SUBSTITUTIONS NOT PERMITTED. A. SHEET STEEL: ASTM A526; COMMERCIAL QUALITY, ZINC-COATED, CARBON STEEL SHEET, HOT-DIP GALVANIZED ACCORDING TO ASTM A924 AND A653, 2. SMOKE DENSITY: MAXIMUM 450. A. TOILET ACCESSORIES: OPERATION.WITH MINIMUM A60 COATING DESIGNATION. 1. DRIVE/GUIDE SYSTEM: PROVIDE DRIVE SYSTEM WHICH PREVENTS CARRIAGE WHIPPING, BINDING AND EXCESSIVE WHEEL/RAIL WEAR UNDER NORMAL B. SELF EXTINGUISHING: ASTM D635-74; CC1 CLASSIFICATION. 1. THICKNESSES: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD MATERIAL FOR SPECIFIED LOCKERS. a. PROVIDE SYNCHRONIZED DRIVE WITH MINIMUM OF ONE WHEEL ASSEMBLY DRIVING BOTH SIDES OF CARRIAGE AT CENTER LOCATION REQUIRED. C. IMPACT STRENGTH: 30.4 FT-LBS/ INCH OF THICKNESS AS TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D256. 1. GRAB BARS (GB): B. FITTINGS: MANUFACTURERS STANDARD FITTINGS FOR LOCKER TYPES INDICATED, INCLUDING LOCKING HANDLE, DOOR NUMBERS, AND RUBBER BUMPERS. D. CHEMICAL AND STAIN RESISTANCE: STAIN RESISTANT WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D543. o. GB-1 = B-5806X42 FOR SIDEWALL AT WATERCLOSET C. FASTENERS: ZINC OR NICKEL PLATED STEEL; SLOTLESS TYPE EXPOSED BOLT HEADS; SELF LOCKING NUTS OR LOCK WASHERS FOR NUTS ON MOVING DRIVE SHAFT SHALL EXHIBIT NO PLAY OR LOOSENESS OVER THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THAT ASSEMBLY. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING b. GB-2 = B-5806X36 CENTERED BEHIND WATERCLOSET PARTS. b. BEARING SURFACES: ROTATING LOAD BEARING MEMBERS WITH BALL OR ROLLER BEARINGS. PROVIDE SHAFTS WITH PILLOW BLOCK OR FLANGED A. DELIVER MATERIALS IN UNOPENED FACTORY PACKAGING TO THE JOBSITE AFTER PAINTING AND FINISHING WORK IS COMPLETED. c. GB-3 = B-5806X18 FOR SIDEWALL AT WATERCLOSET 1.4 FABRICATION SELF ALIGNING TYPE BEARINGS. B. INSPECT MATERIALS AT DELIVERY TO ASSURE THAT SPECIFIED PRODUCTS HAVE BEEN RECEIVED. A. SIZES: 2. MECHANICALLY ASSISTED OPERATION: CONTROL UNITS USING OPERATOR HANDLE WITH HANDLE MOUNTED TO END PANELS. C. STORE IN ORIGINAL PACKAGING IN A CLIMATE CONTROLLED LOCATION AWAY FROM DIRECT SUNLIGHT. 2. PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER / WASTE RECEPTACLE (PTD/WR): B-38034. 1. 4-TIER TYPE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. a. CONNECT HANDLE TO DRIVE SHAFTS WITH CHAIN-AND-SPROCKET SYSTEM UTILIZING SELF ADJUSTING CHAIN TENSIONERS TO PROVIDE 1.5 MATERIALS 3. SANITARY NAPKIN RECEPTACLE (SNR): (WOMEN'S and UNISEX ONLY). 2. UNIT WIDTH: 12 INCH. MECHANICALLY ASSISTED OPERATION. A. VINYL: CHEMICAL AND STAIN RESISTANT POLYVINYL CHLORIDE WITH THE ADDITION OF IMPACT MODIFIERS. NO ADDED PLASTICIZERS PERMITTED. 3. UNIT DEPTH: 12 INCH. b. PROVIDE ANTI-DRIFT DEVICE/PARKING BRAKE IN END PANELS TO INHIBIT CARRIAGE MOVEMENT BY KEEPING UPPER DRIVE SPROCKET FROM 1.6 MANUFACTURER o. RECESSED MOUNTED = B-35303 4. HEIGHT: 18 INCH PER UNIT; 72 INCH OVERALL HEIGHT, ABOVE BASE. MOVING. A. DESIGN BASIS: CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE BASED ON PRODUCTS BY IPC DOOR AND WALL PROTECTION SYSTEMS, INPRO CORPORATION b. PARTITION MOUNTED = B-254 5. BASE: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. c. PROVIDE GEAR RATIO AS REQUIRED FOR MAXIMUM 0.91 POUND FORCE OF EFFORT AT WHEEL TO MOVE 1,000 POUNDS OF CARRIAGE WEIGHT. (WWW.INPR000RP.COM) 4. TOILET PAPER DISPENSER (TPD): 6. FILLERS: PROVIDE FILLER PANELS TO CLOSE OFF OPENINGS BETWEEN LOCKERS AND BETWEEN LOCKERS AND ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. 1. SUBSTITUTIONS NOT PERMITTED B. BODIES: FORM BACKS, TOPS, BOTTOMS, SIDES, AND INTERMEDIATE PARTITIONS OF FLANGED SHEET STEEL, KNOCK DOWN CONSTRUCTION. B. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS (SEISMIC LOADS WHERE APPLICABLE): DESIGN SYSTEM TO RESIST MINIMUM LATERAL SEISMIC FORCE, FP=0.25 WP, IN 1.7 MANUFACTURED UNITS o. RECESSED MOUNTED = B-6977 C. DOOR: ONE PIECE STEEL SHEET, FLANGED AT ALL EDGES, CONSTRUCTED TO PREVENT SPRINGING WHEN OPENING OR CLOSING; FABRICATE TO SWING ANY DIRECTION, WITHIN ALLOWABLE WORKING STRESSES PERMITTED BY CURRENT VERSION OF THE IBC. A. RIGID VINYL SHEET: b. PARTITION MOUNTED = B-6867 180 DEGREES. 1. MAXIMUM LATERAL DEFLECTION: 5/8" AT TOP OF SHELVING. 1. ITEM NUMBER 405; 4 FOOT BY 8 FOOT, 0.040 INCH THICKNESS, STANDARD. 1. PROVIDE RECESSED NUMBER PLATES; NUMBER DOORS CONSECUTIVELY FROM TOP LEFT, TOP TO BOTTOM, LEFT TO RIGHT. 2. WP IS DEFINED AS "TOTAL WEIGHT OF SHELVING SYSTEM PLUS 50 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT PSF OF SHELVING TO ACCOUNT FOR BOOK 5. SEAT COVER DISPENSER (SCD): ( ) 2. BACKING: UNBACKED. 2. LOCKING HANDLE: PREP FOR DIGILOCK STS-691-01-21 WITH THE FOLLOWING ACCESSORIES: STORAGE." 3. VINYL ACCESSORIES: c. RECESSED MOUNTED = B-3013 o. ONE PROGRAMMING KEY: 01-PKPJ1-01. a. ITEM NUMBER 405407 TOP CAP; LENGTH: 10 FEET. b. PARTITION MOUNTED = B-221 b. THREE MANAGERS KEYS: 01-MRGPJ-01. 3. INVESTIGATE STRESSES AND DEFLECTIONS FOR FOLLOWING MINIMUM CONDITIONS: b. ITEM NUMBER 405409 INSIDE CORNER; LENGTH: 8 FEET STANDARD. 6. SOAP DISPENSER (SD): SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS. c. USER INSTRUCTION LABELS: 89-LBLTT-01. ONE LABEL PER LOCK. o. SHELVES FULLY LOADED IN COMBINATION WITH SEISMIC FORCES. 4. COLOR MATCHED CAULK: 580 COLOR MATCHED VINYLSEAL D. DOOR FRAME: FORMED CHANNEL SHAPES. b. SHELVES LOADED ONE SIDE OF CENTER POSTS IN COMBINATION WITH SEISMIC FORCES. 1.8 ADHESIVES 7. COAT HOOK (CH): FSB 3646-01 WITH INTEGRATRED DOOR STOP, STAINLESS STEEL. E. FINISH EDGES SMOOTH WITHOUT BURRS. c. SHELVES LOADED ONE SIDE OF CENTER POSTS; LATERAL DEFLECTION AT TOP OF SHELVING SHALL NOT EXCEED 3/8". A. NONFLAMMABLE, HIGH STRENGTH, WATER BASED ADHESIVE THAT TROWELS ON AND ALLOWS APPROXIMATELY 20 MINUTES WORKING TIME BEFORE FIRMING. 8. MIRROR (MR): SPECIFIED IN SECTION 088000. F. FABRICATE LOCKERS SQUARE, RIGID, AND WITHOUT WARP, WITH METAL FACES FLAT AND FREE OF DENTS AND DISTORTIONS. C. OVERHEAD BRACING BETWEEN RANGES: NOT ALLOWED. 1. PRODUCTS BY FOLLOWING MANUFACTURERS ARE ACCEPTABLE: B. UNDERLAVATORY GUARDS: G. FABRICATE LOCKERS FOR QUIET OPERATION WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD RATTLE FREE LATCHING MECHANISM AND MOVING COMPONENTS ISOLATED D. DIAGONAL SWAY BRACING: NOT ALLOWED. a. 3M FASTBOND 30. TO PREVENT METAL-TO-METAL CONTACT. E. SHELF LOADING: DESIGN SHELVING FOR MINIMUM 50 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT WITH TEMPORARY DEFLECTION NOT TO EXCEED 3/16 INCH AND WITH b. INPRO BOND ADHESIVE. 1. PLUMBEREX SPECIALTY PRODUCTS. 1. REINFORCE INNER FACE OF DOOR WITH A STEEL SHEET PANEL FILLED WITH SOUND DEADENING INSULATION. NO PERMANENT DEFLECTION. c. FORMULATED SOLUTIONS, LLC "XT-2000+". 2. BROCAR PRODUCTS, INC. H. FINISHING: 1.9 FINISHES 1. CLEAN, DEGREASE, NEUTRALIZE, AND FINISH WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PROCESS. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 3. TDIAL AC, INC. a. COLOR: WHITE UNLESS OTHERWISE SELECTED BY OWNER. A. MAKE SUBMITTALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 013300. A. COLOR C. CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES: 1. RIGID VINYL: FEATHER 0238. 1.5 INSTALLATION, ADJUSTING, AND CLEANING B. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE. o. SURFACE TEXTURE: VELVET. 1. MOP & BROOM HOLDER (MH): B-223 x 24. A. TAKE SITE DIMENSIONS AFFECTING THIS WORK, ENSURE PREPARATORY WORK IS PROPERLY SIZED AND LOCATED. C. SHOP DRAWINGS: INCLUDE ELEVATIONS AT 1/2 INCH SCALE, AND HALF SIZE DETAIL SECTIONS OF EVERY TYPICAL COMPOSITE MEMBER. B. TOP CAPS, INSIDE CORNERS: COLOR MATCH RIGID VINYL. D. BREAK ROOM ACCESSORIES: B. INSTALL LOCKERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, SECURE, PLUMB, LEVEL, SQUARE, AND IN 1. SHOW ANCHORS, JOINT SYSTEM AND OTHER COMPONENTS NOT INCLUDED IN MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DATA. 1.10 EXAMINATION LINE. A. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, CAREFULLY INSPECT INSTALLED WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY THAT SUCH WORK IS COMPLETE TO THE POINT WHERE 1. PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER (PTD): B-262. C. BOLT ADJOINING LOCKER UNITS TOGETHER TO PROVIDE RIGID INSTALLATION. 2. TEMPLATES AND DIAGRAMS: PROVIDE DATA TO FABRICATORS AND INSTALLERS OF RELATED WORK AS NEEDED FOR COORDINATION OF INSTALLATION. WORK OF THIS SECTION MAY PROPERLY COMMENCE. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND TIMELY 1.4 MATERIALS D. INSTALL METAL BASES, END PANELS, AND FILLER PANELS TO CLOSE OFF OPENINGS AND AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. D. STRUCTURAL CERTIFICATION: FURNISH CERTIFICATION BY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER REGISTERED IN PROJECT STATE VERIFYING CONFORMANCE TO COMPLETION OF THE WORK. A TAI T SHEET: ASTM A666 COMMERCIAL GRADE TYPE 302 304 GAGES AS STANDARD WITH MANUFACTURER OF SPECIFIED ITEMS. E. ADJUST DOORS AND LATCHES TO OPERATE EASILY WITHOUT BINDING; VERIFY INTEGRAL DEVICES ARE OPERATING PROPERLY. PERFORMANCE CRITERIA SPECIFIED AND APPLICABLE CODES, INCLUDING SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS WHERE IN SEISMIC ZONE. A. STAINLESS STEEL S EE / B. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL ALL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE RESOLVED. BEGINNING WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF SITE CONDITIONS F. CLEAN INTERIOR AND EXPOSED EXTERIOR SURFACES; TOUCH UP MARRED FINISHES AND REPLACE LOCKERS WHICH CANNOT BE RESTORED TO FACTORY 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTIVE INSTALLATION CAUSED BY PRIOR OBSERVABLE CONDITIONS. B. STAINLESS STEEL TUBING: ASTM A269, COMMERCIAL GRADE, SEAMLESS WELDED. FINISHED APPEARANCE. A. QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLERS: PROVIDE UNITS PRODUCED BY FIRM WITH MINIMUM FIVE YEARS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE IN INSTALLATION OF 1.11 PREPARATION C. SHEET STEEL: ASTM A1008, COLD ROLLED STRETCHER LEVELED; MINIMUM G90 GALVANIZED COATING, ASTM A924 AND A653. COMPACTED STORAGE SYSTEMS, OF TYPE REQUIRED FOR PROJECT. A. GENERAL: PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, CLEAN SUBSTRATE TO REMOVE DUST, DEBRIS AND LOOSE PARTICLES. D. ADHESIVE: EPDXY TYPE CONTACT CEMENT AS RECOMMENDED BY ACCESSORY MANUFACTURER. SECTION 105613 - METAL STORAGE SHELVING B. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: CONFORM TO APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS FOR RACK STORAGE AND OTHER APPLICABLE CODES 1.12 INSTALLATION 1.1 SUMMARY FOR SEISMIC LOADING AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING OSHA OR CAL OSHA AS APPLICABLE. A. GENERAL: LOCATE THE RIGID VINYL SHEET AS INDICATED ON THE APPROVED DETAIL DRAWING FOR THE APPROPRIATE SUBSTRATE AND IN COMPLIANCE E. FASTENERS, SCREWS, AND BOLTS: HOT DIP GALVANIZED; AS RECOMMENDED BY ACCESSORY MANUFACTURER FOR COMPONENT AND SUBSTRATE. A. SECTION INCLUDES: METAL STORAGE SHELVING SYSTEM WITH ACCESSORIES CAL/ OSHA ACCEPTABLE SYSTEMS WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. F. KEYS: FURNISH UNIVERSAL KEYS FOR ACCESS TO TOILET ACCESSORY UNITS REQUIRING INTERNAL ACCESS FOR SERVICING AND SUPPLY. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE B. INSTALLATION OF RIGID VINYL SHEET: 1. FURNISH MINIMUM SIX KEYS TO TENANT REPRESENTATIVE. A. PROVIDE METAL STORAGE SYSTEM PRODUCED BY SINGLE MANUFACTURER, INCLUDING NECESSARY MOUNTING BRACKETS, ACCESSORIES, FITTINGS AND A. BASIS OF DESIGN PRODUCT: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE DENSTOR MOBILE STORAGE SYSTEMS, INC. "SERIES 500" 1. ADHERE TO SUBSTRATE WITH ADHESIVE. 2. COIN OPERATED UNITS: PROVIDE LOCKED COIN BOX KEYED SEPARATELY FROM STANDARD UNITS, COIN OPERATED UNITS KEYED ALIKE. FASTENINGS. DISTRIBUTED BY STORAGE EQUIPMENT, INC., MINNEAPOLIS, MN. (952-920-9415) OR A COMPARABLE PRODUCT FROM ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: 2. SMOOTH ROLL SURFACE. B. PERFORMANCE CRITERIA: 1. AURORA MOBILE SYSTEMS (630-897-6951). C. INSTALL LEVEL AND PLUMB AT THE HEIGHT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 1.5 FABRICATION 1. SEISMIC LOADS: CONFORM TO APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS FOR STORAGE AND OTHER APPLICABLE CODES FOR SEISMIC 2. SPACESAVER CORP. (FORT ATKINSON, WISCONSIN). 1.13 CLEANING A. WELD AND GRIND SMOOTH JOINTS OF FABRICATED COMPONENTS. LOADING AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING OSHA, OR CAL/OSHA AS APPLICABLE. 1.6 MATERIALS A. AT COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION, CLEAN SURFACES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S CLEAN-UP AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. B. FORM EXPOSED SURFACES FROM ONE SHEET OF STOCK, FREE OF JOINTS. o. DESIGN SYSTEM, INCLUDING COLUMNS, BASES, CONNECTIONS AND ANCHORAGES TO RESIST MINIMUM LATERAL SEISMIC FORCE, FP=0.25 WP, IN ANY DIRECTION, WITHIN ALLOWABLE WORKING STRESSES PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE CODES. A. CARRIAGES: ALUMINUM LONGITUDINAL MEMBERS WELDED TOGETHER TO FORM RIGID CARRIAGE FREE FROM DISTORTION. C. FABRICATE UNITS WITH TIGHT SEAMS AND JOINTS, EXPOSED EDGES ROLLED; HANG DOORS AND ACCESS PANELS WITH CONTINUOUS PIANO HINGES; b. MAXIMUM LATERAL DEFLECTION: 5/8 INCH AT TOP OF SHELVING. 1. END PIECES AND CROSS MEMBERS: FABRICATED OF ALUMINUM AND WELDED IN PLACE TO LONGITUDINAL MEMBERS. PROVIDE CONCEALED ANCHORAGE WHERE POSSIBLE. c. WP IS DEFINED AS "TOTAL WEIGHT OF SHELVING SYSTEM PLUS 50 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT (PSF) OF SHELVING TO ACCOUNT FOR BOOK 2. CARRIAGES: EQUIP WITH HARDENED, GROUND AND BALANCED STEEL LOAD-BEARING WHEELS. D. PROVIDE STEEL ANCHOR PLATES AND ANCHOR COMPONENTS FOR INSTALLATION ON BUILDING FINISHES. STORAGE." o. PROVIDE MINIMUM TWO WHEELS PER RAIL ON EACH CARRIAGE. E. FORM SURFACES FLAT WITHOUT DISTORTION; MAINTAIN FLAT SURFACES WITHOUT SCRATCHES AND WITHOUT DENTS; FINISH EXPOSED EDGES EASED, FREE d. INVESTIGATE STRESSES AND DEFLECTIONS FOR SHELVES FULLY LOADED IN COMBINATION WITH SEISMIC FORCES. b. EQUIP WHEELS WITH BALL BEARINGS TO ENSURE SMOOTH OPERATION AND LONG LIFE UNDER FULL LOAD. OF SHARP EDGES WHERE POTENTIAL EXISTS FOR PHYSICAL CONTACT. 2. OVERHEAD BRACING BETWEEN SHELF UNITS: NOT ALLOWED. c. CARRIAGE CAPACITY: CAPABLE OF MOVING UP TO 60,000 POUNDS. F. BACK PAINT COMPONENTS WHERE CONTACT IS MADE WITH BUILDING FINISHES, TO PREVENT ELECTROLYSIS. 3. DIAGONAL SWAY BRACING: NOT ALLOWED. 3. GUIDE WHEELS: PROVIDE EACH CARRIAGE WITH TWO ADJUSTABLE GUIDE WHEELS CONTACTING BOTH SIDES OF RAIL AT EACH LOAD WHEEL. G. HOT DIP GALVANIZE FERROUS METAL ANCHORS AND FASTENING DEVICES. 4. SHELF LOADING: DESIGN SHELVING FOR MINIMUM 50PSF LIVE LOAD CAPACITY WITH TEMPORARY DEFLECTION NOT TO EXCEED 3/16 INCH WITH NO o. DESIGN TO ENSURE NON-BINDING OPERATION UNDER FULL LOAD. PERMANENT DEFLECTION. B. STATIONARY BASES: IDENTICAL IN CONSTRUCTION TO MOVABLE CARRIAGES DESCRIBED ABOVE WITH EXCEPTION THAT LOAD WHEELS AND GUIDE H. ASSEMBLE COMPONENTS IN SHOP; PACKAGE COMPLETE WITH ANCHORS AND FITTINGS. 1.3 MANUFACTURERS BEARINGS ARE TO BE FASTENED SECURELY TO RAILS SUPPORTING MOVABLE CARRIAGES. I. FINISHES: A. STOCK STORAGE SHELVING (SECURED AND OPEN TYPES) 4 SATIN FINISH; SATIN CHROME FINISH ACCEPTABLE WHERE STAINLESS STEEL NOT AVAILABLE FOR 1. TEIL HABER MANUFACTURING CORP; REFER TO FF&E SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS FOR MODEL NUMBERS. SUBSTITUTIONS NOT PERMITTED. C. RAILS: RIGID STEEL DESIGN SECURED TO CONCRETE FLOOR; SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH CARRIAGE WHEELS AND GUIDES TO BE MACHINED FOR 1. EXPOSED FINISHES: STAINLESS STEEL, � SMOOTHNESS AND STRAIGHTNESS. ACCESSORY ITEM LISTED OR SCHEDULED. B. GENIUS SHELVING UNITS WITH DIVIDERS 1. DESIGN RAILS TO ALLOW ADJUSTMENTS TO ENSURE PERMANENCE OF LEVELNESS, STRAIGHTNESS, PARALLELISM, ABSENCE OF TWISTING, AND PROPER 1. PENCO SHELVING; REFER TO FF&E SCHEDULE AND BACK-OF-HOUSE ELEVATIONS FOR PRODUCT INFORMATION AND CONFIGURATION. 2. CONCEALED SURFACES: TREAT AND CLEAN, SPRAY-APPLY ONE COAT PRIMER AND BAKED ENAMEL FINISH. a. CLOSED CLIPPER SHELVING UNITS; PART NUMBERS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO #164099, #1A4099, #12550H, #11650H, #1H223618C, OPERATION OF SYSTEM. 1.6 PREPARATION #14520H, AND #15870H. D. SAFETY FLOOR SECTION: MOUNT POSITIVE ACTING PASSIVE SAFETY FLOOR BETWEEN RAILS WITH TOP OF FLOOR FLUSH WITH TOP OF RAILS. A. DELIVER INSERTS, TEMPLATES, AND ROUGH IN FRAMES TO JOBISTE AT APPROPRIATE TIME FOR BUILDING IN. b. PROVIDE ALL ACCESSORIES NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO SWAY BRACES, ANGLE BRACES, 1. MAXIMUM SPACING BETWEEN EDGE OF FLOOR SECTIONS AND RAILS: 1-1/4 INCH. 1.7 INSTALLATION SHELVING CLIPS, POST SPLICES, FOOT PLATES, FLOOR ANCHORS, AND SHIMS. 2. INCORPORATE SENSORY SWITCHES WHICH DETECT OBJECT WEIGHING APPROXIMATELY 25 POUNDS OR MORE RESTING ON FLOOR SECTIONS IN FLOOR 1.4 MATERIALS SECTIONS OVER WHICH ANY PART OF CARRIAGE CAN PASS. A. INSTALL ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS USING FASTENERS APPROPRIATE TO SUBSTRATE. A. HOT ROLLED STEEL SHEET: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, COMMERCIAL STEEL (CS), TYPE B; FREE OF SCALE, PITTING, OR SURFACE DEFECTS; PICKLED AND a. MOTION TO BE MAXIMUM 1/8 INCH VERTICAL MOTION ONLY. B. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF BLOCKING AND BACKING AS NECESSARY TO SUPPORT WALL MOUNTED ITEMS. OILED. b. DETECTION OF OBJECT ON FLOOR TO PREVENT OR IMMEDIATELY STOP CARRIAGE MOTION. C. INSTALL TRUE, PLUMB AND LEVEL, SECURELY AND RIGIDLY ANCHORED TO SUBSTRATE. B. COLD ROLLED STEEL SHEET: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, COMMERCIAL STEEL (CS), TYPE B. 3. DESIGN AND CONSTRUCT FLOOR SECTIONS AND ASSOCIATED MOUNTING HARDWARE TO ENSURE RIGIDITY AND DURABILITY UNDER NORMAL USAGE. D. USE TAMPER-PROOF, SECURITY TYPE FASTENERS, C. STEEL TUBING: ASTM A 513, TYPE 2. o. PLYWOOD FLOOR SECTIONS: FIRE RETARDANT TREATED. E. ADJUST ACCESSORIES FOR PROPER OPERATION AND VERIFY MECHANISMS FUNCTION SMOOTHLY. D. STEEL WIRE: ASTM A 899. E. SHELVING UNITS: FABRICATE WORK IN SHOP TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE, BEFORE APPLICATION OF FINISH; REMOVE SHARP AND ROUGH EDGES E. PARTICLEBOARD: WILLAMETTE INDUSTRIES/DURAFLAKE FR, OR APPROVED; ANSI A208.1, GRADE M-2; 5/8 INCH THICK; FIRE RETARDANT TREATED TO AND CORNERS FROM CUT METAL AND GRIND WELDS SMOOTH. F. REPLACE DAMAGED AND DEFECTIVE ITEMS. ACHIEVE FLAME-SPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 25 OR LESS PER ASTM E 84. G. CLEAN AND POLISH EXPOSED SURFACES AFTER REMOVING TEMPORARY LABELS. F. SHEET STEEL FINISH: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD THERMOSETTING FINISH; CONSISTING OF CLEANING, PHOSPHATIZING PROCESS AND THERMOSETTING 1• PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DESIGN AND FABRICATION DESIGNED FOR LOADS SPECIFIED AND CONFORMING TO APPLICABLE CODES. COATING; MINIMUM 1.0 MIL THICK DRY FILM THICKNESS. 2. SHEET STEEL: ASTM A1008 FULLY FINISHED FURNITURE STOCK. Architect: 1. COLOR: GRAY UNLESS SELECTED OTHERWISE BY OWNER. 3. FASTENERS: CADMIUM PLATED STEEL. Woods Ba of SECTION 104400 - FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES G. ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE, SECURE, FINISHED METAL SHELVING SYSTEM AS INDICATED. 4. SHEET STEEL FINISH: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD THERMOSETTING FINISH; CONSISTING OF CLEANING, PHOSPHATIZING PROCESS AND THERMOSETTING g 1.1 SUMMARY 1.5 FABRICATION COATING; MINIMUM 1.0 MIL THICK DRY FILM THICKNESS. www.woodsbagot.com A. SECTION INCLUDES: A. GENERAL: FACTORY FORMED, FIELD ASSEMBLED, FREESTANDING, POST AND BEAM METAL STORAGE SHELVING SYSTEM. o. COLOR: GRAY UNLESS OTHERWISE SELECTED BY OWNER. 1. HAND HELD FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. 1. TYPE: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DUTY SYSTEM. 5. DESIGN UNITS SO SHELVING IN RANGES ARE COMPLETELY ADJUSTABLE WITHOUT DETRIMENTALLY EFFECTING STABILITY OF SYSTEM. PROVIDE FOR 2. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET BOXES. o. NORMAL SHELVING: NOMINAL 4'-1" WIDE BY 2'-1" DEEP BY 10'-0" HIGH. ADJUSTMENT OF SHELF HEIGHTS AT 1" INCREMENTS FROM TOP TO BOTTOM OF UNITS. Consultant: b. SECURITY SHELVING: NOMINAL DIMENSIONS 4'-3" WIDE BY 2'-4" DEEP BY 10'-1" HIGH. 6. STANDARD UNIT SIZES: 48" NOMINAL WIDTH WITH ACTUAL SHELF WIDTH OF 47-1/2 INCHES MINIMUM AND UNIT HEIGHT OF APPROXIMATELY 120 Thorson Baker & Associates 3. ACCESSORIES. c. VERIFY ACTUAL DIMENSIONS WITH SPACE AVAILABLE, INCLUDING TOP CLEARANCE TO CEILING, LIGHTING FIXTURES, DUCTWORK, SPRINKLERS, INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1.2 MATERIALS AND SIMILAR ITEMS. www.thorsonbaker.com A. PROVIDE HAND HELD FIRE EXTINGUISHERS RATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL AND BEARING UL LABEL. d. DO NOT ENCROACH ON REQUIRED AISLES AND SPACE FOR WHEELCHAIR TURNAROUNDS. 7. UPRIGHT POSTS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD, SEAMLESS TUBE WITH NO PROJECTIONS OR WELDS TO DAMAGE STORED ITEMS WITH REINFORCEMENT e. SHELVES: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WELDED WIRE SHELVING UNITS. AS REQUIRED FOR LOADING. B. HAND-HELD FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: MULTIPURPOSE DRY-CHEMICAL PRESSURE TYPE WITH MONOAMMONIUM PHOSPHATE-BASED DRY CHEMICAL IN f. BOTTOM SHELVES: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PARTICLEBOARD SHELVES. 8. ADJUSTABLE BRACKETED SHELF: DESIGN SHELF WITH THREE BEND EDGE CONSTRUCTION FOR BOTH EDGES OF MINIMUM 28 GAGE STEEL. ENAMELED-STEEL CONTAINER. Consultant: 1. MANUFACTURERS: 2. DESIGN FOR SHELVES TO BE SUPPORTED BY BEAMS THAT SPAN BETWEEN AND ARE SUPPORTED BY CORNER POSTS, WITH SHELVES ADJUSTABLE o. BRACKETS: MINIMUM 16 GAGE STEEL WITH ROUNDED AND FLARED, 1/4 INCH THICK TOPS AND ENDS TO PREVENT BOOK KNIFING WITH TWO Thorson Baker & Associates OVER ENTIRE HEIGHT OF UNIT. POST HOOKS NEAR TOP AND ONE SAFETY LUG NEAR BOTTOM. o. ANSUL. 3, PROVIDE FIXED TOP AND BOTTOM SHELVES, ADJUSTABLE INTERMEDIATE SHELVES, AND ACCESSORIES INDICATED. 9. SOLID BACK PANELS: PROVIDE SOLID BACK PANELS AT DOUBLE FACED SHELVING. www.thorsonbaker.com b. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED. 4. SECURED SHELVING UNITS TO INCLUDE CUSTOM SIDE, BACK, AND TOP 18 GAGE SHEET METAL WELDED TO TUBULAR STEEL FRAMES WITH CUSTOM 10.END PANELS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD HIGH PRESSURE PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISHED PANELS WITH VERTICAL EDGES TREATED WITH SELF EDGED DOORS OF WELDED WIRE PANELS WELDED TO TUBULAR STEEL FRAMES. RETURNS FOR CONCEALING END FRAMING. 2. SALES AREA: ANSUL/SENTRY MODEL A10H; UL-RATED 10-A:60-B:C; CABINET MOUNTED. o. DOOR HARDWARE: PROVIDE COMPLETE SECURE DOOR HARDWARE INCLUDING BEST ACCESS SYSTEMS 7-PIN INTERCHANGEABLE CORE CYLINDERS WITH °T° LATCH HANDLE UNIT FOR TWO POINT LOCKING WITH KEY CYLINDER. o. PLASTIC LAMINATE: NEMA LD-3.1 HIGH DENSITY LAMINATE AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. Consultant: 3. BACK-OF-HOUSE AREAS: ANSUL/SENTRY MODEL At OT; UL-RATED 4-A:60-B:C, SURFACE-MOUNTED WITH BRACKET. b. EDGE TREATMENT: T-MOLD EDGE TREATMENT IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. C. HAND-HELD FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: MULTIPURPOSE CARBON DIOXIDE TYPE IN ENAMELED-STEEL CONTAINER. B. FABRICATE WORK IN SHOP TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE, BEFORE APPLICATION OF FINISH; REMOVE SHARP AND ROUGH EDGES AND CORNERS FROM ISP Design, Inc. CUT METAL AND GRIND WELDS SMOOTH. 11.RANGE FINDERS: PROVIDE RANGE FINDER ON ALL AISLE ENDS FOR 3"X5" CARDS. 1. MANUFACTURERS: C. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DESIGN AND FABRICATION DESIGNED FOR LOADS SPECIFIED AND CONFORMING TO APPLICABLE CODES. 1.7 INSTALLATION www.ispdesign.com o. BUCKEYE. 1.6 INSTALLATION, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION A. INSTALL UNITS AND ACCESSORIES AT LOCATIONS SHOWN IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, b. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED. A. INSTALL UNITS AND ACCESSORIES AT LOCATIONS SHOWN IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, LEVEL, PLUMB, SECURE AND AT PROPER HEIGHT. 2. GENIUS ROOM: BUCKEYE MODEL #5CD; UL-RATED 5-B:C; SURFACE-MOUNTED WITH BRACKET. LEVEL, PLUMB, SECURE AND AT PROPER HEIGHT. 1. INSTALLATION: SUPERVISED BY FACTORY TRAINED PERSONNEL; MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE PERIODIC SITE INSPECTIONS OF B. COOPERATE WITH OTHER TRADES FOR SECURING UNITS TO FINISHED SURFACES. INSTALLATION WHILE IN PROGRESS. D. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET BOX FOR SALES AREAS: FULLY RECESSED TRIMLESS CABINETS, SIZED AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. C. INSTALL SHELVES AT SPACINGS AS DIRECTED BY OWNER. 1. TYPE: LARSEN OCCULT SERIES "MODEL 0-2409-RT WITHOUT DOOR; SUBSTITUTION NOT PERMITTED. D. ERECTION TOLERANCES: ERECT METAL STORAGE SHELVING WITH A MAXIMUM TOLERANCE FROM VERTICAL OF 1/4 INCH. B. COOPERATE WITH OTHER TRADES FOR SECURING UNITS TO FINISHED SURFACES. E. CLEAN UNITS AND REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED UNITS AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. C. INSTALL SHELVES AT SPACING AS DIRECTED BY OWNER. 2. DOORS: STAINLESS STEEL DOOR AND HARDWARE BY OTHERS. F. TOUCH UP MARRED FINISHES OR REPLACE COMPONENT PARTS AS NECESSARY TO ELIMINATE EVIDENCE OF DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION. 1.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3. METAL GAGES: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD GAGES FOR CABINETS BOX SPECIFIED. A. FIELD TESTING: TEST UNITS FOR PROPER OPERATION. 4. CONSTRUCTION: MITERED AND WELDED ONE-PIECE TUB WITH FRAME; WELD JOINTS AND GRIND SMOOTH; MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD STEEL BOX B. PERFORMANCE ADJUSTMENTS: SHOULD TESTS UNCOVER DEFECTS OR POOR WORKMANSHIP, OR VARIANCE OR NONCOMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED WITH PRIMED INTERIOR FINISH AND EXTERIOR FINISH. REQUIREMENTS, REPLACE DEFECTIVE WITH COMPLIANT EQUIPMENT. a. FIRE RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION: PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET MANUFACTURER'S MATERIAL AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF 1.9 CLEANING, PROTECTION, AND DEMONSTRATION FIRE RATED PARTITIONS WHERE CABINETS ARE LOCATED IN FIRE RATED PARTITIONS. A. CLEAN UNITS AND REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED UNITS AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. b. DOOR HARDWARE. MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD HARDWARE FOR SPECIFIED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS. B. TOUCH UP MARRED FINISHES OR REPLACE COMPONENT PARTS AS NECESSARY TO ELIMINATE EVIDENCE OF DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION. CAR 1.3 INSTALLATION C. PROVIDE PROTECTION FOR INSTALLED SYSTEM TO ENSURE PERFECT OPERATING CONDITION WITHOUT DAMAGE AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. VQE ER Cn A. SALES AREA: INSTALL CABINETS IN LOCATIONS AND AT MOUNTING HEIGHT TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF GOVERNING AUTHORITIES; PREPARE D. PROVIDE INSTRUCTION IN MOVABLE SHELVING OPERATION TO OWNER'S DESIGNATED PERSONNEL. R I A A REQUIRED. r RA ECESSES N WALLS S F �.. END OF DIVISION 10 - B. BOH: INSTALL SURFACE MOUNTED EXTINGUISERS WITH CONTROL AT 4'-0" ABOVE FINISHED FLOORING. . C. SECURELY FASTEN TO STRUCTURE, SQUARE AND PLUMB, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT 1. WHEREVER EXACT LOCATION OF UNITS IS NOT SHOWN, LOCATE AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. 1.4 IDENTIFICATION SECTION 113100 - RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE Signed: A. LETTER SIZE, STYLE AND LOCATION AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. A. CERTIFICATION LABELS: PROVIDE APPLIANCES WHICH BEAR APPROPRIATE LABELS AS FOLLOWS: 1. ENERGY RATINGS: Retail Store #1309 o. PROVIDE ENERGY GUIDE LABELS WITH ENERGY COST ANALYSIS (ANNUAL OPERATING COSTS) AND EFFICIENCY INFORMATION AS REQUIRED BY Washington Square Mall FEDERAL TRADE COMMISSION. g q b. ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES SHALL BE ENERGY STAR LABELED. 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. 2. UL STANDARDS: UL LABELS REQUIRED. Tigard, Oregon 1.2 APPLIANCES A. MICROWAVE OVEN: AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS. NO SUBSTITUTIONS PERMITTED. B. REFRIGERATOR: AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS. NO SUBSTITUTIONS PERMITTED. 1.3 NSTALLATION A. INSTALL APPLIANCES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL TRADES AS NECESSARY FOR PROPER SERVICE CONNECTIONS. Issued /Revised Date C. ENSURE OPERATING PARTS WORK FREELY AND FIT NEATLY. 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 D. VERIFY DOOR SWING WITH CONSTRUCTION PLAN. Permit 07/16/2014 1.4 ADJUSTING AND PROTECTION A. ADJUST HARDWARE AND MOVING PARTS AS NECESSARY. B. PROTECT APPLIANCES UNTIL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. C. REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED PARTS, DENTS, BUCKLES, ABRASIONS, OR OTHER DEFECTS AFFECTING APPEARANCE OR SERVICEABILITY, SO APPLIANCES ARE UNDAMAGED AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. END OF DIVISION 11 SPECIFICATIONS SPEC-08 7/16/14 12:20 PMPA510141\A15_cad\AutoCAD\Model\Sheets-CD\apws-a-specs.dwg SECTION 200000 - BASIC MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS SECTION 210000 - CONTINUED SECTION 220000 - PLUMBING 1.1 NOTE 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK SECTION 221119 - CONTINUED A. ANY REFERENCE TO TENANT'S OR OWNER'S DEVELOPMENT MANAGER OR FURNISHED BY ANY OF THE ABOVE REFERS TO OWNER. B. THIS FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SUBMITTING COORDINATED DRAWINGS, HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS, HEAD TYPES AND A. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR, B. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS B. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND ALL OTHER SPECIFICATION COLORS TO ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR APPROVAL. NO WORK SHALL BEGIN UNTIL ALL APPROVALS HAVE BEEN RECEIVED. REASONABLY IMPLIED AND INCIDENTAL TO, THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, COMPLETION AND TESTING OF ALL WORK FOR THE PLUMBING SYSTEMS 1. INTERMEDIATE ATMOSPHERIC-VENT BACKFLOW PREVENTERS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS AND THE OTHER SECTIONS OF DIVISIONS 21, 22, AND 23. C. A COPY OF THE LETTER OF APPROVAL FROM THE LANDLORD'S INSURANCE RATING BUREAU SHALL BE FORWARDED TO THE LANDLORD'S AGENT AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS, TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED C. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS DIVISION OF WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND TO OWNER'S DEVELOPMENT MANAGER. TO THE FOLLOWING: a. END CONNECTIONS: UNION, SOLDER JOINT. AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THIS WORK AND THE WORK OF THIS SUBCONTRACTOR WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS 1. COMPLETE SANITARY PIPING SYSTEMS OF WASTE, DRAINS, AND VENTS. b. FINISH: CHROME PLATED. THIS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE THIS SUBCONTRACTOR WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 1.3 EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION 2. COMPLETE COLD AND HOT WATER PIPING SYSTEMS, APPURTENANCES AND INSULATION. 2. REDUCED-PRESSURE-PRINCIPLE BACKFLOW PREVENTERS D. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING THE COMPLETION AND INSPECTION OF THIS WORK AND THE WORK OF THIS A. SPRINKLER HEADS 3. FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT AS SCHEDULED. a. BODY: BRONZE FOR NPS 2 AND SMALLER; STAINLESS STEEL FOR NPS 2-1/2 AND LARGER. SUBCONTRACTORS WORK TO COMPLY WITH THE OWNER SCHEDULE AND THE PROJECT COMPLETION DATE. 1. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE NEW (EXISTING HEADS IN EXISTING OWNER STORES ARE NOT TO BE REPLACED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE), 4. COMPLETE NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS (AS APPLICABLE, REFER TO PLANS). E. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID TO DETERMINE CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK. ANY ITEMS WHICH ARE UL, FM LISTED AND APPROVED AUTOMATIC SPRAY TYPE AS MANUFACTURED BY CENTRAL SPRINKLER CO., VICTAULIC, GLOBE, GRINNELL, RELIABLE, STAR, b. END CONNECTIONS: THREADED FOR NPS 2 AND SMALLER; FLANGED FOR NPS 2-1/2 AND LARGER. NOT COVERED IN THE BID DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE LISTED SEPARATELY AND QUALIFIED IN THE CONTRACTORS OR VIKING. 5. CONDENSATE PIPING SYSTEMS (AS APPLICABLE, REFER TO PLANS). c. CONFIGURATION: HORIZONTAL, STRAIGHT THROUGH. BID. SUBMITTAL OF BID SHALL SERVE AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ANY MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO 2. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE RATED FOR 165 DEGREES F UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. 6. TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS. 3. DOUBLE-CHECK BACKFLOW-PREVENTION ASSEMBLIES MEET THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FAILURE TO VISIT THE SITE DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY 3. ALL SALES FLOORS HEADS SHALL BE FACTORY APPLIED COLOR FINISH. VERIFY HEAD TYPES AND COLORS WITH OWNER'S DEVELOPMENT IN PERFORMANCE OF WORK. MANAGER AND SUBMIT WITH SPRINKLER DRAWINGS FOR PERMIT. B. BEFORE STARTING WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS AND a. BODY: BRONZE FOR NPS 2 AND SMALLER; STAINLESS STEEL FOR NPS 2-1/2 AND LARGER.F. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION IN REGARD TO RESPONSIBILITY OF WORK OR ITEMS SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE PLUMBING SYSTEM, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT WHICH MAY AFFECT BID. 4. SPRINKLER HEAD TYPES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES AND CONFRONTATIONS. b. END CONNECTIONS: THREADED FOR NPS 2 AND SMALLER; FLANGED FOR NPS 2-1/2 AND LARGER. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS a. TYPE SPRN-1: "SALES" AREA SPRINKLER HEADS ARE TO BE VICTAULIC MODEL 2708 QUICK RESPONSE PENDANT STYLE C. RELOCATION OF EXISTING WATER, GAS, WASTE, VENT, OR DRAINAGE LINES TO FACILITATE STORE DESIGN CRITERIA MUST BE INCLUDED IN BID c. CONFIGURATION: HORIZONTAL, STRAIGHT THROUGH. SPRINKLER HEAD FOR FLEX HEAD CONNECTION. FINISH SHALL BE CHROME PLATED. CONTACT FLEX HEAD INDUSTRIES 1-800 829-6975x25. PROPOSAL. 4. HOSE-CONNECTION BACKFLOW PREVENTERS. A. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION, INCIDENTALS AND DETAILS NECESSARY ESCUTCHEON PLATE BY FORMS AND SURFACES. CONTACT (412) 781-9003. SECURE ESCUTCHEON WITH MCMASTER CARR 5574K15 HOSE CLAMP. 12 EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE MECHANICAL SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB 5. BACKFLOW-PREVENTER TEST KITS. CONDITIONS. ALL WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS BEING BY THE LANDLORD OR OWNER SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE MECHANICAL b. TYPE SPRN-2: NOT USED A. REFER TO PLANS FOR SCHEDULES OF EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES. C. WATER PRESSURE-REDUCING VALVES CONTRACTOR. CLOSELY COORDINATE THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION WITH THE LANDLORD AND THE OWNER DEVELOPMENT MANAGER, AS REQUIRED. c. TYPE SPRN-3: "NON-SALES" AREA WITH CEILING (IE TOILET ROOMS, MANAGER OFFICE, GENIUS ROOM): CENTRAL MODEL TY 4211 STANDARD B. SANITARY PIPING B. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH OTHER AND ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE SEMI-RECESSED AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER. FINISH SHALL BE CHROME PLATED. 1. WATER REGULATORS 1. WASTE, DRAIN AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON SOIL PIPE. VENT PIPING ABOVE FLOOR 2" OR SMALLER MAY BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED EVEN THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN BOTH. ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR WHICH IS NEITHER SHOWN ON THE a. BODY: BRONZE WITH CHROME-PLATED FINISH FOR NPS 2 AND SMALLER; CAST IRON WITH INTERIOR LINING COMPLYING WITH AWWA C550 GALVANIZED STEEL. ALTERNATE PIPING MATERIALS ARE ACCEPTABLE AS A SUBSTITUTION WHEN THEIR USE IS PERMITTED BY THE LANDLORD, DRAWINGS NOR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, BUT WHICH IS OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK, AND WHICH IS USUALLY d. TYPE SPRN-4: "OPEN CEILING" AREA SPRINKLER HEADS ARE TO BE CENTRAL MODEL TY 1151 STANDARD UPRIGHT AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER. OR THAT IS FDA APPROVED FOR NPS 2-1/2 AND NPS 3. INCLUDED IN WORK OF SIMILAR CHARACTER, SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AS PART OF CONTRACT. FINISH SHALL BE CHROME PLATED. ALTERNATE BIDS MAY BE BASED ON VIKING MICROMATIC MODEL "M" OR GRINNELL MODEL "F972" AND MUST LOCAL CODES AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT OFFICIALS AND DOES NOT AFFECT OTHER TRADES. SUBSTITUTIONS MUST BE LISTED AND QUALIFIED IN BID. b. VALVES FOR BOOSTER HEATER WATER SUPPLY: INCLUDE INTEGRAL BYPASS. C. WHERE THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS CALL FOR ITEMS WHICH EXCEED CODES OR THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA, THE CONTRACTOR IS BE APPROVED BY OWNER'S DEVELOPMENT MANAGER PRIOR TO ORDERING AND INSTALLATION. RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING THE SYSTEM WITH THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS AS DESIGNED AND DESCRIBED ON THESE 2. INSULATE ALL HORIZONTAL RUNS OF PIPING LOCATED IN CEILING SPACES OF TENANTS IN SPACES BELOW, WHEN APPLICABLE. INSULATION TO c. END CONNECTIONS: THREADED FOR NPS 2 AND SMALLER; FLANGED FOR NPS 2-1/2 AND NPS 3. B. PIPING BE AS SPECIFIED FOR WATER PIPING. DRAWINGS, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. B 1. SCHEDULE 40, BLACK STEEL PIPE, ASTM A53 FOR FERROUS PIPING, WELDED AND SEAMLESS, ANSI B-36-10-70 FOR WROUGHT STEEL PIPE. 2. WATER CONTROL VALVES D. ALL MECHANICAL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICING, MAINTAINING, AND REPAIRING. THIS 3. CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL BE TYPE 'L' DRAWN COPPER TUBE WITH 95-5 TIN-ANTIMONY SOLDERED JOINTS AND WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SUFFICIENT SERVICE ACCESS TO ALL EQUIPMENT. 2. CAST IRON OR MALLEABLE IRON SCREWED FITTINGS FOR PIPES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER. SCREWED OR CAST IRON FLANGED JOINTS FOR WITH DIELECTRIC SEPARATION BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS. a. MAIN VALVE BODY: GLOBE-VALVE DESIGN. E. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A NEAT PROFESSIONAL MANNER USING GOOD ENGINEERING PRACTICES, PIPES LARGER THAN 2 INCHES. C. POTABLE WATER PIPING SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: b. END CONNECTIONS: THREADED FOR NPS 2 AND SMALLER; FLANGED FOR NPS 2-1/2 AND LARGER. F. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE, MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL COMPONENTS THEREOF, SHALL BE, 3. GALVANIZED OR BLACK MALLEABLE IRON WITH BRASS SEAT SCREWED UNIONS FOR PIPES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER. 1. BELOW GRADE: TYPE 'K', ANNEALED TYPE TEMPERED COPPER TUBE FOR PIPE SIZES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER. BRAZE ALL JOINTS. D. BALANCING VALVES UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES LISTED AND LABELED AND SIZED IN CONFORMITY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF STATE AND LOCAL CODES, WHICHEVER IS 4. VICTAULIC TYPE COUPLINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE, WHERE APPROVED BY CODE AND THE LANDLORD, 2. ALL OTHER: TYPE 'L' DRAWN COPPER TUBE WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS AND 95-5 TIN-ANTIMONY SOLDER 1. COPPER-ALLOY CALIBRATED BALANCING VALVES: BALL VALVE. MORE STRINGENT. C. A FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM TAP IS NORMALLY FURNISHED BY THE LANDLORD. VERIFY IN FIELD PRIOR TO BID. SPRINKLER SPACING 2. CAST-IRON CALIBRATED BALANCING VALVES. 1.3 CODES IN "SALES" AREAS AND IN "STOCK" AREAS. SHALL COMPLY WITH LANDLORD'S DESIGN CRITERIA AND LOCAL CODES IF D. PIPING OF DISSIMILAR METALS MUST BE DI-ELECTRICALLY SEPARATED. MORE STRINGENT. PIPE SIZING SHALL BE BASED ON NFPA ORDINARY HAZARD, E. GENERALLY, SANITARY AND POTABLE WATER TAPS WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE LANDLORD. FIELD VERIFY EXACT CONNECTION POINTS PRIOR TO 3. ACCESSORIES: METER KIT. A. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE LANDLORDS' CRITERIA, THE STATE'S, COUNTY'S, CITY'S AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES, SAFETY AND HEALTH CODES, NFPA CODES, ENERGY CODES AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES AND REQUIREMENTS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INQUIRE INTO D. ALL SPRINKLER LINES SHALL BE INSTALLED CONCEALED, AVOIDING INTERFERENCE WITH LIGHTS, DUCTS, PIPES, STORAGE DECK, ETC. FIRE SUBMITTING BID AND NOTIFY OWNER'S DEVELOPMENT MANAGER IF CONDITIONS ARE NOT AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS OR AS STATED IN THE 4. MEMORY-STOP BALANCING VALVES. AND COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ANY CHANGES REQUIRED BY PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS INDICATING THE LOCATIONS OF ALL SPRINKLER HEADS, SPRINKLER SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY THE OPERABILITY OF ENTIRE SYSTEM PRIOR TO TIE IN AS FOLLOWS: E. TEMPERATURE-ACTUATED WATER MIXING VALVES CODES IN THE BID AND IF THESE CHANGES ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE BID, THEY MUST BE QUALIFIED AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE BID. LINES, LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 1. SNAKE SANITARY FOR A DISTANCE OF 100 FEET AND REPORT ANY BLOCKAGE. 1. WATER-TEMPERATURE LIMITING DEVICES AFTER CONTRACT IS ISSUED, NO ADDITIONAL COST DUE TO CODE ISSUES SHALL BE REIMBURSED BY OWNER TO THE CONTRACTOR. E. WHERE POSSIBLE, REWORK THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO MEET THE NEW REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DESIGN. RELOCATE ALL MAINS AND 2. TEST WATER PRESSURE TO INSURE MINIMUM PSI MATCHES MOST DEMANDING EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED. a. CONNECTIONS: THREADED INLETS AND OUTLET. 1.4 LICENSES, PERMITS, INSPECTIONS AND FEES BRANCHES INTERFERING WITH CEILING HEIGHTS, EQUIPMENT, AND MAJOR COMPONENTS INCLUSIVE OF ADJACENT TENANTS AND MALL COMMON F. INSTALL ALL NECESSARY PIPE HANGERS, SADDLES, AND CARRIERS TO PROPERLY SUPPORT ALL PIPING AND FIXTURES. HANGERS SHALL SUIT TYPE A. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL LICENSES, PERMITS, INSPECTIONS, AND FEES REQUIRED OR RELATED TO HIS WORK. AREAS. REMOVE ALL UNUSED PIPING. OF PIPING PROVIDED AND BE SPACED AT A MAXIMUM SPAN OF 5 FEET. PROVIDE SWAY AND SEISMIC BRACING WHERE REQUIRED BY CODES. b. FINISH: CHROME PLATED. B. FURNISH TO THE OWNER'S DEVELOPMENT MANAGER ALL CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND FINAL INSPECTION APPROVAL AT COMPLETION OF F. FURNISH AND INSTALL A VALVED TEST CONNECTION IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION FOR THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS REQUIRED OR REQUESTED BY G. STERILIZE WATER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES. 2. PRIMARY, THERMOSTATIC, WATER MIXING VALVES THE MALL, LOCAL INSPECTOR, OR INSURANCE CARRIER. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OWNERS DEVELOPMENT MANAGER AND LOCAL FIRE a. TYPE: CABINET TYPE. PROJECT. PROTECTION OFFICIAL PRIOR TO ROUGH- IN. H. CLEAN-OUTS AND FLOOR DRAINS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER LOCAL CODES. WALL AND FLOOR COVERS ARE TO BE STAINLESS STEEL. 1.5 TRADE NAMES, MANUFACTURERS AND SHOP DRAWINGS G. WHEN COMPLETED, THE ENTIRE FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE HYDROSTATICALLY TESTED AS REQUIRED BY THE RULES AND ALL CLEAN-OUT LOCATIONS SHALL BE APPROVED BY OWNER'S DEVELOPMENT MANAGER. b. CONNECTIONS: UNION INLETS AND OUTLET. A. WHERE TRADE NAMES AND MANUFACTURERS ARE USED ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE EXACT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED REGULATIONS OF THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. SYSTEM SHALL SHOW NO SIGNS OF LEAKAGE OR OTHER DEFECTS. THIS CONTRACTOR I. ESCUTCHEONS SHALL BE CHROME PLATED, SIZE AS REQUIRED AND PLACED AT ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS AT WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS IN c. FINISH: ROUGH BRONZE. AS A MINIMUM FOR THE BASE BID. MANUFACTURERS CONSIDERED AS AN EQUAL OR BETTER IN ALL ASPECTS TO THAT SPECIFIED WILL BE SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO THE WORK OF THE OTHER CONTRACTORS OR TO THE BUILDING, OR TO ITS CONTENTS, PEOPLE, ETC., FINISHED AREAS. d. PIPING: COPPER. SUBJECT TO APPROVAL IN WRITING BY OWNER'S DEVELOPMENT MANAGER PRIOR THROUGH SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCESS, FOR CAUSED BY LEAKS IN ANY OF THE EQUIPMENT INSTALLED BY HIM. ALL REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGES SHALL BE AT THIS ACCEPTANCE. THE USE OF ANY UNAUTHORIZED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. J. LEAKAGE TESTS SHALL BE PER LOCAL CODES, MINIMUM AS FOLLOWS: e. CABINET: RECESSED MOUNTING. B. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS TO OWNER'S DEVELOPMENT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. SUBMISSIONS SHALL H. PROPERLY COMPLETED AND SIGNED "SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR'S MATERIAL AND TEST CERTIFICATES" SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE LANDLORD, 1. TEST WATER PIPING AT 100 PSIG FOR SIX HOURS. 3. INDIVIDUAL-FIXTURE, WATER TEMPERING VALVES. BE MADE EARLY ENOUGH IN PROJECT TO ALLOW FOUR (4) WORKING DAYS FOR OWNER DEVELOPMENT MANAGER'S REVIEW WITHOUT CAUSING AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AND OWNER'S DEVELOPMENT MANAGER. 2. TEST DRAIN, WASTE, VENT PIPING BY A 10' WATER COLUMN FOR TWO HOURS. 4. PRIMARY WATER TEMPERING VALVES. DELAYS OR CONFLICTS TO THE JOB'S PROGRESS. SUBMITTALS SHALL BEAR THE STAMP OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE I. SPRINKLER HEADS LOCATED IN CEILINGS OR WALLS BELOW 8'-O" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR AND ABOVE STORAGE DECKS ARE TO BE K. FLASHING SHALL BE SEALED WATERTIGHT AND PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE TO THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. USE A LANDLORD APPROVED ROOFING F. STRAINERS FOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SUB CONTRACTOR SHOWING THAT HE HAS REVIEWED AND CONFIRMED THAT THE SUBMITTALS ARE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT CONCEALED. CONTRACTOR WHERE APPLICABLE. 1. BODY: BRONZE FOR NPS 2 AND SMALLER; CAST IRON WITH INTERIOR LINING COMPLYING WITH AWWA C550 OR FDA-APPROVED, EPDXY DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR INDICATE WHERE EXCEPTIONS HAVE BEEN TAKEN. 1.6 GUARANTEE J. FURNISH AND INSTALL 10 LB. TYPE "ABC" FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, WITH CABINETS IF REQUIRED, AND AT LEAST A "2A1OBC" RATING. LOCATIONS TO L. PROVIDE WATER METER AND REMOTE READER PER LANDLORD'S CRITERIA OR LOCAL UTILITIES REQUIREMENTS IF APPLICABLE. REFER TO PLANS TO COATING FOR NPS 2-1/2 AND LARGER. BE ESTABLISHED IN THE FIELD BY T.S.P.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND BY THE LOCAL FIRE PROTECTION OFFICIAL. MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE DETERMINE IF WATER METER IS REQUIRED. 2. CONNECTIONS: THREADED FOR NPS 2 AND SMALLER; FLANGED FOR NPS 2-1/2 AND LARGER. A. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS AND WORK PROVIDED UNDER HIS CONTRACT AND SHALL MAKE GOOD, REPAIR OR REPLACE BETWEEN EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE 75 FEET OR LESS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. 1.3 GAS PIPING AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, ANY DEFECTIVE WORK, MATERIAL, OR EQUIPMENT WHICH MAY BE DISCOVERED WITHIN A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS FROM THE 3. SCREEN: STAINLESS STEEL WITH ROUND PERFORATIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. DATE OF ACCEPTANCE (IN WRITING) OF THE INSTALLATION BY OWNER'S DEVELOPMENT MANAGER. EXTENDED WARRANTIES ARE AS SPECIFIED WITH SECTION 210548 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT A. FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE GAS PIPING SYSTEM IF APPLICABLE. REFER TO PLANS TO DETERMINE IF A GAS SYSTEM IS REQUIRED. INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT. 1.1 COMPONENTS 4. DRAIN: FACTORY-INSTALLED, HOSE-END DRAIN VALVE. B. GAS LINES SHALL BE BLACK STEEL, SCHEDULE 40, ASTM A53 OR ASTM A106, WITH MALLEABLE THREADED FITTINGS FOR 2" AND SMALLER, AND G. DRAIN VALVES: BALL-VALVE TYPE. B. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL EQUIPMENT. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE 12- MONTH A. SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES WITH WELDED JOINTS FOR 2-1/2" AND LARGER. WARRANTY FOR ALL PARTS ON EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. H. WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS: COPPER TUBE WITH PISTON. 1. CHANNEL SUPPORT SYSTEM: MFMA-3 SLOTTED STEEL CHANNELS. C. FURNISH AND INSTALL A GAS COCK, DIRT LEG, AND UNION CONNECTION TO EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. 1.7 RECORD DRAWINGS I. AIR VENTS: BOLTED CONSTRUCTION. 2. ANCHOR BOLTS: MECHANICAL TYPE, SEISMIC RATED, D. PITCH PIPING AT A UNIFORM GRADE OF 1/4" IN 15 FEET UPWARD IN DIRECTION OF FLOW. SUPPORT PIPING EVERY 5 FEET. SUPPORT AS A. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ONE COPY OF DRAWINGS ON THE JOB SITE TO RECORD DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DRAWINGS, SUCH AS: 3. RESILIENT ISOLATION WASHERS AND BUSHINGS: MOLDED NEOPRENE. REQUIRED BY LANDLORD CRITERIA, AS DETAILED ON DRAWINGS, OR BY STANDARD INDUSTRY PRACTICE, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. J. TRAP-SEAL PRIMER VALVES: SUPPLY TYPE. 1. LOCATION OF CONCEALED PIPING VALVES AND DUCTS. SECTION 211000 - WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS E. GAS PIPING EXPOSED ON ROOF MUST BE PAINTED WITH RUST- INHIBITING PAINT. 1.3 MANUFACTURED UNITS 2. REVISIONS, ADDENDUMS, AND CHANGE ORDERS. 1.1 SUMMARY F. GAS PIPING INSTALLED IN RETURN AIR PLENUMS SHALL BE SLEEVED AND VENTED OR WELDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOCAL GAS COMPANY, A. TRAP-SEAL PRIMER SYSTEMS 3. SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS MADE NECESSARY BY FIELD CONDITIONS, APPROVED EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS, AND CONTRACTOR'S COORDINATION A. FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING INSIDE THE BUILDING LOCAL CODE, AND APPLICABLE NFPA 54 CODES. 1. CABINET: RECESSED MOUNTING STEEL BOX WITH STAINLESS-STEEL COVER, WITH OTHER TRADES. G. TESTING AND PURGING OF GAS PIPING SHALL BE DONE PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL GAS COMPANY, LOCAL CODES, AND APPLICABLE 2. NUMBER OUTLETS: FOUR. B. AT COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT AND BEFORE FINAL APPROVAL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ANY FINAL CORRECTIONS TO DRAWINGS AND 1. WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. NFPA 54 CODES. 2. DOUBLE INTERLOCK PRE-ACTION SYSTEM - ALTERNATE SECTION 221319 - SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES CERTIFY THE ACCURACY OF EACH PRINT BY SIGNATURE THEREON. ONE COPY OF THE MOST RECENT SET OF DRAWINGS WITH TEMPERATURE H. CONTACT AND COORDINATE GAS SERVICE, METER AND REGULATOR REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LOCAL GAS COMPANY AND THE MALL'S OPERATIONS CONTROL DRAWINGS INCLUDED SHALL BE STAMPED "DO NOT REMOVE" SHALL BE PLACED IN THE MANAGER'S OFFICE. 1.2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS MANAGER PRIOR TO BID. INCLUDE INSTALLATION COST OF GAS METER AND REGULATOR IN BID. 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH OWNER DEVELOPMENT MANAGER ON SITE. A. QUALITY STANDARD FOR PLASTIC PIPING: NSF 14. A. STANDARD PIPING SYSTEM COMPONENT WORKING PRESSURE: LISTED FOR AT LEAST 175 PSIG. SECTION 220529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 1.8 DISCREPANCIES IN DOCUMENTS 1.2 PRODUCTS Architect: B. PRE-ACTION SYSTEM - ALTERNATE: THE INSTALLATION SHALL CONSIST OF A DOUBLE INTERLOCKED PRE-ACTION PIPING SYSTEM WHICH SHALL 1.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. DRAWINGS (PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND DETAILS) ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE THE GENERAL LOCATION AND INTENT OF THE MECHANICAL MEET BOTH OWNER'S INSURANCE COMPANY REQUIREMENTS AND NFPA 13. A. PIPE HANGERS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS DESIGNED BY CONTRACTOR. A. CLEANOUTS: METAL FLOOR. Woods Bagot SYSTEMS. WHERE DRAWINGS, EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS, SPECIFICATIONS OR OTHER TRADES CONFLICT OR ARE UNCLEAR, ADVISE THE GENERAL B. FLOOR DRAINS www.woodsbaot.com CONTRACTOR IN WRITING, PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO ADVISE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, 1. MAXIMUM RESIDUAL PRESSURE AT REQUIRED FLOW AT EACH HOSE-CONNECTION OUTLET B. SEISMIC-RESTRAINT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS DESIGNED BY CONTRACTOR AND APPROVAL OBTAINED FROM AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. g IN WRITING, OF VARIATIONS TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. OTHERWISE, OWNER DEVELOPMENT MANAGER'S a. NPS 2-1/2 HOSE CONNECTIONS: 175 PSIG. 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1, CAST-IRON FLOOR DRAINS INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR CONDITIONS SHALL BE FINAL WITH NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION PERMITTED. C. MINIMUM DENSITY FOR AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER PIPING DESIGN a. PATTERN: AREA, FLOOR AND SANITARY. 1.9 PHASING REQUIREMENTS 1. LIGHT-HAZARD OCCUPANCY: 0.10 GPM OVER 1500-SQ. FT. AREA. A. SHOP DRAWINGS: SIGNED AND SEALED BY A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER. Consultant: 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE b. BODY MATERIAL: GRAY IRON. Thorson Baker & Associates A. THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL NECESSARY SERVICE REQUIRED TO KEEP THE OPERATING PHASE OF THE STORE'S HVAC, 2. ORDINARY-HAZARD, GROUP 1 OCCUPANCY: 0.15 GPM OVER 1500-SQ. FT. AREA. C. SEEPAGE FLANGE: REQUIRED. PLUMBING AND SPRINKLER SERVICE IN OPERATION. CONTRACTOR MUST SCHEDULE IN WRITING WITH OWNER'S DEVELOPMENT MANAGER AND THE 3. ORDINARY-HAZARD, GROUP 2 OCCUPANCY: 0.20 GPM OVER 1500-SQ. FT. AREA. A. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE - STEEL. www.thorsonbaker.com B. ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE. d. ANCHOR FLANGE: REQUIRED. LANDLORD ONE WEEK PRIOR TO ANY SHUT DOWN OF THE HVAC, PLUMBING OR FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. D. MAXIMUM PROTECTION AREA PER SPRINKLER: PER UL LISTING e. CLAMPING DEVICE: REQUIRED. 1.10 DEMOLITION E. MAXIMUM PROTECTION AREA PER SPRINKLER 1.4 COMPONENTS Consultant: 1. OFFICE SPACES: 225 SQ. FT. A. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING WORK AND THE DEMOLITION PROVIDED BY A. METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: CARBON STEEL AND COPPER. f. BACKWATER VALVE: INTEGRAL, ASME A112.14.1, SWING-CHECK TYPE. Thorson Baker & Associates THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO BE LEFT INTACT. g. SEDIMENT BUCKET: NOT REQUIRED. 2. STORAGE AREAS: 130 SQ. FT.. B. TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS. www.thorsonbaker.com B. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE, AND WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR, THE REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION, PLUMBING h. TOP OR STRAINER MATERIAL: GRAY IRON. FIXTURES, PIPING, HVAC UNITS, REFRIGERANT RECAPTURE, EXHAUST FANS, ETC. AND ASSOCIATED ROOF CURBS NOT TO BE REUSED ON THIS 3. OTHER AREAS: ACCORDING TO NFPA 13 RECOMMENDATIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, C. METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS. PROJECT, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY WITH THE LANDLORD ALL PRESUMED ABANDONED EQUIPMENT, i. TOP OF BODY AND STRAINER FINISH: NICKEL BRONZE. D. THERMAL-HANGER SHIELD INSERTS. F. SEISMIC PERFORMANCE: NFPA 13 AND ASCE 7, "MINIMUM DESIGN LOADS FOR BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES": SECTION 9, "EARTHQUAKE Consultant: PIPES, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO REMOVAL. ROOF CURBS SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE ROOF PATCHED. ALL EXTRANEOUS ITEMS IN j. TOP LOADING CLASSIFICATION: HEAVY DUTY. THE SPACE OR ON THE ROOF NOT APPLICABLE TO THE NEW WORK MUST BE REMOVED AND ROOF/WALL/FLOOR PATCHED/REPAIRED TO MATCH LOADS. E. FASTENER SYSTEMS: MECHANICAL-EXPANSION ANCHORS. k. FUNNEL: NOT REQUIRED. ISP Design, Inc. EXISTING STRUCTURE. EXISTING ABANDONED PIPES, DUCTS, OR EQUIPMENT IN THE FLOOR, EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE, OR OTHERWISE INACCESSIBLE 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE F. PIPE POSITIONING SYSTEMS. ARE TO BE CUT OFF AND SEALED BELOW OR WITHIN FLOOR OR WALL LEVEL WHEN THEY ARE NOT TO BE REUSED IN THIS PROJECT. IF C. ROOF FLASHING ASSEMBLIES www.ispdesign.com REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR CODES, ABANDONED PIPING AND/OR DUCTWORK MUST BE REMOVED TO POINT OF ORIGIN. CONFIRM THE EXTENT OF RETAIN APPLICABLE STANDARDS IN THIS ARTICLE. G. EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS. DEMOLITION PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE IN BID PROPOSAL. A. QUALITY STANDARD: NFPA 13, NFPA 14. SECTION 220548 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 1. MANUFACTURED ASSEMBLY MADE /SQ. FT., 0.0938-INCH- THICK, LEAD FLASHING COLLAR AND SKIRT EXTENDING AT LEAST 6 INCHES FROM PIPE, WITH GALVANIZED-STEEL BOOT REINFORCEMENT AND COUNTER FLASHING FITTING. 1.11 SLEEVES 1.4 COMPONENTS A. SEISMIC RESTRAINT DEVICES 2. OPEN-TOP VENT CAP: WITHOUT CAP. A. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SLEEVES TO PROTECT EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES IN THE INSTALLATION. EACH SLEEVE SHALL EXTEND THROUGH A. CORROSION-PROTECTIVE ENCASEMENT FOR PIPING. 1. CHANNEL SUPPORT SYSTEM: MFMA-3 SLOTTED STEEL CHANNELS. D. THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP ASSEMBLIES: LISTED AND LABELED ASSEMBLY OF SLEEVE AND STACK FITTING WITH FIRESTOPPING PLUG. IT'S RESPECTIVE FLOOR, WALL OR PARTITION AND SHALL BE CUT FLUSH WITH EACH SURFACE EXCEPT SLEEVES THAT PENETRATE THE FLOOR, B. SPRINKLER SPECIALTY FITTINGS: UL LISTED OR FMG APPROVED. 2. RESTRAINT CABLES: STAINLESS-STEEL CABLES. . WHICH SHALL EXTEND 2" ABOVE THE FLOOR. CONTRACTOR MUST COORDINATE THROUGH THE LANDLORD ANY CORE DRILLING OR CUTTING OF E. MISCELLANEOUS SANITARY DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES OPENINGS IN MASONRY FLOORS OR WALLS C. LISTED FIRE-PROTECTION VALVES: UL LISTED OR FMG APPROVED. 3. ANCHOR BOLTS: MECHANICAL TYPE, SEISMIC RATED. 4 D PROrF 1. OPEN DRAINS, SHOP OR FIELD FABRICATE FROM SERVICE CLASS, HUB-AND-SPIGOT, CAST-IRON, SOIL-PIPE FITTINGS. �<cR�GiPirf.RSsfo B. ALL SLEEVES AND OPENINGS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND/OR FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE SEALED WITH CALCIUM SILICATE, SILICONE "RTV" D. SPECIALTY VALVES 4. RESILIENT ISOLATION WASHERS AND BUSHINGS: MOLDED NEOPRENE. 2. CAST-IRON OR BRONZE DEEP-SEAL TRAPS. ��y FOAM, "3M" FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL, SO AS TO RETAIN THEIR FIRE RATING. 1. SPRINKLER SYSTEM CONTROL VALVES, UL LISTED OR FMG APPROVED. SECTION 220700 - PLUMBING INSULATION 4 65174PE 3. FLOOR-DRAIN, TRAP-SEAL PRIMER FITTINGS. C. SLEEVES IN BEARING AND MASONRY WALLS, FLOORS, AND PARTITIONS SHALL BE STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE FINISHED WITH SMOOTH EDGES. a. ALARM CHECK VALVES. 1.1 GENERAL ''p FOR OTHER THAN MASONRY PARTITIONS, THROUGH SUSPENDED CEILINGS, OR FOR CONCEALED VERTICAL PIPING, SLEEVES SHALL BE NO. 22 4. AIR-GAP FITTINGS. '"*' U.S.G. GALVANIZED STEEL MINIMUM. 2. PRESSURE-REGULATING VALVES. A. FIRE-TEST-RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS: FLAME-SPREAD INDEX OF 25, AND SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX OF 50 FOR INSULATION INSTALLED 5. COUNTERFLASHING-TYPE, CAST-IRON STACK FLASHING FITTINGS. OREGO INDOORS; ACCORDING TO ASTM E 84. _� re '�� � 3. AUTOMATIC DRAIN VALVES. V r, 1.12 HANGERS 6. CAST-IRON BODY VENT CAPS. I 14_, ` r �" a B. INSULATION SHALL THICKNESSES SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL CODES FFF E,:�_ E. MANUAL CONTROL STATIONS: HYDRAULIC OPERATION, UL LISTED OR FMG APPROVED. R,Ey -e, A. HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUCH AS ANGLE IRON, BANDS, C-CLAMPS WITH RETAINING CLIPS, CHANNELS, HANGER 7. FROST-RESISTANT VENT TERMINALS. __ C. INSULATE THE TRAP, SANITARY AND SUPPLY PIPES UNDER LAVATORY WITH 1/2" ARMSTRONG "ARMAFLEX PIPING INSULATION OR TRUEBRO MODEL RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WORK. F. CONTROL PANELS 102W "HANDL LAV GUARD" INSULATION KIT. 8. EXPANSION JOINTS. EXPIRATION OSE: n= `z� iii`<�P B. HANGERS SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING STEEL, CONCRETE, OR MASONRY, BUT NOT TO PIPING. HANGING FROM METAL DECK IS NOT 1. TYPE: SINGLE-AREA, TWO-AREA, OR SINGLE-AREA CROSS-ZONED TYPE. "" "- f PERMITTED. HANGERS MUST BE ATTACHED TO UPPER CHORD OF BAR JOIST. WHERE INTERFERENCES OCCUR, AND IN ORDER TO SUPPORT 1.2 EQUIPMENT INSULATION SCHEDULE F. FLASHING MATERIALS DUCTWORK OR PIPING, THE CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL TRAPEZE TYPE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS WHICH SHALL BE LOCATED WHERE THEY DO NOT 2. MANUAL CONTROL STATION OPERATION: HYDRAULIC. 1. LEAD SHEET. A. DOMESTIC HOT-WATER PUMP INSULATION: CELLULAR GLASS. INTERFERE WITH ACCESS TO FIRE DAMPERS, VALVES, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT. HANGER TYPES AND INSTALLATION METHODS ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO G. SPRINKLERS: UL LISTED OR FMG APPROVED. 2. COPPER SHEET. LANDLORD CRITERIA. B. DOMESTIC HOT-WATER STORAGE TANK INSULATION: MINERAL-FIBER BOARD OR MINERAL-FIBER PIPE AND TANK. 1. GENERAL SALES AREA: FLEXHEAD INDUSTRIES CLEAN ROOM CEILING PENDANT HEAD AND FLEX HOSE CONNECTOR. 3. ZINC-COATED STEEL SHEET. C. HANGERS FOR ALL INSULATED PIPING SHALL BE SIZED AND INSTALLED FOR THE OUTER DIAMETER OF INSULATION. INSTALL 6" LONG SPLIT CIRCLE 1.3 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE Signed: 2. OTS BACK OF HOUSE: STANDARD CONCEALED HEAD WITH PENDANT SPRINKLER. TYCO MODEL RFII 4. ELASTIC-MEMBRANE SHEEP. GALVANIZED SADDLE BETWEEN THE HANGER AND THE PIPE INSULATION. A. DOMESTIC COLD WATER: CELLULAR GLASS FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC MINERAL-FIBER, PREFORMED PIPE INSULATION, TYPE I. 3. BACK OF HOUSE: STANDARD SEMI RECESSED TYCO MODEL TY-B WITH 5MM BULB Retail Store #609 D. HANGERS AND PIPING OF DISSIMILAR METALS SHALL BE SEPARATED. 4. ENTRY SOFFIT: SOFFIT SPRINKLER HEAD. REFER TO ARCHITECTS DETAIL A3.03 DETAIL 12. B. DOMESTIC HOT AND RECIRCULATED HOT WATER: CELLULAR GLASS FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC MINERAL-FIBER, PREFORMED PIPE INSULATION, TYPE I. Washington Square Mall 1.13 FINAL HVAC INSPECTIONS C. EXPOSED SANITARY DRAINS, DOMESTIC WATER, DOMESTIC HOT WATER, AND STOPS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES FOR PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES: A. ASIDE FROM NORMAL INTERIM INSPECTIONS OF WORK IN PLACE, OWNER SHALL HAVE AN INDEPENDENT HVAC CONTRACTOR INSPECT THE FINISHED H. ALARM DEVICES FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC. 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. HVAC INSTALLATION UPON COMPLETION FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND CODES. THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR WILL BE 1. ALARM: ELECTRICALLY OPERATED. D. CONDENSATE AND EQUIPMENT DRAIN WATER BELOW 60 DEG F: CELLULAR GLASS FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC MINERAL-FIBER, PREFORMED PIPE Tigard, Oregon RESPONSIBLE TO BRING ALL ITEMS REPORTED BY THE INDEPENDENT HVAC CONTRACTOR UP TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. INSULATION, TYPE I. 2. WATER-FLOW INDICATOR. 1.4 OUTDOOR, SUPPRESSION 3. PRESSURE SWITCH. ABOVEGROUND PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE SECTION 210000 - FlRE 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK 4. VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH. A. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING: CELLULAR GLASS FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC MINERAL-FIBER, PREFORMED PIPE INSULATION, TYPE I. A. THIS CONTRACTOR MUST USE A LANDLORD APPROVED FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM ALL FIRE PROTECTION WORK. ALL COSTS B. DOMESTIC HOT AND RECIRCULATED HOT WATER: CELLULAR GLASS FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC MINERAL-FIBER, PREFORMED PIPE INSULATION, TYPE I. MUST BE INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACTORS BID. FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR MUST COMPLY WITH ALL SECTIONS OF THIS SPECIFICATION AND 5. INDICATOR-POST SUPERVISORY SWITCH. 1.5 OUTDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE Issued/Revised Date INCLUDE SAME IN BID. I. PRESSURE GAGES: UL LISTED, DIAL TYPE. B. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR, 1.5 INSTALLATION A. EQUIPMENT, CONCEALED: PVC. 50%CD Set 06/27/2014Permit 07/16/2014 REASONABLY IMPLIED AND INCIDENTAL TO, THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, COMPLETION AND TESTING OF ALL THE WORK FOR THE SPRINKLER B. PIPING, CONCEALED: PVC. SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS, TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE A. PIPING BETWEEN FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS AND CHECK VALVES: GALVANIZED, STANDARD-WEIGHT STEEL PIPE WITH GROOVED JOINTS. C. PIPING, EXPOSED: PVC. LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: B. STANDARD-PRESSURE, WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM APPLICATION SECTION 221119 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 1. INSTALLATION OF NEW WET SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE COVERAGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA-13, 1. SPRINKLER-PIPING FITTING OPTION: SPECIALTY SPRINKLER FITTINGS, NPS 2 NPS 2-1/2 NPS 3 AND SMALLER, INCLUDING MECHANICAL-T LOCAL CODES, LANDLORD'S CRITERIA, AND INSURANCE CARRIERS. AND -CROSS FITTINGS, MAY BE USED DOWNSTREAM FROM SPRINKLER ZONE VALVES.a. 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2. TAPS, RISERS, LATERALS, BRANCHES, VALVES, ALARMS, SPRINKLER HEADS AND ALL COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM. 2. STANDARD-WEIGHT GALVANIZED- STEEL PIPE WITH GROOVED JOINTS. A. PLASTIC PIPING COMPONENTS: NSF 14. 3. DESIGN DRAWINGS, HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS, SUBMITTALS AND APPROVALS. 3. STANDARD-WEIGHT BLACK STEEL PIPE WITH WELDED JOINTS. B. DRINKING WATER SYSTEM COMPONENTS: NSF 61. 4. PERMITS, FEES, AND CHARGES. C. ALL WET SYSTEMS SHALL BE TESTED AT NOT LESS THAN 200 PSI FOR TWO HOURS OR 20 PSI IN EXCESS OF THE MAXIMUM PRESSURE WHEN 1.2 PRODUCTS 5. TESTS AND TEST CERTIFICATES. THIS EXCEEDS 200 PSI. A. VACUUM BREAKERS w1. PIPE-APPLIED, ATMOSPHERIC-TYPE VACUUM BREAKERS: ROUGH-BRONZE FINISH. Apple Approval Date 6. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. N C. BEFORE STARTING WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS AND 2. HOSE-CONNECTION VACUUM BREAKERS: CHROME- OR NICKEL-PLATED FINISH. SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM, MATERIALS, AND E 3. PRESSURE VACUUM BREAKERS. EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES AND CONFRONTATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL USE APPROVED INDUSTRY FIRE 4. SPILL-RESISTANT VACUUM BREAKERS, SPRINKLER STANDARDS FOR REUSING EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER BRANCHES AND SUBMIT CALCULATIONS TO OWNER'S DEVELOPMENT MANAGER SPECIFICATIONS UPON REQUEST OR REWORK SYSTEM TO OWNER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S SATISFACTION. 16R D. RELOCATION OF EXISTING MAINS, LATERALS, BRANCHES AND RISERS TO FACILITATE STORE DESIGN CRITERIA MUST BE INCLUDED IN BID PROPOSAL. N O V O V O 5-11 N O InN n I I SPEC-09 7/16/14 4:34 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-m-specs.dwg SECTION 224000 - PLUMBING FIXTURES SECTION 230529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT SECTION 230700 - CONTINUED SECTION 233300 - DUCT ACCESSORIES 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1.5 INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. INSTALLATION STANDARDS: NFPA 90A AND NFPA 90B. A. REGULATORY REQUIREMENT: ICC A117.1, PUBLIC LAW 90-480, PUBLIC LAW 101-336. A. DESIGN SEISMIC-RESTRAINT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS AND OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. A. CONCEALED, RECTANGULAR, ROUND AND FLAT-OVAL, SUPPLY, RETURN, OUTDOOR-AIR DUCT INSULATION: MINERAL-FIBER BLANKET. 1.2 PRODUCTS B. REGULATORY REQUIREMENT: PUBLIC LAW 102-486. 1.2 EXPOSED B. CONCEALED, SUPPLY, RETURN, OUTDOOR-AIR PLENUM INSULATION: MINERAL-FIBER BLANKET MINERAL-FIBER BOARD. A. BACKDRAFT AND PRESSURE RELIEF DAMPERS: MULTIPLE, CENTER-PIVOTED BLADE, PARALLEL ACTION, GRAVITY BALANCED. B. BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPERS: HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL MOUNTING. C. QUALITY STANDARD: NSF 61 FOR FIXTURE MATERIALS IN CONTACT WITH POTABLE WATER. A. UNISTRUT WITH THREADED ROD. C. EXPOSED IN CONDITIONED SPACE, RECTANGULAR, ROUND AND FLAT-OVAL, SUPPLY, RETURN, OUTDOOR -AIR DUCT INSULATION: NOT C. MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS: STANDARD STEEL LOW-LEAKAGE STEEL, MULTIPLE OR SINGLE BLADE, PARALLEL- OR OPPOSED-BLADE DESIGN, WITH D. QUALITY STANDARD FOR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES: NFPA 70, ARTICLE 100. 1.3 CONCEALED THERMALLY INSULATED. LINKAGE OUTSIDE AIRSTREAM. 1.6 ABOVEGROUND, OUTDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE D. CONTROL DAMPERS: OPPOSED-BLADE DESIGN. 1.2 FAUCETS A. DUCTWORK: METALLIC STRAP E. FIRE DAMPERS: STATIC AND DYNAMIC, REPLACEABLE HEAT-RESPONSIVE DEVICE. A. LAVATORY FAUCETS B. PIPEWORK: PIPE HANGER WITH THREADED ROD, PROVIDE INSERTS FOR DISIMILAR METALS. A. CONCEALED, RECTANGULAR, ROUND AND FLAT-OVAL, SUPPLY, RETURN, OUTSIDE-AIR DUCT INSULATION: MINERAL-FIBER BLANKET. F. CEILING DAMPERS: REPLACEABLE HEAT-RESPONSIVE DEVICE. B. EXPOSED, RECTANGULAR ROUND AND FLAT-OVAL, SUPPLY, RETURN, OUTSIDE-AIR DUCT INSULATION: MINERAL-FIBER BOARD. G. SMOKE DAMPERS 1. SINGLE-CONTROL MIXING VALVE. SECTION 230548 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 1. CURTAIN TYPE WITH BLADES OUTSIDE AIRSTREAM CURTAIN TYPE WITH BLADES OUTSIDE AIRSTREAM EXCEPT WHEN LOCATED BEHIND GRILLE a. BODY MATERIAL: RESIDENTIAL, NONMETALLIC UNDERBODY WITH BRASS COVER PLATE. 1.1 COMPONENTS 1.7 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE WHERE BLADES MAY BE INSIDE AIRSTREAM. A. CONDENSATE AND EQUIPMENT DRAIN WATER BELOW 60 DEG F: FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC. 2. LEAKAGE: CLASS I. b. FINISH: POLISHED CHROME PLATE. A. VIBRATION ISOLATORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ALL SUPPORTS BETWEEN VIBRATING EQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURE. H. COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS: DYNAMIC, REPLACEABLE HEAT-RESPONSIVE DEVICE. c. MAXIMUM FLOW RATE: 0.5 GPM. B. EQUIPMENT HUNG FROM STRUCTURE SHALL BE ISOLATED BY RUBBER OR SPRING DEVICES. EQUIPMENT MOUNTED ON FLOOR OR DECK SHALL BE B. CHILLED WATER AND BRINE, ABOVE 40 DEG F: CELLULAR GLASS OR MINERAL-FIBER, PREFORMED PIPE INSULATION, TYPE I. I. TURNING VANES: DOUBLE-BLADE, GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL. SUPPORTED ON SPRING MOUNT DEVICES. C. REFRIGERANT SUCTION PIPING: FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC. J. REMOTE DAMPER OPERATORS: BOWDEN CABLE. d. MOUNTING: DECK, EXPOSED. K. DUCT-MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS: DOUBLE WALL, RECTANGULAR, GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL WITH INSULATION. e. SPOUT: RIGID TYPE, C. VIBRATION ISOLATORS 1.8 OUTDOOR, ABOVEGROUND PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE L. FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS: INDOOR AND OUTDOOR,. 6" FIREPROOF, GLASS FABRIC DOUBLE COATED WITH NEOPRENE. 1. ISOLATOR PADS: NEOPRENE. A. REFRIGERANT SUCTION AND HOT-GAS PIPING: FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC. SECTION 233301 - FLEXIBLE DUCT f. SPOUT OUTLET: SPRAY, 0.5 GPM 1.1 FLEXIBLE DUCTS g. OPERATION: REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULES 2. MOUNTS: DOUBLE-DEFLECTION TYPE. 1.9 OUTDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. INSULATED, FLEXIBLE DUCT: UL 181, CLASS 1, MULTIPLE LAYERS OF ALUMINUM LAMINATE SUPPORTED BY HELICALLY WOUND, SPRING-STEEL 3. RESTRAINED MOUNTS: ALL DIRECTIONAL MOUNTINGS WITH SEISMIC RESTRAINT; CAST-DUCTILE-IRON HOUSING. A. PIPING, EXPOSED: PVC. WIRE; FIBROUS-GLASS INSULATION; ALUMINIZED VAPOR-BARRIER FILM. h. TEMPERING DEVICE: THERMOSTATIC. 1. PRESSURE RATING: 10-INCH WG POSITIVE AND 1.0-INCH WG NEGATIVE. B. SINK FAUCETS 4. SPRING ISOLATORS: FREESTANDING, LATERALLY STABLE, OPEN-SPRING TYPE. SECTION 230900 - CONTROLS 2. MAXIMUM AIR VELOCITY: 4000 FPM. 5. RESTRAINED SPRING ISOLATORS: FREESTANDING, STEEL, OPEN-SPRING TYPE WITH SEISMIC RESTRAINT. A. THERMISTOR TEMPERATURE SENSORS: AUTOMATED COMPONENTS INC, BUTTON SENSOR TO INCORPORATE THERMISTOR. 3. TEMPERATURE RANGE: MINUS 20 TO PLUS 210 DEG F. 1. KITCHEN FAUCET WITH SPRAY, REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULES. 4. INSULATION R-VALUE: COMPLY WITH ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004. a. BODY MATERIAL: RESIDENTIAL, NONMETALLIC UNDERBODY WITH BRASS COVER PLATE. 6. HOUSED SPRING MOUNTS: DUCTILE-IRON OR STEEL HOUSING, WITH INTEGRAL, VERTICALLY ADJUSTABLE SEISMIC SNUBBERS. SECTION 232 300 - REFRIGERANT PIPING 1.2 ACOUSTICAL FLEXIBLE DUCTS 7. ELASTOMERIC HANGERS: DOUBLE-DEFLECTION TYPE. 1.1 REFRIGERANT PIPING A. INSULATED, FLEXIBLE DUCT: UL 181, CLASS 1, BLACK POLYMER FILM SUPPORTED BY HELICALLY WOUND, SPRING-STEEL WIRE; FIBROUS-GLASS b. FINISH: POLISHED CHROME PLATE. INSULATION; POLYETHYLENE VAPOR-BARRIER FILM. c. MAXIMUM FLOW RATE: 2.5 GPM, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 8. SPRING HANGERS: COMBINATION COIL-SPRING AND ELASTOMERIC-INSERT HANGERS WITH SPRING AND INSERT IN COMPRESSION. A. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEM BETWEEN THE INDOOR FAN UNITS AND OUTDOOR FAN 1. PRESSURE RATING: 4-INCH WG POSITIVE AND 0.5-INCH WG NEGATIVE. 9. SPRING HANGERS WITH VERTICAL-LIMIT STOP: COMBINATION COIL-SPRING AND ELASTOMERIC-INSERT HANGERS WITH SPRING AND INSERT IN UNITS, IF APPLICABLE. 2. MAXIMUM AIR VELOCITY: 4000 FPM. d. MIXING VALVE: SINGLE CONTROL. COMPRESSION AND WITH VERTICAL-LIMIT STOP. B. PIPING 3. TEMPERATURE RANGE: MINUS 20 TO PLUS 175 DEG F. e. BACKFLOW PROTECTION DEVICE FOR SIDE SPRAY: REQUIRED. 4. INSULATION R-VALUE: COMPLY WITH ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004. 10. PIPE RISER RESILIENT SUPPORT: ALL-DIRECTIONAL, ACOUSTICAL PIPE ANCHOR. 1. REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE TYPE ACR COPPER TUBING (ASTM B280). TUBING SHALL BE CLEAN, CAPPED AND NITROGEN SECTION 233423 - HVAC POWER VENTILATORS f. MOUNTING: DECK, EXPOSED. .CHARGED 11. RESILIENT PIPE GUIDES. 1.1 IN-LINE CENTRIFUGAL FANS SPOUT TYPE: SWIVEL GOOSENECK. A. IN-LINE, DIRECT-DRIVEN CENTRIFUGAL TYPE, WITH HOUSING, WHEEL, OUTLET GUIDE VANES, MOTOR, AND DRIVE ASSEMBLY. g' D. RESTRAINED VIBRATION ISOLATION ROOF-CURB RAILS: FACTORY-ASSEMBLED, FULLY ENCLOSED, INSULATED, AIR- AND WATERTIGHT CURB RAIL; 2. ALL FITTINGS AND JOINTS SHALL BE WROUGHT COPPER (ANSI 616.22). ALL COPPER TO COPPER JOINTS SHALL BE 1. HOUSING: SPLIT, SPUN ALUMINUM. h. SPOUT OUTLET: LAMINAR FLOW. WITH SPRING ISOLATORS MOUNTED ON ELASTOMERIC ISOLATION PADS, AND SNUBBER BUSHINGS. SOLDERED USING 95-5 TIN ANTIMONY OR ALLOY HB SOLDER AND ALL OTHER JOINTS SHALL BE BRAZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS A5.8. 2. DIRECT-DRIVEN UNITS: MOTOR MOUNTED IN AIRSTREAM. i. OPERATION: COMPRESSION, MANUAL. E. VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT BASES 3. ALL ELBOWS ARE TO BE LONG RADIUS TYPE. 3. BELT-DRIVEN UNITS: MOTOR MOUNTED ON ADJUSTABLE BASE. C. INSTALLATION 4. FAN WHEELS: ALUMINUM. j. DRAIN: GRID. 1. STEEL BASE: FACTORY-FABRICATED, WELDED, STRUCTURAL-STEEL BASES AND RAILS. 5. ACCESSORIES: 1.3 FLUSHOMETERS 2. INERTIA BASE: FACTORY-FABRICATED, WELDED, STRUCTURAL-STEEL BASES AND RAILS READY FOR FIELD-APPLIED, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. 1. SUCTION LINES SHALL HAVE ADEQUATE LIFT TRAPS AND/OR DOUBLE SUCTION RISERS TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF FIELD CONDITIONS a. BACK DRAFT DAMPER. AND EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. b. COMPANION FLANGES. A. FLUSHOMETERS F. SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES c. FAN GUARDS. 1. FLUSHOMETER FOR WATER-CLOSET-TYPE FIXTURE - BATTERY POWERED SENSOR. INCLUDE BRASS BODY WITH CORROSION-RESISTANT 1. SNUBBERS: WELDED STRUCTURAL-STEEL SHAPES AND REPLACEABLE RESILIENT ISOLATION WASHERS AND BUSHINGS. 2. SOLDER ALL JOINTS STARTING AT THE INDOOR UNIT AND WORKING TOWARD THE OUTDOOR UNIT. THE SEALS ON THE OUTDOOR SECTION 233600 - AIR TERMINAL UNITS INTERNAL COMPONENTS, CONTROL STOP WITH CHECK VALVE, VACUUM BREAKER, COPPER OR BRASS TUBING, AND POLISHED CHROME-PLATED UNIT SHALL BE BROKEN LAST. FILL PIPE AND FITTINGS WITH AN INEERST GAS (CARBON DIOXIDE OR NITROGEN) DURING SOLDERING 1.1 PRODUCTS FINISH ON EXPOSED PARTS. 2. CHANNEL SUPPORT SYSTEM: MFMA-3 SLOTTED STEEL CHANNELS. AND ANY TIME THE SYSTEM IS OPEN. ALL OPEN LINES SHALL BE CAPPED AND SEALED BEFORE LEAVING THE SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION. A. DIFFUSER-TYPE AIR TERMINAL UNITS: 3. RESTRAINT CABLES: STAINLESS-STEEL CABLES. PRESSURE TEST FOR LEAKS BY EVACUATING ENTIRE SYSTEM WITH VACUUM PUMP TO 500 MICROMETERES OF MERCURY. IF VACUUM HOLDS FOR 1. CONFIGURATION: VOLUME-DAMPER, DIFFUSER, CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY AND WALL-MOUNTED THERMOSTAT. a. INTERNAL DESIGN: DIAPHRAGM OPERATION. 12 HOURS SYSTEM IS READY FOR CHARGING. ALL LEAKING JOINTS MUST BE COMPLETELY RESEALED UNTIL NO LEAKS EXIST AND SYSTEM 2. VOLUME DAMPER: NORMALLY OPEN, GALVANIZED STEEL. b. STYLE: EXPOSED. 4. ANCHOR BOLTS: MECHANICAL TYPE, SEISMIC RATED. RETESTED. BREAK VACUUM WITH REFRIGERANT GAS ALLOWING PRESSURE TO BUILD UP TO 2 PSIG. CHARGE SYSTEM WITH A NEW FILTER-DRYER 3. DIFFUSER: GALVANIZED STEEL. 5. RESILIENT ISOLATION WASHERS AND BUSHINGS: MOLDED NEOPRENE. CORE IN CHARGING LINE. TURN ON CRANK CASE HEATERS 24 HOURS PRIOR TO STARTING COMPRESSOR TO BE SURE ALL REFRIGERANT LIQUID 4. ELECTRONIC CONTROLS. C. INLET SIZE: NPS 1. IS OUT OF THE COMPRESSOR. B. SINGLE DUCT VARIABLE VOLUME DAMPER d. TRIP MECHANISM: HARD-WIRED, ELECTRIC-SENSOR ACTUATOR. G. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS 3. UPON COMPLETION OF TESTING, BUT BEFORE THE REFRIGERANT PIPING INSULATION IS APPLIED, THE PIPING MUST BE INSPECTED BY A 1. CONFIGURATION: PRIMARY AIR CONTROL DAMPER, AIRFLOW SENSOR CONTROLS IN A SINGLE CABINET. 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL IN ALL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN VIBRATING EQUIPMENT (FANS, FAN COILS, PACKAGE UNITS) AND DUCTS. ALSO INSTALL REPRESENTATIVE OF THE LOCAL GOVERNING AUTHORITY AS NECESSARY. 2. ARI STANDARD 880-89 CERTIFIED. e. CONSUMPTION: 1.28 GAL/FLUSH WHERE DUCTS CROSS BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS. D. INSPECTION: CONTRACTOR MUST PREPARE AND SUBMIT A COMPLETE PIPING SCHEMATIC TO THE LOCAL MANUFACTURER FIELD REPRESENTATIVE FOR 3. 18 GAGE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL INTERNALLY LINED INCLUDING VAPOR BARRIER COMPLYING UL 181 & NFPA 90A. 2. FLUSHOMETER FOR URINAL-TYPE FIXTURE - BATTERY POWERED SENSOR. INCLUDE BRASS BODY WITH CORROSION-RESISTANT INTERNAL APPROVAL PRIOR TO BEGINNING SECTION 230593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING SECTION 233713 - DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES INSTALLATION. UPON COMPLETION OF PIPING, THIS CONTRACTOR MUST CALL THE LOCAL MANUFACTURER INSPECTOR 4. EXTERNAL ACTUATOR. COMPONENTS, CONTROL STOP WITH CHECK VALVE, VACUUM BREAKER, COPPER OR BRASS TUBING, AND POLISHED CHROME-PLATED FINISH FOR FIELD INSPECTION OF WORK PERFORMED AT THE M.C.'S EXPENSE. ALL ITEMS FOUND TO BE INADEQUATE FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE BY 1.1 PRODUCTS ON EXPOSED PARTS. 1.1 SUMMARY MANUFACTURER'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE MUST BE CORRECTED AT NO ADDITIONAL CHARGES TO OWNER. A. DIFFUSERS a. INTERNAL DESIGN: DIAPHRAGM OPERATION. A. TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF ALL WORK SHALL BE MADE BY AN INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR WHO IS CURRENTLY LICENSED BY EITHER SECTION 233113 - METAL DUCTS 1. RECTANGULAR AND SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSERS, ADJUSTABLE. b. STYLE: EXPOSED. ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL (AABC) OR NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU (NEBB). ALL BALANCING WORK MUST BE COMPLETE 2. PERFORATED DIFFUSERS, SURFACE-MOUNTED WITH PATTERN CONTROLLERS. AND DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MOST RECENT STANDARDS OF THEIR SOCIETY. 1.1 SUMMARY 3. PERFORATED DIFFUSERS, PANEL-MOUNTED WITH PATTERN CONTROLLERS. c. INLET SIZE: NPS 3/4. B. FINAL TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING REPORT MUST BE COMPLETE AND TURNED OVER TO OWNERS DEVELOPMENT MANAGER A MINIMUM OF A. METAL DUCTS FOR SUPPLY, RETURN, OUTSIDE, AND EXHAUST AIR-DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS IN PRESSURE CLASSES FROM MINUS 2_ TO PLUS 4. LOUVER FACE DIFFUSERS. 1 5. CEILING-INTEGRAL CONTINUOUS DIFFUSERS. WG AND INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING: d. TRIP MECHANISM: HARD-WIRED, ELECTRIC-SENSOR ACTUATOR. 1 WEEK PRIOR TO MERCHANDISING DATE. 10_ B. REGISTERS AND GRILLES e. CONSUMPTION: .125 (PINT) GAL./FLUSH. C. ALL CONTROL SEQUENCES SHALL BE TESTED AND OPERATING STATUS RECORDED IN THE REPORT. 1. RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS. 1. MODULAR CORE SUPPLY GRILLES WITH ONE GRILLES PER UNIT. 1.4 TOILET SEATS D. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR THE FOLLOWING: 2. SINGLE-WALL, ROUND, AND FLAT-OVAL SPIRAL-SEAM DUCTS AND FORMED FITTINGS. 2. ADJUSTABLE BAR REGISTERS AND GRILLES. 3. FIXED FACE REGISTERS AND GRILLES. A. TOILET SEATS, FOR WC-1 1. AIR SYSTEMS: VARIABLE-AIR-VOLUME SYSTEMS AND CONSTANT AIR VOLUME SYSTEMS. 3. DUCT LINER. 4. LINEAR BAR GRILLES WITH GRID AND PERFORATED FACE ARRANGEMENT. 1. TOILET SEAT FOR WATER-CLOSET-TYPE FIXTURE. 2. MOTORS. 1.2 MATERIALS DUCT MATERIALS: a. MATERIAL: MOLDED, SOLID PLASTIC. 3. HEAT-TRANSFER COILS. A. i b. CONFIGURATION: OPEN FRONT WITHOUT COVER. 4. TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENTS. 1. GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL. C. SIZE: ELONGATED. 5. TEMPERATURE-CONTROL VERIFICATION. B. DUCT LINER: FIBROUS GLASS. d. CLASS: HEAVY-DUTY COMMERCIAL. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE C. SEALANT MATERIALS: JOINT AND SEAM TAPE WATER-BASED JOINT AND SEAM SEALANT. 1.5 PROTECTIVE SHIELDING GUARDS A. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING AGENT QUALIFICATIONS: AABC OR NEBB CERTIFIED. D. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: A. PROTECTIVE SHIELDING PIPE COVERS 1.3 WARRANTY 1. BUILDING ATTACHMENTS: CONCRETE INSERTS, POWDER-ACTUATED FASTENERS, OR STRUCTURAL-STEEL FASTENERS. , 1. MANUFACTURED PLASTIC WRAPS FOR COVERING PLUMBING FIXTURE HOT AND COLD-WATER SUPPLIES AND TRAP AND DRAIN PIPING. A. GUARANTEE: NATIONAL PROJECT PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE THAT A CERTIFIED AGENT HAS PERFORMED TAB AND OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE 2. HANGER MATERIALS: GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL OR THREADED STEEL ROD. B. PROTECTIVE SHIELDING PIPING ENCLOSURES CAPABILITIES HAVE BEEN ACHIEVED. 3. DUCT ATTACHMENTS: SHEET METAL SCREWS, BLIND RIVETS, OR SELF-TAPPING METAL SCREWS. 1.4 EXECUTION 4. TRAPEZE AND RISER SUPPORTS: GALVANIZED STEEL. 1. MANUFACTURED PLASTIC ENCLOSURE FOR COVERING PLUMBING FIXTURE HOT- AND COLD-WATER SUPPLIES AND TRAP AND DRAIN PIPING, A. EXAMINATION: CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, APPROVED SUBMITTAL DATA, PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS, DESIGN DATA, EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE DATA, 1.3 METAL DUCTWORK 1.6 FIXTURE SUPPORTS SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLATIONS, SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT TEST REPORTS, AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS FOR DEFICIENCIES THAT MAY A. WATER-CLOSET SUPPORTS PRECLUDE PROPER TAB OF SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT. A. NO DUCTWORK SHALL BE FABRICATED PRIOR TO JOB SITE VISIT AND APPROVAL BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. A SKETCH MUST BE SUBMITTED Architect: INDICATING SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS FROM DESIGN AND MUST BE APPROVED BY OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR Woods Bagot 1. COMBINATION CARRIER DESIGNED FOR ACCESSIBLE / STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHT OF WALL-MOUNTING, WATER-CLOSET-TYPE FIXTURE. 1. DEFICIENCIES REPORT. INSTALLATION. B. URINAL SUPPORTS B. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PLAN. B. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, FABRICATE AND INSTALL RECTANGULAR AND ROUND DUCTWORK WITH GALVANIZED STEEL, IN ACCORDANCE WITH www.woodsbagot.com 1. TYPE I, URINAL CARRIER WITH FIXTURE SUPPORT PLATES AND COUPLING WITH SEAL AND FIXTURE BOLTS AND HARDWARE MATCHING FIXTURE C. SYSTEMS READINESS CHECKS. SMACNA "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS" OF THE LATEST EDITION. WHERE OTHER CODES ARE ENFORCED, (I.E. UMC, BOCA, ETC.) USE FOR WALL-MOUNTING, URINAL-TYPE FIXTURE. D. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PROCEDURES: AABC'S NATIONAL STANDARDS FOR TESTING AND BALANCING HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR THE MOST STRINGENT CODE FOR DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. Consultant: C. LAVATORY SUPPORTS CONDITIONING SYSTEMS." C. EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED, CONSTRUCT DUCT SYSTEMS TO THE FOLLOWING PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS: Thorson Baker & Associates 1. TYPE II, LAVATORY CARRIER WITH CONCEALED ARMS AND TIE ROD FOR WALL-MOUNTING, LAVATORY-TYPE FIXTURE. E. EQUIPMENT SETTINGS MARKED TO SHOW FINAL SETTINGS. 1. SUPPLY DUCTS: 2" W.G., POSITIVE www.thorsonbaker.com 1.7 WATER CLOSETS F. HVAC SYSTEMS AIRFLOW AND WATER FLOW RATE TOLERANCES 2. RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTS: 2" W.G., NEGATIVE A. WATER CLOSETS, WC-1 1. SUPPLY, RETURN, AND EXHAUST FANS AND EQUIPMENT WITH FANS: PLUS 5 PERCENT TO PLUS 10 PERCENT. D. EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED, USE DUCT SEALANTS OF THE FOLLOWING PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS: Consultant: 1. WALL-MOUNTING, BACK-OUTLET, VITREOUS-CHINA FIXTURE. 2. AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS: 0 TO MINUS 10 PERCENT. 1. SUPPLY DUCTS: CLASS A - 3" W.G. Thorson Baker & Associates a. STYLE: ONE PIECE. G. REPORTING 2. RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTS: CLASS C - 2" W.G. www.thorsonbaker.com 2. BOWL TYPE: ELONGATED, 1. INITIAL CONSTRUCTION-PHASE REPORT: BASED ON EXAMINATION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, ON ADEQUACY OF DESIGN FOR SYSTEMS' E. IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE CONSTRUCTION AND SEALANT PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS, MAXIMUM DUCT AIR LEAKAGE WILL NOT EXCEED 5% AS BALANCING DEVICES. REQUIRED FOR FINAL AIR BALANCE APPROVAL. 3. DESIGN CONSUMPTION: DUAL FLUSH 1.28 GAL./FLUSH. Consultant: 2. STATUS REPORTS: AS WORK PROGRESSES. F. ROUND DUCTWORK SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH SPIRAL LOCKSEAM CONSTRUCTION FOR ALL SIZES 14" DIAMETER AND LARGER. ROUND a. SUPPLY: NPS 1" CHROME-PLATED BRASS. 3. FINAL REPORT: CERTIFICATION SHEET WITH CONTENT AND FORMAT ACCORDING TO AABC STANDARD FORMS. DUCTWORK SIZES 13" DIAMETER AND SMALLER MAY BE SNAP- LOCK CONSTRUCTION. ALL SNAP-LOCK SEAMS SHALL BE SEALED AS DESCRIBED ISP Design, Inc. b. TOILET SEAT H. INSPECTIONS IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. ROUND FITTINGS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH SPOT WELDED AND BONDED CONSTRUCTION. www.ispdesign.com c. FIXTURE SUPPORT: WATER-CLOSET SUPPORT CARRIER. G. ROUND SPIRAL GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTWORK OR FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK MAY BE USED IN PLACE OF RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK WHEN ABOVE 1. INITIAL INSPECTIONS: RANDOM CHECKS BY TAB FIRM TO VERIFY FINAL TAB REPORT. CEILING CLEARANCES PERMIT AND EQUIVALENT FREE AREA IS MAINTAINED, WITH THE FOLLOWING EXCEPTION; ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTWORK B. WATER CLOSETS, WC-2: SAME AS WC-1 MOUNTED AT ADA ACCESSIBLE HEIGHT. 2. FINAL INSPECTIONS: RANDOM CHECKS BY OWNER TO VERIFY FINAL TAB REPORT. WITHIN 15 FEET OF THE AIR HANDLER MUST BE RECTANGULAR AND INTERNALLY LINED. WHERE ROUND DUCT SUBSTITUTION WILL TAKE PLACE, 1.8 LAVATORIES SUBMIT A SKETCH AND CHART SHOWING EQUIVALENT ROUND CONVERSIONS OF RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK TO OWNER'S DEVELOPMENT MANAGER'S I. ADDITIONAL TESTS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION. A. LAVATORIES, LAV-1 1. PERFORMED WITHIN 90 DAYS TO VERIFY THAT BALANCE CONDITIONS ARE BEING MAINTAINED. H. INSTALL FACTORY MANUFACTURED DOUBLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES IN ALL RIGHT ANGLE ELBOWS OVER 36" IN LENGTH. INSTALL FACTORY 1. WALL MOUNTED VITREOUS-CHINA FIXTURE. 2. SEASONAL TESTS. MANUFACTURED SINGLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES IN ALL OTHER ELBOWS. a. TYPE: SELF-RIMMING. I. INSTALL RIGID ROUND AND RECTANGULAR METAL DUCT WITH SUPPORT SYSTEMS INDICATED IN SMACNA STANDARDS. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL DUCTS ��Fp PRO, SECTION 230700 - HVAC INSULATION b. LAVATORY SIZE: 22 1/2 BY 20 1/2 INCHES. WITHIN 2 FEET OF EACH ELBOW AND WITHIN 4 FEET OF EACH BRANCH INTERSECTION USING DOUBLE STRAP HANGERS ON EACH SIDE OF FITTING. 29 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE SUPPORT VERTICAL DUCTS AT A MAXIMUM INTERVAL OF 16 FEET AND AT EACH FLOOR. NO WOOD SHALL BE USED TO SUPPORT OR BRACE 65174PE r c. FAUCET HOLE LOCATION: TOP. A. FIRE-TEST-RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS: FLAME-SPREAD INDEX OF 25, AND SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX OF 50 FOR INSULATION INSTALLED DUCTS. PROVIDE SWAY AND SEISMIC BRACING AS REQUIRED BY STATE AND LOCAL CODES OR BY LANDLORD. INDOORS; ACCORDING TO ASTM E 84 & ASTM C411 -' # d. FAUCET: METERED � J. WHERE DUCTS PASS THROUGH ROOFS AND FLOORS, PROVIDE AS MINIMUM 1-1/2"X1-1/2" X1/8" STEEL ANGLE FRAMES AT EACH SIDE OF ' 1.9 MOP SINK 1.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL OPENING. THE ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN DUCT AND ANGLE FRAMES SHALL BE CAULKED WITH SILICONE SEALANT OR FIREPROOFED AS REQUIRED (7R`=GOI t 'Lp C� A. MOP SINKS, MS-1 A. FIELD INSPECTIONS: BY CONTRACTOR-ENGAGED AGENCY. BY ASSEMBLY FIRE RATING. ✓ 1/ 14 Z r' '' o K. ALL JOINTS AND SEAMS SHALL BE SEALED WITH 2" WIDE, GLASS- FIBER-FABRIC REINFORCED TAPE. JOINTS ALSO SHALL BE RIVETED OR 1. FLOOR-MOUNTING, MOLDED STONE, REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULES. 1.3 DUCTWORK INSULATION " CONNECTED WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS. LIQUID SEALANTS WILL BE ACCEPTED IN LIEU OF TAPE. a. SIZE: 24 BY 24 INCHES. A. FURNISH AND INSTALL INSULATION PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH L SOFT ELASTOMER BUTYL GASKET WITH ADHESIVE BACKING SHALL BE USED TO SEAL FLANGED JOINTS. JExPiRATION OAE: b. FAUCET: WALL MOUNTED 2.5 GPM. RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES. INSULATION MUST COMPLY WITH NFPA 90A. M. PROVIDE ACCESS TO ALL MOTORIZED DAMPERS, FIRE DAMPERS, CONTROLS, AND OTHER ITEMS IN DUCTWORK THAT REQUIRE SERVICE OR B. DUCT SIZES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK SHALL BE SECTION 230500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC INSPECTION. IF THE ACCESS PANEL LOCATION IS EXPOSED TO THE SALES AREA, IT MUST BE APPROVED BY OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER INTERNALLY INSULATED WITH 1 THICK, 1-1/2 LB. DENSITY LINER (C=0.28 @ 75 DEGREES F). WHEN A COMPLETE DUCTED RETURN AIR SYSTEM PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. LAY-IN SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS WITH PLASTER FRAMES MAY BE USED AS ACCESS 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, ONLY THE 15'-0" OF THE RETURN AIR DUCT CLOSEST TO THE AIR HANDLING UNIT IS TO BE INSULATED. LINER LOCATIONS WHEN WITHIN 3'-0" OF DEVICE. A. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR, IS TO HAVE A COATED SURFACE EXPOSED TO AIRSTREAM TO PREVENT EROSION. APPLY ADHESIVES AND MECHANICAL FASTENERS AS Signed: REASONABLY IMPLIED AND INCIDENTAL TO, THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, COMPLETION AND TESTING OF ALL THE WORK FOR THE MECHANICAL RECOMMENDED BY SMACNA AND THE MANUFACTURER TO PREVENT LINER SEPARATION FROM THE DUCT. ALL TRANSVERSE EDGES TO BE COATED N. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. WHERE DUCTWORK SIZE IS LARGER THAN g SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS, TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE WITH ADHESIVE. CONNECTED DEVICE (I.E. VAV BOX, DIFFUSER, REGISTER) SMOOTH DUCT TRANSITIONS ARE TO TAKE PLACE JUST PRIOR TO DEVICE CONNECTION. Retail Store #1309 LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: C. ALL ROUND DUCTWORK, OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK AND MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTWORK SHALL BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED WITH A MINIMUM OF 1 1.4 SUPPLY AIR TAKE-OFF FITTINGS 1. HVAC UNITS, EQUIPMENT, AND APPURTENANCES (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE). 1/2" THICK, 1# DENSITY (R=5.6) DUCT WRAP WITH VAPOR BARRIER, VAPOR BARRIER IS TO BE MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT DUCT SYSTEM. ALL A. FURNISH AND INSTALL CONICAL OR BELL-MOUTH" TAKE-OFFS FROM MAIN DUCTWORK TO ROUND BRANCHES. Washington Square Mall JOINTS MUST BE TAPED SO THAT NO INSULATION FIBER IS VISIBLE. EXTEND DUCTWORK INSULATION WITHOUT INTERRUPTION THROUGH WALLS, 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. 2. DUCTWORK, FITTINGS, DAMPERS, AND INSULATION. FLOORS, AND SIMILAR PENETRATIONS, 3. CURBS, ROOFING, AND STEEL FRAMING FOR SUPPORT (AS APPLICABLE, REFER TO PLANS). 1.4 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL Tigard, Oregon 4. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING. A. PLENUMS AND DUCTS REQUIRING INSULATION B. BEFORE STARTING WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOBSITE AND EXAMINE THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND 1. INDOOR, CONCEALED SUPPLY AND OUTDOOR AIR. ELECTRICAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE HVAC SYSTEM, MATERIALS, 2. INDOOR, EXPOSED SUPPLY AND OUTDOOR AIR. AND EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES AND CONFRONTATIONS. CONCEALED RETURN LOCATED IN NONCONDITIONED SPACE. C. RELOCATION OF EXISTING DUCT MAINS OR BRANCHES TO MEET STORE DESIGN CRITERIA MUST BE INCLUDED IN BID PROPOSAL. 3. INDOOR, Issued/ Revised Date 1.2 HVAC EQUIPMENT 4. INDOOR, EXPOSED RETURN LOCATED IN NONCONDITIONED SPACE. 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 A. PRIMARY HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING UNITS ARE TO BE FURNISHED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. REFER TO 5. OUTDOOR, CONCEALED SUPPLY AND RETURN. Permit 07/16/2014 PLANS FOR REQUIREMENTS. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL INCLUDE A FIVE (5) YEAR COMPRESSOR AND TEN (10) YEAR HEAT EXCHANGER WARRANTY. 6. OUTDOOR, EXPOSED SUPPLY AND RETURN. B. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COMPLETE IN EVERY RESPECT WITH ALL DEVICES, APPURTENANCES, AND ACCESSORIES PROVIDED TO MEET THE DESIGN B. ITEMS NOT INSULATED INTENT AND OPERATION OF THE SYSTEMS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. 1. FIBROUS-GLASS DUCTS. C. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. ALL AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT MUST BE 2. METAL DUCTS WITH DUCT LINER OF SUFFICIENT THICKNESS TO COMPLY WITH ENERGY CODE AND ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. TRAPPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DATA. 3. FACTORY-INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCTS. M D. SECONDARY DRAIN PANS ARE REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED BENEATH ALL INDOOR AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT WITH THE EXCEPTION OF VAV 4. FACTORY-INSULATED PLENUMS AND CASINGS. c BOXES. SECONDARY PANS ARE TO PROTECT ENTIRE UNIT. PROVIDE CONDENSATE PUMPS, AS REQUIRED. CONDENSATE SHALL BE DIRECTED TO MOP SINK OR AS SPECIFIED ON PLANS. 5. FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS. LU 1.3 EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AT OWNER'S NATIONAL ACCOUNT PRICING 6. VIBRATION-CONTROL DEVICES. Apple Approval Date A. THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT IS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THIS CONTRACTOR UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. REFER TO 7. FACTORY-INSULATED ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS. RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND PLANS FOR APPLICABILITY. 1. HVAC UNITS 3 m 2. TEMPERATURE CONTROLS. SPECIFICATIONS B. ALL FANS, DUCTWORK, ROOF OPENINGS AND CAPS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE TOILET EXHAUST SYSTEM SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. a 0 s s N O N SPEC- 1 0 7/16/14 4:34 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-m-specs.dwg I SECTION 237413 - ROOFTOP PACKAGE UNITS A. CASING 1. GALVANIZED STEEL PAINTED WITH BAKED ENAMEL. 2. GALVANIZED-STEEL LINER. 3. INSULATED WITH FIBERGLASS. 4. GALVANIZED-STEEL DRAIN PAN. B. SUPPLY-AIR FAN: BELT DRIVEN, FORWARD CURVED, CENTRIFUGAL. I C. CONDENSER-COIL FAN: DIRECT-DRIVEN PROPELLER. D. RELIEF-AIR FAN E. SUPPLY-AIR REFRIGERANT COIL: ALUMINUM-PLATE FINS AND SEAMLESS COPPER TUBE. F. OUTDOOR-AIR REFRIGERANT COIL: ALUMINUM-PLATE FINS AND SEAMLESS COPPER TUBE. G. REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT COMPONENTS 1. COMPRESSOR. 2. REFRIGERANT CHARGE: R-407C R-410A. H. FILTERS: DISPOSABLE, GLASS FIBER, MERV 7 MINIMUM. I. HOT GAS REHEAT (HUMID CLIMATES ONLY) J. GAS FURNACE 1. HEAT EXCHANGER: ALUMINIZED STEEL 2. DRAIN PAN: STAINLESS STEEL, 2. FUEL: NATURAL. 3. IGNITION: ELECTRONIC. 4. GRAVITY VENT. 5. GAS CONTROL VALVE. K. OUTDOOR- AND RETURN-AIR MIXING DAMPERS: 0 TO 100 PERCENT ECONOMIZER WITH MOTORIZED DAMPERS AND HOOD. L. ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTION: SINGLE WITH UNIT-MOUNTED DISCONNECT. M. BASIC UNIT CONTROLS 1. WALL-MOUNTED THERMOSTAT OR SENSOR. N. ELECTRONIC CONTROLLERS 1. SAFETY CONTROLS. 2. SCHEDULED CONTROLS. 3. UNOCCUPIED PERIOD CONTROLS. 4. SUPPLY FAN CONTROLS. 5. REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT CONTROLS. 6. GAS FURNACE CONTROLS. 7. FIXED MINIMUM OUTDOOR-AIR CONTROLS. 8. ECONOMIZER ENTHALPY-BASED CONTROLS. 9. CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR. 10. INTERFACE WITH HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM. 0. ACCESSORIES 1. GAS BURNER COMPARTMENT HEATER. 2. DUPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLET. 3. LOW-AMBIENT KIT (WINTER TEMPERATURE LESS THAN 40 DEG F ONLY). 4. FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH. 5. COIL GUARDS. P. ROOF CURB 1. VIBRATION ISOLATORS. 2. WIND RESTRAINTS. 3. SEISMIC RESTRAINTS. 1.2 CURBS AND STEEL FRAMING FOR SUPPORT A. THIS CONTRACTOR WILL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY CURBS AND STEEL FRAMING REQUIRED TO INSTALL ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT AS DESCRIBED OR IMPLIED ON THE DRAWINGS. CURBS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 14" HIGH, OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER OF THE EQUIPMENT SUPPORTED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, INSULATE UNDER THE COMPRESSOR SECTION. ALL CURBS MUST BE INSTALLED SO THAT TOP OF CURBS ARE "DEAD" LEVEL. ALL PENETRATIONS OF EXISTING STRUCTURE SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE TO THE LANDLORD'S GUIDELINES AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. THIS CONTRACTOR MUST RECEIVE OWNER'S DEVELOPMENT MANAGER'S WRITTEN APPROVAL BEFORE ANY ADDITIONAL WORK TAKES PLACE. SECTION 260000 - ELECTRICAL: ISSUED UNDER SEPERATE COVER. REFER TO DIVISION 00 SECTION 265000 - INTERIOR LIGHTING: ISSUED UNDER SEPERATE COVER. REFER TO DIVISION 00 Architect: Woods Bagot www.woodsbagot.com Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: Thorson Baker & Associates www.thorsonbaker.com Consultant: ISP Design, Inc. www.ispdesign.com REp PROFS y9 65174PE OREGOt :.,'kz�a 1. i EXPIRATION OAYE "# 0 4r' Signed: - Retail Store #1309 Washington Square Mall 9585 SW Washington Sq. Rd. Tigard, Oregon Issued/Revised Date 50%CD Set 06/27/2014 Permit 07/16/2014 IL c LU Apple Approval Date m N U N d N E 3 N SPECIFICATIONS 0 0 0 N O N SPEC- 1 1 is 7/16/14 4:34 PM \\tbs-projects02\2014\2014-0247\Cad\Sheets\apws-m-specs.dwg